calendararchive.usyd.edu.aucalendararchive.usyd.edu.au/calendar/1893/1893.doc · rtf file ·...
TRANSCRIPT
ΑΛΛ»'. C-Oo ΛΑ-ΟΗ^^.« /Λ
^^nñH'"Vv\'>p., "-^*. ^.?Α.Α^^
Í¡> '.ΐ-ΐί ^e^'
^"^?¾/1-
Α.- A /- . 5 '. ''=ν ,-Ο /Λ
"\Λ^ΛΑ#\Λ - » ^ ^. ^ A' >* ^ A .
ΑΛΛ
Λ -ϊ Ä "r»-je Α - ν* ΊΑ
■;^ΛΛΛ;ΙΑ .ΑW*;
■ »:.*Λ*,Λ^
ο. ΛΑ^/ν,/ν»
Λ^Α^^ΐ--,
'ΑΑ^ΑΑ^„ΛΑΛΑΛ0^Λ-~Λ^Λ
,ΛΛΛΛΑβ6"
=:^^^*Ae«sP^^-?'
CALENDAROF THK
UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEYFOR THE YEAR
1893.
W. E. SlOTH,PRINTER AND PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY
OF SYDNEY,SYDNEY, NEWCASTLE AND LONDON.
1893.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
INDEX
PEEFACE .. .. ..Neto and Amended By-laws..CALENDAS
ROYAL CHARTER
ACTS OF PARLIAMENT RELATING TO THE UNIVEESIIÏ
DO. DO. COLLEGES
Do. Do. PRINCE ALFRED
DEEDS OF GRANT OF LANDS
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY
REGULATIONS, DISCIPLINE, LIBRARY, MUSEUMS
GrENEEAL RÉGULATIONS, MATRICULATION, TIME TABLES
LECTUEE AND EXAMINATION SUBJECTS
LIST OF SCHOLARSHIPS, EXHIBITIONS, PRIZES, ETC
TABLE OF FEES
FOUNDATIONS
UNIVERSITY PRIZES
PRIVATE ANNUAL PRIZES .. .....................PAST PRIZES AND BENEFACTIONS
HONOURS AT DEGREE EXAMINATIONS
RESULTS OF MATRICULATION AND ANNUAL EXAMINATION
UNIVERSITY OFFICERS, ETC.MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
COLLEGES
PRINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL
OTHER HOSPITALS
LIST OF BENEFACTIONS
LIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY
REPORT OF THE SENATE AND BALANCE SHEETS FOR THE
UNIVERSITY CLUBS, ETC.EXAMINATION PAPERS
PAGE.
91317353S59828899139
HOSPITAL
OF LBCTURES,US2322372412712752772Sl290 '316325356370372373382392422Appendix.
YEAR 1892
INDEX
PAOEAcademic Costume ...........................130Accountant.........................................................324Acts of Parliament, relating to tlie
University and Colleges.......................... 39Admission ad eundem ... 109, 114,120,129
,, of Attorneys—Regulations 230Aitken Bursary ............................................265Alesander (Maurice) Bursary..............................263Allen (George) Scholarship ... 233,254
,, (WigramI Scholarship ... 234,253Anatomy, Lecture Subjects ........................203
,, Museum ...........................145,, Examination Questions in..
AppendixAnderson Prize Medal ...................... 236,276
Antiquities, Nicholson Museum of ... 144Applied Mechanics—Lecture Subjects 210
,, „ Examination Ques-tions in. Appendix
Architecture. Lecture Subjects............................216Articled Clerks, Examinations for ... 231Arts, Faculty of .............................................109„ Course..........................110
,, Examiners in ...........................323,, Examination Papers. Appendix,, Graduates in.............................................334
Assaying ...................................................199Attorneys, Regulations for Admission
of ..................................................230Auditor ...................................................324
BB.A. Examination, Class Lists. 1892-3 300
„ „ Papers, 1S92-1S93.Appendix
„ ,, Prizes at ... 233,271,, ,, ClassListsinHonours 282
B.E. „ Honours at......................289„ Prizes at 273B.Sc. ,, Honours at.......................288„ „ Prizes at 272Bachelor of Arts, By-laws ......................110
,, of Engineering By-laws ...125„ of I.aws, By-laws .........................................114„ of Medicine, By-laws.........................................116„ of Science, By-laws.........................................122Bachelors of Arts, Alphabetical List ... 337
,, of Engineering ,, ... 346„ of Law ,, ... 343,, of Medicine ,, ... 344,, of Science ,, ... 346
Balance Sheets for 1892......................... ...412
PACEBarker Scholarships ... 232,233,249Bedell.......................................... ................324Belmore Medal ............................ 235,266Benefactors, List of ... .................373Biology, Lecture Subjects .............203Board, Professorial ...........................105
,, Chairmanship of................................105,, Convening and Quorum of ... 106
Books Presented to Library ......................332Botany, Lecture Subjects ...............203Botany, Examination Questions in.AppendixBowman-Cameron Scholarship ... 233, 255Burdekin Bursary...............................................265Bursaries, List of.....................................232,262By-laws of the University ..................... 99
,, New and Amended ................... 13
Cadetship, Military ...........................258Caird Scholarship................................... 234, 255Calendar ............................. .................. 17Challis Lectureships .............................242
,, Professorships ............................242„ Fund .......................241Chancellor, Tenure of Office ... 42,99Chancellors, List of ...........................316Chemical Laboratory .............................196Chemistry, Lecture Subjects .......................195., Examination Questions in.AppendixCivil Engineering, Lecture Subjects ... 212
,, Service Examinations .................228Classical Lecture Subjects ..................172„ Scholarship .........................................247Class Lists, Matriculation, 1893 ... 290„ Facultv of Arts, 1892-93 ... 292„ In Honours282„ Engineering, 1892-93 ... 313
,, Law, 1892 93 ...............305Medicine, 1692-93.....................306Science, 1892-93 ...................311
College for Women .............................76,367„ St. Andrew's .................................. 72,362„ St. John's............ 68,360„ St. Paul's............. 62,356„ Sydney, Purchase of ......................................... 50.Colleges, Acts relating to...................................59Convocation, Members of... 101, ISO, 325„ Meetings of102Cooper Scholarships ... 232,283,251Costume, Academic ... ...................130Council of Education Scholarsbip ...256Curators of Museums ...............................323
INDEX. 5
DPAGE
Deans of Faculties......... 104, 319Deas-Thomson Scholarships 234, 250, 251Deed of Grant of Land............. S3Degrees, ad eundem .. 66,129Demonstrators, List of..............320Discipline, Regulations for ..................................................139Doctor of Law—By-lawe.........116„ „ Subjects of Examina-
tion for .. 126,227„ ,, Examination Papers
for.Appendix
Doctors of Law—Alphabetical List .. ■ 343,, of Medicine—Alphabetical List 344
Doctor of Medicine—By-laws ..................................................121
,, ,, Subjects of Exami-nation for ... 121,, cf Science—By-laws ...........................................124
EEngineering, Department uf—B3'-
laws 125„ Class Lists, 1892-93 ... 313„ Drawing 214,, Degrees in......123,, Examination Papers.
Appendix
,, Graduates in 346
,, Laboratory214
,, Lecture Subjects212
,, Engineering, Mining ...216„ . Time Table of Lectures... 162
English, Lecture Subjects ... ... 180
English Verse, Medal for. 236, 273Entrance Examination for Medicine
and Science .. 15, 117,123, 125, 149
Essays, English ... 235, 265Evening Lectures—By-laws .................................................133„ „ Time Table of ... 166„ Lecturers*.......................320„ Students 350Examination Subjects—Arts .................................................221„ „Law 226
,, ,,Matriculation
14S„ „ for Dec, 1893,and
M'rch,1894 221. ,, Papers. Appendix
Examinations for Articled Clerks .. 231„ Yearly 108,221Examiners.................... .?23Exhibitions, List of ..... 232,259Extension Lectures . . 134, 146Ex-Professors ............320
FFaculties ............... ... 104„ Deans of......................1041'aculty of Arts— By-laws
109„ „ Examination ClassList,
1892 93 ... 292,, ,, Examination Subjects 221
,, of Law—By-laws114.„ of Medicine—By-laws......116„ of Science—By-laws . 122
Fairfax Prizes .... 232,267Fees, Table of ..............237Fellowship, Wentworth.............243Finance—By-laws..................... ...................................................135Fisher Library .................143Foundations....................· ... 241FrazerBursaries ... ... ... ... 264Frayer Scholarship ..257Freemasons' Scholarship.... 233, 255French, Lecture Subjects
177„ Examination Papers.Appendix
GGeology and Palteontology, Lecture
Subjects ............201German, Lecture Subjects
178, Examination Papers.
Appendix
Gilchrist Scholarship .....278Graduates, Alphabetical List of ... 334
,. Register of . .130Gradum, Ad eundem.................. ...................................................129Greek, Lecture Subjects...........373
,j Examination Questions.Appendix
Grahame Medal ..... 232,270GoldMedal...............................234
HHamilton Prize *...................................Harris (John) ScholarshipHaswell Prize ..........................History, LeScture ubjectsHonours at B.A. Examination ..
„ atB.E.at M.B. „B.Sc.
,, M.A. „
„ Lecture Homer Exhibition.................................Hospital, Prince Alfred, IncorporationAct...........................................
Hospitals recognised by the UniversityHovell Lectureship ...............Hunter-Baillie Bursaries.......................
KKing (James) Travelling Scholarship ... 256
LLaboratories , ............... 192,189,214Latin, Lecture Subjects...........172
,, Examination Papers. Appendix" Verse.......... 235,266
Law, Faculty of .................114() ,, By-laws....114,, ,, Examiners in
323,, ,, Examination Papers.
Appendixtt „ Examination Subjects 226
6 INDEX.
PAGELaw, Faculty of, Graduates in...............343
J( „Lecture
Subjects ... 218LL.B. Examination, Honours at ... 288Lecturers, List of.......320„ Tenure of Office .................135Lectures, By-laws Relating to.................106
,, Exemption from ........107,, Synopsis of ............................172,, Time Tables of
152Lectureship, Ho veil ...................................242Lecture Subjects for 1893 and 1894 ... 172Lent Term..................106Levey and Alexander Bursary......................263Levey Scholarship...........................233,247Librarian ............324Library, Donations to ...................................382Library'Regulations ...................................140Lithgow Scholarship ....................... 232,252Logic and Mental
Philosophy, LectureSubjects...................83
MM.A. Examination, Honours at ... 281
,,
Prizes at
271Subjects of ... 222
M.B. Examination, Prizes at.....................234
,,
Honours at ... 288
M.E. Examination—Honours at ... 289MacCallum Prize ..
275MacCormick Prize....276Macleay Lectureship ...................................243Macleay Museum....... 144,243Matter of Arts—By-laws
113Exami
nation Subjects 222„ Engineering—By-laws ... 125„ turgery.................117
Masters of Arts, Alphabetical List ... 334Masters of Engineering, Alphabetical
List.................346Masters of Surgery—Alphabetical List 345
Materia Medica, Lecture Subjects ... 207
,, ,, Examination Papers.
Appendix
Mathematics, Lecture Subjects ,.. 182,, Examination
Papers.Appendix
Matriculation—By-laws ... .................110„
Class List for 1893 ... 290,,
Examination
Papers.A
ppendix,, Subj ects of Lxamina -
tion....148
Maurice Alexander Bursary .............263Medical Class Lists, 1892-93 ...............306Medical Jurisprudence,
Lecture Sub-jects ............ ........................209
Medicine, Faculty of—By-laws.....................116
,. ,, Degrees in .....117,, ,, Examination Papers
in.
Appendix„ ,, Examiners in... 323
,, ,, Graduates in ... 344,,
„ Lecture Subjects ... 207
Medicine, Faculty of—Time Table of
Lectures . 156, 158
PAGEMedicine, Practiceof, Lecture Subjects 207Metallurgical Laboratory
196Members of Convocation...................................325
,, University325
Michaelmas Term......106Microscopes...............220Midwifery, Lecture Subjects ...............208Military Cadetship.....258Military Commissions ...................................258Mineralogy, Lecture Subjects.....................200„
Examination Papers.Appendix
Mining, Lectures.......216Mort Travelling Fellowship .........277Museums ...........144Morphology and Physiology of Plants 203
NNatural History, Lecture
Subjects ... 203„ „ Prize for ... 233,273
Nicholson Medal.. 2i5, 266
,, Museum144
Non-Matricula ted Students ... 1C8,172Norbert Quirk Prize ........................ 233, 269
Officers of the University
320„ Substitutes for..............130Ophthalmic Medicine, &c, Lecture
Subjects .210
Past Prizes and Benefactions..............277Pathology, Lecture Subjects ...............208■? ,, Examination Papers.
Appendix
Physical Laboratory ...................................192Physics, Lecture Subjects
190,, Examination Papers.
AppendixPhysiography, Lecture Subjects ... 201Physiology, Lecture Subjects.....................205
,, Examination Papers.
Appendix„ Practical 205
Portraits, List of.........380Practical Plane and Solid Geometry ... 213Preface ...
9Prince Alfred Hospital 82, 370Private Annual Prizes ...................................275Prize Compositions
235Prizes, List of . 292,265„ Past .277„ Private Annual... 275
,, Scholarships and Exhibitions 244„ University 232,244
Professor, Title of......105Professors, List of......320Professorial Board.....105
INDEX.
PAGEPsychological Medicine, Lecture
Subjects......................................210Public Examinations, By-laws ... 132, 22S,, „ Prizes at... 232, 25«,267, 270, 273
QCtuirk (Norbert) Prize ............ 233,269
Register of Graduates ............ 13Registrar ................................ 32„ Duties of 10Regulations for Discipline 13It General ........ 14,, Library .. . 14Renwiek Medal ...................... Í79
,, Scholarship ....... 23 25Report of Senf te for 1892Roberts Bequest............................. 3925RoyalCharter .................... 36
sSalting Exhibition.......................... 23 25Scholarships, By-laws relating to 10„ Account of... 24,, List of ........ 23Science, Faculty of, By-laws 12„ Class Liets, 1892- 31,, Degrees in ........ 12,, Examination Papers in.
' Appendix,, Examiners in ........... 32„ Graduates in 34„ Time Table of 16„ Scholarship 25Scot-Skirving Prize .......... 28ScottPrizes..................................... 27Seal of the University ............. 10Senate, Constitution of.................. 41, „ Election to 54 10,, Ex Members .......... 31„ Ex officio 54„ Meetings............... 10,, Original Members 31,, Present Members.............. 31„ Quorum of 43, 49Slade Prize..................................... 27Smith Prize.................................... 26Solicitor to the University 10 82Solicitors, Adniiesion of................ 23St. Andrew's College ........... 72 36St. John's College.......................... 68 86St. Paul'e College........................... 62 35Statum, Ad eundem......................... 10Struth Exhibition........................... 23 26Substitute« for Officers................. 13Superior Officers ...... 10Surgery, Degree in .......... 12„ Graduates in .. 34„ Lecture Subjects 20Surveying, Lecture Subjects ... 21Sydney College, Purchase of 50
PAGETerms... ............ .................Time Tables of Lectures , Arts...............152
Jl JJ Engineering 162Jt »J Evening ... 166
General ,. Law.................154
JJ Medicine 156,158Jt »J Mining and
Metallurgy 164Science ...
Travelling Scholarship .................Trinity Term ................106U
Undergraduates, List of .................University Building Fund .............. ,, Extension 134,146,314Clubs, &c. ................, Extension Act ....
, Deed of Grant of Lands ... , Incorporation Act.............
, Medals... ................, Prizes... ......... , ......... , By-laws Be-rating to ... 109
, Account of ... 244
Vacancies in Senate, Election to 54, 57, 101Vice-Chancellor, Tenure of Office 42, E9Vice-Chancellors, List of ............317Visitor of the University............... 45,316
W"Walker Bursaries....................................265Watt Exhibitions........................... 232,259Wentworth Bursaries .......................564„ Fellowship............243
Medals...........................236, 265West Medal.................................... 232, 268Wilson Prize .................................276Wilkinson Prize........................................275Windows, Stained Glass, List of ... 377Women's College, Act of Incorporation 76
Yearly Examinations
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,Examination Papers. Appendix
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy.Lecture Subjects ......................203
... 108
PREFACE
THE UNIVERSITY or SYDNEY was incorporated by an Act of theColonial Legislature, which received the Boyal Assent on the 1stof October, 1850. The objects set forth in the preamble are—," The advancement of religion and morality and the promotionof useful knowledge." By this Act it is empowered to confer,after examination, Degrees in Arts, Law, and Medicine, and isendowed with the annual income of £5,000. Since 1882, thisendowment has been supplemented by annual Parliamentarygrants for the general purposes of the University, the amountvoted for 1893 being £8,000, and also by grants for specialpurposes.
By the University Extension Act of 1884, the Senate isempowered to give instruction, and to grant such Degrees andCertificates in the nature of Degrees as it shall think fit, in allbranches of knowledge, except Theology and Divinity. Thesame Act admits women to all University privileges equallywith men.
By a Royal Charter, issued 7th February, 1858, the samerank, style, and precedence are granted to Graduates of theUniversity of Sydney as are enjoyed by Graduates of Universitieswithin the United Kingdom. The University of Sydney is alsodeclared in the Amended Charter granted to thé University ofLondon to be one of the institutions in connection with thatUniversity from which certificates of having pursued a duecourse of instruction may be received with a view to admissionto Degrees.
The government of the University is vested in a Senate,consisting of sixteen elective Fellows, and not fewer than threenor more than six " ex officio " members, being Professors of theUniversity, in such branches of learning as the Senate may fromtime to time select. Under this power, the Professors of Greek,Chemistry, Physiology, and Law, have been constituted "exofficio " members of the Senate. A Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor are elected by the Senate from their own body.
10 PREFACE.
Vacancies in the Senate are filled by means of a convocationof electors, consisting of the Fellows of the Senate for the timebeing, Professors, Public Teachers and Examiners in the Schoolsof the University, Principals of Incorporated Colleges within theUniversity, Superior Officers declared to be such by By-law,Masters and Doctors in any Faculty, and Bachelors of threeyears' standing.
There are four Faculties in the University, viz., Arts, Law,Medicine and Science.
In the Faculty of Arts two Degrees are given—namely,Bachelor of Arts and Master of Arts. The curriculum of studyfor the Degree of B.A. extends over a period of three years,during which "students are required to attend lectures and passexaminations. The subjects of study are the English, Latin,Greek, French and German Languages, Ancient and ModernHistory, Mental Philosophy and Logic, Mathematics (pure andmixed), Chemistry, Physics, Geology and Plseontology, Biology,Physiology, &c.
In the Faculty of Law the Degrees of LL.B. and LL.D. aregiven. The curriculum of study for the Degree of LL.B. extendsover five years, of which the first two are in the Faculty of Arts.The Degree of Bachelor of Law is recognised by the Board forthe admission of Barristers in New South Wales as a qualificationfor admission to the Bar.
In the Faculty of Medicine three Degrees are granted, viz.,Bachelor of Medicine, Doctor of Medicine, and Master of Surgery.The course of study for the Degrees of M.B. and Ch.M. extendsover a period of five years.
The colony of New South "Wales has been declared to be oneof the British possessions to which the Imperial Medical Act of1886 applies, and the Degrees in Medicine and Surgery grantedby the University of Sydney are registered upon the Register ofColonial Medical Practitioners, under section 13 of that Act.
The University of Sydney is recognised as one of the Insti-tutions from which the University of London is authorised toreceive certificates for Degrees in Medicine. The University ofEdinburgh accepts certificates of attendance on Medical Classesin this University to the extent of three years of professionalstudy, and the Eoyal College of Surgeons extends a similarrecognition to attendance on the classes of the whole course, in
the case of Graduates in Medicine who present themselves forexamination for the Diploma of Member of the College.
PBEFACE. I 1
In the Faculty of Science the Degrees of Bachelor of Scienceand Doctor of Science are given, and Degrees are also given in thefour branches of Engineering, viz., Civil Engineering. MechanicalEngineering, Mining Engineering, and Electrical Engineering.The course for the Degree of B.Sc. extends over a period ofthree years, during which the subjects of study are Mathematics(pure and mixed), Chemistry (theoretical and practical), Physics(theoretical and practical), Mineralogy, Geology and Paheon-tology and Biology. Candidates for Degrees in Engineeringreceive instruction for a period of three years in Mathematics,Chemistry, Physics, Surveying, Geometrical Drawing, AppliedMechanics, Engineering generally, Mineralogy and Geology,and the different branches of Engineering.
Courses of Lectures in connection with the scheme forUniversity Extension are delivered in Sydney and other placesupon application. Each course consists of ten lectures, and con-cludes with an examination. Those persons who have attendedany course regularly, and passed the concluding examination,receive University Certificates to that effect. The subjects of thelectures have hitherto been English Literature, Modern History,Ancient History, Political Economy, and Logic and MentalPhilosophy.
Senior and Junior Public Examinations are held annuallyin Sydney, and at other places where persons approved by theSenate can be found to superintend the examinations.
A Civil Service Examination is held four times a year. Allpersons seeking appointment to a clerical office in the PublicService of the colony are required to pass this examination,unless they have passed some equivalent or higher examination.
The lectures of the Professors are open to persons not mem-bers of the University, upon payment of a moderate fee for eachcourse.
Undergraduates and Graduates of other Universities areadmitted ad eundem station and gradwm under certain regulationsprescribed by the By-laws.
The object of the S3'dney University is to supply the meansof a liberal education to "all orders and denominations, withoutany distinction whatever."
An Act to provide for the establishment of Colleges inconnection with different religious denominations was passed bythe Legislature during the Session of 1854. Ample assistanceis offered towards their endowment ; and the maintenance of the
12 PREFACE.
fundamental principles of the University—the association ofstudents without respect of religious creeds, in the cultivation of secularknowledge—is secured consistently with the most perfect independ-ence of the College authorities within their own walls. Collegesin connection with the Church of England, the Roman Catholicand Presb3rterian Churches, and a College for Women, have beenestablished.
A n account of the several Scholarships and other Prizes forproficiency which have been established out of the funds of theUniversity, or have been founded by private benefactions, willbe found in this Calendar.
The Senate has the privilege of nominating one candidateper annum to a Cadetship in the Royal Military College atSandhurst.
Graduates in Arts of this University enjoy certain privileges(granted by Act of Parliament), exempting them from all exam-inations other than an Examination in Law before admission asBarristers of the Supreme Court. The Rules of the SupremeCourt also provide for a shortening of the period of Studentship-at-Law, in the case of Graduates, from three years to two, oneof which may be concurrent with the final year of studentship atthe University. Graduates who enter into articles of clerkshipwith attorneys and solicitors are only required to serve for threeyears instead of five.
All persons who desire to enter into articles of clerkship withattorneys are required to pass the Matriculation or some otherequivalent Examination in this University. They are subse-quently required, during the temí of their articles, to pass anintermediate examination in History. For this purpose, theSenate has appointed the Heads of the Colleges of St. Paul, St.John, and St. Andrew a Board of Examiners, to deal with suchindividual cases as may be referred to them.
At the yearly Examinations of 1882, women were first ad-mitted to Matriculation in pursuance of a resolution passed tothat effect by the Senate on the 1st of June, 1881. The Uni-versity Extension Act of 1884 provides that "the benefits andadvantages of the University, and the provisions of the Actsrelating thereto, shall be deemed to extend in all respects towomen equally with men."
NEW AND AMENDED BY-LAWS
ADOPTED BY THE SENATE.
To stand in lieu of Section 7, Chapter IX., page 105.
"7.— The Chairman of the Professorial Board shall beelected at its first meeting in each year; such election to beby ballot, if required by any member. The Chairman of everyother Board shall be the Dean- of the Faculty with which it isconnected."
To stand, in lieu of Section 8, Chapter IX., page 105.
"8.—Fvery meeting of any Board or Faculty shall beconvened by written notice from the Registrar, by direction of,and on a day named by, the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, orChairman ; and on the requisition of any two members, addressedto the Eegistrar, a meeting shall be convened in like manner.At any meeting of the Professorial Board, five shall form aquorum, and at any other meeting three shall form a quorum,unless otherwise provided. In case of an equality of votes,that of the presiding Chairman included, such Chairman shallhave a casting vote."
To stand in lieu of Section 5, Chapter XI., page 107.
" 5.—Each Professor and Lecturer shall keep a daily recordor class roll of the lectures delivered by him, showing thenumber and names of the students present at each lecture.These class rolls shall be laid on the table at the end of eachTerm."
14 NEW AND AMENDED BY-LAWS.
To stand in lieu of Section 5, Chapter XII., page 109.
" 5.—Undergraduates who have passed the yearly examina-tions may, at the discretion of the Dean, and upon application,receive certificates to that effect, signed by the Dean of theFaculty in which they are pursuing their studies, and by theRegistrar."
To stand in lieu of Section 2, Chapter XIK, page 109.
" 2.—No Scholarship shall be awarded except to such candi-dates as exhibit a degree of proficiency which shall be satisfac-tory to the Examiners. Scholars shall be required to proceedwith their studies in the respective Faculties in which theirScholarships are awarded."
To stand in lieu of Section 5, Chapter XVII, page 117.
" 5.—At least three written class examinations shall beheld during each long course of instruction, and at least twosuch examinations during each short course. Students shallnot absent themselves from these examinations except upon amedical certificate, and at the end of each course a report of theresult, signed by the responsible teacher, shall be presented tothe Senate by the Dean. Students who fail to pass the classexaminations may, at the discretion of the Board of Examiners,be refused admission to the Annual Examination."
To stand in lieu of Section 12, Chapter XVIIL, page 124.
'' 12,-^The Annual Examinations shall be conducted in thefirst instance by means of printed papers, practical exercises andreference to specimens when necessary, and at the terminationof such examinations each candidate shall undergo a viva voceexamination if the Examiners think fit. At least one writtenclass examination shall be held during each term of the firsttwo years, except in the mathematical subjects. Students shallnot absent themselves from these examinations except upon amedical certificate. Students who fail to pass the class exami-nations may, at the discretion of the Board of Examiners, berefused admission to the Annual Examination."
NEW AND AMENDED BY-LAWS. 15
To stand in lieu of Section 18, Chapter XVIII., 2>age 125.
" 18.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringmust produce evidence of having graduated in Arts or in Science ;or of having attended the lectures of the First Year of the Artscourse, and passed the First Year Examination in Arts ; or ofhaving passed the Senior Public Examination, or an examinationequivalent to the Senior Public Examination, in the followingsubjects, viz. : Latin ; one of the three languages—Greek,French, German ; and four of the sections in Group III. of thesubjects for which Senior candidates may enter, viz. : Arithmetic,Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry, Elementary Surveying andAstronomy, Mechanics, Applied Mechanics ; and shall duringthe First Year, attend the courses of instruction upon, and passthe examinations in, the following subjects :
1. Chemistry—Inorganic (with two terms' laboratory prac-tice),
2. Descriptive Geometry and Drawing,S. Mathematics,4. Applied Mechanics (with laboratory practice),5. Physics (with one term's laboratory practice), '6. Physical Geography and Geology.
Provided that students shall only be required to attend thelectures upon, and to pass the Annual Examination in suchportions of the Mathematical course of the First Year as theyhave not already passed at the above-mentioned examinations.
"Provided also that Students of the Technical Branch of theDepartment of Public Instruction whose certificates of attendanceand examination in that Branch are accepted by the Senate asan equivalent to a portion of the curriculum prescribed forcandidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Mining Engineering,shall be considered to have passed the Entrance Examination ifthey satisfy the Examiners in the following subjects, viz. : Intwo of the four languages—Latin, Greek, French, German,; andfour of the sections in Grpup III. of the subjects for whichsenior candidates may enter, viz. : Arithmetic, Algebra, Geo-metry, Trigonometry, Elementary Surveying and Astronomy,Mechanics, Applied Mechanics."
16 NEW AND AMENDED BY-LAWS.
To stand in lieu of Section 7, Chapter XXlII., page 132.
' ' 7.—The Professors and Assistant Professors not engagedin tuition except publicly within the University, together withsuch other persons as the Senate may from time to time appoint,shall form a Board for conducting the Public Examinations ;and of this Board the Chairman shall be elected at its firstannual meeting."
To stand in lieu of Section 3, of Chapter XII., page 108.
" 3.—Students who fail to pass or neglect to attend theirAnnual Examinations in any subject or subjects, may be requiredby their respective Faculties, upon the report of the Examiners,to attend again the lectures on such subject or subjects beforeagain presenting themselves for examination."
íijclneij. ^muersittj ©alendar.
1893.
MAECH XXXI.
WTHFS
iMTirWTHFS
MTuWTHFSgMTuWTHFS
iTuW
THF
Third Sunday in Lent.Senate Meets. LENT TEE:I Begins. HATEICUIIAHHW Exarci-
[ ¡action, BEIÎMED PASS Examinations, HONOITK Exemi-[nationr, in the Faculty of A rts, DEOBEE Examinations in theI "JÎouItyoîlti dicine, nudliHOEJCEiasrG· Examinations Tîagin.f Oompstitï.ve Prize Co;itposi( ions to be sent in. Lust Day¡ίου rea-iviiig cpplicctions for Burœrias.
Fourth Sunday in Lent.Examinations for Eitcian IÍESKEES Begin.
Fifth Sunday in Lent.Fonate IJeois. LECTURES Begin.Last Bay for receiving o?ihdes for ΐΐιο CIVIL SERVICE
[Examination.
Last Day fyr rejoiving· entries for tke LATZ HATBICJ-PaIm Sunday. [IATION Examination.
Good Friday.
»yxtnetj; Hmuersitij ©alendar,1893.
APRIL XXX.
1 S
2 S3 M4 Tu5 W6 TH7 F8 S9 S10 M11 Tu12 W13 TH14 F15 S16 s)17 M18 Tu19 W20 TH21 F22 S23 g24 M25 Tu26 W27 TH28 F29 S30 ñ
Easter Sunday.Senate Meets. CIVIL SERVICE and LAW MATRICU-
LATION Examinations.
First Sunday after Easter.
Second Sunday after Easter.Senate Meets.
Third Sunday after Easter.
Fourth Sunday after Easter.
Sgdtteg Hmuersity. íyateadar.1893.
MAY XXXI.
1 M. Senate Meets.
2 Tu •3 W4 TH5 F6 S7 g Eogation Sunday.8 M9 Tu10 W11 TH Ascension Day.12 F13 S14 S First Sunday after Asoeneion Day.15 M Senate Meets.16 Tu a
17 W18 TH19 F20 S21 S Whit Sunday22 M23 Tu24 W The Queeu's Birthday.25 TH26 F27 S ]J>.NT TEEM Ends.2829
& Trinity Sunday.
30 Tu31 W
Sijdneij Hntuerstty; föalentlar.1893.
JUNE XXX.
1 TH
2 F3 S
■4 &5 M6 Tu7 W8 TH9 F
10 S11 rs
12 1M13 TU14 W15 Tn16 F17 S18 ra19 M20 Tu21 W22 TH23 F24 S25 Γ=
26 Ή27 Tu28 W29 TH30 F
First Sunday after Trinity.Somata IiTeets.
Second Sunday after Trinity.ΤΕΚ·;ΙΤΪ TEEa Begias.
Third Sunday after Trinity."'ΘΕΓ.ΪΘ
Lr*''- E-~7 fc- F32s-:rinij orjh'ias for iie C'rni, SERVICE[Examinr-.iion.
[2'L\T^icx'iA'x'70x Examination.Last Day for recsiving en'.rips for fno LAWFourth Sunday after Trinity.
Stjdaey. Hmußrsittj. ©alendar,1893.
JULY XXXI.
1 I23
M F4fth Sunday after, Trinitv. . _Senate iteecs. Orrai rvSEviCB and. L.jw TtÍATPTCirj-
4 Tu [liATíí»' i 1\-.-;-miTiBti nr.fs.5 W6 TH7 F8 S9 S Sixth Sunday after Trinity.
10 M -11 Tu12 W13 TH14 F15 S16 S Seventh Sunday after Trinity.17 M Senate Meets.18 Tu19 W20 TH21 F22 S23 B Eighth Sunday after Trinity.24 M25 Tu26 W27 TH28 F29 I30 8 Ninth Sunday after Trinity.31 M
itptoetf. Hmuersitij ©alendar.1893.
AUGUST XXXT.
1 Tu
2 W3 TH4 F5 §67
M Tenth Sunday after Trinity.Senate Meets.
8 Tu9 W10 TH11 F12 S13 § Eleventh Sunday after Trinity.14 M15 Τσ Last Day for receiving Committee Fonns for LOCAL16 W ¡_PCBLIC Examinations.17 TH18 F19 S ΪΒΙΚΊΤΥ TERM Ends.20 © Twelfth Sunday after Trinity.21 -M Senate Meets.22 Tu Last Day for receiving entries for PUBLIC Examina-23 W tions, and CrviL SERVICE Examina-24 TH tions in Country Districts.25 F26 £27 S Thirteenth Sunday after Trinity.28 M.29 Tu30 W31 TH
Stjdneij. Hniuersítt); ©aleadas1893.
SEPTEMBER XXX.
ι E
2 SO
s Fourteenth Sunday after Trinity.4 M Senate Meets.5 Tu -6 W7 TH8 F9 s.10 S Fifteenth Sunday after Trinity.11 M PUBLIC Examinations, and CIVIL SERVICE Examina-12 Tu tions in Country Districts.13 W14 TH15 F16 S17 S Sixteenth Sunday after Trinity.18 M Senate Meets.19 Tu20 W21 TH22 E23 S24 ¡§ Seventeenth Sunday after Trinity.25 M MICHAELMAS TERM Begins.26 Tu27 W28 TH29 F30 S ■
»gilnei} Hniuersily; Éíalc-mlar,1893.
OCTOBEE XXXI.
1 i Eighteenth Sunday after Trinity.
2 M Senate Meets.3 Tu4 W5 TH6 P7 S8 i Nineteenth Sunday after Trinity.9 M1 Tu1 W1 TH1 F1 S1 i Twentieth Sunday after Triuity.1 M Sonate lleet^.1 Tu1 W1920
THFS
22
¡5M
Twenty-first Sunday after Trinity.
24
Tu Last ' Lay fur receiving snu-iea L·? Crrn SERVICE
2 W !"Elimination.2 TH L
2 F [TIOK Examination.2 S Last Day ιοί' receiving entries for LAV MATRICCIA- !293031
MTu
Twenty second Sunday after Trinity.
1893.
NOVEMBEE XXX.
1 W
2 TH3 F4 S5 S Twenty-third Sunday after Trinity.6 M Senate Meets. CIVIL SEBYICE and LAW MATBICULÄ-7 Tu [TION Examinations.8 W9 Tn The Prince of Wales' Birthday.10 F11 4,12 S Twenty-fourth Sunday after Trinity.13 M14 Tu15 W161
Tn17I /
IS 1:S19 § Twenty-fifth Sunday after Trinity.
20 M Senate Meets.21 Tu22 W23 TH24 F25 S2G Ü Twenty-sixth Sunday after Trinitj'.27 M -28 Ter29 W30 Tn
g.dneij Htïiuerstty; ©alendar,1893.
DECEMBER XXXI.
12
Γ LECTURES Cease.
34
M Advent ,Sunday.¡Senate Meets.
5 Tu6 W7 TH8 Γ .9 S
10 S Second Sunday in Advent.11 M. ANNUAL EXAMINATIONS Begin.12 Tu13 W14 TH15 F16 S MICHAELMAS TERM Ends.17 S Third Sunday in Advent.18 M Senate Meets.19 Tu20 W21 TH22 F23 S24 S Fourth Sunday in Advent.25 M Christmas Day.26 Tu27 W28 Tn29 F30 S31 S First Sunday after Christmas.
Sydney Wahrer stty, ©slestdüv.1894.
JANUAEY XXXI.
1 M
2 Tu3 W4 TH5 F6 s7 S First Sunday after Epiphany.8 M =9 Tu
10 W11 TH12 F13 §14 S Second Sunday after Epiphany.15 M16 Tu17 W18 TH19 F20 S21 g Septuagésima Sunday.22 M23 Tu24 W25 TH26 F27 S28 S Sexagésima Sunday.29 M30 Tu ,31 W
Svfdnetj íamuersttij Calendar.1894.
FEBEUAEY XXVITI.
1 TH
2 F3 &45
M Quinquagesima Sunday.ss-asis ikeefe.
6 Tu7 W8 TH9 F
10 S11 3 First Sunday in Lent.12 M13 Tu Last Day ror receiving ©nines îos the KEATBIOUTÙA-14 W [TIOH and BEGKEE Examinations.15 TH16 F17 S18 S Second Sunday in Lent.19 M Senate Sleets.20 Tu21 W22 TH23 F24 S25 ga Third Sunday in Lent.26 M27 Tu28 W
1894.
MAECH XXXI.
1 TH
2 F3 S4 S Fourth. Sunday in Lent.5 M Senate 2ieets. LENT TEKS Begins. ¡ÏÏAÏBICULATIOS Examî-6 Tu [nation, DEPEREED PASS Examinations. KOITOUB Examina-
tions, in the Faculty of Arts, BEGEED Examinations in the7 W8 TH
FfBVculty of Medicine, and EÎOINEEBING Examinationsrjiegin. Competitive Prize Compositions to be sent in
9 [Lest Day for receiving applications for JBursaries.10 S11 Fiith Sunday in Lent.1213
MTu
Examinations for Higher DEOBEES Begin.
14 W15 TH16 F17 S18 g Palm Sunday.19 M Senate Meets. LECTURES Begin.20 Tu Last Day for receiving eatries for the Cimx SEBVICE21 W [ Examination.22 TH23 F Good Friday.24 S Last DFν for receiving entries for the LA-W MATEICU-25 Si, Easter Sunday. [LATIOS
Examination.20 M27 Tu28 W29 TH30 F31 S
^dnetj tâfotuersttg ©alendar.
1894.
APEIL XXX.
1 S First Sunday after Easter.
2 M Senate Meets. CIVIL SERVICE and LAW MATKICULA-3 Tu [TION Examinations.4 W5 TH6 F7 S8 S Second Sunday after Easter.9 M
10 Tu11 W12 TH13 F14 S15 S Third Sunday after Easter.1Γ, M Senate Meets.17 Tu18 W19 TH20 F21 S22 £» Fourth Sunday after Easter.23 M24 Tu25 W26 TH27 F28 S2930 S Rogation Sunday.
Stjidtïetj HmiTerstttj: ISalendar,1894.
MAY XXXI.
1 Tu
2 W3 TH Ascension Day.4 F5 S6 S Sunday after Ascension Day.*7 M Senate Meets.8, Tu9 W
10 TH11 F12 S13 S Whit Sunday.14 M15 Tu16 W17 TH18 F19 S20 S Trinity Sunday.21 M Senate Meets.22 Tu23 W24 TH Tiie Queen's Birthday.25 F26 S LENT TERM Ends.27 S First Sunday after Trinity.28 M29 Tu30 W31 TH
Sijdnei} Wmtremttj Efcfcad&r.1894.
JUNE XXX.
1 F
2 S;¡ i Second Sunday after Trinity.4 M Senate Sleets.5 Tu6 W7 TH8 F9 S10 US Third Sunday after Trinity.11 M TSEKITY TESÎI Begins.12 Tu13 W14 TH15 F16 S17 ft Fourth Sunday after Trinity.US Senate Sleets.19 Tu Last Day for receiving entries for the CIVIL SEEVÏCE20 VV ¡"Examine' :J;TI .21 TH22 F [LATIOX Examination.23 S Lest Day for receiving eafcies for tke L^TT MATHICU-24 ñ25 ft
Fifth Sunday after Trinity.
20 Tu27 W28 TH29 F30 S
»ydneij. '^tmu-ersittj ©alendar,1894.
JULY XXXI.
7. M8. Tu9. W10. TH11. F12. S13. i14. M
15. Tu16. W17. TH18. F19. S20. i21. M22. Tu23. W24. TH25. F26. S27. 128. M29. Tu30. W31. TH32. F33. S34. §35. M36. Tu
Sixth Sunday after Trinity.Senate Meets. CIVIL SEEVICE and LA^ IÍATMCTTLA-
[TION Examinations.
Seventh Sunday after Trinity.
Eighth Sunday after Trinity.Senate Meets.
Ninth Sunday after Trinity.
Tenth Sunday after Trinity.
»tjdttetj t^ntirersitt) Jëfoleoder»
1894.
AUGUST XXXI.C
1 W
2 TH3 F4 S5 S Eleventh Sunday after Trinity.6 M Senate Meets.7 Tu8 W9 TH
10 F11 S12 S Twelfth Sunday after Trinity.13 M14 Tu15 W16 TH17 F18 S TRINITY TEEM Ends.19 S Thirteenth Sunday after Trinity.20 M Senate Meets.21 Tu22 W23 TH24 F25 S26 g Fourteenth Sunday after Trinity.27 M28 Tu29 W30 TH31 F
ROYAL CHAKTEE.OF THB
UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY.
FEBRUARY 27ΓΗ, 1858.
^irtutia, by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom £/¾^'of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the ration.C°rpi
Faith, to all to whom these presents shall come Greeting :WHEREAS under and by virtue of the provisions of anAct of the Governor and Legislative Council of ourColony of New South Wales, passed in the fourteenthyear of our reign, No. 31, intituled "An Act to Incor-porate and Endow the University of Sydney," and towhich oui· Royal Assent was granted on the 9th day ofDecember, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-one,a Senate, consisting of Sixteen Fellows, was incorporatedand made a body politic with perpetual succession, underthe name of the University of Sydney, with power togrant, after Examination, the several degrees of Bachelorof Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor ofLaws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of Medicine,and to examine for Medical Degrees in the four Branchesof Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy. ANDwhereas our trusty and well-beloved Sir William Thomas·Denison, Knight Commander of our most honourable -Order of the Bath, Lieutenant-Colonel in the RoyalEngineers, our Captain-General and Governor-in-chief in
36 ROYAL CHARTER.
Petition oí and over our said Colony, has transmitted to us theSenate. humble Petition of the Senate of the said University ofSydney under their common seal, dated the 9th of Feb-ruary One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-seven,■wherein is set forth a statement of the establishmentof the said University, the appointment of learned Pro-fessors of the Faculty of Arts, and the provisions adoptedand to be adopted in respect to the Faculties of Laws andMedicine, and the course of Education and discipline forSoliciting the Scholars, Undergraduates, aud Graduates of the saidofCDegreeä University, aud in which it is humbly submitted thatconferred by the standard of acquirements which must be attained bysity. "' r" Graduates in the University of Sydney is not below thatprescribed by the most learned Universities of theUnited Kingdom, and the direction of the studies in thesaid University has been committed to Professors whohave highly distinguished themselves in British Universi-ties, that the rules under which the high standard in theUniversity has been fixed cannot be altered without theapproval of our representative in the Colony, and thatthere is invested in him the power of interference shouldthe rules laid down be unduly relaxed in practice, andthat, therefore, the Memorialists confidently hope thatthe Graduates of the University of Sydney will not beinferior in scholastic requirements to the majority-ofGraduates of British Universities, and that it is desirableto have the degrees of the University of Sydney generallyrecognised throughout our dominions ; and it is alsohumbly submitted that although our Royal Assent to theAct of Legislature of New South Wales hereinbeforerecited fully satisfies the principle of our law that thepower of granting degrees should flow from the Crown, yetthat as that assent was conveyed through an Act whichhas effect only in the territory of New South "Wales, theMemorialists believe that the degrees granted by the saidUniversity under the authority of the said act, are notlegally entitled to recognition beyond the limits of NewSouth Wales ; and the Memorialists are in consequencemost desirous to obtain a grant from us of Letters Patentrequiring all our subjects to recognise the degrees givenunder the Act of the Local Legislature in the same
ROYAL CHARTER. 3?manner as if the said University of Sydney had been anUniversity established within the United Kingdom undera Royal Charter or an Imperial enactment ; and theMemorialists therefore hereby most humbly pray that wewill be pleased to take the premises into our graciousconsideration and grant to the University of SydneyLetters Patent effective of the object therein set forth.Now KNOW YE that we,takingthepremisesinto considera-tion, and deeming it to be the duty of our Royal office,for the advancement of religion and morality and thepromotion of useful knowledge, to holdforthto all classesand denominations of our faithful subjects, withoutany distinction whatsoever, throughout our dominions,encouragement for pursuing a regular and liberal courseof education, and considering that many persons do pro-secute and complete their studies in the Colony of NewSouth Wales, on whom it is just to confer such distinc-tions and rewards as may induce them to persevere intheir laudable pursuits ; do, by virtue of our PrerogativeRoyal and our especial Grace and certain knowledgeand mere motion, by these presents of us, our heirs andsuccessors, will, grant, and declare that the Degrees ofBachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, SuchDoctor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of ^¾1°11
Medicine, already granted or conferred or hereafter to begranted or conferred by the Senate of the said Universityof Sydney shall be recognised as Academic distinctionsand rewards of merit, and be entitled to rank, precedence,and consideration in our United Kingdom and in ourColonies and possessions throughout the world as fullyas if the said Degree had been granted by any Universityof our said United Kingdom. And we further will andordain that any variation of the Constitution of the saidUniversity which may at any time or from time to timebe made by an Act of the said Governor and Legislatureshall not, so long as the same or a like standard ofknowledge is in the opinion of the said Governor preservedas a necessary condition for obtaining the aforesaiddegrees therein, in any manner annul, abrogate, circum-scribe, or diminish, the privileges conferred on the saidUniversity by those our Royal Letters Patent, nor
the
88 ROYAL CHARTER.
ranks, rights, privileges, and consideration conferred byeuch degrees. And, lastly, we do hereby for us, ourheirs, and successors, grant and declare that these ourLetters Patent or the enrolment or exemplificationthereof shall be in and by all things valid and effectualin law according to the true intent and meaning of thesame, and shall be construed and adjudged in the mostfavourable and beneficial sense to the best advantage ofthe said University, as well in all our courts as else-where, notwithstanding any non-recital, uncertainty, orimperfection in these our Letters Patent. IN WITNESSwhereof we have caused these our Letters to be madePatent.
Witness ourself at Westminster, the Twenty-seventhday of February, in the Twenty-first year of our Reign.
By WAERAHT under the Queen's sign manual.
C. EOMILLY.
ACTS OF PARLIAMENTRELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY.
An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University ofSydney, 14 Vic, No. 31.
[Assented to 1st October, 1850.]
WHEREA.8 it is deemed expedient, for the better advance- Preamble,ment of religion and morality, and the promotion of use-ful knowledge, to hold forth to all classes and denomi-nations of Her Majesty's subjects resident in the Colonyof New South Wales, without any distinction whatsoever,an encouragement for pursuing a regular and liberalcourse of education : Be it, therefore, enacted by HisExcellency the Governor of New South Wales, with theadvice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof,That for the purpose of ascertaining, by means of exami-nation, the persons who shall acquire proficiency in lite-rature, science, and art, and of rewarding them byacademical degrees as evidence of their respective attain-ments, and by marks of honour proportioned thereto, aSenate, consisting of the number of persons hereaftermentioned, shall, within three months after the passingof this Act, be nominated and appointed by the saidGovernor, with the advice of the Executive Council of thesaid Colony, by proclamation, tobe duly published in the Abodypoii·New South Wales Government Gazette, which Senate shalltic and aw-be and is hereby constituted from the date of such Üamed '°Thenomination and appointment a Body Politic and Corpo- ^.ηι
8ν^,'^..
rate, by the name of the "University of Sydney," by constitutedwhich name such Body Politic shall have perpetual sue- mwers!1*1"1
cession, and shall have a common seal, and shall in thesame name sue and be sued, implead, and be impleaded,
40 UNIVERSITY.
and answer and be answered unto in all Courts olthe said Colony, and shall be able and capable in Law totake, purchase, and hold to them and their successors allgoods, chattels, and personal property whatsoever,and shall be able and capable in Law to take, purchase,and hold, to them- and their successors,, not only suchlands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions as-may from time to time be exclusively used and occu-pied for the immediate requirements of the said Univer-sity, but also any other lands, buildings, hereditaments,and possessions whatsoever situate in the said Colony orelsewhere ; and that they and their successors shall beable and capable in law to grant, demise, alien or other-wise dispose of all or any of the property, real or personalbelonging to the said University, and also to do allother matters and things incidental to or appertaining toa Body Politic.
Not to have II. Provided always, and be it enacted, that it shallρι°^β^!Ρ„ not be lawful for the said University to alienate, mort -alienate or . ·* 11·
mortgage gage, charge, or demise any lands, tenements, or heredita-unless with rnents to which it may become entitled by grant, purchase,
approval of or otherwise, unless with the approval of the Governorand Kxe™-r and Executive Council of the said Colony for the time
tive Council, being, except by way of lease, for any term not exceed-ing thirty-one years from the time when such lease shall
be made, in and by which there shall be reserved andmade payable, during the whole of the term therebygranted, the best yearly rent that can be reasonably
gotten for the same without any fine or foregift.Governor UI- And be it enacted, That by way of permanent
may issue endowment of the said University, the said Governorral or Oréu-" shall be, and is hereby empowered, by Warrant under
nues EeaVrT ^is hand, to direct to be issued and paid out of thea sum not general or Ordinary Revenues of the said Colon}' by four
£500)'¾¾- equal quarterly payments, on the first day of January,fray annual the first day of April, the first day of July, and the first
expenses. ^ay Q£ Qc(-0^er [n every year, as a fund for building andfor defraying the several stipend s which shall be appointed
to be paid to the several Professors or Teachers ofliterature, science, and art, and to such necessary officers
ACT OF INCORPORATION OF 1850. 4Í
and servants as shall be from time to time appointed bythe said University, and for defraying the expense of suchprizes, scholarships, and exhibitions as shall be awardedfor the encouragement of students in the said Univer-sity, and for providing, gradually, a Library for the sameand for discharging all incidental and necessary chargesconnected with the current expenditure thereof or other-wise the sum of five thousand pounds in each and everyyear, the first instalment thereof to become due andpayable on the first day of January, one thousand eighthundred and fifty-one.
IV. And be it enacted, That the said Body Politic and sixteen Fei-Corporate shall consist of ^sixteen Fellows, twelve of 1°α^Ά°α~whom shall be laymen, and all of whom shall be mem- Senate, withbers of and constitute a Senate, who shall have power to elect" ,Pro-elect out of their own body, by a majority of votes, a »Miforaii-Provost * of the said University for such period as the ^16 peno
said Senate shall from time to time appoint ; and when-ever a vacancy shall occur in the office of Provost of thesaid University, either by death, resignation, or other-wise, to elect out of their own body, by a majority ofvotes, a fit and proper person to be the Provost instead ofthe Provost occasioning such vacancy.
V. ]And be it enacted, That until there shall he one How vacan.hundred graduates of the said University who shall have Α^ί*™?taken the Degree of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, orDoctor of Medicine, all vacancies that shall occur bydeath, resignation, or otherwise among the Fellows of the ■said Senate, shall be filled up as they may occur by theelection of such other fit and proper persons as the remain-ing members of the said Senate shall, at meetings to beduly convened for that purpose, from time to time elect tofill up such vacancies : Provided always, that no suchvacancy, unless created by death or resignation, shall occurfor any cause whatever, unless such cause shall have beenpreviously specified by some by-law of the said BodyPolitic and Corporate, duly passed as hereinafter men-tioned. ,• Amended as respects the number of Fellows and the title of Provost and
Vice-Provost, by an Act passed in 1861, 24 Vic, No. 13.t Repealed by Act of 1861, 24 Vic, No. 13.
C
42 UNIVERSITY.
Vice-Provost VL And be it enacted, That the office of Vice-Provost
annuaUyf*11 of the said University shall be an annual office, and the
said Fellows shall, at a meeting to be holden by them
within six months after the passing of this Act, elect out
of the said Senate a Vice-Provost, and on some day
before the expiration of the tenure of the said office, of
which due notice shall be given, elect one other fit and
proper person to be the Vice-Provost of the said Univer-
sity, and so from time to time annually ; or in case of
the death, resignation, or other avoidance of any such Vice-
Provost before the expiration of his year of office, shall,
at a meeting to be holden by them for that purpose, as
60on as conveniently may be, of which due notice shall
be given, elect some other fit and proper person to be
Vice-Provost for the remainder of the year in which such
death, resignation, or other avoidance shall happen, such
person to be chosen from among themselves by the major
vice-Provost part of the Fellows present at such meeting : Provided
o? rl-Tieí16 always> taat tae Vice-Provost shall be capable of re-
tion. election to the same office, as often as it shall be deemed
meet.Proviso, that VII. ^Provided always, and be it enacted, That as soon^u /Aere as ¡here shall be not fewer than one hundred Graduateshundred ■ who have taken any or either of the Degrees of Master ofGraduaiesaii _¿rts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, all vacan-vacancies m . ' J ' .-^n 7 77 7Senate shall cies thereafter occurring in the said Senate shall be fromll^them."1' time t° ti,ne filled up by the majority of such Graduatespresent and duly convened for that purpose.Senate to VIII. And be it enacted, That the said Senate shallhave entire have full power to appoint and dismiss all Professors,ment and tutors, officers, and servants belonging to the said Univer-tendence s'tv> anc* also the entire management of and superintend-ence over the affairs, concerns, and property of the saidUniversity ; and in all cases unprovided for by this Act,it shall be lawful for the said Senate to act in such man-nerasshall appeartothem to be best calculated to promotethe purposes intended for the said University ; and thesaid Senate shall have full power from time to time
to make, and also to alter any statutes, by-laws, and
•Repealed by Act of 1861, 24 Vic, No. IS.
ACT OF INCORPORATION OF 1850. 43
regulations (so as the same be not repugnant to anyexisting law, or to the general objects and provisions ofthis Act) touching the discipline of the said University,the examinations for scholarships, exhibitions, degrees, orhonours, and the granting of the same respectively, andtouching the mode and times of convening the meetingsof the said Senate, and in general touching all othermatters whatsoever regarding the said University ; and allsuch· statutes, by-laws, and regulations, when reducedinto writing, and after the common seal of the said Uni-versity shall have been affixed thereto shall be bindingupon all persons members thereof, and all candidates fordegrees to be conferred by the same—all such statutes,by-laws, and regulations having been first submitted tothe Governor and Executive Council of the said Colonyfor the time being, and approved of and countersigned bythe said Governor : Provided always, that the produc-tion of a verified copy of any such statutes, by-laws,and regulations, under the seal of the said Body Politicand corporate, shall be sufficient evidence of the authen-ticity of the same in all Courts of Justice.
IX. And be it enacted, That all questions which shall Questions tocome before the said Senate shall be decided by the bym^oritymajority of the members present, and the Chairman at °f votes-any such meeting shall have a vote, and, in case of anequality of votes, a second or casting vote ; and that noquestion shall be decided at any meeting unless theProvost or Vice-Provost and *seven Pellows, or in theabsence of the Provost and Vice- Provost, unless eight Fellowsat the least shall be present at the time of such decision.
X. And be it enacted, That at every meeting of the Chairman ofsaid Senate the Provost, or in his absence the Vice-Provost mee msa'shall preside as chairman, or in the absence of both, aChairman shall be chosen by the members present, or themajor part of them.
XL And whereas it is expedient to extend the benefits studentsof colleges and educational establishments already in- cou?g°shand
stituted or which may be hereafter instituted for the educational
promotion of literature, science, and art; wliettier ments* Amended as respects the quorum by an Act passed in Dec, 1852.
may
UNIVERSITY.
be admitted incorporated or not incorporated, by connecting themforcertainea f°r such purposes with the said University : Be itDegrees. enacted, That all persons shall be admitted as Can-didates for the respective degrees of Bachelor öf Arts,Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, or Doctor of Laws, tobe conferred by the said University of Sydney, on pre-senting to the said Senate a certificate from any suchcolleges or educational establishments, or from the headmaster thereof, to the effect that such Candidate hascompleted the course of instruction which the saidSenate, by regulation in that behalf, shall determine :Provided that no such certificate shall be received fromany educational establishment, unless the said Universityshall authorise it to issue such certificate : Provided alsothat it shall be lawful for the said Senate to apply anyportion of the said endowment fund to the establishmentand maintenance of a college in connection with andunder the supervision of the said University.miDeMrees" ^^- ^11^ ^6 ^ enacted, That for the purpose ofgranting the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Doctorof Medicine, and for the improvement of Medical Educa-tion in all its branches, as well in Medicine as in Sur-gery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy, the said Senate shallfrom time to time report to the Governor and ExecutiveCouncil for the time being of the said Colony whatappear to them to be the Medical Institutions andSchools, whether corporate or incorporated, in thecity of Sydney, from which either singly or jointly,■with the Medical Institutions and Schools in thesaid Colony or in Foreign parts, it may be fit andexpedient, in the judgment of the said Senate, to admitCandidates for Medical Degrees ; and, on approval ofsuch report by the Governor and Executive Council,shall admit all persons as candidates for the respectivedegrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Doctor of Medicine,to be conferred by the said University on presenting tothe said Senate a certificate from any institution or schoolto the effect that such Candidate has completed thecourse of instruction which the said Senate from time totime, by regulation in that behalf, shall prescribe.
ACT OF INCORPORATION OF 1850. 45
Xm. And be it enacted, That the said Senate shall Senate mayhave power, after examination, to confer the several ¡iîêés'fordegrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of which feesLaws, Doctor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor chafedof Medicine, and to examine for Medical degrees in thefour branches of Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, andPharmacy, and that such reasonable fee shall be chargedfor the degrees so conferred as the said Senate, with theapprobation of the said Governor and Executive Council,,shall from time to time direct ; and such fees shall becarried to one general fee fund for the payment of theexpenses of the said Umversity ; and that a full accountof the whole income and expenditure of the said Accounts ofUniversity shall·, once in every year, be transmitted to annual ¡p-
«/ ' J J · _0ODQ.6 QiDQ ΘΧ"
the Colonial Secretary, for the purpose of being submitted ¿enditure toto the Legislative Council or Assembly of the said fo^Leirisia-Colony, as the case may be, and subjected to such ex- tive Councilaroination and audit as the said Legislative Council or or Assemb,yAssembly may direct.
XTV. And be it enacted, That at the conclusion of Examinersevery examination of the Candidates the Examiners shall ^^^fdeclare the name of every Candidate whom they shall have Candidates,deemed to be entitled to any of the said degrees, and the ^0¾¾1"departments of knowledge in which his proficiency shall certificates'have been evinced and also his proficiency in relation to £e J.anteathat of other Candidates, and he shall receive, from the by Provost.said Provost, a certificate under the Seal of the said Univer-sity of Sydney, and signed by the said Provost, in whichthe particulars so declared shall be stated.
XV. Provided always, and be it enacted, That all By-laws,statutes, by-laws, and regulations made from time to ^¿^¿|totime touching the examination of Candidates, and granting Governorof degrees, shall be submitted for the consideration and |^.cutive
approval of the Governor and Executive Council. Council forapproval.
XVI. And be it enacted, That the Governor of the Governor tosaid Colony for the time being shall be the Visitor of the J^urïver-said University of Sydney, with authority to do all things sity.which pertain to Visitors as often as to him shall seemmeet.
46 UNIVEBSITY.
Professors XVIJL. And be it declared and enacted, That it shallfeefftSn*"1 be lawful for the Professors and Teachers in the saidstudents, University, in addition to the stipends with which theysurer may shall be so respectively endowed, to demand and receivecharge fees fr0m the Students of the said University such reasonable&c. ' fees for attendance on their Lectures, and for the
Treasurer of the said University, to collect from the saidStudents on behalf of the said University such reasonablefees for entrance, degrees, and other University charges asshall be from time to time provided by any statutes, by-laws, or regulations of the said University.
Regulations XVIII. And for the better government of the Studentsstudent" in the said University : Be it enacted, That no Studentshall reside, shall be allowed to attend the lectures or classes of thesame, unless he shall dwell with his parent or guardian,or with some near relative and friend selected by hisparent or guardian, and approved by the Provost or Vice-Provost, or in some collegiate or other educational estab-lishment, or with a tutor or master of a boarding-houselicensed by the Provost or Vice-Provost as hereinaftermentioned.Regulations XIX. And be it enacted, That every person, who is.fngtutorsf" desirous of being licensed as atutor or a master of a board-with -whom ing-house in connection with the said University, shallmay reside, apply in writing under his hand to the Provost or Vice-Provost of the said University for his license, and it shallbe lawful for the said Provost or Vice-Provost, if he orthey shall think fit, to require of any such applicant suchtestimonials of character and fitness for the office as shallbe satisfactory to such Provost or Vice-Provost ; and theapplication shall specify the house or houses belonging toor occupied by the applicant, and intended by him forthereception of Students, and the number of Students whomay be conveniently lodged and boarded therein ; andthereupon it shall be lawful for the Provost or Vice-Provostin their discretion to grant or withhold the license for theacademical year then current or then next ensuing, andevery such license shall be registered in the archives ofthe said University, and shall inure until the end of theacademical year in which it shall be registered, and shall
ACT OF INCORPORATION OF 1850. 47then be of no force, unless renewed in like manner, butshall be revocable at any time, and may forthwith berevoked by the Provost or Vice-Provost, in case of anymisbehaviour of such tutor or master of a boarding-houseor of the Students under his care, which, in the opinionof the Provost or Vice-Provost, and a majority of the Pro-fessors of the said University, ought to be punished byimmediate revocation of such license.
XX. And be it enacted, That no religious test shall be As to reii-administered to any person in order to entitle him to be ^0"3 e? s-
admitted as a Student of the said University, or to holdany office therein, or to partake of any advantage or privi-lege thereof : Provided always that this enactment shallnot be deemed to prevent the making of regulations forsecuring the due attendance of the Students for DivineWorship at such Church or Chapel as shall be approvedby their parents or guardians respectively.
XXI. And be it enacted, That all statutes, by-laws, By-laws,rules, and regulations which shall be made and approved to hífrómfrom time to time by the said Governor and Executive ί^Λ *ίιαβ
Council, concerning the government and discipline of the the Leg¿L-said University, which shall be in force at the beginning tlveC°ui"¡ü.of every session of the said Legislative Council or Legis-lative Assembly of the said Colony, and which shall nothave been before that time laid before the said LegislativeCouncil or Legislative Assembly, shall from time to timewithin six weeks after the beginning of every suchsession, be laid before the same by the Colonial Secretaryfor the time being.
XXII. And be it enacted, That the said University Proceedingsshall once at least in every year, and also whenever the ^Sî"^1'7pleasure of the Governor for the time being shall be sig- at least innified in that behalf, report their proceedings to the said !«"reportedGovernor and Executive Council, and a copy of every to the Go-such report shall be laid before the said Legislative Coun- Executivecil or Legislative Assembly, with i τι six weeks after the Comcü, andsame shall have been made, if such Legislative Council port laidor Assembly be then sitting, or if not, then within six 1¾^¾^weeks next after the meeting of the same.
Council.
48 UNIVERSITY.
Act may be ΧΧΙΠ. Provided always, and be it declared andamended! enacted, That nothing herein contained shall be deemedor construed to prevent the Legislature of the Colony forthe time being from altering, amending, or repealing theprovisions of this Act, or any of them, as the publicinterest may at any time seem to render necessary orexpedient.Not to inter- XXIV. And be it declared and enacted, That nothingrfghtTof he? .iQ ^5 Act contained shall be deemed to effect or to inter-Majesty, fere with any right, title or interest of her Majesty, her,.Heirs and Successors, or in any way to limit the BoyalPrerogative,- /
í
INCORPORATION ACT AMENDMENT ACT. 49
An Act to amend an Act, intituled, " An Act to Incor-porate and endow the 'University of Sydney,' " 16Vict., No. 28.
[Assented to 21st December, 1852.]WHEKEAS it is provided by an Act of the Governor and Preamble.Legislative Council of New South Wales, passed in thefourteenth year of Her Majesty's reign, intituled, "AnAct to Incorporate and Endow the university of Sydney," uvict., No.that the Senate of the said University shall consist of 31·sixteen Fellows, of whom one shall be elected by them asProvost, and another as Vice-Provost ; and that no ques-tion shall be decided at any meeting of the Senate, unlessthe Provost or Vice-Provost and seven Fellows, or in theabsence of the Provost and Vice-Provost, unless eightFellows at the least shall be present at such decision :And whereas it is expedient that the number of suchQuorum be lessened : Be it therefore enacted by HisExcellency the Governor of New South Wales, with theadvice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, asfollows :— ■
I. From and after the passing of this Act, all questions Five Mem-which shall come before the Senate of the said University gjjjj^ JJ \may be decided at any meeting duly convened, where a quorum,there shall be present five Fellows of the University, of ^¾?^.whom the Provost or Vice-Provost shall be one. rated by u
Vic, No 31.
UNIVERSITY.
An Act to enable the University of Sydney to purchase
the Sydney Oollege, -with the land attached thereto.—
17 Vict., No. 18.
[Assented to 5th September, 1853.]
UNDER this Act the University was empowered to pur-chase the land and buildings of the Sydney College,which power was, however, rendered unnecessary by thesubsequent grant to the University of the Crown landsnow occupied by the University and Colleges, and bythe provision made by Parliament for University build-ings. And by the same Act all books, instrumentsand apparatus, and other personal property belongingto the proprietors of the said Sydney College were,with the consent of the proprietors, vested in theUniversity to the end and intent .that the same shall bethe absolute property of the University, and also thesaid Act with like consent transferred to the Universitya legacy of £500, bequeathed to the Sydney Collegeby the then late Solomon Levey, Esquire, together with£65 3s. Hd. of accumulated interest, to the end that thepurposes of the bequest might be carried out by theUniversity in the formation or endowment of a Scholar-ship in the University, under such regulations as theSenate should deem to be as nearly in accordance with
PURCHASE OF SYDNEY COLLEGE. 51
the intentions of the said Solomon Levey, as circum-stances would permit, with the proviso that theUniversity and Senate should have an absolute anduncontrolled discretion in respect of making and alter-ing all such regulations.
^
52 UNIVERSITY.
An Act to provide a Fund for Building the University ofSydney.—17 Vict., No. 28.
[Assented to 24th October, 1853.]
BT this Act the sum of £50,000 was granted out ofGeneral Eevenue towards a Building Fund for theUniversity, by instalments of not more than £10,000nor less than £5,000 per annum, which payments weredirected " to be applied by the Senate in building theUniversity of Sydney on such site as might be fixedupon for the purpose, and in no other manner."
Under this provision the original and present mainbuilding of the University was erected.
GRADUATES. 53
An Act to confer certain privileges on Graduates of theUniversity of Sydney, 20 Vic, No. 14.
[Assented to 3rd February, 1857.]WHEREAS it is expedient, in order to encourage the ^™1»1«·pursuit of a regular and liberal education in theUniversity of Sydney, that persons who becomeGraduates of the University should acquire certainprivileges : Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's MostExcellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consentof the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly ofNew South Wales, in Parliament assembled, and by theauthority of the same as follows :—
I. No person who shall have taken the degree of ^5¾"1¾4'0¾,Bachelor or Master of Arts in the University of Sydney, in Arts fromand who shall be desirous of being admitted to be a ^JonTandBarrister of the Supreme Court, shall be required to pass shorteningany examination under the provisions of the Act of ^eJ^¡°^Council eleventh Victoria, number fifty-seven, other than under
• τ Articles,an examination m Law.
Π. Every person who shall have taken the degree ofBachelor or Master of Arts in the University of Sydney,and who shall be desirous of being admitted as an Attor-ney or Solicitor of the Supreme Court, shall be exemptfrom any examination either before or after entering intoArticles of Clerkship, other than in Law, and shall beentitled to admission as such Attorney or Solicitor, afterservice as a Clerk for a term of three years, instead ofthe term of five years, as now required.
54 UNIVEESITT.
An Act to amend the Sydney University IncorporationAct, 24 Vict., No 13.
[Assented to 26th April, 1861.]
Preamble. "WHEREAS it is expedient to amend the Sydney Univer-sity Incorporation Act, fourteenth Victoria, number
thirty-one, in respect to the Constitution of the Senateand the mode of electing the Fellows thereof : Be it
therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty,by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative
Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Walesin Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the
same as follows :—flfl'ofu88' ■"■· ^he fifth an<^ seventn sections of the Act fourteen
Vic, No.3i. Victoria, number thirty-one, are hereby repealed.Certain Pro- LT. In addition to the number of sixteen Fellows of
fessorstobe whom the Senate of the said University now consists,Members of there shall not be fewer than three nor more than six ex
Senate. officio Members, who shall be Professors of the said Uni-versity in such branches of learning as the Senate shallfrom time to time, by any by-law in that behalf select,
professors, LTI. Every Professor and other Public Teacher andMembers6 Examiner in the schools of the said University, everywith the Principal of any Incorporated College within the saidfull Gra- University, and evßry superior officer of the said Uni-
duates. versity declared to be such by any by-law duly passedshall, during his tenure of such office in the University,but no longer, be a member of the said University with
the same rights and privileges as are enjoyed by personsholding any or either of the Degrees of Master of Arts,Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine within the said
University.How future jym Every Professor or other person so declared by
Fellows to this Act to be a Member of the said University, and' """* every person having taken the Degree of Master of Arts
Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, and keeping hisname in accordance with any by-law in that behalf on
the Register of the said University, shall have the saine
be filled.
INCORPORATION AMENDMENT ACT OF 1861. 55
privilege as the existing Fellows now have of attendingand voting at the election of Fellows, and every futurevacancy by death, resignation, or otherwise among theFellows for the time being shall be filled up by the elec-tion at a meeting duly convened for the purpose of suchother fit and proper person as may be elected to fill suchvacancy by the majority of the following persons presentat such meeting, viz., Fellows of the Senate of the saidUniversity for the time being—Professors and other per-sons so as last aforesaid declared to be members of thesaid University—Graduates keeping their names on the!Register of the University who shall have taken withinthe said University any or either of the Degrees of Masterof Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine : Providedthat unless by death or resignation no such vacancy shalloccur for any cause not previously specified by some by-law of the University duly passed.
V. The Chief Officers of the University now called Provost anaProvost and Vice-Provost respectively, shall hereafter be ^'be^tyied'and be styled Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor of the Uni- chancellorversity: Provided that the present Provost and Vice- chancellor.Provost shall be the first Chancellor and Vice Chancellorrespectively : And that all the provisions of the said Actof Incorporation now applicable to the Provost andVice-Provost and to their respective offices shall applyto the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor and their officesrespectively.
VI. Nothing herein shall affect the said recited Act or Not to affectany other Act or any Letters Patent or other instrument u
enÍTej¡sity
or by-law of or relating to the said University otherwise tual enact·than as is by this Act expressly enacted. ment-
Vn. This Act shall be styled and may be cited as the shortTitie."Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Actof 1861."
56 UNIVEESITT.
AN ACT to empower the Senate of the University of
Sydney to confer degrees in certain cases withoutExamination, and to give to Bachelors of Arts the
right of voting in certain cases, 44 Vict., No. 22.[Assented to 23rd March, 1881.]
Preamble. WHEREAS by the Act of Council fourteenth Victoria
number thirty-one intituled "An Act to incorporate and
endow the University of Sydney" it is enacted that the
University shall have power after examination to confer
• the several degrees of Bachelor of Arts Master of Arts
Bachelor of Laws Doctor of Laws Bachelor of Medicine
and Doctor of Medicine And whereas it is expedient
that the said Senate should be empowered to grant
degrees without examination in the cases hereinafter
specified And whereas it is expedient to admit Bachelors
of Arts in certain cases to have the right of voting for
Fellows Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most
Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent
of the Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly
of New South "Wales in Parliament assembled and by
the authority of the same as follows :Degreesmay j. Any degree which the Senate
of the Universitycertain cases of Sydney is now or may hereafter be
empowered toof (otherateS conf er after examination may at the
discretion of the saidUniversities. Senate be conferred without
examination in the said Uni-versity upon any person who shall have obtained a
cor-responding or equivalent degree in any other
Universityrecognized by the By-Laws of the University of
Sydney inforce for the time being and the persons so
admitted tosuch degrees shall be entitled to the same rights
andprivileges as appertain to those who have taken
the samedegrees in the ordinary course in the University of
Sydney.By-laws. LT. The provisions of this Act shall
be carried intoeffect in accordance with such By-Laws as may be madeand approved in the manner prescribed by the saidrecited Act of Council.Extension of HL From and after the passing of this Act everyB°Aen °f Bachelor of Arts of three years standing in the Universityegree. ^ gy^gy aQ(j 0f ^J16 fu]j age of twenty-one years shallhave the privilege of attending and voting at the electionof Fellows of the University of Sydney,short Title. IY, This Act shall be styled and
may be cited asthe " Ad Eundern Degrees Act of 1881."
EXTENSION ACT OF 1884. 57
An Act to enable the University of Sydney to grantAdditional Degrees and Certificates in the natureof Degrees and for other purposes.
[Assented to 16th May, 1884.]
WHEREAS by the Act fourteenth Victoria number Preamble,thirty-one power was given to the Senate of theUniversity of Sydney to confer the several degrees ofBachelor of Arts Master of Arts Bachelor of LawsDoctor of Laws Bachelor of Medicine and Doctor ofMedicine, but no power was given to confer other degreesor certificates in the nature of degrees. And whereasit is expedient that the Senate should have extendedpower to confer degrees and certificates in the nature ofdegrees And whereas the Senate has agreed to admitwomen to certain privileges heretofore enjoyed by menwithin the University but doubts have arisen as to thepower of the Senate in that respect under the saidrecited Act Be it therefore enacted by the Queen'sMost Excellent Majesty by and with the advice andconsent of the Legislative Council and LegislativeAssembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembledand by authority of the same as follows :
37. The Senate is hereby empowered to give instruc- Senate em.tion and grant such degrees and certificates in the |r^¡tred to
nature of degrees as it shall think fit in all branches of additionalknowledge except Theology or Divinity Prqvided that certificates.no student in the University shall be compelled to attendlectures upon or to pass examinations in any of thefollowing subjects namely—Ethics Metaphysics andModern History.
38. All persons upon whom the degree of Master or ^4¾¾Doctor shall be conferred in pursuance of the provisions under thisof this Act shall have the same rights and privileges Act·within the University hitherto enjoyed by graduatesholding the degree of Master of Arts Doctor of Lawsor Doctor of Medicine and all persons upon whom in
58 UNIVERSITY.
pursuance of the said provisions the degree of Bacheloror any other certificate or qualifications which the Senatemay by By-Law declare to be of equivalent rank to thedegree of Bachelor of Arts shall have the same rightsand privileges hitherto enjoyed by Bachelors of Artswithin the said University.Women to 3. The benefits and advantages of the Universityto uSveiíd and the provisions of the Acts relating thereto shall beBity privi- deemed to extend in all respects to women equally with° ' ' men.Bhorttitle. 4. This Act may be cited as the "UniversityExtension Act of 1884."
ACTS RELATING TO COLLEGESWITHIN THE UNIVERSITY.
An Act to provide for the establishment and endowmentof Colleges within the University of Sydney.—18 Vic, No. 37.
[Assented to 2nd December, 1854.]WHEEEAS it is expedient to encourage and assist the Preambleestablishment of Colleges within the University ofSydney, in which Colleges systematic religious instruc-tion, and domestic supervision, with efficient assistancein preparing for the University lectures and examina-tions, shall be provided for students of the University :be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governorof New South "Wales, with the advice and consent of theLegislative Council thereof as follows :—
I. Whenever any College shall have been established Pecuniaryand incorporated by any Act of the Governor and Coun- in aid ofcil, as a College within the University of Sydney, and the ^¾^founders of or subscribers to such College shall have com- -withia theplied with the conditions mentioned in the next section, ^Sydney!such College shall be entitled to the endowments herein-after severally mentioned, which said endowments shallbe paid by the Treasurer of the Colony under warrantssigned by the Governor.
H. No such College, although incorporated, shall be Conditionsentitled to such endowments unless and until the sum of EndoW-ten thousand pounds, at the least, shall have been sub- ment·scribed by its founders, and of that sum not less than fourthousand pounds shall have been paid and invested insuch manner as shall be approved of by the Governor andthe residue shall have been to his satisfaction secured tobe paid, within three years next following ; nor unlessthe whole of the said ten thousand pounds shall be devotedexclusively to the erection of College Buildings, on land
60 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
granted for that purpose by Her Majesty, to the Univer-sity in trust for such College (if any shall be so granted,and if not, then upon land otherwise conveyed to andaccepted by the University in such trust), and it shallhave been agreed by the founders that the entire amountshall be so expended, if the University so require,■within five years next after the first payment on accountof either of such endowments.
buttling m· There sha11 be Paid out of tb-e General Eevenue,in aid of the Building Fund of every College so incor-porated, a sum or sums not exceeding in the wholetwenty thousand pounds nor more than shall have beenfrom time to time actually expended by the College outof its subscribed funds for the purpose of building.Endowment iy. There shall be paid out of the said Generalpal's salary. Revenue annually to such incorporated College in perpe-tuity, a sum of five hundred pounds for the use of andas a salary to the Principal of such College or in aid ofsuch salary.as tfsuch3 V. Every such Principal shall be entitled to the annualEndowment salary hereby provided for, on the production of his owncertificate, at the time of each payment, that he has duringthe period to which it relates performed the duties ofhis office: Provided that he shall transmit to theColonial Secretary, once in each year, a certificate to thelike effect under the hands of such persons as shall befor that purpose appointed by the constitution or rulesof the particular College.Payment to VI. Where any person selected to be the Principal ofPrincipal, any such College shall be out of this colony at the timeof his appointment, no such certificate shall be requireduntil after he shall have actually entered on his dutiesbut he shall be entitled to the salary (and the College towhich he shall have been appointed may receive the sameaccordingly for his use) from the day of his embarkationfor this Colony. Provided that every Principal shallactually enter on his duties within six months after suchembarkation, unless the Governor, upon being satisfiedthat unavoidable obstacles have intervened, shall thinkfit to extend that term to nine months.
ENDOWMENT ACT. 61
VII. Until the subscribed fund shall be required for A
rc0
c™J¿egof
the erection of College buildings as aforesaid, the interest subscribedor other proceeds accruing from the investment thereof Spe^ed11^or of the portion remaining unexpended from time to building,time, may be applied to the general purposes of theCollege, as the governing body of such College maydetermine.
VIII. All Students in any such College shall imme- students ofdiately upon entering therein, matriculate in the Univer- £° ¿Imberssity, and shall thereafter continue to be members thereof, of Univer-and submit and be subject to the discipline thereof, attendand shall be required duly and regularly to attend the lectures,lectures of the University on those subjects an examina-tion and proficiency in which are required for Honoursand Degrees, with the exception (if thought fit by anysuch College) of the lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics,and Modern History.
TX..*And whereas it has been resolved by the Senate of the ^|^β08,'β8
University of Sydney that Honours and Degrees shall not be religiousgiven to any student who shall not produce testimonials of atiamments
competent religious attainments, and it is expedient to givelegal permanency to such resolution : Be it therefore enacted,that no Honour or Degree shall be conferred by the Universityon any Student who shall not produce from the Principal ofhis College, or (if not belonging to a College) from somereligious teacher or responsible person accredited by theUniversity, a Certificate that he is of competent religiousattainments.
X. The term Principal shall include Master, Warden,or any other head of a College.
* By an Act passed during the Session of 1868, Clause DL. has been repealed.
62 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
An Act to Incorporate St. Paul's College as a Collegewithin the University of Sydney.—18 Vic.[Assented to 1st December, 1854.]Preamble WHEREAS considerable funds have been subscribed forthe Institution and Endowment in the diocese of Sydneyof a College within the University of Sydney in connec-tion with the United Church of England and Irelandto be called St. Paul's College wherein due religiousinstruction in accordance with the doctrines and disci-pline of that Church shall be afforded and provisions bemade as soon as may be practicable for the residence ofstudents under proper academical control. And whereasit is expedient that the said College to be governed bya Council consisting of the persons hereinafter men-tioned should be incorporated. Be it therefore enactedby his Excellency the Governor of New South Waleswith the advice and consent of the Legislative Councilthereof as follows :CoiireeiL- I- S° soon as it shall be made to appear to the satis-oorporated. faction of the Governor that a sum of not less than tenthousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed forthe endowment aforesaid and that the amount has eitherbeen paid or secured to be paid for that purpose andthat a Warden and Six Fellows for the Government ofthe said College in accordance with the constitutionthereof as in this Act set forth have been duly appointedand elected respectively the same shall be notified byProclamation in the New South Wales GovernmentGazette under the hand of the Governor and imme-diately upon such notification and from thenceforth theWarden and Fellows of the same College shall be andthey are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporateby the name of "The Warden and Fellows of St. Paul'sCollege " by which name the said incorporated body shallhave perpetual succession and shall have a Common Seal
ST. PAUL'S ACT OF INCORPORATION. 63
and shall sue and be sued or otherwise appear and answerand be answered and may take and hold to them andtheir successors by grant will or otherwise in perpetuityor for any term of life or years as well chattels andother personal property as lands buildings and otherhereditaments and the same or any part thereof mayalien or otherwise dispose of or demise and also shallor may do all other things incidental or appertaining to aBody Politic and Corporate.
IL Provided always that it shall not be lawful for Restrainingthe said Corporation or any person or persons seized of iand^de-0*or entitled to lands in trust for the Corporation or for nvedfromthe purpose of the College to alienate mortgage chargeor demise any lands or hereditaments granted to or intrust for the Coi'poration or for College purposes by herMajesty or her successors without the consent in writingof the Governor with the advice of the ExecutiveCouncil for the time being.
III. The said Bod}' Politic or Corporate shall consist Warden andof a Warden and eighteen Fellows of whom sis shall iows°to con-always be Clergymen in Priest's Orders of the United ^juncii1
Church of England and Ireland and twelve shall be lay-,men * which said Eighteen Felloivs shall elect six fromtheir own body to he called Senior Felloivs who shallappoint the Warden who shall not be one of themselvesand the Warden and Six Senior Felloivs for the time beingshall together form a council to be called " The Council ofSt. PauVs College" in which shall be vested at all timesthe Government in every respect of the College and allmatters relating thereto.
IY. The Bishop of the Diocese of Sydney shall be Visitor.Visitor of the College with all such powers as by lawappertain to the office of visitor of a College.
V. The Warden shall always be a Clegyman in garden andPriest's Orders of the aforesaid United Church and he Warden.shall have power to appoint a Vice-Warden who shall inthe Warden's absence have all the powers and dischargeall the duties of a Warden.
* Repealed as regards the distinction between Senior and Junior Fellows by
an Act passed in lab!.
64 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
Removal orSuspension.
Senior Fel-lows.
Vacancies.
Election ofFellows,
6aint TauTsCollege to bea College ofand withinthe Univer-sity·
L
VI. The Warden and Vice-Warden shall be respec-tively liable to removal or suspension for sufficient causeby the Senior Fellows subject to an appeal to the Visitor,and the Vice-Warden shall also be liable to removal orsuspension by the Warden subject to an appeal to theSenior Fellows.
Vu. Of the Senior Fellows three shall always beClergymen in Priest's Orders as aforesaid and the otherthree shall be laymen.
VIII. All vacancies in the office of Warden or in thenumber of Fellows or Senior Fellows occasioned bydeath resignation or removal or other cause shall as soonas conveniently may be after the vacancy (on notification ofthe fact under the hand of two Fellows or Senior Fellows)be supplied in the manner following that is to say in theOffice of Warden by the Senior Fellows in the Office orplace of Senior Fellow by the twelve other Fellows fromtheir own body and in the place or post of Fellows bythe remaining Fellows.
IX. Provided that the first eighteen Fellows shall beelected by the subscribers to the funds of the College insuch manner as they shall among themselves appointand that all vacancies in the number of
Fellows (notbeing Senior Fellows) as soon as there ehall be twentyMembers of the College who are graduates of theUniversity continuing on the books of the College shallbe supplied by election by such graduates in such manneras the Council may appoint.
X. The College of Saint Paul hereby incorporated shallbe a College of and within the University of Sydney andall Students in the College shall immediately upon enter-ing therein matriculate in the said University and shallsubmit and be subject to the discipline thereof and shallcontinue in the College so long only as they shall beMembers of the University and shaU be required dulyand regularly to attend the Lectures of the University onthose subjects an examination and proficiency in whichare required for honors and degrees with the exception(if thought fit by the Council) of the Lectures on Ethic?Metaphysics and Modern History.
ST. PAUL'S ACT OF INCORPORATION. 65
XI. In case a Church Constitution for the aforesaid 5lei¡P'rí?i~United Church within this Colony shall be hereafter college.established by any Act or Statute passed for that purposeevery Clergyman resident in the College shall be subjectto au such regulations as may (by or in pursuance ofsuch Church Constitution) be enacted for the govern-ment of the Clergy in general.
XII. The Council of the College shall have power from Power totime to time to make and establish all such By-laws and JJJ^f By~Rules for carrying into effect the several Provisions andobjects for this Act and particularly for declaring thecauses which shall create vacancies in the office of Fellowor Senior Fellow and directing who shall preside atmeetings of the Council and of the Fellows and for themanagement of the College and prescribing the duties ofthe several offices thereof and of the Warden and Vice-Warden and the ordering of all things in and connectedwith the College and the discipline thereof to the pro-motion of Religion and Learning as to the said«Councilshall seem expedient and such Laws and Rules or any ofthem from time to time to alter or revoke or to substituteothers in their place.
XLTI. Provided that every such By-law and Rule By-Laws tcshall be transmitted to the Governor within thirty days foreathe Le-afier being made to be by him laid before the Legisla- stature,tive Council or Houses of the Legislature of the Colonyas soon as conveniently may be thereafter.
XIV. Provided also that the Warden or Vice-Warden Control oveiof the College subject only to the Laws and Rules somade shall have the general superintendence and controlof the Students and of the Institution.
XV. The votes at all meetings of the Fellows or Senior Vote andFellows or Council (except votes for a Senior Fellow or Meetings,the appointment of a Warden) shall be taken exclusivelyof the person presiding unless there shall be an equalityof votes and in every case where all the Fellows or SeniorFellows resident within fifty miles of Sydney entitled toattend shall have had notice of the time and place ofintended meeting one clerical and one lay Member ofthe Council with the Warden shall constitute a Meeting
66 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
Specialpower byBy-Laws.
Temporaryvacanciesnot to preju-dice the Cor-poration.
of the Council and two Clerical and two Lay Fellowswith one presiding Fellow shall constitute a meeting ofthe Fellows and the votes and proceedings of the majorityat any such meeting shall be taken and accepted as thevotes and proceedings of the Council or Fellows respec-tively.
XVI. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Councilby any By-Law or By-Laws hy them made and assentedto by the Fellows to ordain and appoint that the personpresiding at any meeting whether of the Council or theFellows or the Senior Fellows shall have a deliberativeas well as a casting vote and to alter the mode of supply-ing vacancies in the office of Fellow by ordaining andappointing that such vacancies until twenty Graduateshave become qualified as Electors shall be supplied bythe remaining Fellows and the Graduates (continuing onthe books of the College) jointly.
XVn. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in theoffices^of Warden or in the number of Fellows or SeniorFellows of the College shall be deemed in any way toaffect the Constitution of the College or its privileges orits status as an Incorporated body.
COUNCIL OF ST. PAUL'S COLLEGE. 67
An Act to Enlarge the Council of St, Paul's College21 Vic.
[Assented to 15th December, 1857.]WHEREAS by an Act passed in the eighteenth year of her Preamble.Majesty for the incorporation of St. Paul's College it wasenacted that the Fellows of the College should elect sixof their own body to be called Senior Fellows who withthe Warden shall form the Council of the College. Andwhereas it is deemed expedient by the Warden SeniorFellows and Fellows of the said College that the Councilthereof should in future consist of the Warden and allthe Fellows without distinction but that change can onlybe effected by the authority of the Legislature. Be ittherefore enacted by the Queen's most Excellent Majestyby and with the advice and consent of the LegislativeCouncil and Legislative Assembly of New South Walesin Parliament assembled amd by the authority of theeame as follows :—
I. After the passing of this Act the distinction be- Council totween "Fellows" and "Senior'Fellows" of St. Paul's wïrflnLîaCollege shall cease and no Senior Fellow be elected and eighteenthe Council of the College shall consist of the Wardenand eighteen Fellows for the -time being and in thoseFellows the powers now residing exclusively in theSenior Fellows shall be vested.
II. Every vacancy hereafter arising in the number of vacancies ipFellows shall be notified to the remaining Fellows by Feiiow.ce °*the Warden on the requisition in writing of any twoFellows and he shall as soon afterwards as' may be prac-ticable convene a meeting of the Fellows to supply suchvacancy.
III. Before any meeting of the Council or Fellows Quorum ofshall take place every Fellow resident within fifty miles <e
of Sydney shall have reasonable notice of the day andplace of meeting and two Clerical and two Lay Fellowsexclusive of the Warden or presiding Fellow shall con-stitute a quorum.
68 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
An Act to Incorporate St. John's College as a Collegewithin the University of Sydney. 21 Vic.
[Assented to 15th December, 1857.]Preamble. WHEREAS considerable funds have been subscribed for
the Institution and Endowment in the Archdiocese ofSydney of a !Roman Catholic College within the Univer-sity of Sydney to be called "The College of Saint Johnthe Evangelist" wherein the students shall receivesystematic religious instruction and be brought up inthe doctrines and disciplines of the Roman CatholicChurch and provision be made for the residence of thestudents and their preparation for the UniversityLectures and Examinations under Collegiate control.And whereas it is expedient that the said College shouldbe incorporated. Be it therefore enacted by the Queen'sMost Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and con-sent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assemblyof New South Wales in Parliament assembled and bythe authority of the same as follows :—
Saint John's I. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the satis-incorporated faction of the Governor that a sum not less than ten
thousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed forthe endowment aforesaid and that the amount haseither been paid or secured to be paid for that purposeand that a Sector and eighteen Fellows for the Govern-ment of the said College in accordance with the consti-tution thereof as in this Act set forth have been dulyappointed and elected respectively the same shall benotified by proclamation in the New South WalesGovernment Gazette under the hand of the Governorand immediately upon such notification and from thence-forth the Rector and Fellows of the said College shall beand they are hereby constituted a Body Politic andCorporate by the name of the " Rector and Pellows ofSt. John's College" by which name the said incorporatedbody shall have perpetual succession and a common seal
ST. JOHN'S INCOKPORATION ACT. 69
and shall sue and be sued or otherwise appear andanswer and be answered and may take and hold to themand their successors by grant will or otherwise in per-petuity or for any term of life or years as well chattelsand other personal property as lands buildings' and otherhereditaments and the same or any part thereof mayalien or otherwise dispose of or demise and also shall ormay do all other things incident or appertaining to aBody Politic and Corporate.
II. Provided always that it shall not be lawful for the Eestrainingsaid Corporation or any person or persons seized of or iJndfaerivedentitled to lands in trust for the Corporation or for the !™m the
purposes of the College to alienate mortgage charge ordemise any land or hereditaments granted to or in trustfor the Corporation or for College purposes by herMajesty or her successors without the consent in writingof the Governor with the advice of the ExecutiveCouncil for the time being.
III. The said Body Politic or Corporate shall consist Rector andof a Eector and eighteen Fellows of whom six shall fonstituteaalways be duly approved Priests and twelve shall be Council,laymen which said eighteen Fellows shall appoint theEector who shall not be one of themselves and theEector and Fellows for the time being shall togetherform a Council to be called "The Council of St. John'sCollege" in which shall be vested at all times thegovernment in every respect of the College and allmatters relating thereto.
IV. The Eoman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney shall Visitor,be Visitor of the College with all such powers as by lawappertain to the office of Visitor to a College.
V. The Eector shall always be a duly approved Priest Rector andand the Council shall have power to appoint a Vice-Eector who shall in the Eeetor's absence have all thepowers and discharge all the duties of Eector.
VI. The Eector and Vice-Eector shall be respectively Removal orliable to removal or suspension for sufficient cause by the suspen"on·Fellows subject to an appeal to the Visitor.
VII. All vacancies in the office of Rector or in the Vacanciesnumber of Fellows occasioned by death resignation orremoval or other cause shall as soon as conveniently may
70 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
be after the vacancy (on notification of the fact underthe hand of two Fellows) be supplied in the mannerfollowing that is to say in the office of Rector by theFellows and in the place or post of Fellows by theremaining Fellows.
Feifows11 °f "^111- Provided that the first eighteen Fellows shallbe elected by the subscribers to the funds of the Collegeat a meeting of the subscribers to be convened by theVisitor by notice in one or more newspapers published inSydney at least one fortnight before the day appointed forsuch meeting. And that all vacancies in the number ofFellows so soon as there shall be twenty members of theCollege who are Graduates of the University continuingon the books of the College shall be supplied by theremaining Fellows and the said Graduates in such manneras the Council may appoint.
caÍ?tJ<t"bS ^' The College of St. John hereby incorporated shalla Conege0ofe be a College of and within the University of Sydney
th^uaiver- ano- a^ Students in the College shall immediately uponsity. entering therein matriculate in the said University and
shall thereafter continue to be members thereof andsubmit and be subject to the discipline thereof and shallbe required duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of
the University on those subjects an examination andproficiency in which are required for Honours andDegrees with the exception (if thought fit by the
Council) of the Lectures on Ethics Metaphysics andModern History.
makf B£- X· Tlie Council of the College shall have power fromLaw«. time to time to make and establish all such By-laws
and Rules for carrying into effect the several provisionsand obj ects of this Act and particularly for declaring thecauses which shall create vacancies in the office of Fellowand directing who shall preside at meetings of theCouncil and of the Fellows and for the management ofthe College and prescribing the duties of the severalofficers thereof and of the Rector and Vice-Rector and theordering of all things in and connected with the Collegeand of the discipline thereof as to the said Council shallseem expedient and such Laws and Rules or any of them
ST. JOHN'S INCORPORATION ACT.
71
from time to time to alter or revoke or to substituteothers in their place.
XI. Provided that every such By-Law and EuIe shall ^¾¾^0
be transmitted to the Governor within thirty days after fore Pariia-being made to be by him laid before the House of ment'Parliament of the Colony as soon as conveniently maybe thereafter.
XII. Provided also that the Eector or Vice-Eector of st°und
t™1ts
over
the College subject only to the Laws and Eules so madeshall have the general superintendence and control ofthe Students and of the Institution.
XIII. The votes at all meetings of the Council (except Vote anavotes for the appointment of a Eector) shall be taken Meetings.exclusively of the person presiding unless there shall bean equality of votes in which case he shall have a castingvote and in every case where all the Fellows residentwithin fifty miles of Sydney entitled to attend shall havehad notice of the time and place of intended meeting oneClerical and two Lay Members of the Council with theEector shall constitute a meeting of the Council and thevotes and proceedings of the majority at any such meet-ing shall be taken and accepted as the votes and proceed-ings of the Council or Fellows respectively.
XIV. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Council specialby any By-Law or By-Laws to alter the mode of supply- By-Laws,ing vacancies in the office of Fellow by ordaining andappointing that such vacancies until twenty Graduateshave become qualified as Electors shall be supplied bythe remaining Fellows and the Graduates (continuing onthe books of the College) jointly.
XV. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the office Temporaryof Eector or in the number of Fellows in the College nOu^pre-shall be deemed in any way to affect the constitution of judicethethe College or its privileges or status as an Incorporated orpora lon·body.
72 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
An Act to Incorporate St. Andrew's College as aCollege within the University of Sydney. 31 Vic.[Assented to 12th December, 1867 ]Preamble. WHEEEAS by an Act eighteenth Victoria number thirty-seven provision has been made for encouraging and assist-ing the establishment of Colleges within the Universityof Sydney and whereas it is proposed to institute andendow such a College within the .said University to becalled "St. Andrew's College" wherein may be affordedto Presbyterian and other Students residence anddomestic supervision with systematic religious instructionin accordance with the principles of the PresbyterianChurch of New South "Wales and also efficient tutorialassistance in their preparation for the University lecturesand examinations and whereas it is expedient that tfcosaid College be incorporated. Be it therefore enacted bythe Queen's Most Excellent Majesty by and with theadvice and consent of the Legislative Council andLegislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parlia-ment assembled and b}' the authority of the same as follows:*kjg* , I. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the satis-coiiegein- faction of the Governor that a sum not less than tencorporated. thousand pounds has been subscribed for the Endowmentaforesaid and that the amount has either been paid orsecured to be paid for that purpose in accordance withSection II. of eighteenth Victoria number thirty-sevenand that a Principal and twelve Councillors for thegovernment of the said College in accordance with theconstitution thereof as in this Act set forth have beenduly elected and appointed the same shall be notified byproclamation in the New South Wales Government Gazetteunder the hand of the Governor and immediately uponsuch notification and from thenceforth the Principal andCouncillors of the said College shall be and they arehereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporate by thename of "The Principal and Councillors of Saint
ST. ANDREW'S INCORPORATION ACT. 73Andrew's College" by which name the said incorporatedbody shall have perpetual succession and a common sealand shall sue and be sued or otherwise appear and answerand be answered and may take and hold to them and totheir successors by grant will or otherwise in perpetuityor for any term of life or years as well chattels and otherpersonal property as lands buildings and hereditamentsand the same or any part thereof may alien or otherwisedispose of or demise and also shall or may do all otherthings incident or appertaining to a Body Politic andCorporate.
Π. Provided always that it shall not be lawful for the Restraining., ~ ,. J ·, „ disposal of
said Corporation or any person or persons seized ot or land derivedentitled to lands in trust for the Corporation or for ^j0^1"5
College purposes to alienate mortgage charge or demiseany lands or hereditaments granted to or in trust forthe Corporation or for College purposes by Her Majestyor her successors without the consent in writing of theGovernor with the advice of the Executive Council forthe time being.
III. The Principal who shall also be a Councillor and Constitutionshall always be a duly ordained Presbj'terian Ministerholding and prepared to subscribe (when called on so todo) the standards of the Presbyterian Church of NewSouth "Wales shall be chosen and appointed by the saidtwelve Councillors of whom four but not more shall beordained Ministers of the Presbyterian Church of NewSouth "Wales and all Tutors and Professors of the Collegeshall be chosen and appointed by said Principal andCouncillors.
IV. The Principal and said twelve Councillors for thetime being of whom five shall be a quorum shall togetherform a Council to be called the Council of St. Andrew'sCollege in which shall be vested at all times the govern-ment in every respect of the College and all mattersrelating thereto. No temporary vacancy or vacancies inthe office of Principal or in the number of Councillors ofthe College shall be deemed in any way to affect theconstitution of the College or its privileges or status asan incorporated body.
Powers ofCouncil.
74 UNIVERSITY COLLEOES.
Mode ofelection ofCouncillors.
Vacancies,bow filled up
Visitor.
Removaland sus-pension.
Power ofmakingBy-laws.
V. The first twelve Councillors shall be elected by thesubscribers to the funds of the College every subscriberof One Pound paid to have one vote every subscriber ofTen Pounds to have two votes every subscriber of Twenty-five Pounds three votes and every subscriber of FiftyPounds or upwards to have four votes all such votes tobe given by ballot and subscribers not present at anymeeting for such purpose who may authorise in writingany other subscriber shall be allowed to vote by proxy.
VI. All future vacancies either in the office of Principalor in the number of Councillors shall be filled up byelection by the remaining Councillors and such Graduatesof the University as still continue on the books of theCollege Provided always that no person shall be deemedeligible as a Councillor who is not a member of thePresbyterian Church of New South Wales.
VII. The Moderator for the time being of the GeneralAssembly of the Presbyterian Church of New SouthWales shall be the Visitor of the College and shall havethe right to visit the College at any time to examine intothe manner in which it is conducted and to see that itslaws and regulations are duly observed and executed.
VIII. The Principal and Professors or Tutors shallbe liable respectively to removal or suspension for a suffi-cient cause by the Council subject to an appeal to theVisitor in any case involving the moral character of anyof them Provided that if the ground of complaint shallconcern the theological or religious doctrines or teachingof the Principal and Tutors or Professors or any of themthe Councillors shall not adjudicate thereon but shallremit the same for trial to the Presbytery of Sydneysubject to an appeal to the General Assembly of thePresbyterian Church of New South Wales.
IX. The Council of the College shall have power fromtime to time to make and establish all such By-laws andRules for carrying into effect the several provisions andobjects of this Act as to the said Council shall seem,expedient and such laws and rules from time to time toalter and revoke or to substitute others in their places
Provided that every such By-law and Rule shall be trans-mitted to the Governor within thirty days after being
ST. ANDREWS INCORPORATION ACT. /o
made to be by him laid before the House of Parliamentof the colony as soon as conveniently may be thereafter.
X. The College of St. Andrew's hereby incorporated Residenceshall be a College of and within the University of Sydney ation.8'"and all Students in the College shall immediately upon.entering therein matriculate in the said University andshall be subject to the discipline thereof and shall berequired duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of theUniversity on those subjects an examination and pro-ficiency in which are required for Honours and Degreeswith the exception (if thought fit by the Council) of theLectures on Ethics Metaphysics and Modern HistoryBut Students after taking their Degrees at the Universitymay continue in the College for a period not exceedingfour years for the purpose of prosecuting such branchesof learning as may not be taught in the University.
XI. And whereas in the deed of Grant to the Univer- Deed ofsity of Sydney of land in trust for certain Colleges when tobe'eon"the founders of the same shall have complied with the etmed.conditions of public endowment as therein mentioned a .portion of the said land is vested in the Senate of theUniversity in Trust for a College in connection with the"Church of Scotland" the phrase "Churchof Scotland"shall be understood to signify the Presbyterian Churchof New South Wales.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
An Act to establish and endow a College for Womenwithin the University of Sydney. 53 Vic, No. 10.
[Assented to 21st September, 1889.]WHEBEAS by the Act eighteenth Victoria numberthirty-seven, after reciting that it was expedient toencourage and assist the establishment of Collegeswithin the University of Sydney, in which Collegessystematic religious instruction and domestic supervision,with efficient assistance in preparing for the Universitylectures and examinations should be provided forstudents of the University, it is enacted that when anyCollege shall have been established and incorporated byan Act of the Governor and Council as a Collegewithin the said University, and the founders or sub-scribers to such College shall have comrjlied withthe conditions mentioned in the second section ofthat Act, such College shall be entitled to theendowments thereinafter severally mentioned : Andwhereas several Colleges connected with as manyreligious denominations were afterwards so estab-lished and incorporated, and brought within thebenefit of the said Act : And whereas a by-law of theUniversity was passed in the year one thousand eighthundred and eighty-one, admitting women to all therights, advantages, and privileges of the Universityequally with men : and by the " University ExtensionAct of 1884," it was enacted that the benefits andadvantages of the University and the provisions of theActs relating thereto shall be deemed to extend in allrespects to women equally with men. And whereas inpursuance of such by-law and lastmentioned Act womenhave been admitted as students and as graduates of theUniversity—and there are at present twenty-two suchstudents, and a large increase in their number isexpected and would probably be encouraged by theestablishment of a University College of residence forwomen : And whereas at a public meeting held in the
COLLEGE FOR WOMEN
year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-seven. s
resolutions were passed to the effect that it was desir-able to establish such College on the basis of the." General Affiliated Colleges Act" (being the Act firstabovementioned), but at a lower scale of cost to sub-scribers and to the public revenue than therein contem-plated, and that (oy reason of the impracticability ofproviding for the establishment of several Women'sColleges attached to separate religious denominations,whether otherwise desirable or not so) the systematicreligious education required by that Act for the Collegestherein contemplated, should in the case of the proposedCollege for women be subject to the following pro-visions, that is to say :—That no religious catechism orformulary, which is distinctive of any particulardenomination, should be taught, and no attempt shouldbe made to attach studes'/s to any particular denomina-tion, and that any student should be excused fromattendance upon religious instruction or religious obser-vances on express declaration that she has conscientiousobjections thereto And whereas the Senate of theUniversity has recently resolved that it will receive theproposed College for Women into affiliation in the eventof its being established and endowed by the authorityof Parliament, and that it will dedicate to it a site fornecessar3r buildings and recreation grounds, providedthat the College be established and endowed withinfour years. And whereas it was agreed at the saidpublic meeting that the governing body of the Collegeshould be composed of twelve members, of whom notless than four should be women, to be elected in thefirst instance by the subscribers, and subsequently insuch manner as might be determined, together with twomembers of the Senate of t>· ~ University, to beappointed by the Senate from time to time. Andwhereas considerable, but not yet sufficient, privatecontributions have already been made towards theestablishment of the said College, under and in further-ance of the said resolutions. And whereas it is expedientto provide by law for the establishment, incorporation,and endowment of such College upon the basis herein-
78 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
before mentioned, and in manner hereinafter contained.Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most ExcellentMajesty, by and with the advice and consent of theLegislative Council and Legislative Assembly of NewSouth Wales in Parliament assembled, and by theauthority of the same, as follows :—
tionOrp013" ■"·· ^0 soon as i* snaU ^e ma(ie to appear to thesatisfaction of the Governor that a sum not less thanfive thousand pounds has been subscribed for or other-wise contributed towards the endowment of the proposedCollege for Women, and that the amount has eitherbeen paid or secured to be paid for that purpose inaccordance with section two of the said first recited Act,and that twelve elected Councillors for the governmentof the said College in accordance with the constitutionthereof, as in this Act set forth, have been duly elected,the same shall be notified bjr proclamation in the NewSouth Wales Government Gazette, under the hand of theGovernor ; and immediately upon such notification andfrom thenceforth the Principal and Councillors of thesaid College shall be, and they are hereby' constituted,a body politic and corporate by the name of ' ' The Councilof The Women's College," by which name the saidincorporated body shall have perpetual succession and acommon seal, and shall sue and be sued or otherwiseappear and answer and be answered, and may take andhold to them and to their successors by grant, will, orotherwise, in perpetuity, or for any term of life or years,as well chattels and other personal property, as lands,buildings, and hereditaments, and may alien or other-wise dispose of or demise the same or any part thereof,other than the land which may be granted, to it as asite for buildings and recreation grounds for suchCollege, and also shall or may do all other thingsincident or appertaining to a body politic and corporate,and there shall be vested in the said Couucil thegovernment in all respects of the said College and allmatters relating thereto.
ÄüdiDg' 1ΐ· Upoa such incorporation there shall be paid outof the Consolidated Revenue in aid of the buildings of
the said College, a sum or sums not exceeding five
COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. 79
thousand pounds in the whole, nor more than shallhave been from time to time actually expended by theCollege out of the subscribed funds for the purpose ofbuilding, which said sum or sums shall be paid by theTreasurer of the Colony under warrants signed by theGovernor.. III. There shall also be paid in like manner out of the Endowmentsaid Consolidated Revenue annually to such incor- pai.porated College in perpetuity, but upon the conditionsnamed in the fifth and sixth sections of the said firstrecited Act, a sum of five hundred pounds for the use ofand as salary to the Principal of the said College or inaid of such salary.
IV. The said body politic and corporate shall consist constitutionof twelve elected Councillors and two ex officio Council- uncl 'lors and a Principal, as hereinafter mentioned ; and forthe purpose of the first appointment of elected Coun-cillors a meeting of the subscribers and contributors tothe said Endowment Fund shall be convened by theChancellor of the University, and at such meeting, orat an adjournment thereof, there shall be elected twelveCouncillors of the College, of whom at least four shallbe women, and who shall be elected by the subscribersand contributors to the said fund and the executors oradministrators of any deceased person who shall havebequeathed or given in his life time any sum of moneytowards the said College, being ; each subscriber orcontributor (including such executors and administra-tors) of one pound paid, to have one vote : every sub-scriber of ten pounds to have two votes; every subscriberof twenty-five pounds to have three votes; everysubscriber of fifty pounds to have four votes ; and everysubscriber of one hundred pounds or upwards to havefive votes. .AJl such votes shall be given by ballot ;and subscribers not present at any meeting' for suchpurpose who may authorize in writing any other sub-scriber shall be allowed to vote by proxy.
V. The Councillors first elected shall retire in manner Retirementfollowing, that is to say, four, to be selected by ballot, °^ouncl'"at the end of foui years ; four, selected in like manner,at the end of five years ; and the remaining four at theend of six years : but such retiring Councillors shall inall cases be eligible for re-election, and they shall
80 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
Election tovacancies.
Senate ofUniversityto appointtwo mem-bers.
Principal tobe a mem-ber.
Uuorum.
Casualvacanciesnot toprejudice.
Vieitor.
Purposes ofCollege.
respectively continue in office until their successors shallhave been elected.
VI. All future vacancies in the Council shall be filledup in such manner as the Council shall appoint by theremaining Councillors and such members of the Collegeas shall have become graduates of the University of atleast three years' standing, and of the full age oftwenty-one, who shall continue on the books of theCollege. Provided that all such elections shall be forthe term of five years only, subject to eligibility forre-election ; and that all casual vacancies by death,resignation, or other cause determined by the by-lawsof the Corporation, shall be filled up for the residueonly of the term of office held by the Councillor inrespect of whom any such vacancy shall have arisen ;but with like eligibility for re-election.
Vu. The Senate of the University shall from time totime nominate two members of the Senate to beCouncillors of the said College, and such persons sonominated shall be ex officio members of the Councilduring the periods for which they shall respectively beso nominated. The Principal shall also be a member ofthe said Council ex officio.
Vin. Five members shall constitute a quorum of theCouncil, subject to such conditions as to the due con-vening of meetings of the Council as shall have beendetermined on. Provided that no temporary vacancyin the office of Principal, or in the number ofCouncillors, shall be deemed in any way to affect theconstitution of the College or its privileges or status asan incorporated body.
IX. The Chancellor of the University, or, in hisabsence, the Vice-Chancellor, shall be the Yisitor of theCollege, and shall have the right to visit the College atany time, and with or without some other member ofthe University Senate, to examine the manner in whichit is conducted, and to see that its laws and regulationsare duly observed and executed, and shall possess allother such powers as by law appertain to the office ofVisitor to a College.
X. The College shall provide residence and domestic
supervision for women students of the University of allreligious denominations without any distinction what-
COLLEGE FOR WOMEN. 81
ever, together with efficient tutorial assistance in theirpreparation for the University lectures and examina-tions.
XI. The systematic religious instruction required to 5^5"Tbe imparted to students by the ' ' General AffiliatedColleges Act" shall, in the case of the proposed Collegefor women be subject to the following provisions, thatis to say :—That no religious catechism or formulary,which is distinctive of any particular denomination,shall be taught, and no attempt shall be made to attachstudents to any particular denomination, and that anystudent shall be excused from attendance upon religiousinstruction or religious observances on express declara-tion that she has conscientious objections thereto.
XII. The Principal, who shall be a woman, shall be Principal-appointed by the Council, and shall be liable to removalor suspension for sufficient cause by the Council, subjectto an appeal to the visitor ; and shall, subject to theby-laws and rules of the College, and to the directionsof the Council, have the general superintendence andcontrol of the students and of the institution.
39. All students in such College, not already ^¾^ °ef
matriculated, shall, so soon as shall be practicable, to becomematriculate in the University, and shall continue to be ^Se**8
members thereof, and submit to, and be subject to the Universitydiscipline thereof ; and shall be required duly to attend tecturea.11
the lectures of the University in those subjects, anexamination and proficiency in which are required fordegrees, with the exception, if thought fit by any suchstudent, of the lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics, andModern History.
40. The Council of the College shall have power, ΒΓ-Κ""".from time to time, to make and establish all suchby-laws and rules for carrying into effect the severalprovisions and objects of this Act as to the said Councilshall seem expedient, and such by-laws from time totime to alter and revoke, or to substitute others in theirplaces. Provided that every such by-law and rule shallbe transmitted to the Governor within thirty days afterbeing made, to be by him laid before the Houses ofParliament of the Colony, as soon as conveniently maybe thereafter.
82 PEINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL.
An Act to Incorporate the "Prince Alfred Hospital."30 Vic.
[Assented to 3rd April, 1873.]
BY this Act the Prince Alfred Hospital was Incor-porated with all usual powers, including the right tohold land ; and it was recited that a portion of the land,originally granted to the University in the year 1855,was intended to be resumed by Her Majesty, underAct of the Legislature {see post) in order that thesame might be granted for the purposes of the Hospital;and it was provided that there should be a Board offifteen Directors, consisting of ten members to beelected by the subscribers, and of the Chancellor of theUniversity for the time being, and the Dean of theFaculty of Medicine for the time being, and three otherpersons to be appointed by the Governor, with theadvice of the Executive Council.
NOTE.—The exemption here spoken of as intended to bemade by Her Majesty by Act of the Legislature, and which waseffected by the next following Act, was to be made in accordancewith a previous consent of the Senate, on condition that theHospital should be connected with the University for the pur-poses of Medical instruction, which condition is here partiallyacted upon by the appointment of the Chancellor and Dean ofthe Faculty of Medicine of the University as members of theBoard of Directors, and by a clause empowering the Directors tomake provision for the appointment and support of a MedicalSchool, and a nursing and training staff.
SITE DEDICATION ACT. 83
An Act to authorise the resumption by the Crown anddedication as a site for the Prince Alfred MemorialHospital of a portion of the Land Granted to theUniversity of Sydney. 36 Vic. No. 28.
[Assented to 25th April, 1873.]WHEREAS by a Deed of Grant under the Great Seal of Preaml)le·the Colony and dated thé eighteenth day of January inthe year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred andfifty-five the land in the said deed particularly describedwas granted unto the University of Sydney and theirsuccessors for ever for the purposes and upon the truststherein specified and declared as to four several portionsof the said land so thereby granted to consist each of notless than eighteen acres to be selected by the Senate ofthe said University that is to say as to one such portionof the said land hereby granted upon trust when and sosoon as a College in connection with the United Churchof England and Ireland shall have been duly establishedand incorporated as a College within the said Universityand the founders thereof or subscribers to the same shallhave complied with the conditions of public endowmentmentioned in the Act of the Governor and LegislativeCouncil passed in the eighteenth year of Her Majesty'sreign intituled "An Act to provide for the establishmetit' ' and endowment of Colleges within the University of" Sydney " to make and execute a sub-grant of such pieceor parcel of land to Trustees for such College for thepurposes and upon the conditions thereinafter in the saiddeed of grant mentioned And as to each of the threeother such portions of the land by the said deed grantedto the said University upon the like trusts for a Collegein connection with each of the respective Churches ofRome Scotland and the Religious Society denominated"Wesleyan Methodists" when such College should haveDeen in like manner established and incorporated as aCollege within the said University and the founders
84 PRINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL.
♦.hereof or subscribers to the same should have compliedwith the said conditions of public endowment respectivelyAnd whereas it was in the presents now under recitalprovided that the said University should not be obligedto make any such sub-grant upon trust for any or eitherof such Colleges which should not have become so estab-lished and incorporated or whereof the founders or sub-scribers to the same should not have complied with thesaid conditions of public endowment within five yearsfrom the date of the issue of the said presents And itwas therein further provided that if any or either of theabove declared trusts should lapse by reason of such ,failure as in the preceding proviso mentioned or if any oreither of the said four portions of land so set apart forBub-grants as thereinbefore provided should after theenb-grant thereafter (in accordance with the provisionstherein contained) become re-vested in the said Universityunder or by virtue of the said proviso then and in eitherof such cases the said University should hold the portionsor portion of land in respect to which any such lapseBhould have occurred or which should have becomere-vested as aforesaid upon trust to make and executesuch sub· grant or sub-grants thereof or of any portion orportions thereof respectively as should be in that behalfdirected by the Governor for the time being with theadvice of the Executive Council upon trust for suchCollege or Colleges within the said University as the saidGovernor and Executive Council should think fit and asshould be in Her Majesty's behalf named and declaredby an instrument or instruments to be executed by theGovernor for the time being under the Great Seal of theColony and whereas one of such portions of land so setapart as aforesaid being the portion selected by the Senateof the said University for the Religious Society denomi-nated " Wesleyan Methodists " in accordance with theprovisions in the said deed contained in that behalf haslapsed by reason of the non-compliance of the Reli-gious Society as aforesaid with the said conditions of
public endowment within the said period of five yearsAnd whereas it has been considered desirable that somuch of the said lapsed portion of land as is more
SITE DEDICATION ACT. 85
particularly described in the Schedule hereto shall beresumed by Her Majesty her heirs and successors inorder that a grant thereof should in accordance with theconditions and subject to the trusts hereinafter specifiedand declared be made to the subscribers towards a fundto be devoted to the erection of a hospital to commemo-rate the preservation of the life of his Royal HighnessPrince Alfred which said subscribers were incorporatedby an Act of the Legislature passed during this presentsession of Parliament by the name of "The Prince AlfredHospital " And whereas the Senate of the said Univer-sity have consented to such resumption and grant and theTrustees of the said fund on behalf of the said subscribersthereto are desirous that the same should be carriedinto effect Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's MostExcellent Majesty by and with the advice and consentof the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly ofNew South Wales in Parliament assembled and by theauthority of the same as follows :
I. The land described in the schedule hereto and being Eesumptionpart of the said lapsed portion of land hereinbefore u^vmityreferred to and containing by measurement eleven land by theacres three roods and twenty-six perches more or less rown'shall be and the same is hereby resumed by Her Ma j estyher heirs and successors free from all trusts conditionsand provisions respecting the same contained in the saidin part recited deed of grant and the same land subjectto the conditions reservations and provisions hereinafter and vestjn_contained shall be and the same is hereby vested in the thereof insaid body corporate or incorporated by the name of the AifreófaSí" Prince Alfred Hospital."
pitai."Π. The said body corporate shall hold the said land
Conditionssubject to the conditions reservations and provisions "¿J i8
ctoDe
following that is to say :
held·(1.) They the said body corporate shall within threeyears from the time of the passing of this Actcommence the erection of the hospital men-tioned in the next preceding section.(2.) They shall expendon the erection of the saidHospital and the buildings connected therewitha sum of not less than fifteen thousand pounds.
86 PRINCE AIiFiIED HOSPITAL.
(3.) The said Hospital when completed and readyfor the reception of inmates shall be open forthe reception of all persons without any dis-tinction whatsoever.
(4.) The said body corporate shall reserve for theestablishment by the University of a MedicalSchool in connection with the said Hospital aportion of the said land not being less thantwo nor more than three acres.
(5.) They shall make proper provision for thedrainage and sewerage of the said Hospitaland carry out the same subject to the approvalof the Senate of the said University.
(6.) They shall submit for approval of the saidSenate all plans and elevations for the saidHospital and all buildings connected therewithand also all plans for laying out the groundsto be used in connection with such Hospitaland buildings.
(7.) There shall be reserved for the use of thepublic a road or pathway through the saidportion of land of such width and between. such points as the Governor with the adviceof the Executive Council may prescribe on thatbehalf.
And upon the breach of any of the said conditions itshall be lawful for the Governor with the advice of theExecutive Council to resume the said portion of landtogether with all buildings erected thereon for the useof Her Majesty her heirs and successors.
Power to m Notwithstanding anything to the contrary con-Medical and tained in the " Prince Alfred Hospital Act " allappoint-officerfof ments °f the Medical or Surgical officers of the saidHospital. Hospital shall be vested in the Board to consist of theSenate of the said University and the Directors of thesaid Hospital acting conjointly and the power of makingany such appointment may be exercised at any meetingor adjourned meeting of such Board by a majority of themembers thereof at which meeting there shall be presentnot fewer members than a quorum of such Senate as
SITE DEDICATION ACT. 87defined by the Act 16 Victoria No. 28 and a quorum ofthe Directors of the said Hospital.
IV. It shall be lawful for the Senate of the said fj^ZgUniversity to make By-laws regulating the mode of appointappointment of Professors and Lecturers on the staff of £eMeáit&íthe said Medical School and for the Board described in school,the next preceding section to make By-laws regulating studies°inthe mode in which the Students of the said Medical Hospital,School shall have access to and the course of studies tobe pursued in the said Hospital And such By-laws shallon approval by the Governor with the advice aforesaidbe binding on the said University and on the PrinceAlfred Hospital and shall be laid before Parliamentwithin fourteen days after such approval if Parliamentbe then sitting and if not then within fourteen daysafter the commencement of the next ensuing Sessionthereof.
V. This Act may be cited as the "Prince Alfred shorttitle
Memorial Hospital Site Dedication Act 1873."
SCHEDULE.Eleven acres three roods six perches county of
Cumberlandparish of Petersham (portion of the University Lands) commenc-ing on the eastern building line of the Missenden Road at thesouthern corner of the St. John's College grant and boundedthence on the west by that building line bearing south twenty-four degrees twenty-six minutes east eight chains and nine links3on the south by a line bearing sixty-five degrees thirty-fourminutes east nine chains and fifty-four links to the left bank of awatercourse on the east by that watercourse downwards to itsintersection therewith by the north-easterly prolongation of thesouth-eastern boundary of the aforesaid St. John's College grantand on the north-west by a line partly forming the south-easternboundary of that grant bearing south thirty-four degrees thirty-five minutes west thirteen chains and forty-four links to the pointof commencement
DEED OE GEANTUNDER WHICH THE UNIVERSITY HOLDS THE LAlH) GRANTED
TO IT BY THE CROWN.
ViCTOEIA by the Grace of God of the United Kingdomof Great Britain and Ireland Queen Defender ofthe Faith, &c.
To all to whom these Presents shall come Greeting.WHEREAS by an Act of the Governor and LegislativeCouncil of the Colony of New South Wales passed inthe fourteenth year of our Reign intituled " An Act toIncorporate and Endow the University of Sydney " aSenate consisting of Sixteen Fellows to be nominatedand appointed And also were thereafter duly nominatedand appointed as by that Act is directed was constituteda Body Politic and Corporate with perpetual successionby the name of the " University of Sydney" And thesaid body politic were by that name rendered capablein law to take purchase and hold to them and theirsuccessors not only such lands buildings hereditamentsand possessions as might from time to time be exclu-sively used and occupied for the immediate requirementsof the said University but also any other lands build-ings hereditaments and possessions whatsoever and togrant demise alien or otherwise dispose of all or any ofthe property real or personal belonging to the saidUniversity And also to do all other matters and thingsincidental to or appertaining to a body politic andwhereas provision has been made by the said Governorand Legislative Council for defraying the cost of erectingbuildings for the purposes of the said University Andapplication has been made to us for a grant of Landwhereon to erect such buildings and for the formationof a Park and Garden in connection therewith And
DEED OP GRANT. 89whereas it is contemplated that Colleges shall be estab-lished within the said University in which Collegessystematic religious instruction and domestic supervisionwith efficient assistance in preparing for the Universitylectures and examinations shall be provided for studentsin the said University And the said Governor andLegislative Council have made provision for assistingthe erection of the necessary buildings for such Collegesupon land to be granted for that purpose by us to thesaid University in trust for such Colleges if any shouldbe so granted and if not then upon land otherwise con-veyed to and accepted by the University upon suchtrusts And whereas it is expected that Colleges con-nected with the four several Churches or religiousdenominations hereinafter particularly mentioned willshortly be established within the said University andapplication has been made to us for land to be granted tothe said University in trust for such four severalColleges And whereas it has been determined onour behalf by his Excellency Sir Charles AugustusFitz-Roy our Governor-General of our Australasianpossessions and Governor of our Territory and Colony ofNew South "Wales with the advice of the ExecutiveCouncil of our said Colony that certain land situatenear the City of Sydney comprising in all one hundredand twenty-six acres more or less and which lands arehereinafter more particularly described shall be appro-priated and granted upon the terms and conditionshereinafter mentioned for the uses and purposes of thesaid University and of Colleges within the same Andwhereas we being desirous of encouraging the saidUniversity and of assisting the establishment of Collegeswithin the same to the end that religion virtue andsound learning may be by means of the said Universityand Colleges better advanced within our said Territoryof New South Wales have approved of the said determi-nation so made on our behalf And whereas by reasonof the four Colleges herein more particularly mentioned
being so as aforesaid expected to be shortly establishedbut without the intention of thereby creating any distinc-tion whatsoever of classes or denominations amongst oui'
90 UNIVERSITY.
subjects resident in our said Colony we have approvedof the special provision hereinafter contained being madeat this time for such four several Colleges Now knowye that for the purposes aforesaid we of our own specialgrace do for us our heirs and successors hereby grantunto "The University of Sydney" so constituted andincorporated as aforesaid All that piece or parcel of landsituate lying and being in the parish of Petersham andCounty of Cumberland in the Colony aforesaid contain-ing by admeasurement one hundred and twenty-sixacres more or less commencing at a point on the southside of the Parramatta Road distant seventy-three linkssouth-westerly from the north-west corner of the TollGate House and bounded on the east by a curved lineof fence the general bearing being south forty degreesforty-four minutes west four chains twenty-four linksthence south thirty-one degrees twenty minutes westsix chains and seventeen links thence south seven degreeseast five chains and eighty-nine links thence southeighteen degrees forty-five minutes west three chains andnine links thence south two degrees west five chainssixty-seven links and thence south fourteen degrees thirtyminutes east six chains and fifty-two links to the presentor Newtown Road and thence by that road bearingsouth-westerly four chains and sixty-one links to thesite granted for an Episcopal residence on the south-west by the north-east boundary line of that land bearingnorth-westerly seven chains and sixty-five links on thesouth-east by the north-west boundary line of that landbearing south-westerly four chains and sixty links on thenorth-east by the south-western boundary line of thatland in its prolongation bearing south-easterly eightchains and forty-eight links to a reserved street on thesouth by that street dividing it from the CamperdownEstate bearing west eleven degrees thirty minutes southtwenty chains and fifty-one links to a reserved roadagain on the south-west by that road bearing northtwenty-four degrees thirty minutes west thirteen chainsand seventy links thence west thirty-eight degrees twenty
minutes north thirteen chains and seventy-six links tothe southernmost corner of the Roman Catholic Church
DEED OF GRANT.
allotment on the north-west by the south-eastern boun-dary lines of the Eoman Catholic Church Parsonage andSchool allotments bearing north-easterly four chainsagain on the south-west by the north-east boundary lineof the said school allotment five chains and fifty-threelinks to the Parramatta Road and again on the north-west by that road and its embankments and cuttingsbearing north-easterly to the point of commencementaforesaid With all the rights privileges members andappurtenances thereunto belonging or in any wise apper-taining To hold unto the said University of Sydney andtheir successors for ever Yielding and paying thereforyearly unto us our heirs and successors the Quit Kent ofone peppercorn for ever if demanded for the purposesand upon the trusts hereinafter mentioned that is to sayAs to so much of the said piece or parcel of land herebygranted as shall not be set apart by the Senate of theUniversity for the sub-grants hereinafter mentioned upontrust for the erection thereon of buildings for the saidUniversity and for the formation of a Park and Gardensin connection therewith And as to four several portionsof the said land so hereby granted to consist each of notless than eighteen acres to be selected by the said Senateupon the trusts following that is to say As to one suchportion of the said land hereby granted upon trust whenand so soon as a College in connection with the UnitedChurch of England and Ireland shall have been dulyestablished and incorporated as a College within thesaid University and the founders thereof or subscribersto the same shall have complied with the conditions ofpublic endowment mentioned in the Act of the saidGovernor and Legislative Council passed in the presentyear of our reign intituled " An Act to provide for theEstablishment and Endowment of Colleges within theUniversity of Sydney " to make and execute a sub-grantof such piece <>r parcel of land to Trustees for suchCollege for the purpose and upon the conditions herein-after mentioned And as to one other such portion of thesaid land hereby granted to the said University for thelike trust for a College in connection with the Church ofRome when the same shall have been in like manner
UNIVEESITT.
established and incorporated as a College within the saidUniversity and the founders thereof or the subscribers tothe same shall have complied with the said conditions ofpublic endowment And as to one other such portion ofthe said land hereby granted to the said University uponthe like trust for a College in connection with the Churchof Scotland when the same shall have been in likemanner established and incorporated as a College withinthe said University and the founders thereof or sub-scribers to the same shall have complied with the saidconditions of public endowment And as to one othersuch portion of the said land hereby granted to the saidUniversity upon the like trust for a College in connec-tion with the Religious Society denominated " WesleyanMethodists " when the same shall have been in likemanner established and incorporated as a College withinthe said University and the founders thereof or subscri-bers to the same shall have complied with the said con-ditions of public endowment Provided always that thesaid University shall not be obliged to make any suchsub-grant upon trust for any or either of such Collegeswhich shall not have become so established and incor-porated or whereof the founders or subscribers to the sameshall not have complied with the said conditions of publicendowment within five years from the date of the issue ofthese presents Provided also that if any or either of theabove declared trusts shall lapse by reason of such failureas in the preceding proviso is mentioned or if any oreither of the said four portions of land so set apart forsub-grants as aforesaid shall after the sub-grant thereofin accordance herewith in trust for any or either of thesaid four Colleges become re-vested in the said Universityunder or by virtue of the proviso hereinafter lastlycontained then and in either of such cases the saidUniversity shall hold the portions or portion of land inrespect of which any such lapse shall have occurred orwhich shall have become re-vested as aforesaid upon trustto make and execute such sub-grant or sub-grants thereofor of any portion or portions thereof respectively asshall be in that behalf directed by the Governor of oursaid Colony for the time being with the advice of the
DEED OF GRANT.
said Executive Council upon trust for such College orColleges within the said University as the said Governorand Executive Council shall think fit and as shall be inour behalf named and declared by an instrument orinstruments to be executed by the Governor for the timebeing under the Great Seal of the Colony And we dohereby direct that the said several sub-grants shall bemade upon trusts for the erection upon the lands therebysub-granted or conveyed of buildings for the uses andpurposes of such Colleges respectively and for the forma-tion of Gardens and Grounds for recreation and exercisein connection therewith And that each of such sub-grants shall be made to five Trustees of whom two andtheir successors (one of them being the Provost or Vice-Provost of the University) shall be nominated hj theSenate of the said University And other two and theirsuccessors shall be nominated by the Councils or otherGoverning Bodies of the said Colleges respectively or bythe heads of the religious denominations (if any) inconnection with which such Colleges may respectivelyhave been established (as may have been determined by theconstitution of such Colleges respectively) and of whomthe fifth and his successors shall be chosen and nominatedby the other four Trustees or their successors or in defaultthereof shall be nominated by the said Senate And wedo hereby further direct that the said several sub-grantsshall be made upon the conditions that the buildingsto be erected upon the lands respectively thereby con-veyed shall be completed within five years from theissue of such sub-grants respectively or such moreextended time as the said Senate may allow in suchcase And that the same respectively shall be erectedin such positions respectively and according to suchdesigns plans sections and elevations and of suchconstruction as shall be approved by the said SenateAnd that the Gardens and Grounds for recreation andexercise in connection with such Colleges respectivelyshall be laid out and made within a reasonable timein that behalf and according to such general designsas shall be approved of by the said Senate And wedo hereby further direct that such several sub-grants
94 UNIVEESITT.
shall be made upon conditions for securing the landsrespectively thereby conveyed and every part thereoffrom being applied to or used for any purpose other thansuch as shall be consistent with and in furtherance of theobjects hereof and shall be authorised by the terms of thesaid sub-grants respectively And also for securing themaintenance of the connection of the said Collegesrespectively with the said University in accordance withthe provisions and true intent and meaning of the saidAct of the said Governor and Legislative Council passedin the present year of our reign And lastly we directthat in the said sub-grants respectively there shall becontained a provision for making void the samerespectively and for re-vesting the lands thereby con-veyed together with all buildings erections and otherimprovements thereon as the said University in the eventof the trusts and conditions of the said sub-grantsrespectively not being carried out and observed accordingto the true intent and meaning thereof In witness where-of we have caused this our grant to be sealed with the sealof our said Territory witness our trusty and well-belovedSir Charles Augustus Fitz-Roy Knight-Companion ofthe Boyal Hanoverian Guelphic Order our Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of our said Territory andits Dependencies at Government House Sjrdney in NewSouth Wales the Eighteenth day of January in the yearof our Lord One thousand eight hundred and fifty-fiveand in the eighteenth year of our reign.
(Seal of the Colony.)CHAS. A. FITZ-EOT.
Entered on record by me in Regis-ter of Grantz No. 105 pages419 to 429 inclusive this ttoenty-third dag of January one thou-sand eight hundred and fifty'five.
C. D. EIDDELL,Colonial Secretary
andEegistrar.
DEED OF GRANT.
VICTORIA by the Grace of God of the United Kingdomof Great Britain and Ireland Queen Defender ofthe Faith and so forth.
To all to whom these Presents shall come : Greeting.
WHEKEAS by an Act of the Governor and LegislativeCouncil of New South "Wales passed in the fourteenthyear of our reign intituled " An Act to Incorporate andEndow the University of Sydney " a Senate of sixteenFellows to be nominated and appointed and also werethereafter duly nominated and appointed as by that Actis directed was constituted a Body Politic and Corporatewith perpetual succession by the name of " The Univer-sity of Sydney" and the said body politic were by thatname rendered capable in the law to take purchase andhold to them and their successors not only such landsbuildings hereditaments and premises as might fromtime to time be exclusively used and occupied for theimmediate requirements of the said University but alsoany other lands buildings hereditaments and premiseswhatsoever and to grant demise alien or otherwise dis-pose of all or any of the property real or personalbelonging to the said University and also to do all othermatters and things incidental to or appertaining to abody politic And whereas it has been determined onour behalf by his Excellency with the advice of theExecutive Council of our said Colony that the landshereinafter particularly described shall be granted tothe University of Sydney for the purpose of formingapproaches to the University Hall and buildings andshall be appropriated and granted upon the terms andconditions hereinafter mentioned for the uses and pur-poses aforesaid Now know ye that for the purposesaforesaid we of our special grace do for us our heirs andsuccessors hereby grant unto the University of Sydneyso constituted and incorporated as aforesaid all that
96 tnSTVERSITY.
piece or parcel of land situated in the County of Cumber-land parish of Petersham and containing by admeasure-ment eight acres nineteen perches and one-third of aperch be the same more or less commencing at the west-ern side of the Newtown Road ninety feet wide at apoint where it intersects the south side of the Parra-matta Road ninety feet wide and bounded thence on thenorth by lines bearing west seventeen degrees fiveminutes south eleven chains and thirty-three links westsixteen degrees eleven minutes south fifty-five links andwest seventeen degrees twenty-five minutes south eighty-four links on the north-west by part of the south-easternboundary line of the University Grant south-westerly tonorth-west corner of the reserve for public recreation onthe south by the northern boundary line of that reservebearing east seventeen degrees forty-five minutes northsixteen chains and ninety-five links and thence by a linebearing south forty-three degrees twenty minutes easttwelve links and three-fourths of a link to the NewtownRoad ninety feet wide aforesaid and on the east by aline bearing north eight degrees fifty-two minutes eastsix chains and twelve links to the point of commence-ment reserving for public use the present access to thepond the area of which has been deducted from the totalarea with all the rights members privileges and appurte-nances thereunto belonging or in any wise appertainingto hold unto the said University of Sydney and theirsuccessors for ever Yielding and paying therefor yearlyunto us our heirs and successors the quit rent of onepeppercorn for ever if demanded For the purposes andupon the trusts hereinafter mentioned that is to sayupon trust to use the same as a portion of the park andgardens in connection with the University Buildings andin and about so using the said lands to form approachesover the same to the said University Buildings to' erectone or more lodges for a gatekeeper or gatekeepeiri uponthe said lands and to plant with trees and otherwise usethe said lands as part of the park and gardens connected
with the University Buildings in such manner as to theUniversity of Sydney and their successors shall seem fit-In witness whereof we have caused this our grant to be
DEED OF GEANT.
sealed with the seal of our said territory "Witness ourright trusty and well-beloved Councillor Sir John YouugBaronet Knight Commander of our Most HonourableOrder of the Bath Knight Grand Cross of our MostDistinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint Georgeour Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of ourColony of New South Wales at Government HouseSydney in New South Wales aforesaid this first day ofSeptember in the twenty-ninth year of our reign and inthe year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred andsixty-five.
JOHN YOUNG.
Eecorded and enrolled in the Eegistrar-[L.S.] General's Office at Sydney New SouthWales this tenth day of July 1866.
THOS. JAMES JAQUES,Eegistrar-General.
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
All By-laws heretofore passed by the Senate and now in force are herebyrepealed, and in lieu thereof the following By-laws shall be and are herebydeclared to be the By-laws under which the University of Sydney shall henceforthbe governed. Provided always, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed torevive any By-law previously repealed, or to prejudice any matter already done<jr commenced under any By-law hitherto in force.
CHAPIEB I.—THE CHANCELLOR AND VICE-CHANCELLOR.1.—The election to the office of Chancellor shall take place
at a duly convened meeting of the Senate to be held in LentTerm.
2.—The Chancellor shall be elected for a period of threeyears (except as hereinafter provided) to be computed from thedate of election, but shall be eligible for re-election.
3 —In the event of the office of Chancellor becoming vacantby death, resignation, or otherwise, before the expiration of thefull temí of office herein prescribed, the election of a successorshall be proceeded with at the next ensuing regular meeting ofthe Senate, and the Chancellor so appointed shall hold officeuntil the Lent Term next after the expiration of three years fromthe date of such election.
4.—The election of Vice-Chancellor shall take placeannually at a duly convened meeting of the Senate, to be heldin Lent Term, except as in cases otherwise provided by the Actof Incorporation.
5.—The Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor shall be membersex officio of every Faculty, Board, or Committee appointed by anyBy-law or otherwise by the Senate ; and at every meeting ofany such Faculty, Board, or Committee, the Chancellor, or inhis absence, the Vice-Chancellor, or in the absence of both, theChairman shall preside, or in his absence, a member elected forthat eitting. The President at such meetings shall have a vote,and in case of an equality of votes, a second or casting vote.
100 BY-LAWS OF THE ÜNIVEESITY.
CHAPTEB II.—SENATE.
MEETINGS AND EXJlES OF PEOCEDUEE.
1.—The Senate shall meet on the first and third Monday inevery month, or on the nearest convenient day should such firstor third Monday be a public holiday, and may adjourn from time-to time to conclude any unfinished business.
2.—At any time in the interval between such meetings itshall be competent for the Chancellor, or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, in any case of emergency, to call a special meeting ofthe Senate, to be held as soon as conveniently may be, for the con-sideration of anjr business which he may wish to submit to them.
3.—Upon the written requisition of any three members, theChancellor, or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, or in theabsence of both, the Eegistrar shall convene a special meetingof the Senate, to be held as soon as conveniently may be afterthe expiration of seven days from the receipt of such requisition.
4.—Except in any case of emergency as aforesaid, no motioninitiating a subject for discussion shall be made, but in pursuanceof notice given at the previous meeting, and every such notice shallbe entered in a book to be kept by the Eegistrar for that purpose.
5.—The Eegistrar shall issue to each member of the Senatea summons with a written specification of the various matters to-be considered at the next meeting of the Senate, whether suchmeeting be an ordinary or a special one, but such summons,except in any case of emergency as aforesaid, shall be issued atleast three days previous to such meeting.
6.—In the event of a quorum of the Senate not beingpresent at any meeting within half an hour after the hourappointed, the members then present may appoint any con-venient future day, of which at least three days' notice shall begiven by the Eegistrar in the usual manner.
7.—All the proceedings of the Senate shall be entered in ajournal, and at the opening of each meeting the minutes of thepreceding meeting shall be read and confirmed, and the signatureof the Chairman then presiding shall be attached thereto.
8.—If any Fellow shall, without leave from the Senate, beabsent fi'om the aforesaid meetings for six consecutive calendarmonths, his fellowship shall, ipso facto, become vacant: providedthat in computing the said six consecutive months, the monthof January shall not be taken into account.
SENATE—ELECTION TO VACANCIES. 101
ELECTION TO VACANCIES.
9.—At the first meeting of the Pénate after the occurrenceof a vacancy among the Fellows, a day shall be fixed for a Con-vocation for the election of a successor, such day to be withinsixty days from the date of such Senate meeting, and to beannounced at least thirty days before such Convocation, by noticeposted at the University and by advertisement in one or more ofthe daily newspapers. Due notice shall also be given of the dayon which a ballot shall be taken, should such be required. Pro-vided that no Convocation shall be held in the month of Jan iarjr.
10.—No person shall be eligible for election to fill any vacancyamong the Fellows unless his candidature shall have been com-municated to the Registrar under the hands of two qualified*voters ten clear days at least before the intended Convocation,and seven clear days at least after the fixing of the day for suchConvocation ; and it shall be the dutj' of that officer to cause thename of such person and the fact of his candidature to be forth-with advertised in one or more of the daily newspapers publishedin Sydney, and to be posted in a conspicuous place in theUniversity for eight clear days at least before such Convocation.
11.—The Convocation for the election of a Fellow shall beheld in the Universityt and shall be presided over in the samemanner as if it were a meeting of the Senate. Eveiy candidatesubmitted for election must be proposed and seconded by legallyqualified voters. If one candidate only or one only for eachvacancy be so proposed and seconded, then such candidate orcandidates shall be declared by the President to be duly elected.But if more candidates are proposed and seconded than thereare vacancies in the Senate to be filled at such Convocation, a showof hands shall be taken, and unless a ballot be demanded by atleast two members of Convocation then present, the President shalldeclare the candidate or candidates in whose favour there shallbe the greatest show of hands to be duly elected. Should a ballotbe demanded, it shall be conducted in the following manner :
* The legally qualified voters are Fellows of the Senate for the time being. ProfessorsPublic Teachers and Examiners in the Schools of the University. Principals of Incor-poiated Colleges within the University, Superior Officers of the University, declared to besuch by By-law, Graduates holding the Degree of Master or Doctor, and Graduates ofthree years' standing, who hold the Degree of Bachelor, in accordance with the provisionsof the University Extension Act of 1884.t By a resolution of the Senate, of date July 2, 1888, ballots for the election of Fellows
may be held at the Royal Society's Booms, or in some other central place within the cityof Sydney, to be named by the ¡Senate, or by the Chancellor, or by the Vice-Chancellor in¿is absence.
102 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
(a) The voters then present shall choose two or more membersof Convocation to act as scrutineers.
(b) The ballot shall not be held earlier than one week from theday of nomination at Convocation, and shall be notified'by notice posted in the University and by advertisementin one or more of the daily newspapers.
(c) The ballot shall commence at 10 a.m., and close at 2 p.m.,on the day appointed.
(d) At the expiration of the time allotted for the ballot thescrutineers shall proceed to the examination of the votingpapers, and shall report the result to the President, whoshall then declare the candidate or candidates having themajority of votes to be duly elected to the vacant seat orseats in the Senate.
(e) In the event of an· equality of votes, the election shall bedecided by the casting vote of the President.
12.—Before the time fixed for the Convocation for the elec-tion of a Fellow, the Registrar shall prepare for the President'suse a complete list of all persons entitled to vote under theprovisions of the law, and a copy of such list shall be posted ina conspicuous place in the University for two days at least beforethe time of Convocation.
13.—None but legally qualified voters shall be allowed tobe present during the taking of a ballot.
EX-OFPICIO MEMBEES.
(24 Victoria, No. 18.)14.—That the several By-laws, in virtue of which the follow-
ing Professors now sit as ex-officio members of the Senate, underthe authority of the ' ' Sydney University Incorporation ActAmendment Act of 1861,"—that is to say, the Professors ofGreek, of Mathematics, of Chemistry, of Physiology, and of Law,be and the same are hereby revoked ; and, in Heu thereof, theSenate hereby makes and declares the following selections ofbranches of learning, the Professors in which shall be ex-officiomembers of the Senate—that is to say, Greek, Law, Physiology,and Chemistry, such selections to take effect from the date ofthe *Governor's assent hereto, and to endure for the term of twoyears from that date, unless sooner revoked by the authoritj' ofthe Senate, and with the approval of the Governor.
* Assented to by the Governor on the 6th of September, 1S92.
CONVOCATION. 103
CHAPTEB III.—MEETINGSOFCONVOCATION
OTHER THAN FOR
THE ELECTION OF
FELLOWS.
1.—The Chancellor, or in his absence, the Vice-Chancellor,shall, in pursuance of a resolution of the Senate, or upon thereceipt of a requisition signed by at least twenty members ofConvocation, summon a meeting of Convocation to be holden atsuch time and place as he shall direct. And such meetingshall be held accordingly within twenty-eight days from the dateof the requisition. And notice of such meeting shall be givenby public advertisement, not less than fourteen days before theday appointed for the meeting. Provided that every such requi-sition shall specify the subjects which it is proposed to bringbefore Convocation. And if in the opinion of the summoningofficer the subjects so specified, or any of them, are such as oughtnot to be discussed in Convocation, he shall refer the matter tothe Senate, which shall decide whether the meeting shall be heldor not. Provided that no such meeting shall be held in themonth of January.
2.—At all meetings so summoned, the Chancellor, or in hisabsence the Vice-Chancellor, shall preside. In the absence ofthe Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor, the members of Convocation,present shall elect one of their number to be President of thatmeeting.
3.—The presence at any meeting of twenty-five members ofConvocation shall be necessary to form a quorum. And if withinhalf-an-hour from the time of meeting there shall be no quorumpresent, the meeting shall lapse.
4.—At all meetings of Convocation the Registrar shall actas Secretary and keep the minutes of all proceedings.
5.—Every meeting may be adjourned by the President tosuch day and hour as may be fixed by resolution.
6.—All questions submitted to the Convocation shall bedecided by a majority of members present. The President shallhave a deliberative as well as a casting vote.
7.—AU resolutions of Convocation shall be signed by thePresident, and shall be laid by the Registrar before the Senateat its next meeting.
8.—All members of Convocation
attending any such meetingshall appear in the habit of their Degree.
104 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
CHAPTER IV.—SUPERIOR OFFICERS.
(24 Victoria, No. 13.)
1.—The Eegistrar and the Solicitor to the University arehereby declared to be superior officers of the University, entitledto the rights and privileges conferred by the " Sydney UniversityIncorporation Act Amendment Act of 1861."
CHAPTEE V.—THE REGISTRAR.
1.—The Registrar shall keep all necessary records of theproceedings of the University, conduct all necessary correspon-dence, and keep such registers and books of account as may berequired.
2.—All fees, fines, or other sums received by the Registrarin his capacity as such shall be paid into the Bank of the Uni-versity, in order that the same may be applied, accounted for andaudited in such manner as the Senate may from time to timeappoint.
CHAPTER VI.—THE SEAL OF THE UNIVERSITY.
1.—The Seal of the University shall be placed in the chargeof the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor and Eegistrar, and shallnot be affixed to any document except by order of the Senate.
CHAPTEE VII.—FACULTIES.
1.—There shall be four Faculties in the University, viz.:
—41. Arts.
3. Medicine.42. Law.
4. Science.DEANS OP FACULTIES.
2.—A Dea,n for each of the Faculties in the University shallbe appointed by the Senate from time to time for a term notexceeding two years.
3.—In the event of the office of Dean becoming vacant bydeath, resignation, or otherwise, before the expiration of the fullterm of office herein prescribed,' the appointment of a successorshall be proceeded with at the next ensuing regular meeting ofthe Senate ; and the Dean so appointed shall hold office until thefirst regular meeting of the Senate in the Term next after theexpiration of two years from the date of such appointment.
CHAPS. VIII AND IX. PROFESSORIAL BOARD. 105
CHAPTEK VIII.—LIMITATION OF THE TITLE OF PROFESSOR.1.—The title of Professor shall be distinctive of those
Public Teachers of the University upon whom the Senate shallhave conferred that title, and no person in or belonging to theUniversity, or any College within it, shall be recognised as Pro-fessor without the express authority of the Senate.
OHAPTOH IX.—PROFESSORIAL BOARD.1.—The Professors in the four Faculties, with the Chancellor
and Vice-Chancellor, shall form a Board to be called " TheProfessorial Board."
2.—Subject to the By-laws of the University, the Pro-fessorial Board shall manage and superintend the discipline ofall students in the University, and shall have power to determineall matters concerning the studies and examinations which affectthe students of more than oneFac ulty
3.—For these purposes the Professorial Board shall makesuch rules as it may think fit provided that these rules be notrepugnant to any existing By-law ; and shall have power toimpose any penalties in accordance with Academic usage on anystudent for breach of such rules, or misconduct of any kind.
4.—Any member of the University affected by any decisionof the Board, or any member of the Board, may appeal therefromto the Senate, and thereupon the Senate may review such■decision, and either confirm, vary, or annul the same.
5.—It shall also be the duty of the Professorial Board fromtime to time to consider the By-laws which deal with the dis-cipline of the University, and the By-laws which deal with thestudies of students of more than one Faculty ; and when theBoard is of opinion that any such By-laws require amendment,it shall send up recommendations to the Senate to that effect.
6.—A precis of the proceedings of the Board shall be laidupon the table of the Senate once in each Term, or forthwith inmatters of special importance, and the Senate shall have powerof its own motion to review any decision of the said Board.
CHAIKMANSHIP OF BOAEDS.
7.—The Chairman of the Professorial Board and Chairmanof the Public Examinations Board respectively shall be electedat its first meeting in any year, to hold office for that year : such
106. BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
election to be by ballot—the details of which shall be prescribedby the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor if present, and if not, thenby the Registrar. The Chairman of every other Board shall bethe Dean of the Faculty with which it is connected.
CONVBNINO AND QUOEtJM OF BOARDS.
8.—Every meeting of any Board shall be convened bywritten notice from the Registrar, by direction, of and on a daynamed by the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, or Chairman ; andon the requisition of any two members addressed to the Regis-trar, a meeting shall be convened in like manner. Threemembers shall form a quorum of any Board ; and in case of anequality of votes, that of the presiding Chairman included, suckChairman shall have a casting vote.
BEOISTRAB TO ATTEND.
9.—It shall be the duty of the Registrar, if required, to'attend the meetings of the several Boards, and record their pro-ceedings ; to collect all fines imposed by the Professorial Board ;and generally to assist in carrying out the directions and rules ofevery Board.
CHAPTER X.—TEEMS.1.—The Academic year shall contain three Terms, that isto say :—
LENT TEEM—Commencing on the tenth Monday in the year,and terminating with the Saturday before the twenty-second Monday in the year, with a recess at Easter notexceeding nine days.
TRINITY TERM—Commencing on the twenty-fourth Mondayin the year, and terminating with the Saturday before:the thirty-fourth Monday in the year.
MICHAELMAS TERM—Commencing on the thirty-ninth Mon-day in the year, and terminating with the Saturdaybefore the fifty-first Monday in the year.
CHAPTER XI.—LECTURES.1.—Lectures shall commence on the first day of Term,except in Lent Term, in which they shall commence on the thirdMonday of Term. In Michaelmas Term the lectures shall ceaseon the Saturday before the forty-ninth Monday in the year.
CHAP. XI.—LECTURES. 107
2.—Lectures of an hour each shall be given by the Pro-fessors and other teachers at such times and in such order as theSenate may. from time to time direct.
3.—Before the admission of a student to any course oflectures, he shall pay to the Registrar of the University the feeappointed by the Senate.
4.—Full and complete tables of lectures and subjects ofexaminations shall be printed annually in the Calendar, andposted at the University from time to time.
5.—Each Professor and Lecturer shall keep a daily recordor class roll of the lectures delivered by him, showing the numberand names of the students present at each lecture. These classrolls shall be laid on the table at each monthly meeting of theSenate, and shall be collected by the Registrar at the end ofeach term, and preserved for reference.
6.—Any undergraduate not holding a scholarship in theUniversity, nor being a member of a college established underthe provisions of the Act 18 Victoria, No. 37, may be exemptedfrom attendance upon any or all of the prescribed lectures, uponproducing evidence which shall satisfy the Faculty to which hebelongs that there are sufficient reasons for such exemption.Provided that no such exemption shall be granted for more thanone year at any time.
7.—No such exemption shall be granted until the Ex-aminers shall have specially certified to the Faculty that theabilities and attainments of the applicant are such as to enablehim in their opinion to keep up with the usual course of studyat the University without attendance upon lectures. Under-graduates admitted ad eundem statum, and who are not requiredto pass the Matriculation Examination, shall nevertheless berequired to pass a special examination, to be certified by theexaminers as above, before obtaining exemption from attendanceupon lectures.
8.—Notwithstanding the provisions of By-laws 6 and 7,matriculated students, who are students in a Training Institutionfor teachers organised under the Department of Public Instruc-tion, may be admitted to the First Year Examination in theFaculty of Arts, without having attended the University lectures,upon presenting a certificate from the Under-
Secretary for Public
108 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Instruction to the effect that they have attended the course ofinstruction in such Training Institution for one year aftermatriculating. Students of a Training Institution, who havepassed the First Year Examination, may be admitted to theSecond Year Examination in the Faculty of Arts without havingattended the University lectures of the Second Year, upon pre-senting a similar certificate to the effect that they have attendeda second course of instruction in such Training Institution forone year after passing their First Year Examination. All suchstudents having passed the Second Year Examination shall havethe status of students commencing the Third Year in the Facultyof Arts.
NON-MATBICULA.TKD STUDENTS.
9.—Any person desirous of attending University lectures maydo so without matriculation, upon payment of such fees as theSenate may from time to time direct.
CHAPTER XII.—YEABLY EXAMINATIONS.1.—In the Faculties of Arts, Law and Science, the YearlyB.A. and B.Sc. Examinations shall be held during the last weekof Michaelmas Term, with the exception of the Honour Exami-nations and Professional Engineering Examinations, which maybe held at the beginning of Lent Term.
2.—No Undergraduate not exempted under By-law 6,Chap. XI., from attendance upon lectures shall be admitted tothese examinations who without sufficient cause shall haveabsented himself more than three times during any one termfrom any prescribed course of lectures.
3.—Such Undergraduates as absent themselves from exami-nations except under medical certificate, or fail to pass them in asatisfactory manner, shall, unless exempted by the Faculty towhich they belong, be required to attend the lectures in thesubjects in which they have failed before again presenting them-selves for examination.
4.—Every Undergraduate exempted from attendance uponlectures under By-law 6, Chap. XL, shall, before being admittedto any yearly examination, pay to the Begistrar a fee of twopounds. If any such candidate fail to pass the examination, thefee shall not be returned to him, but he may be admitted againto examination without the payment of an additional fee.
CHAPS. XII., XIII., XIV., XV. 109
5.—Undergraduates who shall have passed the yearly ex-aminations shall receive certificates to that effect, signed by theDean of the Faculty in which they are pursuing their studies,and by the Eegistrar.
6.—At each examination, honour papers shall be set wherenecessary, and a list of the honour subjects shall be annuallypublished in the Calendar.
7.—The names of those candidates who obtain honours shallbe arranged in order of merit.
8.—Prize books stamped -with the University arms shall becgiven to each student who shall be placed in the first class inhonours at examinations other than those for Degrees.
9.—Examiners shall be appointed from time to time by theSenate to conduct the examinations provided for under these-By-laws.
CHAPTER XIII.— ADMISSION AD EUNDEM STATUM.
1.—Undergraduates of other Universities niay, at the dis-cretion of the Professorial Board, be admitted ad eundem statimi-in this University without examination. Provided always thatthey shall give sufficient evidence of their alleged stakes and ofgood conduct.
CHAPTER XIV.—SCHOLARSHIPS.
1.—Scholarships shall be awarded after examination as theSenate may from time to time appoint.
2.—No Scholarship shall be awarded except to such candi-dates as exhibit a degree of proficiency which shall be satisfac-tory to the examiners.
3.—The examination for Scholarships shall be concurrentwith the Matriculation and Yearly Examinations, additional,papers and questions being set when required.
CHAPTER XV.—FACULTY OF ARTS.
1.—The Faculty of Arts shall consist of the Professors of'Classics, Mathematics, Modern Literature, History, and Logicand Mental Philosophy, together with the Lectui'ers in the.same subjects.
no BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
2.—The Faculty shall meet for the purpose of consideringand reporting to the Senate upon such subjects as have relationto the studies, lectures, examinations, and Degrees in Arts, andsuch questions as may be referred to it bj- the Senate, andshall have the general direction and superintendence over theteaching in Arts, subject to the By-laws, and to such resolutionsas the Senate may think fit to pass in relation thereto.
43.The Professors in the Faculty of Arts, together withsuch other persons as may from time to time be appointed by theSenate, shall form a Board of Examiners for conducting theExaminations in the Faculty of Arts, and of this Board theDean of the Faculty, or in his absence the Professor next inseniority, shall be Chairman.
44.The Board of Examiners shall, from time to time, andin accordance with the provisions of the B3'-laws for the timebeing, frame rules and appoint times and places for the severalExaminations in the Faculty of Arts.
5.—At the conclusion of each Examination the Board shalltransmit to the Senate a report of the result, signed by theChairman, and by at least two other members.
MATRICULATION.
6—Candidates for Matriculation must make application tothe Registrar before the commencement of Lent Term.
7.—The Matriculation Examination shall take place at thecommencement of Lent Term, but the examiners in special cases,with the sanction of the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, areauthorised to hold such examinations at such other times as maybe deemed expedient.
8.—The examinations shall be conducted by means ofwritten or printed papers ; but the examiners shall not beprecluded from putting viva voce questions.
9.—The names of all candidates who have passed the Matri-culation , Examination shall be arranged and published in suchorder as the Board of Examiners shall determine.
10.—Students who shall have passed the MatriculationExamination or the Senior or Junior Public Examination in thesubjects required for the ordinary Matriculation Examination,and shall have paid a fee of two pounds to the Registrar, maybe admitted as members of the University.
CHAP. XV.—FACULTY OF ARTS. Ill
11.—The Matriculation Examination shall be in the fol-lowing subjects :—
I. Latin.—Translation into English of passages from setAuthors and of passages at sight, and of simpleEnglish sentences into Latin.
II. Arithmetic.III. Algebra.—To quadratic equations
involving oneunknown quantity.
TV. Geometiy.—Euclid, Books I., II. and ΙΠ.V. One of the following languages, in which the Examina-
tion shall be similar to that in Latin, viz. :—
Greek,French,German.
In this Examination proficiency in writing English shall be takeninto account.
BACHELOE OF ABTS.
12.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts shall,during their First Year, attend the University lectures on thefollowing subjects :—
I. English,II. Latin,
ITI. One of the following languages :—Greek,French,German.
IY. Mathematics.V. Elementary Physics j
VI. Elementary Chemistry | IQ successive Terms.
VIl. Physiography !13.—Students of the First Tear shall be
required to pass anexamination in the subjects in which they have attended lecturesunder By-law 12, provided that in the case of Physics, Chemistry,and Physiography, students who shall have given satisfactoryproof to the Lecturer of their intelligent attention to the lectures,shall not be required to pass the Annual Examinations in thesesubjects.
112 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
14.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Ails shall,during their Second Year, attend the University lectures uponthe following subjects :—
I. Two of the following languages :—Latin, English,Greek, French,
German.LT. Any two of the following subjects :—A third language,
Biology,Mathematics,
Geology,Chemistry,
History,Physics,
Physiology,Logic.
Provided that those students who take up three languages shallselect Latin or Greek as one of them.
15.—Students of the Second Year shall be required to passan examination in the subjects of the lectures which they haveattended under By-law 14.16.—Candidates for the Degree of B.A. shall, during theirThird Year, attend lectures on the following subjects :—I. One of the following languages :—
Latin, English,Greek, French,
German.II. Any two of the following :—
A second language, Chemistry,A third language, Geology,History, Biology,Mathematics, Plrysiology,Physics, Logic and Mental Philosophy,
Jurisprudence and Roman Law,Constitutional Law and International Law.17.—To obtain the Degree of B.A. candidates shall pass anexamination in the subjects of the lectures which they haveattended under By-law 16.
18.—The fee for the Degree of B.A., shall be three pounds.No candidates shall be admitted to the examination unless hehave previously paid this fee to the Registrar. If a candidatefail to pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned tohim ; but he will be admissible to any subsequent examinationfor the same Degree without the payment of an additional fee.
CHAP. XV.—FACULTT OF ARTS. 113
19.—The examination shall be conducted in the first instanceby means of printed papers, and at the termination of suchexamination, each candidate shall undergo a viva voce examina-tion if the Examiners think fit.
20.—Students proceeding to the Degree of B.A. who havepassed the First Year Examination, and who have thereat beenplaced in the First Class in the honour list in Literature or inMathematics, may elect to attend lectures during the SecondTear in that department only in which they have been so placedin the Honour list ; and if they obtain First or Second ClassHonours in that department at their Second Tear Examination,they shall be held to have passed that examination.
21.—Students proceeding to the Degree of B.A. who havepassed the Second Tear Examination, and who have thereat beenplaced in the First or Second Class in the Honour list, either inLiterature or in Mathematics, may elect to attend lectui'es duringtheir Third Tear in that department only in which they havebeen so placed in the Honour list ; and if they obtain First orSecond Class Honours in that department of their B.A. Exami-nation, they shall be held to have passed that examination.
22.—The candidate for Honours who shall have most distin-guished himself at the B.A. Examination in Classics, Mathe-matics, or Logic and Mental Philosophy, shall, if he possesssufficient merit, receive a gold medal or a prize of the value often pounds.
MASTEB OF ASTS.
23.—There shall be a yearly examination for the Degree ofM.A. during Lent Term, or at such other times as the examiners,with the sanction of the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor mayappoint.
24.—Every candidate for this Degree must have previouslyobtained the Degree of B.A., and two years must have elapsedsince the time of his examination for such Degree. He will alsobe required to furnish evidence of having completed his twenty-first year.
25.—The fee for the Degree of M.A. shall be five pounds.No candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless hehave previously paid this fee to the Registrar. If a candidatefail to pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ;but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for the
same Degree without the payment of an additional fee.
H
114 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
26.—Candidates for the Degree of M.A. shall elect to beexamined in one or more of the following branches ofknowledge :—
45. Classical Philology and History.46. Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.47. Logic, Moral, Mental, and Political Philosophy.48. Modern Literature and Language.49. Modern History.
The candidate most distinguished in each branch at the exami-nation shall, if he possess sufficient merit, receive a gold medal.
27.—The Senate may, at its discretion, admit to examinationfor the Degree of Master of Arts any person who shall haveobtained at least two years previously the Degree of Bachelor ofArts, or equivalent first Degree in Aits in any other Universityapproved by the Senate. Every candidate for admission underthis By-law must make application in writing to the Registrarand supply satisfactory evidence of his qualification as aforesaid,and that he is a person of good fame and character, and upon theapproval of his application shall pay to the Registrar a fee of twopounds for the entry of his name in the University books, inaddition to the prescribed fee for his Degree. Every candidatebefore he is admitted to this Degree, shall be required to furnishevidence of having completed his twenty-first year.
CHAPTER XVI.—FACULTY OF LAW.1.—The Professor or Professors and Lecturers in the subjectsof the curriculum in Law, together with such Fellows of theSenate as are Members of the Legal Profession, shall constitutethe Faculty of Law.
2.—The Faculty shall meet for the purpose of consideringand reporting to the Senate upon such subjects as have relationto the studies, lectures, examinations, and Degrees in Law, andsuch questions as may be referred to it by the Senate ; and shallhave the general direction and superintendence over the teachingin Law, subject to such resolutions as the Senate may think fitto pass in relation thereto.
3.—The Dean of the Faculty of Law shall act as Chairmanat all meetings of the Faculty ; but in his absence the membersthen present shall elect a Chairman from amongst themselves.The Chairman at such meeting shall have a vote, and in case ofan equality of votes, a second or casting vote.
CHAP. XVI.-FACULTY OF LAW. 115
4.—There shall be two Degrees granted in the Faculty ofLaw, viz. :—Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.), and Doctor of Laws(LL.D.).
5.—All candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Laws arerequired to have completed two years in the Faculty of Arts,and to have passed the Second Year Examination.
6.—Such candidates shall subsequently be required to attenda course of study in Law, and to pass examinations, as herein-after provided.
7.—There shall be two examinations for the Degree ofBachelor of Laws, called respectively the Intermediate and theFinal LL.B. Examination. The Intermediate and Final LL.B.Examinations shall be held at the same time as the AnnualExaminations in other Faculties.
8.—The names of the candidates who have passed the FinalLL.B. Examination shall be published in three classes. Pro-ficiency shown by candidates in the Intermediate Examinationwill be taken into consideration in determining their places inthe Final Examination.
9.—At the Intermediate Examination, candidates shall beexamined in :—
Jurisprudence, Constitutional Law,Eoman Law, International Law.
10.—At the Final Examination, candidates shall be ex-amined in :—
50. The Law relating to Peal and Personal Property.51. Common Law, including Contracts, Torts, Criminal
Law, Procedure, and Evidence.3. Equity, including General Principles of Equity and
the outlines of Equity Procedure.Candidates desiring a place in the First or Second Class will alsobe expected to take up one or two of such special subjects as shallbe prescribed by the Faculty from time to time.
11.—Candidates for the Intermediate Examination will berequired to have attended the prescribed courses of lectures, fora period of one year, in the subjects mentioned in section 9.
12.—Candidates for the Final Examination will be requiredto have attended the prescribed courses of lectures, for a periodof two years, in the subjects mentioned in section 10.
116 BT-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
13.—Nevertheless, persons who shall have graduated in Artsbefore entering on the LL.B. course shall be at liberty to proceedto the LL.B. Degree after the completion of two years'study 'instead of three, the Intermediate Examination being taken atthe end of the first, and the Einal Examination at the end of thesecond year of study. Such persons shall also be exempt fromattendance at the lectures and examinations in any of the pre-scribed subjects which have formed a portion of their course forthe Degree of Bachelor of Arts, but from no others.
14.—The Degree of LL.D. shall not be conferred until afterthe expiration of two years from the granting of the LL.B. Degree.
15.—Candidates for the Degree of Doctor of Laws shall beexamined in the following subjects :—
52. Jurisprudence.53. Roman Law.54. English Law, including the Legislation of the
Colony of New South "Wales.4. International Law, and the Conflict of
Laws.There shall be one examination for the Degree of Doctor ofLaws, called the LL.D. Examination. Such examination shalltake place in the month of March in each year.
16. The candidates who distinguish themselves most highlyat the Degree examinations respectively, shall, if of sufficientmerit, receive a gold medal or prize of the value of £10.
17.—The fee for the Degree of Bachelor of Laws shall be£10, and that for the Degree of Doctor of Laws £20. Thesefees shall be paid to the Registrar before the examination, andshall not in any case be returned to the candidate.
18.—Candidates who fail to pass the examination for anyDegree shall be allowed to present themselves for a secondexamination for the same Degree without additional fee ; butfor any further examination that may be required they shall payhalf the ordinary Degree fee.
19.—Students at Law and Articled Clerks and other personsmay be admitted to such lectures and examinations in Law asthey may desire ; and in the event of their passing in thesubjects of any course, they shall be entitled to receive certifi-cates to that effect.
CHATTEB XVn.—FACULTY OF MEDICINE.1.—The Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor, the Fellows of theSenate, who are legally qualified members of the Medical Profes-
CHAP. XVII.—FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 117
sion, the Professors and Lecturers in the subjects of the Medicalcurriculum, and the Examiners in Medicine appointed by theSenate, shall constitute the Faculty of Medicine.
2.—The Dean shall exercise a general superintendence overthe administrative business connected with the Faculty, and itshall be the duty of the Registrar to summon meetings of theFaculty at such times as may be required by the Dean, providedthat upon the written requisition of any three members of theFaculty, the Dean, or in his absence the Registrar, shall convenea special meeting. No question shall be decided at any meetingof the Faculty unless there be present at least five members.In the absence of the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor, the Deanshall act as Chairman at all meetings of the Faculty, but in hisabsence the members then present shall elect a Chairman fromamongst themselves. The Chairman at any such meeting shallhave a vote, and, in case of an equality of votes, a second orcasting vote. It shall be the duty of the Registrar to attend allmeetings, and to record the proceedings.
3.—The Faculty shall meet for the purpose of consideringand reporting to the Senate upon such subjects as have relationto the studies, lectures, examinations and Degrees in Medicine,and such questions as may be referred to it by the Senate.
4.—Courses of Instruction shall be given as directed by theSenate, and except where otherwise specified, each shall consist•either of a long course of one hundred hours' instruction, extend-ing throughout two Terms, or of a short course of fift}' hours'instruction, extending throughout one Term ; and where possible,the long courses shall be given during Lent and Trinity Terms,and the short courses during Michaelmas Term.
5.—At least three written Class Examinations shall be heldduring each long course of instruction, and at least two suchexaminations during each short course. Students shall not absentthemselves from these examinations except upon a medicalcertificate, and at the end of each course a report of the result,signed by the responsible teacher, shall be presented to theSenate by the Dean.
6.—There shall be three Degrees granted in the Faculty ofMedicine, viz.—Doctor of Medicine (M.D.), Bachelor of Medicine(M.B.), and Master of Surgery (Ch.M.).
7.—Candidates for a Degree in Medicine shall, beforeadmission to the Medical School, produce evidence of havinggraduated in Arts or in Science, or of having attended the lectures
118 BYE-LAWS OE THE UNIVERSITY.
of the First Year of the Arts course and passed the FirstYear Examination in Arts, or of having jjassed the SeniorPublic Examination, or an examination equivalent to theSenior Public Examination, in the following subjects, viz.,Latin and one of the three languages — Greek, French,German, and in three of the sections in Group III. of thesubjects for which senior candidates may enter, viz., Arithmetic,Algebra, Geometiy, Trigonometry, Elementary !Surveying andAstronomy, Mechanics, Applied Mechanics.
8.—Candidates for the Degrees of Bachelor of Medicine andMaster of Surgery shall attend the following courses of instruc-tion, and present the following certificates :—I. In the First Year—
Inorganic Chemistry and Practical Chemistry.Physics and Practical Physics.Biology and Practical Biology.
II. In the Second Year—During Lent and Trinity Terms—
Descriptive Anatomy (Junior Course).Physiology (Junior Course).
During Trinity and Michaelmas Terms—Practical Physiology (Histology and Experimental Physi-ology).During Michaelmas Term—-
Organic Chemistry.Descrij)tive Anatomy (Senior Course).
III. In the Third Year—During Lent Term—
Practical Physiology (Physiological Practical Chemistry).During Lent and Trinity Terms—
Materia Medica and Therapeutics.Regional Anatomy.
During Michaelmas Term—Physiology (Senior Course).
IY. In the Fourth Year—During Lent and Trinity Terms—
Pathology.Surgery.Operative Surgery and Surgical Anatomy—a course of
twenty-five (25) hours' instruction.Clinical Surgery.Tutorial Surgery.
CHAP. XVII.—FACULTY OP MEDICINE. 119
During Michaelmas Term—Medical Jurisprudence and Public Health.Practical Pathology.Clinical Surgery.Tutorial Medicine.V. In the Fifth Year—
During Lent and Trinity Terms—Medicine.
Midwifery and Gynaecology.During Michaelmas Term—Applied Logic.Psychological Medicine, including Clinical instruction, and
at least twelve systematic lectures.Ophthalmic Medicine and Surgery, including Clinical in-struction, and at least twelve systematic lectures.Before admission to the Final Examination, candidates shall alsobe required to present the following certificates at least ten cleardays before the date of the examination :—55. Of Hospital Practice during the Fourth and Fifth years.56. Of attendance on Practical Pharmacy, or a certificate showing
that the student has been engaged for at least three months,by apprenticeship or otherwise, in compounding and dis-pensing drugs in the laboratory of a hospital or dispensary,or of a Licentiate of the London or Dublin Society ofApothecaries or Pharmaceutical Chemist approved by theFaculty of Medicine.
3. Of having acted during at least three months as a Dresser inthe Out-patients' Department, during at least six months asa Dresser in the Surgical Wards, and during at least sixmonths as a Clinical Clerk in the Medical Wards of a ■recognised hospital.
4. Of attendance on Post-mortem Examinations during at leastone Term during the Fourth or Fifth Year of the curriculum.
57. Of attendance on at least twelve cases of Practical Midwifery.58. Of proficiency in Vaccination, signed by a legally qualified
Medical Practitioner..7. Of proficiency in the administration of Anaesthetics.
9. For the Degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Master ofSurgery, there shall be five examinations, viz., one at the end ofeach year of study.
120 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
The examination at the end of the First Tear shall include In-organic Chemistry, Physics, Biology.The examination at the end of the Second Year shall include
Organic Chemistry, and an Intermediate Examination inAnatomy and Physiology.
The examination at the end of the Third Year shall include the
entire subjects of Anatomy, Physiology, and Materia Medicaand Therapeutics.
Before admission to the Third Examination, candidates shall be
required to present certificates of having dissected duringat least six Terms, and of having completed the dissection ofevery part of the body at least once.
The examination at the end of the Fourth Year shall include
Pathology, Medical Jurisprudence and Public Health, andOperative Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
The examination at the end of the Fifth Year shall include
Medicine, Clinical Medicine, Surgery, Clinical Surgery,Midwifery, Psychological Medicine, Ophthalmic Medicineand Surgery, and Applied Logic.10. Before admission to theFinal
Examination each candidateshall furnish a declaration of having completed his twenty-firstyear, and also a certificate of good fame and character signed bytwo competent persons.
1 ].—At each examination candidates shall be required togive proof of their knowledge by written answers to thequestions set, to be followed by a practical or by a viva voceexaminations in. all subjects whatsoever.
12.—Candidates who have passed all the examinations tothe satisfaction of the examiners shall be recommended to theSenate for admission to the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine, andto the Degree of Master of Surgery if they so elect.
13.— Honours at graduation shall depend upon the pro-ficiency shown in the examinations, in accordance with regula-tions adopted by the Senate from time to time, and the candidatewho shaU have been most distinguished shall receive a goldmedal or a prize of the value of ten pounds, provided that heshall have obtained first-class Honours.
14.—Accredited certificates of attendance on courses ofinstruction from other Universities and Schools of Medicinerecognised by the University of Sydney, may, on the report ofthe Dean, be accepted by the Senate as proof of the attendance
CHAP. XVII.—FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 121
on courses of instruction pro tanto required by these By-laws :Provided always that no person shall be recommended to theSenate for admission to the Degrees of Bachelor of Medicine orof Mastery of Surgery by examination, unless he shall presentcertificates of having attended within the University of Sydney,during each of at least six Terms, not less than two courses ofinstruction in subjects included in the Medical curriculum of theUniversity. In all such cases a Degree in Arts or in Science■or some certificate of general education satisfactory to the Senatewill be required. Every candidate making application underthis By-law must present a certificate of good fame andcharacter, signed by two competent persons.
15.—Bachelors of Medicine and Masters of Surgery of thisUniversity shall not possess any right to assume the title ofDoctor of Medicine.
16.—The Degree of Doctor of Medicine shall not be con-ferred until after the expiration of two Academic years from thegranting of the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine.
17.—Candidates for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine mustproduce evidence that after having obtained the Degree ofBachelor of Medicine they have spent at least two years inMedical or Surgical practice, or that they have been engaged fora like period and in a manner approved by the Faculty in thescientific study of any subject included in the Medical curriculumof the University of Sydney.
18.—The Candidate shall be required to pass an examina-tion conducted by means of set papers and by viva voce interro-gations in one division of the two following groups, viz. :·—
(1) Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery and Gynaecology.The examination in each case shall include examina-tion of, and report on, the cases of patients in ahospital, and examination and demonstration ofspecimens or preparations, normal or morbid.
(2) The other subjects included in the Medical curriculumof the University.
They shall further be required to present, and, if called upon,to defend a thesis on some subject included in the Medicalcurriculum of the University. Five printed copies of the thesison paper five and a half inches wide and eight and three-quarters of an inch deep must be transmitted to the Registrar,at least two months before the date fixed for the examination.
122 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
19.—The candidate who shall at this examination mostdistinguish himself shall, if of sufficient merit, receive a goldmedal, or a prize of the value of ten pounds.
20.—The Degree of Master of Surgery shall not be conferredon any person who has not already been admitted a Bachelor QfMedicine.
21.—The fees for the Degrees of Doctor of Medicine,Bachelor of Medicine, and Master of Surgery, shall be tenpounds respectively. The fees shall be paid to the Eegistrarbefore the examination, and shall not in any case be returned to-the candidate.
22.—Candidates who fail to pass the examination for anyDegree shall be allowed to present themselves for a secondexamination for the same Degree without fee, but for everyfurther examination that may be required, they shall pay thesum of five pounds.
23.—Undergraduates in Medicine who have passed thesubjects of the Second and Third Medical Examinations andhave, in addition, attended an advanced course of and passed anadvanced examination in one of the fellowing divisions, viz. : —(a) Chemistry, (J) Physics, (c) Biology, (d) Geology, may, on thereport of the Dean of the Faculty ot Science, be admitted by theSenate to the Degree of Bachelor of Science.
CHAPTER XVIII.—FACULTY OF SCIENCE.1.—The Faculty of Science shall consist of
the Professorsof Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Geology, Mathematics,Physics, and Physiology, and other Professors and independentLecturers in the subjects required for the Degrees in Science.
2. The Dean shall exercise a general superintendence overthe administrative business connected with the Faculty, and itshall be the duty of the Eegistrar to summon meetings of theFaculty at such times as may be required by the Dean, providedthat upon the written requisition of any three members of theFaculty, the Dean or, in his absence, the Eegistrar shall convenea special meeting. No question shall be decided at any meetingof the Faculty unless there be present at least five members.The Dean shall act as Chairman at all meetings of the Faculty,but in his absence the members then present shall elect a.Chairman from amongst themselves. The Chairman at any suchmeeting shall have a vote, and in case of an equality of votes, asecond or casting vote. It shall be the duty of the
Eegistrar to·attend all meetings and to record the proceedings.
CHAP. XVIII.—FACULTY OF SCIENCE. 123
3.—The Faculty shall meet for the purpose of consideringand reporting to the Senate upon such subjects as have relationto the studies, lectures, examinations and Degrees in Science,and such questions as may be referred to it by the Senate.
4.—There shall be four Degrees in Science, viz.: Bachelorof Science (B.Sc), Doctor of Science (D.Sc), Bachelor of Engi-neering (B.E.), and Master of Engineering (M.E.).
5.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Science shallproduce evidence of having graduated in Arts ; or of havingattended the lectures of the First Year of the Arts course, andpassed the first Year Examination in Arts : or of having passedthe Senior Public Examination, or an examination equivalent tothe Senior Public Examination, in the following subjects, viz.,Latin, one of the three languages—Greek, French, German, andthree of the sections in Group III. of the subjects for whichsenior candidates may enter, viz., Arithmetic, Algebra,Geometry, Trigonometry, Elementary Surveying, and Astro-nomy, Mechanics, Applied Mechanics ; and shall, during theFirst Year, attend the courses of instruction upon, and pass theexaminations in the following subjects, viz. :—1. Biology. 2. Chemistry. 3. Mathematics.4. Physics. 5. Physiography.Provided that students shall only be required to attend thelectures upon, and to pass the Annual Examination in, suchportion of the Mathematical course for the First Year as theyhave not already passed at the above-mentioned examinations.
6.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Science shall,in the Second Year, attend the courses of instruction upon, andpass the examinations in, three of the following subjects, viz.:—
59. Botany and Zoology.60. Chemistry (with two Terms Laboratory practice)·61. Geology62. Mathematics.63. Physics (with two Terms Laboratory practice).64. Physiology (with two Terms Laboratory practice).
7.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Science shall,during the Third Year, attend the courses of instruction upon,and pass the examinations in, one of the following groups ofsubjects : —
65. Biology and Physiology.66. Biology, Geology and Palaeontology.
124 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVEESITY.
3. Chemistry, with any one of the following subjects,viz. :—
Biology, Mathematics, Mineralogy, Physics,Physiology.
4. Physics and Mathematics.8.—The candidate who shall at this examination most
distinguish himself shall, if of sufficient merit, receive a goldmedal or a prize of the value of ten pounds.
9.—The examination for the Degree of B.Sc. shall takeplace once a year.
10—No candidate shall be admitted to this examinationunless he produce a certificate from the Dean of the Faculty ofScience that he is of nine Terms' standing, and that he haspassed all the examinations required since his admission to theUniversity.
11.—The fee for the Degree of B.Sc. shall be three pounds.No candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless hehave previously paid this fee to the Registrar. If a candidatefail to pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned tohim, but he shall be admissible to one subsequent examinationfor. the same Degree without the payment of an additional fee.
12.—The Annual examinations shall be conducted in thefirst instance by means of printed papers, practical exercises,and reference to specimens when necessary, and at the terminationof such examinations each candidate shall undergo a vivâ voceexamination, if the examiners think fit. At least one writtenClass Examination shall be held during each Term of the firsttwo years, except in the Mathematical subjects. Students shallnot absent themselves from these examinations except upon amedical certificate.
13.—At the Annual Examinations, honour papers shall beset where necessary. Students may elect to take up any oneor more subjects.
14.—The examination for the Degree of Doctor of Science(D.Sc.) shall take place once a year. This Degree shall not beconferred until after the expiration of three Academic yearsfrom the granting of the B.Sc. Degree.
15.—Every candidate for the Degree of Doctor of Sciencemust produce evidence that he has been employed in scientificstudy and research for at least three Academic years since ob-taining the B.Sc. Degree.-- He shall be required to pass a
CHAPTER XVin.—FACULTY OF SCIENCE. 125
theoretical and practical examination in one of the followingbranches of Science, viz., Botany, Chemistry, Geology,Palaeontology, Physics, Physiology, and Zoology. He shall alsobe required to present, for the approval of the examiners, a paperembodying the result of an original investigation or scientificresearch. Five printed copies of this paper must be transmittedto the Eegistrar at least two months before the date fixed for theexamination. The candidate must also submit sufficient evidenceof the authenticity of his paper to the examiners, who may, ifthey think fit, examine him in the contents thereof.
16.—The candidate who shall at this examination most dis-tinguish himself shall, if of sufficient merit, receive a gold medalor a prize of the value of ten pounds.
17.—The fee for the Degree of D.Sc. shall be ten pounds.No candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless he havepreviously paid this fee to the Eegistrar. If a candidate fail topass the examination the fee shall not be returned to him, but he-shall be admissible to one further examination for the sameDegree without the payment of an additional fee. For each,subsequent examination that may be required he shall pay the-sum of five pounds.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.18.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringmust produce evidence of having graduated in Arts or inScience ; or of having attended the lectures of the First Year ofthe Arts course, and passed the First Tear Examination inArts ; or of having passed the Senior Public Examination, or anexamination equivalent to the Senior Public Examination in thefollowing subjects, viz , Latin, one of the three languages—Greek,.French, German ; and three of the sections in Group III.of the subjects for which senior candidates may enter, viz.,Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry, ElementarySurveying and Astronomy, Mechanics, Applied Mechanics ; andshall, during the First Year, attend the courses of instructionupon, and pass the examinations in the following subjects :—
1. Chemistry—Inorganic (with two Terms Laboratory-practice).
67. Descriptive Geometry and Drawing.68. Mathematics.69. Applied Mechanics (with Laboratory practice).70. Physics (with one Term Laboratory practice).71. Physical Geography and Geology.
126 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Provided that students shall only be required to attend thelectures upon, and to pass the Annual Examination in, suchportions of the Mathematical course of the First Year as theyhave not already passed at the above-mentioned examinations.
19.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringin Civil and Mechanical Engineering shall, during the SecondYear, attend the courses of instruction upon, and pass theexaminations in, the following subjects :—
72. Applied Mechanics (with Laboratory practice).73. Civil Engineering.74. Drawing.75. Geology.76. Mathematics.77. Physics (with one Term Laboratory practice).78. Surveying.
20.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringin Civil and Mechanical Engineering shall, during the ThirdYear, attend the courses of instruction upon, and pass theexaminations in, the following subjects :—
79. Drawing and Design.80. Materials and Structures (with Laboratory practice).81. Mathematics.82. Surveying.
And one of the following :—A. Civil Engineering and Architecture.B. Mechanical Engineering and Machine Construction.
Every candidate is required to prepare and submit to the Boardof Examiners an original set of working drawings and specifica-tions for machinery or works.
21.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringin Mining and Metallurgy shall, during the First Year, attendthe courses of instruction upon, and pass the examinations in,the following subjects, viz. :—
83. Chemistry, Inorganic (with Laboratory practice).84. Descriptive Geometry and Drawing.85. Mathematics.86. Mechanics and Mechanical Drawing.87. Physics (with Laboratory practice).88. Physical Geography and Geology.
CHAP. XVIII.— ENGINEERING. 127
22.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringin Mining and Metallurgy shall, during the Second Year, attendthe courses of instruction upon, and pass the examinations in,the following subjects, viz. :—
89. Applied Mechanics (with Laboratory practice).90. Chemistry (including Quantitative Analysis).91. Civil Engineering.92. Geology (with Laboratory Practice).93. Mathematics.94. Mechanical Drawing.95. Surveying.
23.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringin Mining and Metallurgy shall, during the Third Year, attendthe courses of instruction upon, and pass the examinations in,the following subjects, viz. :—
96. Civil Engineering.97. Materials and Structures.98. Metallurgy and Assaying.99. Mineralogy.100. Mining.
24.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringin Electrical Engineering shall, during the Second Year, attendthe courses of instruction upon, and pass the examinations in,the following subjects :—
101. Applied Mechanics (with Laboratory practice).102. Mechanical Drawing.103. Mathematics.104. Physics (with two Terms Laboratory practice).105. Surveying.
25.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineeringin Electrical Engineering shall, during the Third Year, attendthe courses of instruction upon, and pass the examinations in,the following subjects :—
106. Electrical Engineering.107. Electric Theory (with Laboratory practice).108. Dynamo and Motor Drawing and Design.109. Mathematics.
Every candidate is required to prepare and submit to the Boardof Examiners an original set of working drawings and specifica-tion for an electric light or power scheme, or for an electricrailway.
128 BY-LAWS OF TECE UNIVERSITY.
26.—At the Annual Examinations, Honour papers shall beset where necessary. Students may elect to take up any one ormore subjects.
27.—A candidate shall not be admitted to the Degree ofBachelor of« Engineering unless he shall produce a certificatefrom the Dean of the Faculty of Science that he is of nineTerms' standing, that he has passed all the examinations, andhas satisfactorily complied with all the other conditions requiredof him since his admission to the University.
28.—The candidate who shall most distinguish himself inthe Honour division of the Third Annual Examination shall, ifof sufficient merit, receive a gold medal or a prize of the value often pounds.
29.—The Examination for the Degree of Master of Engi-neering shall take place once a year. This Degree shall not beconferred until after the expiration of three Academic years fromthe granting of the B.E. Degree.
30.—Every candidate shall be required to produce to theBoard of Examiners satisfactory certificates or other evidence ofhaving been engaged during three years in the practice of one ofthe four branches of Engineering specified in By-law 31, oneyear at least of which must have been spent in acquiring apractical knowledge of the branch or branches selected, underthe direction of an Engineer or Architect practising the branchor branches in which he wishes to be examined.
31.—Candidates for the Degree of Master of Engineeringshall have taken Honours in the Professional subjects of theExamination for the Degree of B.E. ; or must attain thestandard for Honours at some subsequent B.E. Examination,and shall be required tojpass examinations in one of the followingdivisions or branches :—
1. Engineering Construction in Iron, Steel, Timber,
Masonry and Concrete.110. Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineering.111. Bailway Engineering, including Eailway Location,
Permanent Way, Locomotives and Boiling Stockand Railway Appliances.
112. Architecture, Building Construction and Sanitation.113. Mechanical Engineering and Machine Construction.114. Mining and Metallurgy.115. Electrical Engineering.
CHAPTER XtX.-AD EUNDEM GSADUM. 129
Candidates must give at least twelve months' notice of theirintention to proceed to the Master's Degree.
Candidates shall be required to prepare a complete set ofworking drawings and specifications of such works or machineryas the Examiners may require in the particular division orbranch of Engineering selected.
32.—The Diplomas for the Degrees of Bachelor and Masterof Engineering shall specify the branch or branches of Engi-neering for which they are granted.
33.—The fees for the Degrees of Bachelor and Master ofEngineering shall be ten pounds respectively ; no candidate shallbe admitted to either examination unless he shall have previouslypaid this fee to the Registrar. If a candidate fail to pass theexamination, the fee shall not be returned to him, but he shallbe admissible to one subsequent examination for the sameDegree without the payment of an additional fee.
34.—Graduates in Engineering in any branch may, uponpassing the Degree Examination in any other branch orbranches, and producing satisfactory evidence of practical worktherein, receive a certificate for such additional branch orbranches.
35.—The fee for such additional examination for theDegrees of Bachelor and of Master of Engineering shall be tenpounds.
36.—The candidate who shall most distinguish himself inthe Examination for the Degree of Master of Engineering shall,if of sufficient merit, receive a gold medal, or prize of the valueof ten pounds.
CHAPTEB XIX.—ADMISSION AD EUNDEM GRADUM.
1.—Admission ad eundem gradum in this University may,at the discretion of the Senate, be granted without examinationto graduates of the following approved Universities—that is tosay, the Universities of Oxford, Cambridge, London andDurham, the Victoria University, the Universities of St.Andrew's, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Aberdeen and Dublin, theQueen's University of Ireland and the Royal University ofIreland lately established in its place, and the Universities ofMelbourne, New Zealand and Adelaide ; and may also begranted to Graduates of such other Universities as the Senatemay from time to time determine ; provided always that theyshall give to the Registrar, to be submitted to the Senate,
ι
130 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
sufficient evidence of their alleged Degrees respectively, and oftheir good fame and character. Upon the approval of his appli-cation each candidate shall pay to the Registrar a fee of twopounds for the entry of his name on the University books, inaddition to the prescribed fee for his Degree.
CHAPTER XX.—REGISTER OF GRADUATES.1.—A Register of Graduates of the University shall be kept
by the Registrar in such manner as the Senate shall from timeto time direct.
2.—A Register of the Members of Convocation shall bekept by the Registrar in such manner as the Senate shall fromtime to time direct, and such Register shall be conclusiveevidence that any person whose name shall appear thereon atthe time of his claiming a vote at a Convocation is so entitled tovote.
CHAPTEB XXI.—SUBSTITUTES FOR OFFICERS.1.—Any act required by the By-laws to be performed by
any Officer of the University may, during the absence or otherincapacity of such Officer, unless otherwise provided, be per-formed by a person appointed by the Senate to act in his place.
CHASTES XXII.—ACADEMIC COSTUME.1.—The Academic Costume shall be for—
The Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor—a robe and capsimilar to those worn by the Chancellor of theUniversity of Oxford. In undress the silk gownworn by other members of the Senate, black velvetcap and gold tassel.
A Member of the Senate—the habit of his Degree, or ablack silk gown of the description worn by Graduatesholding the Degree of Doctor, with tippet of scarletcloth, edged with white fur, and lined with blue silk,black velvet trencher cap.
Doctor of Laws, Medicine, or Science—the gown wornby Graduates holding the Degree of Doctor in theUniversities of Oxford or Cambridge, black clothtrencher cap.
Doctor of Laws—hood of scarlet cloth, lined with bluesilk.
Doctor of Medicine—hood of scarlet cloth, lined withpurple silk.
CHAPTER XXII,—ACADEMIC COSTUME. 131
Doctor of Science^hood of scarlet cloth, lined withamber-coloured satin.
Master of Arts—the ordinary Master's gown of Oxfordor Cambridge, of silk or bombazine, with black silkhood lined with blue silk, black cloth trencher cap.
Master of Surgery—the ordinary Master's gown ofOxford or Cambridge, of silk or bombazine, withhood of scarlet cloth lined with French grey, blackcloth trencher cap.
Master of Engineering—a Master of Arts gown, withblack silk hood, lined with light maroon-coloured silk,black cloth trencher cap.
Bachelor of Laws or Medicine—the black gown wornby civilians in Oxford or Cambridge holding Degrees,black cloth trencher cap.
Bachelor of Laws—hood of black silk, edged with bluesilk.
Bachelor of Medicine—hood of black silk, edged withpurple silk.
Bachelor of Arts, Science, or Engineering—a plainblack stuff gown, black cloth trencher cap.
Bachelor of Arts—hood similar to that worn by theB.A. at Cambridge.
Bachelor of Science—hood of black stuff, edged withamber-coloured silk.
Bachelor of Engineering—hood of black stuff, edgedwith light maroon-coloured silk.
An Officer not being a Graduate—a black silk gown ofthe description worn by civilians not holding Degrees,black cloth trencher cap.
Undergraduate—a plain black stuff gown, black clothtrencher cap.
Scholar—plain black stuff gown, with a velvet bar andshoulder strap, black cloth trencher cap.
2. —Members of the University shall on all public occasions,when convened for Academic purposes, appear in their Academiccostume.
132 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
3.—The Undergraduates shall appear in Academic costume-when attending lectures and on all public Occasions in the Uni-versity; and, whenever they meet the Fellows, Professors, or otherSuperior Officers of the University, shall respectfully salute them.Provided that students in any Faculty shall be permitted, ifdeemed expedient by the Faculty, to wear at certain courses ofinstruction, in lieu of the ordinary Academic dress, a distinguishingbadge to be prescribed by such faculty.
CHAPTER XXIII.—PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.1.—Two Public Examinations shall be held
every year, th&one to be called the Junior Public Examination and the other to-be called the Senior Public Examination, and shall be open to-all candidates, male or female, who may present themselves.
2.—The Public Examinations shall be held at such timesand at such places as the Senate may from time to time appoint.
3.—The subjects of the Junior Public Examination shall be-the English Language and Literature, History, Geography, theLatin, Greek, French and German Languages, Arithmetic,Algebra, Geometry, Natural Science, and such other branchesof learning as the Senate may from time to time determine.
4.—The subjects of the Senior Public Examination shall be-those mentioned in the foregoing section, together with higherMathematics, Drawing, Music, Natural Philosophy, and suchother branches of learning as the Senate may from time to time-determine.
5.—Every candidate who shall pass either of these exami-nations, or such portions of either of them as may be required bythe Rules or Orders of the Senate in force for the time being,shall receive a certificate to that effect, specifying the subjects inwhich he shall have passed, signed by the Dean of the Faculty ofArts and by the Registrar.
6.—No person shall be admitted to either of the PublicExaminations until he shall have paid such fees as may berequired by the Rules or Orders of the Senate in force for the-time being.
7.—The Professors and Assistant Professors not engaged intuition except publicly within the University, together with suchother persons as the Senate may from time to time appoint, shallform a Board for conducting the Public Examinations ; and ofthis Board the Dean of the Faculty of Arts, or in his absence the
Professor next in seniority, shall be Chairman.
CHAPTER XXrV.—EVENING LECTURES. 133
8.—Af the conclusion of each examination, tbe Board shallpublish the result, and transmit to the Senate a copy of it, signedt>y the Chairman, and at least one other member.
9.—Subject to these By-laws, the Public Examinations shallbe conducted according to such Pules or Orders as the Senatemay from time to time establish.
CHAPTER XXIV.—EVENING LECTURES.1.—Courses of Evening Lectures, embracing all the subjects
necessary for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, shall be given atthe University, or at some other approved place, at such timesand in such order as the Senate may from time to time direct.
2.—Any person desirous of attending a course of Eveninglectures may do so upon payment of such fees as the Senatemay from time to time direct.
3.—Each course of Evening Lectures shall consist of a fixedniunber of Lectures on a single subject, and shall conclude withan examination in the subject of the Lectures, conducted by theProfessors and such other examiners as the Senate may appoint.
4.—Every person who shall have attended such a course ofLectures, who shall have satisfied the Lecturer, by means ofwritten answers to questions set during the course or otherwise,that he has followed the lectures with attention, and who shallhave passed the concluding examination satisfactorily, shallreceive a University certificate to that effect, signed by theLecturer, the Dean of the Faculty of Arts, and the Registrar.
5.—Students who shall have at any time, and in any order,attended and obtained certificates for courses of Evening Lecturesin all the subjects required for the Degree of B.A. in accordancewith the By-laws in force at the time of application (such lectures•corresponding in number and standard with the day lectures onthe same subjects), may, on payment of the prescribed fee, beadmitted to the final B.A. Examination, and on passing it shallbe entitled to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts.
6.—Students who shall have attended and obtained certifi-•cates for courses of Evening Lectures in all the subjects requiredin the First Year, or First and Second Years, of the Arts course(such lectures corresponding in number and standard with the■day lectures on the same subjects as prescribed by the B} r-laws inforce at the time of application), may be admitted to the First orSecond Year Examination respectively, and on passing it shalllave the status of Matriculated Students who have passed thesame examination.
134 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
CHAPTEK XSV.-TJNIVEESITY EXTENSION.1.—There shall be a Board, consisting of not less than ten,nor more than twelve, persons, of whom four at least shall bemembers of the Senate, and four at least shall be members ofthe Teaching Staff, and not less than two shall be persons notbeing members of the Senate or of the Teaching Staff. TheBoard shall be appointed annually by the Senate, all membersbeing re-eligible, and any vacancies which occur during the yearshall be filled up by the Senate for the remainder of the year.
2.—The Board shall at its first meeting after its appoint-ment in each year elect a Chairman for the year, and mayrecommend to the Senate the appointment of a Secretary, thetenure of whose office and the amount of whose salary (if any)shall be determined by the Senate. The Chairman shall convenemeetings of the Board, and three members shall form a quorum.
3.—All action taken by the Board shall be subject to theBy-laws, and to an3' directions which may be given by theSenate.
4.—The Board shall from time to time recommend to theSenate the names of certain persons to be authorised for employ-ment as University Extension Lecturers, and the Senate shall atits discretion authorise the employment of such persons to deliverlectures under the direction of the Board.
5.—The Board may appoint any persons whose employmentas Lecturers has been authorised by the Senate to deliver suchcourses of lectures, and to hold such classes and examinations onsuch subjects, and at such times and places, as the Board maysee fit.
6.—The Board shall determine the tenure of office of theLecturers, the duties to be performed by them, the fees andcharges to be paid for the lectures, classes, and examinations,and the mode and time of payment of the fees and charges.
7.—The payments to be made to the Lecturers shall bedetermined by the Board in accordance with regulations as to therate of payment to be laid down by the Senate.
8.—The Board shall make all other arrangements requisitefor the delivery of lectures and the holding of classes and exami-nations, and may award such certificates as it shall think fit.
9.—The fees received, together with any Government grant,donations, and such sums as may from time to time be assignedfor the purpose by the Senate, shall be the fund for the paymentof Lecturers and other expenses. The fund shall be deposited in.
CHAP. XXVI.— TENURE OF OFFICE OF LECTUREES. · 135
a bank in the name of the University Extension Board, and allpayments from the fund shall be made by cheques signed by theChairman or two other members of the Board and by theSecretary.
10.—The Board shall, in the month of December in eachyear, lay before the Senate a report of its proceedings of thatyear, with a statement of its finances.
CHAPTEB XXVI.—TENURE OF OFFICE OF LECTURERS.
1.—All appointments of Public Teachers in the schools ofthe University, other than Professors, shall be terminable by anotice of not less than six calendar months, which may be givenby the Senate at any time, but which, if given by the Teacher,must expire on the 31st of December.
2.—This By-law shall not apply to any case in which theSenate shall direct that the appointment shall be for a limitedperiod.
CHAPTEB XXVII.—FINANCE.
1.—The general supervision of the financial affairs of theUniversity shall, subject to the direction and control of theSenate, be entrusted to a Finance Committee, consisting of theChancellor, the Vice-Chancellor and three elected Fellows of theSenate, of which number three shall constitute a quorum.
2.—The elected members of the Committee shall be chosenannually by the Senate, and shall remain in office until theirsuccessors shall have been appointed. All casual vacancies shallbe notified by the Registrar at the next meeting of the Senate,and shall be filled by the Senate as soon thereafter as con-veniently may be.
3.—The Finance Committee shall meet once a monxn and atsuch other times as the Senate shall have directed, or when itshall be summoned by the Registrar under the directions of theChancellor or Vice-Chancellor.
4.—The Registrar shall attend all meetings of the Com-mittee, and shall keep due records and minutes of their pro-ceedings, and shall act generally as executive officer of theCommittee. And the University Solicitor may be required bythe Committee to attend any of its meetings with reference tothe investments or other matters requiring legal advice orassistance.
136· BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
5.—It shall be the duty of the Finance Committee to submitto the Senate, towards the end of each Academic Year, anestimate of the expected revenue for the next ensuing year,together with a statement of the proposed expenditure as alreadyauthorised by the Senate or apprehended to be necessary, suchestimates and expenditure to be arranged under as many headsas shall be convenient. And the Senate shall, as soon after asmay· be, consider such estimates and pass votes for expenditureduring such coming year, which votes shall not be exceededunless upon special grounds and on the report of the FinanceCommittee that sufficient funds are available for the expenditure
6.—The Finance Committee shall, as soon as practicableafter the close of each Academic Year, submit to the Senate areport and a duly audited statement of the accounts and trans-actions during the past year.
7.—The Eegistrar and Accountant shall present to theFinance Committee in each month a statement showing, withsuch details and particulars as the Committee shall have required,the full state and condition of the Universe's financial affairs atthat time, and the Eegistrar shall then inform the Committee ofall financial matters proper to be considered at that meeting, andshall produce tlie Bank Pass Books of the University made up tothe preceding day.
8.—The Finance Committee shall once in each month presenta report setting forth a pay sheet for the disbursements requiredfor that or the next month, as occasion may arise, in accordancewith the general estimates and votes for expenditure for thecurrent year, or with any specific order previously made by theSenate, and also setting forth any other demands which theCommittee shall, after enquiry and examination, see reasonto submit for allowance and payment in that month.
9.—The Finance Committee shall also in each month presentto the Senate a report showing the general state and condition ofthe University's financial affairs, and setting forth all receiptsand disbursements since the last preceding report of likecharacter, and shall therein distinguish all loans and repaymentof loans from other disbursements and receipts, and the Com-mittee shall, at such meeting and at other meetings, promptlyreport any default in the payment of interest on
any investmentor in the payment of any principal money which may be due tothe University.
CHAPTER XXVI.-FINANCE. 137
10.—No expenditure of funds of the University, otherwise"than by way of investment on loan upon the authority of theFinance Committee, with the approval of the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, shall be made unless the same shall have beenauthorised by the Senate.
11.—All moneys received on behalf of the University shallbe forthwith paid bj. the Registrar to the credit of the Univer-sity at its Bank of deposit, on General or Special Account, as thecase may require.
12.—All disbursements of money belonging to the Univer-sity, whether the same shall be by way of payment or of invest-ment, shall be by cheque on the University's Bank, signed bytwo members of the Senate and countersigned by the Registrar.And in case the Seal of the University shall be required to anydeed or instrument relating to investments, or to the return ofmoneys lent from the capital moneys of the University, the samemay be affixed by the Chancellor or Yice-Chancellor.
13.—The investment of moneys shall be confined within thefollowing classes of securities :—
(a) Deposit with the Government of the Colony at inte-rest, if allowed by the Government, for the timebeing.
(b) Purchase of Debentures or Inscribed Stock, orTreasury Bills, or other form of security issued bythe Government of any of the Australian Colonies.
(c) Debentures or other Loan issues of Municipal or otherpublic bodies within this Colony, having statutorypowers to borrow moneys within limits then open,or of any incorporated body or Society having suchauthority and within such limits.
(d) Mortgages of Land and Premises held in fee simpleto the extent of two-thirds the estimated value, withsufficient insurance on destructible improvements orarticles included in such estimates.
(e) Mortgages of Leasehold Lands and Premises heldunder leases which will have not less than thirtyyears to run at the date of expiration of such Mort-gages, to an extent not exceeding three-fifths of likeapproved estimates, and with like insurance ondestructible improvements or articles.
138 BY-LAWS OP THE UNIVERSITY.
(/) Deposits at interest in any Bank of the Colony.(ff) Purchase of Freehold or Leasehold Lands, with or
without improvements, provided that no such invest-ment shall be made without the special authorityafter special notice of a meeting of the Senate, atwhich two-thirds of the members shall be presentat the time of authorising same.
REGULATIONS.
DISCIPLINE.
REGULATIONS PASSED BT THE PROFESSORIAL BOARD.
It shall be the duty of the Chairman of the ProfessorialBoard to exercise a general supervision over the discipline of theUniversity.
The highest amount of fine which it shall be competent forany Professor to impose for any one · offence shall be twentyshillings.
Every fine shall be paid to the Registrar within forty-eighthours from the time of its imposition. If not so paid, the fineshall be doubled ; and if the double fine be not paid within oneweek from the time when the original fine was imposed, theRegistrar shall report the fact to the Professorial Board, in orderthat suitable means may be taken against the offender for his-contumacy.
The Dean of each Faculty shall call upon every student inhis Faculty who shall have absented himself from more than tenper cent, of any prescribed course of lectures in any one term, toshow sufficient cause for such absence. The Dean shall at hisdiscretion either decide that the cause shown is sufficient, orsubmit the matter to the Professorial Board for decision. Suchstudents as fail to show sufficient cause for such absence areunder By-laws XII., 2, excluded from admission to the YearlyExaminations.
Matriculated students who have lost their places in theirown proper year, either by non-attendance at the prescribedcourses of lectures, or by failing to pass the required examin-ations, are not allowed to compete for honours, scholarships, orprizes at subsequent Yearly, Professional, or Degree Examin-"ations, unless by express permission of the Professorial Board.
No student in the Faculty of Medicine who has not beenspecially exempted, shall receive a certificate of attendance uponany course of instruction who shall not have been present atsixty per cent, at least of the meetings of the course.
140 REGULATIONS.
THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY.
For Books allowed to he taken old of the Library.
1.—No person shall be allowed to take books out of theLibrary but Fellows of the Senate, Professors, and other PublicTeachers in the University, Officers of the University, or otherpersons who shall have obtained this privilege under a specialresolution of the Senate, and Graduates having their names onthe books of the University, and being resident in Sydney, or itssuburbs.
2.—No books shall be taken out of the Library except withthe sanction of the Librarian, who shall enter in the book keptfor the purpose the name of the borrower, the title of the bookborrowed, and the date of the loan, and this entry shall be signedat the time by the borrower.
3.—No person shall be allowed to have in his possession atone time more than ten volumes belonging to the Library, butthe Library Committee may dispense with this order in anyparticular case, if they shall be of opinion that sufficient reasonshave been assigned for such dispensation ; such dispensation,however, shall continue in force no longer than to the end of thecurrent quarter, but upon fresh application may be renewed bythe same authority.
4.—Every one who shall borrow or take any book out of theLibrary shall return it thither again on demand of the Librarian,at any time after the expiration of seven days, and without suchdemand on or before the next of the four following QuarterDays, viz. :—March 31st, June 30th, September 30th, December31st, under penalty of two shillings for every folio or quarto, andone shilling for every book of less size, all penalties to be repeatedevery fortnight till the book be returned, or others of the sameedition and equal value be placed in the room, such fortnightbeing first reckoned from the day on which the Library is re-opened after the Quarter Day. If any of the Quarter Daysshould fall on a Sunday, or on any other day on which theLibrary is closed by Rule 20, the day appointed for returningthe books shall be the following day.
5.—No book shall be taken out of the Library on the daysappointed for the return of books.
REGULATIONS. 141
6.—Every Professor shall have the privilege of obtaining-books for each student attending his lectures, and being a.member of the University. Each order for the volumes soobtained shall bear the titles of the books, and be dated and.subscribed as follows :—
For M.N.CD., Professor.
The books so obtained shall not be taken out of the Library till,the day after that on which the Library is re-opened for theQuarter; and they shall be returned at anytime after the expira-tion of seven days, if demanded by the Librarian, and if not sodemanded, not later than the day before the next Quarter Day.The Professor shall be responsible for the books so obtained,,and for the penalties under -Rule 4 ; and no student shall have inhis possession at one time more than five volumes.
7.—A list of the books omitted to be returned at the end ofany Quarter, together with the names of the borrowers, shall beposted up in some conspicuous place in the Library.
8.—No person from whom any fine is due to the Library-shall be allowed to take out books until such fine has been paid.
9.—If any book be injured or defaced by writing while inthe possession of any person taking it out of the Library, he-shall be required to replace it by another book of the sameedition and of equal value. Persons taking books out of theLibrary are required to report, without delay, to the Librarian,any injury which they may observe in them.
For Books not to be taken out of the Library, without a notecountersigned by the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor.
10.—Certain printed books, of which a list shall be prepared',under the authority of the Library Committee, and kept by theLibrarian, shall not be taken out except by a note countersignedby the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, nor until the day after thaton which the note ,is presented ; and no such note shall be givento any Undergraduate member of the University, nor shall anyperson have more than five volumes of such books out of theLibrary at one time. A Register shall be kept of all such bookstaken out of the Library, and of the date on which they arereturned; and after the books are
returned, the plates in themshall forthwith be collated, and the collation be registered ; and.
142 REGULATIONS.
until such collation shall have been made, the books shall not beaccessible to persons using the Library, nor shall the counter-signed note be given up to the persons by whom the books arereturned, but in lieu of it an acknowledgment signed by theLibrarian or his deputy ; and the name of the person by whomthe acknowledgment is signed shall also be registered.
11.—The penalties for not returning such books at the■Quarter Days shall be double of the penalties prescribed inRule 4.
For MSS. and Books not allowed to be taken out of the Library.
12.—The Library Committee may cause MSS., books con-taining collections of prints or drawings, and other documentsand books of a nature or value to render such precaution expe-dient, to be locked up in cases or compartments by themselves.'These shall not be taken out of the Library on any pretencewhatever; and access to them shall not be allowed, unless theLibrarian, or some one deputed by him, be present. TheLibrarian himself shall have charge of the keys.
13.—The Library Committee may direct that certain printedbooks, of which a list shall be kept by the Librarian, shall notbe removed from the Library.
14.—Persons desirous of referring to any particular MSS.or scarce printed books, shall apply to the Librarian, who, if hesee cause, may allow such MSS. or books to be consulted, butnot in the compartment in which the MSS. or scarce printedbooks are kept.
15.—Parts of periodicals, works in progress, pamphlets, &c,until such time as is proper for binding them, shall be kept undersuch a system of management that they may be produced, ifrequired, after a few minutes' notice, on application being madeto the Librarian, by means of an ordinary Library note, so thatpersons in whoseliterary researches such works are necessary, may■consult them in the Library with the consent of the Librarian.
For Admission to the Library.
16.—Except on the day when the Library is re-opened forany quarter, those Undergraduates, who have obtained aProfessor's order for books, shall be admitted to the Library forthe purpose of selecting their books, or otherwise consulting the
Library, during the hour from one to two.
REGULATIONS. 143
Admission of persons not Members of the University for
the purpose of Study and Research.
17.—The Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor may grant an orderof admission to the Library for the purpose of study and researchto any person who shall produce to him a recommendation fromany Fellow of the Senate, or Professor, or any member of theUniversity who shall have been admitted to the degree of M.A.or any higher Degree, stating "that the person recommended iswell known to him," and " that he is a fit and proper person toobtain such order." The name of the member of the Senate orthe Professor upon whose recommendation any such order ofadmission shall be granted, shall be placed after the name ofthe person receiving the permission, in a list to be suspended atthe entrance of the Library.
18.—Such persons shall be permitted to use the Librarywhilst open, except on any days on which the Library is firstopen for the Quarter, or on any day on which the Library isclosed for the Quarter. This admission order shall have effectonly until the expiration of the Quarter in which it shall havebeen granted, and it shall not entitle the holder to have access tolock-up cases.
For Opening and Closing the Library.
19.—For the purpose of allowing the Librarian sufficienttime to inspect the books, the Library shall be closed for the firstfortnight in the month of January, and also for the two days(excepting Sunday) next after each of the other Quarter Days.
20.—The Library shall be closed on Sundays and PublicHolidays.
21.—The Library shall be open on Saturdays from ten tillone, and other days from ten till three.
FISHEE BEQUEST.In 1885, the sum of £30,000 or
thereabouts was bequeathedto the University by Thomas Fisher, Esq., "to be applied andexpended by the Senate for the time being of the University, inestablishing and maintaining a Library for the use of the Uni-versity ; for which purpose they may erect a building, and maypurchase books, and do anything that may be thought desirablefor effectuating the purposes aforesaid."
144 MUSEUMS.
Under these conditions the Senate has determined to applythe sum oí £20,000 and its accumulations from February, 1888,to the erection of a Library building at and for the University,such building to be designated the Fisher Library ; but beforeexpenditure of the amount so dedicated to petition the Govern-ment to provide a corresponding amount for the erection ofbuildings annexed to the Library, comprising Reading Roomsand Common Rooms for Students, a small Museum for theNicholson Antiquities, and additional Lecture Rooms, togetherwith a Refectory for Students. The balance of the principalmoney up to £10,000 is invested as a perpetual endowment fundfor keeping up and adding to the Library.
MUSEUM OF ANTIQUITIES.REGULATIONS.
CDBATOB.—L. F. M. AEMSTEONG, B.A., LL.B.
1.—The Bedell shall have charge of that portion of theBuilding devoted to the Museum, and during the absence of theCurator shall be responsible for the due care of the collection.
2.—The Museum shall be open for the admission of visitorsevery Saturday from the 1st May to the 31st October, from twoto five p.m. ; and from the 1st November to the 30th April, fromtwo to six p.m. Visitors may also be admitted at any other con-venient time when accompanied by a Member of the Senate, orby any Professor, or Superior Officer of the University, or bythe Curator, or the Bedell in charge of the Museum.
3.—All visitors to the Museum shall be required to givetheir names and addresses, which shall be entered in a book tobe kept for that purpose.
4.—Children under 15 years of age shall not be admittedunless accompanied by older friends.
MACLEAY MUSEUM.Committee of Management :—
The Challis Professor of Biology.The Professor of Geology and Physical Geography.
CUBATOB.—G. MASTEES.In the year 1874, the Hon. W. Macleay, M.L.C, undertook
to present to the University of Sydney, his collection of NaturalHistory, together with an endowment for the stipend of a
MUSEUMS. 145
Curator, as soon as a suitable building should have been providedfor their reception. The conditions attached to this donationwere—
116. That the present Curator should be continued in office ;117. That the endowment of £6000 for the salary of a
Curator should be used for this and no other purpose ;and
3. That the Museum should be made easily accessible to
students óf Natural History, and members of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales.Under these conditions the Senate
gratefully accepted Mr.Macleay's gift ; and, the Parliament
having made liberal pro-visions for the buildings required, the
collections have beenremoved to the University.
MUSEUM OF NOEMAL AND MOEBID ANATOMY.
Committee of Management :—The Dean of the Faculty of Medicine.The Challis Professor of Anatomy.The Lecturer on Pathology.
CURATOR—S. JAMIESON, B.A., M.B., CH.M.
EEGULATIONS.1.—The Museum shall be called
the Museum of Normal andMorbid Anatomy, and shall be established for the benefit of allthe Medical Departments of the University.
2.—The Museum shall be under the control of a Committeeof Management, to be appointed by the Senate at its first meetingin Lent Term.
3.—The Committee shall consist of the Dean of the Facultyof Medicine for the time being, together with two members ofthe Medical Teaching Staff to be chosen by the Senate.
4.—The working Curator shall be under the control of theCommittee of Management ; and in the second Thursday of eachTerm he shall transmit to the Dean, for the Senate, a report, tobe written in a separate book kept for that purpose, of all thework he has done since the last report.
5.—Eequisitions for the expenditure of money in connectionwith the Museum shall be submitted by the Committee of Manage-ment to the Finance Committee of the Senate for its approval.
κ
146 REGULATIONS.
TJNIYEESITY EXTENSION
LECTUEES.
SEE ALSO BY-LAWS, CHAP.
XXV.
REGULATIONS PASSED BY THE UNIYEKSITY
EXTENSION BOAKD.
The Board is prepared to receive and consider applicationsfor courses of University Extension Lectures to be delivered inSydney, or in any suburb of Sydney, or country town, from anyperson who will undertake to become responsible for the localmanagement and local expenses of the lectures.
Applications should be addressed to the Secretary of theUniversity Extension Board, The Universit}', Sydney, who willforward a list of available Lecturers an subjects, and. give anyother information that may be desired.
Application may be made either by a public institution,such as a School of Arts, or by a committee specially formed forthe purpose.
The applicants should state any subject or subjects preferred ;and must, before the application can be finally granted, send thenames of at least thirty persons who have promised to attend thecourse, if given.
The local management undertaken by the applicants willinclude providing a suitable lecture room, furnished, if possible,with desks or tables for the convenience of students taking notes ;advertising the lectures ; arranging for the sale of tickets ;and providing a room, with suitable appliances and supervision,for the concluding examination.
In the event of the application being granted, the Boardwill provide a Lecturer.
Each full course will consist of ten Lectures, delivered atintervals of a week at some fixed hour, usually in the evening.But in some cases two or more consecutive courses on connectedbranches of one subject may be arranged. Short courses, con-sisting of six lectures, may, however, be established by specialarrangement.
Each course will ordinarily be made to coincide with one ofthe University lecture terms, of which there are three of tenweeks each, lasting from about March 21st to May 28th, June
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION LECTURES. I47
13th to August 20th and' September 26th to December 3rdrespectively. But other dates may be substituted for sufficientreasons.
At each lecture the Lecturer will set questions to beanswered in writing by the students. The written answersshould be sent to the Lecturer at least a day before the followinglecture.
Each lecture will be of an hour's length, and will be followedb}' a conversation class, at which the Lecturer will comment onand return the written answers of students, invite and answerquestions, and discuss and explain difficulties.
Every person who attends the course will be supplied witha sjdlabus containing an analysis of each lecture and a list ofbooks recommended for study and reference.
At the conclusion of the course, the Lecturer will send to theSecretary of the Board a report of the attendance, together witha record, in the form of numerical marks or otherwise, of thewritten work of the students, and a list of those students whohave regularly attended the lectures and conversation classesand have satisfied him by their weekly work.
The course will conclude with an examination, to whichthose only who are included in the Lecturer's list will be admitted.The examination will be conducted, in consultation with theLecturer, by a Professor or other examiner appointed by theBoard ; and certificates will be awarded on the result of theexamination.
The fee charged for attendance at a course of ten lectures,including syllabus and examination, is 5s., which will be paidover to the Secretary : but out of each fee one shilling wiU beallowed to the local committee to defray approved local expenses.To the first lecture of any course all persons will be admittedfree of charge.
As the success of the lectures depends very largely on theactivity of the local managers in promoting attendance, they arestrongly urged to use all means in their power to make thelectures known to all who may wish to attend.
Applications should be made as early in the year aspossible, irrespectively of the time proposed for the delivery ofa course.
GENERAL REGULATIONS.
MATRICULATION EXAMINATION.
Candidates for Matriculation are required to pass asatisfactory Examination in Latin, Arithmetic, Algebra,Geometry, and one of the following subjects—Greek, French,German. Proficiency in writing English is also taken intoaccount.
COMPULSORY SUBJECTS—PASS.1. Latin—Translation into English of passages from set
authors and of Latin passages at sight, and translationof simple English sentences into Latin. Subject set for1894; Livy, Book XXII. Candidates are expected toshow an accurate knowledge of Latin accidence.
2. Arithmetic.3. Algebra.—To quadratic equations involving one unknown
quantitj'.4. Geometry—Euclid, Books L, II., and III.
OPTIONAL SUBJECT—PASS.(«■) Greek—An examination similar to that in Latin. Sub-
ject set for 1894: Xenophon, Cyropsedia, Book VIlI.(Holden, Cambridge, or Goodwin, Macmillan).
(¾) French—An examination similar to that in Latin.Subject set for 1894 : P. Mérimée, Colomba (Rivingtons).
(c) German—An examination similar to that in Latin.Subjectsetfor 1894: Chamisso,PeterSchlemihl(ClarendonPress).
Students who wish to take up, in their University course,a language which they have not offered at the MatriculationExamination, are reminded that the courses of lectures will beginon the assumption that the Matriculation standard of proficiencyin that language has been attained.
MATRICULATION, &c.
14.9
*HONOURS.Scholarships are awarded for proficiency in the following
subjects, viz:—(i.) Classics (Latin and Greek); (ii.) Mathema-tics ; (iii.) French and German.
Honour Class Lists will be published in the following sub-jects, viz. :—(i.) Latin ; (ii.) Greek ; (iii.) French ; (iv.) German ;(v.) Mathematics.CLASSICS.—Additional passages from Latin and Greek Authors
to be translated at sight. Latin and Greek Prose Com-position. General Question Paper.f
MATHEMATICS.—Higher Arithmetic and Algebra. Geometry—Euclid, Books I.—IV-, VI-, XI., with deductions, andthe Geometrical Treatment of the Conic Sections.Trigonometry.
MODEBX LITERATURE.—Additional passages from French andGerman Authors to be translated at sight. French andGerman Prose Composition. General Question Paper. J
SUBJECTS SET FOR MARCH, 1895— PASS.Latin.—Cicero pro Milone .(Purton, Cambridge).Greek.—Xenophon, (Econoniicus, chapters I. to VIIL
(Holden, Macraillan or Γ text only] TeubnerV
COEEECTION.
On page 148, Subjects for Matriculation, March, 1894-Greek :
For Xenophon, Cyropsedia, Book VUE., read Book YIL
cney man Tocompew tot Honours.tin this paper, questions may be set on Ancient History, Comparative Philology,
Literary Criticism, or other subjects connected with Classical Study.t In this paper, questions may be set on Grammar, Philology, History of Literature,
or other subjects connected with the study of Modern Languages.
150 GENERAL REGULATIONS.
Examination in the following subjects, viz. :—Latin, and one ofthe three languages—Greek, French, German : and in three ofthe Sections in Group III. viz. : Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry,Trigonometry, Elomentary Surveying and Astronomy, Mechanics,Applied Mechanics.
Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering arerequired to pass in four of the Sections in Group III.enumerated above.
The ordinary Senior Public Examination is held in themonth of September, and an examination equivalent to theSenior Examination in the necessary subjects is held inthe month of March concurrently with the MatriculationExamination.
The details of the MAHCH EXAMINATION are as follows :—Latin.—Translation from specified books, with questions on
language and subject matter. Translation at sight fromLatin into English, and from English into Latin. Subjectsfor March. 1894 : Livy, Book XXII. (Capes, Macmillan) ;Virgil, iEneid, B o ok, VI. ( Sid g wick, Cambridge ).March, 1895: Cicero pro Milone (Purton, Cambridge).Horace, Odes, Book III (Wickham, Clarendon Press).
Greek.—An examination similar to that in Latin. Subjectsfor March, 1894 : Demosthenes, de Pace, 2nd and 3rdPhilippic, and de Chersoneso (Abbott and Matheson,Oxford); Homer, Odssey, Books V-, VL, VII. (Merry,Oxford). March, 1895 : Thucydides, Book VII-, Chap. 42to end (Holden, Cambridge). Sophocles, Antigone(Campbell and Abbott, Oxford). s
French.—An examination similar to that in Latin. Subjectsfor March, 1894: P. Mérimée, Colomba (Eivingtons) ;Voltaire, Mérope (Clarendon Press) March, 1895 : About,La Fille du Chanoine, and La Mère de la Marquise(Hachette). Racine, Esther (Clarendon Press).
German.—An examination similar to that in Latin. Subjectsfor March, 1894: Chamisso, Peter Schlemihl (ClarendonPress); Schiller, Wallenstein's Lager (Macmillan).March, 1S95. Schiller, Wilhelm Tell (Clarendon Press) ;Hoffmann, Historische Ertzählungen (Pivingtons).
Arithmetic.—Including the Elements of Mensuration.
GENERAL REGULATIONS. 151
Algebra.—Including the three Progressions, the BinomialTheorem for a positive index, and the properties anduse of Logarithms. · Books recommended: Todkunter'sAlgebra, or C. Smith's Algebra.
Geometry.—The first four books of Euclid, the sixth book, andthe first twenty-one propositions of the eleventh book witheasy deductions. A satisfactory knowledge of the first fourbooks shall entitle a candidate to pass in this section.
Trigonometry.—Books recommended : Todhunter's Plane Trigo-nometry, or Lock's Trigonometry.
Elementary Surveying and Astronomy.—Book recommended :Gillespie's Laud-Surveying.
Mechanics.—Until further notice the paper will consist of Staticsonly. Book recommended : Todhunter's Mechanics forBeginners.
Applied Mechanics.—The mechanical powers with some of theirapplications. Mechanical efficiency and velocity ratio.Combinations of the mechanical powers, as in theScrew Press. Units of work and horse-power. Simplemechanisms, such as the clock, the lathe, the crane, the. crank and connecting rod. Water power, suction andforce pumps, water wheels, the hydraulic press. Simpleexamples on the strength of . beams. Text-books :Goodeve's Principles of Mechanics, and Ball's AppliedMechanics.
Copies of the papers set at the last Senior Public Exami-nation will be found in the " Manual of Public Examinations."Copies of those set in the Entrance Examination, held in March,1893, will be found in the Appendix.
152 TIME TABLE OF LECTUBES FOE, 1893.
TIME TABLEN.B.—The numbers in the left-hand column
LENT TERM.
SUBJECT.Mon. We. Thu.
I14147' 91123193128
FIRST YEAR.French (Junior A)LatinGreekMathematics ..French (Junior B)German (Junior)EnglishChemistryPhysicsPhysiography ..IT Chemistry (Practical) for Honours
2-5
12
2-6
1410201215
2δ
3234-3S-
39248
174422
SECOND YEAR.MathematicsGerman (Senior)PhysicsEnglishLogic and Mental PhilosophyLatinGreek¿Geology .............................Biology, with Laboratory PracticeChemistry (Metals) with one term PracticalFrench (Senior)HistoryPhysiology.........................................Practical Physics
11
12
12
331013
36
18141635
-4024
-258
4422
THIRD YEAR.§GeologyGerman (Senior) ..
..English..LatinGreek ..History..MathematicsLogic and Mental PhilosophyBiology, with Laboratory PracticeChemistry, with one term PracticalFrench (Senior)PhysiologyPhysics ..
12
10
1212
*2-5
Zi Or at times to be arranged. ·Laboratory practice. ÎPractical work each week as arranged.Excursions every third or fourth Saturday as arranged.
FACULTY OF ARTS. 153
FOE 1893.refer to the Synopses of Lectures on pp. 172-220.
TRINITY TERSI. ----- SIÏCHAKLMAS TERM.
B £S IMon. Tues. Wed. Thur. Fri. M on Tues. I Wed. Thur. Fri.
05*7 9 9 9 9
1 9 b 9 9 9 . 'b4 9 *9 . , . *9 9 . 14 i¿ 10 iô 10 10 0 10 0 10 107 11 11 119 11 11 1i 1111 11 . i23 ..19 12 12 12 12 I .31 .. 2 12 12 1228 ..14 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
10 < 9 9 9 9 9 920 10 10 10 . iô12 10 iô 10 iô15 10 10 iô .. LO 0 10 . 2 11 11 11 1 Ll 11ó 11 ii 11 i i32 11 11 11 11
34-3S-39 .. 2 11 2 . · 2t 11 11 11 118 12 12 12 2 L2 1217 12 12 1 # 12 12 144 12 12 12 12 12 ..22 2-5 2-5 .33 9 9 9 9
10 9 9 9 9 9 *913 9 12 12 9 12 123 10 10 1 1 106 10 10 iô , iôIS 11 9 11 9 1114 ii 11 11 11 11 ii i 11 1116 11 11 11 1 1 11 . .35- 2 11 2 . .24- íü 11 11 11 1 ii 11S 12 12 12 1 1 1244 12 12 12 12 1222 *2-5 *2-5 «2-5 Í2, 12 ··
'Laboratory Practice. iStudents of the third year can take either the Trinity or MichaelmasTerm Course.
154 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893.
FA C U LT YTIME TABLE
N.B.—The numbers in the left-hand column
¡§ SUBJECT. LEXT TERM.
M. Tu. W. Th. F.
6566
HTHIRD YEAR.(a) Jurisprudence & RomaD Law(a) Constitutional Law and Inter-national Law
12-30 12-30 12-30 12-30 1-3012-30
676S
FOURTH YEAR.(a) Law of Contracts, Torts, and
Criminal Law ..(¿) Law of Procedure, includingEvidence
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30
6970
FIFTH YEAR.(i) Real and Personal Property ..(A) Equity ..
S-45 4-30 8-45 4-30 8-45
Il The first two years of the course are the same as in the Faculty of Arts.NOTE.—Graduates in Arts who have not taken Law subjects in their Third
Year, and who-propose to proceed to the Degree of LL.B. in two years, are required to take the courses marked(a) in their First Year, and those marked (&) in their Second Year.
FACULTY OF LAW. 155
OF LAW,FOE 1893.refer to the Synopses of Lectures on pp. 172-220.REFEREN-CE TRINITY THRU. MICHAELMAS TERJI,
NUMBER. M. Tu. W. Th. F. M. Tu. W Th. F.
6566 12-
3012-30
12-30
12-30
1-3012-
12-30
12-30
12-30
12-30
1-3012-3067
68
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-3 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30
6970 4-30 8-45 4-30 S-45 4-30 S-45
4-30S-454-30
156 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893.
FACULTY O]TIME TABLJ
N.B.—The numbers in the left-hand coluroSUBJECT. LE s-T TERM. TRINITY TERM.
M M.101112
2-
4
12
Tu.1011121229-12129
101
111-12-5
910-1
13-5
W. Th. F. M. Tu. 10112-510-12122
9-121291011-12-5910-113-5
10211121229-12129
1011-12-5
910-1
13-5
F.
4134-3523-24
19
FIRST YEAR.Descriptive Anatomy (Junior)..BiologyChemistry (Inorganic)Physics .. .........Practical BiologyPractical Chemistry
10112-412210-129-12129
101
111-12-5
910-1
13-
1011121229-12129
101111-12-5
910-1
13-5
1011122-412210-129-12129
1011
11-12-5
910-1
13-5
1011122-512o9-12129
1011-12-5
910-1
13-Ó
10211121229-12129
101 12-5
910-1
13-5
10ii
122-545
4442
SECOND YEAR.Practical PhysiologyPhysiology (Junior)Regional and Surgical Anatomy
10-112245
4942
THIRD YEAR.Practical PhysiologyHospitalRegional and Surgical Anatomy
10-129-12129
101
111-12-5
9-1-.12
475149
FOURTH YEAR.Materia Medica & TherapeuticsPathologyOperative Surgery (until the
course is finished)HospitalHospital, with Clinical Surgery
91011-12-5
504S
FIFTH YEAR.Midwifery and Gynaecology ..Hospital, with Tutorial MedicineMedicineHospital, with Clinical Medicine
910-1
13-5
910-11
3-5
FACULTY OP MEDICINE. 157
MEDICINE.<ΌΚ 1893.efer to the Synopses of Lectures on pp. 172-220.
W SUBJECT.■
MICHAELMAS TERSI.
EI! —' M. Tu. W. Th. F.
1922Í9-40
FIRST YEAR.PhysicsPractical PhysicsPractical Biology(First Examination.)
-4 Il
2-4
2-4 2-4 2-4
452541
SECOND YEAR.Practical PhysiologyHospitalChemistry (Organic)Descriptive Anatomy (Senior)
10-129-111112
9Ul1112
10-129-111112
9-111112
10-129-111112
44 THIRD YEAR.
Hospital(Second Examination.)
122-5
122-5
122-5 12
2-5122-5
5152
FOURTH YEAR.Hospital, with Tutorial MedicineMedical Jurisprudence and Public Health ..Hospital, with Clinical Surgery(Third Examination.)
910-1
23-5
910-1
23-5
910-1
23-5
910-1
23-5
910-123-5
54 FIFTH YEAR.Applied Logic—PsychologyHospital, Clinical Lectures, &c, &c.Ophthalmic Medicine, &c.(Fourth Examination.)
9 11 112
11 ··
158 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893.
FACULTY OFTIME TAELE
N.B.—The in the left-hand columnEi SUBJECT. TEEM.
I* M. Tu. W. Th. Γ.
34-3523-241939-402822
EIRST YEAR.Biology .. .. ..........................Chemistry (Inorganic)PhysicsPractical BiologyPractical ChemistryPractical Physics (Class A.)Practical Physics (Class B.)
11122-4
11122-5 11
2-4
11122-5
1112
2-4
4145442541
SECOND VEAR.Descriptive Anatomy (Junior)Practical PhysiologyPhysiology (Junior) ...Organic ChemistryDescriptive Anatomy (Senior)
912
912
912
912
912
45474244
THIRD YEAR.Practical PhysiologyMateria Medica and TherapeuticsRegional AnatomyPhysiology (Senior)
10-12912
912
10-12912
912
10-12912
5149495152
FOURTH YEAR.PathologySurgery ..§ Operative SurgeryPractical PathologyMedical Jurisprudence & Public HealthHospital, with Clinical and TutorialSurgery
121
121
1212
121
1212
50485453
FIFTH YEAR.Midwifery and GynaecologyMedicine ..§ Ophthalmic Medicine and Surgery ..§ Psychological Medicine§ Applied LogicHospital, with Clinical and TutorialMedicine
91
91
91
91
91
5 Until the Course is completed.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 159
MEDICINE.FOB. 1893.refer to the Synopses of Lectures on pp. 172-220.
g« ΤΕΙΚΙΤΤ TEEM. MICHAELMAS TERSI.
gg« ΞΆ" M. Tu. W. Th. F. M. Tu. W. Th. F.
34-35 2 11 2
23-24 11 11 11 1119 12 12 12 12 ii ii39-40 2-4 2-428 2-5 2-5 2-522 2-5 2-522 .. ..41 9 9 9 9 9
45 10- 10- 10- 2-4 2*-4 ..44 12 12 12 12 12 .. . ..25 φ . 11 11 11 1141 12 12 12 12 1245
47 9 9 9 9 9 .'.42 12 12 12 12 1244 12 12 12 12 1251 12 12 12 12 12
49 1 1 1 1 149 . , 2 251 . . . . 9 9 9 9 952 2 2 2 2 2
50 9 9 9 9 9
48 2 2 2 2 254 , . 2 2 ,.53 ■· ·· ·:· 2
11 ii 211
160 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893.
FACULTYTIME TABLE OF
N.B.—The numbers in the left-hand column
is LENT TERM.
SE SUBJECT.
is M. Tu. W. Th. Γ.
FIRST YEAR.
14 Mathematics 10 10 10 10 1634- Biology 11 11 11 11 Ll23- Chemistry (Inorganic) . 12 12 12 1
19 Physics39- Practical Biology 2-4 2-4 2 -
28 Practical Chemistry22 Practical Physics31 Physiography ..
SECOND VEAR.
14 Mathematics 9 9 9 9 920 Physics 10 10
36- Biology...................................... 10 1025 Chemistry (Organic)32 tGeology 11 ii45 Practical Physiology44 Physiology 2 12 12 12 2
36-3S Practical Biology 2-5 2-522 Practical Physics , 2-5 2-528 Practical Chemistry 2 5 2-5 2- 5
THIRD YEAR.
33 tGeology and Palœontology . 9 937 Biology 10 10 1045 Practical Physiology 10-12 10-12 10-14 Mathematics U ii 11 ii 1130 Mineralogy . . , #26 Chemistry ii44 Physiology .. 21 ¡| Physics . . 2 ..37 Practical Biology 2-5 2-5 2-528 J Practical Chemistry . . 2-5 2-5 2-5
+ Practical "WoTk each week, as arranged. Excursions every third or fourth Saturday,as arranged, t Candidates for honours are required to work in the Laboratory for 15 hours perweek. !!Practical Physics at times to be arranged, but with a minimum of 15 hours per week
FACULTY OF SCIENCE. 161
OF SCIENCE.LECTURES EOE 1893.refer to the Synopses of Lectures on pp. 172-220.
mW riÄ tó
«STRINITY TERM. MICHAELMAS TERM.
?" =■ \"¡5 M. Tu. W. Th. F. M. Tu. w. Th. P.M
14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
34-35 2 11 2 .. . # . .23-24 11 11 11 11
19 12 12 . m 12 12 11 1139-4Θ 2-4 2-4
28 2-Ó 2-5 φ m 2-522 . . 2-5 . . 2-531 12 12 12 1214 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
20 10 10 10 1036-38 . , 10 10 .,
25 , . . , 11 11 11 132 Π . . 11 ., 11 1145 10- 10- .. 10- 2-4 . . 2-4 . . 2 444 12 12 12 12 12
36-38 . , 2-5 2-522 2-5 2-5 .. 2-5 2-528 2-5 .. 2-5 2-5 ..33 9 9 9 9
37 10 10 10 10 10 . . 1045 2-4 2-4 . . 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-414 11 11 11 11 11 11 [I 11 Π 1130 . . 12 12 .. Í9-11 Í9-11 Í9-112ê 1144 . . t m .. .. 12 12 12 12 122137 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 ,. 2-528 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5
% Practical Work,
162 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893.
DEPARTMENT OFTIME TABLE
N.B.—The numbers in the left-hand columnLENT TERI [.
«Ξ SUBJECT.
M. Tu. W. Th. F.
FIRST YEAR.14 Mathematics 10 10 10 10 1059 Descriptive Geometry & Drawing 11 1155 Applied Mechanics 11 11 11
23- Chemistry (Inorganic) 12 12 12 1219 .,31 Physiography98 Practical Chemistry 2-5 2-Ó 2-522 Practical Physics60 Mechanical Drawing 2-5 2-5
SECOND YEAR.56 Applied Mechanics 10 . . 10 1014 9 9 9 9 9
20- Phvsics and Practical Physics ι. 10 1032 tGeology 11 1161 Surveying 12 1260 Mechanical Drawing 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4
THIRD YEAR.14 Mathematics ............ 11. 11 11 11 1159 Civil Engineering—Materials and 12 12
58 12 12 1260 Mechanical Drawing and Design
Mechanical Engineering, &c. 2-5- 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-563 Architecture—Building Construc- ·· ··63 Architecture—History of
30- +Mineralogy (Optional)6T Surveying .. ··
+ Practical Work each week, as arranged.arranged, ΐ Ä.t times to be arranged.
Excursions every third or fourth Saturday, as
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERINa. 163
ENGINEERING.FOR 1893.refer to the Synopses of Lectures on pp. 172-220.WÄ ¿ TBI NiTY TERM. MICHAELMAS TERM.
«* M. Tu. W. Th. F. M. Ta. W. Th. F.
14 io 10 10 10 10 10 10 0 10 10
59 11 9 . . 55 . . #
23- 11 11 11 11 ', , . 19 12 12 12 12 11 ii31 12 12 12 1228 2-5 2 5 2-522 2-5 2-5 . .,60 2-5 ■ 2- 2-5 . 2-556 11 11 11
14 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9■20 10 10 10 . 1032 11 . 11 , 11 11 , 61 10 10 10 . . 60 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-414 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 U
?? 10 10 10 1058 12 12 1260 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 '2- 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-563 3 . 3
63 . .. 4 430- ,, ., , 4 \ # # t .· 61 ·■ ··· .. 12 12 .. 12
* Laboratory practice.
164 TIME TABLE OP LECTUBES FOR 1893.
DEPARTMENT OP MININGTIME TABLE
N,B·—The numbers in the left-hand column
LENT TERM.
,325 M. Tu. ■w. Th. F.
FIRST YEAR.
14 Mathematics 10 10 10 10 1059 Descriptive Geometry and Drawing .. 11 1155 Mechanics 11 11 ii23- Chemistry 12 12 .. 1231 Physiography19 Physics2S Practical Chemistry 2-5 -2-5 2-522 Practical Physics ..60 * Mechanical Drawing
SECOND YEAR.14 Mathematics 9 9 9 932 JG-eology, etc. 11 11 m t56 Mechanics (Applied) 10 io ,. 1060 * Drawing .. .. , t61 Surveying 12« 1258 Civil Engineering 12 , . 12 1230 Mineralogy .. .. . .28 Chemistry (Quantitative Analysis) 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5. 2-5
THIRD YEAR.28 9-4 10-4 9-4 10-4 9-462•5 Civil Engineering 12 12 1257 Materials'and Structures 12 1264 IVTÎTiï-ng· , . 4 4 427 4 4 9
Í Practical Work as arranged. * At tames to be arranged.
DEPARTMENT OF MINING AND METALLURGY. 165
AND METALLUKGY.FOR 1893.refer to the Synopses of Lectures on pp. 172-220.
id TR NlTY TERM. MiCHISLMAB TBR.M.
H gM. Tu. W. Th- F. M. TU. W. Th. F. —
W
14 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
59 11 9 . t5623-24 ii 11 11 ii31 . 12 12 12 1219 12 12 12 12 11 1128 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-522 2-5 , 2-560 9 ..14 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
32 11 .. 11 11 1156 ii 11 11 ii6061 10 ió 1058 12 12 1230 12 12 11- 11- 11-28 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-528 10-
411-4 10-
411-4 10-
410-4
10-4
62 ,. , 1158 . 57 10 10 . 64 4 4 427 4 4 9
166 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893.
FACULTY OF ARTS.—EYENING LECTURES.
TIME TABLE FOE 1893.N.B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures on pp. 172-220.
H
"aSUBJECT.
Mou
day.
Tues
day.
Wed
nesd
ay.
Thur
sday
.
Frid
ay.
FIRST YEAR.
1 Latin 9 9 94 Greek, as arranged ,.I French (Junior) 7 7
14 Mathematics 8 8 ί
23 ||Chemistry 811 English.......................................................... 79 German, as arranged ·· ·· ' ·■
SECOND YEAR.2 Latin 7 7 75 Greek, as arranged
17 History 9 9 88 French (Senior) S 8 9
14 Mathematics 9 7 7 712 English.............................................. 9 723 Chemistry .. .. 8
9-10 German, as arranged .. .. ..THIRD YEAR.
3 Latin .. .. .. 9 8 86 Greek, as arranged
14 Mathematics, as arranged ..S S # # 8 9
13 9 9 r
10 German, as arranged16 Logic and Mental Philosophy 7 7 7 . .17 9 9 8
llCheroistry and Physics and Physiography are taken in alternate years.
GENERAL TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893/ 167
GENEEAL TIME TABLE OF LECTUEES.
1893.
LBEITX TE3R..MC.
8.45 a m.—Real and Personal Property, Fifth
Law (Mon., Wed., Fri.)
9 a.m.—Descriptive Anatomy, First Medicine
(daily)Assaying, Third Mining, ^c. (9-4
daily)English, Third Arts (Mon.)French, Junior A (Tu., Th.)Geology, Third Arts and Science
(Tu., Th.)German, Senior Arts (Tu., Wed.,
Fri.)Greek, First Arts (Tu., Th.)History, Third Arts (Th.)Latin," First Arts (Mon., Wed.,
Fri.)Materia Medica and Therapeutics,
Third Medicine (daily)Mathematics, Second Tear (daily)Midwifery and Gynaecology (Fifth
Medicine (daily)Mineralogy, Third Mining, %c. (Tu.,
Th.)
10 a.m.—Applied Mechanics, Second
Engi-neering (Mon., Wed., Fri.)
Biology Third Science (Mon., Wed.,Fri.)
English, Second Arts (Tu., Fri.)Greek, Third Arts (Tu., Th.).Laboratories fer Chemistry, En-gineering, Metallurgy and Fhysics(daily, from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.,and 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. on Satur-days)Latin, Third Arts (Mon.,
Wed.,Fri.)
Mathematics, First Tear (daily)Logic and Mental
Philosophy,Second Arts (Mon., Wed., Th.)
10 a.m.—Physics, Second Arts, Science and En-
gineering (Tu., Th.)Physiology, Practical, Third Medi-
cine and Science (Mon., Wed., Fri.)
11a.m.—Mechanics, First Engineering (Mon.,
Wed., Fri.)Biology, First Medicine and Science,
and Second Arts (daily)Descriptive Geometry and Drawing,
First Engineering (Tu., Th.)English, First Arts (Wed.)French, Junior JB (Tu., Fri.)Geology, Second Arts, Science and
Engineering (Tu., Th.)German, Junior (Mon., Th.)Greek, Second Arts (Tu., Th.)History, Third Arts (Tu., Fri.)Latin, Second Arts (Mon., Wed.,
Fri.)Logic and Mental Philosophy, Third
Arts (Mon., Wed., Th.)Mathematics, Third Tear (daily)
12noon—Anatomy, Regional, Third Medicine
(daily)Chemistry, First Arts, Medicine,
Science and Engineering (Mon.,Tu., Th., Fri.)
Civil Engineering, Second and ThirdEngineering (daily)
English, Third Arts (Tu. Th.)History, Second Arts (Tu., Th.)French, Senior (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Pathology, Fourth, Medicine (daily)Physiology, Second Arts, Medicine
and Science (daily)Surveying, Second Engineering (Tu.,
Th.)
168 GENERAL TIME TABLE OP LECTURES FOR 1893.
LENT TEBM-
12.30 p.m.—Constitutional Law and Inter-
national Law, Third Law (Tu.,Th., Fri.)
Jurisprudence and Roman Law,Third Law (Mon., Wed.)
1 p.m.—History, Second Arts (Fri.)Medicine, Fifth Medicine (daily)Surgery, Fourth Medicine (daily)
1.30 p.m.—Jurisprudence and Roman Law,
Third Laio (Fri.)
2 p.m.—Drawing· and Design, Third Engi-
neering (daily)Mechanical Drawing, First Engi-
neering (Tu., Th.)Mechanical Drawing, Second Engi-
neering (daily)Mechanical Drawing, Third Engi-
neering (daily)Operative Surgery, Fourth Medicine
(Wed., Fri.)Physics, Third Year Science (Tu.)
8.45 a.m.—Real and Personal Property, Fifth
Law (Tu. Th.)9 a.m.
Descriptive Anatomy, First Medicine(daily)Descriptive Geometry, First En-gineering (Fri)Assaying, Third Mining, $c. (9-4
daily)French, Junior A (Tu., Th.)Geology, Third Arts and Science
(Tu., Th.)German, Senior Arts (Tu., Wed.,
Fri.)Greek, First Arts (Tu. Th.)History, Third Arts (Th.)Latin, First Arts (Mon., Wed.,
Fri.)Materia Medica and Therapeutics,
Third Medicine (daily)
(Continued).2 p.m.
Practical Biology, First Medicine
and Science (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Practical Biology, Third Science
(Tu., Th.)Practical Chemistry, First Arts and
Engineering (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Practical Chemistry, Second Science
(Mon., Wed., Fri.)Practical Chemistry, Third Arts and
Science (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Practical Physics, Second Arts,
Medicine and Science (Tu., Th.)Practical Physics, Third Arts and
Science (Mon., Wed., Fri.)
4 p.m.—Metallurgy. Third Engineering
(Mon., Wed., Fri.)Mining, Third Engineering (Tu.,Th.)
4.30 p.m.—Equity, Fifth Law (Tu., Th.)Law of Contracts, Torts and Crimi-nal Law, Fourth Law (Tu., Th.)Law of Procedure, including Evi-dence, Fourth Law (Mou., Wed.,Fri.)
9 a.m.Mathematics, Second Year (daily)Midwifery and Gynaecology (FifthMedicine (daily)
10 a.m.Biology Third Science (Mon., Wed.,
Fri.)Civil Engineering, Third Engineering(Tu. Th.)English, Second Arts (Tu., Fri.)Greek, Third Arts (Tu., Th., Fri.)Lahoratories for Chemistry, En-gineering, Metallurgy and Physics(daily, from 10 a.m., to 5 p.m.,and 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. on Satur-days)Latin, Third Arts (Mon., Wed.)Mathematics, First Year (daily)Logic and Mental Philosophy,Second Arts (Mon., Wed., Th.)
ΤΚΙΙΤΠΎ XE3R.M:.
GENERAL TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1S93. 169
ΤΚΙΝΓΓΥ TERM·10 a.m.—
Physics, Second Arts, Science, En-gineering (Tu., Th.)
Physiology, Practical, Second Medi-cine and Science (Mon., Wed., Fri.)
Surveying, Second Engineering (Mon.,Wed., Fri.
11 a.m.—Applied Mechanics, Second Engineer-ing (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Biology, First Medicine and Science,
and Second Arts (Wed.)Chemistry, Arts, Medicine, Science
and Engineering (Mon., Tu., Th.,Fri.)
Descriptive Geometry and Drawing,First Engineering (Wed.)
English, First Arts (Wed.)French Junior B (Tu. Fri.)Geology, Second Arts, Science and
Engineering (Tu., Th.)German, Junior (Mon., Th.)Greek, Second Arts (Tu. Th.)History, Third Arts (Tu., Fri.)Latin, Second Arts (Mon., Wed.,
Fri.)Logic and Mental Philosophy, Third
Arts (Mon., Wed., Th.)Mathematics, Third Year (daily)
12 noon—Anatomy, Regional, Third Medicine
(daily)History, Second Arts (Tu., Th.)French, Senior (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Mineralogy, Third Mining, §c. (Tu.,
Th.)Pathology, Fourth Medicine (daily)Physics, First Arts, Medicine, Science
and Engineering (Mon., Tu , Th.,Fri.)
Physiology, Second Arts, Medicineand Science (daily)
12.30 p.m.—Constitutional Law and Inter-national Law, Third Law (Tu.,Th., Fri.)• Jurisprudence and Roman Law,Third Lato (Mon., Wed.)
1.30 p.m.Jurisprudence and Roman Law,
Third Law (Fri.)
2 p.m.—Biology, Second Arts, First Medicine
and Science (Tu., Th.)Drawing and Design, Third Engi-
neering (daily)Mechanical Drawing, First Engi-
neering (Tu., Th.)Mechanical Drawing Second Engi-
neering (daily)Medicine, Fifth Medicine (daily)Operative Surgery, Fourth Medicine
(Wed., Fri.)Practical Biology, Third Science
(Tu., Th.)Practical Chemistry, First Science
and Medicine (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Practical Chemistry, Second Science
(Mon., Wed., Fri.)Practical Chemistry, Third Arts
and Science (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Practical Physics, Second Engineer-
ing (Tu., Th.)Practical Physiology, Third Science
(Mon., Wed., Fri.)
4 p.m.—Metallurgy, ' Third Engineering
(Mon., Wed., Fri.)Mining, Third Engineering (Tu. ,Th.)
4.30 p.m.—Equity, Fifth Law (Mon., Wed.,
Fri.)Law of Contracts, Torts and Crimi-
nal Law, Fourth Law (Mon.,Wed., Fri.
Law of Procedure, including Evi-dence, Fourth Law (Tu., Th.)
c—(Continued).1 p.m.—
History, Second Arts (Fri.)Surgery, Fourth Medicine (daily)
170 GENERAL TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893.
3MCXCHEAEXA MCi
8.45 a.m.—Real and Personal Property, Fifth
Law (Tu., Th.)
9 a.m.—Assaying, Third Mining, §c. (9-4
daily)French, Junior A (Tu., Th.)Geology, Third Arts anil Science
(Tu., Th.)German, Senior Arts (Tu., Wed.,
Fri.)Greek, First Arts (Tu., Th.)History, Third Arts (Th.)Latin, First Arts (Mon., Wed.,
Fri.)Mathematics, Second Tear (daily)Mineralogy, Third Mining, $c. (Mon.,
Wed., Fri.)
10 a.m.Biology, Third Science (Mon., Wed.,Fri.)Civil Engineering, Third Engineer-ing (Tu., Th.)English, Second Arts (Tu., Fri.)Greek, Third Arts (Tu., Th.)Laooratoriesfor Chemistry, Engineer-ing, Metallurgy and Physics (daily,from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m., and 10a.m. to 1 p.m. on Saturdays)Latin, Third Arts (Mon., Wed.,
Fri.)Mathematics, First Year (daily)Logic and Mental Philosophy,Second Arts (Mon., Wed., Th.)Physics, Second Arts, Science and En-gineering (Tu., Th.)
U a.m.—Chemistry, Arts, Medicine and Science
(Mon., Tu., Th., Fri.)Descriptive Geometry and Drawing, '
First Engineering (Tu., Th.)English, First Arts (Wed.)French, Jwuor B (Tu., Fri.)Geology, Second Arts, Science and
Engineering (Tu., Th.)German, Junior (Mon., Th.)Greek, Second Arts (Tu., Th.)
tS TERM.
11 a.m.—' History, Third Arts (Tu., Fri.)
Latin, Second Arts (Mon., Wed.,.
Fri.)Logic and Mental Philosophy, Third
Arts (Mon., Wed., Th.)Mathematics, Third Year (daily)Physics, First Medicine, Science and'Engineering (Tu., Th.)Physiography, First Arts, Science and■ Engineering (Mon., Tu., Th., Fri.)Surveying, Thiid Mining (Wed.)
12noon—Anatomy, Regional, Third Medicine-
(daily)History, Second Arts (Tu., Th.)French, Senior (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Pathology, Fourth Medicine (daily)Physics, Third Arts (Tu., Th.)Physiology, Third Medicine and'
Science (daily)Surveying, Third Engineering (Tu.,.
Wed., Fri.)
12.30 p.m.—Constitutional Law and Inter-
national Law, Third Law (Tu.,.Th , Fri.)
Jurisprudence and Roman Law,.Third Law (Mon., Wed.)
1 p.m.—History, Second Arts (Fri.)
1.30 p.m.—Jurisprudence and Roman Law,.
Third Law (Fri.)
2 p.m.—Drawing and Design, Tliird Engi-
neering (daily)Mechanical Drawing, First Engi-
neering (Tu., Th.)Mechanical Drawing, Second Engi-
neering (daily)Medical Jurisprudence and Public
Health, Fifth Medicine (daily)Ophthalmic Medicine and Surgery,.
Fifth Medicine (Mon., Wed.)
GENERAL TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1893. 171
MICHAELMAS TEEM—(Continued.)
2 p.m.—Practical Biology, First Medicine
and Science (Tu., Th.)Practical Biology, Third Science
(Tu., Th.)Practical Chemistry, Third Arts and
Science (Mon., Wed., Fri.)Practical Physics, Second Science
(Tu., Th.)Practical Physiology, Third Medicine
and Science (Mou., Wed., Fri.)Practical Physics, First Medicine and
Science (Mon., Wed.)
2 p.m.—Psychological Medicine, Fifth Medi-
cine (Tu., Th.)
4.30 p.m.—Equity, Fifth Law (Tu., Th.)Law of Contracts, Torts and Crimi-nal Law, Fourth Law (Tu., Th.)Law of Procedure, including Evi-dence, Fourth Law (Mon., Wed.,Fri.)
LECTURE SUBJECTS FOR 1893.
LECTURES.The following regulations have been passed by the Senate :—
NON-MATRICULATED STUDENTS.
It shall be open to any non-matriculated student, who hasattended the full course of lectures upon any subject, to competefor honours or pass in the regular examinations upon his subject,and to have his name published and recorded in the regular classlists, with a distinguishing mark ; but he shall be incapable ofholding any scholarship or receiving any prize of those alreadyestablished for students proceeding to a Degree.
Each such student shall be entitled to receive a certificateof attendance upon the lectures or laboratory practice inthe subjects which he has selected, and proficiency therein, asascertained by the regular and ordinary examinations within theUniversity.
The above regulations do not apply to .the lectures andexaminations in the Faculty of Medicine.
N.B.—The numbers refer to the Time Tables of Lectures on pages 152—166.
CLASSICS AND MODERN LANGUAGES.Subjects selected for Lectures and Examinations :—
LATIN—1893.118. First Year, Pass.—Livy, Book XXVI. ; Virgil, iEneid,
LX.and XL Add. for Honours.—Cicero, de Claris Oratoribus; Virgil,iEneid, VIL, VIIL, X., XII.
119. Second Tear, Pass.—Cicero, Philippic V.; Sallust, Catiline;Horace, Odes, Books III. and IV. Add. for Honours.—Plautus,Captivi and Trinummus ; Cicero's Letters, Watson's Selection,Parts III. and IV. Pass and Honours.—Roman History fromthe tribunate of Tib. Gracchus to the battle of Actium.
120. Third Year, Pass.—Tacitus, Histories, Books I. and II. ;Horace, Epistles. Add. for Honours.—Tacitus, Histories, BooksIII., IV., V. ; Lucretius, Selections. Pass and Honours.—RomanHistory from the battle of Actium to the death of MarcusAurelius.
CLASSICS. 173
LATIN—1894.First Year, Pass.—Cicero in
Catilinam, L-IV. ; Virgil,iEneid, V. and VI. Add. for Honours.—Quintilian, Book X. ;Virgil, L-IV.
Second Year, Pass.—Cicero in Verrem, Act 2, Lib. V. ;Horace, Odes, I. and II. Add. for Honours.—Virgil, Eclogues ;Catullus (selections) ; Cicero's Letters, Watson's Selection,Parts I. and II. Pass and Honours.—fioman History from theTribunate of Tib. Gracchus to the battle of Actium.
Third Year, Pass.—Tacitus, Annals, Books I. and II. ;Juvenal (selections)'. Add. for Honours.—Tacitus Annals,'III.to VI. ; Lucretius (selections). Pass and Honours.—EomanHistory from the battle of Actium to the death of MarcusAurelius.
GREEK—1893.121. First Year, Pass.—
Demosthenes, Philippic L, and Olyn-thiacs L, IL, III. (Abbott and Matheson, Oxford) ; Homer,Iliad VEL, VIIL, IX., (Monro, Oxford). Add. for Honours.—Thucydides, Book I. to ch. 117 ; Sophocles, Ajax.
122. Second Year, Pass.—Thucydides, Book I. tó ch. 117;Sophocles, Ajax. Add for Honours.—Thucydides L, 118 to endof Book IL, Sophocles, Philoctetes. Pass and Honours.—GreekHistory, B.C. 510 to 404.
123. Third Year, Pass.—Aristotle, Ethics(selections),.ZEschylup,Agamemnon. Add. for Honours—Aristotle, Ethics. iEschylus,Choephori and Eumenides. Pass and Honours.—History ofGreek Literature.
GREEK—1894.First Year, Pass.—Herodotus, Book VII. ; Euripides, Iphi-genia in Aulis. Add. for Honours.—Thucydides, Book LTI. ;Sophocles, Trachiniae.
Second Class, Pass.—Thucydides, Book III. ; Sophocles,Trachiniae. Add. for Bonours. — Thucydides, Book IV. ;Aristophanes, Acharnians and Knights. Pass and Honours.—Greek History, B.C. 510 to 404.
Third Year, Pass.—Plato, Gorgias and Meno; ¿Eschylus,Agamemnon. Add. for Honours—Plato, Protagoras andThesetetus ; Lyric and Elegiac Poets (selections). Pass andHonours.—History of Greek Literature.
174 LECTUEE SUBJECTS.
BOOKS RECOSTMENDEDJ—CLASSICS.
Lewis and Short's Latin Dictionary (Clarendon Press).Roby's Latin Grammar (Macmillan).Liddell and Scott's Greek Lexicon.Goodwin's or Hadley and Allen's Greek Grammar.Comparative Grammar of Greek and Latin, by Victor Henry, trans-lated by R. T. Elliott.
Elementary—Roby's Smaller Latin Grammar : The New Latin Primer, Postgate and
Vince (Cassell) ; The Revised Latin Primer, Kennedy(Longmans) ; or any other Latin Grammar of similar
character.Rutherford's Eirst Greek Grammar, or Goodwin's Greek Grammar for
Schools.A Sidgwick's Eirst Greek "Writer.Thompson's Syntax of Attic Greek.Gow's Companion to !ichool Classics (Macmillan). (A handbook of
Greek and Roman Antiquities).ANCIENT HISTORY—
Honours —Mommsen's History of Rome, translated by Dickson (Bentley).Mommsen, The Provinces under the Roman Empire.Merivale's History of the Romans under the Empire.Grote's History of Greece.
Pass—Merivale's General History of Rome (Longmans), or Liddell's History
of Rome.Merivale's Decline of the Roman Republic.Cape's Early Roman Empire, and Age of the Antonines (Epochs of
Ancient History, Longmans).Students' History of Greece, by Smith (Murray).Cox, The Greeks and Persians ; Cox, The Athenian Empire ; Sankey,
The Spartan and Theban Supremacies (Epochs of AncientHistory, Longmans).
Abbott, Pericles.ANCIENT ATLAS—
Atlas Antiquus, Kiepert (Berlin).■GREEE: AND ROMAN LITEBATUBE—
History of Greek Classical Literature, Mahaffy or Jevons.History of Roman Literature, Cruttwell, or History of Latin Literature,
Simcox.Studies of the Greek Poets, first and second series, Symonds.Roman Poets of the Republic, Sellar.Roman Poets of the Augustan Age, Sellar.Classical Writers Series, ed. J. R. Green (Macmillan) ;—Sophocles,
Campbell ; Euripides, Mahaffy ; Demosthenes, Butcher.Guide to Greek Tragedy, Campbell (Percival).
i Students are strongly recommended to order as early as possible all books that milbe needed in the course of the year.
CLASSICS. 175
The following editions of the Latin and Greek authors are recommended : —
FOE PASS STUDENTS—
Cicero, 5th Philippic (text), Baiter and Kay ser ; 2nd Philippic, J. JE. JB.Mayor (Macmillan).,, de Officiis (text), Baiter and Kayser, or Oxford Text.,, de Imp. Pomp., de Finibus (text), Baiter and Kayser, parts sold
separately.,, pro Milone, Purton (Cambridge).,, pro Sestio, ffolden (Macmillan).,, pro Murena, Seitland (Cambridge).,, in Catilinam, Wilkins (Macmillan).
,, in Verrem (text), Baiter and Kayser ; or (text and notes) Long(Bell).Horace, Odes, Wickham, smaller edition.
„ Satires, Palmer (Macmillan) ; Epistles, Wilkins (Macmillan).,, Verse Translation, Coning ton (Bell).
Juvenal (text), Pearson and Strong, or (text and notes) Hardy (Macmillan).Livy (text, in 8 parts, sold separately), Madvig.„ Books V., VI., VII., Clucr (Oxford).,, ,, XXI., XXII. (text and notes), Capes (Macmillan).Sallust, Capes (Oxford), or Cook (Macmillan).Tacitus, Annals, Books I. to IV., Furneaux's abridged edition.„ Histories, Books L, II., Godley (Macmillan).
,, Dialogue de Oratoribus, Oxford Text.Virgil, abridgment of Conington (Bell), or Sidgwick (each book sold
separately, Cambridge).iEschylus, Agamemnon, Sidgivick (Cambridge).Aristophanes, Clouds, Birds, Achamians, Frogs, and Knights, Merry
(Clarendon Press).Aristotle, !Ethics, I -IV., Moore.
Demosthenes, Orations against Philip, Abbott and Matheson (Oxford).
Vol. I. contains Phil. I. and Olynth. I.-III. ; Vol. II.
contains de Pace, Phil. II., de Chersoneso, and Phil. III.
Euripides, Alcestis, Helena, Iph. inTaur., Hèracleidae, Jerram (Oxford).
,, Iph. in AuI., Beadlam
(Cambridge).,, Hippolytus, Badley (Cambridge) ; Medea, JBeberden (Oxford).
Herodotus (text), Dietsch (Teubner), or Abicht (Tauchnitz).,, Book VI., Strachan (MácmiUah).,, Book VII., Mrs. M. Butler (Macmillan).„ Book VIII., 1-90, Shuckburgh (Cambridge).
Book IX., E. Abbott (Oxford).Homer, Iliad, Monro (Oxford).
,, Odyssey, Merry's smaller edition (Oxford).Plato, Protagoras, Wayte (Bell).
,, Gorgias, Thompson (Bell), or lodge (Ginn).,, Republic, Books I.-IV., Warren (Oxford).,, Apology and Meno, St. George Stock (Clarendon Press). ' ',, Apology and Crito, Adam (Cambridge).,, Laches, Tatham (Macmillan).,, Io (text), Teubner. ' ,
176 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
Sophocles (in single plays, with notes), Campbell and Abbott (Oxford).
„ Eleetra and Ajax, Jebb (Rivingtons).,, CEdipus Tyrannus, Jebb, smaller
edition (Cambridge).Thucydides, Books I., II., Bigg (Rivingtons).
,, Books III., IV·, Simcox (Rivingtons).„ Books VI., VII., Frost (Macmillan).
FOE STUDENTS READETO.FOE HONOURS—Cicero, de Finibus (Critical edition, Latin notes),
Madvig.,, Letters (select), Watson (Oxford).,, Letters, Tyrrell (Longmans).,, de Officiis, Holden (Cambridge).,, Tusculanae Disp., Kähner (Latin notes).,, de Oratore, Wilkins (Oxford).
,, de Claris Oratoribus (text), Baiter and Kayser; (text and Germannotes), Jahn or Piderit.Catullus, Ellis (Oxford) ; or Simpson (Macmillan).Horace, Wickham (Oxford).,, Satires and Epistles, Orelli (Latin notes), or Wickham (Oxford);orSatires, Palmer (Macmillan) ; Epistles, Wilkins (Macmiilari).Juvenal, Mayor (Macmillan).Livy, Book XXS. (text), Madvig ; text or German notes, Weissenborn.Lucretius, Mimro (Bell).Persius, Coning ton (Oxford).Plautus, Captivi, Sonnenschein.,, Trinummus, Wagner.
,, Text of all Plays, Eitschl.Quintilian (text and German notes), Bonnel (Weidmann).Tacitus, . Annals I.-VX, Furneaux, larger edition (Oxford), or Orelli(Latin notes).,, Histories, Simcox (Rivingtons), or Spooner (Macmillan).
,, Germania and Agrícola, Church and Brodribb (Macmillan), or
Kritz (Latin notes).Terence, Wagner (Bell).Virgil, Conington (Bell),^schylus, Paley (Bell).,, Agamemnon, Choephori, and Eumenides, Sidgwick (Oxford).,, Supplices, Tucker (Macmillan).Aristophanes (text), Holden (Bell).Aristotle, Ethics, Grant (Longmans).Demosthenes, de Corona, Holmes (Rivingtons).
,, de Ealsa Legatione, Shilleto (Cambridge).
Euripides, Paley (Bell).Homer, Iliad, Monro (Oxford), or leaf (Macmillan).,, Odyssey, Merry and Riddell (Oxford), Books I.—XII.; orHayman (Nutt), 3 vols:, sold separately. Homeric Gram-mar, Monro (Oxford) ; Introduction to Homer, Jebb(Maclehose, Glasgow).Pindar, Olympian and Pythian Odes, Gildersleeve.
,, Nemean and Isthmian Odes, Bury (Macmillan), or Fennell
(Cambridge).,, (with Latin notes), Bissen.
MODERN LITERATURE. 177
Plato, Phaedo, Archer-Hind (Macmillan).,, Republic (text), Baiter.,, Theœtetus, Campbell,(Oxford).
„ (Free Translations of and Introductions to all-the Dialogues),Joioett (Oxford).Sophocles (Oed. Tyr., Oed. Col., Antigone, Philoctetes, Electra andAjax, Jebb (Rivingtons) ; all plays, Campbell (Oxford).Theocritus, Snow (Oxford) ; Wordsworth (Cambridge).Thucydides, Poppo (Ed. Minor, Latin notes), or'Jotvett (Oxford); Classen(German notes) ; and for notes on Books I.—III., Sheppardand Evans (Longmans).,, Book I.. ShWeto (Cambridge).
,, Book VII., Holden (Cambridge).BoOkVIIL1Ti(CAeC(MaC111UIaIi).
FRENCH—1893.Students in Arts may take the Junior French course in
their First Year, and the Senior French course in their SecondYear ; but students who have already passed in the Seniorcourse in their Second Year may, if the time table permit, take asecond Senior course· in their Third Year, along with suchadditional work as may be prescribed.
124. Junior Course, Pass.—Composition: Smith's French Prin-cipia, Part ILL {Murray) ; Racine, Britannicus(CW«ra<foM.Pms) ;Thierry, Récits des Temps Mérovingiens, Books I. to LTI.(Hachette) : Molière, L'Avare (Macmillan). Add. for Honours.—Historical Grammar ; Corneille, Le Menteur (Clarendon Press) ;Sainte-Beuve, Causeries du Lundi (Clarendon Press).
125. Senior Course, Pass.—Composition : Cassai and Karcher,Graduated Course, Part I. (Longmans): Lectures on the Liter-ature oí the 17th century ; Boileau, L'Art Poétique (Hachette);Corneille, Le Cid (Macmillan) ; Molière, Les Femmes savantes(Clarendon Press); La Bruyère, Les Caractères (Hachette) ;Louis XIV: and his Contemporaries ( Clarendon Press). Add. forHonmws.—Lectures on Early French Literature ; Chanson deRoland, ed. by Clédat ■( &«»wer frères); K. Bartsch, Altfranzö-sische Romanzen und Pastorellèn.
FRENCH-1894.Junior Course.—Composition: P. Blouët, Class Book ofFrench Composition (Hachette) ; Corneille, Polyeucte (Hachette) ;Voltaire, Charles XII. (Macmillan) ;· Molière, Le Médecinmalgré lui (Macmillan). Add. for Honours.—Historical Grammar;Mme. de. Sévigné, Selected Letters ( Clarendon Press) ; FrenchPoetry for Schools, by J. Bo'ielle (Rivingtons).
ΪΓ
178 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
Senior Course.—Composition : Cassai and Kar.cher, Graduates'Course, Part I; Course on Literature of 18th Century—(1) Vol-taire, Zaïre {Hachette) ; (2) Beaumarchais, Barbier de ¡Seville( Clarendon Press) ; (3) Montesquieu, Grandeur et Décadence desRomains (Hachette) ; (4) Lesage, GiI Blas§ ; . (5) A. Chénier,Poésies, Edition Latouche {Charpentier.) Additional for ThirdYear students' course, Mme. de Staël, De l'Allemagne. Add.for Honours.—Course on Literature of the 16th Century—(1)Montaigne, Extraits, Edition Julleville {Bclagravc) ; (2) Brächet,Grands Ecrivains du 16me Siècle {Hachette).
GERMAN—1893.Regulations similar to those in force for the
French classeshold good for the German classes, with the further proviso thatif the time table permit, students who have not taken theJunior course in German in their First Year may take it in theirSecond, and the Senior course in their Third Year.
9. Junior Course, Pass.—Composition : Buchheim's Materials{Bell and Sons) ; Goethe, Iphigenie auf Tauris {Clarendon Press);Schiller, Historische. Skizzen {Clarendon Press). Add. forHonours.—Historical Grammar ; Buchheim, Balladen ' undRomanzen {Macmillan); Lessing, Minna von Barnhelm {ClarendonPress).
10. Senior Course,Pass.—Composition: Buchheim'sMaterials{Bell and Sons) ; Lectures on the Literature of the 18th century.Lessing, Hamburgische Dramaturgie {Hachette) ; Goethe,"Wilhelm Meister's Lehrjehre {Β. Nutt) ; Schiller, WilhelmTell {Clarendon Press) ; Herder, Der Cid {Grote, Berlin). Add. forHonours.—Lectures on Early German Literature. Das Nibelun-gen Lied, Bartsch's Schulausgabe {Brockhaus, Leipzig) ; Songsof "Walther von der Vogelweide, Bartsch's Schulausgabe {Brock-haus, Leipzig).
GERMAN—1894.Junior Course.—Composition :
Buchheim's Materials, Schiller,Maria Stuart {Macmillan) ; Scheffel, Ekkehard, ed. H. Hager( Whittaker). Add. for Honours.—German Historical Grammar ;Goethe, Gedichte {Cotta, Stuttgart and B. Nutt, Lond.);Heinrich Stillings Jugend &c. {Spemann).
Senior Course.— Composition : Buchheim's Materials ; Courseof Literature of 19th century—(1) Grillparzer, Die Ahnfrau( Cotta, Stuttgart) ; (2) Freytag, Die Journalisten ( Wlvittaker) ;(3) Auerbach, Schw. Dorfgeschichten
{Hachette) ; -(4) Körner,δ Copies may be had on application to the Registrar.
MODERN LANGUAGES. 179
Leier und Schwert (Brockhaus, Leipzig) ; (5) Heine's Prosa{Clarendon Press). Additional for Third Year Students, Scheffel,Ekkehard (full edition). Add. for Honours.—Course on theLiterature of the Reformation Period (to Klopstock)—( 1 ) Fischart,Dichtungen (Brockhaus) ; (2) Fleming, Gedichte (Brockhaus).BOOKS RECOMMENDED—
FRENCH
DICTIONARIES— For ordinary use—Cassel's Fr.-Eng. and Eng.-Fr. Dictionary.Gase's Fr.-Eng. and Eng.-Fr. Pocket Dictionary.,, Modern Fr. -Eng. and Eng. -Fr. Dictionary.Larger works, such as Littré's Dictionnaire de la langue française, maybe consulted in the University Library.
Etymological Dictionaries—Brachet's Etymological Dictionary of the French Language (ClarendonPress).For Etymologies, Littré's large work and Schélev's Dictionnaired'Etymologie française, may also be consulted in theLibrary.GRAMMARS—
Any of the following may be recommended:—Eugene's French Grammar (Williams and Norgate).Eve and Baudiss, French Grammar (D. Nutt).Brachet's Public School French Grammar (Hachette).Chassang's New Etymological French Grammar (Hachette). This
work is in French.Brachet's Historical French Grammar (Clarendon Press).
LITERATURE— General Works—Saintsbury's Primer of French Literature.
,, Short History of French Literature.Demogeot, Histoire de la littérature française (Hachette).Larger works such as Géruzez, Histoire de la littérature française ;Nisard, Histoire de la littérature française, may be con-sulted in the Library.
Works 0)1 special periods or authors—G. Paris, La littérature française au moyen-âge (to the 14th century).Sainte-Beuve, Tableau de la poésie française au 16n,e siècle.Géruzez, Essais de littérature française and other works, may be con-sulted in the Library.
GERMAN.
DICTIONARIES— For ordinary use—Whitney, Ger.-Eng. and Eng.-Ger. Dictionary (Macmillan).Larger works, such as Grimm's Deutsches Wörterbuch (incomplete),Sander's Deutsches Wörterbuch and others, may be con-sulted in the Library.
180 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
Etymological—All the above are also etymological.For etymologies alone, Kluge's Etymologisches
Wiirterbuch derdeutschen Sprache may be consulted.
GrEAMMAES—
Any of the following may be recommended :—Aue, German Grammar.Eve, German Grammar (D. Nutt).Whitney, German Grammar (Macmillan).Brandt, German Grammar (Putnam, New York).
Behaghel, Short Historical Grammar of the German Language (Mac-millan) .LITERATURE— General Works—
Gostwiek and Harrison, Outlines of German Literature (Williams andNorgate).
H. Kluge, Geschichte der deutschen National Literatur (Bonde,Altenburg).
Larger works, such as Scherer, History of German literature (trans-lated from the German), may be consulted in the Library.
ENGLISH.ETYMOLOGICAL DICTIOXABIES—
Skeat's Concise Etymological Dictionary of the English language
(Clarendon Press).Skeat's larger Dictionary, and Murray's New English Dictionary on
Historical Principles (incomplete), may be consulted in theLibrary.
GEAMMAE—Morris's Elementary Lessons in Historical English.Morris's Historical Outlines of English Accidence.Skeat's Principles of English Etymology.
ENGLISH—1893.126. First Year.—Lectures on The
English Language.Chaucer's Nonne Prestes Tale ( Clarendon Press) ; Shakspere'sHamlet (Clarendon Press).
127. Second Year, Pass.—Lectures on Literature from Chaucerto Milton. Malory's King Arthur ( Camelot Series) ; Sidney'sApology for Poetry (Pitt Press) ; Shakspere's Eichard III. andHenry V. ( Clarendon Press) and Henry VIII. ; Wither'a Philarete(Rontledge) ; Herbert of Cherbury's Autobiography (CamelotSeries) ; Paradise Lost, I. (Clarendon Press). Add. for Honours.—Sweet's Anglo-Saxon Primer ( Clarendon Press) ; Skeat's Speci-mens of English Literature, 1394 to 1579 A.D. (Clarendon Press);Chaucer's Knight's Tale (Clarendon Press).
MODERN LANGUAGES. 181
13. TJtird Year, Pass.—Lectures on Shakspere's Two Gentle-men of Verona, Love's Labour's Lost, Midsummer Night's Dream,Merchant of Venice, Much Ado About Nothing, TwelfthNight, Tempest and ^Cynibeline. Lectures on Literature fromCowper till the present day. Books recommended for reading—
*Cowper : Retirement ; The Task, Books II. and IV. ; On the receiptof my Mother's picture ; To Mary ; The Castaway. *Burns : The Vision ;The Cottar's Saturday Night ; Death and Dr. Hornbook ; Tarn O'Shanter,aSouthey : Thalaba. Wordsworth : Ode on Intimations of Immortality ;Ode to Duty; Laodamia; At the Grave of Burns, 1S03, and sequel; Tothe Cuckoo ; She was a Phantom of Delight ; Daffodils. Sonnets—OnWestminster Bridge ; It is a beauteous evening ; The World is too muchwith us ; Scorn not the Sonnet ; It is not to be thought of that the flood ;Near Dover ; Milton ; O Friend, I know not which way I must look.*Coleridge : Christabel ; Khubla Khan ; Dejection ; Love ; Ode to theDuchess of Devonshire. Scott : Harold the Dauntless ; Cadyow Castle :Jock o' Hazeldean ; Maid of Neidpath ; Pibroch of Donald Dhu ; ProudMaisie; Coronach; Rosabelle. Byron : Childe Harold, cantos I. and IV. ;Prisoner of Chillón; Manfred; Mazeppa. Minor Poems—She walks inBeauty ; Epistle to Augusta ; And thou art dead as young as fair ; Therebe none of Beauty's daughters ; On his 36th Birthday. *Shelley : Adonais :Stanzas written in dejection near Naples; Lines written among theEuganean Hills ; To a Skylark ; The Cloud. *Keats : St. Agnes' Eve ;Hyperion ; La belle dame sans merci ; Ode on a Grecian Urn. Lamb :Poems — To Hester ; The Old Familiar Faces ; Farewell to Tobacco.Essays—Christ's Hospital 35 years ago ; Tragedies of Shakspere ; TwoRaces of Men; Hogarth; Mrs. Battle; Dream-Children ; Old China;The Acting of Münden ; Barrenness of the Imaginative Faculty in theProductions of Modern Art. Macaulay : Essay on Warren Hastings (canbe obtained in Cassell's National Library). Newman : Idea of a University(this book is optional). Carlyle : Essays on Burns and Scott (Cassell) ;Past and Present. Ruskin : The Crown of Wild Olive ; Sesame and Lilies.M. Arnold : Sohrab and Rustum ; Requiescat ; Urania ; Euphrosyne, DoverBeach; Morality: Rugby Chapel. (All these are in " Selections "—GoldenTreasuiy Series). Essays in Criticism : First Series. Tennyson : Idyllsof the King ; Lady of Shallott, and other poems (pp. 27-66 of Macmillan'sone-volume edition, 1890). Browning : Andrea del Sarto ; The Bishop ordershis Tomb; One Word More; Grammarian's Funeral; The Lost Leader ; Bythe Fireside ; Master Hugues ; Abt Vogler ; Prospice ; Hervé Riel. (Allthe above are in the Pocket Volume of "Selections"—Smith, Elder & Co.)Works, Volume III.. Rossetti : Thé Blessed Damozel. Swinburne :Atalanta in Calydon. Charlotte Brontë : Shirley. George Eliot : FelixHolt. G. Meredith : Richard Feverel.
Add,:for Honours.—Portions of Sweet's Anglo-Saxon ReaderI. {Clarendon Press), and of Morris and Skeat's
Specimens ofEarly English, I. and II. (Clarendon Press).
*Indicates that the particular works recommended will be found in the " CanterburyPoets" edition.
182 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
ENGLISH—189Ï.
First Year.—Lectures on Language. Chaucer, Tale ofGanielyn {Clarendon Press); Shakspere, As Toil Like It( Clarendon Press).
Second Year.—History of Literature from Chaucer to Milton.Shakspere's Midsummer Night's Dream, Merchant of Venice,Much Ado About Nothing, Tempest (all Clarendon Press).Chaucer, Prologue to the Canterbury Tales {Clarendon Press).More, Utopia (Pitt Press). Spenser, Faerie Queene, Book II.(Clarendon Press), Ford, Perkin Warbeck (Mermaid Series).Milton, Areopagitica (Clarendon Press). Add. for Honours.—Sweet's Anglo-Saxon Primer (Clarendon Press) ; Lectures on theHistory of the Drama before Shakspere ; Pollard, EnglishMiracle Plays ( Clarendon Press) ; Sackville, Gorboduc (Bell) ;Udall, Ealph Èoyster Doyster {Arher's Reprints) ; Peele, OldWives' Tale (Mbrley's Universal Library) ; Marlowe's Faustusand Greene's Friar Bacon, etc. (Clarendon Press).
Third Year.—Lectures on Shakspere's Comedies andRomances. History of Literature from Dryden to Burke.Dryden's Essay of Dramatic Poetry (Clarendon Press). Swift,Battle of Books. Pope, Essay on Man (Clarendon Press).Thomson, Castle of Indolence (Clarendon Press). Collin, Poems(Aldine Poets). Johnson, Easselas (Clarendon Press). Gold-smith, She Stoops to Conquer. Burke, Letters on a EegicidePeace. Add. for Honours.—Two Anglo-Saxon Chronicles ( Clor-endon Press). Old and Middle English Eeader (Zupitza's AlUund Mittel-Englisches Lesebuch), Text and Vocabulary, ,( ed.Maclean, Ginn & Co., Boston).
14. MATHEMATICS·'-1
Engineering and Science students during their First Tearmust attend either the lectures prescribed for Class A of theFirst Tear in Arts, or Class A or B of the Second Tear in Arts ;and during their Second Tear must attend Class A of theSecond Tear in Arts, or Class A or B of the Third Tear in Arts ;and during their Third Tear must attend Class A of the ThirdTear in Arts, or such subjects of Class B of the Third Tear inArts as they have not alreadj- attended.
•The lecture subjects for evening lectures in Mathematics are the same as thoseprescribed for day students of corresponding standing in the University.
MATHEMATICS. 183
. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS, .The students of the First Year in Arts
may attend any oneof the'three courses specified below.
FIRST YEAR—CLASS A.
Mondays, Tuesdays, "Wednesdays and Thursdays, at 10 a.m.,throughout the year, as follows :—
LENT TERM.— Geometry(Tu., Th.)-Euclid, Books I.—IV.,VI.and XL, with exercises and other Theorems and problems relatingto rectilinear figures and circles, poles and polars for the circle,anharmonic ratio, the sphere, cylinder, cone and regular poby-hedra. Algebra (M., W.)—Surds, indices,- complex quantities,scales of notation, permutations and combinations, binomial,multinomial, and exponential theorems, logarithms, interest,annuities, series, continued fractions, inequalities, properties ofnumbers, probabilities, determinants.
TRINITY TERM.— Geometrical Conies (Tw., Th.)—Parabola,ellipse, Hyperbola, focus and directrix, tangent and normal,conjugate diameters, poles and polars, asymptotes, orthogonalprojection. Trigonometry (M., W.)—Measurement of angles,formulée, identities, equations, logarithmic tables, solution oftriangles, heights and distances, properties of triangles, De-moivre's theorem, expansion of sine and cosine in series and infactors, summation of series, principle of proportional parts.
■ MICHAELMAS TERM.—Analytical Geometry (Tu., Th.)—Co-ordinates rectilinear and polar, the straight line, the circleparabola, ellipse, hyperbola, tangent, normal, eccentric angle,diameters, asymptotes. Differential Calculus (M., W.)—Limits,differentiation, successive differentiation, Taylor's theorem, tan-gent and normal, maxima and minima.
FIRST YEAR—CLASS B.
Tuesdays, Thursdays and Fridays, at 10 a.m., throughoutthe year, as follows :—
LENT TERM.^-Algebra (F.)—TJp to quadratic equations of twoand three unknown quantities, and corresponding'problems.Geometry (Tu,, .2%.)—Euclid, Books L-IV., VT., and. XI., withexercises and other theorems and problems 'relating to recti-linear figures and circles.
184 LECTUBE SUBJECTS.
TRINITY TERM.—Algebra and Trigonometry (Tu., Th.): Alge-bra—Up to the binomial theorem. Trigonometry—Measurementof angles, trigonometrical ratios, formulée for one or two angles,easy equations and identities. Geometrical Conies (F.)—Parabola,ellipse, focus and directrix, tangent and normal.
MICHAELMAS TERM.—Trigonometry (Tu., Th.)—Logarithmsand logarithmic series, triangles, heights and distances. Analy-tical Geometry (F.)—Co-ordinates rectilinear and polar, thestraight line, the circle.
FIRST YEAR—CLASS C.Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays, at 10 a.m., throughout
the year, as follows :—LENT TERM.—Algebra (M., W.)—TJp to quadratic equations
of two and three unknown quantities and corresponding pro-blems. Geometry (F.)—Euclid, Books L-IV., and easy exercises.
TRINITY TERM.— Geometry (/^—Euclid, definitions of BooksV. and VT., and propositions 1-4 and 8-13 of Book VT., with easyexercises, geometrical constructions, mensuration of lines andsurfaces. Trigonometry (M., W.)—Measurement of angles, trigo-nometrical ratios, formulae for one and two angles, easy equationsand identities.
MICHAELMAS TERM.—Algebra (F.)—Surds, fractional indices,ratio, proportion, variation, the three progressions. Trigonometry(M., W.)—Formulae relating to triangles, numerical solution oftriangles in simple cases without logarithms.
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
Students of the Second Year in Arts may attend any oneof the three courses specified below.
SECOND YEAR—CLASS A.Mondays, Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays, at 9 a.m.,
throughout the year as follows :—LENT TERM.—Analytical Geometry (M., TF.)—Poles and
polars, asymptotes, general equation of the second degree, similarconies, confocal conies, reciprocal polars, orthogonal and conicalprojection, anharmonic ratio, abridged notation. DifferentialCalculus (Tu., Th.)—Differentiation, Taylor's and Maclaurin'stheorems, successive differentiation, Leibnitz's theorem, indeter-minate forms.
MATHEMATICS. 185
•TRINITY TERM.—Differential Calculus (Jf., W.)—Change ofvariables, maxima and minima, elimination of functions, curves,tangents, asymptotes, curvature, evolutes, involutes, singularpoints, curve tracing. Statics {Tu., Th.)—Components andresultants, moments, conditions of equilibrium, stability, fric-tion, elastic strings, elementary machines, virtual velocities.
' MICHAELMA8 TEIIM.—Dynamics (M., W.)—Uniform velocity,uniform acceleration, laws of motion, projectiles, collision, motionon a curve, the cycloid, the pendulum. Hydrostatics (Tu., Th.)-Fluid pressure, floating bodies, specific gravity, pressure of agas, pressure of the atmosphere, elementary machines.
SECOND YEAR.—CLASS B.
Tuesdays, Thursdays and Fridays, at 9 a.m., throughout theyear as follows :—
LENT TERM,—Logarithms and Analytical Geometry (Tu., Th.)—(Logarithms as for Class C.) Analytical Geometry. Co-ordinatesrectilinear and polar, the straight line, the circle, the parabola,ellipse, hyperbola, tangent, normal, eccentric angle, diameters,asymptotes. Differential Calculus (Fri.)—Limits, differentiation,Taylor's theorem.
TRINITY TERM. — Differential Calculus (Fri.) ■— Limits,differentiation, Taylor's theorem, maxima and minima. Statics(Tu., Th.)—Components and resultants, moments, couples, centreof gravity, elementary machines.
MICHAELMAS TERM.—Dynamics (Fri.)—Uniform velocity anduniform acceleration, laws of motion. Hydrostatics (Tu., Th.)—Fluid pressure, floating bodies, specific gravity, pressure of agas, pressure of the atmosphere, elementary machines.
SECOND YEAR—CLASS C.
Mondays, "Wednesdays, and Fridays throughout the year,as follows :—
LENT TERM.—Logarithms (Fri.)—Preliminary theorems, useof tables, arithmetical applications, interest, discount, annuities.Statics (M., W.)—Components and resultants, moments, centreof gravity.
186 LECTUEE SUBJECTS.
TRINITY TERM·.—Statics (M., W.)—Components and resul-tants, moments, couples, centre of gravity, elementary machines.Trigonometry (Fri.)—Solution of triangles, heights and distances,properties of triangles.
MICHAELMAS TERM.—Hydrostatics (M'., W.)-^Fluidpressure,floating bodies, specific gravity, pressure of a gas, pressure ofthe atmosphere, elementary machines. Trigonometry (IYi.)—Solution of triangles, heights and distances, properties oftriangles.
THIRD YEAE IN AETS.
Students of the Third Year may attend either of the twocourses specified below.
THIRD YEAR—CLASS A.
At 11 a.m. daily throughout the year as follows :—LENT TERM.—Integral Calculus (Tu., Th.)—Integration,
reduction formula?, lengths of curves, areas of curves, volumesof solids, involutes, evolutes, definite integrals, differentiationof an integral, mean values and probability. Solid Geometry(M., W., F.)—Co-ordinates, rectilinear and polar, the plane, thesphere, the paraboloid, the ellipsoid, the hyperboloid of one andtwo sheets,- tangent planes, diameters, circular sections, andgenerating lines, curves, surfaces, curvature, osculation andtorsion.
TRINITY TERM.—Newton and Differential Equations (Tu., Th.)—The first three sections of the Principia. Differential equationsof the first order and degree, homogeneous equations, linearequations, exact equations, singular solutions. Spherical Trigo-nometry and Optics (M., W., F.)—Spherical triangles, formula?,identities, solution of triangles, properties of triangles, areas oftriangles and polygons, spherical excess, approximate formulée,regular solids. Optics—Reflection and refraction, mirrors,plates, prisms, lenses, critical angle, conjugate foci, images,optical instruments, tbe spectrum, polarised light.
MICHAELMAS TERM.—Astronomy (Tu., Th.)—Instruments,motion of heavenly bodies, transits, latitude, longitude, time,the seasons, eclipses, parallax, aberration, refraction. ■ Dynamicsof a particle and Rigid Dynamics (M., W., F.)—Velocity andacceleration along the perpendicular to the tangent and the
' ' MATHEMATICS.
187
radius vector,· small oscillations, rectilinear, parabolic and ellipticmotion, central forces, Kepler's laws, moments of inertia, motionof a rigid body in two dimensions.
THIED YEAB.—CLASS B.
Lectures at 11 a.m. daily throughout the year.' Candidates must attend lectures and
pass the correspondingexaminations in at least four of the following six subjects :—
LENT TEEM.—Spherical Trigonometry {Tu., Th.)—Sphericaltriangles, formuke, solution of triangles, properties of triangles,spherical excess, approximate formulœ, regular solids. Differen-tial Calculus (M., W., F.)—Limits, differentiation, Taylor'stheorem, indeterminate forms, maxima and minima, tangent andnormal, asymptotes, curve tracing.
TRINITY TEEM.—Integral Calculus (Tu., Th.)—Integrationdefinite and indefinite, known forms, areas, and lengths of planecurves, surfaces and contents of solids of revolution. Astronomy(M., W., F.)—Instruments, motion of heavenly bodies, transits,longitude, latitude, time, parallax, aberration, refraction.
MICHAELMAS TEEM. — Analytical Geometry (Tu., Th.)—Co-ordinates rectilinear and polar, the straight line, circle,parabola, ellipse, hyperbola, tangent, normal, eccentric angle,diameters, asymptotes, pencils and ranges. Dynamics (M., W., F)—Velocity, acceleration, laws of motion, collision, projectiles,harmonic vibration, conservation of areas, energy, moment ofinertia.
For any one or more of the above, candidates may substitutea subject or subjects from the list as given above for Class A.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED. ':
MATEICDLATION.For Pass.—Lock's Arithmetic ; Todliunter's
Algebra for Beginners ;Cl Smith's Elementary Algebra ; or any other ordinary treatises on Arith-metic and on Algebra; Todhunter's Euclid; Hall and Stevens'Euclid. ForHonours.—Todhunter's Algebra; Todhunter's Trigonometry ; Lock's Trigo-nometry ; Taylor's Geometrical Conies ; Besant's Geometrical Conies.
ΓΟΕ FIRST YEAK STtTIIENIS.
Pass.—Todhiinter's Trigonometry for Beginners , Lock's ElementaryTrigonometry. . Honours.—C.. Smith's Conic Sections.
188 LECTUEE SUBJECTS.
FOB SECOND YEAB STUDENTS. "
.Pass.—Loney's Elements of Statics ; Lock's Statics ; Besant's Ele-mentary Hydrostatics. Honours.—Edwards' Differential Calculus ; Parkin-son's Mechanics; Lock's Dynamics ; Salmon's Conic Sections.
FOE THTBD YEAB STUDENTS.Todhunter's Integral Calculus; Todhnnter's
Spherical Trigonometry ;McClelland and Preston's Spherical Trigonometry; Godfray's Astronomy;Frost's Curve-tracing ; Tait and Steele's Dynamics of a Particle ; Parkin-son's Optics: Forsyth's Differential Equations; Aldis's Solid Geometry;Smith's Solid Geometry ; Frost's "Newton " ; Aldis's Rigid Dynamics.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.
The course of study in Logic and Mental Philosophy forstudents in the Faculty of Arts extends over two years.
19.—The following subjects will be discussed in the Lecturesto Second Year students :—
LOGIC («■) Province and Definition of Logic ; Principlesand Limits of Formal Logic ; Terms, Propositions,and Syllogisms ; Functions and value of theSyllogism ; Fallacies connected with the use ofTerms, Propositions, Syllogisms.
(A) Nature of Inductive Inference ; Kelation of Induc-tion to Deduction, with a general account of thevarious methods of Scientific Investigation andProof.
PSYCHOLOGY : Definition, Subject-matter, and Methodof Psychology ; Classification of Mental Pheno-mena ; Detailed Account of the various Modes andStages of Mental Activity.
Booxs RECOMMENDED.—Jevons' Elementary Lessons in Logic ; Fowler's
Inductive Logic.ADD. FOB HONOUBS.—Mill's Logic ; Hoff ding's Psychology.
The following-works are recommended for reference :— Baldwin's Ele-mentary Psychology and Education ; Clark Murray's Handbook ofPsychology ; Sully's Outlines of Psychology. For HonourStudents—Bosanquet's Logic; Baldwin's Handbook of Psychology,Ladd's Physiological Psychology.
20.—The following subjects will be discussed in the lecturesto Third Year students :—
(a) A. course of lectures will be delivered on the de-■'- velopment of Greek philosophy, with a special
examination of the Platonic Idealism. .
LOGIC AXD MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. 189
(b) Historical and critical survey of the leading
problems of philosophy in modern times, with aspecial examination of the form in which they werepresented by Kant.
(c) A course of lectures will be delivered on Theoriesof the State, and the Grounds of Political Obliga-tion.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Schwegler's History of Philosophy ; Watson'sSelections from Kant ; Sidgwick's History of Ethics ; Muirhead'sElements of Ethics ; Mackenzie's Manual of Ethics.
ADD. FOB HONOUBS.—Plato's Republic ¡Green's Prolegomena to Ethics;Spencer's Data of Ethics.
The following works are recommended for reference :—Erdmann'sHistory of Philosophy ; Hegel's History of Philosophy, Vol. I. ;Watson's Kant and his English critics ; Green's Grounds ofPolitical Obligation (Works, Vol. II.).
HIOHEB COUESE.—LECTUEES TO GHADUATES.Special courses of lectures will be delivered periodically onsubjects prescribed for the Degree of M.A. in the School ofMental Philosophy. During 1893, a course of Lectures will bedelivered on Political Philosophy.
HISTORY.The course in History will extend over two years.
17. The following will be the subjects of study for Second Yearstudents :—
, PASS.—The History of England to 1603.BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Green's Short History of the English
People; Gardiner's Students' History of England; More'sUtopia; Beesley's Queen Elizabeth.
HONOUKS.—(1) The History of England to 1603.BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Stubbs's Constitutional History ; Hallam's
Constitutional History.
(2) The History of Europe from 800 to 1250.BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Bryce'S Holy Roman Empire; Milman's
Latin Christianity ; Cox's Crusades.
18. The following will be the subject" of study for Third Year-students;;—■ .........■ . - ■ - ■ '
PASS—The History of England from 1603.
190 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Green's Short History ; Gardiner's StudentsHistory; Gardiner's Puritan Revolution; Harrison's Cromwell;Seeley's Expansion of England.
HOXOUKS.—(1) The History of England from 1603.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Hallam's Constitutional History ; May'sConstitutional History ; Bagehot's English Constitution ;Dicey's Law of the Constitution ; Hearne's Government ofEngland.
(2) The English in America, to 1789.BOOKS B.ECOMMENDED.—Thwaites's
Colonies ; Hart's Formation ofthe Union ; Bancroft's History of the United States ; Lecky'sHistory of England (chapters on the War of American Inde-pendence) ; Ludlow's War of'American Independence.
PHYSICS.
19.—FOR FIKST YEAR STUDENTS.
Text Booh.—Everett's or Balfour Stewart's ElementaryPhysics. Students are recommended to read through the bookas soon as possible-, or at least to read through the part treatingof the subj ect with which each lecture deals before the lecturetakes place. In the lectures it will be assumed that this hasbeen done.
The course consists of about thirty lectures.Candidates for Honours and Scholarships
are required toattend the Laboratory for two afternoons a week during oneterm.
The following syllabus is intended only as a general guideto the range of subjects dealt with, and will be modified, ifnecessary.
128. Sketch of the History of Physical Science. Axioms ofExperimental Philosophy. Units and Measurement.
129. Elementary Dynamics.130. Conservation of Mass,
Conservation of Energy, andTheory of Gravitation.
131. The Physical States of Matter. Characteristics of Solids,Liquids, and Gases.
132. Density. Laws of Hydrostatics. Specific Gravity. Motionof Fluids.
PHYSICS. 191
tí. Capillary and Allied Phenomena. Dilàtency.7 The Tides.133. Heat and Temperature.. Proof that Heat is a Jorm of
Energy. Construction and Theory of the Thermometer.134. Calorimetry : Latent and· Specific Heats.
135. Gaseous Laws: The Barometer: and the IsothermalDiagram.
136. Air Thermometer. Provisional Absolute Scale. Evapo-ration and Condensation. The Heat Engine. Sketch of Thermo-dynamics.
137. Laws of Cooling. Radiation. Prevost's Law. EadiantEnergy.
138. Characteristics of Wave Motion. Effects of a Prism.Study of the Spectrum.
139. Interference as a justification of the Undulatory Theory.Rectilinear Propagation of Light.
140. Application to Mirrors.' Images. Refraction. Lenses.141. Optical Instruments. Polarised Light.142. Fluorescence. Phosphorescence. Colours of Thin
Plates.Scattering of Light.
143. Elementary"Theory of Sound.
144. Musical Instruments, &c.145. Electrostatics. Fundamental Experiments. Induction.146. Condensers. Electrical Machines. Energy of Electrifi-
cation. ·147. Electrostatic Measuring Instruments. Meaning of
Potential and Capacity. Specific Inductive Capacity.148. Study of the Electrostatic Field. The Electric Current.149. Batteries. Resistance. Ohm's Law.150. MaRnetism. . '151. Galvanometer, Electro-magnet, &c.152. Measurement ■ of Current, Electromotive Force, and
Resistance.28'. Induction of Currents, and Instruments based on it.29. Dynamo Machines and the Electric Light.
192 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
153. Transmission of Power. Telegraphs and Telephones.154. Electro Optics. Maxwell's Electro-Magnetic Theory.155. Constitution of Matter.
The course in Michaelmas Term for First Year studentsconsists of twenty lectures, chiefly on the principles of optical,magnetic and electric measurements, and generally the subjectsof the previous Term's lectures are treated more precisely.
20.—FOR STUDENTS IN THE SECOND YEAR OF SCIENCE.
Properties of matter, elementary theory of elasticity, capil-larity and matters connected therewith, elementary dynamics,including the pendulum, theory of moments of inertia, experi-mental basis of the theory of heat, elementary principles ofthermodynamics, principles of electric and magnetic theory andelectric and magnetic measurements, practical work on thesimpler physical measurements.
21.—FOR STUDENTS IN THE THIRD YEAR OF SCIENCE.
Physical optics and accoustics. Electricity and Magnetism.Advanced physical measurements.
The examination will include the subjects of the SecondYear.
PHYSICAL LABORATORY.The Physical Laboratory was commenced
in 1886, andcompleted early in 1888. It is open all day in term time, andduring most of the vacations. Beside the lecture and instrumentrooms, there is a special workshop, furnished with machine toolsand various electric generators, large Junior Laboratory, severalsmall rooms for advanced work, Professor's private laboratory,and a small but efficient library. The building is lightedthroughout by the electric light. There is a large installationof storage cells and a fair supply of apparatus. Junior students,whether members of the University or not, are admitted to thelaboratory at stated times, and receive instruction from theDemonstrtor. Senior students are admitted at any time, byarrangement with the Professor. During the vacations, instruc-tion and assistance will be provided for such students as havepassed through an Elementary course. It is not intended,however, to open the laboratory during vacation to thosestudents requiring much supervision, however many junior
sourses they may have attended. Senior students are encouraged
PHYSICS. 193
as much as possible in the pursuit of original investigation, asit is believed that this supplies the best training. Such studentsneed not be members of the University, but. in this case theywill require to make special arrangements with the Registrarwith regard to fees. '
The Laboratory was founded for the encouragement ofPhysical Science, both by imparting instruction and aidingresearch, and no reasonable requirement or facility within themeans of the University will be refused for either of thesepurposes. Detailed information on any point connected withthe laboratory may be obtained at any time from the Professorof Physics.
22.—PEACTICAX PHYSICS.The course for First Year students
in the Faculties ofScience and Medicine and in the Department of Engineering,and for candidates for Honours and Scholarships in Physics inthe First Year of Arts, consists of quantitative experiments asfollows :—
Measurement of length. Estimation of Mass. Determina-tion of Density. Thermometry and Expansion. Calorimetry.Determination of Musical Pitch. Measurement of Velocity ofSound in air and in solids. Measurement of the OpticalConstants of Mirrors and Lenses. Elementary Spectroscopy.Measurement of Eef ractive Indices. Experiments with PolarisedLight. Fundamental Experiments of Electro-statics. Electro-meter and Galvanometer Measurements. Measurements ofResistance.
Text Boole.—G-lazebrook and Shaw's Practical Physics (Longmans andCo.).
All students attending the Physical Laboratory are requiredto keep a record of their practical work in special note-books, tobe obtained from Messrs. Turner and Henderson, Hunter Street.These note-books are examined every day by the Demonstrator,as well as át the end of the year by the Examiner in Physics,and form the basis on which marks are allotted for PracticalPhysics at.the annual examination. It has been found by ex-perience that a much fairer result can be arrived at in this waythan by attempting to hold a formal practical examination.
κ
194 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
For Second Year students in the Faculty of Science and theDepartment of Engineering, quantitative experiments in :—
Expansion of Solids and Gases. Elasticity of Solids.Measurement of Time. Determination of Moments of Inertia.Pendulums. Magnetic Measurements. Relation betweenMagnetic Force and Magnetic Induction in Metals, investigatedmagnetometrically and ballistically. Determination of theMagnetic Elements. Accurate Comparison of Resistances.Electrolytic Measurement of Currents. Comparison of Electro-motive Forces. Measurement of Capacity. FundamentalExperiments of Electro-magnetism. Measurement of Mutualand Self Induction, &c.
Text Book.—Stewart and Gee's Practical Physics, Vols. i. and ii.For Third Year students in the Faculty of Science :—Advanced Physical Measurements.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED,FOE FIBST YEAK STTTDENTS IN AETS.Balfour Stewart's Elementary Text Book of Physics.
FOE SECOND AND THIED YEAE STUDENTS IN SCIENCE.
General Physics.—Tait's Properties of Matter. Sir William Thomson'sArticles on Elasticity, in the Encyclopaedia Britannica. Glazebrook andShaw's Practical Physics, and Balfour Stewart and Gee's Practical Physics.Maxwell's Matter and Motion.
Heat.—Maxwell's Theory of Heat. Tait's Heat. Balfour Stewart'sTreatise on Heat.
Light.—Lewis Wright's Light. Glazebrook's Optics, or Lloyd's WaveTheory of Light.
Sound.—Tyndall's Treatise on Sound. Stone's Sound.Electricity and Magnetism.—Clerk Maxwell's Elementary Electricity.
Clerk Maxwell's Electricity and Magnetism. Gordon's Electricity. Articleson Electricity and Magnetism in the Encyclopaedia Britannica. BalfourStewart and Gee's Practical Physics, part II. Ewing's Magnetic Inductionin Ion and other Metals. Gerard's Leçons sur l'Electricité. Fleming'sAlternate Current Transformer, 2 vols.
General Text Book.—Anthony and Brackett's Physics.Standard Works on Physics which may be consulted by students.—
Maxwell's Electricity and Magnetism. Helmholtz's Sensations of Tone.Clausius' Thermodynamics—translated by Browne. Preston's Theory ofLight. Lord Rayleigh's Sound. Verdet's Optique. Wülner's Lehrbuchder Physik. Thomson's Applications of Dynamics to Physics andChemistry.
CHEMISTRY. 195
¡I CHEMISTRY.
NON-METALS.
23.—Introductory Course for students in the First Tear in allthe Faculties—
The chemistry of the non-metallic elements and of theirprincipal compounds. The properties of the metals as a class.
The course consists of thirty lectures, and is delivered inLent Term.
Text Books.—Hoscoe's Elementary Lessons in Chemistry, or Tilden'sInorganic Chemistry,- or Thorpe's Non-metals.
Candidates for Honours and Scholarships are required toattend the Laboratory for one Term.
THE METALS.
24.—Second Course of about forty lectures upon the Metalsand their principal compounds and alloys, compulsory forstudents in the Faculties of Medicine and Science and theDepartment of Engineering. During Trinity Term.
Text Books.—Tilden's Inorganic Chemistry, or Thorpe's Metals.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
25.— Third Course upon the Carbon Compounds, compulsoryfor students in the Faculties of Science and Medicine. DuringMichaelmas Term.
Text Book.—Tilden's Organic Chemistry and Streatfeild's OrganicChemistry (Spon).
Arts students of the Second or Third Years may take upCourse No. 26 or 27 as a voluntary subject, but no Arts studentwho has taken up one of these courses in his Second Year canbe allowed to take up the same course again in the Third Year.
CHEMICAL PHILOSOPHY.
26.—Fourth Course for students of the Third Year in theFaculty of Science. The History of Chemical Philosophy andDiscovery.
Note.—Students in the Second and Third Years in the Facultyof Science, who select Chemistry as one of their subjects, arerequired to go through a course of QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS, and
1I Special syllabus can be obtained in the Registrars Office or at the Laboratory.
196 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
to be examined in the same. This applies also to students inthe FACULTY OF MEDICINE, who take up the advanced course inChemistry to qualify for .the B.Sc. Degree.
Students in the Mining Branch of Engineering are requiredin their Second and Third Tears to go through a course ofQUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS and ASSAYING, and to be examined inthe same.
• BOOKS RECOMMENDEB.'—Thorpe's Quantitative Analysis ; Fresenius'Quantitative Analysis ; Hiorn's Metallurgy and Assaying, or Brown'sManual of Assaying ; Quantitative Analysis, by Clowes and Coleman.
METALLURGY.
27.—A course of about fifty lectures will be given during ·Lent and Trinity Terms for Third Year students in the Depart-ment of Mining and Metallurgy. Introduction :—Physical andchemical properties of metals and alloys ; fire-resisting materials ;manufacture of charcoal, coke and gaseous fuels ; pyrometry ;general metallurgical processes and agents ; types of furnaces ;fluxes ; slags, &c. Detailed descriptions of the methods of ex-tracting the following metals from their ores :—Gold, silver,lead, copper, tin, platinum, antimony, zinc, nickel, cobalt,bismuth, mercury, aluminium, and iron. If possible the latterpart of the course will be subject to slight modifications to meetthe wishes of students who would desire to study in particularthe metallurgy of certain metals.
Excursions will be arranged to works in the district wheremetallurgical operations are being carried on. Students attend-ing the course will have special facilities for studying theprocesses carried out at the metallurgical works shortly to beerected by the Government. .
No text-book will be used. Students will be expected tomake full notes at the lectures, and will be referred to theliterature of the subject immediately under discussion.
TUTORIAL CLASS.A Class for Calculations and similar exercises will meetonce a week, provided a sufficient number of students enter theirnames.
PRACTICAI; CHEMISTRY.THE CHEMICAL AND METALLURGICAL LABOBATOEEES.
The foundations of the new Chemical Laboratory were laidin January, 1889, and although the interior was not finished,students were admitted in March, 1890. The building is a plain
CHEMISTRY. 197
rectangular structure, about 170 feet long by 86 feet wide ; forthe most part it consists of only one floor, but with extensivecellar space under that part ; these cellars afford convenientrooms for stores, workshops, gas engine, dynamos, gas holders,and other similar purposes.
The Junior Laboratory will accommodate 120 students perterm when worked up to its full capacity, and the SeniorLaboratory will take about 60 advanced students. There arealso special rooms for spectroscopic, volumetric, and gas analysis,for metallurgy, assaying and photography. There are also twoor three other rooms, specially provided and fitted up aslaboratories for the use of students engaged upon researches.
TJhe small lecture room will seat 120, and the larger oneabout 240 students.
The building is provided with the electric light throughoutthe upper floor, and the gas engine for driving the dynamos isattached to shafting connected with the grinding machines,apparatus for the liquefaction of gases, and similar appliancesnecessary for a large laboratory. Leads are carried to con-venient places in the laboratories so that, if necessary, the fullpower of the dynamos maybe used for experimental purposes.
In addition to those already mentioned, there is a roomwhich is being arranged as a Chemical Museum, or CollectionRoom. In this are preserved old forms of apparatus, etc.,,whichmay be of historical interest.
Special efforts have been made to give the students thebenefits of modern improvements and appliances, and particularlythose which tend to save time ; draught cupboards, filter pumps,exhaust pipes, and similar conveniences are fitted to each bench,so that the student has not to waste his time in going from placeto place for different purposes. A number of larger and separatehoods and draught cupboards for combustions, sulphurettedhydrogen gas, water baths, ovens, &c, are also provided for usein common, to all of which gas and water are laid on, and some,in addition (for fusions with gas furnaces), are arranged for ablast of compressed air. There are three balance rooms, each21 by 16 feet, well provided with balances for different purposes,which to prevent vibration, are supported on slate benchesresting upon stone brackets.
198 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
The- Chemical Laboratory is fairly well equipped withapparatus and collections for the principal branches of chemistry,and it is the object of the University to increase and maintainits efficiency by obtaining, from time to time, all necessarymodern appliances as they appear.
28.—INTRODUCTORY PRACTICAL COURSE FOR JUNIOR AND MEDICAL
STUDENTS.
This course consists of thirty exercises of three hours each.156. Glass working.—Rounding
the ends of rods and tubes ;drawing, bending and joining tubes, blowing bulbs, mendingtest tubes.
157. The preparation and properties of Gases, e.g., hydrogen,oxygen, carbon, monoxide, carbon dioxide, theoxides of nitrogenand sulphur, chlorine, hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric acid,ammonia, &c.
158. The structure of Flame, flame re-actions, use of blowpipe,reduction of metals on charcoal, residues coloured by cobaltnitrate, incrustations, films, &c.,. borax and microcosmic saltbeads.
159. Spectroscopic re-actions.160. He-actions of Re-agents.161. Qualitative Analysis by wet and dry processes.162. Re-actions and processes for
the detection of thealkaloids, sugars, starch, glycerine, alcohol, fusil oil, carbolicacid and similar common substances.
Students who have done the above course either in theUniversity Laboratory or elsewhere are allowed to proceed withmore advanced work.
At the practical examinations there will be separate passand honour tests or exercises.
Each student is required to provide himself with a set ofapparatus necessary for the above course of ExperimentalChemistry and Qualitative Analysis.
In certain exceptional cases of emergency, students mayobtain sets of apparatus on payment of 25s. to the Accountant.One-half price will be allowed for all articles returned bystudents in good condition.
CHEMISTRY. 199
Apparatus left by a student and not removed within threemonths is liable to be forfeited.
The larger and more expensive pieces of apparatus areprovided, for the general use of students, by the University, onthe condition that all breakages have to be made good.
Each student is provided with a set of re-agents and aseparate working bench, fitted with draught hood, filter pump,drawers, shelves, and cupboards, and an ample supply of gasand water.
Students are requested to supply themselves with one of thefollowing books—Qualitative Analysis {Thorpe and Muir),.Inor-ganic Chemistry (W. Valentin, F.C.S.), Qualitative Analysis(Fresenius), Tables for Qualitative Analysis (¿4. Liversidge, Μ.Λ.,F.R.S.).
KEGULATIONS FOB. THE CHEMICAL AND METALLURGICAL
LABORATORIES.The Chemical and Metallurgical
Laboratories are open dailyduring Term time for practical instruction in ExperimentalChemistry, Qualitative and Quantitative Chemical Analysis andAssaying.
Assistance will also be afforded to those who wish to performchemical researches. Students engaged in private investigationswill have to provide -themselves with any materials they mayrequire which are not included among the ordinary re-agents,also with the common chemicals when they are employed inlarge quantities.
Students engaged in Quantitative Analysis will have toprovide themselves with a patinum crucible and capsule ; also aset of gramme weights.
All preparations made from materials belonging to theLaboratory become the property of the Laboratory.
No experiment of a dangerous character may be performedwithout the express sanction of the Professor or Demonstrator.
Instructions will be given in the method of assaying all themore important metals, their alloys and ores, both by the dryand wet processes, where practicable, such as the following :—Gold, silver, copper, tin, lead, mercury, iron, antimony, bismuth,cobalt and nickel ; also the methods of examining fuel, fire-clayand metallurgical products.
200 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
The nature of the instruction will depend upon the specialrequirements of the student and the extent of his previousknowledge.
Each student is required to keep full notes of each day'swork for the use of the Examiners.
The Fees for Instruction in the Laboratory to students whohave already attended the introductory course, No. 31, are asfollows :—For 6 d ay i the week>, 5 it
.. 4 j)
,. 3 M
,, 2 >>» ι ,,
£5 per month or £ 12 per term£4 5s. „
£10 „£3 6s. 8d. „ £8£2 10s. ,,
£6 „£2 „
£4 „£1 ,,
£2 „Two half-days a week are counted as one
day after the firstTerm's attendance.
The Laboratory hours are from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m., except onSaturdays, when the Laboratory will be closed at 1 p.m.
Every student not working with a class is required to enterthe time of his arrival and departure in the Attendance Book.
30.—MINEIlALOGy.Optional for Students in the Third Year in the
Faculty of Science andDepartment of Engineering.
A course of Lectures upon Mineralogy will be deliveredduring Trinity Term. These lectures are illustrated by aseries of hand specimens for close inspection ; also, by modelsof crystals and diagrams, and will include—I. INTRODUCTION.II. CRYSTALLOGRAPHY.—The different systems under whichcrystals are grouped ; the laws by which theirvariations and combinations are governed. Theformation of crystals.
III. The principal PHYSICAL PROPERTIES of Minerals, which
aid in the recognition of the various species.
IV. DETERMINATIVE MINERALOGY.—Especial stress will be
laid upon tests useful to the miner, geologist andexplorer.
V. CLASSIFICATION OF MINERALS.
VI. The PHYSIOGRAPHY or systematic description of minerals,including all the more abundant or importantminerals, both those which are of geological impor-tance and those which are of commercial value.
GEOLOGY. 201
PRACTICAL MINERALOGY.Exercises in the Geological Laboratory upon the characteristic
physical and chemicial properties of minerals ; with practicalwork upon the determination and description of mineralspecimens.
Each student has to provide himself with a small collectionof specimens for use with the blowpipe ; also with the followingapparatus, viz., a blowpipe, pair of platinum-pointed forceps,pestle and mortar, platinum wire and foil, duster, test tubes,glass tubing.
Text Books.—Bauerman's Mineralogy; Collins' Mineralogy, Parts I.and II. ; Dana's Manual of Mineralogy and Lithology ; Dana's DescriptiveMineralogy ; Minerals of New South Wales, A. Liversidge, M.A., F.R.S.
GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
31.—PHYSIOGRAPHY.FOB FIEST YEAE STUDENTS.
This course of thirty lectures will be delivered in Michael-mas Term.
The lectures will treat of the Composition, Movements andWork of the Atmosphere and of the Ocean ; of Evaporation andRainfall ; of Lakes, Eivers, Springs and Artesian Wells ; of thevarious phenomena of Frozen Water, and of the Nature, Com-position and Movements of the Earth's Crust, with a shortaccount of Ore Deposits and Meteorites.
A brief sketch will be given of the development of Animaland Plant Life from early Geological time down to the presentday, and of the Geological Antiquity of Man. The course will•conclude with a summary of what is at present known about thePhysical Geography of Australia.
Text Book.—Mill's Realm of Nature.
32.—GENERAL GEOLOGY.FOE SECOKD TEAE STUDENTS.
This course of instruction will consist of a series of sixtylectures, together with practical work in the Geological Labor-atory in the determination of common minerals by blowpipe andchemical tests, in slicing rocks for mieroscopic examination, andin the determination of rocks by means of the petrologicalmicroscope.
202 LECTUEE SUBJECTS.
The following are the subdivisions of the subjects in theorder in which they will be discussed at the lectures :—Historyof Geology. Elementary Mineralogy. Material Geology.Structural Geology. Stratigraphical Geology.
The Geological Laboratory is provided with a lapidary'slathe and all material necessary for the preparation of transpa-rent microscopic sections of rock, and eight petrological micro-scopes of the latest and most approved pattern, and with a largeassortment of microscopic slices of rocks from Australia andother countries.
The lectures will occasionally be illustrated by means of alime-light lantern, with microscopic attachment for projectingthe enlarged images of actual rock slices on to the screen.Occasional Geological Excursions will be conducted on Satur-days during the Lent and Trinity Terms to localities of specialgeological interest in the neighbourhood.
Adjoining the Geology Lecture Room are three separaterooms containing as many small type collections respectively ofMinerals, Rocks and Fossils arranged specially for the use ofstudents.
Larger collections for the use of advanced students areavailable in the Macleay Museum, which immediately adjoinsthe Department of Geology.
Text Books.—Rutley's Mineralogy and Geikie's Classbook of Geology.
33.—ADVANCED GEOLOGY AND PALAEONTOLOGY.
FOR THIRD TEAR STUDENTS.
This course will consist of sixty lectures, to be deliveredduring the Lent, Trinity and Michaelmas Terms, and willinclude practical work in the Laboratory, and instruction in.thepreparation of geological maps and sections indoors and in thefield. The lectures will be devoted partly to advanced Geology,but chiefly to Palaeontology. ■ Students attending these lectureswill be encouraged to take up some original line of research,either in Palaeontology, Petrology or Field Mapping, andwill be credited for such original work, if satisfactory, at theAnnual Examination.
Geological excursions will be held occasionally, as in thecase of Second Year Geology students.
Text Books.—Cole's Aids in Practical Geology ; Rutley's Rock-formingMinerals ; Geikie's Text Book of Geology ; Judd's Volcanoes ; Lyell'sPrinciples of Geology ; Nicholson's Manual of Palaeontology ; GeologicalHistory of Plants, Dawson. Further references
will be given as requiredin the course of lectures.
BIOLOGY. 203
■ ■· ■ §|| BIOLOGT.34.- -MOEPHOLOGY AJSTD PHYSIOLOGY UF PLANTS.
[Elementary Biology—Part L]A course of thirty lectures on
Morphological and Physio-logical Botany.
35.—ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY-*—LECTURES.
[Elementary Biology—Part IL]A course of fifty lectures on Zoology and ComparativeAnatomy.
36-7.—ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.ADVANCED COURSES.
Two advanced courses, one on the Morphology and Embry-ology of the Invertebrata, with, laboratory work,§ for ScienceStudents of the Second Year ; the other on the Morphology andEmbryology of the Vertebrata, with laboratory work, for ScienceStudents of the Third Year.
38.—BOTANY—ADVANCED COURSE.
A short course for Science Students of the Second Year.
39.—§PKACTICAL BOTANY.[Elementary Practical Biology—Part L]A course of practical work on the Morphology of Plants.There is also an advanced practical course for Sciencestudents of the Second Year.40.—§PRACTICAX ZOOLOGY—ELEMENTARY COURSE.[Elementary Practical Biology—Part IL]An elementary course for Medical and Science Students ofthe Eirst Year.
Students of Medicine and Science of the First Year take 34,35, 39 and 40, Students of Science of the Second Year take 36and 38 ; Third Year 37. Nos. 34, 38 and 39, or Nos. 35 and 40,constitute the Biology for Arts Students of the Second and ThirdYears.
HUMAN ANATOMY. "41.—DESCRIPTIVE ANATOMY.
FOE MEDICAL STUDENTS OF SECOND YEAR.
Junior Course.—Daily during Lent and Trinity Terms.
j| A detailed syllabus of the various courses, with books recommended and other in-formation, is to be had from the Registrar.5 See Regulation in reference to Microscopes page 220.
204 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
Introduction. Relations to General Biological Study.Different aspects of the science. Various methods of study.Systematic description of Osseous system, Articular system,Muscular system, Vascular system, Peripheral Nervous system.
Text Books.—Turner's Introduction to Human Anatomy ; Quain'sAnatomy; Morris's Anatomy; Gray's Anatomy; Macalister's Anatomy;Holden's Osteology.Senior Course.—Daily during Michaelmas Term.Systematic description of Central Nervous System andOrgans of Special Sense, Embryology.
The lectures are illustrated by anatomical preparations,dissections and diagrams.
Text Books.—Quain's Anatomy. For Reference—Obersteiner's Ana-tomy of the Central Nervous Organs, translated by Hill ; Foster's TextBook of Physiology, Parts III. and IV. ; Foster and Balfour's Embryology ;Hertwig's Text-book of Embryology.
42.—REGIONAL AND STTEGICAL ANATOMY.
ΓΟΕ MEDICAL STUDENTS OF THIRD YEAB.
Daily during Lent and Trinity Terms.The special anatomy of the human subject
is describedtopographically in the order met with in actual dissection, whilstthe descriptions are systematically illustrated by demonstrationsupon the dead body. The important bearing of the work ofthis class upon the work of practical surgery will be readilyevident. The course of demonstrations is made as complete aspossible, and frequent vivâ voce as well as written examinationsare held during its progress.
43.—PRACTICAL ANATOMY OR DISSECTIONS.
The dissecting rooms are open daily to members of the Prac-tical Class only, during all the three Terms from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.,under the supervision of the Professor and Demonstrator.Students of different years are thus enabled to arrange theirhours of dissection so as to fit in with their other work.
Not less than two consecutive hours ought to be devoted dailyto actual work in the dissecting room. There only can thoroughfamiliarity with the all-important details of human structure beacquired.
The necessary certificate of having dissected a part will begiven only where diligence and attention to the work, and a fairdegree of proficiency in actual dissection, have been exhibited.Certificates of having dissected each " part," at least once, arenecessary to qualification for examination. Prosectors for the
Anatomy Classes are selected from among the best dissectors.
PHYSIOLOGY. 205
Text Books for Practical Work.—Cunningham's Manual for JuniorStudents, Part I. ; for Senior Students, in addition, Parts II. and III.
THE PHYSIOLOGICAL LABORATORY.
The Physiological Laboratory, including the special labora-tories for Histology, Experimental Physiology, PhysiologicalChemistrj', and the workshop, is open daily from 10 a.m. to5 p.m., Saturdays, 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
Junior students are admitted at stated times, and receiveinstruction from the Demonstrator. Senior Students can havethe use of the laboratory . at any time during Term, and mostvacations, by arrangement with the Professor, and areencouraged in the prosecution of original investigations underhis direction, and that of the Demonstrator.
Any gentlemen, whether or not members of the University,wishing to undertake any original research in the laboratory,can do so by application to, and arrangement with, theProfesssor, who will afford suitable investigators every assis-tance in his power.
44.—PHYSIOLOGY—JUNIOR AND SENIOR.
These classes include a description of the microscopicalanatomy of the tissues and organs of the body, a special accountof the physics and chemistry of the body, and of the functionsof all its various parts.
The course is fully illustrated by experiments, diagrams,models, &c, &c.
45.—PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY.§Conducted conjointly by the Professor and his Assistants.The work of this class includes :—
I. PRACTICAL HISTOLOGY.—In which each student pre-pares, examines, and preserves for himself speci-mens of the tissues and organs of the body. Thestudent is shown all the more important processes inhistological work, and where practicable, performsthem himself.TL EXPERIMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY.—In this class each studentperforms for himself, and obtains graphic records of,the simpler experiments dealing with the physiologyof muscle and nerve, the circulation and respiration,
\ ¡See. .Regulations in reference to Microscopes ou page 220.
206 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
and the action of various poisons on muscle, nervouscentres, heart, &c. He also obtains practical trainingin the use of those physiological instruments em-ployed in cliuical work, e.g., ophthalmoscope, peri-meter, sphygmograph, &c.
ΠΙ. PRACTICA! CHEMICAL PHYSIOLOGY. — In which eachstudent makes an examination of the principalproteids, carbohydrates, and fats, contained inanimals and plants. He then examines chemicallyblood, muscle, milk, bile, saliva, and gastric andpancreatic juices, and performs experiments inartificial digestion with the three latter. After thishe proceeds with the qualitative and quantitative(gravimetric and volumetric) analysis of normal andabnormal urine. Special attention is drawn to theclinical bearing of the work.
In these courses the use of the apparatus (except micro-scope), and of the re-agents is gratis.
46.—SHORT COURSE OF PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY.
FOE AETS STUDENTS.
This course includes :—A short account of the bones, joints and
ligaments, and ofthe principal muscles, nerves and vessels.
An account of the microscopical structure of the tissues andorgans of the body.
The anatomy of the organs of respiration, circulation,alimentation, excretion, &c. ·
A description of the sense organs, of the larynx, of thecentral nervous system, and of the organs of reproduction.
A course of microscopical anatomy and of chemical andexperimental physiology.
The course will be illustrated by means of dissections,models, diagrams, microscopical preparations, &c, &c, &c.
Text Books.—Foster's Text Book of Physiology ; Kirke's Handbook ofPhysiology ; Waller's Human Physiology ; Starling's Elements of HumanPhysiology; Halliburton's Chemical Physiology and Pathology ; Stirling'sPractical Physiology ; Quain's Anatomy. For Reference—Landois andStirling's Text Book of Human Physiology.
PRACTICE OP SURGERY. 207
47.—MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.Mr. Thomas Dixson, M.B. and Ch.M.
In this course special attention is devoted to the physio-logical as well as the therapeutical effects of the various remedialagents, including under the latter the more important substances,whether Pharmacopceial or extra Pharmacopceial, obtained fromthe organic and inorganic kingdoms, and also such physicalagencies as heat, electricity and massage.
The principles of Dietetics, of Hydrotherapy, and ofClimatotherapy will be considered, as well as those of pre-scribing.
Microscopic preparations, &c, will be employed so far aspossible in illustrating the lectures.
Text Books—Pharmacology, Therapeutics, and Materia Medica, LauderBrunton. Materia Medica, Hale White. Elements of Pharmacology,Schmiedeberg (English Edition). Text Book of General Therapeutics,Sale Wliite. Food in Health and Disease, J. Burney Yeo.
Books of Reference.—Handbook of General Therapeutics, Yon Ziemssen(7 vols.). Guide to the Health Resorts of Australia, Tasmania andNew Zealand, Brück.
4S.—PRACTICE OP MEDICINE.Dr. J. C. Cox.
163. HISTORY OF MEDICINE AS A SCIENCE.164. METHODS USED FOR THE OBSERVATION, DIAGNOSIS
AND!RECORDING OF DISEASES.
165. THE SYMPTOMS, DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF—a. Fever.b. Idiopathic Fevers.c. General Diseases allied to the Fevers.d. Constitutional Diseases. .e. Diseases of the Circulatory System.f. Diseases of the Respiratory System.g. Diseases of the Alimentary System.h. Diseases of the Urinary System.i. Diseases of the Nervous System.j. Diseases of the Skin.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Principles and Practice of Medicine, Fagge.Theory and Practice of Medicine, Roberts. Theory and Practice of Medicine,Bristowe. . . .
208 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
49,—PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF SURGERY.
Dr. A. MacCormick.Introduction—Principles, Practice.
166. HEALTHY NUTRITION.167. ABERRATIONS FROM HEALTHY NUTRITION.
a. Hypertrophy.b. Atrophy.o. Inflammation.d. Traumatism.e. Surgical Diseases./. Regional Surgery—Injuries and
diseases peculiarto parts of the body.
TEXT BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Watham's Surgery ; Heath's SurgicalDictionary ; Treve's Manual of Surgery ; MacCormac's Operations ;Barker's Manual ; Jacobson's Operations of Surgery.
50.—MIDWIFERY AND DISEASES OF WOMEN.
Mr. Thomas Chambers, F.R.C.S., &c.
The course embraces Lectures on the following subjects :—Anatomy and Physiology of the several
Organs andStructures connected with Ovulation, Gestation, Parturition andPuerpery, Gynaecology, &c.
Development of the human Embryo and Fœtus.Gestation, its Signs, Symptoms, Duration and Abnormalities.The Phenomena of Natural and Complicated Labour.The Induction of Premature Labour and ObstetricOperations.The Management of the Puerperal State.The Theory and Practice of Gynsecology.
Text Books.—Galabin's Manual of Midwifery ; King's Manual of Mid-wifery ; Hart and Barbour's Manual of Gynsecology; and Galabin's Students'Guide to Diseases of Women.
51.—PATHOLOGY.Dr. W. Camac "Wilkinson.
PART I.—GENERAL PATHOLOGY.
Introduction.A.—PATHOLOGY OF CIRCULATION, MECHANISM AND BLOOD :—
Heart, changes in total Peripheral Eesistance, LocalDisturbances of the Circulation, Thrombosis, Embolism, Inflam-mation, Haemorrhage, Dropsy, Plethora and Anaemia.
MEUICAL JUEISPRUDENCE. 209
B.—PATHOLOGY OP NUTRITION : —Necrosis, Simple Atrophy, Hypertrophy, Fatty
Degenera-tion, Calcification, Colloid Changes, Pathological Organisationand Eegeneration, Tumors, Infectious Tumors, Fever.C.—PATHOLOGT OF DIGESTION :------------
Pathological Conditions of Mouth, Throat and (Esophagus ;Stomach, Liver, Pancreas and Intestines.D.—PATHOLOGY or PULMONARY SYSTEM :—
Larynx, Trachea and Bronchi, Dyspnoea.E.—PATHOLOGY OF URINARY SYSTEM :—
Quality of Blood, Circulatory Disturbances in Kidney,Alterations in essential Tissue of Kidney, Pathological Condi-tions leading to pressure in Renal Tubules, Pelvis or Kidney,Ureters and Bladder (Hydronephrosis, &c), Alterations inUrine. Influence of these disturbances upon the Organism.
The course of General Pathology will occupy at least thewhole of the Long or Winter Session.
PART II.—SPECIAL PATHOLOGY, including the chief morbidconditions of the principal organs in the body.
This will be a systematic course in the Short Session, andwill, if possible, be supplemented by demonstrations upon freshspecimens whenever occasion offers at a Hospital.
PART III.—A MICROSCOPICAL COURSE, in which the studentprepares for himself sections of pathological material, mountingthem for future use.||
This course will be held twice a week in the Short Session,and each meeting will last two hours.
Besides these regular courses, the Lecturer gives, from timeto time, instruction in the method of making post mortemexaminations and demonstrations at a Hospital upon all thematerial which he is allowed to use for demonstration purposes.
52.—MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PUBLIC HEALTH.
Dr. W. H. Goode.The Science of Medical Jurisprudence, Duties
of a MedicalJurist, Evidence, Coroner's Inquests, Signs and Causes of Death,Poisoning, Wounds, Inheritance, Insanity.
I! See Regulation in reference to Microscopes on page 220.
210 LECTUEE SUBJECTS.
Public Health—History of Epidemics, Drainage, Ventila-tion, Water Supply, Food, the Bacteriology of Air, Soil andWater, Vital Statistics.
53.—PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE.Dr. Chisholin Ross.
This course comprises :—I. An account of the Nature, Causes, Classification, Social
and Medico-Legal Relations of Insanity.II. An account of the various forms of Mental Disease or
Disorder; their Clinical History, Diagnosis, Prognosisand Treatment.
54.—OPHTHALMIC MEDÍCENTE AND SUKGEEY.Mr. F. Antill Pockley, M.B., Ch.M.
Diseases and Injuries of the Conjunctiva, Cornea, Sclerotic,Iris and Ciliary Body, and Crystalline lens.
Glaucoma.Refraction and Accommodation :—Emmetropia, Ametropia,
Hypermetropia, Myopia, Astigmatism, Asthenopia.Examination of the Eye, Ophthalmoscopy.Affection of the Vitreous Humour, of Optic Nerve, Retina,
and Choroid.Affections of Sight unaccompanied by any definite intra-
ocular signs : —Amblyopia and Amaurosis, Colour Blindness, &c.Perimetry :—Defects in Visual Field, Hemianopsia, &c.Affections of the Ocular Muscles:—Paralyses, Strabis-
mus, &c.Diseases of Eyelids and Lachrymal Apparatus.Operations.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Texts—Diseases of the Eye, Nettleship; Hand-book of Diseases of the Eye, Swanzy ; Diseases of the Eye, Berry. ForReference—Traité Complet d' Ophthalmologie, de Wecker and Zandolt.
APPLIED MECHANICS.
55.—FIRST TEAR.—THIRTY LECTURES,The chief constructive processes used by engineers, such as
■casting, forging, turning, planing, drilling, chipping, filing, &c,and the various tools, machines and appliances used in theseprocesses. The behaviour of materials when subjected to tensile,•compressive, transverse, shearing and torsional stresses in testing
ENGINEERING. .211
machines. The various methods used for ascertaining the stressesin structures. Bending moments and shearing stresses in beamsand girders. Moments of resistance, and their determinationby graphic and analytical methods. The stresses in simplebraced structures, such as roofs and lattice girders. The endur-ance of materials, and the determination of the safe workingstresses in structures. The design of simple structures, such asbeam bridges of timber. Cast-iron and wrought-iron girders.Roof trusses and lattice girders.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Shelly's Workshop Appliances; TJnwin'sMachine Design ; Instruction in Construction, by Col. Wray.
APPLIED MECHANICS.56.—SECOND YEAH—FIFTY LECTURES.
MECHANISM AND MACHINERY.—Definition of a machine.Plane motion. Constrainment. Virtual centres in mechanism.Spur wheel trains. Cam trains. Graphical representations oflinear and angular velocity. Tangential and radial acceleration.The static equilibrium of elementary links and mechanism.Force and work diagrams. Examples of machine dynamics,such as train resistance, engine, fly wheel, connecting rod,governors. Non-plane motion and conic crank trains. Frictionand lost work in machinery. Various appliances for determiningthe co-efficient of Friction. Friction in Mechanisms andMachines. Anti-friction appliances. The desiga and construc-tion of lifting and hoisting machinery, such as cranes, winches,elevators and hydraulic machinery, pumps, presses, accumulators,hydraulic machine tools, water-wheels, turbines. Hydraulictransmission of power. Pneumatic transmission of power.Wire Eope transmission. The theory of the Steam, Engine.Mechanism and details of engines for various purposes. Thetheory, construction and use of Indicators. The design of ValveGears. Theory of combustion, and the design and constructionof Steam Boilers. The Locomotive and Marine Engine.
The theory of Gas, Hot Air, and Petroleum Engines.Description of the principal types in use. The practical testingof Engines and Boilers'.
The course of Instruction in Applied Mechanics will consistof lectures, laboratory demonstrations, workshop practice anddrawing.
The lectures will be illustrated by numerous diagrams,models, working drawings and tested specimens. The labora-
212 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
tory work will consist of determining the physical constants ofmaterials, such as strength, elasticity, the coefficient of frictionof various lubricants, the power necessary to drive variousmachines, the testing of steam engines, gas engines, steamboilers. In the workshops the construction processes are demon-strated, such as pattern making, casting, forging, fitting, turn-ing, planing, boring, drilling, slotting, milling, grinding.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED,—Kennedy's Mechanics of Machinery; Cotteril'sApplied Mechanics ; Holmes' Steam Engine ; Unwin's Machine Design,Parts I. and II. ; Constructive Steam Engineering, by Whitham ; Seatonon Marine Engineering ; Useful Tables and Memoranda, by D. K. Clark ;Trail on Boiler Construction.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.
57.—MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES.
The chief constructive materials used in engineering andbuilding construction ; their characteristic properties, strengthand durability, with especial reference to iron, steel, timber,concrete, brickwork, masonry. The theory of long columns.Equations of slope and deflection of beams, discontinuous andcontinuous. The calculation of the stresses from fixed andmoving loads in structures such as plate web and lattice girderbridges for roads and railways. Bowstring and polygonaltrusses. Continuous railway bridges. Swing and other mov-able bridges. Arched, suspension and cantilever bridges, roofs,etc. The design and construction of retaining walls, reservoirdams, piers, abutments, masonry, arches, &c. Temporary worksin connection with engineering structures.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED EOE REEEKENCE.—Instruction in Construction, byCol. Wray ; Rankin's Applied Mechanics and Civil Engineering ; Weyranchon the Structure of Iron and Steel ; Unwin's Testing of Materials ; Ritteron Iron Bridges ; Lanza's Applied Mechanics ; the Strains in FramedStructures, by Dubois ; R. H. Smith's Graphics; Clark's Graphic Statics;Burr's Stresses in Bridges and Roof Trusses ; Claxton Kdler's PracticalTreatise on Bridge Construction ; Report of the New South Wales RailwayBridges Inquiry Commission.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.58.—HYDRAUXIC AND EAILWAY ENGINEEKINO.
The courses of instruction in these two branches will consistof 50 lectures in Hydraulic Engineering, and 50 lectures inEailway Engineering, delivered in alternate years, and attendedbjr Second and Third Year students.
ENGINEERING. 213
(a) HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING.—The water supply of towns,and the design and construction of the various works required.
SANITARY ENGINEERING.—Various systems of sewerage,
house drainage, sewerage disposal, the destruction of night-soil,
street garbage,.refuse from slaughter houses, &c. The design
. and construction of the various works required . in connection
with
Sanitary Engineering
.HAKBOTJR. ENGINEERING.—
Description and classification ofthe principal harbours. . The design and construction of break-waters and harbour works, docks, &c.
RIVERS AND CANALS.—The design and construction of thevarious works in connection with river improvements. Shipcanals, &c.
(b) RAILWAY ENGINEERING.—The location of roads and rail-ways. The design and construction of railway works, such asearthworks, tunnels, bridges, permanent way, signals, pointsand crossings, interlocking systems, passenger -and goodsstations, locomotive engines, rolling stock, brakes, couplings,and other railway appliances. Road work, paving of carriageways.
BOOKS AND PAPERS RECOMMENDED FOR REFERENCE IN DESCRIPTIVEENGINEERING.—Humber's Water Supply; the Manchester "Waterworks, byBateman ; Sanitary Engineering, by Baldwin Latham ; Spons' Dictionary ;Waring's Sewerage and Land Drainage ; Sewage Disposal, by W. SantoCrimp; Stevenson's Harbours and Docks ; Stevenson's Rivers and Canals;Vernon Harcourt's Harbours and Docks ; Vernon Harcourt's Rivers andCanals ; the Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers, and also ofthe American Society of Civil Engineers; the various reports of Sir JohnCoode ; the various reports on the Sewerage of the principal towns ofAustralia ; Roads and Streets, by D. K- Clark ; Barry's Railway Appli-ances ; Gribble's Preliminary Surveys and Estimates. Students are expectedto read the current numbers of the various Engineering Journals.
59.—PRACTICAL PLANE AND SOLID GEOMETRY.
PLANE GEOMETRY.—Construction relating to right lines only,right lines, polygons, circles and circular arcs, conic sections,cycloidal curves, spirals, &c.
SOLID GEOMETRY.—Principles of Orthographic Projections.Representation of points, lines and planes by their projectionand traces. Elementary problems on lines and planes. Repre-sentation of simple solids by plan and elevation ; also, fromgiven conditions of positions, construction of a spherical surface
214 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
containing four given points, tangent and normal planes tosolids of revolution. The projection of shadows, developments,Principles of Isometric Projection, Principles of PerspectiveProjection.
60.—ENGINEERING DRAWING.
Practical design of machine details. Engines and machineryDrawing out valve diagrams, and diagrams of stresses in struc-tures. Designing bridges, roofs, and buildings.
Excursions are made during terms to works such as HudsonBrothers, Clyde ; Mort's Dock and Engineering Company ; andto the various works in progress in connection with railwa3's,docks, water supply, and sewerage.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—The design of engines andmachinery, including machine tools, stationary, locomotive, andmarine engines, steam and hydraulic lifting and hoistingmachinery.
THE ENGINEERING LABORATORY.
The Engineering Laboratory has been built and fitted withapparatus for systematic instruction in the experimental methodswhich are used to determine the phj'sical constants of the chiefmaterials of construction and the numerical data employed inengineering calculations. The laboratory is provided with atesting machine, capable of exerting a force of 100,000 poundsin tension, compression, cross-breaking and torsion, withaccumu-lator and various apparatus for measuring strains, autographicrecording apparatus, micrometers, verneirs, &c. Various testingapparatus for cements, wire, the lubricating value of oils,calorimetric value of fuels. An experimental compound con-densing engine and locomotive boiler, provided with indicators,dynamometers, and all necessary apparatus for testing theevaporative efficiency and power developed under various condi-tions of working. Apparatus for the determination of thefriction with materials of the form, and the velocities common inengineering work, the measurement of the energy spent indriving machines, and the useful work done by them.
The experimental work in materials used in engineering andbuilding constructions is mainly devoted to the determination ofthe physical constants of the materials used in Australia, such as
timber, iron, steel, concretes, stones, &c.
SURVEYING. 215
61.—SURVEYING.
LECTURES AND FIELD PRACTICE
168. GENERAL PRINCIPLES.—Nature of Surveying operations,analysis of methods, general procedure, applications of trigono-metry.
169. INSTRUMENTS.—Chains, tapes, metallic bands, measuringand levelling rods and staves, minor apparatus. Compasses,plane-tables, theodolites, telemeters, omnimeters, tacheometers,sextants, levels ; their structure, adjustment and use.
170. FIELD OPERATIONS.—Traversing in horizontal and verticalplanes, aligning, setting out circular and other curves, levelling,contouring, and grading : telemetry. Laying out areas,measurement of volumes, retrace of surveys. Field-notes, level-books, record of survey generally.
171. COMPUTATION.—Mathematical tables. Calculating ma-chines. Closure of Survey, Distribution of residual errors.Reduction to coordinate system. Problems respecting lines,areas, and volumes.
172. PLOTTING AND DRAWING. — Instruments, scales, plani-meters. Protractor and coordinate plotting. Plans and sections,enlargements, reductions and reproductions. Projections, andcompilation of maps.
173. HYDRODYNAMICS.—General laws, flow of water throughorifices, over weirs and overfalls, through pipes and in sewers,canals, and rivers. Velocity formulée, current meters, and disr
charge gauging.174. HYPSOMETRY.—Thermometric, barometric, and
geodeticmeasurement of heights.
175. NAUTICAL SURVEYING.—General methods, hydrographiecharts, tides and tidal Observations, soundings.
176. ASTRONOMY.—Systems of coordinates, ephemerides,apparent places, refraction, parallax, time, latitude, meridian,and longitude.
10. GEODESY.—Figure of earth, distances and azimuths onspheroid, base-lines, instruments and observing, theory of errors,computation of triangulation, latitudes and longitudes, height ofstations.
216 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
62.-JHINIJSTG SURVEYING.1 to 7 inclusive, and177. GEODESY.—Triangulation,
determination of the meri-dian, convergence of meridians.
178. UNDERGROUND SURVEYING.—General features of under-ground survey, transfer of Azimuth from surface to mineworkings, alignment of tunnels, setting out of curves therein,special instruments, practical difficulties and their solution,relation of surface to workings.
179. DRAWING.—Plans of mine surveys.180. DEVIATION OF BORES.—
Instruments required, generalmethods.
BOOKS EECOMMENDED FOE BEFEEENCE.—Johnson's Theory and Practiceof Surveying ; Jackson's Aid to Survey Practice ; Downing's Hydraulics ;Neville's Hydraulic Tables, Coefficients and Formuke; Jackson's HydraulicManual ; Ganguillet'.s and Kutter's Flow of Water in Rivers and Channels ;Merriman's Hydraulics ; Robinson's Marine Surveying; Hawkia's Astro-nomy (Elementary) ; Chauvenet's Spherical and Practical Astronomy(Advanced) ; Doofittle's Astronomy ; Clarke's Geodesy ; Gore's Elementsof Geodesy ; Brough's Miñe Surveying.
63.—ARCHITECTURE.HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE, illustrated by
photographs anddrawings ; and BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, illustrated by diagramsand drawings, and samples of materials.
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE —The historical evolution ofdesign in buildings from the earliest times to the present day,embracing Egyptian, Assyrian, Grecian, Roman, Romanesque,Byzantine, Saracenic, Gothic, Renaissance, and Modern work,with the outlines of Oriental and earlier American work.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—History of Architecture, by Fergusson (4 vols.);Architecture : Classic, Gothic and Renaissance, by T. Roger Smith.
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.—Description of the nature andproper utilisation of building materials, and of the modes ofconstruction adopted in the various building trades.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED.—Building Construction, Rivingtons (3 vols.).
64.—MINING.1. Brief history of Mining. Conditions
under which minesare held ; the chief provisions of the Mining Acts of New SouthWales ; the different varieties of mineral deposits, and their mode
MINING. 217
■of occurrence. Heaves or dislocations ; the rules for finding thelost or dislocated portions of lodes. Genesis of mineral veins.Influence of adjoining rocks upon veins. Descriptions of someof the most celebrated mines and mineral districts.
181. Prospecting or search for minerals; shoading; trenching;•costeaning. Exploration by shafts and adits. Boring and•drilling, and the various appliances used therefor.
182. Tools employed in Mining. Explosives and their use inblasting. Tools employed in blasting. Rock-drills. Machinery•employed in getting coal.
183. Principles of employment of labour in mines ; dailywages; working by tribute, or by contract.
184. Methods of Mining in open works and quarries ; ground■sluicing ; hydraulic sluicing.
185. Illumination of minés. The different varieties of lampsused in metalliferous mines and collieries.
186. Sinking shafts and driving levels. The different methods•of securing excavations by timbering, masonry, and tubbing.Construction of underground dams.
187. Exploitation of mineral deposits. The different methodsOf laying out excavations in metalliferous mines and collieries.
188. Haulage or transport of minerals underground.
189. Winding or raising in shafts, and the machinery■employed.
190. Pumps and pumping arrangements.
191. Principles of ventilation in mines. Natural ventilation.The noxious gases occurring in mines, and the methods adoptedfor removing them. Methods of testing the purity and measur-ing the volume of the air employed for ventilation.
192. The mechanical treatment of ores. The different kinds■of machinery used in the reduction and concentration of ores.
Text Books.— Ore Deposits (J. A. Phillips). Colliery Managers' Hand-book (Pamely). The following books may also be consulted:—Callon'sLectures on Mining (translated by Foster and Galloway). Ore and StoneMining (Dr. C. Le Neve Foster), (in the press).
218 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
65.—JURISPRUDENCE AND ROMAN LAW.
A.—JURISPRUDENCE.The Principles of Analytical Jurisprudence, the
Theory ofLegislation and the Early History of Legal Institutions.
Students are recommended to read the following books :—Austin Lec-tures, I., V., and VI., and the Essay on the uses of the study of Juris-prudence. T. E. Holland, Elements of Jurisprudence. Bentham, Theoryof Legislation by Dumont. Maine's Ancient Law, and chapters xii. andxiii. of the Early History of Institutions.
Reference may also be made to Maine's Early Law and Custom, and to-Eitzjames Stephen's History of the Criminal Law, chapters ii., iii., xvii.,xviii., xix., and xxxiv.B.—EOSIAN LAW.
The Institutes of Justinian. Books I. and LT. ; Book LTI.,.Title 13 to end of book ; Book IV., Titles 1 to 5 inclusive.
Students are recommended to read Moyle's Institutes of Justinian.Reference may also be made to Hunter's Roman Law.
66.—CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND INTERNATIONAL LAW.
A.—CONSTITUTIONAL LAW.Students will be expected to acquire a general
knowledgeof the Law and Conventions of the English Constitution, and amore particular knowledge of the Constitutional system of NewSouth Wales.
Students are recommended to read Stephen's Commentaries, Introduc-tion, sections 3 and 4, Book TV., part 1, chapters 1 to 8 inclusive ; Dicey'sLaw of the Constitution ; Bagehot's English Constitution ; Anson's Lawand Custom of the Constitution ; Acts and Decisions Relating to the Consti-tution of New South Wales.
Reference may also be made to Broom's Constitutional Law ; Traill'sCentral Government; Cotton and Payne's Colonies and Dependencies.B.—INTERNATIONAL LAW.
This subject may be studied in Hall's International Law.Reference may also be made to the Naturalisation
Act of New SouthWales, 39 Vic.,,No. 19 ; Wheaton's International Law ; Cobbett's Leading- 3
Cases and Opinions on International Law.
67.—THE LAW OP CONTRACT, TORTS, AND CRIMES, AS INFORCE IN NEW SOUTH WALES.
Students are required to read Anson's Law of Contract ; Pollock's Lawof Torts ;' Fitzjames Stephen's Criminal Law ; Stephen's Commentaries,Books V. and VI. : Broom's Judicial Maxims ; and the following cases with
LAW. 219
notes from Smith's Leading Cases :—Armory v. Delamirie, Ashby v. White,Addison v. Gandasequi, Calye's Case, Coggs v. Bernard, Manhy v. Scott,Marriott v. Hampden, Paterson v. Gandasequi, Semayne's Case, SixCarpenters' Case, Twyne's Case, Thompson v. Davenport, Vicars v. Wilcock;together with the Statutes in force in New South Wales relating to theabove-mentioned subjects.
Reference may also be made to other parts of Smith's Leading Casesand to Pollock's Principles of Contract.
68.—THE LAW UF PROCEDURE (INCLUDING CRIMINAL
PROCEDURE) AND THE LAW OF EVIDENCE, AS IN FORCE IN
NEW SOUTH WALES.Students are required to read Fitzjames
Stephen's Digest of the Lawof Evidence ; Best on Evidence ; Pilcher's Supreme Court Practice ; Stephenon Pleading ; and the following cases with notes from Smith's LeadingCases :—Higham v. Ridgway, Price v. Torrington, Doe de Christmas v.Oliver, Hughes v. Cornelius, the Duchess of Kingston's Case, and Trevivanv. Lawrence ; together with the Statutes in force in New South Wales re-lating to the above-mentioned subjects.
Reference may also be made to the following—Foster's District CourtPractice ; Wilkinson's Australian Magistrate.
69 .—THE LAW RELATING TO RE AL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY,AS IN FORCE IN NEW SOUTH WALES.
Students will be expected to show a general knowledge ofthe Law relating to the nature, creation, transfer, and devolutionof estates and interests that may be held in Real and PersonalProperty in New South Wales.
Students are recommended to read Williams' Real Property ; Williams'Personal Property ; together with the Statutes in Force in New South Walesrelating to this subject.
Reference may also be made to Stephen's Commentaries, Book II. ;Elphinstone's Introduction to Conveyancing; The Introductions to Prideaux'Precedents.
70.—THE RULES OF EQUITY, AS IN FORCE IN NEW SOUTH
WALES.Students will be expected to show a
knowledge of theGeneral Principles of Equity, and the outlines of Equity Pro-cedure.
They are required to read Snell's Principles of Equity ; The Practice inEquity (Walker and Rich) ; and the following cases with notes from Whiteand Tudor's Leading Cases :—Fox v. Mackreth, Ellison v. Ellison, Cuddlev. Rutter, Bassett v. Mosworthy, Townley v. Sherborne, Peuu v. LordBaltimore ; together with the Statutes in force in New South Wales relatingto subjects of Equitable Jurisdiction.
Reference may be made to other parts of White and Tudor's LeadingCases.
220 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
71.—SPECIAL SUBJECTS.One of the following Special Subjects may be selected bycandidates desiring a place in the first or second divisions in theFinal LL.B. Examination.
193. Conveyancing.194. The Bankruptcy, Probate and Divorce Acts and Rules.No text books are recommended by the
Faculty, but studentstaking up a special subject will, on applying to the Professor ofLaw, or to one of the Lecturers, secure advice as to the courseof study to be pursued.
MICROSCOPES.In Practical Classes in the Departments of
Biology, Patho-logy, and Physiology, students may use their own Microscopes,provided they be of an approved pattern, or may use the micro-scopes provided by the "University, for the use of which a chargeof £1 per course will be made. The following are the approvedpatterns of Microscopes :—
195. Zeiss's stand V2 with revolving diaphragm, doublenose-piece, ocular 3 and objectives A and D.
196. Reichert's "University" stand with revolvingdiaphragm,double nose-j)iece, ocular III., and objectives 3 and 7a. .
EXAMINATION SUBJECTS.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
DECEMBER, 1893, AND MARCH, 1894.
FIEST YEAB EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
CLASSICS : Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures, includingLatin and Greek Composition, and Translation at sight.
FRENCH AND GERMAN : Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures,including French and German Composition, and Translation at sight.
MATHEMATICS.—Pass: (i.) Arithmetic and Algebra; (ii.) Euclid andMensuration ; (iii.) Trigonometry. Additional for Honours : (iv.) Analyticaland Geometrical Conies; (v.) Algebra; (vi.) Geometry and Trigonometry;(vii.) DifEerential Calculus.
SCIENCE : Elementary Chemistry, Elementary Physics, and Physio-graphy.
SECOND YEAE EXAMINATION IN AETS.
CLASSICS : Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures, includingLatin and Greek Composition, and Translation at sight, and a period ofRoman History (Tribunate of Tib. Gracchus to the Battle of Actium).
FRENCH AND GEEMAN : Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures,inoluding French and German Composition and Translation at sight.
MATHEMATICS.—Pass : (i.) Trigonometry ; (ii.) Statics ; (iii.) Hydro-statics. Additional for Honours: (iv.) Analytical Geometry; (v.) Differentialand Integral Calculus ; (vi.) Mechanics.
In other subjects papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures.
THIED YEAE EXAMINATION IN AETS.
CLASSICS : Papers will be set on the subject of the lectures, includingLatin and Greek Composition, and Translation at sight. A separate paperwill be set on the subject matter of the Latin and Greek books read.
FEENCH AND GERMAN : Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures,including French and German Composition, and Translation at sight.
In other subjects papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures.
222 EXAMINATION SUBJECTS—ARTS.
EXAMINATION FOE THE DEGREE OF M.A.
See By-Laws, Chap, xv., Sec. 24.§
SCHOOL OF CLASSICAL PHILOLOGY AND HISTORY.
Candidates may offer themselves for examination in one ormore of the following subjects :
197. The History of Greece, to the death of Alexander.Special knowledge of Herodotus and Thucydides, or ofThucydides and Demosthenes, will be required.
198. The History of Rome, to the death of Marcus Aurelius.Special knowledge of Cicero's Letters (Watson's Selection)and Tacitus' Annals will be required.
199. Greek Literature to the death of Demosthenes. Specialknowledge will be required of Homer, Hiad or Odyssey,and of six plays from among those of Aeschylus andSophocles, and candidates will be required to show ageneral knowledge of, and translate passages from, otherGreek authors.
200. Roman Literature to the death of Tacitus. Specialknowledge will be required of Virgil and Horace ; andcandidates will be required to show a general knowledgeof, and to translate passages from, other Latin authors.
201. The History of Greek Philosophy, down to and includingAristotle. Special knowledge wül be required of Plato'sRepublic and of Aristotle's Ethics or Politics.
202. Comparative Philology, with special application to theGreek, Latin, and English Languages. Books speciallyrecommended : King and Cookson's Sounds and Inflectionsin Greek and Latin; Monro's Homeric Grammar; Words-worth's Specimens of Early Latin.
Candidates for the highest honours are required to offer notless than two of these subjects, of which one must be Greek andone Roman.
The Greek and Latin books specially prescribed must beread in the original language. Books which have in whole orin part been included in the candidate's course for the B.A.
I Candidates may be admitted to Examination for the Degree of 3Ι.Α. one year afterobtaining the Degree of B.A. The Degree of 5I.A. cannot be conferred until the time has•elapsed which is required by the By-laws.
EXAMINATION SUBJECTS—ARTS. 223
Degree, may be offered only subject to the approval of theProfessors of Greek and Latin ; but other books or subjects ofsimilar nature and extent may, subject to the approval of theProfessors of Greek and Latin, be substituted for those herespecified.
SCHOOL OF LOGIC, MENTAL, MOEAL, AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY.
Candidates may offer themselves for examination in one ormore of the following subjects :A. LOGIC. The principles of Logic and the History of Logical
Doctrines. In addition candidates are required to offerat least one of the following books :
203. Lotze's Logic.204. Mill's Logic or Jevon's Principles of Science.205. Bosanquet's Logic or Bradley's Principles of Logic.
B. MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. Outline of the History of Mental
Philosophy. In addition a special knowledge will berequired of at least one of the following groups :
1. Plato—Timaeus, Sophistes, Parmenides. Aristotle—
Metaphysics, Book I.2. Descartes—Method and Meditations. Spinoza—Ethics.
Leibnitz—Monadologie.3. Berkeley (Selections by Frazer) ; Hume—Treatise on
Human Nature, Book I. ; Kant—Critique of PureReason (Selections by Watson).
4. The Logic of Hegel (Trans, by Wallace) ; Lotze's
Microcosmus.C. MORAL PHILOSOPHY. Outline of the History of Ethics. In
addition a special knowledge will be required of atleast one of the following groups :
206. Plato-Gorgias, Philebus, Eepublic,§ Aristotle's Ethics.207. Hume—Treatise on Human Nature, Books II. and III. ;
Kant—Metaphysics of Morals and Critique of PracticalReason (Selections by Watson) ; Green—Prolegomenato Ethics.
Î Candidates who offer C. 1 and D 1 (a) together must offer some other book or booksequivalent to the Eepublie.
224 EXAMINATION SUBJECTS—ARTS.
3. Mill—Utilitarianism ; Spencer—Data of Ethics ; Alex-ander's Moral Order and Progress.
D. POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY :1. History of Political Theories. In addition a
specialknowledge will be required of at least one of the follow-ing :—
$(a) Plato's Republic and Aristotle's Politics.(¿) Hobbes' Leviathan ; Locke's Treatise on
CivilGovernment ; Rousseau's Social Contract, and theSocial Philosophy of Comte.
Or, 2. The Principles of Political Economy. A specialknowledge will be required of Mill's Political Economy,and Marshall's Principles of Economics.
Candidates for the highest honours are required to offer notless than two of these subjects.
Classical and Foreign Authors may be read in translations.Other books or subjects of similar nature and extent may beoffered, subject to the approval of the Professor of Logic andMental Philosophy.
SCHOOL OF MATHEMATICS.Candidates may offer themselves for Examination
in anyMathematical subjects distinctly in advance of those prescribedfor the B.A. course ; the subjects to be approved by theProfessor of Mathematics.
SCHOOL OF MODERN LITERATURE.Candidates may offer themselves for Examination in one ormore of the following subjects .—
1. English Philology, English Literature before Chaucer.
Special knowledge of Beowulf, the Chronicle, andLayamon will be required.
2. English Literature from Chaucer to the present day.
Special knowledge will be required of three of thefollowing authors—Chaucer, Shakespeare, Burke,Tennvson.
iSee note on previous page.
EXAMINATIONS. 225
*3. German Philology. German Literature before Klop-stock. Special knowledge of the Niebehmgen Lied,Walter von der Vogelweide, Hans Sachs (Dichtungen,Goedeke, and Tittman).
*4. German Language and Literature from Klopstock tothe present day. Special knowledge will be requiredof Goethe's Novels and Dramas, of Schiller's playsand poems, and of Lessing's chief prose works.
*5. French Philology. French Literature till 1600.Special knowledge will be required of the Chansonde Roland, of the Romances and Pastorals (Roman-zen and Pastorellen, ed. Bartsch), and of Montaigne.
*6. French Language and Literature from 1600 to thepresent day. Special knowledge will be required ofMoliere, of Voltaire's Historical Works and LaHenriade of Sainte-Beuve's Port Royal, and Hugo'sDramas.
Subject to the approval of the Professor of Modern Litera-ture, candidates may offer other books and authors of similarnature and extent, in place of those specified above.
Candidates for the highest honours are required to offer(a) not less than two of the above subjects, and not fewer thantwo languages, or, (b) one of the above subjects, along with oneof the subjects prescribed for Classics, Philosophy, or History.In the latter case the approval of both Professors concerned mustbe obtained.
SCHOOL OF HISTORY.1894.—Candidates may offer
themselves for examination inthe following subjects :—
1. History of Europe from 800 to 1250.BOOKS RECOMMENDED. — Milman's Latin
Christianity ; Bryce's HolyRoman Empire ; Cox's Crusades.
2. The English in America to 1789.BOOKS EECOMMENDED.—Bancroft's United
States ; Thwaites's Colonies ;Hart's Formation of the Union ; Ludlow's war of the American Indepen-dence ; Seeley's Expansion of England; Leckey's History of England(Chapters on war of American Independence.)
* There will be a viva voce Examination conducted in the languages offered.
P
226 EXAMINATIONS.
Candidates for the highest honours are required to offerboth the above subjects.
Candidates who have not taken the B. A. course in Historywith honours will also be required to take papers on theHistory of England.
1895.—The subjects for examination will be the same as in1894. Students who have already taken those subjects in theirB. A. course will be examined in the History of other periods,which will shortly be announced.
EXAMINATION FOE THE DEGEEE OF LL.B.
See By-laws, Chap. xvi.
A, The Intermediate LL.B. Examination will, until furthernotice, include the following subjects :—
208. Jurisprudence.209. Roman Law.210. Constitutional Law.211. International Law.
The examination will be conducted partly in writing andpartly vivâ voce.B. The Final LL.B. Examination will, until further notice, in-
clude the Law in force in New South "Wales relating to :—212. Real and Personal Property.213. Contracts, Torts, Criminal Law.214. Procedure and Evidence.215. Equity.216. A special Subject. Candidates desiring a place
in the first or second divison may select one of thefollowing subjects :—
(a) Conveyancing.(J) The Bankruptcy, Probate and Divorce Acts andRules.: *-.-s.t- IJiJ16 examination will be conducted partly in writing andpartly vivâ voce.
EXAMINATIONS. 227
EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF LL.D.
See By-laws, Chap. xvi.The Examination for the Degree of
Doctor of Law will,until further notice, include the following subjects :—
I.—JURISPRUDENCE.All candidates will be examined in
Jurisprudence and thePrinciples of Legislation. They will be expected to show acritical knowledge of the subject, and a familiarity with currentliterature relating thereto.
II.—ROMAN LAW.Candidates will be examined in the
General Principles ofRoman Law, and id the following special subject to be studiedin connection with the corresponding department of EnglishLaw.
For March, 1894—The contract of Emptio Venditio. Onthis subject candidates are advised to refer to, thefellowing Titles of the Digest—De contrahendaEmptione (xviii., 1); De actionibus empti et venditi(xix., 1).
For March, 1895—The Roman Law of Damage toProperty. Candidates are required to refer to thefollowing Title of the Digest—Ad legem Aquiliam(ix., 1).
III.—ENGLISH LAW.Candidates will be expected to show
familiarity with theGeneral Principles of English Law, and to show a detailedknowledge both of principles and practice in one of the followingdepartments :—
1. Common Law, including the Law of Evidence and
Criminal Law.2. Equity.
IT.—PUBLIC AND PRIVATE ITERNATIONAL LAW.Candidates will be expected to show a general knowledgeof the Principles of International Law and a more detailedknowledge of the Principles and decisions relating to the Inter-national application of Foreign Law.
228 EXAMINATIONS.
No books are prescribed by the Faculty, but any personproposing to present himself asa candidate may apply to theProfessor of Law or to one of the Lecturers for advice on thesubject. The examination will be conducted partly in writing,and partly viva voce.
EXAMINATIONS FOR THE DEGREES OF M.B. & M.D.See By-laws, Chap. xvii.
EXAMINATIONS FOR THE DEGREES OF D.Sc. & B.Sc.See By-laws, Chap xviii.
EXAMINATION FOR DEGREES IN ENGINEERING.See By-laws, Chap, xviii.
PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.Full particulars regarding these
examinations can be hadon reference to the "Manual of Public Examinations" whichcontains the By-laws, Subjects of Examination, Books Recom-mended, Directions for Candidates, Examination Papers, &c,and is obtainable from almost any bookseller.
CIVIL SERVICE EXAMINATIONS.
In accordance with the terms of a proclamation issued bythe Government on the 6th October, 1871, all persons seekingappointment to a clerical office in the Public Service of theColony must produce a certificate signed by the Dean of theFaculty of Arts, and by the Registrar of the Sydney University,showing that they have passed a satisfactory examination in thefollowing subjects :—
Reading aloud á passage from some standard Englishauthor.
Writing from dictation.
EXAMINATIONS. 229
The rudiments of English Grammar.The first four rules of Arithmetic, simple and compound,
and the Rule of Three.Geography.The outlines of English History, since the Conquest—that
is, the Succession of Sovereigns and the chief eventsof each reign.
Section 18 of the Civil Service Act of 1884 provides thatevery candidate for admission to the Public Service shall producea certificate of having passed the Civil Service Examination orother equivalent examination thereto.
These Examinations are held at the University on the firstMonday in April, July and November ; and in the countrydistricts in the month of September. The fee for admission tothe Examination is £ 1 10s. This fee admits to one Examinationonly.
230 GENERAL REGULATIONS.
ADMISSION OF BARRISTERS.
Certain privileges are conceded to Graduates and Third Tear studentsof the University in respect to the conditions necessary for admission to theBar. As to these, candidates are advised either to refer to the Rules forthe admission of Barristers, 1891 (see Law Almanac, 1893, page 86), or toapply for information to the Clerk to the Barristers Admission Board,Supreme Court.
ADMISSION OF ATTORNEYS.
The following are extracts from the Rules of the Supreme Court forthe· admission of Attorneys, which refer to Examinations held at theUniversity :
Every person desirous of entering into Articles of Clerkship who shallnot have taken a Degree in the University of Sydney, or in some otherUniversity recognised by it, shall, before approval of such Articles, produceto the Prothouotary a Certificate of his having passed a MatriculationExamination in the said University, or in some other University recognisedb3r it ; or a Certificate from the Registrar of the University of Sydney of hishaving passed some equivalent examination before Professors or Examinersappointed by the Senate thereof ; or a Certificate of his having passed, inEngland, Scotland or Ireland, the Preliminary Examination which ArticledClerks may be there required to pass, and shall lodge -with the said Protho-uotary a copy of such Certificate.
Every future Articled Clerk shall, after he shall have entered intoArticles, and during his term of Clerkship, pass two Intermediate Examina-tions, with an interval of at least one year between each, in the subjects ofHistory and Law respectively ; such Examinations in History to be by suchProfessor or Examiner as the Senate of the University of Sydney or thisCourt may appoint in that behalf ; and such Examination in Law to be bythe Board of Examiners appointed under these rules, and to have relationto the laws of Real and Personal Property as set forth in the followingworks, that is to say, "Williams on Real Property," and ""Williams onPersonal Property:" Provided that in the case of Masters of Arts orBachelors of Arts, as hereinbefore mentioned, no Intermediate Examinationotherwise than in Law shall be required.
In addition to the Examination Fees, which are, by the 22nd of theRules of the 18th December, 1877, made payable by Articled Clerks, thereshall be paid a fee of five pounds for any Matriculation Examination, orequivalent examination by the Professors or Examiners of the Universityof Sydney, which any candidate for Articles shall pass under the said rules ;and such fee shall be paid into the hands of the Prothonotary in time toenable him to transmit the same to the University Registrar, together witha list of candidates for examination, not less than seven days prior to thatappointed for the holding of all such examinations : Provided that this ruleshall not apply to any University students who shall have matriculated, andshall have attended the University Course of Lectures for one wholeAcademic Tear.
GENERAL REGULATIONS. 231
An additional fee of ten shillings and sixpence is prescribed by a ruleof the 26th September, 1888.
Preliminary Examinations (equivalent to the Matriculation Examination)for Articled Clerks are held at the University in the months of April, Julyand November, commencing on the first Monday in each case. Fee,£5 10s. 6d., to be paid to the Prothonotary of the Supreme Court.
The Subjects of the Examinations to be held in July and November,189¾, and April, 1894, will be the same as those prescribed for the Matricu-lation Examination of March, 1894, and so on in future years. (Seepage 148.)
The Intermediate Examination in History is conducted by thePrincipals of the affiliated Colleges, to whom application should be made.
LIST OF* SCHOLARSHIPS, EXHIBITIONS, PHIZES, &c.
AWARDED AT THE PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.J. B. WATT Exhibition—Bestowed on the bursary principle.
Value—first year, £30 ; second year, £40 ; third year,£50. (See page 259.) Awarded annually.
WEST Gold Medal (£10) and GRAHAME Gold Medal (£5).—For general proficiency at the Senior Examination.(See pages 268 and 270.)
UNIVERSITY Prizes—For general proficiency, viz. : £20 for SeniorMales, £10 for Junior Males. (See page 273.)
FAIRFAX Prizes—For general proficiency, viz. : £20 for Senior• Females, £10 for Junior Females. (See page 267.)
A UNIVERSITY Silver Medal—For proficiency in each subject.
AWARDED AT THE MATRICULATION EXAMINATION.The SALTING Exhibition—Awarded on the recommendation of
the Trustees of the Sydney Grammar School, to a studentproceeding thence to the University. £25 for three years.(See page 259.) The last award was made in March,1891.
The BOWMAN-CAMERON Scholarship—Every third year, for generalproficiency. £50 for three years. (See page 255.) Thelast award was made in March, 1893.
The COOPER Scholarship No. 2—Awarded to a student distin-guished in Classics. £50 for one year. (See page 252.)
The BARKER Scholarship No. 2—Awarded to a student distin-guished in Mathematics. £50 for one year. (See page249.)
The LITHGOW Scholarship—Awarded to a student distinguishedin Modern Languages (French and German). £50 forone year. (See page 252.)
•Scholars are required to proceed with their studies in the respective Faculties inwhich their Bch'olarships are awarded.
PRIZES. 233
A UNIVERSITY Scholarship—For general proficiency. £50 forone year. A UNIVERSITY Scholarship is not given in theyear in which the Bowman-Cameron Scholarship isawarded. (See page 244.)
The FREEMASONS' Scholarship—For Sons of Freemasons. Everythird year. £50 for three years. (See page 255.) Thelast award was made in March, 1893.
HORNER Exhibition—For proficiency in Mathematics. £8 forone year. (See page 262.)
FiuRSARiES of the annual value of £25, £40 and £50 each areawarded from time to time. (See page 262.)
AWARDED AT THE FIRST YEAR EXAMINATIONS.
The COOPER Scholarship No. 3—For Classics. £50 for one year.(See page 252.)
The GEORGE ALLEN Scholarship—For Mathematics. £50 for oneyear. (See page 254.)
The §LEVEY Scholarship—For Chemistry (theoretical and prac-tical) and Physics (theoretical and practical). £40 forone year. (See page 247.)
The §SMITH Prize—For Physics. £5. (See page 268.)The SLADE Prizes—For Practical
Chemistry and PracticalPhysics. £5 each. (See page 270.)
'The COLLIE Prize—For Botany. £5. (See page 270.)A UNIVERSITY Prize—For Physiography. £5. (See page 273.)The STRUTH Exhibition—For general
proficiency. Awarded atthe First Tear Examination in Arts to a student enteringthe Faculty of Medicine. £50 for four years. (See page261.) The last award was made in March, 1893.
AWARDED AT THE SECOND YEAR EXAMINATIONS.
The COOPER Scholarship No. 1—For Classics. £50 for one year.
(See page 251.)The BARKER Scholarship No. 1—For Mathematics. £50 for one
year. (See page 249.)The NORBERT QUIRK Prize—For Mathematics. £6. (See page
269.)$ Candidates for Honours and Scholarships in Physics are required to attend theLaboratory during one term, i.e., two afternoons a week.
•234 PRIZES.
The DEAS-THOMSON Scholarship—Awarded in the Faculty ofScience for Chemistry and Physics. £50 for one year.(See page 250.)
The DBAS-THOMSON Geology Scholarship — Awarded in theFaculty of Science for Geology. £50 for one year. (Seepage 251.)
The CAIRD Scholarship -— Awarded in the Faculty of Sciencefor Chemistry and Physics. £50 for one year. (Seepage 255.)
AWARDED AT EACH DEGREE EXAMINATION.A GOLD MEDAL or Prize of the value of £10.
SCHOLARSHIPS TENABLE BT GRADUATES.
The FRAZER Scholarship—Awarded upon the results of exami-nations, &c, in History. £80. (See page 257.)
The JAMES KING of Irrawang Scholarship, tenable by aGraduate of not more than four years' standing. £150-for two years. (See page 256.)
Her Majesty's Commissioners of the Exhibition of 1851 have ontwo occasions awarded ■ Scholarships to Graduates inScience of this University, upon the nomination of theSenate. £150 for two or three years. (See page 257.)
AWARDED IN THE FACULTY OF LAW.The WiGRAM ALLEN Scholarship—Awarded for proficiency at theIntermediate Law Examination. Candidates are requiredto present themselves for examination, in all the subjectsof the Intermediate Examination, notwithstanding theymay have passed in some of them in the Arts course.£50 for one year. (See page 253.)
AWARDED IN THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
The STRUTH Exhibition — For proficiency in the subjects of theFirst Year Examination in Arts, to a student entering theFaculty of Medicine. £50 for four years. (See page261.) The last award was made in March, 1893.
The RENWICK Scholarship - For proficiency in the subjects ofthe First Year Examination in Medicine. £50 for oneyear. (See page 254.)
PRIZES. 235
The JOHN HAEEIS Scholarship -For proficiency in the subjectsof Anatomy and Physiology in the Third Tear Exami-nation in Medicine. £40 for one year. (See page 256.)
The BELHORE Medal. A Gold Medal, of the value of £15,awarded annually for proficiency in Geology and PracticalChemistry, with special reference to Agriculture. (Seepage 266.)
1. Candidates must be of two, and under five, years'
standing in the University of Sydney.
2. Candidates must have attended the lectures and the
practical courses of the Faculty of Science in thefollowing subjects :—Botany, Physics, Physiology,and Zoology, First Year courses ; Chemistry, Firstand Second Year courses ; Geology, First andSecond Year courses.
3. They must also pass examinations in Chemistry and
Geology, with special reference to Agriculture.
§ PRIZE COMPOSITIONS.WENTWORTH Medal for Graduates—
£10. Awarded annually foran English Essay. The competition for this Medal isconfined to Bachelors of Arts of not more than threeyears' standing. (See pages 265-6.)Subject for 1893-4.—"The Influence of Modern Scienceupon Literature."
WENTWORTH Medal for Undergraduates — £10. Awardedannually for an English Essay. (See pages 265-6.)Subject for 1893-4.—"The Influence of Modern Scienceupon Literature."
NICHOLSON Medal—£10. Awarded annually for Latin Verse(Hexameters). The competition for this Medal is opento all Undergraduates and to Bachelors of Arts of not morethan two years' standing. (See page 266.)Subject for 1893-4.-"The Death of Otho."
5 The exercises for these Prizes, which must not be in the handwriting of the Author,must be sent to the Registrar before the first day of Lent Term, 1894. They must be con-tained in an envelope with a motto, and be accompanied by a sealed, letter «.'ontaining the
name and motto of the author.
236 PRIZES.
UNIVERSITY Prize—£10. Awarded annually for English Verse(to be written in rhyme). The competition for thisMedal is open to all Undergraduates and to Bachelors ofArts of not more than two years' standing.
Subject for 1S93-4,—" Oliver Cromwell."
Professor AÎTDERSON'S Medal—¡£10. Awarded annually for anEssay on some Philosophical subject. The competitionfor this Medal is open to all Bachelors of Arts of not morethan two years' standing.Subject for 1893-4.—''Freedom of Contract," with specialreference to existing Industrial conditions.
TABLE OF FEES.
MATRICULATION
LECTURE FEES, per term—ANATOMY, DISSECTIONS
ANATOMY, GENERAL AND DESCRIPTIVE
ANATOMY, REGIONAL AND SURGICAL
ANATOMY, SENIOR
APPLIED MECHANICS
ARCHITECTURE
ASSAYING (see Practical ChemistryJBIOLOGY
BIOLOGY, PRACTICAL
CHEMISTRY
CHEMISTRY, PRACTICAL*1
CIVIL ENGINEERING
DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY AND DRAWING
ENGLISH, FIRST YEAR,ENGLISH, SECOND TEAR
ENGLISH, THIRD YEAR
FRENCH
GEOLOGY ......................GERMAN
GREEK
£ s. d.2 0 0
*For Students who have passed through the first course the following is the Table ofFees:
For 6 days in the week, £5 per month, or £12 per term.„ 5 „ ,, £4 5s. ,. £10
£36s.Sd.£2 10s.£2£1
£S£6£4£2
238 TABLE OF FEES.
LECTURE FEES, per term—continued.
HISTORY
LATIN
LAW, EACH1COURSEIILOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY
MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS
MATHEMATICS . .MECHANICAL DRAWING
MECHANICAL ENGINEERIN
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE
MEDICINE
MEDICINE, CLINICAL
MEDICINE, PSYCHOLOGICAL
MIDWIFERY
METALLURGY
MINERALOGY
MINING
OPHTHALMIC MEDICINE AND SURGERY
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY, PRACTICAL
PHYSICS
PHYSICS, PRACTICAL
PHYSIOGRAPHY . .PHYSIOLOGY
PHYSIOLOGY, SENIOR
PHYSIOLOGY, PRACTICAL
SURGERY
SURGERY, CLINICAL
SURGERY, OPERATIVE
SuR\rEYTNG
II In the Facuity of Law, the fees payable by Students in the two Final Years are■eight guineas per term.
TABLE OF FEES. 239
DEGREE FEES—B.A.M.A.LLB.LL. D.M.B.M.D.Ch.M.B.Sc.D.Sc.B1E.M.E.
Fee for entering name on books, to be paid by thosewho are admitted ad eundem statum or gradum
YEARLY EXAMINATION FEE for students who havebeen exempted from attendance upon lectures
Fee payable by students for a deferred examinationin March or at any other time, or for re-examination at a subsequent AnnualExamination .. . .
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION LECTURES, fee for course of• ten lectures
PUBLIC EXAMINATION FEES—FOR SENIORS
FOR JUNIORS
CIVIL SERVICE EXAMINATION
PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION FOR ARTICLED CLERKS(payable to the Prothonotary) ..
£ S. d3 0 05 0 0100 0
200 0
100 0
100 0
100 0
3 0 0100 0
100 0
100 0
2 0 0
2 0 0
2 0 0
0 5 0
1 10
0
1 5 01 10
0
5 10
6
240 TABLE OF FEES.
TABLE OF FEES SHOWING THE TOTAL COST OF GRADUA-TION IN MEDICINE.
£ s. d.1st Year—Chemistry
Practical ChemistryPhysicsPractical Physics ..BiologyPractical Biology ..Dissections (if taken now)
6 6 06 6 06 6 03 3 03 3 06 6 05 5 03 3 03 3 0C 6 0
6 6 06 6 04 4 04 4 04 4 03 3 0tí 6 06 6 01 1 04 4 01 1 02 2 0
32 11 02nd Year—Descriptive Anatomy
Practical PhysiologyPhysiology.............................................Chemistry—OrganicDescriptive Anatomy (Senior)Dissections (if taken now)
3rd Year—Regional and Surgical AnatomyPractical PhysiologyPhysiology (Senior)Materia Medica and TherapeuticsDissections (Optional)
4th Year—SurgeryPathologyOperative SurgeryClinical SurgeryPractical PathologyMedical Jurisprudence and Public Health
ftth Year—Midwifery and GynaecologyMedicinePsychological MedicineClinical MedicineOphthalmic Medicine and SurgeryApplied Logic
21 0 0Total Lecture Fees .. .. £131 5 0
Matriculation Fee ............................................................................200Fee for M.B. Degree ■ .. .. 10 0 0
Total Fees payable to University .. £143 5 0Fee for Perpetual Attendance at the
Prince Alfred Hospital .. .. 10 10 0
Fee for Practical Pharmacy .. .. 3 3 0Fee for Tutorial Medicine .. .. 2 2 0
Fees payable to Hospital £10 15 0
31 10 0
17 17 0·
Total Cost of Education and Graduation as M.B. .. £159 0 0
FOUNDATIONS.I.
CHAIiIS FUND.IN 1880, the late John Henry Challis, Esq., formerly of Sydney,bequeathed his residuary, real, and personal estate to theUniversity, "to be applied for the benefit of that Institution insuch manner as the governing body thereof should direct." Thebequest was subject to a tenure until death or re-marriage on thepart of his widow, and to the payment of various annuities, andalso to a period of five years' accumulation after such death orre-marriage. Bythe death· of the widow, in September, 1884, theUniversity became entitled to the accumulated property in Sep-tember, 1889. The assets have been collected and invested partlyin England and partly in New South Wales ; and all the specificbequests have been paid, as well as the annuities up to date.
The assets in England, amounting to £30,000, being notmore than sufficient to provide for the payment of the variousannuities, may be retained by the Trustees until the expirationof such annuities. Those in Australia amount to £238,224. Thisincluded an amount of about £15,000 saved by a compromisemade with the Inland !Revenue Commissioners of England as totheir claim on Legacy Duty on all the testator's estate, butabandoned in respect of the Australian assets in consequence ofsome doubts as to the domicile of Mr. Challis being in Englandat the time of his death.
By a resolution of the Senate passed in 1885, it was deter-mined,—" That the Challis Eund should be applied as a perma-nent provision of income for educational uses " ; but this has notbeen deemed to apply to the unexpected saving of £15,000 abovereferred to.
Of this sum of £15,000, £7500 has been applied for the pay-ment of half the cost of the erection of a new Chemical Laboratoryin Mr. Challis' name ; a sinking fund having been provided fromthe income for the repayment of this sum to capital account. Afurther sum of about £1200 has been devoted to the erection ofa marble statue of Mr. Challis, to be placed in the Great Hall ina position corresponding to that of Mr. W. C. "Wentworth ; andthe remainder is to be applied to the erection of Challis MemorialFountains in front of the grand façade of the University mainbuilding, and in the erection of like Memorial Cloisters on thewestern side, from the central tower to the Great Hall.
Q
242 FOUNDATIONS.
The income of the principal of the realised Australian assets(omitting the £15,000) has been devoted to the establishmentand maintenance of seven Challis Profesorships in the followingsubjects, viz., Anatomy, Biology, Engineering, History, Law,Logic and Mental Philosophy and Modern Literature ; andChallis Lectureships in the following subjects, viz., the Law ofReal Property and Equity ; the Law of Obligations, PersonalProperty and Contracts ; the Law of Wrongs, Civil and Criminal ;and the Law of Procedure, including evidence.
CHALLIS PROFESSORSHIPS.Anatomy, 1890—James T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M. (Edin.)Biology, 1890—William A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. (Edin.)Engineering, 1890—William H. Warren, M.I.C.E.Law, 1890—Pitt Cobbett, M.A., D.C.L. (Univ. CoUege, Oxford)Logic and Mental Philosophy, 1890—Francis Anderson, M.A.
(Glasg.)Modern Literature, 1890—Mungo W. MacCallum, M.A. (Glasg.)History, 1891—G. Arnold Wood, BA. (Vict, and Oxon.)
CHALLIS LECTURESHIPS.Law of Real Property and Equity, 1890—W. P. Cullen, MA,LL. D.Law of Obligations, Personal Property and Contracts, 1890—
G. E. Rich, M.A.Law of Wrongs, Civil and Criminal, 1890—F. Leverrier, B.A.,
B.Sc.Law of Procedure, including Evidence, 1890—C. A. Coghlan,
M.A., LL.D.Mining, 1892—Edward F. Pittman, A.R.S.M.Metallurgy and Assaying, 1892—Savannah J. Speak.
Π.LECTURESHIPS.
1.-WILLIAM HILTON HOVELL. LECTURESHIP ON GEOLOGYAND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
In 1877, certain tenements and land situated in the city ofGoulburn were bequeathed by the widow of the late WilliamHilton Hovell, Esq., of that district, for the endowment of a
FOUNDATIONS. 243
Professorship or Lectureship in Geology and Physical Geography.The present, estimated value of the Property is £6,000.
1877.—Archibald Liversidge, Christ's College, Cambridge.1882.—William John Stephens, M.A.,
Queen's College," Oxford.
1891.—T. W. Edgeworth David, B.A., New College, Oxford.2.-MACLEAY LECTURESHIP IN
BACTERIOLOGY.The late Hon. Sir William Macleay, M.L.C., by his will,dated 1890, bequeathed a sum of £12,000 to the Senate of theUniversity, "for the Foundation of a Chair or Lectureship inBacteriology," subject to the conditions set forth in a Memo-randum accompanying the will, and also subject to the con-tingency of a transfer to the Linnean Society of New SouthWales, in case the Senate should not accept the conditions withinone month after notification of the Legacy by his Executors.The Senate has accepted the Bequest on the conditions named,and the sum of £11,400, being the amount of the bequest afterthe deduction of legacy duty, has been paid to the University.
III.FELLOWSHIP.
"WENTWORTH TRAVELLING FELLOWSHIP.In 1862, the sum of £445 was given by W. C. Wentworth,Esq., to be invested and allowed to accumulate until it shouldreach an amount which, in the opinion of the Senate, would besufficient for the foundation of a Travelling Fellowship, to beawarded to a Graduate in Arts not being over twenty-five yearsof age, who should be declared to have obtained the highestHonours in the course of his Academical career. This Fellowship istenable for three years, and the holder is bound to visit Englandand the Continent of Europe, and on his return to present tothe Senate a narrative of his tour, with remarks on the objectsof scientific and literary interest to which his observations mayhave been directed. It is not tenable with any other similarFellowship. The fund in April, 1893, was £1623 12s. 2d.
.IV.CUEA.TOESHIP OF MACLEAY MUSEUM.
In 1888, the sum of £6000 was given to the
Senate by theHon. Sir William Macleay, M.L.C., to provide for the services
244 FOUNDATIONS.
of a Curator for the collections in Natural History, which he hadpresented to the University. The present Curator, nominatedby Sir William Macleay, is
1888—George Masters.V.
SCHOLARSHIPS.Awarded only when candidates exhibit
a degree of pro-ficiency satisfactory to the Examiners. No Undergraduate mayhold more than two Scholarships at one time. Scholars arerequired to proceed with their studies in the respective Facultiesin which their Scholarships are awarded.
1.-UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GENERAL PROFICIENCY.
Scholarships for General Proficiency, of the annual value of£50 each, have been given by the Senate out of the EndowmentFund of the University. In 1852 seven such Scholarships wereawarded, but these have been gradually displaced by privatefoundations. In 1876 the number of such Scholarships had beenreduced to three, after which time one of these was displacedevery third year by the Bowman-Cameron Scholarship. In 1881two University Scholarships were replaced by the SecondCooper and Barker Scholarships, then established. Theremaining University Scholarship is awarded twice in threeyears at Matriculation for general proficiency, and is tenablefor one year only.
1852. (a)Wentworth, Fitz-William
Curtis, W. C.Mitchell, D. S.Oliver, A.Sealy, E.
Barton, G. B.Coulson, T. H.Donovan, J. J.Harnett, J.
1854.Hawthorn, S. j Stack, J.Salting, G. |
(a) Up to the year 1854 the names are in
Willis, E. S.Windeyer, W. C.
1853.Johnson, J. W.Kinloch, J.Paterson, J. S.Eenwick, A.
alphabetical order ; from that date they areplaced in order oj'merit. The numbers show the several years.
Jones, E. E., 1
Eussell, H. C, 2Cowlishaw, W. P., I
Stephen, Cecil B., 1
Stephen, Cecil B., 2Bowman, Edward, 1
Stephen, Cecil B., 3
Bowman, E., 3Griffith, S. W., 2Mm-ray, C. E. E., 2
Griffith, S. W., 3.Murray, C. E. E., 3Mein, C. S., 3Allen, A. M., 2
Smith, E., 3Mate, F., 2Cape, A. J., 2
Mate, F., 3Long, G. E., 3Knox, G., 2
Iceton, E. A., 2
Cooper, P. Α., 2 \Purves, W. A., 2 j
Cooper, P. Α., 3Eoseby, T., 2Coutts, James, 2
Alston, J., 3Sly, E. M., 1
FOUNDATIONS.
1855. (β)
Innés, G., 2
Garland, James, 1
1858.I Lane, George, 1
1859,Perry, John, 1
1860.Griffith, S. VV., 1Mein, C
1861.Mein, C. S., 2Wright, K., 1Allen, A. M., 1
Smith, Eobert, 2Mate, Frederick, 1Cape, A. J., 1O'Brien, L., 2Knox, G., 1Sly, J. D., 1
Sly, J. D., 2Iceton, E. Α., ΙPurves, W. Α., 1)Woolley, W., 1 j œq-
Alston, J., 1Eoseby, T., 1
Eichardson, E., 1Coutts, John, 1Dargin, S., 1
245
(a) Up to the year 1854 the names are in alphabetical order ; from that date they areplaced in order of merit. The numbers show the several years.
œq.
1857.
S. VV., 1 ). S, 1 )œq.
1862.1863.
1864.1865.
1866
1867.
246 FOUNDATIONS.
Morris, R. N., 3Eennie, E. Α., 2
Sly, E. M., 3Ploniley, F. J., 2 (a)
1869.
1S70.
Coghlan, C. Α., 1Kent, F. D., 1
Hynes, W. A., 1KeUy, S., 1
Ploniley, F. J., 3KeUy, S., 2Hynes, W. A., 2
KeUy, S., 3Edmunds, W., 2 (¿)Hurst, G., 2
OUver, J., 2Butler, T., 1
Chisholm, W., 3Förster, C. E., 2Barff, H. E., 2 (c)
EusseU, W., 2Eenwick, G., 2
Debenhani, J. W., 3Maclardy. J. J)., 2Whitfeld, L., 2
Fletcher, J. A., 2Moore, W. L., 2Owen, H. P., 1
Brennan, F. P., 2CampbeU, G. R , 2 j œ^·
Eennie, G. E.Flint, C. A.
Eolin, T.Woolcock, J. ) œ(l·
1871.
1872.
1873.
1874.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1S79.
1880.
Hurst, G., 1Butler, E. J., 1
Jacobs, J., 1Chishohn, W., 1
Forster, CE., 1
Allen, G. B., 1EusseU, W., I
Wilkinson, W. C, 1Whitfeld, L., 1
AUen, R. C, 1Moore, W. L., 1
CuUen, W. P., 1 iWright, S., 1 j œq·
Linsley, W. H., 2King, W. U., 1
Butler, F. J.
Piddington, A.B.
(a) Bracketed equal with Coghlan, who obtained the Lithgow Scholarship,(δ) Edmunds, Hurst and Butler (Lithgow), were bra.cketed equal,(c) Nathan, E. A., proxime accessit.
FOUNDATIONS. 247
1881.Armstrong, L. F. M. | Leverrier, F. (a)
18S2.Millard, A. C. (δ)
1883.Delohery, C.
1885.Garran, E. E.
1886.Thompson, E. A.
1888.Stephen, E. Milner (¢).
1889.Pratt, F. V. )
Eoberts, J. W., prox. ace.Peden, J. B. j ?**■'
1891.Edwards, D. S.
1892.HaU, E. C. )
Eowland, IST. de H. ) œ1-
2—CLASSICAL SCHOLARSHIP.A special Scholarship, of the annual value of £50, wasawarded by the Senate in the years 1854-5 for the encourage-ment of Classical Literature, and was open to all Undergraduateswho should have completed their sixth term in the University.
1854—W. C. Windeyer | 1855—George Salting
This Scholarship ceased to be awarded on the foundation,in 1857, of the Cooper Scholarship.
3.-LEVEY SCHOLARSHIP.
The sum of £500 was bequeathed by Solomon Levey, Esq.,to the Sydney College, which had been established by a certainnumber of subscribers forming a Joint Stock Company, for thepurpose of imparting the rudiments of a liberal education to theyouth of the Colony. The direction of Mr. Levey in respect tothis bequest was that the amount should be invested in thepurchase of shares in the College, and that the annual incomearising therefrom should be applied towards
the education ofOrphan Boys at the discretion of the Trustees of the College.
(a) Bracketed equal "witti Thomas E. Jones, who obtained the Second Cooper Scholarship.(6) Awarded to the second in order of merit, W. Byram, Millard being, the holder of twoScholarships ; and subsequently awarded to Cecil King, Byram not having complied withthe conditions necessary for holding a Scholarship.(c) Awarded to F.· W. Doak, !Stephen being the holder of two other Scholarships.
248 FOUNDATIONS.
The Sydney College having failed in its object, the Share-holders were empowered by an act of the Legislature, passed in1853, to sell to the University of Sydney the land in Hyde Park,which had been granted by the Government as a site for theCollege, with the buildings and all other property belonging tothe College, including Mr.' Levey's bequest. This sale havingbeen effected accordingly in the same year, it was resolved by theSenate of the University that Mr. Levey's bequest, which they hadacquired, should be devoted to the foundation of a Scholarship, tobe called the Levey Scholarship ; but that the principal, whichthen, with the accrued interest, amounted to £565, should beallowed to accumulate further before its actual application to theintended object. The principal (£1000) is now partly invested inGovernment Debentures at 5 per cent. Up to 1879 this Scholar-ship was awarded for general proficiency in the First Year. Itis now allotted to an Undergraduate of the Second Year, and isawarded, after examination, for proficiency in Chemistry andPhysics, both theoretical and practical. Students in anjr Facultymay compete for it, but no Student is eligible to compete formore than one year. It is tenable for one year, and is of theannual value of £50.
1857—Tom, W.I860—Murray, C. E. R.1862—O'Brien, L.1863—Belisario, Edward1865—Cooper, Pope A.1866—Coutts, James1867—Farrell, C. P.1868—Rennie, E. H.1870—Backhouse, Alfred P1871—Robertson, J.1872—Oliver, J.1873—Barff, H. E.1874—Renwick, G.1875—Maclardy, J. D. S.1876—Quaife, W. F.1877—Linsley, W. H.1878—Jeffries, H.
(o) Awarded to the second in order of merit, W. U.
1879—Cribb, J. G. («)1880—Rennie, G. E. ι
Sutherland, G. W. ] œq·1881—Poolman, A. E.1882—Le verrier, F.1883—Ferguson, David1884—Fletcher, A. W.1885—Angrove, W. H.1886—Wilson, C. G.1887—Bradfield, J. J. C.1888—Wolstenholme, H. (¿)1889—Vallaek, A. S.1890—FeU, J. W.1891—Brearley, J. H. D.1892—Seale, H. P.1893—Wood, J. P.
King, Cribb being the holder of-two other Scholarships.
(ό) Awarded to W. T. Dick, Wolstenholme being the holder of two other Scholarships.
FOUND ATIONS. 249
i.—BAEKER SCHOLARSHIP, NO. I.In 1853, a sum of £1000 was given b}' Thomas Barker, Esq.,for the foundation of a Scholarship for the encouragement ofMathematical Science. This Scholarship was originally opento all Undergraduates, but it can now he held b}r those ofthe Third Year only. The endowment money is invested chieflyin house property at Newtown, and the Scholarship is of theannual value of £50, tenable for one year.
1853—Mitchell, David Scott1854—Mitchell, David Scott1855—Paterson, James S.1857—Jones, Eees R.1859—Cowlishaw, W. P.1860—Stephen, Cecil B.1861—Bowman, Edward1862-Griffith, S. W.1864—Mate, Frederick1865—Knox, George1867—Cooper, Pope A.1868—Alston, J.1870-Sly, E. M.1871—Plomley, E. J.1872—Kelly, S.1873—Butler, E.J.1875-Barff, H. E. )
Forster, C. E. f œq·
1881—Rolin, Tom1882—Millard, A. C.•1883—Delohery, C.1884—Russell, H. A. (c)
1876—Allen, G. B.Deb.enham, J.,
prox. ace.1877—Maclardy, J. D. S.1878—Allen, R. C.1879—Cullen, W. P.1880—Cribb, J. G. (a)1881—Flint, C. A.1882—Polin, Tom1883—Halliday, G. C.1884—Millard, A. C.1885—Delohery, C.1886— Russell, H. A.1887—Garran, R. R.1888—Newton, H.1889—Sellors, R. P.1890—Stephen, E. M.1891—FeU, J. W. (b)1892—Davies, W. J. E.1885—Garran. R. R,ι
Hunt, H. W. G. (d) j-œq··1886—Thompson, R. A.1887—Dick, W. T.
(a) Awarded to J. F. Elphinston and J. F. McManamey, teq., Cribb being the holder■of Wo other Scholarships.
(ft) Awarded to H. de B. O'Eeilly, Fell being the holder of two other Scholarships,(c) Awarded to G. H. Abbott, Russell being the holder of two other Scholarships,(rf) Awarded to H. "W. G. Hunt, Garran being the holder of two other Scholarships.
1893—Davies, A. B.5.-BARKER SCHOLARSHIP, No. II.The annual income of the Barker Scholarship EndowmentFund having become sufficient to provide for two ScholarshipsOf the value of £50 each, a second Scholarship,' also tenable for•one year, is awarded to a student of the First Year for pro-ficiency in Mathematics. A special award was made in 1881 toa student of the Second Year.
250 FOUNDATIONS.
1888—Stephen, E. Milner1889—Fell, J. W.1890—Newton, W. T. J.1891—Davies, A. B.
6.—DEAS-THOMSON SCHOLARSHIP.In 1854 the Honourable E. Deas-Thomson, Esq., thenColonial Secretary of New South Wales, left the colony on avisit to England, and on that occasion a Testimonial Fund wasraised and presented to him on account of his public services.Out of this fund Mr. Deas-Thomson appropriated £1000 to thefoundation of a Scholarship in the University for the encourage-ment of Physical Science. The sum has been invested in houseproperty at Newtown, and of the rents accruing therefrom £50is appropriated annually for a Scholarship, which is awarded toa student of the Third Year, for proficiency in Chemistry andExperimental Physics. Candidates for this Scholarship musthave attended the courses of instruction of the Second Year uponChemistry and Physics, and the scholar is required to attend thecourses of instruction upon Physics during his tenure of theScholarship. It is held on the same terms as the Cooper andBarker Scholarships. It is, moreover, provided by the trustdeeds that, when the accumulation shall be sufficient, a Scholar-ship for the encouragement of Geology shall be founded, andsubsequently, when the funds will permit, one for Mineralogy.
1875—Butler, T.1876— Allen, G. B.1877—Maclardy, J. D. S.1878—Bö'hrsmann, C.1879—Bowman, A. S.1880—Ealst
1892—Simpson, E. S.1893—Stewart, D. G. |
Strickland, T. P. (a) } ^
1854—Willis, Robert Spier1855—Salting, William S.1858—Eussell, Henry C.1859—Quaife, F. H.1860—Stephen, Cecil B.1861—Bowman, Andrew1862—Murray, C. E. E.1864—Cape, Alfred J.1866—Gilchrist, A.1867—Purves, W. A,1868—Eoseby, T.1869—Morris, B. N.1870—Eennie, E. H.1871—Kent, F. D.1872—Anderson, H. C. L.1873—Butler, E. J.1874—Chisholm, W.
on, A. G.1881—Eennie, G. E.1882—Poolman, A. E.1883—Leverrier, F.1884—Eamsay, J.1885—Fletcher, A. W.1886—Abbott, G. H.
Eussell, H. Κ.,ρτοχ. aec~1887—McDonnell, E. C. W.1891—FeU, J. W.1892—Brearley, J. H. D.1893—Brearley, J. H. D.
(a) Awarded to D. G. Stewart, T. P. Strickland being the holder of two other Scholar-ships.
FOUNDATIONS. 251
7.-THE DEAS-THOMSON GEOLOGT SCHOLARSHIP.
The annual income of the Deas-Thomson ScholarshipEndowment Fund, having become sufficient to provide for twoScholarships of the value of £50 each, a second Scholarship hasbeen established for proficiency in the subject of Geology, inaccordance with the provisions of the trust deeds mentionedabove. Candidates must have attended the courses of instructionon Geology (including Biology) of the Second Year, and thescholar is required to attend the lectures and laboratory practiceof the Third Year in Geology and Mineralog}'. The Scholarshipwill be tenable for one year, and will be awarded to a studentwho has completed his Second Year in the Faculty of Science.1892—Hughes, M. O'G., B.A. | 1893—Watt, J. Α., Μ.Α.COOPER SCHOLARSHIPS.In 1857, a sum of £1000 was given by the Honourable SirDaniel Cooper for the foundation of a Scholarship for theencouragement of Classical Literature. The original endowmentmoney is invested in house property at Newtown, and theincreased value of the endowment, chiefly derivable from accumu-lations of interest, has enabled the Senate to award threeScholarships annually in lieu of one as originally intended.8.-COOPER SCHOLARSHIP, No. I.
This Scholarship is awarded for proficiency in Classics, is ofthe annual value of £50, and is open to all Undergraduates whohave completed their sixth Term. It is tenable for one year.
1857—Hawthorn, S.1862—Griffith, S. W.1864—Mate, Frederick1865—Knox, George1867—Barton, Edmund1868—Alston, J.1871—Coghlan, C. A.
Plomlev, F. J,prox. ace.1872—Hynes,".W. A.
1878—Allen, R. C.1879—Badham, Lewis B. L.
Owen, H. P., prox. ace.1880—Cribb, J. G. (¿)1881-Barlee, F. R.1882—Piddington, A. B.1883—Armstrong, L. F. M.1884—Millard, A. C.1885—Russell, Jane F. \
Neill, L. E. F. j 8^1886—Russell, H. A. (c)1887—Garran, R. R.1889—Lloyd, F.1890—Stephen, E. M.1891—Parker, W. A.1892—Levy, D.1893—Garnsey, A. H.
(a) Backhouse, Alfred P.,prox. ace.1874—Oliver, J.1875—Butler, T.1876-Russell, W.
Allen, G. B. ) prox.Debenham, J. \ ace,
1877— Wilkinson, W. C.(«) Δ special University L'nze was awarded to Alfred P. Backhouse for proficiency iathe Scholarship examinations of the year.(6) Awarded to W. TJ. King, Cribb being the holder of two other Scholarships.(c) Awarded to A. G. Saddington, Russell being the holder of two other Scholarships.
252 FOUNDATIONS.
9.—COOPER SCHOLARSHIP, No: Π.This Scholarship is of the value of £50, tenable for one year,and is awarded to a student of the First Year, for proficiency inClassics.
1881—Jones, T. E.188-2—Millard, A. C.1883—Fletcher, A. W. )
Neill, L. E. F. J œ1-1884—Russell, H. A.18S5—Garran, E. E.1886—Thompson, E. A. (a)1887—Wolstenholme, H. (¿)
10.—COOPER SCHOLARSHIP, No. III.
This Scholarship is of the value of £50, tenable for one year,and is awarded to a student of the Second Year, for proficiencyin Classics.1890—Parker, W. A.1891—Levy, D.
1892—Garnsey, A H.1893—Eowland, N. de H. (d)
Π.—LITHGOW SCHOLARSHIP.In 1864, a sum of £1000 was bequeathed by WilliamLithgow, Esq., to be applied to the foundation of a Scholarship.The endowment money is invested in Government Debentures at5 per cent. Up to 1879 this Scholarship was awarded to thefirst in point of merit of the Second Year in general proficiency.From 1879 to 1889 inclusive, it was awarded to a Second Yearstudent, for proficiency in Classics. In the years 1890-92 it wasawarded for pioficienc}' in an Ancient and a Modern Languageat the Matriculation Examination. It is now awarded for pro-ficienc}' in French and Gemían at the Matriculation Examination.It is tenable for one year, and is of the annual value of £50.1866—Barton, E.1867—Alston, J.1868—Morris, E. N.1869—Sly, E. M.1870—Coghlan, C. A.1871 —Backhouse, Alfred P.
1872—Butler, E. J.
1873—Chisholm, J.1874—Butler, T.1875—Allen, G.
1888—Stephen, E. Milner1889—Parker, W. A.4. Levy, Daniel (c)5. Garnsey, A. H.1892—HaU, E. C.1893—Mitchell, E. M.
"Waddell, G. W.
seq.
B.1876—Wilkinson, W.1877—Allen, E. C.1878—Cullen,
W. P.1879—Cribb, J. G. (.«) C.
217. Awarded to C. L. "W. Hunt, Thompson being the holder of two other Scholarships.218. Awarded to F. Lloyd, H. Wolstenholme being the holder of two other Scholarships.219. Awarded to A. C. Gill, D. Levy being the holder of two other Scholarships.(d) The firs.; place in the Scholarship Examination
was gained by E. C. Hall, who didnot comply with the conditions lor holding the Scholarship.
(e) Awarded to W. TJ. King, Cribb being the holder of two other Scholarships.
FOUNDATIONS. 253
1880—Barlee, F. E.1881—Piddington, A. B.
Eich, G. E., prox. ace.1882—Armstrong, L. F. M.1883—Millard, A. C.1884—Neill, L. E. F. \
Fletcher, A. W. ) 8^-
1885—Russell, H. A. («)1886-Garran, E. E.1887—Thompson, E. A.1888—Lloyd, F.1889—Stephen, E. M.
1890 -Levy, Daniel I 1892—Eowland, N. de H. )1891-MeU, C. N. I Whitfeld, Eleanor M. i ™%
1893—Strickland, T. P.
12,—WIGRAM AXLEN SCHOLARSHIP.In 1867, the sum of £381 was given by G. Wigram Allen,
Esq., to be invested and allowed to accumulate until it shouldreach £500. This amount having been attained, the interestthereon (£25) was devoted as a yearly prize to the candidate whoshould have passed the best examination in General Jurispru-dence for the Degree of Bachelor or Doctor of Laws. In 1883, anadditional sum of £500 was given by Sir G. "Wigram Allen, whoat the same time expressed the desire that an annual sumof £25should be applied as before, but that the interest of the wholefund should be devoted to a Scholarship in Law when a Chairin the Faculty of Law should have been established. A full curri-culum in the Faculty of Law having been etablished in 1890, theScholarship was awarded for proficiency at the B.A. Examinationto a student proceeding to graduate in the Faculty of Law. It isnow awarded for general proficiency in the subjects of the Inter-mediate Law Examination. Candidates for this Scholarship arerequired to present themselves for examination in all the subjectsof the Intermediate Examination, notwithstanding they may havepreviously passed in some of them in the Arts Course. The Scholar-ship is of the annual value of £50, and is tenable for one year.1881—Edmunds, W., LL.B. I 1887—Green, A. V., LL.D.1885—Green, A. V., LL.B. |
1890—Lloyd, F., B.A. ι 1893—Holme, J. B., B.A.1892—Flannery, G. E., B.A. |
(a) Awarded to G. P. Barbour and A. G. Saddington, seq., Eussell being the holder oftwo other Scholarships.
254 FOUNDATIONS.
13.—BENWICK SCHOLARSHIP..
In 1877, a sum of £1000 was given by Arthur Eenwick, Esq.,M.D. (Edinburgh) and B.A. (S3'dney), to found a Scholarshipfor Natural Science, including Comparative Anatomy, when aSchool of Medicine should have been established. Until the year1884 it was allotted to an Undergraduate of six Terms' standing,for proficiency in Chemistry, Geology, and Palseontology. It isnow awarded in the Faculty of Medicine for proficiency in thesubjects of the First Year Examination in Medicine. It is of theannual value of £50, and is tenable for one year.
-Quaife, W. E. \Fletcher. J. A. j
1879—Cullen, W. P.1880—Cribb, J. G.
1881—Sutherland, G. W.1882—Woolcock, J.1883—Leverrier, F.
1885—Bancroft, P.1886—Hester, J. W.
Henry, A., prox. ace.1887—Wilson, C. G.1888—Abbott, G. H.1889—SawMns, F. J.
Dick, P.., prox. ace.
1890—Vallack, A. S.
Smith, G. E., ptvx. ace.1891—Hughes, M. O'G.
Veech, M., prox. ace.1892—Deck, G. H. B.1893—Dixon, G. P.
14.—GEORGE ALLEN SCHOLARSHIP.
In 1877, a sum of £1000 was bequeathed by the Hon.George Allen for the purposes of the University. It has beenappropriated to the foundation of a Scholarship in the SecondYear for proficiency in Mathematics. It is tenable for oneyear, and is of the value of £50.1879—Cribb, J. G. (a)1880—Flint, C. A.1881—Woolcock, J.1882—Halliday, G. C.1883—Millard, A. C.1884—Delohery, C.1885—Eussell, H. A.1886—Garran, E. E.
Hunt, H. W. G., prox. ace.
1887—Thompson, E. A.1888—Sellors, E. P.1889—Stephen, E. M.1.890—Fell, J. W.1891—Levy, D.1892—Davies, A. B.1893—Burfitt,
1878-
W. F. J.c?: (a)Awarded to J. F. SIciTanamey, Cribb being the holder of two other Scholarships.
FOUNDATIONS. 255
15.—BOWMAN-CAMERON SCHOLARSHIP.In 1877, a sum of £1100 was bequeathed by Andrew
Robertson Cameron, Esq., M.D., of Richmond, for the foundationof a Scholarship, to be called the Bowman-Cameron Scholarship,and to be awarded once everv three years, for general pro-ficiency, to the most distinguished candidate of the First Year.It is invested in Government Debentures, is of the annual valueof £50, and is tenable for three years.1878—Cribb, J. G. 1887—Wolstenholme, H.1881—Halliday, G. C 1890—Levy, Daniel (a)1884—RusseU, H. A. 1893—Mitchell, E. M.
16.—FREEMASONS' SCHOLARSHIP.In 1880, a sum of £1000 was given by the Freemasons of
New South Wales under the Constitution of the Grand Lodge ofEngland, for the endowment of a Scholarship in honour of theDistrict Grand Master of the Order, John Williams, Esq., and forthe encouragement of Learning and Science amongst the sonsof Freemasons. The Scholarship is open to competition to the sonsof Freemasons of five years' standing of the United Grand Lodgeof New South Wales. The Scholarship is awarded for general pro-ficiency at the Matriculation Examination. If at any time thereshall be no candidates for Matriculation eligible to compete for theScholarship, or if any such candidates fail to show sufficient merit,it is open to competition at the First Year Examination. TheScholarship may be held in any Faculty. It is of the annualvalue of £50, and it is tenable for three years, provided that thescholar shall so long faithfully pursue his studies in the Univer-sity, and shall pass the Annual Examinations with credit.Applications for permission to compete for the Scholarship willbe received not later than the first day of Lent Term.1884—Pope, Roland J. I 1890—Davies, W. J. E.1887—Wolstenholme, H. | 1893—Strickland, T. P.
17—CAIRD SCHOLARSHIP.In 1886, a sum of £1000 was given by George S. Caird,Esq., to found a Scholarship for Chemistry. It is awarded at theSecond Year Examination in the Faculty of Science. Candidatesmust have attended the courses of instruction of the SecondYear upon Chemistry and Physics. The Scholarship is tenable
(a)Awarded in 1S91 to A. C. Gill and W. L. Atkins, seq., Levy being the holder of twoother Scholarships.
256 FOUNDATIONS.
for one year, and the holder is required to attend the theoreticaland practical courses of instruction in Cheniistry during theThird Year of the Faculty of Science.1891—J. W. Fell | 1893—Not awarded.18—JAMES KING OF IRKAWANG- TRAVELLING SCHOLARSHIP.In 1888, a sum of £4000 was bequeathed by the late "WilliamRoberts, Esq., of Penrith, to be devoted to the foundation of aScholarship or Scholarships (travelling or otherwise), in memoryof the late James King, of Irrawang, near Raymond Terrace.By the terms of the will, the choice of competitors and thedecision on their respective merits are vested in the Senate,acting upon the advice of the Professors of Classics, Mathe-matics, Chemistry, Physics, and Natural History. It has beendecided that the sum shall be devoted to the foundation of aTravelling Scholarship, to be called the James King of IrrawangTravelling Scholarship, and to be awarded on the followingconditions :—
220. The Scholarship shall be tenable only by Graduates ofthis Universiïy of not more than four years' standing.
221. The holder will be required to prosecute his studies orresearches to the satisfaction of the Senate, in some approvedplace or places during the tenure of his Scholarship.
222. The amount of the Scholarship is £150 per annum,tenable for not more than two years.1889—Newton, H., B.A. | 1892—Brennan, C. J., B.A.
19.—JOHN HARRIS SCHOLARSHIP.In 1889, a sum of £1000 was given by John Harris, Esq.,then Mayor of Sydney, for the foundation of a Scholarship in theFaculty of Medicine, to be called the John Harris Scholarship,and to be invested and awarded in the same manner as theRenwick Scholarship. The Scholarship is awarded for proficiencyin Anatomy and Physiology at the Third Year Examination inMedicine. It is tenable for one year, and is of the value of £40.1889—Wilson, C. G.
1892—Smith, G. E.1890—Abbott, G. H., B.A. 1893—Craig, R. Q.189L—Dick, R.
20.—COUNCIL OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIP.In 1889, a sum of about £300 was handed to the University
by the Trustees of the subscribers to a Memorial of the lateCouncil of Education for the foundation of a Scholarship to be
!FOUNDATIONS. 257
called the Council of Education Scholarship. Competition forthe Scholarship is to be confined to the sons of teachers or officersin the Department of Public Instruction. It is provided by thedeed of gift that before any award is made the fund shall beallowed to accumulate until it shall reach such a sum as willprovide a Scholarship of not less amount than those alreadyestablished in the University. It is to be awarded at theMatriculation Examination for general proficiency, but onlywhen the candidates show such proficiency as in the opinion ofthe Examiners will entitle them to the award of a Scholarship,and is to be tenable for three years. The fund in April, 1893,amounted to £343 18s. 2d.21.—SCIENCE SCHOLAESHIPS OE HER MAJESTY'S COM-MISSIONERS FOR THE EXHIBITION OF 1851.In 1891, Her Majesty's Commissioners of the Exhibition of1851 placed at the disposai of the Senate of the University aScience Scholarship of the annual value of £150, tenable for twoor three years, to be awarded to a student of three years' standing,for the prosecution of study and research in any branch of Sciencewith a view of developing the Manufactures and Industries of hiscountry. The Senate being unable to select a suitable nomineefor the year 1891, the Commissioners placed the nomination atthe disposal of the Senate for the year 1892, and a further nomi-nation was offered for 1893.1892—Barraclough, S. H., B.E. | 1893—Ledger, W. H., B.E.
22—FRAZER SCHOLARSHIP.In the year 1890, a sum of £2,000 was
received under thewill of the late Hon. JohnFrazer, M.L.C., towards the establish-ment of a Chair in Ancient and Modern History : but as theSenate had already established a Chair of History under theChallis bequest, it followed that Mr. Erazer's bequest of £2000towards the same object became unnecessary. Upon this it wasrecommended to the family that the bequest should be divertedfrom its precise original design to the proximate one of foundingScholarships in History. This proposal has been acceded to,and a Scholarship of the annual value of £80 has been foundedupon the following terms :—
1. The Scholarship is awarded upon the result of the ThirdYear Examination in History, combined with such further
examination, or other test as the Professor of History may fromtime to time determine.
κ
. 258 FOUNDATIONS.
223. Those students only are eligible who are students in theThird Tear, and who at the time of election are qualified for theB.A. Degree.
224. One half of the Scholarship money will be paid to thesuccessful candidate at the time of election. The second halfwill be paid to him (i.) on his passing an examination qualifyingfor the Degree of H.A., with Honours in History, within twoyears of the date of his election, or (ii.) on his having within thesame period pursued for at least one year, to the satisfaction ofthe Senate, some other course of historical study or research.The Scholarship will be awarded in March, 1894, on (1) thePass and Honour Examinations in December and March, of theThird Year course (English History from 1603, and the Englishin America to 1789) ; (2) an examination in March on EnglishHistory to 1603—the same paper as that set for Second TearHonours ; (3) an Essay to be sent in to the Registrar by the firstday of Lent Term; subject—The Chartist Movement.1893—Henderson, G. 0., B.A.
VI.MILITARY CADETSHIP.
In 1880, the privilege of nominating one student per annumto a Cadetship in the Royal Military College, Sandhurst, was con-ferred upon the Senate by the Imperial Military Authorities, andthe Senate was made the sole authority for testing the educationalfitness of candidates. In pursuance of the authority thus givento it, the Senate has determined that students who have com-pleted their First Year, and passed the First Year Examination,shall be eligible to compete for the nomination. The privilegewill also extend to those who have taken the B.A. or M.A.Degree, provided they are not beyond the age limited by theImperial Regulations. The limits of age for students who havepassed the First Year Examination are from 17 to 21, and forGraduates from 17 to 22. A Graduate or student of the Univer-sity, having obtained his University qualification, must send anapplication to the Military Secretary in the month of May orOctober ; but no such application can be admitted before thecandidate has actually attained the age of 17, nor later than the31st of May or 31st of October next following the date of hisattaining the maximum limit of age. The
Regulations furtherrequire that candidates shall be certified, to be of good moral
FOUNDATIONS. 2.59
character, and shall also, upon examination by a Medical Board,prove to be free from any bodily defects or ailments, and in allrespects as to height and physical qualities fit for Her Majesty'sService, subject to special consideration by the "War Office incases of exceptional shortness. Full particulars may be had onapplication to the !Registrar.
1890—Heath, H. C. S.MILITARY COMMISSIONS.
Two Commissions in the British Army will be granted
annually to students of this and other Australian Universities
under certain conditions, which may be seen in the Registrar's
Office.
VII.EXHIBITIONS.
1.-SALTING EXHIBITION.In 1858, a sum of £500 was given by
Severin KanuteSalting, Esq., to the University, to be applied for the promotionof sound learning. This Exhibition, which is of the annualvalue of £25, is awarded on the recommendation of the Trusteesof the Sydney Grammar School to a student proceeding thenceto the University, and is tenable for three years. The principalis invested in Government Debentures, at 5 per cent.
1860—Mein, C. S.1863—Knox, George1866—Alston, John W.1869—Coghlan, €harles A.1873—Forster, Charles E.1876—Allen, Eeginald C.
2.-J. B. WATT EXHIBITIONS.
1. These Exhibitions were founded by the HonourableJohn Brown Watt, in 1876,' by a donation then made of £1000for a first Exhibition, and a promise of £2000 at a future timefor a second and a third exhibition. And in the years 1888 and1889, further donations by him of £1000 each were accordinglymade, to enable the University to make an annual award.
"2. The original foundation was declared in 1876 to be forthe benefit of deserving lads from the public primary schools, in
1879—Eennie, G. E.1882—King, Cecil J.1885—Garran, E. E.1888—Stephen, E. Milner1891—Garnsey, A. H.
order to provide means, not then granted by the State, forextending their education so as to fit them for entering theUniversity. But the Founder having become satisfied that his
260 FOUNDATIONS.
purposes have been, and will be, sufficiently met by the laterestablishment of Public High Schools, and by the public endow-ment of thirty Bursaries for pupils from the public schools foreducation in the University, and that his Exhibitions haveconsequently become more needful for pupils from privatecolleges and schools, has now, in pursuance of authority reservedto himself, directed that they shall henceforth be awardedaccordingly.
225. The Exhibitions are bestowed on the bursary principle ;that is to say, they are given only to youths of good characterand of intellectual promise, whose parents and friends could nototherwise afford to provide the higher education which theFounder desires to promote.
226. They will be confined to boys or youths who have beenfor at least three years in private colleges or schools.
227. The Exhibitions are tenable for three years, and entitlethe holders to £30 for the first year, £40 for the second, and £50for the third year.
228. It is not obligatory on any holder to become a member ofthe University ; but it is open to him to pursue an intermediatecourse of éducation under the direction of the Senate, whoseduty it will be, according to the terms of the foundation, tosatisfy itself by examinations or otherwise at the end of eachyear, that the money is being applied to maintenance, and to anappropriate course of education, and that the holder has madereasonable progress in his studies.
229. If the exhibitioner should enter the University as anUndergraduate, he will be exempted from all fees, except in theprofessional schools, as in the case of a bursar.
230. The candidates must have passed with special crediteither the Junior or Senior Public Examinations.
231. The Chancellor, with whom the awards rest under thebursary principle, will give preference (other things being equal)to candidates who contemplate eventually entering the Univer-sity over those who do not propose to avail themselves of itsinstruction and discipline.
10. Any Exhibitioner desirous of entering the University,but not immediately prepared to pass the Matriculation Exami-nation, may, at the discretion of the Senate, be permitted toemploy his first year in preparatory attendance at the lectures ofthe University, and under its discipline as
a University student ;
FOUNDATIONS. 261
provided that he shall have satisfied the Senate that he issufficiently advanced to profit by the lectures, and to give promiseof ability to matriculate at the next examination. This permis-sion will not, however, entitle him to more than three years'enjoyment of the exhibition.
232. The tenure of the exhibition will not preclude theholder from competing for any other of the University benefac-tions.
233. Applications are to be made to the Chancellor not laterthan the first day of the Public Examinations at which thecandidate intends to present himself, and should be accompaniedby evidence touching the character and circumstances of theapplicant.
3.-STRUTH EXHIBITION.In 1883, a sum of £1000 was given by John Struth, Esq.,
for the foundation of an exhibition to assist students of intel-lectual promise, but whose means are not otherwise sufficient forthe purpose, in obtaining a Degree in the Faculty of Medicine.The Exhibition is awarded to a student who has 'completed theFirst Year of the Arts course upon the following conditions :—
234. The Deans of the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty ofMedicine shall receive a satisfactory assurance that the means ofthe applicant are insufficient to enable him to proceed with theMedical course without some such pecuniary assistance.
235. Applications for permission to compete for the Exhibition,accompanied by the necessary certificates must be sent to theRegistrar at least fourteen days before the first da}' of theAnnual Examinations.
236. The Exhibition shall be awarded to that candidate, ofthose who are allowed to compete, who shall show the greatestproficiency in the First Year Examination of the Arts course.
237. The holder, who shall at once proceed with his studies inthe Faculty of Medicine, shall receive the sum of £50 per annumfor four years ; provided that he shall only continue to hold it onthe condition that he is diligent and of good conduct, and that hepasses creditably all the examinations to which he may be sub-mitted. In the event of illness of the holder causing prolongationof his course of medical study, the case will be subject to thespecial consideration of the Senate. The Exhibition is opento students of either sex. The last award was made inMarch, 1893.
262 FOUNDATIONS.
4.-HORNER EXHIBITION.In 1889, a sum of £200 was received
from the Executors ofthe late Francis Horner, Esq., M.A., who was for six yearsMathematical Lecturer in the University, for the foundation ofan Exhibition to be called the Horner Exhibition. The Exhibi-tion is to be awarded to the student highest in order of merit inMathematics in the Matriculation Examination, and it cannot beheld with two other Scholarships in the University. In case ofequality in order of merit in competition for the Exhibition,preference shall be given to a student matriculating direct fromthe King's School, Parramatta, or in the absence of a studentfrom that School, to a candidate from Newington College, Stan-more. In all other cases the award is to be guided by andfollow the rules and regulations in force in the University affect-ing exhibitions of the same or a like nature. It is of the valueof £8, and is tenable for one year.1891—Davies, A. B. I 1893—Stewart, D. G. )1892—Simpson, E. S. I
Strickland, T. P. (a) j ^-
vin.BUESAEIES.
The object of these Bursaries is to enable students livingaway from Sydney to reside in one of the Affiliated Colleges, orin some other place approved by the Senate, so that they mayattend the University lectures during the three years requiredfor the attainment of the B.A. Degree. The nominations arerequired by the terms of the respective foundations to be madeby the Chancellor alone.
The holders are exempted from all lecture fees, and fromthe fee for Matriculation.
The conditions under which they are conferred are—238. That the Chancellor shall
receive a satisfactory assurancethat the means of the applicant and his parents are unequal tothe expense of residing in one of the Affiliated Colleges or else-where in the neighbourhood of the University.
239. That the Professors of Classics and Mathematics shallcertify that the applicant has shown such proficiency and abilityas to warrant the hope that he will receive benefit from pursuinghis studies at the University.
240. Every Bursar, when appointed, shall be required to comeinto residence and attendance at lectures according as the Senate
(a) Awarded to D. G. Stewart; Strickland being the holder of two Scholarships.
FOUNDATIONS. 263
shall direct, and to matriculate at the commencement of the nextacademic year after his appointment, and he shall only continueto hold the Bursary on the conditions that he is diligent, and ofgood conduct, and that he passes creditably the examinations atthe end of the !First and Second Years after his Matriculation.
4. As it is necessary that the applicant should satisfy theProfessors above mentioned as to his proficiency and generalfitness, he must either have presented himself at the MatriculationExamination, which will be held in the University in the begin-ning of March, or he must have passed the Junior or SeniorPublic Examination held at one of the local centres of the colony,in Latin and Mathematics.
1.-MAURICE ALEXANDER BURSARY.In 1874, debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent., were givenby Mrs. Maurice Alexander for the endowment of a Bursary inmemory of her late husband. The annual value is £50.
2.—THE LEVEY AND ALEXANDER ENDOWMENT.In 1879, debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent., were given byMrs. Maurice Alexander for the purpose of establishing anendowment in the University, in memory of her late parents,Isaac and Dinah Levey. It is intended for young men who shallhave gone through the regular University course, and shall havepassed the statutory Examination for the Degree of Bachelor ofArts in the University of Sydney, and graduated with credit tothemselves, and who shall then be desirous of entering a liberalprofession, but be without sufficient pecuniary means to bear thecost of the necessary preparation and superior instruction.
It is provided that no regard whatever shall be had to thereligious creed or denomination of any candidate, provided thathis personal character and repute shall be good, and that indetermining any such award the only considerations shall besuch as have reference to the character and to the abilities andlearning of the candidate, as proved by University Examinations,and to his financial position.
The award is to be made to a Graduate who shall haverecently taken his B.A. Degree ; but the choice would be givento one who had graduated in Honours.
The professions which are held especially in view are thoseof Medicine and Surgery, and of Law in either branch, and
those of Architects, Surveyors, and Engineers : but full discre-tion is given to the University Senate to include any othersecular profession which shall be deemed by them to be of alearned or liberal character.
264 FOUNDATIONS.
It is intended that the Graduate selected under this endow-ment shall enjoy the income for three years, either by one pay-ment of not exceeding one hundred and fifty pounds (that is tosay, after accumulating) for fees or premiums on articles ofpupilage ; or by half-yearly payments of twenty^five pounds forthree years ; or partly in each way, as may be deemed by theSenate best for carrying out the objects in view.
3.-JOHN EWAN FRAZEK BURSAET.In 1876, debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent., were given
by the Honourable John Frazer, M.L.C, for the endowment ofa Bursary, of the annual value of £50, to be called after thename of his deceased son, John Ewan Frazer.
4.—ERNEST MANSON FRAZER BURSARY.In 1876, debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent., were given
by the Honourable John Frazer, M.L.0., for the endowment ofa Bursary, of the annual value of £50, to be called after thename of his deceased son, Ernest Manson Frazer. .
5.—WILLIAM CHARLES WENTWORTH BURSARY, No. I.In 1876, the sum of £1000 was given by Fitz-William
"Wentwortb, Esq., for the foundation of a Bursary, of the annualvalue of £50, to be called after the name of his deceased father,William Charles Wentworth, Esq.
6.—WILLIAM CHARLES WENTWORTH BURSARY, No. II.In 1876, the further sum of £1000 was given by Fitz-
William Wentworth, Esq., for the foundation of a secondBursary, of the annual value of £50, to be called after the nameof his deceased father, William Charles Wentworth, Esq. ; butthe founder directed that this sum should accumulate until itshould reach £1500, that a second Bursary should then beavailable, and that the surplus should accumulate until the sumof £1500 should again be reached, when a similar result is tofollow. This foundation reached the sum of £1500 in 1886, anda second Bursary was established accordingly.
7.-WILLIAM CHARLES WENTWORTH BURSARY, No. ΠΙ.This fund was established in 1886 by the setting apart of
the sum of £500 from the last-named foundation, to accumulatein accordance with the directions of the founder. It amountedin April, 1893, to £762 10s. 5d.
FOUNDATIONS. 265
S.—BURDEKIN BURSARY.In 1876, the sum of £1000 was given by
Mrs. Burdekin forthe foundation of a Bursary, of the annual value of £50, to becalled the Burdekin Bursary.
9.-HUNTER-BAILLIE BURSARY, No. I.In 1876, Government debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent.,were given by Mrs. Hunter-Baillie for the foundation of aBursary of the annual value of £50, to be called the Hunter-Baillie Bursary.
10.—HUNTER-BAILLIE BURSARY, No. II.
In 1877, Government debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent.,■were given by Mrs. Hunter-Baillie for the foundation of aBursary, of the annual value of £50, for the sons of ministers ofreligion. In the deed of gift the Senate is declared to be thesole judge of who are to be considered ministers of religion.
11.—JAMES AITKEN BURSARY.
In 1878, the sum of £1000 was bequeathed to the Universityby James Aitken, Esq., of Grafton, for the foundation of aBursary of the annual value of £50, to be called the JamesAitken Bursary. The award of this Bursary is not confined to■candidates for the Degree of B.A.
12.—WALKER BURSARIES.In 1881, the sum of £5000 was given by
Thomas Walker,Esq., of Yaralla, Concord, for the foundation of Bursaries. Thegift was especially connected with the late resolution of theSenate, to grant to women equal participation with men in allUniversity privileges, and it was desired by the founder that aportion of the Bursaries—up to one half, as circumstances might•dictate—should be made applicable to students of the female sex.Four Bursaries of the value of £50 per annum, and one of £40per annum are awarded.
IX.PEIZES.
1.-WENTWORTH MEDAL.In 1854, Government debentures for
£500, at 5 per cent.iwere given by W. C. Wentworth, Esq., the interest to be appliedfor an Annual Prize for the best English Essay.
266 FOUNDATIONS.
In 1889, the fund having accumulated sufficiently to providefor two Prizes of the value of £10 each, a Prize is now given forcompetition amongst Undergraduates, and a Second Prize forcompetition amongst Bachelors of Arts of not more than threeyears' standing.
1854—Windeyer, W. C.1855—Windeyer, W. C.1862—Docker, Ernest B.1866—Knox, George
UNDERGRADUATES' MEDAL.1890—Curnow, W. L. 1893—Not awarded.
GKADUATES' MEDAL.1890—Garran, E. E., B.A.1891—Curnow, W. L., B.A.
1893—Smairl, J. H., B.A.Pratt, E.V., B.A..,prox.acc.
2,—NICHOLSON MEDAL.In 1867, the sum of £200 was given by Sir Charles Nichol-
son, Bart., D.C.L., to found an Annual Prize for Latin Verse.The endowment money is invested in Government Debentures at5 per cent. The competition for this medal is open to all Under-graduates and Graduates of not more than three years' standing.
œq.
1880—Barlee, E. E.1881—Barlee, F. E.1882—Armstrong, L. F. M.1883—Armstrong, L. F. M.
3.—BELMORE MEDAL.In 1870, a sum of £300 was given by the Eight Honourablethe Earl of Belmore, for the purpose of founding a Medal of thevalue of £15, to be awarded annually to a member of the Uni-versity, under the standing of M. A., for proficiency in Geologyand Practical Chemistry, with special reference to Agriculture.The Examination is held in Michaelmas Term. The endowmentmoney is invested in Government Debentures at 5 per cent.1873—Anderson, H. CL.
King, F. H.1874—Butler, E. J.1875—O'Brien, O.1876—Eenwiek, G.1877—Wilkinson, W. C.1880—Campbell, Joseph
1881—Ealston, A. G.1882—Eennie, G. E. j
Sutherland, G. W. )1883—Woolcock, J. L.1884—Leverrier, F.1885—Perkins, A. E.1893—Not awarded.
aeq.
1870—O'Connor, Eichard E.1880—Linsley, W. H.1881—Woolcock, J. L.
1889-^Garran, E. E.Wolstenholme, H.
1893—Not awarded.
FOUNDATIONS. 267
4.—FAIRFAX MEDALS.In 1872, a sum of £500 was given by John Fairfax, Esq.,for the purpose of founding two Annual Prizes of £20 and £10severally, to be awarded to the greatest proficients among thefemale candidates at the Senior and Junior Public Examinations.In the case of Seniors the candidates must not be over twenty-five years of age, and of Juniors seventeen years. The endow-ment money is invested in City of Sydney Debentures, yielding6 per cent.
SENIOE PRIZE.
-Bolton, Anne Jane-Everitt, M. M.■Whitfeld, Caroline A.A'Becket, Caroline A.,
prox. ace.■Garran, Helen Sabine-Buardoff, Bertha M.Haggard, A., prox. ace.-Love, Helen C.-Holt, Eliza Marion•Russell, Jane Foss )Carson, M. H. ) 83I*Bruce, Mary H. 1Fox, Emily Alice ) 88I-
Manwaring, Jessie R. E.■Hall, Catherine J.
1887—Hall, Edith Emily
Fidler, Isabel M., prox.ace.
1888—Barton, Joanna \Bowmaker, Ruth !Hayles,
Ella Í œq·Florence }
1889—Allanby, KateFidler, Mabel MaudeGrimes,
EleanorMary
Proctor Lizzie1890—Howe, Edith J.1891—Whitfeld Eleanor M.1892—Bloomfield, Elsie I'A.
JUNIOB PBIZE.
1871—Rennie, Amelia C.1872—Garran, Mary Epps1873—Badham, Julia1,874—A'Becket, C. A.
Carney, Kate1875—HaU, A. F.1876—Shadier, Cornelia1877—Holt, Eliza M.1878—Russell, Emily L.
Russell, Jane F.1879—Carson,
Marianne H.1880—O'Brien, Marion1881—Holt, Sarah Elizabeth
1882-1883-
1884-1885-1886-
1887-
1888
1871-1875-
1877-1878-
1879-1880-1881-
seq.
-Sinclair, Agnes Riddell-Smith, Rebecca MaryRussell, Priscilla, prox.
ace.-Fidler, Isabel M.-Barton, Joanna-Baker, Margaret C. ) ¿*Fidler, Mabel M.
) 8-Cameron,SéptimaS. ι ¿<Proctor, Lizzie / 8
-Sabine,Mary Sabine \Campbell,
Annie ! g*Charlotte ) a
268 FOUNDATIONS.
1889—Whitfeld, Eleanor Made-lineBroad, Amy "Winifred,prox. ace.
1890—Hansard, Edith H.
1891—Ferguson, Margaret \
Elizabeth IParker, Annie Har- Íriet
)1892—Dey, Charlotte J.
1875—Allen, Reginald C.1876—Dunn, Thomas1877—Murray. J. H. P.1879—Love, W. W. R. }Nisbet, W. B. )1880—Leverrier, Frank1881—Power, George Wash-ington1882—Hay, James Alexander1883—Russell, H. Ambrose1885—Ashworth, Louis N.Thompson, Robert A.,prox. ace.1886—Wolstenholme, Harry
Stephen, Edward Milner■Mant, Reginald ArthurLevy, DanielDennis, George ErnestDixon, Graham P. \Hall, Edwin C.Rowland, Norman
de H.Simpson, Edward S.Roberts, Francis J. prox. ace.1893—Mitchell, E. M. j
Strickland, T. P. ] 88I
6.—SMITH PEIZE.Until the j'ear 1885, an Annual Prize of
books, of the valu«of £5, was given by the Hon. Professor Smith to the studentwho distinguished himself most at the vivâ voce Class Examina-tions in Experimental Physics throughout the year. At hiedeath, in that year, he bequeathed the sum of £100, the interestof which is to be given annually in money or in books, or in anyother way approved by the Senate, to the best Undergraduate ofthe First Year in Experimental Physics, and to be called the'· Smith Prize."
) ^n 1857—Garland, J.
1854-
-Paterson, J. S.Willis, R. S.1855 —Renwick, A.1856—Hawthorn, S.
ó.—WEST MEDAL.In 1874, debentures for £200, at 5 per cent., were given by
the subscribers to a memorial of the Beverend John West, Editorof the Sydney Morning J&eralA, for the foundation of an annualGold Medal, to be awarded to the greatest proficient in theSenior Public Examinations.
seq. 188718881890
seq.seq.Halley, J. J.-Garland, J.Stephen, C. B.
1858-seq.
FOUNDATIONS 269·
1859—Stephen C. B.1860—Bowman, E.
Griffith, S. W.1861—Griffith, S. W.
Meillon, J.Mein, C. S.
1862—Allen, A. M.Smith, E.
1863—Cape, A: J.Long, G. E.Manning,
C. J.1864—Gilchrist, A.
Knox, G.1865—Gilchrist, A.
Stephen, —1866—Thompson, J.
Cooper, D. J.1867—Alston, J.
Morris, E. N.1868—Kemp, R. E.
McCarthy, P.1869—Eennie, E. A.
Coghlan, C. A.1870—Backhouse, Alf. P.
Sloman, J.Kent, F. D.Coghlan,
C. A.1871—Backhouse, Alf. P.
Butler, É. J.Kelly, S:
s
e
q
.
s
e
q
.
s
e
q
.
s
e
q
.
s
e
q
s
e
q
s
e
q
s
e
q
,
seq.
seq.
seq.seq.seq.seq..
1872—Hurst, G.Eobertson,
J.1873—Oliver, J.1874—Debenham, J.
Thalion, J. B.1876—Mäher, C. H.1877—Böhrsmann, C.
Mathison, "VV.1878-CuUen, W. P.1879—Cribb, J. G.1880—Fuller, E.
M.1881—Fairfax, G. E.
olin, Tom1882—Armstrong, L. F. M.1883—Bowman,
Archer1884—Berne, Dagmar1885—M'Donnell, E. C. W.1886—Bradfield, J. J. C.
Thompson, E. A.1887—Wolstenholme, H.1888—Smith, G. E.1889—Fell, J. W.1890—Brearley, J. H. D.1891—Deck, G. H. B.
Doak, W. J., prox. acc.1892—Doak, "W. J., B.A.
7.—NORBERT QUIRK PRIZE.
In 1886, the sum of £143 12s. 6d. was given by the sub-scribers to a memorial of the Eev. John Norbert Quirk, LL.D.,late principal of Lyndhurst College, for the foundation of anAnnual Prize for Mathematics. The Senate has decided, withthe consent of the subscribers, that this Prize shall be awarded,for proficiency in Mathematics at the Second Year Examination^The prize is of the annual value of £6.
1888—Newton, H.1889—Sellors, E, P.1890—Stephen, E. M.
1891— O'Reilly, H. de B.1892—Davies, W. J. E.1893—Davies, A. B.
270 FOUNDATIONS.
8.—SLADE PRIZE.In 1886, the sum of £250 was given by G. P. Slade, Esq.,for the encouragement of Science. From the income of thisfund it has been determined to give annual prizes of £5 each forproficiency in Practical Chemistry and Practical Physics respec-tively.
CHEMISTRY.1888—Fell, J. W. I 1892—Dixon, J. P.1889—Barraclough, S. H. Simpson, E. S. (Class1890—Gill, A. C. Examination)1891—"Weigall, A. E.. ¡
PHYSICS.1890—Roberts, J. AV.1891—Brearley, J. H. D.
1892
-Doak, W. J., B.A.
9.-GRAHAME PRIZE MEDAL.In 1891, the sum of £100 was bequeathed to the Universityby the late William Grahame, Esq., of Waverley, for the foun-dation of a Gold Medal, to be called the ' ' Grahame Prize Medal, ' 'and to be awarded annually, subject to such rules as the Senate«hall from time to time make, to such candidate as shall displaythe greatest general proficiency at the Senior Public Exami-nation.
1891—Dixon, Graham P. \HaU, Edwin C. jRowland, Norman > seq.
de H. \Simpson, Edward S. iRoberts, Francis J., prox.ace.
10.—COLLIE PRIZE.In 1892, a sum of £75 was bequeathed to the University bythe Rev. Robert Collie, of Newtown, for the foundation of a Prizefor Botany, to be called the Collie Prize. It will be awarded toa student of any Faculty at the First Year Examination inBotany, and for the present will be of the annual value of £3.
1892—Mitchell, E. M. )Strickland, T. P. { 8^
UNIVERSITY PRIZES.1.-M.A. EXAMINATION.
A Medal of the value of £10. is awarded to the most dis-tinguished candidate in the Honour Examination for the Degreeof Master of Arts in the several schools.
CLASSICS.1876—Beatty, J. J. M.
MATHEMATICS.
1865—Murray, C. E. R.1876—Rennie, E. A.*
PHYSICS.1863—Rogers, F. E.
LOGIC, MENTAL, MORAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY.1892—Cock, N. J.
II.— B.A. EXAMINATION.Since 1863 Prizes have been awarded to the most distin-
guished candidate in the first class in the several schools, at theexamination for the Degree of B.A. Previously to 1857 there
were no classes in Honours. A Gold Medal, or Prize of thevalue of £10, is now awarded.
CLASSICS.1856—Windeyer, W. C. 1880- -Linsley, W. H.1857—Paterson, J. S. 1881- -Cribb, J. G.1863—Griffith, S. W. 1882- -Barlee, F. R,
Murray, C. E. R., prox. ace. 1883- -Piddington, A. B.1866—Sly, J. D. Rich, G. E., prox. ace.1868—Barton, E. 1884- —Armstrong, L. F. M.1870—Sly, R. M. 1885- -Millard, A. C.1871— Coghlan, C. A. 1886- -Neill, L. E. F.1872—Backhouse, Alfred P. 1887- -Russell, H. A.1873—Morrice, J. 1888- -Walker, W. A.1874—Oliver, J. Leibius, G. H., prox. ace.1875—Butler, T. 1889- -McManamey, John F.1876—Russell, W. 1890- -Lloyd, F.1877—Wilkinson, W. C. 1891- -Stephen, E. M.
Maclardy> J. D. S., 1892- -Parker, W. A.prox. ace. 1893- —Levy, Daniel
1879—Allen, R. O.Edwards, R. J. R.,
prox. ace.* Rennie passed with distinction in the School of Natural Science.
1877—Butler, E. J.
272 UNIVERSITY PRIZES.
MATHEMATICS.
1863—Griffith, S. W.Murray, C. E. E
1866—Knox, G.1868—Cooper, P. A.1869—Alston, J. W.1870—Sly, R. M.1871—Plomley, E.1872—KeUy, S.Backhouse, Alfred P,prox. ace.1873—Butler, E. J.1874—Ohisholm, W.1875—Barff, H. E.
seq.CHEMISTRY AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS.
1S63—Grifiith, S. W.1864—Cape, Alfred John1865—"Watson, W.1866—Emanuel, N.1867—Purves, W. A.1868—Alston, J. W.
NATURAL SCIENCE.+1877—Wilkinson, W. C.1879—Bohrsmann, C.1884—Leverrier, F.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.1891—Brennan, C. J.1892—Pratt, F. V.1893—Henderson, G. C.
III.A Gold Medal, or Prize of the value of £10, is awarded to
the student who exhibits the greatest proficiency at the M.B.Examination, if of sufficient merit.1888—Bancroft, Peter 1892—Dick, Robert1890—Wilson, Colin G.
IV.—B.So. EXAMINATION.A Gold Medal, or Prize of £10, is awarded to the student
who exhibits the greatest proficiency at the B.Sc. Examinationif of sufficient merit.
1885—Leverrier, F.1887—Angove, W. H.ί Includes Chemistry, Experimental Physics, Geology, Mineralogy, and Physical Geography.
f
1876—Allen, G. B.1877—Maclardy, J. D. S.1879—Allen, R. O.1881—Cribb, J. G.1883—Rolin, Tom1884—Halliday, G. C.1885— Millard, A. C.1886—Delohery, C.1887—Russell, H. A.1888—Hunt, H. W. G.1889—Newton, Henry1890—Sellors, R. P.1893—Davies, W. J. E.
1869—Morris, R. N.1870—Rennie, E. H.1871—Kent, P. D.1872—Anderson, H.1873—Butler, E. J.
CL.
1874—Chisholm, W.1875—Butler, T.1876—Russell, W.
1868—Roseby, T.Cooper, D. J.,
1890—Stewart, A.
prox. acc.<
1889—Pollock, J. A.
TJNTVERSITT PRIZES. 273
V.—M.E. EXAMINATION.
A Gold Medal, or Prize of the value of £10, is awarded tothe most distinguished candidate in the Honour Examinationfor the Degree of Master of Engineering, if of sufficient merit.1892—Vicars, James.
VI.—B.E. EXAMINATION.
A Gold Medal, or Prize of the value of £10, is awarded tothe student who exhibits the greatest proficiency at the B.E.Examination, if of sufficient merit.1886—Thompson, W. M., M.A. I 1889—Bradfield, J. J. C.1888—Dare, H. H. 1892—Stephens, C. T.
Vicars, Ζ.,ρτοχ. ace. \ 1893—Ledger, W. H.
VII.—ENGLISH VERSE.
A Medal of the value of £10 is given by the University forthe best composition in English Verse. The competition forthis medal is open to all Undergraduates and Bachelors of Artsof not more than three years' standing.1857—Salting, W. S.1860—Tarrington, W. H. H.1861—Docker, Ernest B.1881—Woolcock, John L.1882—Bladen, Prank Murcott1883—Byram, William John
1887—Garran, Eobert E.1889—Garran, Eobert E.1890—Garran, Eobert E,, B. A.1892—Brereton, John Ie Gay1893—Brereton, John Ie Gay
VIII.-UNIVERSITY PRIZE FOR PHYSIOGRAPHY.
A University Prize of the value of £5 is awarded to thestudent of the Pirst Year who passes the best class examinationin Physiography, if of sufficient merit.1889—Eoberts, J. W. I 1892—Whitfeld, EleanorM. ) -,1891—T. Blatchford |
Thompson, Alexr. (8
IX.—UNIVERSITY PRIZES AT PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.
Prizes of £20 and £10 are appropriated annually by theSenate for the greatest proficients amongst the male candidatesat the Senior and Junior Public Examinations in MichaelmasTerm. The limit of age for Seniors is twenty-five, for Juniors,seventeen years.
s
274 UNIVERSITY PRIZES.
SENIOR PRIZE.1873— Allen, G. B.1874—Maclardy, J. D. R.1875—Allen, Eeginald C-
Moore, W. ~L.,prox. ace.1876—Dunn, Thomas1877—Murray, J. H. P.
Cribb, J. G., prox. ace.1879—Love, W. W. E. )
Nisbet, W. B. ) œq·1880—Leverrier, F.1881—Power, Geo. Washington1882—Hay, James Alexander1883—Eussell, Harry Ambrose1885—Ashworth, Louis Naish
Thompson, Eobert A.,prox. ace.
1886—Wolstenholme, Harry1887—Stephen, E. Milner1888—Mant, Eeginald Arthur1889—Levy, Daniel1890—Dennis George E.1891—Dixon, Graham P.
Hall, Edwin C.Eowland, Norman > a*
de H. i«Simpson, Edward S.
Eoberts. Francis J.prox. ace.1892—Mitchell, E. M.
Strickland, T. P.œq.
JUNIOR PBIZE.
1872—Fletcher, A. J. )Maclardy, J. D. S. I 85I-
1873—M'Keon, P. )Moore, A. L. } 86I'
1874—Murray, J. H. P.1875—Lloyd, C. J.
Eennie, G. E., prox. ace.1876—Byrnes, Thomas
Millard, A. C. prox. ace.1877—Butler, Francis J.1878—Jones, Thomas Edward1879—Power, G. W.1880—Hay, James A.1881—Eussell, Harry A.1882—Leibius, Gustav Hugo1883—Ash worth, Louis Naish1884—White, Cecil A.Graham, Austin D.,prox. ace.1885—McNeil A. J. ]
Morrow, W. A. \ seq.Stephen, A. J. M. )
1886—Stephen, Ed. Milner1887—Fowles, Edwin W. H.1888—Garnsey, Arthur H.Dennis, George Ernest,prox. ace.1889—Eoberts. F. J. (
Eowland, N. de H. ( ^¾Browne, H. A.Dixon, G. P.Henchman, H. H. [ IMaxwell, H. F. Ja,
1890—Waddell, George W.Strickland, Tom P.,prox. ace.1891—Whitfeld, Hubert E.
Stewart, D. G., prox. ace.1892—Kelly, E. H.
Grant, E. W., prox. ace.
\ 8
PRIVATE ANNUAL PRIZES.
PATHOLOGY.— Prize of £5 5s., given by Dr. W. Camac Wilkinson,for proficiency in Pathology.
1886—Armstrong, W. G., B.A.1887—McDonnell, M. J. ι
Hester, J. W. j œq·1888—Wilson, C. G.
1889—Abbott, G. H., B.A.1890—Dick, R.1891—Smith, G. E.1892—Craig, E. G.
ENGLISH.—Prizes of £2 10s. each, given by Professor MacCallum,for proficiency in English,
FIRST YEAR.
1888—Sutherland. Elmina L.1889—Pickburn, J. P.1890—Proctor, Lizzie
1891—Meli, C. N.1892—Kidd, Russell
Whitfeld, EleanorM. 8
SECOND YEAR.
1891-1888—Sellors, R. P.1889—Sutherland, Elmina L. 1892-1890—Pratt, F. V. }
Pickburn, J. P. ( 8^THIRD YEAR.
-Proctor, Lizzie-Brereton, J. Le G.
1888—Meares, Matilda1889—Curnow, W. L.1890—Sutherland,ElminaL.Holme, E. R.ZOOLOGY.—Prize of £2 2s., given by Professor Haswell, for
proficiency in Zoology.
1818
1891—Pickburn, J. P.Pratt, F. V. | œq·
1892—Kennedy, Annie A.)i
-Abbott, G. H., B.A.-Dick, R. )
Sawkins, F. J. T. ) 8^*1889—Smith, G. E.
MATERIA MEDICA.—Prize of £2 2s., given by Mr. ThomasDixson, M.B., for proficiency in Materia Medica.
1889—Abbott, G. H., B.A. \ 1890—Sawkins, F. J. T.
1890—Brearley, J. H. D.1891—Macpherson, J.1892—Dixon, G. P.
276 PRIVATE ANNUAL PRIZES.
BOTANY.—Prize of £2 2s., given by Prof essor Haswell, forproficiency in Botany.1892—Macpherson, J.
GEOLOGY.—Prize of £10, given by Professor David, forproficiency in Geolog}'.
1891—Ledger, W. H. | 1892—Andrews, E. C.SURGES γ—Prize of £10, given by Dr. MacCormick, for pro-
ficiency in Surgery.1890 — Robinson, Grace F. 1 I 1891—Lnker, D. '
Smith,'Grafton E. )œ<1· | 1892—Studdy, "W. B.
ANATOMY.—Two Prizes of £5 each, given by Professor Wilson,for proficiency in the Class Examination in (a) Generaland Descriptive Anatomy and (b) Regional and SurgicalAnatomy, respectively.
1890—(a) Craig, E. G.(b) Sawkins, P. J.
1891—(œ) Eobison, E. H.(J) Smith, G. E.
1892—(») Dixon, G. P.(J) Craig, R. G.
ANDERSON PRIZE MEDAL.A Gold Medal, of the value of £10, given by Professor
Anderson, M.A., for the best essay on a philosophical subject ;competition to be open to all Bachelors of Arts of not more thantwo years' standing.
1891—Davis, Henry, B.A. | 1892—Davis, Henry, B.A.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION LECTURES.Prizes for proficiency in the several subjects of the University
Extension Lectures were given, during 1888-92, by ProfessorScott, Professor MacCallum, and Professor Anderson.
PAST PRIZES AND BENEFACTIONS.
THOMAS S. MORT TRAVELLING FELLOWSHIP, value £315.1865—Griffith, S. W., B.A.
ENGLISH ESSAY.—Prize of £10, given by Professor Woolley.1853—Windeyer, W. C.
ENGLISH VERSE.—Prize of £25, given by E. T. Hamilton, Esq.,Provost.
1854—Willis, R. S. )■ Salting, W. S. ) œq·
LATIN VERSE.—Prize of £10, given by Sir Charles Nicholson.1855—Salting, G. | 1857—Salting, G.
1862—Griffith, S. W.GREEK IAMBICS.—Prize of £20, given by Sir Charles Nicholson.
1853— Forshall, W. F.
GREEK IAMBICS.—Prize of £10, given by Professor Woolley.1861—Houison, James | 1862—Griffith, S. W.
GREEK IAMBICS.—Prize of £10, given by the Hon. George Allen.1863-Griffiths, S. W.1866—Sly, J. D.
1869—Sly, E. M.1870—Sly, R. M.
LATIN ELEGIACS. —Prize of £10, given by the Hon. F. L. S.Merewether.
1856—Salting, G.1857—Salting, G.1858—Salting, G.LATIN ESSAY.—Prize of £10, given by Professor Woolley.1854—Salting, G. | 1856—Salting, G.
1861—Griffith, S. W.1863—Mate, F.
278 PAST PRIZES AND BENEFACTIONS.
MATHEMATICS.—Prize of £10, for proficiency in Mathematicsamong incepting Bachelors, given by Professor Pell.
1860—Stephen, C. B.1861—Bowman, E.1863—Griffith, S. W.
Murray, C. E. R.1866—Knox, G.1868—Cooper, P. A.1870—Alston, J. W.
GILCHRIST SCHOLARSHIP.In 1876-82, a Scholarship of the value of £100 per annum,
tenable for three years, was given by the Gilchrist Educa-tional Trust, to be awarded, in alternate years, to a candidatewho should have graduated in Arts in the University of Sydney.
1868—Cooper, Pope A., B.A.1870—Alston, J. W., B.A.1872—Sly, R. M., B.A.1874—Hurst, G., B.A.1876—Chisholm, W., B.A.
HERCULES ROBINSON PRIZE.In 1876-7, two Prizes of the value of twenty-five guineas
each, were given by His Excellency Sir Hercules Eobinson,G.C.M.G., the Governor of the Colony, to Bachelors of Arts ofnot more than six years' standing, for—(a) Criticism on the plotand characters of one or more of the selected plaj's of Shakes-peare ; (b) Comparisons of persons and events as represented bythe poet with the same as described in history ; (c) The languageand literary history of Shakespeare's time, together with theknowledge of the sources of the text, and verbal criticismsthereon.1876—Oliver, James, B.A. | 1877—Anderson, H. CL., B.A.
R. C. WANT SCHOLARSHIP.In 1881-3, Scholarships for Theoretical and PracticalChemistry, of the annual value of £25, to be competed for bystudents who . had completed their sixth term, were given byRandolph Charles Want, Esq.1881—Rennie, G. E. 1883—Leverrier, F. (a)1882—Poolman, A. E.
(a) Awarded to A. B. Carvosso, Leverrier being tbe holder of two other Scholar-ships.
1871—Sly, E. M.1872—Plomley, F.1873—Butler, E. J.1874—Chisholm, W.1875—Förster, C. E.1876—Allen, G. B.
Eeq.
1878—Maclardy, J.D.S..B.A.1880—Böhrsmann, Christian,
B.A.1882—Eennie, G. E., B.A.
PAST PKIZES AND BENEFACTIONS. 279
FAUCETT PEIZE FOE JUEISPEUDENCE.In 1879-81, three Prizes, of the value of £50 each, were
given by Mr. Justice Faucett, for proficiency in Jurisprudence,to be competed for by candidates for their first Degree in Law.1881—Edmunds, W., M.A. I 1884—Morris, E. N., B.A.1882—Coghlan, C. A., M.A. |
EENWICK MEDAL.In 1883-6, Medals, of the value of £10, were given
by.Arthur Eenwick, Esq., M.D., for proficiency in Practical andTheoretical Anatomy.1883—Greville, E. E. B. 1885—Hester, J. W.1884—Bancroft, Peter 1886—Perkins, AlfredE., M.A.
PEOFESSOR SCOTT'S PEIZES.In 1886-7, Prizes, of the value of £5, were given byProfessor Scott, to be awarded to evening students for proficiencyin Classics.1886—Stephenson, J.. H. | 1887—Sawkins, F. J.
PEOFESSOE ST UAET'S PEIZE.In 1887, a Prize, of the value of £7 10s., was given byProfessor Stuart, for proficiency in Physiology.1887—Hester, J. W.
DE. MACLAUEIN'S PEIZE.In 1887, a Prize, of the value of £2, was given by Dr. H. N.MacLaurin, then Vice-Chancellor, for proficiency in Physiology.1887—Trindall, R. B., B.A.
ROSEBEEY PEIZES.In 1883, the sum of fifty guineas was given by the
EightHon. the Earl of Eosebery, to provide two Prizes, of twenty-fiveguineas each for the best English Essay, to be competed for byUndergraduates and Graduates respectively. The subject forthe Undergraduates' Prize was, '' The Growth of the Australa-sian Colonies, and their Present Eelation to the MotherCountry." The subject for the Graduates' Prize, the competitionfor which was confined to Graduates of not more than sixyears' standing, was, "The Future of the Australasian Colonies."
UNDERGRADUATES' PRIZE, 1885—Bladen,. Frank M.GRADUATES' PRIZE, 1889—Ferguson, David, B.A.
280 PAST PEIZES AND BENEFACTIONS.
PROFESSOR STEPHENS' PRIZE.In 1888, a Prize, of the value of £2 2s., was given by Pro-fessor Stephens, for proficiency in Natural History.1888—Smith, G. E.
SURGERY.—Prize of £10, given by Dr. MiIford, for proficiency
in Surgery.1884—Rutledge, D. D., M.A. 1888—Abbott, G. H., B.A.1885—Bancroft, P. 1889—Tidswell, Γ. \1886—Hinder, H. V. C
Coghlan, Iza F. ] 86I-
1887—Wilson, C. G.BOTANY.—Prize of £2 2s., given by Professor Haswell,
forproficiency in Botany.1889—Smith, G. E.
CLINICAL MEDICINE.—Prize of £3 3s. given by Dr. E. Scot-
Skirving, for proficiency in Clinical Medicine.1889—Wilson, CG.
HONOURS AT THE M.A. EXAMINATION.
CLASSICS.
1876—Beatty, J. J. M.
MATHEMATICS.
1865—Murray, C. E. R.1876—Rennie, E. A.1877—Butler, E. J.
PHYSICS.
1863—Rogers, E. E.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, &c.
1887—Legge, J. G.1890—"Woodthorpe, R. A.1892—Cock, N. J.
Brennan, C. J.
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT THE B. AEXAMINATION.
1856.
(a) "Windeyer, W. C. (Distinguished m Classics).
SCHOOL OF CLASSICS.
1857. 1874.CLASS L- —Paterson, James CLASS L- -Oliver, J.
Salting, George CLASS IL- -Lee, W.CLASS IL- —Salting, William S. 1875.
1863. CLASS L- -Butler, T.CLASS L- -Griffith, S. W. Förster, C. E.
Murray, C. E. R., prox. CLASS IL- —Roger, R.
CLASS IL- -Meinj C. S. 1876.1866. CLASS L- -Russell, W.
CLASS IL- -Sly, J. D. AUen, G. B., prox. ace*Debenham, J. W.
1868. Russell, E.CLASS L- —Barton, E.
1869.
CLASS IL- —MulUns, J.Maher, C. H.CLASS IL- -Roseby, T. Thorn, A.
CLASS I. 1870.—Sly, R. M.
Elder, F. 1Steel, R. f 8^
CLASS IL- —Dargio, S. 1877.Rutledge, W. F.1871.
CLASS L- -Wilkinson, W. C.Maclardy, J. D. S.,
CLA8S I. —Coghlan, C. A.
prox. acc.Prior, H. | „
CLASS II. —Slornan, J.
Whitfeld, L. f œ<1-Lloyd, T. J.
CLASS I. —Backhouse, Alfred PKeUy, S.
CLASS II. —Bundock, C.KeUy, H. K.Hynes, W. A. 1
Pring, R. ) ***·1873.
CLASS I. 1879.—AUen, R. C.Edwards, R., prox. ace.CLASS I. —Morrice, J. Fletcher, J. A.
CLASS II. —Hurst, G.HiU1T.
CLASS II. -Quaife, W. F.Taylor, H. W.
(a) There were no Classes in Honours previously to 1857.
HONOURS. 283
1880.CLASS I.—Linsley, W. H.Moore, "W. L.Cullen, W. P.Berry, W.Campbell, G. B.Badhain, L. B. L.Dalton, G. T.Lander, W. H.
1881.-Cribb, J. G.King, W. U.
-McManamey, J. F.McCulloch, P. V.McLelland, H.
1882.-Barlee, F. R.Rennie, G. E.
-Butler, F. J.Wilkinson, F. B.
1883.CLASS I.—Piddington, A. B.
Rich, G-. E., prox. ace.CLASS II.—Rolin, Tom.CLASS III.—Crocker, H.
1884.CLASS I.—Armstrong, L. F. M.CLASS II.—Jones, T. E.
Halliday, G. C.CLASS III.—Tarplee, W. F.
Carvosso, A. B.
1885.-Millard, A. C.Fullerton, A. T. )Garnsey, E. R. ) œq'
1885.CLASS II.—King, C. J.Brown, MaryKing, CoplandPope, R. J.
ISSfi.CLASS I.—NeUl, L. E. F.
Fletcher, A. W.Russell, Jane F.
CLASS II.—Loxton, E. J.CLASS III.—Townley, P. L.
1S87.CLASS I.—Russell, H. A.CLASS II.—Barbour, G. P. )Saddington, A. G. pl-lSSS.CLASS I.—Walker, W. A.
Leibius, G. Ή..,prox.ace.CLASS IL-Mulntyre, D. A.CLASS III.—Abbott, T. K.o1889.CLASS I.—McManamey, John F.
1890.CLASS I.—Lloyd, F.
Stephen, A. J. M.Curlewis, H. R.
CLASS II.—Stewart, A.Mark, S.
1891.-Stephen, E, M.-Brennan, C. J.
LATIN.
CLASS I.
CLASS II.
1892,-Parker, W. A.Peden, J. B.Pratt, F. V.
-Bowmaker, RuthCraig, C.
1893.CLASS I.—Levy, D.
Atltins, W. L.Kennedy. Annie A.
CLASS II.—Austey, G. W.Kendall, F. L.
GREEK.1892.
CLASS I.—Parker, W. A.Peden, J. B.
CLASS II.—Pratt, F. V.
CLASS L1893.
-Levj', D.Gill, A. C
CLASS I.CLASS II.
CLASS
I.
CLASS II.-
CLASS
CLASS I.
284 HONOURS.
LATIN AND FRENCH.CLASS II 1887.
.—Bruce, Mary H.
1890.I CLASS III.—Amos, Jeanie C.CLASS III. 1888.
—Morgan, F. A.
1891.CLASS II.—Forde, J.
FRENCH.
CLASS
CLASS
I.
II.
1892.—Bowmaker, RuthPerkins, J. A. R.
Craig, C.-Wilson, Ella
1893.CLASS I.—Atkins, W. L.Kennedy, Annie AJames, A. H.
LATIN AND ENGLISH.
CLASS II.- 1890.-Pincombe, T. H. (French)Booth, Mary
3rd in
1891.CLASS I.—Holme, E. R.
ENGLISH AND FRENCH.
CLASS II.- 1SS9.—Meares, Matilda
I . 1890.I CLASS I.—Hughes, M. O'G.GERMAN.1893.
CLASS I.—Barton, JoannaJames, A. H.Proctor, Lizzie
ENGLISH.
CLASS 1.- 1892.-Pickbum, J. P.
1893.CLASS I.—Kennedy, Annie AMartin, L. O.LenthaU, Ellen M.James, A. H.
HISTORY.
CLASS
CLASS
IL-
L-
1892.—"Wootton, E.
1S93.-Boyce, F. S.Henderson, G. C.Wearne, Amy A.Abbott, H. P.Kendall, F. L.Chapman, A. E.
jœq. 1893.CLASS II.—Kellett, F. ) „,Lewis, H. C J œq·TeIfer, J. B.Symonds, DaisyCLASS III.—Layton, J. E.Dove, W. N.
HONOURS. 285.
. SCHOOL OF MATHEMATICS
1857.CLASS II.—Paterson, James S.
1S63.CLASS I.—Griffith, S. W. \ ^n. Murray, C. E. R. J -'Quirk, John.
1866.CLASS I.—Knox, GeorgeCLASS II.—Sly, J. D.
186S.CLASS I.—Cooper, P. A.Purves, W. A.
1869.-Alston, J. W.
1870.-Sly, R. M.Rennie, E. A.-Sly, George J.
1871.-Plomley, F: J.Coghlan, C. A.-Sloman,"J.
1872.-KeUy1S. .Backhouse,
prox. ace.-Pring, R. D.
1873.-Butler, E. J. ■Edmunds, W.
1874.-Chisholm, W.-Barton, H.
F.Lee, W. ιOliver J. .( 86I-
1875.CLASS L—Barff. H. E. 'Forster, C. E.CLASS IL-Thallon, J. B.
1876.CLASS I.—Allen, G. B.
Debenham, J. W.
AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
1877.CLASS I.—Maclardy, J. D: S.CLASS IL-Whitfeld, L.Kelly, H. K.
1879.CLASS I.—Allen, R. C.Cohen, J. J.
1880.CLASS IL-Cullen, W. P.CLASS III.—Moore, W. |
Brennan, F. P.Mann, W. J. G.
1881.CLASS I.—Cribb, J. G.CLASS IL-McManamey, J. F.
1882.-Flint, C. A.
1S83.CLASS I.—Rolin, TomCLASS II.—Woolcock, J. L.
1884.CLASS I.—Halliday, G. C.CLASS II.—Armstrong, L. F. M.CLASS III.— Jones, T. E. |Leverrier, F.
1SS5.CLASS I.—Millard, A. C.
1886.CLASS I.—Delohery, C.CLASS IL-TowrJey, P. L.Russell, Jane F.
1887.L—Russell, H. A.Abbott, G. H.
Saddington, A. G. ) SCLASS III.—Thompson, S. A.
1888.I.—Hunt, H. W. G.
1889.CLASS I.—Newton, H.CLASS II.—Board, P.CLASS III.—Pollock, J. A. (a)
(a) In the Faculty of Science.
CLASS L-
CL ASS L-
CLASS IL-
CLASS L-
CLASS IL-
CLASS I.·
CLASS IL-
CLASS I.
Alfred P..
CLASS I.·CLASS II.
Eeq.
CLASS II.·
œq.
CLASS
CLASS
286 HONOURS.
1890.CLASS I.— Sellors, R. P.CLASS III.—Dick, W. T.
1891.CLASS III.—Stephen, E. M.Doak, F. W.
1892.CLASS II.—Marks, H.
O'Reilly, H. de B,CLASS III.—Bowmaker, Ruth
1893CLASS I.—Davies, W. J. E.CLASS III.—Craig, A. D.
I S
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.
1890.CLASS I-—Stewart, A.CLASS II.—Lloyd, P.
Cock, N. J.Reynolds, A. J. P. G.
■CLASS III.—Davis, H.Stephen, A. J. M.
1S91.CLASS I.—Brennan, C. J.
Smairl, J. H.Stephen, E. M.
CLASS II.—Russell, Lillian
1892.-Pratt, F. V.Peden, J. B.Edmunds, J. M.Mannell, F. W.
1892.CLASS II.—Rooney, W. J.
Lasker, S. s
McManamey, W. F.Kidston, R. M.Wootton, E.Shaw, H. G.Perkins, J. A. R.
CLASS III. —Wilson, Ella
1893.CLASS I.—Henderson, G. C.
Kennedy, Annie A. |Atkins, "W. L.. I
CLASS II—Kendall, F. L.Proctor, Lizzie
CLASS III.—Chapman, A. E.Martin, L. O.Dowe, P. W.
S
NATURAL SCIENCE, (a)
1S74.CLASS I.—Chisholm, W.Oliver, J.
1875.CLASS I.—Butler, T.
Carruthers, J. H.1S76.
CLASS II.—Russell, W.Maher, C. H.Renwick, G. ■
1877.-Wilkinson, W. C.Bowman, A. S.
1879.CLASS Ί.—Bbhrsmann, C.
Fletcher, J. A.Fuller, G. W.
CLASS II.—McDonagh, J. M.Quaife, W. F.McLeod, James
1880.CLASS II.—Bowman, A. I
Munro, W. J. i œq·1881.
CLASS II.—Ralston, A. G.Cribb, J. G.
CLASS III.—Fletcher, C. E.
(a) Before 1S7-4 a Prize of £10 was given to the most distinguished candidate inChemistry and Experimental Physics at the B.A. Examination.
£eq.œq.
CLASS
CLASS 1.-
HONOUBS. 287
CLASS L-CLASS II.CLASS III.
CLASS II.CLASS III.
1SS2.-Rennie, G. E.-Sutherland, G. W.-Wilkinson, F. B.Beehag, A, J.
1883.-Woolcock, J. L.-HaU, W. H.
1884.CLASS I.—Leverrier, F.CLASS II.—Carvosso, A. B.
Perkins, A. E.CLASS ILL— Rigg, T.
CLASS L-CLASS IL-
CLASS L-
CLASS L-CLASS IL-
-Wolstenholine, H.
1891.-Cosh, Jas.-Blacket, C.Harris, G.Serisier, L. E.
1892.CLASS II.—Prentice, A. J.
1893.CLASS I.—MacPherson, J.CLASS IL-Eiirighc, W.
J.Symonds, Daisy
PHYSICS.1S90.
CLASS II.—Robinson, Mabel F.
BOTANY.1893.CLASS I.—MacPherson, J. .
GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.1S89.
-Irvine, M. M. D'Arcy-Meares, Matilda
1890.
288 CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS.
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT THE LL.B.EXAMINATION.
1892.CLASS II.— Meillon, J., B.A.
Kelynack, A. J., B.A.CLASS III.—Curlevris, H. E., B.A.
Mack, S., B.A.
1893.CLASS Π.—Taylor, J. M., M.A.
Harris, G , B.A. \ ¿,TJther, A. H , B.A. I S
CLASS III.—Waddy, P. E,., B.A.Veech, L. S., B.A.
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT THE M.B.EXAMINATION.
ISSS.CLASS I.—Bancroft, P,
Perkins, A. E., M.A.CLASS II. —Armstrong, "W. G-., B.A.
Henry, A. G.1S89.
CLASS II.—Hester, J. "W.McDonnell, JE. J.Henry, A.Kelly, P. J.Mills, A. E.Hinder, H. V. C.
1890.CLASS I.—Wilson, C. G.CLASS II.--NeiU, L. E. F., B.A.Morton, J.
1891.CLASS II.—Abbott, G. H., B.A.Stokes, E. S.
1892.CLASS I.—Dick, R.
Sawkins, F. J. T.CLASS II.—Tidswell, F.
1893.-Smith, G. E. 1Vallack, A. S. )
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT'THE B.Sc.EXAMINATION.
1885.CLASS I.— Leverrier, F., B.A.
1887.CLASS I.—Angove, W. H.
1889.CLASS I.—Pollock, J. A. (Physics)
1893.CLASS II.—Forde, J., B.A.
(Chemistry and Mineralogy)
CLASS H,-Eeq.
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS. ;
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT THE M.EEXAMINATION.
1892.CLASS I.—Vicars, James.
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT THE B.EEXAMINATION.
1886.CLASS I.—Thompson, W. M., M. A.
1888.CLASS I.—Dare, H. H.
Vicars, James, prox. ace.1889.
CLAssI.-Bradfield, J. J. C.
1892.CLASS I.—Stephens, C. T.
Barraclough, S. H.Roberts, J. W. i ¿,McTaggart, N. J. C. ι &·
1893.CLASS I.—Ledger, W. H.
MATRICULATION EXAMINATION.1893,
BOWMAN-CAMERON SCHOLARSHIP FOE GENERAL PROFICIENCY—E. M. Mitchell.COOPER SCHOLARSHIP, NO. II., FOR CLASSICS—E. M. Mitchell )
G. W. WaddeU ( œq'BARKER SCHOLARSHIP, NO. II., AND HORNER EXHIBITION FOE MATHEMATICS—
*D. G. Stewart 1 m*T. P. Strickland } xq'
LITHGOW SCHOLARSHIP FOR MODERN LANGUAGES—T. P. Strickland.FREEMASONS' SCHOLARSHIP—T. P. Strickland.
LATIN.
CLASS IMcMahon, G.MitcheU, E. M.Curlewis, CCWaddeU, G. W
CLASS II.Maloney, T. W.Stewart. D. G. \Doust, Edith L. ) œq·Brown, Ethel E. ι ¿,Murray, Florence J. ) SBushneU, PoIUeStrickland, T. P
■ œq.
CLASS III.Casey, M. A. 1Tarnold, A. H. I œq-
Scrutton, Caroline M.Byrne, Lily CCurtis, A.
GREEK.CLASS I.
WaddeU, G. W.MitcheU, E. M.
CLASS II.Tarnold, A. H.McMahon, G.
CLASS III.Curlewis, C CMaloney, T. W. >Stewart, D. G. f œq-
HONOUES.GERMAN.
CLASS I.Strickland, T. P.
CLASS II.None.
CLASS III.Broad, Amy W.
FRENCH.
CLASS I.Strickland, T. P.WaddeU, G. W.MitcheU, E. M.Murray, Florence J.Broad, Amy W.
CLASS II.Bunting, Edith A.McMahon, G.Byrne, Lily CCasey, M. A.Montefiore, Hortense H.BushneU, PoUie
CLASS III.Crompton, Luían I.Yarnold, A. H.Brown, Ethel E.Purves, A. G.
MATHEMATICS.CLASS I.
Stewart, D. G. ιStrickland, T. P. ( ffiq·MitcheU, E. M.Bowmaker, T. R.Hole, W. F.Purcell, P. F.Newton, A. J.
CLASS II.RusseU, W. P.Thornton, S.Hogan, T. R. 1Roe, J. M. ( ***·
CLASS III.Laws, J. H.Tarnold, A. H.Halloran, H.O'Dwyer, T. P.Brown, Ethel E. ιPage, J. E. A. } 83I-
* Awarded to Stewart, Strickland being the holder of two other Scholarships.
jœq.
>œq.
MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 291
Alpen, Aileen M. A.Anglira, Catherine M.Armstrong, A. M.Arnold, E. C.Bärton, R. F.Bavin, Gertrude L.Beardmore, AdaBeegling, A. E.Bertie, Charlotte M.Black, R. A. W.Blackmore, W. J.Bloomfield, W. J.Bourke, J. E.Bowmaker, B. J.Bowmaker, T. R.Boxall, N. L.Broad, Amy W.Brodie, H. P.Brown, Ethel E.Bruce, Mary J.Bunting, Edith A.Bushneil, PollieByrne, Lily C.Carroll. J.Casey, M. A.Clubb, W.Cocks, G. W.Coghlan, C. A.Cooke, A.Crompton, Lilian I.Curlewis, C, C.Curtin, J. M.Curtis, A.Dalton, E.Davis, Agnes M. H.Davison, S. B.Dawkins, E. J.Dixson, A:Doust, Edith L.Ellis, A. W.Elphinstone, J. C.Evans, SaraFarry, T.
PASS,Foreman, H. J. C.Glasheen, D. L. B.Grassick, C.Grogan, AHalloran, H.Hammond, J. H.Harris, MarianHarrison, Amy G.Hay, Mary C.Healy, J. P.Hedbergh, J. A.Henerie, J. E.Hipslev, Alice E.Hogan, T. R.Horton, Marion C.Hunt, A. E.Inman, Ada E.James, T.Johnson, R. B. I.Johnson, W. R.Johnston, Mary E.KeUy, L. P.Kenniff, Mary M.Kilpatrick, F. J.Laws, J. H.Lee. H. H.Le Fevre, J. S.Loyden, Annie M.McCoy, C. W.McDonagh, Mary S.McDowall, J.McEwen, Alice V.McKillop, D. S.McMahon, G.McNab, C. W.Maffey, R. W. H.Mair, J.Maloney, T. W.Matthews, A.Metcalfe, Ada S.Mitchell, E. M.Monahin, MattieMontefiore, Hortense H.
Morgan, R. A.Morson, W. A.Mullens, A. F.Murray, Florence J.Nevile, P. C.Newton. A. J.Nicoll, Lily M.Noakes, Mabel A.O'Dwyer, T. P.Page, J. E. A.fPalmer, T. H.Parker, J. L.Price, M. E.Pritchard, Kate E.Purcell, P. F.Purve3, A. G.Redmond, Nellie T.Reed, V. H.Rothwell, Florence H.Row, E. R.Russell, W. P.Rutter, Clara E.Saber, M. S.Scrutton, Caroline M.Sharpe, W. G.Sheehy, W.Slade, Eva M.Smvthe, R. C.Stewart, D.O.Stone, W. L.Strickland, T. P.Studds, H. A. 'Sullivan, D. J.Swinburne, Sarah H.Tavlor, Elizabeth J.Thornton, S.Trevor-Jones, N.Veech, P.Walker, C.Wall, J. B.Way, Beatrice F. T.Wright, J.Yarnold, A. H.Teates, H. W.MEDICINE AND
ENTEANCE EXAMINATION FOESCIENCE.
Brook, H. J. S. Read, W. H.Cope, H. R. Stevens, W. W.Davies, R. L. Thow, C.Deck, J. N. Twynam, H.Dey, R. Woore, J. M. S.
FACULTY OF ARTS.FIEST TEAE EXAMINATION.
DECEMBER, 1S92, and MARCH, 1893.
LATIN.HONOUKS.CLASS I.
HaU, E. C.Nelson, D. J. \ σWhitfeld, El'nor M. ) s
Rowland, N. de H.Hunt, D. St. C.
CLASS II.Maxwell, H. F.Fletcher, Katharine E.
CLASS III.Phillips, Cath. A.MaUarky, Ethel M.Scoular, D. ) ¿>Barraolough, F. E. ) s
Roseby, MinnieBurfitt, W. F. J.
GREEK.HONOURS.CLASS I.HaU, E. CRowland, N. de H.
CLASS II.MaxweU, H. F.Hunt, D. St. C.
FRENCH.
HONOUES.
CLASS I.Nelson, D. J.Whitfeld, Eleanor M.
CLASS H.Fletcher, Katharine E,Mallarky, Ethel M.Finney, CharlotteHodgkins, Amy A.
CLASS III.Phillips, Catherine A.Hunter, Mary A. M.Burfitt, W. F. J.Scoular, D.Crawford, SteUa M.Roseby, Minnie
:eq.Eleanor M. Whitfeld
GERMAN.HONOURS.
CLASS I.None.
CLASS II.Rowland, N. de H.Barraclough, F. E.
CLASS III.Hunter, Mary A. M.
MATHEMATICS.HONOURS.CLASS I.
Burfitt, W. F. J.Simpson, E. S. (Eng.)HaU, E. C
CLASS II.None.
CLASS III.Murray, T. G.Pritchard, Alice
(a) The first place in the Scholarship Examination was obtained by E. C. Hall, who didnot comply with the necessary conditions for holding a Classical Scholarship.
COOPEE SCHOLAESHIP NO. III. FOE CLASSICS—N. de H. Rowland, (β)GEOEOE ALLEN SCHOLAESHIP FOE MATHESIATICS—W. F. J. Burfitt.LEVEY SCHOLAESHIP FOE CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS—J. P. Wood.SMITH PEIZE FOE PHYSICS—Eleanor M. Whitfeld.UNIVERSITY PEIZE FOE PHYSIOGBAPHY—Eleanor M. Whitfeld ) ,
A. Thompson )PEOFESSOE MCCALLUM'S PEIZE FOE ENGLISH ESSAYS—
Russell Kidd
seq.
FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 293
Stacy, H. S.«Dennis, J.Lane, F. G.Doig, A. J.Greenlees, G.Coen. T. J. \«Griffith, J. S. I ¿,Roseby, Gertrude A. I SStonham, Kathleen 'Cullinane, J. A. >Macdonald, Fan. E. J 5"Osborne, H. S. !
Hodge, E. AWhite, C. A.«Young, J,«Teale, W. H«Miller, J. W.«Broderick, C. T.H. )King, A. A. [ g*Henderson, R. N. )Ellis, L. E. \ „Finn, W. G. j 8^"
Harker, Const'ce E. ) tj*Whitfeld, EIn' r M. J s
Rowland, N. de H.Roseby, Gertrude A.HaU, E. C.Fletcher, Katherine E.Mallarky, Ethel M.Hodgkins, Amy A.Kennedy, Emily C.Crawford, Stella M.Burfitt, W. F. J.Lane, F. G.Nelson, D. J.Cullinane, J. A.Doig, A. J.Scoular, D.Finney, CharlotteStonham, Kathleen ) ¿.White, CA. J SHodge, E. A.Holt, A. C.Phillips, Catherine A.Coen, T. J. 1Osborne. H. S. ( œq-
LATIN.PASS.Redshaw, G.Cook, S. E. 1Holt, A. C. J 8^-Howard, J. B.Weigall, H. W.Harker, Const'nceE.McCook, A. S.Rourke, Lillie A.Hodgkins, Amy A.Finney, CharlotteSherlock, J. B.Thompson, A.Wearne, R. A.Throsby, H. Z.*Combes, Jane F,Kennedy, Emily C.O'Neill, J. B.Delohery, H. C.«Connor, T. J. 1Williams, W. ) 83I"Whiting, J.«Langton, W. D.
ENGLISH.PASS.«Young, J.* Jackson, CarrieWeigall, H. W.Thompson, A.Ellis, L. E. )«Griffith, J. S. ! ieq.Redshaw, G. )Greenlees, G.*Combes, Jane F. ιRourke, Lillie A. ) œq-Henderson, R. N. i ¿<Nettleship, E. I SiFinn, W. G.»Miller, J. W. )Wearne, R. A. \ œq·McCook, A. S. \Stacy, H. S. | œq·Macdonald, Fannie E.»Teale, W. H.Jones, T. \Maxwell, H. F. ) œ<1·Whiting, J.Throsby, H. Z.
* Evening student.
Cole, A. E.Pritchard, AliceJones, J. P.«Allan, Edith J.Jones, T.Hamilton, A.*Brennand, H. J. W.«Bennetts, H. G.Murray, T. G.Crawford, Stella M.«Garvan, J. C.Evans, Ada E.Nettleship, E.«Kemp, J. J.«Kennedy, P.«Hushes, T. J.»Robins, A. F.«Shipp, G. W.
Barraclough, F. E. ) é1
«Dennis, J. | 'Evans, Ada E. \Pritchard, Alicef *'«Broderick.C.T.H. ) .Cook, S. E. Jg*Delohery, H. C. ) "'«Allan, Edith J. j«Connor, T. J. J Eeq.King, A. A. )Williams, W.O'Neill, J. B.•Maloney, J.«Bennetts, H. G.Murray, T. G.Jones, J. B.«Shipp, G. W.Cole, A. E.«Kennedy, P.Hamilton, A.«Robins, A. F.«Brennand, H. J. W.Sherlock, J. B.Howard, J. B.
¡œq.
294 FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
»©ennis J.Harker, Constance E.Stonham, KathleenMaxwell, H. F.Stacy, H. S.Greenlees, G. )Macdonald, Fan. E. } g1
*Miller, J. W. ) "Roseby, Gertrude A.«Broderick, C. T. H.Henderson, R. N.Coen, T. J.Finn, W. G.Thompson,A .Osborne, H. S. )Doig,A.J. )*¾-Redshaw, G.
Rowland, N. de H.»Dennis, J.»Connor, T. J.Macdonald. Fannie E.Osborne, H. S.Coen, T. J.Arnott, R. F. (Eng.)Nelson, D. J.Henderson, R. N.*Maloney, J.Stacy, H. S.*Kennedv, P.O'Neill, J. B.Whitfeld, Eleanor M.Thompson, A.»Broderick, C. T. H.Barraclough, F. E.Fletcher, Katherine E.Hodgkins, Amy A.*Teale, W. H.»Rayment, W. P. )Wearne, R. A. ) 864I-»Griffith. J. S.Weigall, H. W.
FRENCH.PASS.Cullinane, J. A. iHoward, J. B. > œq.Lane, F. G. )Kourke, Lillie A.King, A. A.Hodge, E. A.McCook, A. S. '( .Jones, T.Kennedy, Emily C.Murray, T. G.Williams, W.Pritchard, AliceO'Neill, J. B.»Teale, W. H.Throsby, H. Z.»Combes, J ane F. )Ellis, L. E. ¡eq.Holt, A. C.
)
MATHEMATICS.PASS.Maxwell, H. F.Scoular, D.Lane, F. G.Redshaw, G.Cullinane, J. A.Roseby, Gertrude A.Weigall, H. W.Holt, A. C.Stonham, KathleenGreenlees, G.White, C. A.Howard, J. B.Jones, T.Harker.Const'uceE. ) ¿<Sherlock, J. B. ) SaWilliams, W.Doig, A. J. \ ¿,Mallarky, Ethel M. J S»Griffith, J. S.King, A. A.Hamilton, A.Crawford, Stella M. C.
Nettleship, E.Wearne, R. A.Cole, A. E.»Allan, Edith J.Whiting, J.Sherlock, J. B.Jones, J. P.»Connor, T. J.»Bennetts, H. G. ι»Kennedy, P.
I œq-»McKay, J.Hamilton, A. 1»Robins A. F. ) 8^-»Shipp, G. W.»Garvan, J. C.Delohery, H. C.
Finney, Charlotte ) ¿ιKennedy, Emily C. ) s
»Langten, W. I).Nettleship, E.Cole, A. E.ElUs, L. E. \ é·Phillips, Cath. A. ( SFinn, W. G.»Robins, A. F.Whiting, J.Delohery, H. C.Throsby, H. Z. .Cook, S. E. 1McCook, A. S. ) œ1-Hodge, E. A. )Jone!, J. P. } m(í-Evans, Ada E.Rourke, Lillie A.»Shipp, G. W.
GERMAN.PASS.Stonham, Kathleen»Jackson, CarrieEvans, Ada E.
* Evening student.
GREEK.PASS.
ι White, C. A.I Cook, S. E.
œq.
FIRST TEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 295
»Abigail,, E. R. (Arith-metic and Algebra)
*AllanEdithJ. (Mathe-matics)
*Black, J. K. (English,Latin, French)
Boardman, J.Bowker, C. V.*Brennandv H. J. W.
(Trigonometry, Arith -raetic, Algebra)
•Combes, Jane F. (Tri-gonometry)
Dalmas, LizzieDaly, May E.»Dunlop, J. W. (Eng-
lish, Mathematics)
MARCH, 1893.PASS.
»Edwards, E. S. (Latin)Fletcher, Gertrude»Foott, G. I. (English)Gordon, G. A.Harvey, RevinaHaslam, Martha E.Hawes, W.Hunt, D. St. C. W.Hunt, T. "W.Hunter, Mary A. M.»Jackson, F. C.
(Mathe-matics)
»Kemp, J. J. (English,French, Trigonome-try)
»McKay J. (Latin)Marsden, E. A.
Merewether, W. I). M.Old, G. G.»Paterson, Jessie P. S.
(Trigonometry)Pepper, J. C.Roseby, MinnieRowlands, H. B.Shine, J. F. J.Solomon, H.SommerhofE. F. J.Vivers, A. J. L.
* Evening student.
DEFEEEED EXAMINATION.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
SECOND TEAR EXAMINATION.DECEMBER, 1892, AND MARCH, 1893.
COOPER SCHOLARSHIP NO. 1 FOE CLASSICS—A. H. Garnsey.BAEKEE SCHOLARSHIP NO. 1 FOR MATHEMATICS—A. B. Davies.NORBERT QUIRK PRIZE FOR MATHEMATICS—A. B. Davies.PROFESSOR MACCALLUM'S PEIZE FOE ENGLISH ESSAYS—John Le Gay Brereton.PROFESSOR ANDERSON'S PRIZE FOR LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY—D. Cowan.PROFESSOR DAVID'S PRIZE FOE GEOLOGY—E. C. Andrews.
LATIN.HONOURS.CLASS I.MeU, C. N.Garnsey, A. H.Edwards, D. S.
CLASS II.Stonham, J.*Kilgour, A. J.
CLASS III.«Wood, F. W.Russell, J. F. S.
GEEEK.HoNotms.CLASS I.Garnsey, A. H.Edwards, D. S.
CLASS II.Meli, C N.*Wood, F. W.
CLASS III.MacMaster, D. A. D.
ENGLISH.HONOURS.CLASS I.Brereton, J. Le G.Byrne, J. K.
CLASS H.Dixon, H. H.
CLASS III.Cowan, D.Dash, E.
HISTORY.HONOURS.CLASS I.Dash, E.Cowan, D.*Finney, J.
CLASS II.Harriott, Georgina )
J. ' ó1
Street, CJ. ) V'*Miles, J. A.
CLASS III.Smith, N.Dixon, H. H.Piddington, F. L.
FRENCH.HONOURS.CLASS I.Stonham, J.
CLASS II.*Coffey, F. L. V.Smith, Norman
CLASS III.Paine, B. H.Byrne, J. K. 1Ellis, Mary / œ<*·*Kilgour, A. J.
GERMAN.I HONOURS.i CLASS I.I Meli, C. N.
* Evening student.
LOGIC AND MENTALPHILOSOPHY.
HONOURS.CLASS I.
NoneCLASS II.
Cowan, D.CL AS? III.»Bavin, T. R.Russell, J. F. S.Stonham, J. )Street, C. J. { œq·MATHEMATICS.HONOURS.CLASS I.Davies, A. B.Andrews, E. C.GEOLOGY.HONOURS.CLASS I.Watt, J. A. (Science)Andrews, E. C.CLASS II.Byrne, J. K.Seale, H. P. (Engin-eering)Blatchford, T. ·Bennett, Agnes (Science)Holmes, W. F. JStonham, J. 1 g*MacMaster.D.A.D.) '-Jones,'E. J. 'Swyny, W. F. ¿,White, N. F. (En- Í 3
gineering) ' '
SECOND TEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 297
Paine, G. H.Walker, J. E.»Williams, J. A.Byrne, J. K.Ellis, Mary \MaeMaster, D.A.D. }Walker, S. H.»Bavin, T. R. \Newman. K. I. ) ^-
Hughes, J. O'D. A.Brereton, J. Le G.»MacMullen, E.»Finney, J.*Riley, P. W.
Russell, J. F. S.Kershaw, J. C.
»Raves, Helen A.»Willianis, J. A.Maynard, Margaret E.»Bavin, T. R.*Hayes, D. J. S 5*Uther, Jennie B.«Finney, J. 1»Riley, P. W. | œ
»Hobbs, J. W.Hogg, Kate E.Holmes, W. F.»Waddell, Annie»McMullen, F.
Ellis, MaryGarnsey, A. H.Paine. G. H.Holmes, W. F.Andrews, E. C.Piddington, F. L.Uther, Jennie B,*Bavin, T. R.Blumer, C.Maynard, Margaret E.
LATIN.PASS.
»Coffey, F. L. V.Kershaw, J. C."'Maynard, Margaret E.»Raves, Helen A.Holmes, W. F.Barron, J.Piddington, F. L.O'Donohue, J. P. M.Pain, A. F.Blumer, C.*Loyden, J.Uther, Jennie B.Cakebread, W. J.Street, C. J.
GREEK.PASS.
ι Newman, K. I.I Pain, A. F.
FRENCH.
PASS.*Cahill, Annie L.»Beardsmore.EmmaBlumer, C.Street, C. J.Barron, J.»Edward, E. S. S 5<O'Donohue, J. P.M.»McCoy, W. T.Edwards, D. S.»Armstrong, IsahellaDash, E.»James, W. E. I»Miles, J. A. f "3^
ENGLISH.PASS.
Harriott, Georgina J.Walker, S. H.Pain, A. F. )Sullivan, J. I œq·Hosrg, Kate E.Russell, J. F. S. )Swyny, W. F. ( œq·O'Donohue, J. P.M. ι ¿.Stonham, J. j SWalker, J. E.
Harriott, Georgina J.»Miles, J. A.»Hayes, D. J.»Pattinson, A. W.Swyny, W. F.Hogg, Kate E.»McCoy, W. T.»James, W. E.»Brown, W. V.Cameron, A. P.Smith, N.»Rishworth, H. S.»Armstrong, Isahella
ι Cakebread, W. J.I Piddington, F, L.
Hughes, J. O'D. A.»Brodle, Isabella E.Andrews, E. C.Harriott, Georgina J.»Loyden, J.»Knight, A.»Hopman, J. H."Connolly, J.*Pattinson, S. W.»Eames, JaneKater, H. H.Sullivan, J.
Cakebread, W. J. )Cameron, A. P. )Hughes, J. O'D. A.Kater, H. H.»Cadman, E. W.»Raves, Helen A.»Brown, W, V.»Rishworth, H. S.»Paterson, Elizabeth»Coffey, F. L. V.
* Evenine student.
\i
■Ji
298 SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.PASS.
«Finney, J 1»Williams, J. A. f req-*Hayes, D. J.Brereton, J. Le G.Edwards, D, S. >Walker, J. E. ( 8^"Meli, C. N.Paine, G. H.Dash. E.«Stoddard, F. W.*Cahill, Annie L.Cameron, A. P.Sullivan, J. |Walker, S. H. f ***·Cakebread, W. J.* W addell, Annie
Sullivan, J. 1Walker, J. E. f ^4'Newman, K. I. jWalker, S. H. ( ^4'
Kilgour, A. J.Pattinson, A. TV.Edwards, E. S. 1Knight, A ) ^-Cameron, A. P.
*MoMulleu, F.»James, W. E.Kater, H. H.*Beardsmore, R. H.Kershaw, J. C.»Connolly, J.»McLaren, J. G.»Coffee, F. L. V.Smith, N.
»Beardsmore, Emma M.»Hopman, J. H.*Raves, Helen A.*Kensett, W. C.*Brodie, Isabella E.»McCoy, W. T.1 Newman, K. I.
HISTORY.PASS.
Garnsey, A. H.Barron, J.Kater, H. H.Hughes, J. O'D. A.
EVEXING STUDENTS.James, W. E.Molster, ElizaBeardsmore, R. H.McCoy, W. T.
}i
«Miles, J. A.Maynard, Margaret E.*Wood, F. W.»Paterson, ElizabethSwyny, W. F.»Riley, P. W.»Edwards, E. S.Barron, J.»McGlynn, Rebecca M.Hughes, J. O'D. A.*Loyden, J.*Hobbs, J. W.*Moore, W. A.«Pattinson, A. W.»Ellis, Ethel* Kilgour, A. J.
Pain, A. F.Cakebread, W. J.
Loyden, J.Smith, Emma I.Brook, A. G.Riley, P. W.
Seale, H. P. (Eng.)Ellis, Mary ι»Williams, J. A. j a
Kershaw, J. C,*Hayes, D. J.
Hogg, Kate E.Nardin, E. W. (Engi-neering)O'Donohue, J. P. M.
MATHEMATICS.PASS.
White, N. F. (Eng) ) ¿,Blumer, C. )8»Smith, H. A.*Purves, J. G. S.Nardin, E. W. (Eng.)
GEOLOGY.PASS.
Weigall, A. R. (Engi-neering)Brereton, J. Le G.Ellis, Mary
Edwards, D. S.»Cadman, E. W.»Wood, F. W.Weigall, A. R. (Eng.)
Paine, G. H.Uther, Jennie B.Jenkins, C. W. B. (Engi-neering)
* Evening student.
SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 299
BIOLOGY.PASS.
MacMaster, D. A. I).
DEFERRED EXAMINATION.
Blatchiord, T.*Cadman, E. W.*Chiplin, W. J.Copland, F. F.Cowan, D.Dixon, H. H.*EUis, EthelFleming, H.. G. T.
MARCH, 1S93.Harvey, W. G.*Hopman, J. H.Johnston, S. J.Jones, E. J.*Knight, A.Lichtscheindl, RosaMcNèvin. A. J.*Moore, W. A.
Morris, J. J.O'Brien, Kathleen M.O'Brien, P. D.»Pratt, P. J.Robjohns, L. ■Schmidt, T. J.Seldon, Florence M.
EVENING STUDENTS WHO PASSED IN INDIVIDUAL SUBJECTS.Armstrong, Isabella—Logic and Mental PhilosophyBarrack, Alice G—FrenchBrown, Sophia—TrignometryBrown, W. V.—Hydrostatics, TrignometryConnolly, J.—Latin, Trignometry, StaticsEames, Jane—Logic and Mental PhilosophyHobbs, J. W.—Hydrostatics, TrignometryMcKay, J.—FrenchO'Brien, Agnes G.—Latin, Logic and Mental PhilosophyRishworth, H. S.—GermanRourke, G. A.—LatinWatkin, Beatrice E.—English, Logic and Mental Philosophy,
History
* Evening student.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
B.A. EXAMINATION.
UNIVEESITY GOLD MEDAL FOE CLASSICS—D. Levy.UNIVEESITY GOLD MEDAL FOE MATHEMATICS—W. J. E. Davies.UNIVERSITY GOLD MEDAL FOE LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY—
G. C. Henderson.Annie A. KennedyVV. L. Atkins
JOHN FBAZEE SCHOLAESHIP FOE HISTOEY—G. C. Henderson.Amy I. Wearne, prox. ace.
PEOFESSOE ANDEESON'S PEIZE FOE LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY—G. C. Henderson.
PEOFESSOE MACCALLUM'S PEIZE FOE ENGLISH ESSAY—A-nnie A. Kennedy.PEOFESSOE HASWELL'S PEIZE FOE BOTANY—J. MacPherson.
LATIN.HONOURS.CLASS I.
Levy, K.Atkins, W. L.Kennedy, Annie A.
CLASS II.*Anstey, G. W.Kendall, F. L.
GREEK.HONOUES.CLASS I.
Levy, D.GiU, A. C
HISTORY.HONOUES.CLASS I.Boyoe, F. S. jHenderson, G. C. > feq.Wearne, Amy I. )Abbott, H. P.Kendall, F. L.Chapman, A. E
CLASS II.Kellett, F. )»Lewis H. C. ) œq·*Telfer, J. B.Symonds, Daisy
CLASS III.*Layton, J. E."Dove, W. N.
GEOLOGY ANDPALAEONTOLOGY.
HONOUES.CLASS I.
MacPherson, J.tDun, W. S.
CLASS II.Enrigbt, W. J. )tMurton, C. E. ) q'Symonds, Daisy
LOGIC AND MENTALPHILOSO1ΉΓ.
HONOUES.CLASS I.Henderson, G. C.Kennedy, A. A ) 8^Atkins ,W. L.
CLASS II.Kendall, F. L.Proctor, Lizzie
CLASS III.Chapman, A. E.Martin, L. O.Dowe.P. W.
MATHEMATICS.HONOUES.CLASS I.
Davies, W. J. E.CLASS II.
None.Class III.
Craig, A. D.FRENCH.HONOUES.CLASS I.Atkins, W. L.Kennedy, A. A.'James, A. H.ENGLISH.HONOUES.CLASS I.Kennedy, A. A.Martin, L. O.Lenthall, E. M.James, A. H.
GERMAN.HONOUES.CLASS I.: Barton, Joannai James, A. H.! Proctor, Lizzie
BOTANY.! HONOURS.[ CLASS I.MacPherson, J.
[ .Evening student. t Not passing through the regular course.
Jaeq. prox. ace.
prox.ace.
FACXJIiTY OF ARTS—B.A. EXAMINATION. 301
LATIN.Piss.
Boyce, F. S. *Ryan, G. Sloman, C. W.MacPherson, J. Dowe, P. W. *Wood, Harrie D.GUI, A. C. *Saunders, A. Martin, L. O.Kellett, F. Barton, Joanna *Kelvnack, H. L.Maher, T. F. Lenthall, Ellen M. *Hardy, C.George, J. Marks, Leah *Blumer, G. A.*Lewis, H. C. *Telfer, .T. B. »Wilson, F. J.*Hall, A. E. Campbell, C. R. *Jacobs, J.Fletcher, M. S. »Hadley, A. E. Taylor, SarahWaldron, T. W. K. *Wardrop, G. *Rourke, E. J.•Riley, E. A. Enright, W. J. *Brown, SophiaButler, S. J. St. C. James, A. H. Marks, Florence*Smith, W. Russell, Ethel A. *Layton, J. E.Abbott, H. P. Yamngton, C. T. L. Dimond, Margaret CDrummond, S. L. Fitzpatrick, T. J. A.
GREEK.PASS.
Fletcher, M. S. Johnson, M. L. ; Waldron, T. George, J. Yarrington, C. T. L. I
*Lewis, H. C.Barton, Joanna*HaU, A. E.Maher, T. F.Abigail, Eliza L.Symonds, Daisy*Wardrop, G.*Anstey, G. W.Henderson, G. C.*Ryan, G.* Jacobs, J.Abbott, H. P. )Proctor, Lizzie ) œ<*'Sharpe, J.Marks, Florence
FRENCH.PASS.
Butler, S. J.St. C.*Saunders, A.Enright, W. J.Russell, Ethel A.Craig, A. D.*Hadley, A. E.Marks, LeahMeares, H.Watt, C. P.Meyer, E.Robinson, C. H. P.*Wood, H. D.McNevin, T. B.*Smith, W.Chapman, A. E.
Ii Taylor, Sarah*Telfer, J. B.Fitzpatrick, T. J. A.Lenthall, Ellen M.*Hardy, C.Drummond, S. L.*Kelynack, H. L. 1 ¿,Watt. A. R. J. ) SiShewcroft, A. J.Dimond, Margaret C.*James, G. A.Sloman, C. W.*Layton, J. E.*Rourke, G. A.*Rourke, E. J.
GERMAN.PASS.
tSharpe, J. *Blumer, G. A.
* Evening student.
t Not passing through the regular course.
302 FACULTY OE ARTS—B.A. EXAMINATION.
Boyce, F. S.Fletcher, M. S. "Proctor, Lizzie \Waldron, T. W. K. (Chapman, A. E.*Ryan, G.Watt, A. R. J.Butler, S. J. St. C.Holmes, J. B. 1«Rouxke, G.. A. I œq·Fitzpatrick, T. J. A.
ENGLISH.Pass.»Blumer, G. A. 1Symonds, Daisy } q'Robinson, C. H. P.Dowe, P. W. ;♦Smith, W.Marks, Leah*Saunders, A.»Halonev, A. W.Campbell, C. R.Craig, A. D. I»Hopkins, F. I. Í œq·
»Molster, Eliza 1Thomas, R. W. I œq-Russell, Ethel A.Taylor, SarahDimond, Margaret C )*Dove, W. N.Higgins, P. R.»Smith. Emma I.*Hardy, C.»Rourke, E. J.
Í
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.
Lew, D.Waldron. T. W. K.Holme, J. B.Gill, A. C.George, J.Marks, LeahJohnston. M. LThomas, R. W.
ieq.
PASS.*Dove, W. N.¡ *Wood, H. D.Robinson, C. H. '.Kellett, F.Watt, A. R. J.Yarrington, CT. ]Craig, A. D.Abigail, Eliza L.
Jr
Watt, C. P.Campbell, C. R.James, A. H.Shewcroft, A. J.Marks, Florence
Holme, J. B.Higgins, P. R.Watt, C. P.
•McMullen, F.•Hall, A. E. 1«Lewis, H. C. Í œq·Thomas, R. W.*James, G. A.* Jacobs, J.
Drummond, S. L.Shewcroft, A. J.Butler, S. J. St. C.
HISTORY.PASS.Abigail, Eliza L. I»Rourke, E. J. ) œq·»Rourke, G. A.Dimond.MargaretC 1 ¿,*WUson, F. J. (8
McNevin, T. B.Paine, B. H.Meares, H.
Sloman, C. W.sAnstey, G. W.*Kelynack, H. L.»Squire, H. B.»Hadley, A. E.
* Evening student.
• œq.
* MATHEMATICS.PASS.Hayley, P. E. L. (En- ι Ledger, W. H. (En- ι Mäher, T. F.gineering) I gineering) I *Wardrop, G.JURISPRUDENCE AND ROMAN LAW.PASS.Holme, J. B. | Meares, H. ' | McNevin, T. B.
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND INTERNATIONAL LAW.PASS.
FACULTY OF ARTS—B.A. EXAMINATION. 303
GEOLOGY.PASS.Taylor, Sarah | Richardson, C.
DEFEREED EXAMINATION.MARCH, 1893.
PASS.Halloran, Ida»Hopkins, F. I.'Jamieson, G. W.*Maloney, A. W.MuIs, P. H.*Molster, Eliza
Paine, B. H.Ren wick, H. J.Richardson, C. N. D.»Riley, E. A.Scarvell, E. S.*Smith, Emma I.
•Squire, H. B.Swanson, E. C.Wearne, Amy I.*Wilson, F. J.λVindeyer, W. A.
* Evening student.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
M.A. EXAMINATION.
SCHOOL OF CLASSICAL PHILOLOGY AND HISTORY.
PASS.•Brierley, Frank Nunan, B. A.
SCHOOL OF MATHEMATICS.
PASS.Cribb, John George, B.A.
SCHOOL OF LOGIC, MENTAL, MORAL AND POLITICALPHILOSOPHY.
PASS.Shaw, Henry Giles, B.A.
FACULTY OF LAW.
INTERMEDIATE LL.B. EXAMINATION.(Order of Merit.)
PASS.Holme, J. B.Pickbum, J. P., B.A.Gerber, E. W. T., B.A.O'Reilly, H. de B., B.A.MoNeviu, T. B., B.A.
DEFERRED EXAMINATION.PASS.
Meares, H.Thomson, A., B.A.
FINAL LL.B. EXAMINATION.CLASS I.None.
CLASS II.Taylor, J. M., M.A.Harris, G., B.A. 1Uther, A. H., B.A. ( m'
CLASS III.Waddy, P. R., B.A.Veeoh, L. S., B.A.F. Lloyd, B.A. (segrotabat), passed under the 1890 by-laws
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.DECEMBER, 1892.
FIRST YEAE EXAMINATION.
RENWICK SCHOLARSHIP FOR GENERAL PROFICIENCY—G. P. Dixon.PROFESSOR WILSON'S PRIZE FOR GENERAL AND DESCRIPTIVE
ANATOMY(JUNIOR)—G. P. Dixon.
PROFESSOR HASWELL'S PRIZE FOR ZOOLOOY—G. P. Dixon.
PASSED IN DECEMBEE.1892.
Affleck, AdaBarnes, E. H.Carlile-Thomas, JuliaCooley, P. G.Dixon, G. P.Earrelly, J. T.
CHEMISTRY.HONOURS.CLASS I.
Dixon, G. P.CLASS II.Pain, E. M.O'Keefe, J. J.PASSCooley, P: G.Goldie, W. H.Newton, W. T. J.Wassell, J. L.Harris, W. H.Affleck, AdaBarnes, E. H.Farrelly, J. T.Terrey, H.Wood, Ellen M.Carlile-Thomas, JuliaShorter, L. H.Man-, G. W.
Goldie, W. H.Harris, W. H.Marr, G. W. S.Newton, W. T.O'Keefe, J. J.
PHYSICS.HONOURS.CLASS II.
Wassell, J. L.Dixon, G. P.O'Keefe, J. APain, E. M.
ieq.
, Pain, E. M.Shorter, L. H.Terrey, H.WasseU, J. L.Wood, Ellen M.
BIOLOGY.HONOURS.CLASS II.
Dixon, G. P.Pain, E.M.WasseU, J. L.Harris, W. H.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 307
DEFERRED EXAMINATION.MARCH, 1893.
Böhrsmann, G. H. ι Cosh, J. I. C. I Gaden, F. H. B.Camphell, A. I Farrell, R. M. I Newton, Alice Sarah
SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION.ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.HONOURS.CLASS I. Wade, R. B. Conlon, W. A., B.A.
Halliday, J. C. McClelland, "W. C. Deck, G. H. B.CLASS II. Doak, F. W., B.A. Burkitt, E. H.
Sheldon, S. Zlotkowski, F. S. Menzies, G. D.PASS.
Crawley, A. J. St. C. I Harris, L. H. I Robison, E. H.Flashman, C. E. I <
DEFERRED EXAMINATION.MARCH, 1893.Bennetts, H. G.
THIRD YEAR EXAMINATION.DB. MACCORMICK'S PRIZE FOR SURGERY—W. B. Studdy.
ANATOMY.PASS.Jackson, J. W. | Studdy, W. B. | HaU, G. R. P.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.PASS.Hall, G. R. P. | Jackson, J. W. | Studdy, W. B.
PHYSIOLOGY.PASS.Hall, G. R. P. | Jackson, J. W. | Studdy, W. B.
DEFERRED EXAMINATION.MARCH, 1893.PASS.Cox, F. H. I Hughes, M. O'G., B.A. | Rutter, G. F., B.A.
308 FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
SECOND PEOFESSIONAL EXAMINATION.
JOHN HAEEIS SCHOLARSHIP FOE GENERAL PEOFICIENCY.— R. G. Craig.PEOFESSOE WILSON'S PEIZE FOE REGIONAL AND
SUEGICAL ANATOMY—R. G.Craig.
• DE. AVILKINSON'S PEIZE FOE PATHOLOGY-------------------------------------------------R. G. Craig.
PASSED 'WITH DISTINCTION.Craig, R. G.
PASSED WITH CREDIT .MacCreadie, J. L. M.
Craig, R. G.Henry, J. E. O.Veech, M.
Craig, R. G.MacCreadie, J. L. M.Henry, J. E. O.
Craig, R. G. .Murray, G. L.MacCreadie, J. L. M.
Craig, R. G.Murray, G. L.Veech, M.
ANATOMY.
MacCreadie, J. L. M.Handcock, C. L.
PHYSIOLOGY.
O'Connor, A. C.Handcock, C. L.
MATERIA MEDICA.Handcock, C. L.Luker, D.O'Connor A. C.
PATHOLOGY.
Henry, J. E. O.Luker, D.O'Connor, A. C.
Luker, D.O'Connor, A. C.
Luker, D.Veech, M.
Henry, J.E. O.Veech, M.
Handcock, C. L.MacCreadie, J. L. M.
DEFEEEED EXAMINATION.MARCH, 1893.
Bode, F. F. O.Böhrsmann, R. H.Goldsmid, J. A.
PASS.Hester, S. J. (Anatomy
and Physiology)Kinross, R. M., B. A.
Mackinnon, R. R. S.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 309
THIED PEOFESSIONAL EXAMINATION.M.B. AND CH.M.
UNIVERSITY GOLD MEDAL FOK GENEEAL PROFICIENCY—Not awarded.
HONOURS AT GRADUATION.CLASS I.None.
0CLASS II.
Smith, G. E. ',Vallack, A. S. } 8^"
PASSED WITH CBEDIT IN THE SUBJECTS OF THE FINAL EXAMINATION.Vallack, A. S.Smith, G. E.Bülke, P.Richards, S. J.Litchfield, W. F.Robinson, Grace F.Sweet, G. B.Coghlan, Iza F. J.
Vallack, A. S..Robinson, Grace F.Litchfield, W. F. '
Litchfield, W. F.Smith, G. E.Vallach, A. S.Bölke. P.
Robinson, Grace F.Vallack, A. S.Coghlan, Iza F. j.Richards, F. J.
MEDICINE.Richards, S. J.Smith, G. E.Bölke, P.
SURGERY.Richards, S. J.
, Sweet, G. B.Green, T. A.
MIDWIFERY.Sweet, G. B.Smith, G. E.Green, T. A. IBinney, E. H. ) "6I-
Binney, E. H. i .Coghlan, Iza F. J. } jjfSweet, G. B. )Green, T. A.
Binney, E. H.Coghlan, Iza F. J.Robinson, Grace F.
Bölke, P.Litchfield, W. F.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PUBLIC HEALTH.Smith, G. E.Sweet, G. B.Vallack, A. S.
Coghlan, Iza F. J. ]Green, T. A. jRichards, S. J.
feq. Litchfield, W. F.Robinson, Grace F.Binney, E. H.Bölke, P.
310 FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE.Smith, G. E.Vallaek, A. S.Coghlan, Iza F. J.Sweet. G. B.
Binney, E. H.Litchfield, W. F.Bölke, P.
Richards, S. J. ) 6<Robinson, Grace F. | ^Green, T. A.
OPHTHALMIC MEDICINE AND SURGERY.
Robinson, Grace F. Coghlan, Iza F. J.Richards, S. J. Sweet, G. B.Binney, E. H. Litchfield, W. F.
Bölke, P. \Vallaek, A. S. } '^¾"Smith, G. E.Litchfield. W. F.
CLINICAL MEDICINE
Richards, S. J. I ¿Robinson, Grace F. ) 8Coghlan, Iza F. J. ) ¿ιGreen, T. A. (8
Binney, E. H.Sweet, G. B.
CLINICAL SURGERY.Binney, E. H.Green, T. A.Litchfield, W. F.Richards, S. J.Smith, G. E.Sweet, G. B.Vallaek, A. S.Bölke, P.Robinson, Grace FCoghlan, Iza F. J.
Bölke, P.Vallaek, A. S.Green, T. A.Smith, G. E.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
. DECEMBEB, 1892, AND MAECH, 1893.
FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.
• BIOLOGY.HONOUES.CLASS II.J. A. Watt, M.A.
SECOND YEAK EXAMINATION.
DEAS-THOMSON SCHOLAESHIP FOE GKOLOGY-TJ. A. Watt, M.A.
BIOLOGY.HONOUES.CLASS II.J. A. Watt, M.A.
BIOLOGY.(STUDENTS OF MEDICINE.;
HONOUES.CLASS II.
S. Sheldon.
PHYSICSAND GEOLOGY.
PASS.J. A. Watt, M.A.
THIRD YEAR EXAMINATION.
CHEMISTRY.HONOUES.CLASS II.
J. Forde, B.A.
MINERALOGY.HONOURS.CLASS II.
J. Forde, B.A.
DEPAETMENT OF ENGINEEEING.
FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.
LEVEY SCHOLAESHIP FOE CHEMISTEY AND PHYSICS—J. P. Wood.SLADE PEIZE FOE CHEMISTEY (CLASS EXAMINATION)—E. S. Simpson.SLADE PEIZE FOE PEACTICAL CHEMISTEY—J. T. Dixon.SMITH PEIZE FOE PHYSICS—W. J. Doak.
See class lists on pages 292 and 294.
312 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
CHEMISTRY.HONOURS (MININO).CLASS I.Simpson, E. S.
CLASS II.Dixon, J. T.
CHEMISTRY.HONOURS (CE.).
CLASS I.Wood, J. P.
CLASS II.Arnott, R. F.
PASS.Doak, W. J.tHedgeland, E. W.Jackson, C. F.Sawyer, B.
APPLIED MECHANICS.CLASS II.
Arnott, R. F.Wood, J. P.Dixon, J. T.
PHYSICS.HONO
URS.CLASS I.
Wood, J. P.Doak, W. J.
PASS.Jackson, C. F.tHedgeland, E. W.Sawyer, B.
HONOURS.CLASS I.Anott, R. F.
CLASS II.Wood, J. P.Doak, W. J.tHedgeland, E. W.
PASS.
Simpson, E. S.Jackson, C. F.Dixon, J. T.Sawyer, B.
DEFERRED EXAMINATION.MARCH, 1S93.
tE. W. Hedgeland.
SECOISD YEAR EXAMINATION.
PHYSICS.HONOURS.CLASS II.
SURVEYINGAND DRAWING. ;
HONOURS.
CHEMISTRY.(MINING.)
PASS.Seale, H. P.
PASS.White, N. F.
CLASS I.Seale, H. P.White, N. F.CLASS II.Weigall, A. R.PASS.Nardin, E. W.
Nardin, E. W.WeigaU, A. R. (Theory.)
fUnmatri culated.
HONOURS.CLASS I.
Doak, W. J.Simpson, E. S.
GEOMETRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWING.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING. 313
APPLIED MECHANICS, &c.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.HONOUBS.CLASS II.
Seale, H. P.White, N. F.
MINING ENGINEEEING.PASS.
Weigall, A. R.Nardin, E. W.
I)EFEEEED EXAMINATION.MAECH, 1893.
Millard, A. C, B. A.
THIRD YEAR EXAMINATION.
EXAMINATION FOE B.E.
HONOURS AT GRADUATION.UNIVERSITY GOLD MEDAL FOE GENERAL PEOFICIENCY—W. H. Ledger.SCHOLARSHIP GIVEN BY HER MAJESTY'S COMMISSIONEES OF THE
EXHIBITION OF1851 το A GEADUATE DISTINGUISHED IN SCIENCE.—W. H. Ledger.
CLASS I. I PASS.Ledger, W. H. Hayley, P. E. L.
UNIVEESITY EXTENSION LECTURES.The following are the names of those students who attended
courses of lectures under the University Extension Scheme, andpassed the Final Examinations in the subjects of the lectures.
LENT TEEM, 1892.(Croydon.)
SUBJECT—" The Puritan Revolution."LECTURER—Professor Wood, B.A.Number Attending, 117.PASS.
"Whitehead, Trixie Moppett, Mary L. Hore, NessieGreenwell, Fr. Mary \ Hancox, S. Herbert Greenwell, GeorgeMartin, L. O. ( Hawdon, John Dowling AlanWilson, Jessie ι Wilson, Constance Abbott, AmeliaWilson, Madeline ' Hancox, EdithAbbott, Emily Lance, Elizabeth
(5
Sydney Railway Institut OSUBJEC τ—" Socialism."LECTUE ER—Professor Anderson,
Number Attending, 93.PASS.
M.A.
Price, J. M. Wright, Hugh H. Taylor, E. B.Uther, Blanche Davidson, Thomas Bethel, W. E.Durie, W. J. Templeton, H. B. Wilcock, T.Meares, C. E. D. Howard, F. J. Rose, E.Robson, Gertrude Thomas. F. J. Jackson, EmmaMcManamey, W. F. Quinn, D. J. Hoerning, C. A.HaD, A. D. Scott, J. S.Harper, A. M. 1 Wait, Wm. I. .Harper, W. K. I xq-· Tighe, P. E.
(St. Leonards.)SUBJECT—' ' The Idylls of the King, and the Development of the Arthurian
Legend."LECTURER—Professor MacCallum, M.A.
Number attending, 50.PASS.
Jargelmann, J. J. I Doak, Margaret A. L.Robson, Hilda | Childe, Aline V.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION LECTURES. 315
TEINITY TEEM, 1892.
(Sydney Railway Institute.)
SUBJECT—Political Economy, " Work and Wages/LECTUBEB,—Professor Scott, M.A.
Number attending, 33.PASS.
Price, J. M. (Prize)Vane, H. Ώ.,ρτοχ. ace.Short, G. R.Howard, F. J.Boddington, Henry
Rayment, AlfredClarke, WilliamMeares, C. E. D.Cooper, E. L.Grover, T. D.
Butterworth, A.Thomas, F. J.Jackson, EmmaTaylor, E. B.
(Woollahra.)SUBJECT—" Some Leaders of Modern Thought.'LECTUBEK—Mr. A. W. Jose.
Number attending, 113.
Hamilton, Mary G. B.Carter, MabelGilchrist, Sydney
PASS.McCrae, EmilyBoddington, HenryDobbin, L.
McCrae, FarquharKemmis, Mary A.
MICHAELMAS TEEM, 1892.(Parramatta.)SUBJECT—" Some Leaders of Modern Thought."LECTUEEE, -Mr. A. W. Jose.
Number attending, 30.PASS.
Waddy, P. S. I Bowden, H. S.Bowden, E. K. | Hewitt, Mary
(Sydney.)SUBJECT—" Greek Life and Art."LECTUEEE—Miss Lousia Macdonald, M.A.
Number attending, 130.. PASS.
Russell, Lilian, B.A.Russell, PriscillaKirkland, ClaraHumphries, Edith MaryMolesworth, Ethel ClaraDoak, Madge A. L.Smith, Alice
Bennett, AliceDey, Charlotte J.Newton, EthelBaass, DorotheaBaass, KittieLiringstou, Margaret C.MacMaster, Mary
Bürge, Kate M.Robertson, RoseMacMaster, Jeannie D.Baass, Lillie J.Miller, Susan S.Ryrie, Emma L.
UNIVERSITY OFFICERS, ETC.
VISITOE.The Governor of the Colony for the time being is ex officio
Visitor to the University.*1850.—His Excellency Sir Charles Augustus Fitz Roy,
K.C.B., K.H.1855.—His Excellency Sir Thomas William Denison, K.CB.1861.—His Excellency the Right Hon. ¡Sir J ohn Young,
Bart., K.C.B., G.C.M.G.1868.—His Excellency the Right Hon. the Earl of Belmore,
M.A.1872.—His Excellency Sir Hercules George Robert
Robinson, G.C.M.G.1879.—His Excellency the Right Hon. Lord Augustus W.
Loftus, M.A., G.C.B.1886.—His Excellency the Right Hon. Charles Robert
Baron Carrington, P.C. G.C.M.G.1891.—His Excellency the Right Hon. Victor Albert George
Child Villiers, Earl of Jersey, G.C.M.G.1893.—His Excellency the Right Hon. Sir Robert William
Duff, P.C., G.C.M.G.At the Commemoration in 1872, after Lord Belmore'sdeparture, and at the Commemoration in 1879, after Sir HerculesRobinson's departure, Sir Alfred Stephen, G.C.M.G. and C.B.,administering the Government, presided as Visitor. At theCommemoration in 1893, after the departure of the Earl ofJersey, Sir Frederick Darley, CJ., Kt., administering theGovernment, presided as Visitor.
CHANCELLOR.The Chancellor is elected by the Fellows of the Senate out
of their own body, for such period as the Senate may from timeto time appoint. The period is at present hmited by By-law tothree years, but the retiring Chancellor is declared to be eligiblefor re-election.
1851.—Edward Hamilton, M.A.1854.—Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart., M.D., D.C.L., LL.D.
'The dates prefixed to the names of Office Holders refer to their first appointment orentrance upon office.
UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. 317
1862.—The Hon. Francis Lewis Shaw Merewether, B. A.1865.—The Hon. Sir Edward Deas-Thomson, C.B.,K.C.M.G.1878.—The Hon. Sir William Montagu Manning, LL.D.,K.C.M.G·.
VICE-CHANCELLOE.The Vice-Chancellor is annually elected by the Fellows of
the Senate out of their own body.1851.—Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart., M.D., D.C.L., LL.D.1854.—The Hon. F. L. S. Merewether, B.A.1862.—The Hon. Edward Deas-Thomson, CB.1865.—The Hon. J. H. Plunkett, B.A.1869.—The Eev. Canon Allwood, B.A.1883.—The Hon. Mr. Justice Windeyer, M.A., LL.D.1887.—The Hon. Henry N. MacLaurin, M.A., M.D., LL.D.1889.—The Hon. Arthur Eenwick, B.A., M.D.1891.—Henry Chamberlaine Eussell, B.A., C.M.G., F.E.S.
§ The Hon. Arthur Eenwick, B.A., M.D.1892.—The-Hon. Arthur Eenwick, B. A., M.D.
t His Honor Judge Backhouse, M. A.1893.—His Honor Judge Backhouse, M.A.
THE SENATE.The Original Senate was appointed on the 24th of December,
1850, by the following Proclamation :—
HEREAS by an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of NewSouth Wales, passed in the fourteenth year of Her Majesty's Reign,entitled, " An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University of Sydney," it isamongst other things enacted, that for the purpose of ascertaining by meansof examination the persons who shall acquire proficiency in literature,science and art, and of rewarding them by Academical Degrees as evidenceof their respective attainments, and by marks of honour apportioned thereto,a Senate, consisting of a number of persons in the said Act mentioned, shall,within three months of the passing thereof, be nominated and appointed bythe said G-overnor, with the advice of the Executive Council of the saidColony, by a proclamation to be duly published in the New South "WalesGovernment Gazette, which Senate shall be, and by the said Act is, consti-tuted, from the date of such nomination and appointment, a Body Politicand Corporate, by the name of " The University 0}Sydney," and it is therebyfurther enacted that the said Body Politic and Corporate shall consist ofsixteen fellows, twelve of whom, at least, shall be laymen. Now, therefore,I, SIB CHAULES Aueusnjs Friz ROY, as such Governor aforesaid, by this,my proclamation, published in the New South Wales Government Gazette, do
5Mr. Russell having retired during his year of office, the Hon. Dr. Renwick waselected in his place for the remainder of the year.
tDr. Renwick having retired during his year of office, Judge Backhouse was electedin his place for the remainder of the year.
W
318 UNn7ERSITY OFFICERS.
notify and proclaim that, with the advice of the said Executive Council, Ihave nominated and appointed the following persons to be such Senate asaforesaid : that is to say :The Rev. "William Binnington Boyce. Francis Lewis Shaw Mere wether, Esq.Edward Broadhurst, Esq. Charles Nicholson, Esq.John Bayley Darval, Esq. Bartholomew O'Brien, Esq.Stuart Alexander Donaldson, Esq. The Hon. John Hubert Plunkett, Esq.The Right Rev. Charles Henry Davis. The Rev. William Purves.Alfred Denison, Esq. His Honour Roger Therry, Esq.Edward Hamilton, Esq. TheHon.EdwardDeas-Thomson.Esq.James Macarthur, Esq. William Charles Wentworth, Esq.
Given under my Hand and Seal, at Government House, Sydney,this twenty-fourth day of December, in the Tear of our LordOne thousand eight hundred and fifty, and in the fourteenthyear of Her Majesty's Reign.
(L.S.) CHAS. A. FITZ ROT.By His Excelkneifs Command. E. DEAS-THOMSON.
GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.
Under the original Incorporation Act, the election to vacantFellowships was vested in the Senate until there should be onehundred Graduates holding the Degree of M.A., LL.D., or M.D.By an Act passed in 1861, the election to vacancies was vested inFellows of the Senate, Professors. and other Public Teachers ofthe University, Examiners, Principals of Incorporated Collegeswithin the University, Superior Officers, declared to be such byBy-law, and Graduates who should have taken any or either ofthe Degrees of M.A., LL.D. or MD. By an Act passed in 1881,the privilege of voting at such elections was extended to Bachelorsof Arts of three years' standing, and by the University ExtensionAct of 1884, the privilege was further extended to all Bachelorsof three years' standing. In addition to the sixteen Fellows, itwas provided by the Act of 1861 that there should not be fewerthan three, nor more than six, ex officio Members of the SenatebeiDg Professors of the University in such branches of learningas the Senate might \>y any By-law select.
EX-MEMBERS OF THE SENATE.1850-1854—Hamilton, Edward, M.A.18Ó0-1S55—Davis, the Right Rev. C. H., D.D.1850-1856-Broadhurst, the Hon. Edward, B.A.1850-1859—Boyce, the Rev. "W. B.1850-1S59—Therry, His Honour Sir Roger1S50-1860—Macarthur, the Hon. James1857-1860—Denison, Alfred, B.A.1850-1861—Donaldson, the Hon. Sir Stuart A.1857-1861—Cooper, Sir Daniel, Bart., G.C.M.G.1853-1S65—Douglas, Henry Grattan, M.D.
UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. 319
1861-1866—WooUey, the Rev. J., D.CL. (Principal)1850-1868—Darvall, Sir John Bayley, M.A.1850-1869—O'Brien, Bartholomew, M.D.1850-1S69—Plunkett, the Hon. John Hubert^ B.A.1850-1870—Purves, Rev. W., M.A.1850-1872—Wentworth, the Hon. William Charles1868-1872—Nathan, Charles, M.D.1869-1873—Stènhouse, N. D., M.A.1868-1874—Arnold, the Hon. "William M.1850-1875—Merewether, the Hon. F. L. S., B.A.1856-1877—Polding, the Most Rev Archbishop, D.D.1859-1878—Allen, the Hon. George1S73-1878— Dalley, the Right Hon. William Bede, P.C.1S58-1878—Martin, the Hon. Sir James, Chief Justice1S61-1879—Pell, Professor Morris Birkbeck, B.A.1850-1879—Deas-Thomson, the Hon. Sir E., C.B., K.C.M.G.1860-1880—Macarthur, the Hon. Sir William1872-1882—Forster, the Hon. William1850-1883—Nicholson, Sir Charles, Bart., D.C.L., M.D., LL.D.1867-18S4—Badham,'Professor Charles, D.D.1861-1S85—Smith, the Hon. Professor, M.D,, LL.D., C.M.G.1877-1885—Allen, the Hon. Sir George Wigram, K.C.M.G.1885-1S86—Martin, the Hon. Sir James, Chief Justice1855-1886—Allwood, Rev. Canon, B.A.1879-1887—Darley, the Hon. Sir F. M., B.A., Chief Justice1878-1887—Stephen, the Hon. Sir Alfred, C.B., G.C.M.G., Ex-CJ., P.C.18S7-188S—Knox, George, M.A.1872-1888—Rolleston, Christopher, C.M.G.1880-1889—Barton, the Hon. Edmund, M.A.1886-1889—Barry, the Most Rev. Alfred, D.D., LL.D.1S84-1890—Stephens, Professor W. J., M.A.1S83-1891—Jennings, the Hon. Sir Patrick A., LL.D., K.C.M.G.1875-1891—Macleay, the Hon. Sir William, Kt.1870-1S92—Hay, the Hon. Sir John, M.A., K.C.M.G.1S77-1892—Gurney, Prof essor Theodore T., M.A.1891.-1892—O'Connor, the Hon. Richard Edward, M.A.
PRESENT SENATE.
1887—Backhouse, His Honour Judge, M.A., Vice-Chancellor1892—Barton, the Hon. Edmund, M.A.1888—Butler, Professor Thomas, B.A.1890—Cobbett, Professor Pitt, M.A., D.C.L., Dean of the
Faculty of Law (ex officio).1859—Faucett, the Hon. Peter, B.A.1887—Jones, Philip Sydney, M.D.1879—Liversidgè, Professor Archibald, M.A., F.R.S., Dean of
the Faculty of Science (ex officio).1883—MacLaurin, the Hon. Henry Norman, M.A., M.D., LL.D.
320 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS.
1861—Manning, the Hon. Sir William M,, LL.D., K.C.M.G.,
Chancellor.1892—Manning, the Hon. Mr. Justice, M.A.1893—O'Connor, the Hon. Eichard Edward, M.A.1879—Oliver, Alexander, M.A.1877—Eenwick, the Hon. Arthur. B.A., M.D.1889—Rogers, Francis E., M.A., LL.B., Q.C.1875— Russell, Henry C, B.A., C.M.G-., F.R.S.1885—Scott, Professor Walter, M.A., Dean of the Faculty of
Arts (ex officio).1888—Stephen, Cecil Bedford, M.A.1883—Stuart, Professor T. P. Anderson, M.D., Dean of the
Faculty of Medicine (ex officio).1889—Teece, Richard, F.I.A., F.F.A.1866—Windeyer, the Hon. Sir William, M.A., LL.D.
EX-PROFESSORS.
CLASSICS AND LOGIC.1852-1866—Woolley, the Rev. John, D.C.L.1867-1883—Badham, Rev. Charles, D.D.
OEOLOOY AND MINEEALOOY.
1870-1872—Thomson, Alexander M., D.Sc.
MATHEMATICS AND NATUEAL PHILOSOPHY.
1852-1877—PeU, Morris B., B.A.CHEMISTEY AND EXPEEIMENTAL PHYSICS.
1852-18S5—Smith, the Hon. John, M.D., LL.D., C.M.G-.
NATOBAL HISTOEY (OEOLOOY, ETC.)
1882-1890—Stephens, William John, M.A.
TEACHING STAFF.
ANATOMY—Challis Professor—1890—(«) James T. Wilson, M.B.,Ch.M. (Edin.)Demonstrator—1893—Robert Dick, M.B., Ch.M.ARCHITECTURE—Lecturer—1887—John Sulman, F.R.I.B.A.BIOLOGY—Challis Professor—1890—William A. Haswell, M.A.,D.Sc. (Edin.)Demonstrator—1892—James P. Hill. F.L.S.
(«) M.B., Ch.jtf., Honours lSSï. Late Demonstrator of Anatomy, University of Edinburgh.
UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. 321
CHEMISTRY—Professor—1874—(¾) Archibald Liversidge, M.A.,
F.R.S. (Christ's College, Cambridge), Dean of the Facultyof Science.
Demonstrator—1892—James A. Schofield, F.C.S.Lecturer in Metallurgy and Demonstrator in Assaying and
Chemistry—Savannah J. Speak, A.R.S.M.CLINICAL MEDICINE—Lecturer—1889—1| R. Scot-Skirving, M.B.,
Ch.H.. (Edin.)CLINICAL SURGERY—Lecturer—1889—S. T. Knaggs, M.D.,
Ch.M. (Aberdeen)ENGINEERING—Challis Professor—1884—(c) William H. Warren,
Wh. Sc. M. Inst. CE.GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY—Professor—1891—(d) T.
W. Edgeworth David, B.A. (New College, Oxford)Demonstrator—1893—William F. Smeeth, M.A., B.E.,
F.G.S., A.R.S.M.GREEK—Professor—1885—(¢) Walter Scott, Lf.A.. (Merton Col-lege, Oxford), Dean of the Faculty of Arts.HISTORY—Challis Professor—1891—G. Arnold Wood, B.A.
(Victoria University), B.A. (Balliol College, Oxford)LATIN—Professor—1891—Thomas Butler, B.A. (Sydney)
Assistant Lecturer—1891—Frederick Lloyd, B.A. (Sydney)LAW—Challis Professor—1890—Pitt Cobbett, M.A., D.C.L.
(University College, Oxford), Dean of the Faculty ofLaw.
LAW OP OBLIGATIONS, PERSONAL PROPERTY AND CONTRACTS—
Challis Lecturer—1890—G. E. Eich, M.A.LAW OP PROCEDURE, INCLUDING EVIDENCE—Challis Lecturer—
1890—C. A. Coghlan, M A., LL.D.LAW OF REAL PROPERTY AND EQUITY—Challis Lecturer—1890—
W. P. Cullen, M.A., LL.D.LAW OF WRONGS, CIVIL AND CRIMINAL—Challis Lecturer—
1890—F. Leverrier, B.A., B.Sc.LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY—Challis Professor—1890—(/)
Francis Anderson^ M.A. (Glasgow)MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS—1883—Thomas Dixson,
M.B., Ch.M. (Edin.)________________________(b) Associate of the Royal School of Mines, London ; late University Demonstrator of
Chemistry, Cambridge.(c) Member Inst. Civil Engineers, London ; Member of the American Society of Civil
Engineers ; "WTiitwcrth Scholar ; Society of Arte Technological Scholar.
(d) Late Scholar of New College, Oxford, and late member of the Geological Survey of
New South Wales.(β) Late Fellow of Merton College, Oxford.(/) Late Clarke Philosophical Fellow, University of Glasgow.Il Dr. James Graham lectures upon Clinical Medicine during part of
1893, during the-absence on leave of Dr. Scot-Skirving.
V
322 UNIVEKSITY OFFICERS.
MATHEMATICS—Professor—1877—(g) Theodore T. Gurney, M.A..
(St. John's College, Cambridge)Assistant Lecturers—1886—A. Newham, B.A. (St. John's
College, Cambridge), Evening Lecturer. 1887—E. M.Moors, M.A.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PUBLIC HEALTH—1883—W. H.
Goode, M.A., M.D., Ch.M. (Dub.)MEDICAL TUTOR—E. J. Jenkins, M.A., M.D..(Oxon.)MIDWIFERY AND DISEASES OFWOMN—1883—Thomas Chambers,
F.E.C.S., F.E.C.P. (Edin.)MINING—1892—Edward F. Pittman, A.E.S.M.MODERN LITERATURE—Challis Professor—1887—(K) Mungo W.
MacCalluru, M.A. (Glasgow) [absent on leave during1893]
Assistant Lecturers—French and German—1889—Emil J.
Trechmann, M.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Heidelberg) ; E. Max,LL.D. English—Albert B. Piddington, B.A. AdditionalLecturer in Eoglish for 1892—Arthur W.
Jose.OPHTHALMIC MEDICINE AND SURGERY—1889—F. Antill Pockley,
M.B., Ch.M. (Edin.)PATHOLOGY—1883—\i) W. Camac Wilkinson, B.A. (Syd.),
M.D. (Lond.), M.E.C.P. (Lond.)PHYSICS—Professor—1886—( ) Eichard Threlfall, M.A. (Caius
College, Cambridge)Demonstrator—1890—James A. Pollock, B.Sc. (Sydney)PHYSIOLOGY—Professor —1883—(A) T. P. Anderson Stuart,
M.D., Ch.M. (Edin.), Dean of the Faculty of Medicine.Demonstrator—1891— (I) C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc. (Lond.)PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE—1883—James C. Cox,
M.D. (Edin.), F.E.C.S. (Eng.)PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF SURGERY—1890—Alexander Mac-
Cormick, M.D. (Edin.)PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE—1889—Chisholm Eoss, M.D. (Syd.)SURGICAL TUTOR—1890—John F. McAllister, M.D., B.S., (MeIb).SURVEYING—1890—George H. Knibbs, L.S.
Ig) Late Scholar and Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge, and Bell University Scholar.Οι)Late Professor of English Literature in University College, ' Aberystwyth, "Wales;' late Luke Fellow, University of Glasgow.(i) M.B. First Class Honours Medicine, University Scholarship and Gold Medal-( j) Late Demonstrator in Physics, Cavendish Laboratory, Cambridge.(fcjM.B., ChM., First Class Honours, Ettles Scholar, 1S30, M.D,, Thesis Gold Medal,
1S82, Edin. ; late Assistant to Professor of Physiology, Edinburgh.(0 University Scholar in Physiology, B.Sc, 18S5 : Gold Medallist and Exhibitioner,
Physiology M.B. Examination, 1886 ; late Demonstrator in Physiology, King'sCollege, London.
UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. 323
TUTOR TO THE WOMEN STUDENTS —1892—Jane F. Russell, M.A.(8yd-)
WILLIAM HILTON HOVELL LECTURER IN GEOLOGY AND PHYSICALGEOGRAPHY—T. W. Edgeworth David, B.A. (New Col-lege, Oxford)
CURATORS OF MUSEUMS.NICHOLSON MUSEUM OF EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES, &C.—L. F.
Armstrong, B.A., LL.B.MUSEUM OF NORMAL AND MORBID ANATOMY—Sydney Jamieson,
B.A., M.B., Ch.M.MACLEAY MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY—George Masters.
EXAMINERS FOR 1892-93.
EXAMINERS IN ARTS.The Professors.The Lecturers.L. F. Armstrong, B. A., LL.B.Professor Bragg, M.A.R. R. Garran, B.A.A. B. Piddington, B.A.R. P. Sellors; B.A.E. R. Holme, B.A.
EXAMINERS IN LAW.The Professor.The Lecturers.H. P. Owen, B.Ä.
EXAMINERS IN MEDICINE.The Professors.The Lecturers.George Bennett, M.D. (Glas.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.)James Graham, M.D., Ch.M. (Edin.)P. Sydney Jones, M.D. (Loud.)Charles McKay, M.D. (St. And.)The Hon. Charles K. Mackellar, M.B., Ch.M. (Glas.)The Hon. H. N. MacLaurin, M.A., M.D. (Edin.), LL.Ü.F. Norton Manning, M.D. (St And.)
324 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS.
F. MiIford, M.D. (Heidelberg and Sydney).A. E. Mills,' M.B., Ch.M.A. Murray Oram, M.D. (Edin.)Gk E. Eennie, B.A., M.D. (Lond.)The Hon. Arthur Eenwick, B.A., M.D. (Edin.)Sir Alfred Eoberts, M.R.C.S. (Eng.)Professor Stirling, M.B.J. Ashburton Thompson, M.D.
EXAMINERS IN SCIENCE.The Professors.The Lecturers.Cecil Darley, M.I.C.E.Henry Deane, M.A., M.I.C.E.J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc.F. B. Guthrie, F.C.S.J. A. McDonald, M.I.C.E.
BEGISTRAR AND LIBRARIAN, 1882—H. E. Barff, M.A.CHIEF CLERK AND ACCOUNTANT, 1887—Eobert A. Dallen.ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN, 1888—Caleb Hardy.CLERKS, 1887—William S. Maj^er.
1892—Fred. A. Malyon.ESQUIRE BEDELL, 1866—John Kinloch, M.A.UNIVERSITY SOLICITOR, 1886—Hon. James Norton, LL.D.,
M.L.C.AUDITOR, 1892—J. C. Dibbs.YEOMAN BEDELL—S. Oraddock.OVERSEER OF THE UNIVERSITY PARK AND GROUNDS—
HenryGoodhew.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
MEMBEES OE
Abbott, George H., B.A., 1887,M.B., Ch.M.
Abbott, Thos. K., B.A., 1888Allen, Arthur Wigram, B.A.,
1883§Allen, George Boyce, B.A.,
1877Allen, Eeginald C, B.A., 1879Amess, William, B.A., 1883Amos, JeanieCairns,B.A., 1890Amphlett, Edward Albin, B.E.,
1889Anderson, Francis, M.A.f^fAnderson, H. C. L., M.A.Anderson, Hugh Miller, B.A.,·
1890Andrews, William, M.B., 1887§Angove, William H., B.8c,
1887Armstrong, Laurens F. M.,
B.A., 1884, LL.B. 1890Armstrong, William G., B.A.,
1884, M.B., Ch.M.Artlett, Ettie, B.A., 1888Aspinall, Arthur Ashworth,
BrA., 1889Ayres, Charles, B.A., 1882Backhouse, Alfred P., M.A.fBancroft, Peter, M.B., Ch M.Barber, Richard, M.A.Barbour, George Pitty, M.A.Barff, Henry E., M.A.«Barker, Thomas Chas., B.A.,
1886
CONVOCATION.>
Barker, Henry Auriol, B.A.,
1881§Bailee, Frederick E., M.A.Barnet, Donald McKay, B.A.,
1890Barret,. James, M.D.Barton, Edmund, The Hon.,. M.A.fBarton, H. Francis, M.A.Barry, Alfred, LL.D.§Baylis, Harold M., B.A., 1883Beegling, Daniel, B.A., 1885Beehag. Samuel Alfred, B.A.,
1886Belgrave, T. B., M.D.§Bennett, George, M D.|Berne, Percv Witton, B.A.,
1883Binney, Edward Harold, M.B.,
Ch.M.Blacket, Arthur R., B.A., 1872Blair, John, M.D.Board, Peter, M.A.Bode, Arnold G. H., B.A., 1888Boelke, Paul, M.B., Ch.M.Booth, Mary, B.A., 1890Bowden, John Ebenezer, M.A.Bowker, Richard Ryther S.,
M.D.§Bowman, Alexander, B,A., 1859Bowman, AlisterS., B.A., 1878Bowman, Andrew, M.A.Bowman, Archer, B.E., 1889Bowman, Arthur, B,A., 1880
* Superior Officer. + Fellow of the Senate. 1 Examiner.
^i Public Teacher. 5 Admitted ad tundem gradum.
326 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Bowman, Edward, M.A.Bowman, Ernest M., B.A., 1880Bradfield, John Job Crew,B.E., 1889
Brennan, Christopher J., M.A.Brennan, Francis P., M.A.Brennan, Sarah 0., M.A.Brierley, Frank Nunan, M.A.• Britten, HerbertE., B.A., 1888Broughton, Alfred, M.A.Brown, Alfred, B.A., 1866Brown, Mary E., B.A., 1885Browne, Wm. C, B.A., 1864.Bruce, Mary BL, B.A., 1887Buchanan, Chas. Arthur, B.Α.,
1889Buckland, Thos., B.A., 1878Bucknell, D'Arcy H., M.A.Bundock, Charles W., B.A.,
1878Bundock, Francis F., B.A.,
1877Burdekin, Sydney, B.A., 1860Butler, Thomas, B.A., 1876«¡fButler, Francis J., B.A., 1882Callachor, Hugh B., B. Α.,
1863CampbeU, Allan, B.A., 1874Campbell, Edward, M.A.Campbell, George P., B.A.,
1885Campbell, Gerald E., M.A.Campbell, Joseph, M.A.Cape, Alfred John, M.A.Cargill, John Sydney, B.A.,
1889Carlisle, W. W., B.Α., 1878CaiTuthers, Joseph H., M.A.ChaUands, Fred., M.B., Ch.M.Carvosso, Albert B., B.A., 1884Chambers, Thos., F.E C.S.«j
Chisholm, "Wm., B.A., 1875,
M.D.§Clarke, Francis W., B.A.,
1884Clay, William French, M. D.Closs, Wm. John Leech, B.Α.,
1890Clune, Michael, M.A.Cobbett, Pitt, M.A., D.C.L.^ffCock, Nicholas John, M.A.Coghlan, Charles A, M.A.,
LL.D.«1Coghlan,Iza Frances Josephine,
M.B., ChM.Cohen, John J., M.A.Collingwood, David, M.D.§Cooper, David John, M.A.Cooper. Pope Alexander, M.A.Corbett, Wm. F., BA, 1883Corlette, Jas. Christian, M.A.Corlette, Cyril E, M.B., Ch.M.Cormack, Alex. John, M A.Cosh, James, M.A.§Cowlishaw, Wm. Philip, M.A.Cowper, Sedgwick Spelman,
M.A.Cox, Harold, B.A., 1889Cox, James C, M.D.^fCrane, Charles, B.A., 1882Crane, John T., B.Sc, 1887Creagh, Albert J., B.A., 1889Cribb, John Geo., M.A.Crocker, Herbert D., M.A.Crompton, William, M.A.Cullen, W. P., M.A., UL.O.%Curlewis, Herbert Eaine, BA.
1890Curnow, William Leslie, B.A.,
1890Curtis, William C, M.A.Daley, Frank H., B.A., 1889
+ Fellow of the Senate, t Examiner. V Public Teacher. § Admitted ad eundem gradum.
MEMBERS OE THE UNIVERSITY. 327
Dalton, Gerald T. A., M.A.D'Aroy - Irvine,
MalcolmMervyn, B.A., 1889
Dare, Henry H., B.E., 1888Dargin, Sydney, B.A., 1871D'Arcy, John Synnott, B.A.,
1890Darley, Cecil]:David, T. W. Edgeworth, B. A. ^fDavidson, Leslie G., M.B.,
Ch.M.Davis, Henry, B.A., 1890Dawson, Arthur F., M.A.Deane, Hy., M.A.,§ M.I C.E.jDeane, William Smith, M. A.Debenham, J. W., M.A.Delohery, Cornelius, M. A.Dick, James Adam, B.A., 1886Dick, Eobert, M.B., Oh.M.fDick, William Thomas, B.A.,
1890Dixson, Craig, M.D.Dixson, Thos., M.B., Ch.M.^fDocker, Ernest B., M.A.Donovan, John J., LL.D.Dudley, Joseph T., B.A., 1885Dunlop, Norman John, BA.,
1890Dunne, John D., B.A., 1873Dunstan, Ephraim, M. A.Edmunds, Walter, M. A., LL.B.Edwards, J. Eoss, MA.Elder, Francis E., B.A. 1877Ellis, Henry A., M.B., 1887§Elphinstone, Jas., B.Α., 1881Emanuel, Nathaniel, B. A.,
1867England, Theo., B.A., 1885England, Thos. H., B.A., 1885Fairb urn ,Edith Α., Β. Α., 1890Faithfull, Geo. Ernest, M.A.
Faithfull, Henry Montague,
M.A.Faithfull, Wm. Percy, M.A.Faucett, The Hon. Peter, B.A.fFeez, Arthur H., B.A., 1880Ferguson, David, B.A., 1886Fidler, Carleton Β.,Β.Α., 1888Fisher, Donnelly, M.A.Fitz, Norman, B.E., 1888Fitzgerald, Edmund, B.A., 1 866Fitzgerald, John Thomas,B. A.,
1890Fitzgerald, Eobert Marsden,
M.A.Fitzhardinge, Grantley Hyde,
M.A.Fletcher, Archibald William,
B.A., 1886, B.Sc, 1888Fletcher, Chas. E., B.A., 1881Fletcher, F. E., M.A.Fletcher, Joseph J., M.A.Flint, Chas. Α., M.A.Flynn, John E., M.A.Flynn, Joseph Alban, M.A.Flynn, William J., B.A., 1884Forster, Charles B-, B.A., 1876Fosbery, Eustace'E., M.A.Fosbery, Vincent F., B.A.,1886Fox, Harold S., B.A., 1885Fraser, Eobert W., B.A., 1885Francis, Henry Ealph, M.A.Freehill, Francis B., M.A.Freshney, Eeg., M.B., Ch.M.Fuller, George W., M.A.Fullerton, Alexander Y., B.A.,
1885Gardiner, Andrew, M.A.§Garland, James Eobert, M.A.Garnsey,EdwardE.,,B.A.,1885Garrick, Joseph Hector, M.A.Garran, Andrew, LL.D.
f Fellow of the Senate.
I Examiner.
U Public Teacher.
5 Admitted ad eundem gvadum
328 MEMBERS OP 1
Garran, Robert E., B.A.,1888Geddes, Samuel, B. A., 1885Gibbes, Alfred George, M.A.Gibbes, William C. V., B.A.,
1868Gilchrist, Archibald, LL.D.Gillies, James, B.A., 1889Goode,' W. H., M.A., M.D.«fGorman, John R, B.A., 1866Graham, James, M.B., 1886§Gray, Arthur St. J., M.A.gGreen, Arthur V., LL.D.Greenway, Alfred R., B.A.,
1870Griffith, Samuel Walker, M.A.Gurney, Theodore T., M.A.ifGuthrie, Frederick B., F.C.S JHall, William Hessel, M.A.Halliday, GeorgeC, B.À., 1884Halloran [née Guérin) Bella,
M.A.§Hammond, Alfred de Lisle,M. A.Hargraves, Edward John, B.A.,
1859Harriott, Charles Warre, B.A.,
1889Harris, Edward, M.A.§Harris, Matthew, B.A., 1863Has well, William A., M-. A.,
D.sc.irHealy, Patrick J., M.A.Henry, Arthur, M.B„ Ch.M.Henry, Arthur G., M.B., Ch.M.Hester, Jeaffreson W., M.B.,
Ch.M.Higgins, Michael Α.,Β. Α., 1879Hill, James P., F.L.S.^fHill, Thomas, M.A.Hilliard, Arthur Vaughan,
BA.. 1890Hills, Henry H., M.A.
:E UNIVERSITY.
Hinder, Henry V. C, M.B.,Ch.M.
Hinder,RobertJohn,B.A.,1889Hodgson, Evelyn G., M.A.§Hogg, James E., M.A.§Hollis, Leslie Thomas, M.B.,
Ch.M.Horniman, Alex., B.A., 1866Houison, Andrew, B.A., 1869Houison, J., B.A..,' 1863, M.D.Hughes, Charles Michael,B.A.,
1886Hughes, Michael O'Gornian,
B.A., 1890Hungerford, Hedley Heber,
BA., 1886•Hunt, Claude L. W., M.B.,
Ch.M.Hunt," Edward, B.A., 1859Hunt, Fanny E., B.Sc, 1888Hunt, Harold W. G., B.A;,
1888Hunter, John, M.A.Hurst, George, M.A.Iceton, Edward Arthur, M.A.Iceton, Thomas Henry, M.A.Irving, Clark Arthur, M.A.Jackson, Henry Latimer, M.A. §t Jackson, Robert, M.A.James, Augustus G. F., B.A.,
1888Jamieson, Sydney, B.A., 1884Jefferis, James, LL.D.Jenkins, Charles J., B.A., 1887Jenkins, E. J., M.D.§^fJohnson, James Wm., M.A.Johnston, Alex. W., M.A.Johnston, Ella Russell, B.A.,
1890Johnston, John, B.A., 1887Johnstone, H. T., B.A., 1885
% Examiner.
T Public Teacher. 5 Admitted ad eundem fjradum.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 329
Jones, Albert E., LL.B·., 1889§Jones, Ernest Trevor, B.A.,■ 1884
Jones, G. E. Russell, M.A.Jones, P. Sj^dney, M.D.fîJones, Bees Rutland, M.A.Jones, Richard Theophilus,
M.D.Jones, Thomas E., B1A,
1884Joseph, Horace B., B.A., 1887Kay, Robert, M.A.Kelly, Thomas, B A., 1390Kelly, Patrick J., M.B., 1.889Kelynack, Arthur James, B.A.,
1889Kemmis, William Henry, B. A.,
1890Kemp, Richard Edgar, M.A.Kendall, Theodore M., tí.A.,
1876Kenna, Patrick J., B.A., 1882Kent, Fredk. Deacon, M A.Kent, Henry Chambers, M.A.King, Cecil J., M.A.King, Copland, M.A.King, Frederick Hart, M.A.King, George C, B.A., 1887King, R. W., B.A., 1884§King, Walter U. S., M.A.Kinloch, John, M.A.Kinross, Rev. John,D.D.,B.A.,
186911Kinross, Robert Menzies, B.A.,
1889Knaggs, Saml. Thos., M.D.§Knibbs, George H.^JLander, William H., M.A.Lang, John Gavin, M.A.Langton, Frederick W., B.A.,
1887
La weSjCharles Herbert Essery,M.B., Ch.M.
Leahy, John Patrick Daunt,B.A., 1890, M.B., Ch;M.
Lee, Herbert Ernest, B. A., 1886Lee. William, M.A.Legge, J. Gordon, M.A., LL.B.,
1890Leibius,. Adolph, M.A. §Leibius, G. Hugo, B.A., 1888Leverrier, Frank, B.A., 1884,
B.Sc." 1885^Liddell, Andrew Innes, M.A.Lingen, John Taylor, M.A.§ ·Linsley, W. H., B.A., 1880Littlejohn, Edward S., B.A.,
1887Liversidge, Archibald, M.A.,
F.R.S.-HÏ ;Lloyd,. Frederick, M.D.Lloyd, Frederick, B.A., 1890,LL.B.If
Lloyd, Thomas, B.A. 1878Lomer, Carrie, M.A. .Long, George Edward, M.A.Loxton, Edward James, M.A.Lukin, Gresley W. H:, M.A.Lyden, Michael J., M.D.§. Lynch, Michael D., B.A., 1870Lynch, William, B.A., i863Lyon, Pearson, B.A., 18.90McAllister, John F. M.D.^fMacansh, A. W., B. A., 1885MacCallum, Mungo W., M.A.^fMacarthy, Herbert T.S., B.A.,
1860McCarthy, Arthur W., B.A.,
1881 .McCarthy, Francis, M.A. .McClelland, Hugh, B.A., 1881MacCormick, Alex., M.D.§^|
t Fellow of the Senate. J Examiner. . || Head of College-TT Public Teacher. 5 Admitted ad eundem gradum.
330 MEMBERS OF T
MaeCulloeh, Francis, B.A., 1866McCulloch, P. V., B.A., 1881McDermott, Vesian B., B.A.,
1887McDonagh, J. M., B.A., 1879MacDonald, J. A., M.I.C.E.+MacDonald, J. M., M.A.MacDonald, Louisa, M.A.§[|McDonnell, iEneas J., M.B.,
Ch.M.McDonnell, Eandal C. W.,
B.A., 1888McEvilly,Augustine,B.A.,1886McEvilly, Ulric, B.A., 1883McGuinn, Denis, B.A., 1884Mcintosh, Harold, B.A., 1889Mclntyre, William Donald,
B.A., 1890Mclntyre, A. T., B.A., 1879Mclntyre, Duncan Α., Β.Α.,
1888Mack, Sidney, B.A., 1890McKay, Charles, M.D.J 'McKay, William J., B.Sc,
1887, M.B., ChM.Mackellar, the Hon. C. K.,
M.D.tMaclardy, J. D. S., M.A.McLaughlin, Daniel, B.A.,1890MacLaurih. the Hon. Henry
Norman,M.A.,M.D.,LL.D.tMacLean, Fredk S., B.A., 1887McLeod, James, B.A., 1879McManamey, James Frazer,
B.A., 1881McManamey, John Frazer,
B.A., 1889McNeil, Andrew, B.A., 1889McPherson, Peter, B.A., 1889McMurray, Wahab, M.D.§Maher, Charles H., B.A., 1877
BE UNIVERSITY.
! Maher,·Matthew E., B .A., 18 6 7! Maher, W. OdiUo, M.D.§
Maitland, Herbert Lethington,M.B., Ch.M.
Mann, William J. G., M.A.Manning, Frederick Norton,
¡ M.D.Î! Manning, the Hon. Mr. Jus-j tice, M.A.fι Manning, James N., H.A.,
LL.D.Manning, Peg. K., B.A., 1887Manning, William Alexander,
! M.A.Manning, W. Hubert, M.A.Manning, The Hon. Sir Wm.
Montagu, LL.D., K.C.M.G.fHarden, John, LL.D.Marks, Percy J., B.A. 1887Marrack, Jno. Pea M., M.A.Martin, Charles James, M.B.,
B.Sc.HMartyn, Sydney Charles, B.A.,
1889Hassie, Eichard de Winton,
B.A., 1886Mate, William H., B.A. 1864Mathison, Walter, B.A., 1880Max, Rudolph, LL.D.«[Mayne, W.M., M.A.Mayne, J. O'Neil, B.A., 1884Meagher, Louis Felix, B.A.,
1889Meares, Matilda, M.A.Meillon, John, M.A.Meillon, Joseph, B.A., 1863Merewether, E. A.'M., B.A.,
1884, B.E., 1885Merewether, W. L., M.A.Metcalfe, George. M.A.Milford, Frederick, M.D.gt
t Fellow of the Senate. } Examiner. ÍÍ Public Teacher.Il Head of College. <= Ç Admitted ad eundem gradum.
MEMBERS OP THE UNIVERSITY.
331
Millard, Alfred C, B.A., 1885Millard, Godfrey William,
B.A., 1890Millard, H. S., M.A.Millard. Eeginald J., M.B.,
Ch.M.Miller, Richard J., B.A., 1885MiUs, Arthur E., M.B., Ch.M.Mitchell, David Scott, M.A.Molony Thos. P., B.A., 1885Monnington, Alfred, M.A.§Montague, J. H., M.A.Montgomerie, John, B.A., 1889Moore, David C, B.A., 1883Moore, Frank Joseph S., B.A.,
1883Moore, George, M.D.Moore, John, B.A., 1883Moore, Samuel, Mi.Moore, William L., M.A.Moore, Yerner, B.A., 1884Moors, E. M., M.A.^Morgan, Fredk. Α., Β. Α.,
1888Morrice, John, B.A, 1874Morris,E.N., B.A., 1870.LL.D.Morrish, Francis, B.A., 1882Mort, H. Wallace, M.A §Morton, Gavin, M.B., Ch.M.Morton, John, M.B.; Ch.M.Morton, Selby, M.D.Mullins, George Lane, M.D.§Mullins, John Lane, M.A.Munro, Wm. J., B.A., 1880Murraj-, Charles EdwardEobertson, M.A.Murray, Donald, M.A.Myers, David M., B.A., 1866Nathan, Edw. Alleyne, M.A.,Neill, Leopold Edward Flood,B.A., 1886, M.B., Ch.M.
1
Newell, Benjamin Armitage,
M B., Ch.M.Newham, Arthur, B.A.IfNewman, George Hine, B.A.,
1887Newton, Henry, B.A., 1889Noake, Eeginald, B A., 1877Noble Edmund Murray, M.A.Nolan, Herbert Russell, M.B.,
1890-Norton, The Hon. James,
LL-D*O'Brien, Francis, M.A.O'Brien, The Very Rev. Jas.
J., D.D.IIO'Brien, Lucius, B.A., 1865O'Brien, Ormond, B.A., 1876O'Connor, The Hon. R. E.,
M.A.fOliver, Alexander, M.A.fOliver, James, M.A.Oram, Arthur M., M.D.§^O'Keefe, John Α., Β.Α., 1887O'Mara, Michael, M.A.O'Reilly, Archibald T., B.A.,
1877O'Eeilly, Walter Wm. Joseph,
M.D.§ .Pain, A. W., B.A., 1884§Parish, Walter G , M.A.Park, Joseph, M.B., Ch.M.Paterson, Jas. Stewart, LL .D.Paton, Arthur T., B.A., 1887Perkins, Alfred Edward, M.A.,
M.B., Ch.M.Perry, John, M A.Perské, Hermann, B.A., 1887Philp, Eichard, M.A.§Piddington. Albert iiathurst,
B.A., 1883^fPike, George H., M.A.
* Superior Officer. + Fellow of the Senate. $ Examiner. V Public Teacher.j| Head of College. 5 Admitted ad eundem graduvi.
332 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Pilcher, Geo. D., B.A., 1859Piicher. Chas. E., B.A., 1865Pincombe, Torrington Hawke,
B.A., 1890Pittman, E. F., A.R.S.M.^fPloniley, Francis James, M.A.Plume, Henry, M.A.§Pockley, F. Antill, M.B.g^fPollock, James Arthur, B.Sc,
1889^JPoolman, Arthur Edward, B.A.,
1883Pope, Roland J., B.A., 1885Powell, Theodore, M.A.Pring, Robert Dorlow, M.A.Pritchard, William Clowes,
B.A., 1888Purser, Cecil.B.A., 1885, M.B.,
Ch.M.Purves, John, M.A.Purves, William A .,
LL.B.Quaife,- Frederick Harrison
M.A.Quaife, W. F., B.A, 1879Quigley James, B.A. 1890Quirk, Daniel Placid, M.AEalston, Alexander G., M.A.Ramsay, James, B.A.,1885Rennie, Edw. Henry, M.A.Rennie, George E., B. A., 1882Renwick, The Hon. Arthur,B.A., 1857, M.D.fReynolds, Arthur Joseph Per-kins Goulburn, B A., 1890Rieh, George E., M.A.^fRichardson, Hy. Α., Β,Α., 1867Richardson, Robt., B.A., 1870Rigg, Thomas, M.A.Riley, Valentine B., B.A., 1872Roberts, Sir Alfred, M.R.C.S.J
Robertson, Joseph, M.A.Robinson, George Frederick
Greenwell, B.A., 1890Robinson, Grace Fairley, M.B.,
Ch.M.Robjohns, Henry T., M.A.Robson, William Elliott Veitch,■ B.A., 1889
Rofe, John F., M.A.Roger, Robert, BA., 1876Rogers, Francis Edward, M.A.,
LL.B.f ■Rolin, Tom, M.A.Roseby, Thomas, M.A., LL.D.Roseby, Thomas Ernest, B.A.,
1890Ross, Chisholm, M.D.^fRowan, Thomas, M.D.Russell, Edward, M.A.Russell, Harry Α., Β.Α., 1887Russell, Henry Chamberlaine,
B.A., 1859, C.M.G., F.R.S.fRussell, Jane Foss. M.A.^Russell, William, M.A.Rutledge, David Dunlop, M.A.,
M.B., Ch.M.Rutledge, William F., B.A.,
1871.Rygate, C. D. H., B.A., 1883Rygate, Henry B., B.A., 1885Rygate, Philip William, M.A.,
B.E., 1885Saddington, A. G., B.A.,1887Salting, George, B.A., 1857Salting, William S., B.A., 1857Sands, Jno. Marshall.B.A., 1889Savigny, William Henry, M.A.Sawkins, Frederick John T.,
M.B., Ch.M.Schofield James A., F.C.S.«!Scot-Skirving, Robert, M.B.§«|
H Public Teacher.
+ Fellow Ol the ¡Senate. Î Examiner.
§ Admitted ad
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITT. 333
Scott, Walter, M.A.fflSellors, Eichard P., B.A., 1890+Sendall, Alfred E., B A., 1888Shand, A.B., B.A., 1884Shaw, Frederick C. S., M.B.,
Ch.M.Shaw, John A. K., B.A., 1885Sharp, Eev. W. Hey, M.A.§||Sharpe, Ernest, B.A., 1865Sheppard, Arthur Murray,
M.B., Ch.M.Sheppard, Edward Haslewood,
B.A., 1882Sheppard, George, B.A., 1873Sheridan, F. B., B.A., 1874Sheridan, John Patrick, B.A.,
1890Shirley, John, B.Sc, 1887§Shirlow, W. J., M.B., Ch.M.Shirlow, S. S., M.B., Ch.M.Sloman, John, B.A., 1872Sly, George J., M.A., LL.D.Sly, Joseph D., M.A., LL.D.Sly, Eichard Meares, M.A.,
L.L.D.Smeeth, W. F., M.A., B.E.^fSmith, Archibald, B.A., 1889'Smith, Grafton Elliott, M.B.,
Ch.M.Smith, Patrick, M. D.Smith, Eobert, M.A.Smyth, Frank L. S., M.A.Somerville, George B., B.A.,
1882SpeakjSavannah J., A.E.S.M.^fStack, John, M.A.Stanley, George P., M.B.,Ch.M.Steel, Eobert, M.A.Stephen, Cecil Bedford, M1A. fStephenson, John Hunter,M.A.Stewart, Alesander, B.A., 1890
t Fellow of the Senate. {1 Head of College.
Stewart, Charles, M.D:Stokes, Edward S., ÏB,
Ch.M.Street, Philip Whisler, B.A.,
1883 ·Stuart, T. P. Anderson,
M.D.§irtStuddy, Albert J., B.A., 1888Sulman, John, F.E.I.B.A.«[ -Sullivan, Henry, B.A., 1872Sullivan, James, B.A., 1867Sutherland, Constance A.,
M.A.Sutherland, Geo. W., B.A,
1882Sutherland, Peter, B.A , 1890Tange, Charles, L., B.A., 1880>Tarleton, Waldyve Willington,
M.A.Tarplee, W. F., B.A., 1884Taylor, Charles, M.D.Taylor, Hugh W., M.A.Taylor, James Wilson, M.A.§Taylor, John M., M.A.Teece, Eichard, F.F. AfThallon, Jas. B., B.Α., 1876Thompson, I. Florence. M.A.Thompson, James A., M.A.Thompson, Jos., M.A., LL.B.Thompson, Sydney A., B.A.,.
18.87Thompson, Wm. Mann, M.A.,
BE., 1886Thorburn, Jas. Thomas, B.A.,.
1886Thorne, George, B.A., 1865Threlfall, Eichard, M.A.fTidswell, Frank, M.B., Ch.M.Tole, Joseph, B.A., 1868,
LL.B., 1869Tom, Wesley. B.A., 1860
Examiner. II Public Teacher.5 Admitted ad eundem gradumt
334 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Townley, PercyLangford,B.A.,
1886, M.B., Ch.M.Tracey, Fredk., M.A.Trebeck, Tom Beal, M.A.Trechmann. Emil J., M.A.,
Ph.D.HTrindaU, Eichard B., B. A.,
1885,M.B., ChM.Vallack, Arthur Styles, M.B.,
Ch.M.Veech, Louis Stanislaus, B.A.,
1890Vicars, James, M.E.Waldron, George C, M.A.Wallace, F. Ernest, B.A.,
1889Walsh, WiUiam M. J., M.A.Want. Randolph Chas., M.A.Ward, Thomas W. C, B.A.,
1884, B.E., 1886Warren, William Edward,
M.D.§Warren, William Henry,
M.I.C.E.fWaterhouse, John, M.A.Watkins, John Leo., M.A.Watson, William Geo., M.A.Watson, Eobert S., B.A., 1887Watt, John Alexander, M.A.Waugh, Eobert, M.A.Wearne, Minnie F., M.A.Weigall, AlbertBythesea, M.A.Wentworth, Fitzwilliam, M.A.White, James Smith, M.A.,
LL.D.
White, W. Moore, LL.D.gWhitfeld, Lewis, M.A.Wilkinson, Fredk. B., M.A.Wilkinson, H. L, B.A., 1880Wilkinson. W. Camac, B.A.,
1878, M.D.^WiUis, Eobert Spier, M.A.Williams, A. Lukyn, M.A.§Williamson, Mark Α., Β.Α.,
1879Wilson, Jas. T., M.B., Ch.M.«JWilson, Eoger, B.A., 1877Windeyer {née Eobinson),
Mabel Fuller, B.A., 1890Windeyer, The Hon. Sir Wm.
Charles, M.A., LL.D.fWise, Bernhardfi.,B.A.,1885§Wolstenholme, Harrv, B.A.,
1890Wood, Ebenezer C, M.A.,
B.E., 1885, B.Sc, 1885Wood, Frederick Ernest, B.A.,
1890Wood, George Arnold, B.A.^jWoodd, Henry A., B-.A., 1887Woodthorpe, Eobert A., M.A.Woolcock, John L., B.A.,
1883Woolnough, Geo., M.A.Worrall, Ealph, M.D.§Wright, Stewart, B.A.. 1882Wyatt, Arthur H., M.A.Yarrington, W. H. H., M.A.,
LLB.Yeomans, Allan, M.A.
GEADUATES.MASTERS OF ARTS.
Anderson, Francis, 1890§Anderson, Henry C. L., 1878Backhouse, Alfred P., 1873
Badham, Lewis B. L., 1882Barber, Eichard, 1889Barbour, George Pitty, 1889
t Fellow of the Senate. ^l Public Teacher. i Admitted ad eundem gradum.
MEMBERS OP THE UNIVERSITT. 335
Barff, Henry E., 1882Barlee, Frederick Rudolph,
1884Barton, Edmund, 1870Barton, Francis, 1878Board, Peter, 1891Bowden, John E., 1863Bowman, Andrew, 1864 „■Bowman, Edward, 1864Brennan, Christopher J., 1892Brennan, Francis P., 1882Brennan, Sarah 0., 1891Brierley, Frank Nunan, 1893Broughton, Alfred, 1870Bucknell, D'Arcy H., 1886Campbell, Edward, 1884Campbell, Gerald E., 1885Campbell, Joseph, 1882Cape, Alfred John, 1867Carruthers, Joseph H., 1878Clune, Michael, 1875Cock, Nicholas John, 1892Coghlan, Charles Α., 1879Cohen, John J., 1881Cooper, David J., 1871Cooper, Pope Α., 1874Cormack, Alexander J., 1886Corlette, James Christian, 1880Cosh, James, 1881§Cowlishaw, William P., 1862Cowper, Sedgwick S., 1870Cribb, John George, 1893Crocker, Herbert D., 1886Crompton, William, 1876Cullen, William P., 1882Curtis, William C, 1859Dalton, Gerald T. A.5 1882 .Dawson, Arthur F., 1877Deane, Henry, 1893§Deane, William Smith, 1884Debenham, J. W., 1880
Delohery, Cornelius, 1888Dillon, John T., 1876Docker, Ernest B., 1865Dunstan, Ephraim, 1870Edmunds, Walter, 1879Edwards, J. Eoss, 1884Faithfull, George E., 1869Faithfull, Henry M., 1871Faithfull, William P., 1868Fisher, Donnelly, 1875Fitzgerald, Eobert M., 1859Fitzhardinge, Grantley H.,
1869Fletcher, F. E., 1883Fletcher, Joseph J., 1876Flint, Charles Alfred, 1884Flynn, John, 1879Flynn, Joseph A., 1881Fosbery, Eustace E., 1881Francis, Henry E., 1870Freehill, Francis B.," 1876 .Fuller, George W., 1882Garland, James E., 1862Gardiner, Andrew, 1888§ ·Garrick, Joseph H., 1871Gibbes, Alfred George, 1875Gray, Arthur St. J., 1887§Griffith, Samuel W., 1870Hall, William Hessel, 1890Halloran {née Guèrin), Bella,
1892§Hammond, A. de Lisle, 1884Healy, Patrick J.', 1877Hill, Thomas, 1878Hills, Henry H,, 1880Hodgson, Evelyn G., 1881§Hogg, James E., 1890§Hunter, John, 1869Hurst, George, 1882Iceton, Edward Arthur, 1870Iceton, Thomas H., 1872
i Admitted ad enndem gmdum.
336 MEMBERS OE THE UNIVERSITY:
Irving, Clark Arthur, 1876Jackson, Henry Latimer, 1886§Jackson, Robert, 1880Johnson, James W., 1859Johnston, Alexander W., 1876Jones, Griffith E. R, 1877Jones, Bees E., 1872Kay, Eobert, 1876Kemp, Richard E., 1873Kent, Frederick D., 1874Kent, Henry C, 1875King, Cecil J., 1887King, Copland, 1887King; Frederick H., 1876 .King, Walter Uther S., 1884Kinloch, John, 1859Lander, William H., 1882Lang, John Gavin D., 1884Lee, Edward, 1859Lee, William, 1878Legge, J. Gordon, 1887Leibius, Adolph, 1882§Liddell^Andrew L1 1875Lingen, John Taylor, 1881§Lomer, Caroline, 1891Long, George E., 1867Loxton, Edward James, 1888Lukin, Gresley W. H., 1891MacDonald, J. M., 1879Macdonald, Louisa, 1892§Maclardy, J. D. St. Clair, 1883McCarthy, Francis, 1872Mann, William J. G., 1882Manning, Charles James, 1869Manning, Jas. Napoleon, 1885Manning, William A., 1875Manning, W. Hubert, 1878Marrack, John Eea Melville,
1884Mayne, W. M., 1884Meares, Matilda, 1892
Meillon, John, 1888Merewether, W. L., 1879Metcalf, George, 1868Millard, H. S., 1878Mitchell, David S. 1859Monnington, Alfred, 1888§Montague, James H., 1877Moore, Samuel, 1882Moore, William L., 1882Mort, H. Wallace, 1881§Mullins, John L., 1879Murray, Charles E. E., 1865Murray, Donald, 1892Nathan, Edward A., 1882Noble, Edmund Murray, 1890O'Brien, Francis, 1868O'Connor, Eichard E., 1873O'Mara, Michael, 1877Oliver, Alexander, 1869Oliver, James, 1885Parish, Walter-G., 1866Perkins, Alfred Edward, 1836Perry, John, 1876Phüp, Eichard, 1888§Pike, George H., 1891Plomley, Francis James, 1876Powell, Theodore, 1876Pring, Eobert D., 1875Purves, John, 1873Purves, William A., 1873Quaife, Frederick H., 1862Quirk, Daniel P., 1871Ealston, Alexander G., 1883Eennie, Edward H., 1876Eich, George E., 1885Eigg, Thomas, 1890Eobertson, Joseph, 1877Eobjohas, Henry T., 1891Eofe, John F., 1885Eogers, Francis E., 1863Eolin, Tom, 1885
5 Admitted ad eundem gradum.
MEMBEKS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 337
Roseby, Thomas, 1871Kussell, Edward, 1880Eussell, Jane Foss, 1889Eussell, William, 1882Rutledge, David B., 1875Rygate, Pliilip William, 1886Savignv, William H., 1862Sharp, "William Hey, 1&81§Sly, George J., 1874Sly, Joseph D., 1872Sly, Richard M., 1876Smith, Robert, 1878Smyth, F. L. S., 1879Stack, John, 1860Steel, Robert, 1879Stephen, Cecil B., 1864Stephenson, John Hunter, 1892Sutherland, Constance Ade-laide, 1889Tarleton, Waldyve W., 1872Taylor, Hugh W., 1884Taylor, James Wilson, 1887§Taylor, John Michael, 1891Thompson, I. Florence, 1887Thompson, James A., 1882Thompson, Joseph, 1875Thompson, William M., 1875Tracey, Frederick, 1885
Trebeck, Tom Beal, 1884Waldron, George C, 1881Walsh, Wm. M. J., 1889Want, Randolph C, 1860Waterhouse, John, 1876Watkins, J. L., 1876Watson, William George, 1873.Watt, John Alexander, 1892Waugh, Robert, 1879Wearne, Minnie, 1892Weigall, Albert B., 1869Wentworth, Fitzwilliam, 1876White, James Smith, 1871Whitfeld, Lewis, 1882Wilkinson, Frederick Bushby,
1884Williams, A. Lukyn, 1881§Willis, Robert Spier, 1862Windeyer, William Charles,
1859Wood, Ebenezèr Clarence,
1886Woodthorpe, Robert A., 1890Woolnough, George, 1873.Wyatt, Arthur H., 1869Yarrington, William Henry
Hazell, 1880Yeomans, Allan, 1871
BACHELORS OF AKTS.
Abbott, George H., 1887Abbott, Henry Palmer, 1893Abbott, Thomas K., 1888Abigail, Eliza L., 1893Allen, Arthur W., 1883§Allen, George B., 1877Allen, R. C, 1879Amess, William, 1883Amos, Jeanie Cairns, 1890Anderson, Hugh Miller, 1890
Anderson, William Addison-Smyth, 1892
Anstey, George Webb, 1893Armstrong, Laurens F. M., 1884Armstrong, Tancred de Car-
teret, 1891Armstrong, William G., 1884Artlett, Ettie, 1888Aspinall, Arthur Ashworth,
1889i Admitted ad eundtm gradum.
W
Atkins, William Leonard, 1893Ayres, Charles, 1882Barker, Henry Auriol, 1881§Barker, Thomas Charles, 1886Barnet, Donald McKay, 1890Barton, Joanna, 1893Baylis, Harold M., 1883Beegling, Daniel, 1885Beehag. Samuel Alfred, 1886Berne, Percy Witton, 1883Blacket, Arthur E., 1872Blacket, Cuthbert, 1891Blumer, George Alfred, 1893Bode, Arnold G. H., 1888 .Booth, Mary, 1890Bowmaker, Euth, 1892Bowman, Arthur, 1880Bowman, Ernest, 1880Bowman, Alexander, 1859Bowman, Alister S., 1878Boyce, Francis Stewart, 1893Britten, Herbert Edward, 1888Britton, Theodosia Ada, 1891Brown, Alfred, 1866Brown, Mary Elizabeth, 1885Browne, William C, 1864Bruce, Mary H., 1887Buchanan,Charles Arthur, 1889Buckland, Thomas, 1878Bundock, Charles. 1878Bundock, Francis F., 1877Burdekin, Sydney, 1860Butler, Francis J., 1882Butler, Spencer Joseph St.
Clair, 1893Butler, Thomas, 1876Byrne, William Edmund, 1892CaUachor, Hugh B., 1863Campbell, Allan, 1874Campbell, Charles Robert, 1893Campbell, Geo. Polding, 1885
E UNIVERSITY.
Cargill, John Sydney, 1889Carlisle, W. W1, 1878Carlos, Joseph, 1893§Carvosso, Albert B., 1884Chapman, Alfred Ernest, 1893Chisholm, William, '1875Clarke, Francis William, 1884Closs, Wm. John Leech, 1890Conlon, William Aloysius, 1891Connellan, John, 1892Cooke, Clarence Hudson, 1892Corbett, William Francis, 1883Cosh, James, 1891Cox, Harold, 1889Coyle, William Thomas, 1891Craig, Alexander Donald, 1893Craig, Charles, 1892Crane, Charles, 1882Creagh, Albert Jasper, 1889Creagh, William John, 1892Cripps, Esther Fischer, 1891Curie wis, Herbert Eaine, 1890Curnow, William Leslie, 1890D'Arcy, John Synnott, 1890D'Arcy-Irvine, Malcolm Mer-
vyn, 1889Daley, Frank H., 1889Dargin, Sydney, 1871Davies, Wvndham John
Edward, 1893Davis, Henry, 1890Dick, James Adam, 1886Dick, William Thomas, 1890Dimond, Margaret Cecilia, 1893Doak, Frank Wiseman, 1891Dove, William Norton, 1893Dowe, Philip William, 1893Doyle, John, 1891Drummond, Shafto Landour,
1893Dudley, Joseph T., 1885
§ Admitted ad eundem graduvi
338 MEMBERS OF
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 339
Dunlop, Norman John, 1890Dunne, John D., 1873Edmunds, John Michael, 1892Edwards, John, 1891Elder, Francis E., 1877Elphinston, James', 1881Emanuel, Nathaniel, 1867England, Theophilus, 1885England, Thomas H., 1885Enright, Walter John, 1893Fairburn, Edith A., 1890Feez, Arthur H., 1880Ferguson, David, 1886Fidler, Carleton B., 1888Fitzgerald, Edmund, 1866Fitzgerald, John Timothy, 1890Fitzpatrick, Thomas John
Augustine, 1893Flannery, George Ernest, 1892Flashman, James Froude, 1892Fletcher, Archibald William,
1886Fletcher, Charles R., 1881Fletcher, J. A., 1879Fletcher, Michael Scott, 1893Flynn, William J., 1884Forde, James, B.A , 1891Forster, Charles E., 1876Fosbery, Vincent F., 1886Fox, Harold 0., 1885Fraser, Eohert W., 1885Futlerton, Alex. Y., 1885Garnsey, Edward E., 1885Garran, Eobert E., 1888Geddes, Samuel, 1885George, John, 18.93Gerber, Edward William
Theodore, 1892Gibbes, WilliamC. V., 1868Gill, Alfred Chalmers, 1893Gillies, James, 1889 .Gorman, John E., 1866
Greenway, Alfred E., 1870Hadlev, Alfred Edward, 1893Hall, Alfred Ernest, 1893Halliday, George C, 1884Halloran, Aubrey, 1892Halloran, Ida, 1893Hardy, Caleb, 1893Hargraves, Edward John, 1859Harriott, Charles Warre, 1889Harris, George. 1891Harris John, 1892Harris, Matthew, 1863Helsham, Charles Howard; 1892Henderson, George· Cockburn,
1893Higgins, Michael A., 1879Higgins, Percy Eeginald, 1893Hilliard. Arthur Vaughan, 1890Hinder, Eobert John, 1889Holme, Ernest Eudolph, 1891Holme, John Barton, 1893Hopkins, Francis Irvine, 1893Horniman, Alexander, 1866Houison, Ajidrew, 1869Houison, James, 1863Huggart, Alfred Theodore,
1892Hughes, Charles Michael, 1886Hughes, Michael O'Gorman,
1890Hungerford, Hedley Heber,
1886Hunt, Edward, 1859Hunt, Harold W. G., 1888Hynes, Sarah, 1891Jacobs, James, 1893James, Arthur Henry, 1893James, George Alfred, 1893James, Augustus G. F., 1888Jamieson, George Wellington,
1893Jamieson, Sydney, 1884
340 MEMBERS OF THE UTNjvERSITY.
Jenkins, Charles J., 1887Johnson, Martin Luther, 1893Johnston, Ella Russell, 1890Johnston, John, 1887Johnstone, Henrv Thos., 1885Jones-, Thos. E., "l884Jones, Ernest Trevor, 1884Joseph, Horace B., 1S87Kellett, Frederic, 1893Kelly, Thomas 1890Kelynack, Arthur James, 1889Kelynack, Harold Leslie, 1893Kemmis, William Henry, 1890Kendall, Frank Louis, 1893Kendall, Theodore M., 1876Kenna, Patrick, 1882Kennedy, Annie Augusta, 1893Kidston, Robert Matthew, 1892King, George C, 1887King, R. W., 1884§Kinross, John, 1869Kinross, Robert Menzies, 1889Lamrock, Arthur Stanton, 1891Langten, Frederick W., 1887Lasker, Samuel, 1892Layton, John Edward, 1893Leahy, John Patrick Daunt,
1890Lee, Herbert Ernest, 1.886Leibius, G. Hugo, 1888Lenthall, Ellen Melicent, 1893Leverrier, Frank, 1884Levy, Daniel, 1893Lewis, Henry Clyde, 1893Littlejohn, Edward S., 1887Linsley, William H., 1880Lloyd, Frederick, 1890Lloyd, Thomas, 1878Lynch, Michael D., 1870Lynch, William, 1863Lyon, Pearson, 1890
Macansh, A. W., 1885Maher, Thomas Francis, 1893Main, John, 1892Miller, Richard J., 1885Macarthy, Herbert T. S., 186»McCarthy, Arthur W., 1881McCulloch, Francis, 1866McCulloch, P. V., 1881McDermott, Vesian B., 1887McDonagh, John M., 1879McDonnell, Randall C. W.r
1888McEvillv, Augustine, 1886McEvilly, Ulric, 1883McGuinn, Denis, 1884Mcintosh, Harold, 1889Mdntyre, A. T., 1879Mclntyre, Duncan A., 1888Mdntyre, William Donald,
1890Mack, Sidney, 1890McLaughlin, Daniel, 1890MacLean, Frederick S., 1887McLelland, Hugh, 1881McLeocl, James, 1879McManamey, James Fraser,
1881McManamey, JohnFraser, 1889McManamey, William Fraser,
1892McNeil, Andrew, 1889McNevin, Thomas Butler, 1893,McPherson, John, 1893McPherson, Peter, 1889Maher, Charles H., 1877Maher, Matthew E., 1867Maloney, Andrew William,
1893Mannell, Francis Worthington,
1892Manning, Reginald K., 1887
5 Admitted ad eundem gradum.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 34 L
Manning, William Ernest, 1892Marks, Hyam, 1892Marks, Percy J., 1887Marks, Florence, 1893Marks, Leah, 1893Martyn, Sydney Charles, 1889Massie, Eichard de Winton,
1886Mate, William H., 1864Mathison, Walter, 1880Mayne, J. O'Neil, 1884Martin, Lewis Orinsby, 1893Maze, William Archibald A.,
1892Meagher, Louis Felix, 1889Meares, Hercules, 1893Meillon, Joseph, 1863Merewether, E. A. M., 1884Millard, Alfred Charles, 1885Millard, Godfrey William, 1890Mills, Percy Harcourt, 1893Molineaux, Amy Atherton,
1891Malony, Thomas Patrick, 1885Molster, Eliza, 1893Montgomerie, John, 1889Moore, David C, 1883Moore, Frank Joseph Sarsfield,
1883Moore, John, 1883Moore, Verner, 1884Morgan, Frederick A., 1888Morgan, Thomas H. D., 1892Morrice, John, 1874Morris, Eobert N., 1870Morrish, Francis, 1882Moulton, James Egan, 1892Munro, William J., 1880Myers, David M., 1866Neill, Leopold Edward Flood,
1886
Newman, George Hine, 1887Newton, Henry, 1889Nicholls, William Hunt Ward,
1891Noake, Reginald, 1877O'Brien, Lucius, 1865O'Brien, Ormond, 1876O'Conor, Broughton B., 1892O'Keefe, John A-, 1887O'Reilly, Archibald T., 1877O'Eeilly, Hubert de Burgh,' 1892Pain, A. W., 1884§Paine, Bennington Haille, 1893Parker, William Arthur, 1892Paton, Arthur T., 1887 .Peden, John Beverley, 1892Perkins, Joseph Abraham R.,
1892Perské, Hermann, 1887Pickburn, James Prosper, 1892Piddington, Albert Bathurst,
1883Pilcher, Charles E., 1865Pilcher, George D., 1859Pincombe, Torrington Hawke,
1890Poolman, Arthur Edward,
1883Pope, Roland James, 1885Pratt, Frederick Vicary, 1892Prentice, Arthur James, 1892Pritchard, William C, 1888Proctor, Lizzie, 1893Purser, Cecil, 1885Quaife, W. F., 1879Quigley, James, 1890Ramsay, James, 1 885Rennie, George Edward, 188.2Renwick, Arthur, 1857Renwick, Herbert John, 1893
5 Admitted ad eundem gradum,
342 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Reynolds, Arthur Joseph Per-kins Goulburn, 1890Richardson, Charles Noel
Derwent, 1893Richardson, Henry A., 1867Richardson, Robert, 1870Riley, Ernest Arthur, 1893Riley, Valentine B., 1872Robinson, Charles H. P., 1893Robinson, George Frederick
Greenwell, 1890Robson, William Elliott Veitch,
1889Roger, Robert, 1876Rooney, "William James, 1892Roseby, Thomas Einest, 1890Rourke, Ernest John, 1893Rourke, George Augustus, 1893Russell, Charles Townsend,
1891Russell, Ethel Albinia, 1893Russell, Harry A., 1887Russell, Henry C , 1859Russell, Francis Alfred Allison,
1891Russell, Lillian, 1891Rutledge, William, F., 1871Rutter, Graham F., 1892Ryan, Gerald, 1893Rygate, Charles D. H., 1883Rygate, Henry Bertram, 1885Saddington, Arthur G., 1887Salting, George, 1857Salting, William, 1857Sands, John Marshall, 1889Saunders, Arthur, 1893Saxby, George Campbell, 1891Scarvell, Edric Sydney, 1893Seaward, William T., 1892Sellors, Rich. Pickering, 1890Sendall, Alfred E., 1888
Serisier, Lavigne Ernest, 1891Shand, A. B., 1884Sharpe, Ernest, 1865Shaw, Henry Giles, 1892Shaw, J. A. K., 1885Sheridan, John Patrick, 1890Sheppard, Edward Haslewood,
1882Sheppard, George, 1873Shewcroft, Alfred John, 1893Sheridan, Francis B., 1874Sloman, Charles Wans-
brough, 1893Sloman, John, 1872Smairl, Joseph Henry, 1891Smith, Archibald, 1889Smith, Emma Isabel, 1893Smith, William, 1893Somerville, George B., 1882Squire, Hilton Bell, 1893Stephen, Edward MiIner, 1891Stewart, Alexander, 1890Street, Philip Whistler, 1883Studdy, Albert'John, 1888Studdy, Annie Avice Maltida,
1891Sullivan, Henry, 1872Sullivan, James, 1867Sullivan, Reginald, 1892Sutherland, George Whitefield,
1882Sutherland, Elmina Louise,
1891Sutherland, Peter, 1890Swanson, Edmund Clement,
1893Symonds, Daisy, 1893Tange, Charles L., 1880Tarplee, W. F., 1884Taylor, Sarah, 1893Telfer, James Barnet, 1893
MEMBERS OE THE UNIVERSITY. 343
Thallon, James B., 1876Thomas, Eichard Weld, 1893Thomson, Alec, 1891Thompson, Eobert Alfred, 1891Thompson, Sydney A., 1887Thorburn, James Thos , 1886Thorne, George, 1865Tighe, William, 1892Tole, Joseph, 1868Tom, Wesley, 1860Townley, Percy L., 1886Trindall, Eichard B., 1885Uther, Allen Hammill, 1891Veech, Louis Stanislaus, 1890Waddy, Percival Eichard, 1891Waldron, Thomas W. King,
1893Walker, William A., 1888Wallace, Frank Ernest, 1889Ward, Thomas W. C, 1888Wardrop, Gabriel, 1893Watt, Andrew Eobert James,
1893Watt, Charles Prosper, 1893Watson, Eobert S., 1887
DOCTORSBarry, Alfred, Í884§Coghlan, Charles Α., 1885Cullen, William P., 1887Donovan, John J., 1867Garran, Andrew, 1870Gilchrist, Archibald, 1873Green, Arthur V., 1887Jefferis, James, 1885Manning, J. Napoleon, 1892
BACHELORSArmstrong, Laurens F. M.,
1890Curlewis, Herbert Eaine, 1892Edmunds, Walter, 1881Harris, George, 1893
Wearne, Amy Isabel, 1893Wilkinson, H. L., 1880Wilkinson, W. Camac, 1878Williams, James Leslie, 1892Williams, William, 1891Williamson, Mark A., 1879Wilson, Ella, 1892Wilson, Frederick James, 1893Wilson, Eoger, 1877Windeyer (nee Eobinson),
Mabel Fuller, 1890Windeyer, Eichard, 1891Windeyer, William Archibald,
1893Wise, Bernhard E., 1885§Wolstenholme, Harry, 1890Wood, Frederick Ernest, 1890Wood, HarrieDalrymple, 1893Woodd, Henry A., 1887Woodward, Frederick P., 1892Woolcock, John L., 1883Wootton, Ernest, 1892Wright, Stewart, 1882•Yarrington, Clive · Tennyson
Lionel, 1893OF LAW.
Marden, John, 1890Morris, Eobert Newton, 1886.Paterson, James S., 1866Eoseby, Thomas, 1873Sly, George J., 1878Sly, Joseph D., 1873Sly, Eichard M., 1877White, James Smith, 1874White, W. Moore, 1882§OF LAW.Jones, Albert E., 1889§Kelynack, Arthur James, 1892Legge, James Gordou, 1890Lloyd, Frederick, 1893Mack, Sidney, 1892_____ ■
-¾ Admitted ad eundem gradum.
344 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVEESITT.
Meillon, John, 1892Nathan, Edward Alleyne, 1891Purves, William A., 1869Quick, John, 1881§Rogers, Francis E., 1867Taylor, John Michael, 1893
DOCTORS (Barret, James, 1873Belgrave, T. B-., 1882§Blair, John, 1877Bowker, Richard Ryther Steer,
1881§Chisholm, William, 1887§Colling-wood, David, 1886§Dixson, Craig, 1882Houison, James, 1870Jenkins, Edward Johnstone,
1886§Jones, Richard T., 1874Knaggs, Samuel T., 1882§Lloyd, Frederick, 1872Lyden, Michael John, 1892§McMurray, Wahab, 1892§Maher, W. Odillo, 1884§
Thompson, Joseph, 1869Tole, Joseph, 1869Uther, Allen Hammill, 1893Veech, Louis Stanislaus, 1893Waddy, Percival Richard, 1893Yarrmgton, W. H. H., 1887MEDICINE.
MiIford, Frederick, 1882§Moore, George, 1872Morton, Selby, 1877Mullins, George Lane, 1890|Oram, Arthur Murray, 1882§O'Reilly, Walter William J.
1882§Ross, Chisholm, 1886Rowan, Thomas, 1882Smith, Patrick, 1870Stewart, Charles, 1872Stuart, T. P. Anderson, 1889§Taylor, Charles, 1872Warren, William Edward,
1882§Worrall, Ralph, 1888§
BACHELORS OF MEDICINE.
Abbott, George Henry, 1891Andrews, William, 1887§Armstrong, William G., 1888Bancroft, Peter, 1888Binney, Edward Harold, 1893Boelke, Paul, 1893Challands, Frederick, 1892Coghlan,IzaFrancesJosephine,
1893Coilette, Cyril Ernest, 1892Davidson, Leslie G., 1888Dick, Robert, 1892Ellis, Henry A., 1887§Freshney, Reginald, 1892Graham, James, 1886§
Green, Terence Albert, 1893Henry, Arthur, 1889Henry, Arthur G., 1888Hester, Jeaffreson W., 1889Hinder, Henry V. C, 1889Hollis, Leslie Thomas, 1890Hunt, Claude Leopold Wolf-gang, 1891KeUy, Patrick J.,.1889Lawes, Charles H. E., 1892Leahy, John P. D., 1892Litchfield, William Frederick,
1893Lister, Henry, 1892McDonnell, ¿Eneas J., 1889
. i Admitted ad eundem gradum.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 345
McKay, William John, 1891Maitland, Herbert L., 1892Millard, Reginald Jeffrey, 1891Mills, Arthur Edward, 1889Morton, Gavin, 1890■Morton, John, 1890Neill, Leopold E. F., 1890Newell, Benjamin A., 1892Nolan, Herbert Russell, 1890Oakes, Arthur, 1881§Park, Joseph, 1892Perkins, Alfred E., 1888-Pockley, Prank Antill, 1888§Purser, Cecil, 1890Richards, Samuel J., 1893Robinson, Grace Pauley, 1893
MASTERS OF
Abbott, George Henry, 1891Armstrong, William G., 1888Bancroft, Peter, 1888Binney, Edward Harold, 1893Boelke, Paul, 1893Challands, Frederick, 1892Coghlan, Iza Frances Jose-phine, 1893Corlette, Cyril Ernest, 1892Davidson, Leslie G, 1888Dick, Robert, 1892Freshney, Reginald, 1892Henry, Arthur, 1889Henry, Arthur G., 1888Hester, Jeaffreson W., 1889Hinder, Henry V. C, 1889Hollis, Leslie Thomas, 1890Hunt, Claude Leopold Wolf-gang, 1891Lawes, Charles H. E., 1892Leahy, John P. D., 1892McDonnell, iEneas J., 1889McKay, William John, 1891Maitland, Herbert L., 1892
Rutledge, David D., 1888Sawkins, Frederick John T.,
1892Scot-Skirving, Robert, 1888§Shaw, Frederick C. S., 1892Sheppard, Arthur Murray, 1890Smith, Grafton Elliott, 1893Stanley, George Percival, 1891Stokes, Edward Sutherland,
1891Sweet, Geoffrey Bruton, 1893Tidswell, Frank, 1892Townley, Percy Langford, 1890Trindall, Richard B., 1889Vallack, Arthur Styles, 1893
SUKGERY.
Millard, Reginald Jeffrey, 1891Mills, Arthur Edward, 1889Morton, Gavin, 1890Morton, John, 1890Neill, Leopold E. F., 1890Newell, Benjamin A., 1892Park, Joseph, 1892Perkins, Alfred E., 1888Purser, Cecil, 1890Robinson, Grace Fairley, 1893Rutledge, David D., 1888Sawkins, Frederick John T.,
1892Shaw, Frederick C. S., 1892Sheppard, Arthur Murray, 1890Smith, Grafton Elliott, 1893Stanley, George Percival, 1891Stokes, Edw. Sutherland, 1891Sweet, Geoffrey Bruton, 1893Tidswell, Frank, 1892Townley, Percy Langford, 1890Trindall, Richard B., 1889Vallack, Arthur Styles, 1893
Í Admitted ad eundem gradum.
346 TVÍEMBERS OE THE UNIVERSITY.
BACHELORSAngrove, William H., 1887Crane, John T., 1887Flashman, James Froude, 1893Fletcher, Archibald W., 1888Forde, James, 1893Hall, George Keginald Percy,
1893Hughes, Michael O'Gorman,
1893
OP SCIENCE.Hunt, Fanny E., 1888Leverrier, Frank, 1885McKay, William J., 1887Pollock, James Arthur, 1889Eoss, William John Clunies,
1891§Eutter, Graham Ford, 1893Shirley, John, 1887§Wood, E. Clarence, 1885
MASTER OP ENGINEERING.
Vicars, James, 1892.
BACHELORS OF
Amphlett, Edward Albin, 1889Barraclough, Saml. Hy., 1892Birch, William John, 1891Bowman, Archer, 1889Bradfield, John Job Crew, 1889Bucknell, Louis Geoffrey, 1891Dare, Henry H,'1888Fitz, Norman V., 1888Hayley, Percy Eeginald, 1893Ledger, William Henry, 1893
ENGINEERING.
McTaggart, N. J. C. 1892Merewether, E. A. M.. 1885Eoberts, James Waller, 1892Eoss, Colin John, 1891§Rygate, Philip W., 1885Stephens, Charles Thos., 1892Thompson, Wm. Mann, 1886Ward, Thos. Wm. Chapman,
1886Wood, E. Clarence, 1885
UNDEEGEFACULTY
1'IKST
Anderson, Maud EdithAnglim, Catherine MaryAugus, Arthur ReginaldArnold, Edwin CharlesBarton, John à Beckett DarrallBeardmore, AdaBertie, Charlotte MaudBlack, Eeginald Aus tin WilliamBoddington, Henry*Boulter, Frederick John HenryBowmaker, Theophilus EobertBowmaker, Benjamin John
OF ARTS.YEAR.
Bowman, EonaldBoxall, Nelson LeopoldBridge, Norbert HenryBroad, Amy WinifredBrodie, Herbert PlimptonBrook, Henry James SidneyBruce, Marjr JaneBuchanan, Charles PackenhaniBunting, Edith AnnieBushneil, PollieByrne, Lily ComjnCargill, William
* Unmatriculated. ξ Admitted ad ettndem gradum,
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 347
Caro, HildaCasey, Michael AlpkonsusCastling, James RobertChandler, Thomas C.Chubb, Montague Charles
LytteltonClubb, WallaceCoghlan, Cecil AubreyCohen, Reginald BennColyer, Moretón John GoddenCooke, AlbertGumming, JennieCurie wis, Claude· CampbellCurran, James AugustineDalton, EdwardD'Apice, Joseph JohnDavis, Agnes Marion HarrisonDavison, Samuel BeaumontDawkins, Evan JamesDeane, Henry James.De Lissa, HoraceDight, Prank John RobertDight, Wilfred BiUingsleyDixson, ArchibaldDoust, Edith LucyEichler, WilliamHellmore OttoElkin, John BevanEllis, Albert WilliamElphinstone, James CookeEvans, SaraFarry, ThomasFinckh, Alfred EdmundFlavelle, Lucy IsabelForeman, Harry James CliftonForsyth, Bobert CharlesForde, TheranFulton, Herbert ErnestGrassick, CharlesGray, George BouldersonHalloran, HenryHammond, John Harold
Hanly, David RedmondHarris, MarianHarris, JohnHarrison, Amy GertrudeHay, Mary CatherineHedberg, John AlfredHenry, AdaHorton, MarionHunt, Albert EdwardHunt, HughInman, Ada ElizaJackson, Frederick CharlesJames, ThomasJohnson, Robert Bradshaw
IngelowJohnson, Walter RoutledgeJohnston, Mary EleanorKelly, Lancelot PhilipKilpatrick, Frederick IsaacLaws, James HenryLee, Harry HerbertLoyden, Annie MaryMcCoy, Charles WilliamMcDowall, JamesMcEwen, Alice VictoriaMackenzie, JohnMaffey, Reginald William H.Mair, JohnMoloney, Thomas W.Mathison, Walter CharterMatthews, AlfredMcMahon, GreganMetcalfe, Ada SophiaMitchell, Ernest Meyer (a)Monahan, MattieMontefiore, Hortense HenrietteMorley, Frederick Bawn
Win-ship
Morson, Walter JamiesonMoore, William ArchibaldMullens, Arthur Frank
(a) Bowman-Cameron Scholar ; Cooper Scholar, No. 2.
348 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Murray, Florence JaneNicoll, Lily MayNoakes, Mabel AliciaO'Dwyer, Thomas PatrickPage, James Edwin AinsleyPalmer, Thomas HenryParker, John LewisPurcell, Philip FrancisPurves, Algernon GraftonCluaife, Arthur FredericRedmond, Nellie TeresaReed, Vernon HerbertReidy, John JamesRothwell, Florence HannahRutter, Clara EvelineSavage, Edward JosephSharp, William GeorgeSibley, MarionStewart, Donald G. («)
I Stone, William LouisSullivan, Denis JosephSwanwick, Kenneth ffoulkesSwinburne, Sarah HouseTange, Frank SeptimusTarleton, John WillingtonTaylor, Elizabeth IronsideTaylor, JamesThornton, SeptimusVivers, George ArthurWaddell, George Washing-ton^)Walker, Charles"Walker, Westby LionelWall, Joseph BoyceWilson, Thomas GeorgeWright, JosephYarnold, Alfred HenryYeates, Herbert William
SECOND TEAE.
Abigail, Ernest RobertAckman, Hannah Beatrice
IsaurafBensusan, Inez*Bellemey, Eva Agnes MarianBurfitt, Walter Fitzmaurice
John (¢)Cole, Alfred ErnestCook, Samuel EdwardCullinane, John AloysiusDalmas, LizzieDaly, May EdithDeane, Henry William
YoungerDoig, Alexander JohnElliot, Beatrice RoperElliott, Millicent VioletEllis, Laurence Edward
Evans, Ada EmilyFinn, William GeorgeFitzpatrick, Bernard JohnGordon, George AchesonGreenlees, GavinHarker, Constance ElizabethHaslam, Martha EmilyHenderson, Robert NewburnHolt, Arthur ChristianHoward, John BrutonHunt, Digby St. ClairWinder
Hunter, Mary Alison MilesLane, Frederick GeorgeI Macdonald, Fannie ElizabethMaxwell, Henry FrancisMcCook, Adam StuartMcNaughton, Duncan*
* Uumatricuiated. f Not passing through regular course.(a) Barker Scholar, No. 2, Horner Exhibitioner. (6) Cooper Scholar, No. 2.
(c) George Allen Scholar.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 349
Merewether, William David
MitchellMoore, FrederickMurray, Thomas GregoryNelson, Duncan JohnNettleship, EdwardOsborne, Henry StuartPepper, Joseph CharlesPritchard, AliceBedshaw, GeorgeEoseby, Gertrude AmyEoseby, MinnieEourke, Liilie Agnes
THIRDAndrews, Ernest ClaytonBarron, JohnBennett, Agnes Elizabeth
LloydfBlatchford, TorringtonBrereton, John Le Gay BreretonBrereton, Euby Le Gay*Byrne, James KevinCakebread, William JowersCameron,. Archibald PeterCaro, Sara*Copland, Francis FawcettDavies, Arthur Bernard (¿)Dixon, Herbert HutchinsonEdwards, David SutherlandFleming, Howard George
ThomasGamsey, Arthur Henry (c)Griffith, Alfred JohnHarriott, Georgina JaneHogg, Kate EmilyHolmes, William FrederickJohnston, Stephen JasonKater, Henry HermanKershaw, Joseph CuthbertLichtscheindl, Eosa
Eowland, Norman de Horne(e)Scoular, DavidSherlock, John BoltSolomon, HenryStonham, KathleenVivers, Alfred James LoveilWearne, Eichard ArthurWeigall, Harold WalterWhite, Charles AlfredWhitfeld, Eleanor MadelineWilliams, WilliamWright, Alice
TEAR.MacMaster, Donald iEneas
DunlopMaynard, Ethel MargaretMcNevin, Arthur Joseph.·Meli, Cecil NewtonMerewether, Hugh Hamilton
MitcheUMorris, John JamesNewman, Kelsey JJlidgeO'Brien, Kathleen MoiraO'Brien, Patrick DanielO'Donohue, John Patrick
MarkhamPain, Allan FranklynPiddington, Francis LlewelynPurcell, WinifredEobjohns, LeonardEussell, John Frazer SydneySeldon, Florence MarySchmidt, Thomas JosephStonham, JohnS wjTpy, William FrankUther, Jennie BerthaWalker, James ErnestWalker, Samuel HerbertWilliams, William Henry
* Uninatriculated. t Not passing through regular course.
(») Cooper Scholar, No. III. (&) Barker Scholar, No. 1. (c) Cooper Scholar, No. 1.
350MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
EVENING STUDENTS.
FIRST YEAR.
Barker, Reginald FrederickBarry, Hugh de Barri*Basnett, Nathaniel James*Begbie, Herbert Smirnoff"'-1
Bell-Smith, Hugh*Berry, John Proctor*Bloomfield, William JohnCameron, Ronald John*Clines, Peter Joseph*Cole, Louisa*Colreavy, Bernard XavierCompton, A. Z.*Cooke, Robert ErnestCorry, Walter Alexander*Deane, H.De Lissa, HoraceDoyle, Arthur James*Dures, D. H*Edwards, Warren*Foott, George Isaac*Freeman, Ambrose WilliameGunnell, John Leslie*Hughes, John James AloysiusHughes, Thomas JohnJackson, Carrie*
Jacobs, Ernest Godfried*Kendall, Frederick ClarenceKensett, William Charles*Kilpatrick, Joshua StewartLangton, William DiganMäher, Philip Joseph*Malony, John*McLaren, Alexander Duncan*Miller, Robert Christie*Oliver, William Reath*O'Neill, John*Paterson, Jessie P. S.*Pickard, Helena A*Pile, Arnold HenryPratt, Arthur WilliamReynolds, Joseph Auburn*Roberts, William*Rothwell, Annie Rosina*Sharp, William A. R.*Smythe, George A.*Stratford, William John*Studds, Harold Augustus*Tilley, Margaret*Wilson, Walter*Young, John
SECOND YEAR.
Allan, Edith JeannieBarrack, Alice GertrudeBarraclough, Francis EgertonBeardsmore, Emma MaudBeardsmore, Robert HenryBennetts, Harold GravesBlack, J. K *Boardman, JohnBrennand, Henry JohnWolverton*
Cecil Thomas
Broderick,Hawkes
Brodie, Isabella EstherBrook, Alfred GeorgeBrown, William VernonCahill, Annie LucilleCombes, Jane FrancesConnor, Thomas JohnCrawford, Stella Maud
Camp-bell
* Unmatriculated-
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 351
D'Arcy, George SynnottDeane, Hy. William YoungerDennis, JamesDunlop, John W.Eames, JaneFinney, CharlotteFletcher, Katharine ElizabethGribben, FrankGriffin, JohnGriffith, James ShawHarvey, RevinaHawes, WilliamHodgkins, Amy AliceHodge, Ernest ArthurHumphrey, Charles HenryHutchinson, Alfred DanielJones, ThomasJones, James PattesonKemp, Joseph James
Kennedy, PhillipKennedj', Emily ClaraKlein, Albert SydneyHahoney, MichaelMallarky, Ethel MayMcKay, JamesMiller, James W.O'Brien, Agnes GertrudeO'Neill, James BernardPaterson, ElizabethPhillips, Catherine AgnesRobins, Alfred FrederickShipp, George WilliamSoinmerhoff, Frederick JohnStoddard, Frederick WahabTaylor, Adolphus JamesThompson, AlexanderWaddell, AnnieWhiting, Joseph
THIRD
Armstrong, Isabella
IBavin, Thomas RainsfordBeardsmore, Emily MaudBlumer, CharlesBrook, Alfred GeorgeBrown, SophiaCadman, Enoch WilliamOhiplin, Walter James■Coffey, Francis Louis VerhulstConnolly, JohnCowan, DavidDash, EbenezerEdwards, Edward SamuelEllis, EthelEllis, MaryEveritt, Minnie*·1
Finney, Joseph■Gleeson, Edward William
PatrickHarvey, William George
Hayes, David JohnHobbs, John William"Hood, DanninaHopman, John HenryHughes, James OIDonogliue
AugustineJames, William EdwinJones, Evan JohnKilgour, Alexander JamesKnight, ArthurLoyden, JamesMcAllister, John Ferguson*McCoy, William TaylorMcGlynn, Rebecca MaryMcLaren, John GilbertMcMullen, FrankMiles, James AlbertMoore, Walter AlbertPaine, George HenryPattinson, Anthony Walton
* Unmatiicuhttccl.
THIRD YEAR.
352 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Purves, J. G. S.*Raves, Helen AliceRiley, Patrick WilliamRishworth, Henry ShiersScheer, Mininska W. E. E.*Stoddard, F. W.Street, Charles James
FACULTY
Smith, Horace AlexanderSmith, NormanSullivan, JamesWatkin, Beatrice E.Williams, John AlfredWood, Frederick William
OF LAW.THIED YEAR.
Coffey, Francis Louis VerhulstFinney, JosephGleeson, Edward William
PatrickKershaw, Joseph CuthbertMcLaren, John Gilbert
O'Donohue, John PatrickMarkham
Walker, Archibald LyonfWalker, James ErnestWalker, Samuel HerbertMerewether, Hugh Hamilton.
MitchellFOURTH YEAR.
Abbott, Henry Palmer, B.A.Boyce, Francis Stewart, B.A.Davies, Wyndham John E.,
B.A.Deane, Claude SmithGiU, Alfred Chalmers, B.A.Higgins, Percy Reginald, B.A.Holme, John Barton, B.A. (a)Levy, Daniel, B.A.Martin. Lewis Ormsby, B.A.McNevin, Thomas Butler, B.A.Mills, Percy Harcourt, B.A.Paton, Arthur T., B.A.
FIFTHCreagh, William John, B.A.Fitzgerald, John Thomas, B.A.Flannery, George Ernest, B.A.Gerber, Edward William Theo-
dore, B.A.Halloran, Aubrey, B.A.Meares, Hercules, B.A.O'Conor, Broughton Barna-
bas, B.A.* Umimtriculated,
Peden, John Beverley, B.A.Richardson, Charles Noel Der-
went, B.A.Scarvell, Edric Sydney, B.A.Seaward, William Trotinan,.
B.A.Waldron, Thomas W. King,
B.A.Wallace, Frank Ernest, B.A.Windeyer, William Archibald,
B.A.Wood, Harrie Dalrymple, B.A.
YEAR.O'Reilly, Hubert de Burgh,
B.A.Pickburn, James Prosper, B.A.Sullivan, Reginald, B.A.Thomson, Alec, BA.Tighe, William, B.A.Watt, Andrew Robert James,
B.A.'
t Not passing through the regular course.(a) G. Wigram Allen Scholar.
MEMBERS OE THE UNIVERSITY. 353
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.PIEST YEAJR.
Bowker, Cedi'ic VictorBrade, Gerald FrancisChisholm, Edwin ClaudeCoen, Timothy JosephCope, Hubert RogerCurtis, AlbertDavies, Reginald LaidlawDeck, John NorthcoteDelohery, Henry CharlesDey, Bob er tEdwards, William AubreyEichler, William Hellmood
OttofEllis, Laurence EdwardHaU, Edwin CuthbertHardman, RobertHealy, William James
SECONDAffleck, AdaBardsley, Ernest AlexanderBarnes, Edmund HoratioBöhrsmann, Gustav HallCarlile-Thomas, JuliaCampbell, AlfredCosh, John Inglis ClarkCooley, Percy GloverDixon, Grahame Patrick («)Farrell, Bobert MeredithFarrelly, John ThomasGaden, Frank Hart Barker
THIBDBennetts, Harold GravesBurkitt, Edmund HenryCorbin, Albert GeorgeConlon, William AloysiusCrawley, Aubrey Jos. St. ClairDeck, George Henry BaringDoak, Frank WisemaD, B.A.Dunlop, Norman John, B.A.Flashman, Charles Ernest
Kater, Norman WilliamKing, Aubrey ArthurLipscomb, Thomas W.MacMaster, Hugh-j-MacPherson, Johm'B.A.Marsden, Ernest AmbroseOld, George GreensilRead, William HenryRoe, James MorrisSchwabe, James HarrySheldon, HerbertSommerhoff, Frederick JohnfStacy, Harold SkiptonStevens, William WoodburnTaylor, Charles JamesThrosby, Herbert ZouchWalton, William B. .YEAE.Harris, John, B. A.Harris, William HenryMarr, Gordon W. S.Newton, Alice SarahNewton, William Thomas Jos.O'Keefe, John JamesPain, Ernest MaynardShorter, Leopold HerbertTerrey, HedleyWassell, Joseph LeathornWood, Ellen Maud
YEAR.Halliday, John CharlesHarris,Lawrence HerschelLeviMcClelland, Walter CecilMenzies, Guy DixonRobison, Erskine HughSheldon, StratfordWade, Robert Blake wayZlotkowsld, Frederic SobieskiWladimir
t Not passing through the regular course. (τ) Reawick Scholar.
354 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
FOURTH YEAR.
Biffin, Harriet ElizaBroinowski, Gracias HerbertCox, Frederick HenryFordyce, Henry St. ClairHall, George Reginald Percy,
B.Sc.Hester, Sydney JohnHiggins, Frederick Charles
Hughes, Michael O'Gorman,
BA, B.Se.Jackson, John WilliamKethel, Alexander' Lancaster, Llewellyn BentleyRutter, Graham, Ford, B.A.,
B.Sc.Studdy, William BradridgeSpark, Ernest James T.FIFTH YEAR.
Böhrsman, Rudolph HermannCraig, !Robert Gordon (a)Flashman, James Froude, B.A.,
B.Sc.Handcock, Charles Lancelot,
B.A.Henderson, John NivenHenry, Joseph Edmund Oram
Kinross, Robert Menzies, B.A.Luker, DonaldMacCreadie, John Lain g MartinMackinnon, Roger Robert SteelMurray, George LathropO'Connor, Arthur C.Scott, Ernest HenryVeech, Michael
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.FIRST YEAR.
Czisz, Caesarf
Arnold, A. H. N.fBlack, A. O.fΒΐΌΛνη, Ethel Easterby
THIRD YEAR.
Bennett, Agnes Elizabeth LloydBrearley, Jos. Hy. Drapier
Murton, Charles EdwardfWatt, Jas. Alexander, M.A. (b)
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.FRST YEAR.
Ahearn, John DenisfHole, William FrancisHutchinson, Alfred DanielRowlands, Harold Berkeley
Strickland,- Tom Percival (c)Thow, CliffordTwynam, HenryWoore, John Maurice Simeon
t Not passing through the regular course,(a) John Harris Scholar.(¢) Deas-Thomson Scholar,(c) Barker Scholar No. 2, Lithgow Scholar, Freemasons' Scholar.
Garrett, H. E.fSteel, J. S.f
MEMBEES OF THE UNTVEKSITY. 355
SECOND YEAK—CIVIL ENGINEERING.
Arnott, Robert FlemingCraig, Alexander Donald, B.A.Doak, Walter JamesHedgeland, Edmund W.*
Jenkins, Chas. Warren BowenJackson, Clement FrederickSawyer, BasilWood, James Patrick (a)
THIRD YEAE-
Nelson, P. W.*Seale, Herbert Percy
-CIVIL ENGINEERING.
White, Norman Frederick
MINING ENGINEERING.
I Simpson, Edward S.THIRD YEAR—MINING ENGINEERING.
Dunstan, B.fNardin, Ernest Willoughby
Weigall, Arthur Raymond
* Uaniatiieulated.· («J Levey Scholar.
SECOND YEAB-
Dixon, James Thomson
AFFILIATED COLLEGES.
By the Act 18 Victoria, No. 37, provision is made for the-!Foundation of COLLEGES within the University in connection withthe various religious denominations, in which students of theUniversity may enjoy the advantages of residence, instructionin the doctrine and discipline of their respective Churches, andtuition supplementary to the lectures of the University Pro-fessors.
No student can be admitted to any such College unless heimmediately matriculates in the University, submits to itsdiscipline, and attends the statutory lectures ; nor can he con-tinue a member of the College longer than his name remainsupon the University books.
ST. PAUL'S COLLEGE.Incorporated by an Act 18 Victoria,
in .connection with the-Church of England. In the terms of the Act the Visitor is theBishop of Sydney. The Corporation consists of a "Warden, who-must be in Priest's Orders, and eighteen Fellows, six of whommust be in Priest's Orders, and the remainder must be laymen.The Fellows, with the "Warden, form the Council in which the-Government of the College is vested.
VISITOR.THE LORD BISHOP OF SYDNEY.
"WARDEN.The Rev. Canon William Hey Sharp, M.A.
VICE-WARDEN AND TUTOR.J. B. Peden, B.A.
TUTOR IN MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
C. C. Farr, B.Sc.BURSAR.
A. .H. Simpson, M.A.
COLLEGES. 357
FELLOWS.King, Rev. G., M.A., LL.D.Norton, Hon. J., M.L.O., LL.D.Priddle, Eev. C. F. D.Kemmis, Eev. CanonGünther, Ven. Archdeacon,
M.A.Stephen, Hon. S. A., M.L.C.Jackson, Eev. H..L., M.A.Cox, Hon. G. H., M.L.C.Wise, B. E., B.A., M.L.A.
Weigall, A. B., M.A.Jenkins, E. J., M.D.Simpson, A. H., M.A.Chisholm, W., M.D.Backhouse, His Hon.
M.A.Eobson, E. I., M.A.Abbott, Hon. Sir J. P., M.L.A.Harris, Eev. E., D.D.Wilkinson, F. B., M.A.
Sogers, F. E.Cowlishaw, W. PBowden, J. E.Cowper, S. S.Want, E. C.Bowman, A.Stephen, C. B.Innes, G. A. C.Long, G. E.Manning, W. A.Watson, W.Faithfull, W. P.
M.A.Purves, J. M.Faithfull, H. M.Kemp, R. E.LiddeU, A. I.Pring, E. D.Powell, T.Lee, W.Dawson, A. F.Taylor, Rev. H. W.Campbell, Eev. J.Hills, H.Wilkinson, F. B.
B.A.Hargraves, E. J. Elder, Rev. F. R.Hunt, E. Bundock, C. W.Sharpe, E. Feez, A.Greenway, A. R. Tange, C.Dargin, S. Wilkinson, H. L.Blacket. A. E. Piddington, A. B.Riley, V. B. Baylis, H. M.Campbell, A. Street, P. W.Morrice, J. Merewether, E. A. M.Thallon, J. B. Macansl), A. W.Wilson, Rev. R. Clarke, Eev. F. W.Noake, Rev. R. Millard, A. C.Forster, C. E. Trindall, E. B.Bundock, F. Jenkins, Eev. C. J.Buckland, T. Woodd, Eev. H. A.
;.—The Warden will be glad to receive information tending to complete or correct thelist of. Graduates who have passed through the College. ,
Judge,
NOTE.
358 COLLEGES.
Abbott, Eev. T. K.Bode, A.Britten, H..E.Newton, Êev. H. ,D'Arcy-Irvine, M. M.Millard, G. W.Eoseby, T. E.Blacket, C.Uther, A. H.Stephen, E. M.Doak, E. W.Windeyer, E-.
Amstrong, T. de O.Tighe, W.Eussell, P. A. A.Eussell, C. T.Peden, J. B.Helsham, U. H."Williams, J. L.Abbott, H. P.Dove, W. N.Dowe, P. W.Thomas, E. W.Waldron, T. W. K.
Armstrong, W. G.Bancroft, P.Hester, J. W.
Crane, J. T.
Abbott, H. P., B.A.Angus, A. E-.Barton, J. a'B. D.Boardman, J.Burkitt, E. H.Cakebread, W. J.Castling, J. E-.Chubb, M. C.Davies, E. L.Edwards, W.Gaden, F. H. B.Holt, A. C.Johnson, E. B.
LL.B.Uther, A. H.
M.D.Chisholm, W.M.B. and Ch.H.
Hunt, C. L. W.Millard, E. J.
B1E.Merewether, E. A. M.■ B.Sc.
I McKay, W. J.RESIDENT STUDENTS.
Kater, N. W.Lee, H. H.Mair, J.Merewether, H. H. M.Merewether, W. Ώ. M.Piddington, P. L.Purves, A. G.Eowland, N. de H.Tange, F. S.Throsby, H. Z.Tighe, W., B.A.White, N. P.•Wilson, T. G.
.COLLEGES. 359
ENDOWMENTS AND PRIZES.
1.—Fellows' Scholarship.—An open Scholarship, value £50,is given each year by the Lay Fellows of the College. Theholder is required to become a resident student.1893—E. H. Burkitt.
2.—Edward-Aspinall Scholarship.—This Scholarship, value£25, is awarded by preference to a student of the Second Yearwho shall have taken at least a second class in the UniversityExaminations, and shall have been placed in the first class inthe annual College Examination in Divinity.
1893 (Open)—N. de H. Rowland.
3.—Kemp Scholarship.—The sum of £400 was bequeathedto the Warden and Fellows by the late Mrs. C. Kemp, to founda Scholarship in memory of her husband, the late Rev. C. Kemp.1893—N. F. White.
4.—Augusta Priddle Memorial Scholarship.—The sum of£600 has been paid to the Warden and Fellows by the Eev.C. F. D. Priddle, to found a Scholarship in memory of his latewife. The scholarship is tenable for three years, and is awardedto a resident student who intends to take Holy Orders.
Vacant.
5.—Starling Foundation.—The sum of £1000 has been paidto the Warden and Fellows to form a foundation for theassistance of resident students who intend to take Holy Orders.
1891 — J. Boardman1893—A. C. Holt.
6.—Henry William Abbott Scholarship.—The sum of £1000has been paid to the Bishop of Sydney, under the will of thelate T. K. Abbott, Esq., the interest of which is appropriated forthe maintenance of a Scholarship, to be held by a residentstudent who is preparing to take Holy Orders.1893—W. J. Cakebread.
7.—Mitchell Prize.—This Prize was founded by the lateHon. James Mitchell. Books to the value of £10 are awardedto the Bachelor of Arts of the College who shall, within twelvemonths after taking that Degree, pass the best examination (ofsufficient merit) in the doctrines and history of the Church ofEngland.
360 COLLEGES.
8.—A Prize of books is given by the Council to the studentwho shows the greatest proficiency in the College DivinityExamination. A second Prize is given by the Warden.1892—P. W. Dowe \
. W. J. Cakebread ] ^
ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE.Incorporated by Act 21 Victoria, in connection with the
Roman Catholic Church. In the terms of the Act the Visitor isthe Roman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney. The Corporationconsists of a Rector (who must be a duly approved Priest), andeighteen Fellows, of whom six must be duly approved Priests,and twelve Laymen. These eighteen Fellows, with the Rector,form the Council, in which the government of the College isvested.
VISITOR.THE ROMAN CATHOLIC ARCHBISHOP OF SYDNEY.
1884—His Eminence Cardinal Moran.
THE PRESENT SOCIETY.RECTOE.
The Very Rev. James J. O'Brien, D.D.FELLOWS.
M'Carthy, The Very Rev. C,Dean
McDonagh, J., M.R.C.P.Mullins, J. F., M.A.Murphy, V., Rev. Dr.Sbeehy, The Very Rev. Dr.,
V. G.Sheridan, The Very Rev. Dean,
D.D., V.G.Slattery, T., M.L.A.Toohey, J., K.C.S.G. .
M.D.Maher, W. Odillo.
M.B., CH.M.Newell, B. A.
Clune, M. J., M.A.Dalton, G. T., M.A.Donovan, John J,, LL. D.Edmunds, Walter, M. A., LL.B.Flynn, J. E., M.A.Freehill, F. B., M.A.Gallagher, Very Rev. J.Le Eennetel, Very Rev. P.,
S.M.Leverrier, F., B.A., B.Sc.Maher, W. Odillo, M.D.
COLLEGES. 361
Brennan, F. P.■Coghlan, CA.dlune, M. J.Dalton, G. T.FJynn, J. E.Flynn, J. A.Freehill, F. B. *
M.B.Lister, H.
LL.D.Coghlan, C. A.
LL.B.Edmunds, W.Tole, J. A.Veech, L.
M.A.Healy, P. J.Mullins, J. F.O'Connor, Eichard E.O'Mara, M.Quirk, Eev. D. P.Walsh, W. M. J.
Browne, W. O.Butler, T.Butler, F. J.CaUaclior, Eev. H. B.Connellan, J.Oorbett, W.Daley, F. H.Enright. W. J.Flynn, W. F.Fitzpatrick, T. J. A.Gorman, J. E.Higgins, M. A.Kelly, T.Kenna, P. J.Leverrier, F.Leahy, J. P.Lynch., W.Lloyd, T.Macnamara, P. B.McNevin, T.
B.A.Mäher, M. E1
Mäher, C. H.Mayne, J.Mayne, W. M.M'Donagh, J.M'Evilly, A.M'Evüly, U.M'Guinn, D.Meagher, L. F.Meillon, J.Moloney, T. P.O'Keefe, J. A.Sheridan, F. B.ShorthiU, J. E.Sullivan, H.Sullivan, J. J.Swanson, E. C.Tole. J. A.Veech, L. S.Watt, A.E.J.
362 COLLEGES.
Buchanan, C. P.Burfitt, W. F. J.Casey, M.Coen, T. P.Coffey, F. L. V.Crawley, A. J. St. C.Cullinane, J. A.Dalton, E.Farrelly, J. T.Fitzpatrick, B. J.Maloney, T.Marsden, E. A.McNevin, A.
UNDERGRADUATES.McMahon, G.Morris, J. M.Murray, T. G.O'Brien, P. D.O'Donohue, J. P. M.O'Keefe, J. J.Parker, J. L.Purcell, P. F.Eyan, J.Savage, E. J.Veech, M.Wall, J. B.
LECTURERS.
The Eev. the Rector. Eev. C. O'CoDuell, S.J.. J. Carlos, B.A.. H. de B. O'Eeilly, B.A.
J. McDonagh, B.A., M.D.:
ENDOWMENTS AND PRIZES.The O'Connell Scholarship (value £50).—Open for com-petition to resident and non-resident students who have newlymatriculated in 1879 and the years following. (Subscribers—Sir P. A. Jennings, K.C.M.G., and others.) The origin of thisScholarship was the O'Connell Centenary Celebration.1893—McMahon 1Purcell )œ^The Dunne Scholarship (value £50).—Donor—the lateVery Eev. P. Dunne, D.D., of Hobart.1893—Casey, M.Fellows' Scholarship (value £50).1893—EoweEector's Scholarship—
1893—Maloney, T.
ST.-ANDREW'S COLLEGE.Incorporated by Act of Parliament, 31
Victoria, in, connec-tion with the Presbyterian Church of New
South Wales. TheModerator for the time being of the General
Assembly of thePresbyterian Church is Visitor. The
Corporation consists of a
SACRED SCRIFTOKELOGIC AND THEOLOGYCLASSICSMATHEMATICS ....ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
&c.
COLLEGES. 363
Principal, who must be a duly ordained Presbyterian Minister,holding and prepared to subscribe (when called upon to do so)the Standards of the Presbyterian Church of New South Wales,and twelve Councillors, of whom four, but not more, must beordained ministers of the same Church. These twelve Coun-cillors, with the Principal, form the Council, in which thegovernment of the College is vested.
VISITOR.THE MODERATOR OF THE GENEEAL ASSEMBLY.
The Very Eev. P. Falconer Mackenzie.
PRINCIPAL.The Eev. John Kinross, B. A., D.D. (Edin.)
MATHEMATICAL LECTUREB.Harold W. G. Hunt, B.A.
SECRETARY AND TREASURER.James Anderson.
Bowman, E., LL.B.Brown, AndrewCameron, Eev. James,
D.D.Campbell, JohnCosh, Eev. J., M.A., D.Dymock, D. L.
Cohen, J: J.Cribb, J. G.Flint, C. A.Fuller, G. W.Hill, Eev. ThomasJackson, Eev. E.Kay, Eev. EobertMann, W. J. G.
Davidson, Leslie G.Dick, EobertFreshney, EeginaldHollis, Leslie T.,Perkins, A. E.
COUNCILLORS.Goodletj John HayGrimm, Eev. G.,
M.A.M.A., Hay, John
Smith, CharlesSteel, Eev.
Eobert, D.D.D. Walker, J. T.
M.A.Marrack, J. E. M.Moore, Eev. S.Moore, W. L.Perkins, A. E.Eygate, P. W.Steel, Eev. EobertThompson, J. A.Waugh, Eev. EóbertM.B. AND Ch.M.
Purser, C.Sheppard, A. M.Stokes, Edward S.Townley, Percy L.
364 COLLEGES.
B. A.Anderson, W. A. S.Barnet, Rev. DonaldBeegling, D. H.Bowman, Allster S.Bowman, ArthurBowman, ErnestCampbell, C. B.Cosh, J.Craig, A. D.Crane, Eev. C.Dick, J. A.Dick, W. T.Dudley, J T.Edwards, J.Elphinstone, JamesGill, A. C.Hallidav, G. C.Hunt, Harold W. G.Jamieson, S.Johnston, J.Kinross, E. M.Linsley. W. M.Lyon, PearsonMcLelland, HughMcManamey, J. F.
Bowman, Archer
McNeU, A.Manning, R. K.Miller, Eev. R.Moore, J.Paine, Bennington H.Parker, W. A.Perkins, J. A. E.Perské, H.Pope, Roland J.Prentice, A. J.Purser, CecilQuigley, J.Ea m say, J. E.Ealston, A. G.Eygate, C. 1). H.Eygate, H. B.Shand, A. B.Sheppard, E. H.Sruairl, J. H.Somerville, G. B.Stewart, A.TKorburn, Eev. J. T.Townley, Percy L.Woodward, F. P.
B.E.Bradfield, John J. C.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Bowman, E.Brown, A.Cameron, A. P.Campbell, A.Copland, F. F.Doig, A. J.Edwards, D. S.Gill, A. (J., H.A. (Law)Gordon, G. A.Henderson, JohnKing, A. A.Kinross, E. M., B.A. (Medicine)
McCook, A. S.Mackenzie, J.Moore, W. A.Nelson, D. J. 'Eowlands, H. B.Stacy, H. S.Swanwick, K. fi.Vivers, A. J. L.Walker, J E.Walker, S. H.Walker, W. L.White, C. A.
COLLEGES. 365
ENDOWMENTS ANT» PRIZES.
I.—SCHOLARSHIPS.
1.—Bowman Scholarship.—A sum of £1000 was bequeathedin 1873, by the late Eohert Bowman, Esq., M.D., of Eichmond,for the foundation of a Scholarship.
1893—W. A. S. Anderson, B.A. (Divinity).
2.—Fraser Scholarship.—In 1884^ a sum of f 1000 wasbequeathed by the late Hon. John Frazer, M.L.0., for aScholarship.
3.-Goodlet Scholarship—In 1874 the sum of £50 (to becontinued for three years) was given by John Hay Goodlet, Esq.,for a Scholarship, open for students for the ministry.
1879—Charles Crane.1884—E. J. Miller.
4.—Marks Scholarship.—In 1874, the sum of £50 (to becontinued for three years) was given by the Hen. John Marks,foi· a Scholarship, open to students from any of the publicSchools in Illawarra.
1878—Hugh McLelland1881—George M. Colley.
5.—The Gordon Scholarship.—A sum of £1000 was givenin 1882, by the late T. D. Gordon. Esq., M.L.O., for thefoundation of a Scholarship for students who have taken theB.A. Degree, or first class in Classics (Second Tear).
1893—D. S. Edwards.
6.—The Lawson Scholarship.—A sum of £1000 (in bankshares) was bequeathed in 1882, by the late George Lawson, Esq.,of Yass. for the foundation of a Scholarship for the students whohave taken the B.A. Degree.
1893—J. A. E. Perkins, B.A. (Divinity). ■
7.—The Struth 'Scholarship.—A sum of £1000 was givenin 1884, by J. Struth, Esq., for the foundation of a Scholarship.
366 COLLEGES.
8.—The Horn Scholarships.—In 1883, the late Mr. JohnW. Horn, of Corstorphine, Edinburgh, bequeathed eighty sharesof the A. G. Co., to found three Scholarships.
1888—3rd year—L. Hollis2nd year—E. M. Kinross
1889—3rd year—E. Dick1891—Joseph A. E. Perkins1893—J. E. Walker
A. C. GiUH. S. Stacy
9.-The Coutts Scholarship.—In 1884, the sum of £1000was bequeathed by the late Bev. James Coutts, M.A., of New-castle, for the foundation of a Scholarship. A student of thename of Coutts to have preference.
1893—1). J. Nelson
10.—In 1885, the sum of £100 was bequeathed by the lateMr. Hugh Hossack, Catechist at Port Macquarie, to provide twoScholarships in Divinity for those who have graduated at theUniversity of Sydney, to be held for two years.
1893—J. CoshJ. Edwards
11.—The late Eev. Colin Stewart, M.A., in 1886, bequeathedhis property to the College in trust for (among other objects)the founding of Scholarships.
1892—4th year—A. P. Cameron2nd year—A. J. Doig2nd year—A, S. McCook2nd year—C. A. White
II.—PRIZES.1.—The Dean Prize.—A sum of £100 was given in 1879 by
Alexander Dean, Esq., for the Foundation of an Annual Prizefor General Excellence.
2.—Fraser Prize of £25, for Modern History.1887^Dick, J. A. )
Stewart, A. f 88I'1888—HendersoD, J. )
Stewart, A. j 88I"
COLLEGES. 367
1889—Henderson, J. )Smairl, J. H. j 83I-
1890—Smairl, J. H. ,1891—Parker, W. A.1892—A. C. Gill I
J. E. Walker J''6'1·Of the above Scholarships, the Fraser,
Gordon, Lawson andHossack are restricted to students for the Ministry of the Presby-terian Church. A first class in Classics or Mathematics, at theUniversity Examinations, is a necessary qualification for theGordon, but not for any of the other Scholarships. In the event °of competition they are given to the candidate who gains thehighest number of marks at the University Examinations, TheHorn Scholarship is open to all the students of the year, and isgiven to the student who obtains the highest number of marks-at the College Examinations in Logic, Moral Philosophy, orDivinity. The Fraser Prize is open to all students of theCollege.
THE WOMEN'S COLLEGE.Incorporated by 53 Vict., No. 10, and not attached to anyreligious denomination. In the terms of the Act the Visitor isihe Chancellor of the University, or, in his absence, the Vice-Chancellor. The Corporation consists of the Principal, whomust be a woman, and twelve elected Councillors, of whomfour at least must be women, and two ex-oßcio Councillors,nominated by the Senate of the University. The Councillors,with the Principal, form the Council in which the Governmentof the College is vested. During the erection of the PermanentCollege Buildings in the University grounds, the work of theCollege is carried on in temporary premises at " Strathmore,"Glebe Point.
According to the Act of Incorporation, the Women's Collegeis a College within the University of Sydney, wherein may beafforded residence and domestic supervision for women students 'of the University, with efficient tutorial assistance in theirpreparation for the University Lectures and Examinations. Allstudents in the College not already matriculated shall as soonas shall be practicable, matriculate in the University, and shallthereafter be required duly to attend the Lectures of. theUniversity in those subjects, an examination and proficiency in
368 COLLEGES.
which are required for Degrees, with the exception, if thoughtfit by any such student, of the Lectures on Ethics, Metaphysicsand Modern History.
The Women's College is strictly undenominational, the Actof Incorporation providing "That no religious catechism orformulary, which is distinctive of any particular denomination,shall be taught, and no attempt shall be made to attach studentsto any particular denomination, and that any student shall beexcused from attendance upon religious instruction or religiousobservances on express declaration that she has conscientiousobjections thereto."
The College fees are as follows :—Resident Students.— £21 for each University Lecture Term,
with £1 5s. a week for residence during vacation.The fee of £21 for the Lecture Term covers all College dues,
including fire and light.The Council provides all necessary furniture, but each
student may arrange and add to the furniture in her room asshe pleases.
Non-Resident Students.—Term fee, £4 4s., or £12 12s. perannum.
The Statement of Fees for resident and non-residentstudents applies to the temporar}7 premises only.
VISITOR.THE CHANCELLOR OF THE UNIVERSITY.
PRINCIPAL,Miss L. Macdonald, M.A. (London).
COUNCILLORS,Fairfax, Mrs. C. B.Gurney, Mrs.Mrs. H. E. KaterMiss Macdonald, M. A.MacCallum, Professor, M.A.Rich, G. E., M.A. (Hon. Sec.)Russell, Miss J. F., M.A.Scott, Professor, M.A.Stephen, Cecil B., M.A.[ex oßcio]
Suttor,Hon. W. H., M.L.C.Teece, R., F.I. A.Walker, J. T. (Hon. Treasurer)Weigall, A. B., M.A.Windeyer, Hon. Sir William
C, M.A.. LL.D. (Chairman)[ex oßcio]
Woolley, Miss
COLLEGES. 369
UNDERGRADUATES IN RESIDENCE.
Anderson, Maud. Broad, Amy W.Harker, Constance E.
EXHIBITIONS, &c.The Walker Exhibition.—An Exhibition of the value of
£25, presented by Mrs. J. T. Walker, given to the studentwho on entering the College shows evidence of the highestattainments, provided that no student shall be eligible for theExhibition unless she shall make it appear to the satisfaction ofthe Principal that she cannot, without such assistance, pay theexpenses of residence in the'College.
1892—Harker, Constance E.1893—Montefiore, H. H.
GRACE FRAZER SCHOLARSHIP.The Grace Frazer Scholarship of the value of £50, tenablefor three years, presented by Mrs. C. B. Fairfax in nieinoryof her late sister, was given to the best matriculant entering theCollege in Lent Term, 1892.
1892—Whitfeld, Eleanor Madeline.COUNCILLORS' SCHOLARSHIPS.
Two Scholarships of £25 each, tenable for one year, pre-sented by the Councillors, were awarded in Lent Term, 1893,on the results, of the University Examinations. Students whomay be unable, without such assistance, to afford» the expensesof residence in the College, are eligible, but other things beingequal, preference will be given to First or Second Year students.
COUNCILLORS' SCHOLARSHIP, NO. I.Harker, C. E.
COUNCILLORS' SCHOLARSHIP, NO. LT.Broad, A. W.
Montefiore, Hortense H.Whitfeld, Eleanor M.
0PRINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL.Established and onaintained in accordance with the provisions of the
"Prince Alfred Hospital Act," 36 Vic, and the "PrinceAlfred Memorial Hospital Site Dedication Act," 36 Vic,No. 28.
The Hospital was framed as a general Hospital and MedicalSchool for the instruction of students attending the SydneyUniversity, and for the training of nurses for the sick.
The design was adapted to the site dedicated to the Hospitalby the Government, aided by the co-operation of the SydneyUniversity.
The Hospital is managed by a Board of fifteen Directors.The Chancellor of the University and the Dean of the Facultyof Medicine are Directors ex officio ; three Directors are appointedby the Government, and the remaining ten are elected by theGovernors and subscribers.
The Medical Officers are all appointed by a conjoint Board,consisting of the Senate of the University and the Directors ofthe Hospital. This conjoint Board likewise makes the By-lawsregulating the mode in which the students shall have access to,and the course of studies to be pursued in, the Hospital.
The University Lecturers in Medicine and Clinical Medicineare Honorary Physicians, the Lecturers in Surgery and ClinicalSurgery are Honorary Surgeons, and the Lecturer in OphthalmicMedicine and Surgery is Honorary Ophthalmic Surgeon at thePrince Alfred Hospital.
All Physicians and Assistant Physicians must be Graduatesin Medicine of the University of Sydney, or of some Universityrecognised by the University of Sydney.
All Surgeons and Assistant Surgeons must possess a Degreein Surgery, or a Surgeon's diploma from some University orCollege of Surgeons recognised by the University of Sydney.
Clinical Lectures are delivered in accordance with theUniversity curriculum. All Honorary and Resident MedicalOfficers are required to give such Clinical Instruction to theMedical students as may be directed by the conjoint Board.
PRINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL. 371
DIRECTORS.The Chancellor of the University.The Dean of the Faculty of Medicine in the University.
James R. Fairfax, Esq. (Hon.Treasurer)
Robert Hills, Esq.J. F. Hoare, Esq.Hon. Edward Knox, M L.C.Hon. Henry Kater, M.L.O.John Keep, Esq.
The Hon. Dr. Mackellar, M.L.C.James S. Mitchell, Esq.Geo. Munro, Esq.Sir Alfred Roberts (Hon. Sec.)Dr. Alfred Shewen.Sir A. Stephen, GCM G., CB.Professor Jas. T. Wilson.
CONSULTING PHYSICIAN. —P. Sydney Jones, M.D.CONSULTING SURGEON.—Sir Alfred Roberts, M.R.C S.HONORAHY PHYSICIANS.—Alfred Shewen, M.D. ; James C.
Cox, MD. ; R. Scot-Skirving. M.B., Ch.M.HONORARY SURGEONS.—George T. Hankins, M.R.C.S. ;
George E. Twyman, M.R.C.S. ; S. T. Knaggs, M.D., F.R.C.S.L,Alexander MacOormick, M.D., M.R.C.S.
HONORARY GYNAECOLOGICAL SURGEON.—Joseph Foreman,L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S.
HONORARY ASSISTANT GYNAECOLOGICAL SURGEON.—EdwardT. Thring, F.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.
HONORARY OPHTHALMIC SURGEON.—F. Antill Pockley, M.B.,M.R.C.S.
HONORARY ASSISTANT PHYSICIANS.—David Collingwood,M.D., F.R.C.S. ; James Graham, M.D., Ch.M.
HONORARY ASSISTANT SURGEONS.—Charles P. B. Clubbe,M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. ; William Chisholm, M.D., M.R.C.S.
PATHOLOGIST.—G. E. Rennie, M.D., M.R.C.S.MEDICAL TUTOR.—Edward J. Jenkins, M.D., M.R.C.P.,
M.R.C.S.SURGICAL TUTOR.—John F. McAllister, M.D., B.S.MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT.— Cecil Purser, B.A., M.B., Ch.M.RESIDENT MEDICAL OFFICERS.—F. J. Sawkins, M.B., Ch.M. ;
A. S. Vallack, M.B., Ch.M. ; G. E. Smith, M.B., Ch.M. ; P;Boelke, M.B., Ch.M. ; W. F. Litchfield, M.B., Ch.M.
372 HOSPITALS.
OTHER HOSPITALS
RECOGNISED BY THE UNIVERSITY AS
PLACES WHERE STUDY MAY
BE CARRIED ON IN CONNECTION WITH THE
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
THE SYDNEY HOSPITAL.
ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL.
THE BENEVOLENT ASYLUM.
THE HOSPITAL FOR SICK CHILDREN.
THE GLADESVILLE HOSPITAL FOR THE
INSANE.
THE CALLAN PARK HOSPITAL FOR THE
INSANE.
BENEFACTIONSBESTOWED BY PRIVATE PERSONS.
Date. Donor. Amount. Object of Foundation.
1S53 Solomon Levey, Esq... £500s. d.0 0
Scholarship — Originally for education ofOrphans in the GrammarSchool; now for NaturalScience in Second Year inthe University.
Thomas Barker, Esq.... 1,00 0 ,, For Proficiency in Mathe-matics.
ISSi Hon. SirE. Deas-Thom-son, C.B., K.C.M.G. 1,00
00 0
,, For Proficiency in Chemis-try and ExperimentalPhysics.
W. C. Wentworth, Esq. 20 0 Annual Prize—For English Essay.1S57 Sir D. Cooper, Bart. ... 1,00 0 Scholarship- Τον Proficiency in Classics.1S5S S. K. Salting, Esq. .. 50
00 0
Exhibition—Tor a Student from the SydneyGrammar School.
1S62 W. C. Wentworth, Esq 445
0 0
Fellowship—For a Travelling Fellowship(amount to accumulatesufficiently).
1SS4 W. Lithgow, Esq. 1,00 0 Scholarship—For Classics in Second Year,1S67 Sir C. Nicholson, Bart.
Educational Fund, de-vised by Dr. Gilchrist,of Sydney.
200
0 0
Annual Prize—For Latin Verse.The right of the Presentation every other
year to a Scholarship of£100 per annum, tenablefor three years, and to beheld at the University ofLondon or of Edinburgh."Withdrawn by the GilchristTrustees in 1S82.
187 Earl Belmore ..................... 30 0 Annual Prize—For Agricultural Chemistry.
1872
Hon. John Fairfax ... 500
0 0
„ For Females at the Public187 Mxs.Maurice Alexander 1,00 0 Bursary—To found one Bursary.
1880
" 1,000
0 0
,, To assist young men in enteringa Learned Profession.
1874
Subscribers to testimo-nial to Bev. John" West 20
00 0
Annual Prize—At Public Examinations.
Edwin Daltou, Esq. .. 9,000
0 0
Scholarship—Bequest, subject to a tenurefor one life, for Scholar-ships in iueipory of theRev. Dr. Woolley.
1876
ΙΓοη. John Fraser 2.000
0 0
Bursary—To found two Bursaries inmemory of his deceasedsons.
Fitzwilliam "WentworthEsq. 2,00
00 0
,, In honourof his father, WilliamChurles Wentworth.
Mrs. Burdekin........................ 1,00 0 ,, To found a Bursary.Mrs. Hunter-Baillie .. 1,00 0 ,, To found a liursary.
187 „ ,, 1,00 0 ,, . To found a Bursary for sons of187718S
¡Hon. J. B. Watt Ministers of Keligion.
3,00 0 Exhibition—Exhibitions for Students from1SS9 Primary Schools.
374 BENEFACTIONS.
Date. Donor. Amount. Object of Foundation.
1877
Arthur Renwick, Esq., £ s. d. Scholarship—For Natural Science, with
M-D. especial reference to Com-parative Anatomy, in theFaculty of Medicine.
Andrew R, Cameron, 1,100 0 ,, For General Proficiency in theEsq , M.D. First Year.Mrs. Hovell ..................... 6,000 0 Lectureship of Geology and Physical Geo-
graphy.Scholarship—For Proficiency in Mathe-187 ■Hon. George 1,000 0
matics in the Second Year.Sir Charles Nicholson,Bart.J. H. Challis, Esq. ...
Collection of Egyptian Antiquities, etc.
750 0 For Great Northern Window in University-Hall.
Sir Charles Nicholson,Bare. 500 0
0For Great Western Window.
Sir Daniel Cooper, Bart. 500 0 For Great Eastern Window.Henry O'Brien, Esq. ... 100 0 Charles Newton, Esq.... 100 0 \hdward Knox, Esq. ... 100 0 "William L .Tig, Esq. .. 100 0 IJohn Dobie. Esq. 100 0 Robert 1-itzgerald, Esq.A. Moses, E;q..........................
100 0 0 ν For Sitie Windows in the Hall.
John Reeve, Esq. KO 0 0Thomas Barker. Esq.... 100 0 Heury and Alfred Deni-son, Esqs. 100 0
0Thomas W. Smart. Esq. 100 0 /Sir P. A. Jennings 1,100 0 Towards an Organ for the Great Hall.A. Renwick. Esq., M.D. 125 0
0
For purchase of book, " Lepsius' Antiqui-ties of Egypt and .¿Ethiopia."
Thos. S. Mort, Esq. . 315 0 For a Travelling Fellowship.Thomas Walker, Esq... 7C0 0 0 Being the amount paid by hira for the
Library of the late Mr. Stenhouse, pre-sented to the University.
Freemasons under the 1,000 0 To found a Scholarship for General Pro-English Constitution ficiency for the sons of Freemasons. ,
18Ê0 J. H. Challis, Esq. .,. 250,COO 0 0 Beq uest—Property of the estimated valueof £250,000, to be applied tothe general purposes of theUniversity.Towards an Organ for the Great Hall.188 Thomas Walker, Esq... 500 0
FitzwilliamWentworth,Esq,James Aitken, Esq. ...
415 0 To provide a Screen for the Organ Gallery.
1,000 0 To found a Bursary.Thomas Walker, Esq . 5,000 0 To found Bursaries.
138 Sir G. W. Allen 1,000 0 To found a Scholarship in Law.1S83 John Smith, Esq. 1,OCO 0 C To found an Exhibition for Medical
Students.
1885
Thos. Fisher, Esq. 30,000 0 0
For establishing and maintaining a Libraryin the University.
1888
Subscribers to Testi-monial to Rev. Dr.Norbert Quirk.
143 12 6
For a Mathematical Prize.
Professor Saiith 100 0 For a Prize for Physics.
188 G. S. Cairo, Esq. 1,00. For a Scholarship for Chemistry.Subscribers to Memo-rial of Late ProfessorBadham.
1,000 0 0
To found a Bursary.
G. P. Slade, Esq. 250 0 0
For the Advancement of Science.
BENEFACTIONS. 375
Date. Donor. Amount. Object of Foundation.
1888
William Roberts, Esq. £4,000S. d.0 0
Bequest—To found a Scholarship orScholarships in memoryof Mr. James King, ofIrrawang, Raymond Ter-race.
William Roberts, Esq.Hon. W. Macleay ■ ... 1,50
00 0
Bequest—For the foundation of a Bursary.Museum of Natural History.
Hon. W. Macleay 6,000
0 0
For establishing a Curatorship for theMacleay. Museum of Natural History,
John Harris, Esq. 1,00 0 To found a Scholarship for Medical
Mrs. Renwick.................. 202
0 0
For a Window in the Medical School, inmemory of her late father.
P. S. Jones, Esq., M.D.G Bennett, Esq., M.D.
220140 0 0 ¡■For Windows in the Medical School.
188 The Trustees of 290 10 To found a Scholarship.Council of EducationScholarship FundJohn Harris, Esq. 12
00 0
For a Window in the Medical School, inmemory of the late Dr. Harris.
F. J. Horner, Esq., 20
00 0
Bequest—For the foundation of an Exhibi-tion in Mathematics.
W. Neill, Esq., J.P.„ ... 6 0 'J. F. Holle, Esq. ö 14 G. Hurst, Esq., M.B.... 5 0 Hon. C. K. MacKellar, 3 16 M.B. For Busts to be placed in the MedicalR. Scot-Skirving, Esq.,M.B., Ch.M. 4 7
0School.
1890
A. Murray Oram, Esq.,M.D. 10 9
1Professor Stuart 4 7 ,The Trustees of theWill of the Hon. JohnFrazer, M.L.C.George Bennett, M.D...
2,000
0 0
Scholarship—Por a Scholarship in History.The complete works of the late JohnGould, chiefly upon Ornithology, andother valuable Zoological works.
1891
William Grahame, Esq. 100
0 0
Bequest— For a Gold Medal for Proficiencyin the Senior Public Ex-amination.
T. Dixson, Esq., M.B.,Ch.M. 8 6
β\
A. MacCormick, Esq.,M.D." 7 7
10T. Chambers, Esq., 7 0
4The Hon. H. N. Mac- 9 16 .For Busts to be placed in the Medicay School.Laurin, M.D.
Sir A. Roherts.M.R.C.S. 1 0 J. Graham, Esq., M.D. 9 8 Professor Wilson, M.B. 8 16 F. A. Pockley, Esq, 3 3
3J. C. Cox, M.D. 7 7 '1892
The Hon. Sir WilliamMacleay 11,40
00 0
Bequest—For the establishment and main-tenance of a Professorshipor Lectureship in Bacteri-ology.Bequest—To found an Annual Prize forRev. R. Collie.................. 7 0
I Botany.
376 GIFTS FOR PRIZES, ETC.
GIFTS FOE PRIZES, ETC.,
OTHEB THAN FOUNDATIONS.
Donor. Amount. Object of Gift.
£ s. Mr. Justice Fa'.icett .............. . 150 O O Prizes for Law.Sir Hercules .Robinson.................. 63 0 Prizes for Shakspere.Prof essor Woo Uey .......... 59 0 E. Hamilton, Esq. ............ 50 0 Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart. ... SO 0 0Hon. G. Allen .........................F. Ij. S. Merewether, Esq.
30 U 0 - For Prizes.B. C. Want. Esq.............................. 75 0 Professor Pell ....................... 120 0 Professor Smith.............................. 155 0 IProfessor Smith............................ 350 0 Towards the establishment of a Chair ol
Geology.For Medals for Anatomy.Arthur Renwick, Fsq., M.D. ... 40 0
The Earl of Eoseberj- ................ 52 10 For two prizes for English EssaysProfessor Scott ........................ 26 0 1Professor Stuart............................ 7 10 0H. N. MacLaurin, Esq., M.D... 2 10 0"W. Camac Wiïkinsou, M.D. 32 4 Professor MacCallum ............ 55 0 F. Milford, Esq., M.D.................... 31 10 Professor Anderson ..............Professor Stephen ...........
69 17 0 h For Prizes.
Professor Haswell 12 12 Thos. Dixson Esq.,M.B. 7 12 0E. Scot-Skirting, Esq., M.B. ... 3 3 0A. MacCormiek, Esq., M.D. ... 15 0 Professor Wilson............................ 20 0 Professor David............................. 10 0 0
LIST OF THE STAINED GLASS WINDOWS,
WITH NAMES OF DONORS.
IN THE GREAT HALL.
WEST WINDOW.— Subject—Founders of Colleges at Oxford, viz. :Alfred the Great, University College, 872John Balliol, Balliol College, 1263Walter de Merton, Merton College, 1264Walter de Stapleton, Bishop of Exeter, Exeter College, 1314Queen Philippa, Queen's College, 1340William de Wykeham, Bishop of Winchester, New College, 1379Richard Fleming, Bishop of Lincoln, Lincoln College, 1427Archbishop Chichele, All Souls' College, 1437William of Waynftete, Bishop of Winchester, Magdale'i College, 1458William Smith. Bishop of Lincoln, Brasenose College, 1009Richard Fox, Bishop of Winchester, Corpus Christi College, 1516Cardinal Wolsey, Christ Church, 1546Queen Elizabeth, Jesus College, 1571Richard YVightwick, B.D., Pembroke College, 1624
Donor—Sm CHARLES NICHOLSON, BABT.
EAST WINDOW.—Subject—Founders of Colleges at Cambridge, viz. :Bishop H. de Balsham, Peterhouse, 1257Elizabeth de Clare, Clare Hall, 1326Mary de S. Paul, Pembroke College, 1347John Cains, M.D., Caius College, 1348Bishop Buteinan, Trinity Hall, 1350King Henry VI. King's College, 1441Queen Margaret of Anjou, Queen's College, 1448Robert Wodelark, D.D., St. Catharine's HaU, 1473Bishop Alcock, Jesus College, 1496Margaret, Countess of Richmond, Christ's and St. John's Colleges,
1505-1511Baron Audlev, Magdalen College, 1519King Henry VIlI., Trinity College, 1546Sir W. Mildway, Emmanuel College, 1584Countess of Sydney, Sydney Sussex College, 1594
L)OIiOr—¡SIR DANIEL COOPER, BART.
BAY WINDOW.— Subject—The line of English Sovereigns andtheir Consorts, from the Conquest.
Donor—J. H. CHALLIS ESQ.
Subjects.I.
BedeAlcuinusCaedmon
II.Roger BaconRobert GoatheadJohn Duns Scotus
III.ChaucerFortescueJames I. of Scotland
IV.Sir Thomas MoreEarl of SurreySpenser
V.Beaumont and FletcherShakespeareMassinger and Ford
VI.Sir Walter RaleighLord BaconSir P. Sydney
VII.HarveyMiltonSeiden
VIII.AddisonPopeDryden
IX.LoekeSir I. NewtonBoyle
X.BurkeDr. JohnsonGray
XI.Captain CookJudge BlackstoneDr. Black
Donors.
HENRY O'BRIEN, ESQUTRE
CHARLES NEWTON, ESQUIRE
EDWAKD KNOX, ESQUIRE
WILLIAM LONG, ESQUIRE
JOHN DOBIE, ESQUIRE
ROBERT FITZGERALD, ESQUIRE
A. MOSES, ESQUIRE
JOHN REEVE, ESQUIRE
THOMAS BARKER, ESQUIRE
HENRY AND ALFRED DENISON, ESQUIKES
THOMAS W. SMART, ESQUIRE
378 LIST OF STAINED GLASS WINDOWS.
LIST OF STAINED GLASS WINDOWS. 379
IN THE MEDICAL SCHOOL BUILDING.
UPPER WEST WINDOW—Vesalius,William' Harvey,Thos. Sydenham,H. Boerhaave,Haller,Morgagni,William Cullen,John Hunter,Eené Laennec.
Donor—MRS. AETHÜR RENWICK.
LOVER WEST WINDOW—Galen,Hippocrates,Aretseus.
Donor—JOHN HAERIS, ESQ.
EAST WINDOW—Bichard Bright,Edward Jenner,Sir James Simpson,James Syme,Sir B. E. Brodie,Sir Astley Cooper.
Donor—P. SYDNEY JONES, ESQ., M.D.
SOUTH WINDOW—Heraldic.
Donor—GEORGE BENNETT, ESQ., M.D.
LIST OF PORTEAITS, ETC.
IN THE GREAT HALL.
1. The HON. F. L. S. MEREWETHER, Fellow 1850-75, Vice-Chancellor 1854-62, Chancellor 1862-65.
Donors—Subscribers.2. THOMAS BARKER, ESQ. Prout.
Donor—Mrs. Barker.241. ARCHBISHOP POLDING, D.D., Fellow 1856-77. Jas. Anderson.
Donor g— Subscribers.242. JAMES SIACARTHUR, ESQ., Fellow 1850-60. Capalli, of
Rome.Donor—himself.
243. The HON. SIR ΛΥΠΛΙΑΛΤ Μ. MANNING, LL.D., elected Fellow1861, Chancellor of the University from 1878.
Sir J. Watson-Gordon, Jt. A., P.S.A.Donors— Subscribers.
6. REV. CANON ALLWOOD, Fellow 1855-86, Vice-Chancellor
1869-83. ' J. Anivitti.Donors— Subscribers.
7. REV. J. WOOLLEY, D. CL., Principal and Professor of Classics1852-66.
Donors—Subscribers.8. The HON. SIR CHARLES NICHOLSON, Bart., D.CL., M.D.,
LL.D., Fellow 1850-83, Vice-Chancellor 1851-54, Chan-cellor 1854-62. M. W. Phillips, H.A.Donors— Subscribers.
9. The Hon. SIR E. DEAS-THOMSON, C.B., K.C.H.G., Fellow1850-79, Chancellor 1865-78. Capalti, of Rome.
Donors—Subscribers.10. REV. CHARLES BADHAM, D.D., Professor of Classics, 1867-84.
J. Anivitti.Donors—Subscribers.
244. ALFRED DENISON, ESQ., Fellow 1857-60.Donor—himself.
245. Chief Justice 8IR FRANCIS FORBES. Mart.Donors—The Trustees of the Sydney College.
LISTS OF PORTRAITS, ETC. 381
13. JOHN HENEY CHALLIS, ESQ.Acquired by purchase.
14. Statue in Marble of WILLIAM CHAELES^WENTWOETH, ESQ.Tenerani, of Some.
Donors— Subscribers.
246. Statue in Marble of JOHIV HENRY CHALLIS, ESQ. Simonetii.Acquired by purchase.
247. Statue in Plaster of Paris of CAPTAIN COOK.
IN THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
1. MAUEICE ALEXANDER, ESQ.Donor—Mrs. Alexander.
2. CAPTAIN HOVELL.Donor—Mrs. Hovell.
3. J. H. CHALLIS, ESQ.Donor—Edye Manning, Esq.
4. Bust in Marble of the HON. Sir E. DEAS-THOMSON.Odoardo Fantacchiotti.
Donors—Subscribers.
5. Bust in Marble of DE. HELENUS SCOTT. W. Behnes.
Donors—-His Sons.
A LIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRAEY,APEIL, 1892, TO MAECH, 1893.
Note.—Books, etc., marked (*) were presented to the Library in pursuance ofSections 5, 6 and 7 of the " Copyright Act, 1879."
Transactions and proceedings of Societies, etc. DONORS.ADELAIDE—Transactions and Proceedings and Report of the
Royal Society of South Australia. Vol. XV., Part 2 ;Vol. XVI., Part 1. 8vo.....................................................The Society.
AUSTRALASIA—Report of the Third Meeting of the Australa-sian Association for the Advancement of Science,1891. 8vo..................................................... Ditto.
BIRMINGHAM—Proceedings of the Birmingham PhilosophicalSociety. Vol. VII., Part 2. Svo.................................... Ditto.
CAMBRIDGE—Transactions of the Cambridge PhilosophicalSociety. Vol. XV., Part 3. 4to. .'....................... Ditto.Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society.Vol. VIL, Part 2. 8vo...................................................... Ditto.
CHILE — Verhandlungen des deutschen wissenschaftlichenVereins Band IL, Heft 3. 8vo.................................... Ditto.
CORDOBA —Boletín de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias.Tomo X., Entrega 4a. ; Tomo XI., Entrega 4a. 8vo. Ditto.
DUBLIN—Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society. Vol. IV.,Parts 9-13. 4to. ................................................. Ditto.Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society. Vol. VII.,Parts 3-4. 8vo................................................................ Ditto.Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol.XXIX., Parts 18 and 19; Vol. XXX., Parts 1 and2. 4to............................................................ Ditto.Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. ThirdSeries. Vol. II., Parts 1-3. 8vo....................................· Ditto.Cunningham Memoirs. Nos. I-VII. 4to. .. Ditto.Irish Manuscript Series. Vol. II., Part 1. ..Todd Lecture Series. Vols. I. (Part 1), II. (Part 2),III. and IV. 8vo. .............................................. Ditto.List of Papers in the Transactions, CunninghamMemoirs and Irish Manuscript Series. 4to. .. Ditto.
EDINBURGH—Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh.Vols. XXXV. (Parts 2-4), XXXVI. (Parts 1-3). 4to. Ditto.Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh.Vol. XVTII. 8vo........................................................... Ditto.
LONDON—Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society.Vol. CLXXXII. 4to........................................................ Ditto.Proceedings of the Royal Society. Vol. L. (Nos.304-7), Vol. LI., Vol. LII. (Nos. 315-318). 8vo.. Ditto
LIST OF DONATIONS TO LIBBARY. 383DOXORS.
LONDON—Proceedings of the Rojal Geographical Society,March, 1892, to December, 1892. 8vo..........................The Society.The Geographical Journal (including the Proceed-ings of the Royal Geographical Society), January,February, 1892. 8vo........................................... .. Ditto.Minutes and Proceedings of the Institution of CivilEngineers. Vols. CVII-CX. 8vo.. ..' .. Ditto.Brief Subject-Index. Vols. 59-110. 8vo.................... Ditto.
MONTREAL—Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Societyof Canada. Vol. IX. 4to.......................................... Ditto.
SYDNEY—Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N. S. Wales.Vols. VI. (Parts 2-4), VII. (Parts 1-3). 8vo. .. Ditto.Minutes and Proceedings of the Engineering Insti-tute of N. S. Wales. Vol. VII. 8vo. .. .. Ditto.Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society ofN. S. Wales. Vols. XXV., XXVI. 8vo.................... Ditto.
TOKYO— Transactions of the Seismological Society of Japan.VoLXVI. 8vo............................................................. Ditto.
WASHINGTON—(Smithsonian Institution) : Miscellaneous Col-lections. Nos. Λ94, 663, 785. 8vo............................ Ditto.Contributions to Knowledge. No. 801. Polio .. Ditto.Report, 1890. 8vo.......................................................... Ditto.Report U. S. National Museum, 1889. 8vo. .. Ditto.Bureau of Ethnology : Contributions to NorthAmerican Ethnology. Vol. VI. 4to. .. .. Ditto.Omaha and Pinka Letters. By J. O Dorsey. 8vo. Ditto.Catalogue of Pre-historic Works, East of the RockyMountains. 8vo. .. .. .. .. .. Ditto.Bibliography of the Algonquian Languages. 8vo. Ditto.
WEIXINOTON—Transactions of the New Zealand Institute.Vol. 24. 8vo......................................................... ".. Ditto.
*Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales. Vols. II. (Part
12 and Index), III. (Parts 1-12), IV. (Part 1). 8vo.*Brewer (F. C): Drama and Music in New South Wales.
8vo......................................................................*Coghlan (T. A.) : Statistical Account of the Seven Colonies
of Australasia. 8vo. ..*Cohen (P.) : Marine Fish and Fisheries of New South
Wales. 8vo. ...*Despeissis (J. A.) : Silos, Ensilage and Silage. Svo.*Dowling (E.): Australia and America in 1892. 8vo.*Franklin (F. A.) : Description of the Upper Ganges Canal
c and the Systems of Irrigation in India. 8vo.*Fraeer (J.) : Aborigines of New South Wales. 8vo.*Gill (W. W.) : The South Pacific and New Guinea. 8vo..*Hanson (W.) ': Geographical Encyclopœdia of New South
Wales. 8vo................................................................. ....
*Hawkesworth (A.) : Raw Wools and Specimens to illustrate
the use of Wool. 8vo.
GovernmentPrinter.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
384 LIST OF DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
*Hill (E.) and Thornton : Notes on the Aborigines of NewSouth Wales. 8vo..........................................................
*Keating (J. T.) and--------------: Cases determined in theLaud Court of New South Wales. Vols. I. (Parts 4and 5), II. (Parts 1, 3, 4, and 6). Svo............................
*King (P. G.) : Comments on Cook's Log. Svo.
•Laws and Begula'tions to be observed in the Harbour ofPort Jackson. 8vo.
*Maiden (J. H.) : Bibliography of Australian EconomicBotany. Part I. Svo.
«New South Wales. Statistical Register for 1S91. Svo. ..---------Records of the Geological Survey. Vols. II. (Part 4),
III. (Parts 1-2). 4to. .....................................
«O'Sullivan (E. W.) : Social, Industrial, Political and Co-operative Associations in New South Wales. Twocopies. Svo.
*Pastoral Leases, showing the dates upon which the rentsare payable, 1891-2. 8vo. ..
*Pulsford (E.) : Rise, Progress and Present Position of Com-merce ir. New South Waleä. Svo. ..
*Report on the Department of Charitable Institutions ofNew South Wales, 1891. Svo.......................................
*Royal Geographical Society of Australasia. Proceedings,1892. Vol. V., No. 4. 8vo. .........................
*Russell (H. C.) : Physical Geography and Climate of NewSouth Wales. 2nd Ed. 8vo.
*State Children's Relief Department. Report, 1892. Svo.*Threlkeld (L. E.) : An Australian Language as spoken by
the Awabakal. Svo. ..^United Service Institution of New South Wales. Journal
and Proceedings. Vol. III. Svo. ..* Vivian (W. H.) : Report of the Tasmanien Exhibition,
1891-2. 8vo................................................"Volunteer Act, Regulations, Orders of Dress, etc. 12mo..* Warren (W. H.) : A ustraliau Timbers. 8vo.Behagel (Otto) : Short Historical Grammar of the German
Language. Translated by E. Trechmann. Svo. Macmillan&Co.Biblia Sacra : Book of Judges : Notes, etc. : Black. 2 copies Ditto.Csesar (C. Julius) : De Bello Civili Commentarioium I. :
Notes, etc.: Montgomery.. 18nio.. .. ..Ditto.Catalogue : Bibliographical Catalogue of Macmillan and Co.'s
Publications. 1S43-89. 8vo. .. · .. ..Ditto.
Cicero (M. T.) : Cicero in his Letters : Notes: Tyrrell. 8vo. Ditto.Corneille (P.) : Polyeucte: Introduction, etc.: Braunholtz.
2 copies. Svo.. .. .. .. .. .. Ditto.
Dawson (G. M.) and Sutherland : Elementary Geography ofthe British Colonies. 8vo. .. .. .. . ·Ditto.
Euclides: Book I. : Notes: Lock. 8vo. .. .. ;. Ditto.---------Books I. and II. : Notes: Richardson. 8vo. ..Ditto.Euripides: Medea: Notes, etc. : Bayfield. 12mo. .. .. Ditto.Eutropius : Books I. and H. : Notes, etc. : Duffield. 12mo. Ditto.
D0S0E3.Government
Printer.
Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.
Messrs.
LIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 385DONORS.
Fasnacht (G. E.) : French Readings for Children. 18mo. . .Mâcmillan&Co.---------Macmillan's French Composition. Second Course.
8vo....................... .. .. .... .. Ditto.Fessenden (C. E.) : Elements of Physics. 8vo. .. .. Ditto.Gray (T.) : Poems : Notes : Bradshaw. 8vo .. .. .. Ditto.Hall (H. S.) and Knight : Algebra for Beginners. 8vo. .. Ditto.Hunter (H. St. J.) : Decimal Approximations. 8vo. .. Ditto.Jarman (J. A.) : Algebraic Factors. 8vo. .. .. .. Ditto.Johnson (S.) : Life of Milton : Notes : Deighton. 8vo. .. Ditto.Jones (D. E.) : Elementary Lessons in Heat, Light and
Sound: ' 8vo. ..- .. .. : .. .. ..Ditto.
---------Lessons in Heat and Light, 8vo, .. .. ..------Ditto.Kellner (L.): Historical Outlines of English Syntax. 8vo.. Ditto.Levett (R.) and Davison : Elements of Plane Trigonometry.
8vo.................................................................................. Ditto.Livius (T.) : Book I. : Notes, etc. : Alford. 12mo.. .. Ditto.---------Selections from Books V. and VI. : Notes, etc. :
Laming. 12mo. .. ,. .. .. .. Ditto.
Lock (J. B.) : Mechanics for Beginners. Part I. Dynamicsand Statics. 8vo. .. .. .. .. ..
Ditto.Loewy (B.) : Graduated Course of Natural Science. Part II.
8vo. .. ., .. .. .. .. ..Ditto.
Nail (G. H.) : Easy Exercises in Rutherford's First GreekSyntax. 12mo.. .. .. .. .. ..
Ditto.Parker (T. J.) : Lessons in Elementary Biologv. 8vo. .. Ditto.Plautus (T. M.) : Captivi : Notes : Hallidie. "Svo........................ Ditto.Ponsard (F.) : Charlotte Corday. 8vo. ..................... Ditto.Poquelin de Molière (J. B.): Les Précieuses Ridicules : Notes:
Fasnacht. 8vo. .. .. .. ... .. Ditto.Richardson (A. T.) : Graduated Mathematical Exercises.
Second Series. 8vo. .. .. .. .. ..Ditto.
Scott (Sir "W.): Lay of the Last Minstrel: Notes: Stuart.8vo.................................................................................. Ditto.
Shakespeare (W.) : King Lear : Notes: Deighton. 8vo. .. Ditto.---------Antony and Cleopatra : Notes: Deighton. 8vo..Ditto.----—— Coriolanus : Notes : Deighton. 8vo. .. ..---Ditto.---------Hamlet : Notes : Deighton. 8vo- .. .. ..-------Ditto.Smith (Barnard) : Arithmetic : Hudson. 8vo. .. .. Ditto.Smith (F. C.) : Introduction to Commercial German. 8vo.. Ditto.Spectator : Selections from the Spectator : Deighton. 8vo.. Ditto.Storm (J.) : French Dialogues. Intermediate Course. 8vo. Ditto.Tennyson (A.) : Gareth and Lynette : · Macaulay. 8vo. .. Ditto.Thucydides : Book II. : Notes : Marchant. 8vo.......................... Ditto.---------Book V. : Notes; Graves. 8vo. .. .. ..---------Ditto.---------Book VIII. : Notes : Tucker. 8vo. .. ..---------Ditto.Tout (T. F.) : Short Analysis of English History. 8vo. .. Ditto.Virgilius (P.) : Bucólica: Notes and Vocab. : Page. ISmo Ditto.Xenophon : Anabasis : Book V. : Nail. 12mo. .. .. Ditto.Bacon (Francis, Lord) : Essays : Introduction, etc. : Lewis, Messrs.
8vo. .. ·.. .. .. .. .. ..Collins Bros.
Campbell (Thomas) : Pleasures of Hope : Notes. 8vo. .. Ditto.Cowper (W.) : The Task·: Book I. : Notes. Svo.......................... Ditto.
Z
386 JLIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY.DONOES.
Messrs.Collins Bros.
Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.TheUniversity.GovernmentAstronomer.Art (L') de verifier des Dates, des Faits historiques, des Chartes, T. Hughes,
des Chroniques et anciens Monumens, etc. .. .. Esq.Auckland Institute and Museum. Annual Report, 1892-3.. The Institute.*Australasian Federal Pastoral Directory. List of Stock- The
owners. .. .. ., .. .. .. .. Publishers.
* Australasian Independent Year Book and Calendar, 1S93
8vo...................................................................................* Australasian Medical Directory, 1892. 8vo.'Australasian Medical Gazette, 1893. Nos. 1-4. 8vo.Australian Museum : Records. Vol. II, Nos. 1-4. 8vo. ..
8vo...Notes.Fleay (F. G.) : Introduction to Shakespearian StudyGoldsmith (O.) : Traveller and the Deserted Village
8vo. .............................................Gray (T.) : Odes and Elegy : Notes. 8vo.Marlow (C.) : Edward II. : Introduction and Notes
Svo. .. .........................................Milton (J.) : Paradise Lost : Books I., II., X. : Notes--------- Samson Agonistes : Notes. 8vo.---------Comus and Sonnets : Notes. Svo. ..---------Paradise Lost : Books I. and II. : Comus
Il Penseroso, L'Allegro : Notes : David.Pope (A.) : Essay on Man : Notes. 8vo. ....Scott (Sir W.) : Lady of the Lake: Cantos I., II. and V.
Notes. 8vo.---------Lay of the Last Minstrel : Notes. 8voShakespeare (W.) : As you like it : Notes : Neil.--------- Hamlet : Notes : Neil. 8vo.---------Julius Caesar : Notes: Neil. Svo. ..---------HenryV.: Notes: Neil. Svo.---------Henry VIII. : Notes : Lawson. 8vo.---------King John : Notes : Fleay. Svo. ..---------KiugLear: Notes: Kemshead. 8vo.--------- Richard II. : Notes : Morris. 8vo.--------- Richard III. : Notes : Lawson. Svo.---------Macbeth: Notes: Neil. 8vo.---------Merchant of Venice : Notes : Morris. 8vo.---------Midsummer Night's Dream : Notes: Neil.--------- Romeo and Juliet : Notes: Neil. Svo.---------Tempest : Notes : Morris. Svo.Wordsworth (W.) : Lyrical Ballads : Notes. 8vo.---------Excursion : Books I. and III. : Notes. 8vo.Aachen (Königliche Technische Hochschule) : Die Uebergabedes Rectorates am Ersten Juli, 1892. 8vo...Adelaide Observatory: Meteorological Observations, 1890.FoHo
Fleay.
8
vo.: Lycidas.
8vo.8vo...
Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.The Trustees.Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.
Ditto.The Publishers.. T. Reid, Esq.
---------Catalogue No 15. Shells. Part II. 8vo.---------Catalogue No. 16. Australian Mammals. 8vo...---------Report of the Trustees, 1891. Folio--------- Australian Lepidoptera. By A. W. Scott. Vol. Π.
Part 3. Folio. .. .'. .......................................* Australian Photographic Journal. Nos. 1-4. 4to...^Banking : Popular Manual of Banking. 8vo.
LIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 3*7DoNOBS.
Bergbohm (J.) : Neue Integrationsmethoden. Svo.. .. The Author.-----------Neue Rechnungsmethoden der höheren Mathematik.
8vo.................................................................................. Ditto.Bichat (X.) : Anatomie générale. 4 Tom. 8vo. .. Dr. C. J. Martin.Birmingham : Thirtieth Annual Report of the Free Libraries
Committee. 8vo. .. .. .. ., ..The Librarian.
*Bland (W.) : Account of^the duel between W. Bland and Messrs.Robert Case. 4to. .. .. .. .. Angus & Robertson.
sBond (C. G.) : Cast away, and other Poems. 8vo. .. The Publishers.British Museum : Catalogue of Birds. Vols. XVI., XVII.,
XX. 8vo..................................................................... The Trustees.
---------Catalogue of Marathi and Gujarati Printed Books.4to................................................................................... Ditto.
---------Catalogue of Greek Sculpture. Vol. I. 8vo. ..-------Ditto.British New Guinea.: Annual Reports on British New Guinea, Sir W. Mac-
1888-9, 1890-91. Folio .................... gregor, K.C.M.G.
*Broinowski (G.) : Birds of Australia. Vols. I. (Nos. ô-7), TheTV. (Nos. 1-6), V. (Nos. 1-6), VI. (Nos. 1-6). Folio Publishers.
*Bromley (F.) : List of Stockowners and Licensees in theColony of New South Wales. 4to. .. .. .. Ditto.
Brown and Sharpe : Practical Treatise ou Gearing. 8vo. .. Ditto.---------Formulas in Gearing. 8vo. ,. .. .. .. Ditto.Calendar : Programm der königliche Technischen Hochschule The
zu Aachen, 1892-93. 8vo................................. ......................................................................Universitv.
-------The Aberdeen University Calendar, 1892-3. Svo..-------Ditto. "
---------Calendar of . University College, Bangor, North
Wales. 1892-3. 8vo.................................................. Ditto.--------Registerof the University of California, 1891-2. 8vo.--------Ditto.---------Register of the Cornell University, 1891-2. 8vo..---------Ditto.-------— Calendar of the Royal University of Ireland, 1892.
8vo........................ ... .. ........................... Ditto.---------Calendar of the Dalhousie College and University,
Halifax, 1892-3. 8vo.................................................... Ditto.------— Calendar of the University of Edinburgh, 1892-3.
8vo.................................................................................. Ditto.---------The Glasgow University Calendar, 1892-3. 8vo...---------Ditto.---------Register of the Johns Hopkins University, 1890-1.
8vo....................................................................... .. Ditto.:--------London University Calendar, 1892-3. 8vo. ..-------Ditto.---------Calendar of the Royal College of Surgeons of
England, 1892. 8vo...................................................... Ditto.--------Calendar of Trinity College, London, 1892-3. 8vo.--------Ditto.--------- Calendar of the McGiU College and University,
Montreal, 1892-3. 8vo. ..... .. · .. Ditto.---------Calendar of the University of Melbourne, 1892.
2 copies. 8vo. .. ................. .. Ditto.----■--- Calendar of the Auckland University College
(University of New Zealand), 1893. 2 copies. 8vo. Ditto.-----------Calendar of the Canterbury College (University of
New Zealand), 1893. 2 copies. Svo....................... Ditto.---------Annuario della R. Università degli Studi, 1891-2,
di Padova. 8vo. ............................................ Ditto.
388 LIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBKARY.DONORS.
Calendar of the Imperial University of Japan, 1890-1,1891-92. 8vo......... ..............................University.
---------Calendar of the University of Toronto, 1892-93.8vo................................................................................... Ditto.
--------- Calendar of the Victoria University, 1S92. 8vo. .. Ditto.California University : Annual Announcement of Courses of
Instruction, 1S92-3. 8vo............................................. Ditto.Canada : Geological Survey. Catalogue of Canadian Plants.
Part VI. 8vo................................................................The Director.---------Report of the Geological and Natural Historv
Survey, Vol. IV. (Part D, Part N.) 8vo. .". Ditto.*Carter (H. J.) : Junior Mathematical Papers. 8vo. .. Ditto."Challenger" Expedition: Reports. Deep Sea Deposits. J. Murray,
4to ........................................................................ Esq.Chicago : Preliminary Publications and Announcements of
the World's Congress Auxiliary. 8vo. .. .. The Secretary.Chloroform : Report of the Hyderabad Chloroform Commis-
sion. 4to. .. .. .. .. .. ,. The Secretary.
---------Tracing of Experiments of the Hyderabad Chloro-form Commission, 1889. Folio. .. .. .. Ditto.
*Clarke (A.) : Simple Treatise on Spectacles and DefectiveVision. Svo. .. .. ... .. .. .. The Author.
*Cockshott (H.M.) and Lamb : Digest of Cases decided in theSupreme Court of N. S. "Wales, 1884-91. Svo. . .The Publishers.
Colonial Museum : Twenty-sixth Annual Report of theColonial Museum and Laboratory. Svo. .. .. The Director.
Cornell University : Question Papers used at Examinationsfor Admission, etc., 1889-90-91. 8vo. .. The University.
--------- Courses of Instruction, 1892-3. Svo. .... Ditto.--------- The General and Technical Courses. Svo... .. Ditto.---------Christian Association of the Cornell University. Svo. Ditto.---------Library Bulletin. 8vo. .. .. .. .. Ditto.»Courier Australien. Nos. 1,4-12,14-20,22-44,46-52. Fol. The PubHshers.Dendy (A.) and Lucas : Introduction to the Study of Botany.
8vo. ,.......................................................................... Ditto.^Deutsch Australische Post. Nos, 1-2. Folio .. .. Ditto.Dublin : Examination Papers of the Boyal University of The
Ireland. 8vo. .. .. .. .. .. .. University.*Dunn (J.) : The Lightning Timber Calculator. 8vo. .. The Author.Egypt Exploration, Festival Hall of Osorkon II. By E.
Naville. 4to. .. . . . . . .. .. .. The Secretary.
Elyard (S.) : Scenery of Shoalhaven (Photographs). 4to. .. The Author.Florence: Bolletino delle Publicazioni italiane, etc., 1886-92. Biblioteca
8vo............. .. .. .. .. .. .. Nazionale.
---------Elenco delle Publicazioni Periodiche recevute dellaBiblioteca, 1891. 8vo. ..................................... Ditto.
France : Les Statuts et Privilèges des Universités Françaises. TheTome II. (Première Partie). 4to. .. .. .. Government.
--------ChartulariumUniversitatisParisiensis. Tome I.-II.(Part l). 4to.................................................................... Ditto.
Horsfield (T.) : Zoological Researches in Java. 4to... [ ^- Beí?í?·
LIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRAKT. 389DONORS,
Hunter (J.) : Treatise on the Blood. 4to........................... j ^rtbfIllustrated Sydney News—April, 1892-March, 1893. Fol. The Pablishers."India: Epigraphia Indica. Parts 9-11, 4to. .. .. Govt, of India.--------- Mete* irolofrieal Department. Monthly Weather
Review — June, July, Sept.-Dec. (1891) ; Jan,-May, Aug. Sept. (1892). Folio...................................... Ditto.
-------- Meteorological Memoirs. Vol. V., Parts 1-2. Fol. Ditto.--------- Report on .Preparations for and Observations of
the Transit of Venus. 4to. .. .. .. .. Ditto.--------- South Indian Inscriptions. Vol. II., Part I. 4to. Ditto.---------■ Monumental Antiquities and Inscriptions of the
N. W. Provinces and Oudh. 4to. .. .. .. Ditto.*James (H.A.) : Australian Horticulture. Part 12. 4to. The Publishers.Johns Hopkins University : University Circulars. Nos. 95-6,
98-101. 4to........................................ The University.
--------- Studies in Historical and Political Science. NinthSeries, III.-VI , IX.-XII. ; Tenth Series, I. ; ExtraVols. VII. and IX. 8vo................................................ Ditto.
--------. Twenty-two Dissertations for the Degree of Doctorof Philosophy. 8vo. ., .. .. ,. ., Ditto.
----------Sixteenth AnnualReport of the President, 1891. 8vo. Ditto.---------Proceedings of the Second Annual Convention of
the College Association of the Middle States andMaryland. 8vo. .. .. .. .. .. Ditto.
---------The Yazoo Land Companies. By C. H. Haskina.8vo. -........................................................ .. .. Ditto.
•-------- Higher Education in Indiana. By J. A. Wood-burn. 8vo. .. .·. .. .. .. .. Ditto.
Johns Hopkins Hospital: Bulletins. Vol. III., Nos. 20, 22,23, 26. 4to...................................................The Secretary.
Liverpool : Report of the Free Public Library, Museum andWalker Art Gallery, 1891. 8vo, . .· .. . .The Librarian.
.Liversidge (A.): On Some New South Wales and otherMinerals (Note 6). Svo..............................................The Author.
London : Transactions of the Zoological Society. Vol. G. Bennett,
I.-XII , Vol. XIII. (Parts 1-4). 4to................................. Esq.---------Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1832-91,
1892 (Parts 1-3). Svo.................................. Ditto.Lutoslawski (W.) : Logice Platona¿ 8vo .. .. .. Ditto.*McCallum (M.) : George MereditË. A Lecture. 8vo. The Publishers.
. Macfarlane (Prof.) : Principles of tho Algebra of Physics. 8vo. The Author.
.*McIntyTe (W. D.) :.Manual of the Law of Real Property.8vo....................................................................... The Publishers.
Manchester (Public Free Library) : Annual (40th) Report onthe Working of the Public Free Library. 8vo. .. The Librarian.
--------—· Address on the Moral Influence of Free Libraries.By A. Ireland. .. .. .. .. ,. .. Ditto.
Melbourne (Public Library) : Three New Hebrides Languages.By D. Macdonald. 8vo. ................................ Ditto.
--------- South Sea Languages. Vol. II. By D. Macdonald.8vo................................................................................... Ditto.
390 .LIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY.D0X"RS.
Melbourne University : Matriculation Examination Papers.November, 1892. ' .. .. .. ..
. .The Librarian.Milton (J.) : The Fall of Satan (Selections from Paradise
Lost). By A. B.Piddinglon. 8vo. ..The
Publishers.*Mullens (G. L.) : Register of Administrations of Anaesthetics.
4to.....................................................................................«Nathan (S.) : "Weather Forecast, 1893. Sheet...............................Nebraska (University of) : Fifth Annual Report of the Agri-cultural Experiment Station, 1891. 8vo. ..----!------Bulletin of the Agricultural Experiment Station.
Vol. V., ArI. 1. 8vo..................... .........................."New South Wales : Department of Mines. Annual Report,
1891. Folio........................................---------: ---------- Records of the Geological Survey. Vol.
II., Part 4 ; Vol. III., Part 1. 4to. ..---------: --------— Palieontological Memoirs. No. 5, Part 2.
4to............................. ..........................---------Board of Health. Report of the Epidemic of
Influenza in New South Wales, 1890. Folio .. The Secretary.----------- Legislative Assembly. Votes and Proceedings,
1S91 (2 vols.), 1S91-2 (S vols.) ; Plans (1890) .. The Clerk.
---------Municipal Directory, 1892.....................---------The Publishers.Oxford University : Operative Treatment of Bronohocele. Board of
By W. J. Ί urrell. Svo.........................................................................................Faculties.
Pew (A.) : The Cheapest Railroad in the World. 8vo. .. The Author.Queensland Museum : Annals of the Queensland Museum.
No. 2*Rawson (Mrs.) : Australian Poultry Book. 8vo.«Redman (F. W.) : Decay of the Teeth. (Pamphlet)*Roberts (J. H.) : The Arithmetic Book superseded ..Sadler (R. ): Vox Clamantis. 4to.Sawyer (Sir J.) : Contributions to Practical Medicine.*Scott (J.) : How to become quick at Figures. 8vo...*Scribner's Magazine, 1892 (Nos. 3-5), 1893 (No. 2).*Selby (R. T.) : Social Science. 12mo.South Australia : Proceedings of Parliament. 4 vols.
Acts of Parliament, 1891. 4to.---------Report of the Board of Governors of the Public
Library, Museum and Art Gallery, 1892. Folio .. The Secretary.*Spectator : Sir Roger de Coverley. Edited by A.
dington. Svo. ..*Squatters' and Sheep-Breeders' Handbook. Svo.*Sydney Daily Telegraph for 1892. Folio«Sydney Directory, 1893. 8vo.................................»Sydney Mail, April, 1892, to March, 1892. Folio*Sydney Morning Herald, Jan-Sept., 1892. Folio
Ditto.The Author.
The Director.
Ditto.
The Minister.
Ditto.
Ditto.
The Trustees.The Publishers.Ditto.Ditto... The Author.8vo... Ditto.Ditto.8vo. The Publishers... The Author.Folio Govt. Printer.Ditto.
B. Pid-The Publishers.. E. Way, Esq.The Publishers.
Ditto.Ditto.Ditto.
Sydney Observatory : Besultsof Rain, River and Evaporation Government
Observations made in N. S. Wales, 1890, 1891. Svo. Astronomer.--------■— Results of Meteorological Observations made in
New South Wales, 1889, 1890. 8vo.............................. Ditto.
—------The Star Camera at the Sydney Observatory. 4to. Ditto.
LIST OJF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 391D0Ï0B8.
Sydney Observatory : Notes on the Rate of Growth of some GovernmentAustralian Trees. By H. C. Russell. 8vo. .. Astronomer.
----·- - - Preparations now being made for the PhotographicChart of the Heavens. By H. C. Russell. Svo. .. Ditto.
---------A Cyclonic Storm or Tornado in the GwydirDistrict. By H. C. Russell. 8vo............................. Ditto.
---------Physical Geography and Climate of New SouthWales. By H. C. Russell. 8vo............................... Ditto.
---------Diagrams of Isothermal Lines of N. S. "Wales. 8vo. Ditto.Sydney Quarterly Magazine. Vol. IX., No. 2. 8vo. The Publishers.Tebbutt(J.): Reportof Mr. Tebbutt'sObservatory, 1891. 8vo. The Author.—------Results of Observations of Wolf's Comet (II.) 1891,
Swift's Comet (I.) 1892, and Winnecke's PeriodicalComet 1892. 8vo............................................................. Ditto.
--------On the Comet in the Constellation Andromeda. 8vo. Ditto.Threlkeld (L. E.) : Australian Grammar. 8vo. . .. Rev.W.W.Gill.--------- Key to Aboriginal Language. Svo. .. .. Ditto.Tokyo : Journal of the College of Science, Imperial Univer-
sity of Japan. Vol V., Parts 1-3. 4to. .. .. The Director.Town and Country Journal, April, 1892, to March, 1893.
Folio ....................................................................The Publishers.*Trades Directory of City of Sydney and Suburbs, 8vo. . .Mr.C. S. Noice.United States : Bureau of Education. Report of the Com- The
misioner of Education, 1888-9. 2 vols. 8vo. .. Commissioner,-----------Department of Agriculture. North American
Eauna. No. 5. 8vo, .. .. .. .. The Director.
--------Coast and Geodetic Survey. Report of the Superin- Thetendent, 1890. 4to. .. .. .. .. Superintendent.
-------- Bulletin. Mo. 25. 4to. .. .. '.. .. Ditto.Vermont University : Bibliography of G. P. Marsh. Svo. The University.«Veterinary Tablet. (Sheet).........................................................The Publisher.Victoria: Year-Book, 1891)-1 (Vol. II.), 1892 (Vol. I.) 8vo. Govt. Statist.-----------Report of the Secretary for Mines, 1891. Folio .. The Minister.-------- Report of the Minister of Public Instruction,
1891-2. Folio............................................... Ditto.Woolcock (J. L.) and Scott : Acts and Rules relating to the
District Court (Queensland). 8vo. .. .. .. The Authors.
Yale University : Report of the President, 1891. 8vo. The University.-------- Noah Porter, D.D., LL.D. By Prof. Dwight. 8vo. Dito.Yale University Observatory : Report, 1891-92. 8vo. ..The Secretary.-----------Transactions. Vol. I., Parts 3-4. 4to. .. .. Ditto.
REPOETOF THE
SENATE OF THE UNIVERSITYFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 1892.
1. The Senate of the University of Sydney, in pursuance ofthe Act of Incorporation, 14 Victoria No. 31, has the honour totransmit the account of its proceedings during the year 1892, forthe information of His Excellency the Governor and theExecutive Council.
2. Out of a total of 194 candidates who presented themselves.for the ordinary Matriculation Examination in March, 124qualified themselves for matriculation. In addition to thisnumber, 22 passed the Senior Public Examination, and 119 theJunior Public Examination, in the subjects prescribed formatriculation, and 35 passed the equivalent MatriculationExamination for. solicitors' articled clerks. For the MarchEntrance Examination for the Faculties of Medicine and Scienceand the Department of Engineering there were 16 candidates,of whom 7 were successful.
3. The following are the numbers of students who presentedthemselves and passed successfully in the various UniversityExaminations held in December, 1891, and March, 1892 :—
FACULTY OF ABTS.Candidates. Passed.
First Year Examination .. .. .. 146 108Second Tear Examination .. .. 102 82Third Year Examination.. .. .. 48 42
27 evening students, in addition to those included above ashaving passed in the whole of their respective examinations,passed in individual subjects at the various yearly examinations.
FACULTY OP LAW.Candidates. Passed.
Intermediate Examination* .. .. 14 12Final Examination .. .. .. 4 4
* Several of the students in this^Faculty are re-enumerated under the Faculty ofArts, having taken the Intermediate" Examination in Law as part of their B.A,Examination.
EJEPORT OF THE SENATE OF THE UNIVERSITY. 393
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.Îidates Passed.26 1523 1117 152 17 76 55 34 4 Cam
First ExaminationSecond Professional Examination .. ..Third Professional Examination ..
D FACULTY OF SCIENCE.First Year ExaminationSecond Year Examination
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.First Year ExaminationSecond Year ExaminationThird Year Examination..4. The following are the numbers of matriculated students
attending lectures in the various Faculties during the year :—Faculty of Arts, 372, including 120 evening students; Facultyof Law. 34 ; Faculty of Medicine, 95 ; Faculty of Science, 20 ;Department of Engineering, 19; total, 540. Iu addition to theabove the day lectures were attended by 19, and the eveninglectures by 39 non-matriculated students. The total number ofstudents for the year was thus, 598. The numbers of womenstudents included in the above are as follows :—Faculty of Arts,91 ; Faculty of Medicine, 7 ; Faculty of Science, 1 ; total, 99.
5. The following Degrees were conferred after exami-nation :—
Master of Arts ÍM.A.) :—Christopher John Brennan, B.A. ;Nicholas John Cock, B.A. ; Matilda Meares, B. A. ; DonaldMurray, B.A. ; John-Hunter Stephenson, B.A. ; JohnAlexander Watt, B.A. ; Minnie F. Wearne, B. A.
Bachelor of Arte (B.A.) : William Addison Smyth Anderson,Ruth Bowrraker, William Edmund Byrne, John Counellan,Clarence Hudson Cooke, Charles Craig, William JohnCreagh, John Michael Edmunds, George Ernest Flannery,James Froude Flashman, Edward William Ί hecdore Gerber,Aubrey Halloran, John Harris, Charles Howard Helsham,Alfred Theodore Huggart, Robert Matthew Kidston, SamuelLasker, John Main, Francis Worthington Mannell, WilliamErnest Manning, Hyam Marks,William ArchibaldAlexanderMaze, William Frazer McManamey, Thomas Henry DistinMorgan, James Egan Moulton, Broughton Barnabas O'Conor,Hubert de Burgh O'Reilly, William Arthur Parker, JohnBeverley Peden, Joseph Abraham Ralph Perkins, JamesProsper Pickburn, Arthur James Prentice, Frederick VicaryPratt, William James Rooney, Graham Ford Rutier, WilliamTrotinan Seaward, Henry Giles Shaw, Reginald Sulliyan,William Tighe. Frederick Percy Woodwaid, Ernest Wootton,James Leslie Williams, Ella Wilson.
394 REPORT OF TBGE
Doctor of Laws (LL.D.) :—James Napoleon Manning, M.A.,LL.B.
Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) :—Herbert Raine Curlewis, B.A. ;Arthur James Kelynack, B.A. ; Sydney Mack, B.A. ; JohnMeilion, M.A.
Bachelor of Medicine (M.B.) :—Frederick Challands, Cyril ErnestCorlette, Robert Dick, Reginald Freshney, Charles Herbert'Essery Lawes, John Patrick Daunt Leahy, Henry Lister,Herbert Lethington Maitland, Benjamin Armitage Newell,Joseph Park, Frederick John Thomas Sawkins, FrederickCharles Seymour Shaw, Frank Tidswell.
Master of Surgery (Ch.M.) :—Frederick Challands, Cyril ErnestCorlette, Robert Dick, Reginald Freihney, Charles HerbertEssery Lawes, John Patrick Daunt Leahy, Heniy Lister,Herbert Lethington Maitland, Benjamin Armitage Newell,Joseph Park, Frederick John Thomas Sawkins, FrederickCharles Seymour Shaw, Frank Tidswell.
Master of Engineering (M.E.) :—James Vicars, B.E.Bachelor of Engineering (B.E.) :—
Samuel Henry Barraclough,Norman John Campbell MacTaggart, James Waller Roberts,Charles Thomas Stephens.
6. The following Graduates of other Universities wereadmitted ad eundem graduni, in accordance with the provisions ofthe "Ad Mindern Degrees Act," 44 Victoria No. 22 :—
Master of Arts (M.A.):—Bella Halloran (nie G-uérin;, M.A.,Melbourne ; Louisa Macdonald, M.A., London.
Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) :—Michael John Lyden, M.D.,Queen's College, Ireland; Wahab McMurray, M.D., Queen'sUniversity, Ireland.
248. The total number of Degrees conferred during the yearwas thus 90, divided as follows :—M.A., 9 ; B.A., 43 ; LL.D., 1 ;LL.B., 4; M.D., 2; M.B., 13; Ch.M., 13; M.E., 1 ; B.E., 4.
249. The following are the Honours conferred at the DegreeExaminations—
FACULTY OF ARTS.
Honours at the B.A. Examination.
CLASSICS—LATIN—Class I.—W. A. Parker (University Gold
Medal for Classics), J. B. Peden, F. V. Pratt. Class II.—Ruth Bowmaker, C. Craig.*
GREEK—Class I.—W. A. Parker, J. B. Peden. Class II.—
F. V. Pratt.FRENCH—Class I.—Ruth Bowmaker, J. A. R. Perkins, C. Craig.*
Class II,—Ella Wilson.ENGLISH—Class I.—J. P. Pickburn.
SENATE OE THE UNIVERSITY. 395
MATHEMATICS—Class II.—H. Marks and H. de B. O'Reilly, ceq.Class III.—Ruth Bowmaker.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY—Class I. —E. V. Pratt (UniversityGold Medal), J. B. Peden, J. M. Edmunds, F. W. Mannell.«Class II.—W. J. Rooney,* S. Lasker, W. F. Macmanamev,*R. M. Kidston,* E. Wootton, H. G. Shaw,* J. A. "R.Perkins. Class III.—Ella "Wilson.
HISTORY—Class II.—E. Wootton.GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY—Class II.—A. J. Prentice.
* Evening students.
FACULTY OF LAW.Honours at Graduation as LL.B.
CLASS II.—J. Meillon, M.A., A. J. Kelynack, B.A. Class III—H. R. Curlewis, B.A., S. Mack, B.A.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.Honours at Graduation as JIf.B., Oh.M.CLASS I.—R. Dick (university Gold Medal), F. J. T. Sawkins.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.Department of Engineering—Honours at Graduation as ¡I.E.
CLASS I.—J. "Vicars, B.E, (University Gold Medal).Honours at Graduation as B. E.
S. H. Barraclough, J. W. Roberts, N. J. C. MacTaggart.9. The following Scholarships were awarded:—(a) Matriculation Examination—
University Scholarship for General Proficiency—E. C. Hall, andN. de H. Rowland, tea.
Cooper Scholarship, No. II, for Classics—E. C. Hall.Barker Scholarship, No. II, for Mathematics— E S. Simpson.Lithgow Scholarship for an Ancient and a Modern Language—
N. de H. Rowland and Eleanor M. Whitfeld, œq.Hornear Exhibition for Mathematics—E. S. Simpson.Salting Exhibition—A. H. Garnsey.
(b) First Year Examination in Arts—Cooper Scholarship, No. III., for Classics—A. H. Garnsey.George Allen Scholarship for Mathematics—A. B. Davies.
(c) Second Year Examination in Arts—Cooper Scholarship, No. I., for Classics—D. Levy.Barker Scholarship, No. I., for Mathematics—W. J. E. Daviea.
(d) Intermediate Examination in Law—G. Wigram Allen Scholarship—G. E. Flannery.
(e) First Examination in Medicine—Senwick Scholarship for General Proficiency—G. H. B. Deck. .
396 REPORT OF THE
Second Professional Examination—John Harris Scholarship—G-. E. Smith.
(/) Second Year Examination in Science—Deas- Thomson Scholarship for Chemistry and Physics—J. H. D.
Brearley.Deas-Thomson Scholarship for Geology—M. O'G. Hughes, B.A.
(g) First Tear Examination in Engineering—Levey Scholarship for Chemistry and Physics—H. P. Seale.
10. The following awards for Prize Compositions weremade—
University Prize for English Verse—subject, "The Death ofLeichbardt "—J. Le Gay Breretou.
Professor Anderson's Medal for a Philosophical Essay—subject,"The Social Organism"—Henry Davis, B.A,
11. Prize Books, stamped with the University Arms, wereawarded to those who obtained first-classes in Honours at theyearly examinations—
FACULTY OF ARTS.First Tear Examination.
LATIN -A. H. Garnsey, D. S. Edwards, F. W. Wood.*GBKEK—A. H. Garnsey.LATIN AND GERMAN—C. N. Meli.MATHEMATICS—A. B. Davies.
Second Year Examination.CLASSICS—D. Levy.LATIN AND FRENCH—W. L. Atkins..ENGLISH AND FRENCH—Annie A. Kennedy.ENGLISH—L. O. Martin.ENGLISH AND GERMAN—Lizzie Proctor.GERMAN—Joanna Barton.MATHEMATICS—W. J. E. Davies.HISTORY—H. P. Abbott, G. C. Henderson, Amy I. Wearne, and
F. L. Kendall.LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY—Annie A. Kennedy, G. C.
Henderson.ZOOLOGY—J. MacPherson.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE..First Examination.
CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS—G. H. B, Deck.Second Professional Examination.
Passed with distinction—G. E. Smith. Passed with credit—A. S. Vallack.
* .Evening student.
SENATE OF THE UNIVERSITY. 397
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.Second Year Examination.
BiOLOQY—G. R. P. HaQ, M. O'G. Hughes, B.A.PHYSICS—J. H. D. Brearley.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.First Year Examination.
CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS—H. P. Seale.Second Year Examination.
SUBVEYING, DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY·, DRAWING: AND FIELD BOOK—W. H. Ledger.
12. Special Annual Prizes were awarded as follows—Smith Prize for Physios—G. H. B. Deck.Slade Prize for Chemistry—A. R. Weigall.University Prize for Physiography—T. Blatchford.Professor MacCallum' s Prizes for English Essays—First Year,
C. N. Meli; Second Year, Lizzie Proctor; Third Year,J. P. Pickburn and F. V. Pratt, ¡eq.
Norbert Quiik Prize for Mathematics—W. J. E. Davies.Professor Haswcll's Prize for Zoology—J. MacPherson.Professor Anderson's Prizes for Logic and Mental Philosophy—
Second Year, Eliza L. Abigail and F. L. Kendall, Eeq. ;Third Year, F. V. Pratt and J. B. Peden, Eeq.
Professor Wilson's Prizes for Regional and Surgical Anatomy—G. E. Smith. General and Descriptive Anatomy—E. H.Robison.
Dr. MacCormick' s Prize for Surgery—D. Luker.Professor Wilkinson's Prize for Pathology— G. E. Smith.
13. The following Bursaries, each consisting of a paymentto the student of £50 per annum for three years, or in the caseof a half bursary, £25 per annum together with exemption fromthe payment of lecture fees in non-professional schools, wereawarded—
William Charles Wentworth Bursary, No. 1.William Charles Wentworth Bursary, No. 2 (one-hali*).Burdekin Bursary.Hunter Baillie Bursary, No. 1.Walker Bursary, No. 2 (one-half*).Walker Bursary, No. 3.Walker Bursary, No. i.Walker Bursary, No. 5 (one-half*).
*The other half in each case previously awarded.
398 REPORT OF THE
In addition to 18 State Bursars and 24 holders of UniversityBursaries, 12 students who had shown their inabihty to defraythe expenses of University education were permitted to attendlectures without the payment of fees. One hundred and twostudents of the Training Schools for Male and Female Teacherswere also permitted to attend on a reduced scale, as arranged■with the Minister of Public Instruction, and provided by Par-liament. *
14. The following Courses of Lectures, under the UniversityExtension Scheme, were delivered during the year—
LentTerm.—Sydney—Subject " Socialism." Lecturer, ProfessorAnderson, M. A. ; number of students attending, 93; numberwho passed concluding examination, 24. Croydon—Subject :" The Puritan Revolution." Lecturer, Professor Wood,B.A. ; number of students attending-, 122 ; number whopassed concluding examination, 16. St. Leonards—Subject:' ' The Idylls of the King and the Development of ArthurianLegend." Lecturer Professor MacCallum, H.A. ; numberof students attending, 50 ; number who passed concludingexamination, 4.
Trinity Term—Sydney—Subject: Political Economy, "Workand Wages." Lecturer, Professor Scott, M. A. ; number ofstudents attending, 33 ; number who passed concludingexamination, 14. Woollahra—Subject : " Some Leaders ofModern Thought." Lecturer, Mr. A. W. Jose; numberattending, 113 ; number who passed concluding examina-tion, 8.
Michaelmas Term.—Sydney—Subject : Ancient History, "GreekLife and Art." Lecturer, Miss Louisa Macdonald, M.A. ;number of students attending, 130; number who passedconcluding examination, 20. Parrsmatta—Subject; EnglishLiterature, "Some Leaders of Modern Thought." Lecturer,Mr. A. W, Jose : number attending, 30 ; number who4.
15. The Senior and Junior Public Examinations were heldin the month of September in Sydney, and in the followinglocal centres—Albury, Araluen, Arruidale, Ballina, Bathurst,Bega, Bellingen, Berrima, Bómbala, Bowral, Braidwood, Bre-warrina, Brisbane, Broken Hill, Bundanoon, Burrowa, Casino,Cooma, Cootamundra, Cowra, r Deniliquin, Dubbo, Dungog,Emmaville, Eurobodalla, Glen Innes, Goulburn, Grafton, Gren-fell, Gunning, Hay, Hill End, Hunter's Hill, -Inverell, Ipswich,
Kempsey, Kiama, Lismore, Lithgow, MacKay, Maclean, West
SENATE OF THE UNIVE RSITT. 399
Maitland, Maryborough, Moruya, Mount Yictoria, Mudgee,Murrumburrah, Narrandera, Ñarellan, Newcastle, Nowra,Nymagee, Orange, Parkes, Parramatta, Penrith, Picton, Platts-burg, Port Macquarie, Queanbeyan, Eichmond, Rockhampton,Rylstone, Scone, Singleton, Tamworth, Tarée, Tingha, Too-woomba, Townsvillo, Tumbarumba, Tumut, Ulmarra, Wagga,Warwick, Wellington, Windsor, Wollongong, Tass, Young.
One hundred and seventy-three candidates presented them-selves for the Senior Examination, and 2,132 for the JuniorExamination. Of these 134 senior candidates and 1,467 juniorcandidates were successful.
16. The prizes for General Proficiency at these examina-tions were awarded as follows—
Seniors.University Prize, John West Medal, and Grahame Prize Medal—Mitchell, Ernest Meyer, Sydney Grammar School )Strickland, Tom Percival, Sydney Grammar School I "^"Dettman, Herbert Stanley, Sydney Public High School, prox ace.Fairfax Prize for Senior Females—
Bloomfield, Elsie I'Anson, Miss Hyland, Randwick.Juniors.
University Prize^—Kelly, Edward Henry, Jesuit Collège, Riverview.Grant, Russell Walker, Brisbane Grammar School, prox. ace.
Fairfax Prize foi· Junior Females—Dey, Charlotte Johnston, Wellesley College, Newtown.
A complete analysis of the examinations will be found inthe " Manual of Public Examinations " which accompanies thisreport.
17. Four examinations of candidates for the Civil Servicewere held during the year. At these 243 candidates presentedthemselves, and 71 were successful.
• 18. Three Law Examinations, similar and equal in standardto that prescribed for Matriculation, for candidates for articles ofclerkship with attorneys, were held. At these 77 candidatespresented themselves, and 35 were successful.
19. During the year the Senate held 22 regular meetings,3 adjourned and 5 special meetings, in addition to 1 meeting ofthe conjoint Board consisting of the Senate of the Universityand the Board of Directors of the Prince Alfred Hospital, andthe Annual Commemoration.
400 REPORT OF THE
The attendances of the various Fellows were as follows :-
•saonupoa^YJ0
I *
^ Ξ
3 I
Ïff!
JP miá!8§3
:-gP
lÄftS&i
lisiiiitíll
9 : "si
iBfiSHs
SENATE OP THE UNIVERSITY. 401
20. In the month of January the Senate, through theChancellor, forwarded to Her Majesty the Queen and theirBoyal Highnesses the Prince and Princess of Wales, throughHis Excellency the Governor, a message of condolence in respectto the loss sustained by them in the death of the Duke ofClarence.
Fifteen meetings of the Finance Committee and eightmeetings of various Select Committees of the Senate have alsobeen held.
250. In the month of January the death of the Hon. Sir JohnHay, M.A., K.C.M.G., took place. The Senate, by resolution,placed upon record its sense of the great loss sustained by hisdeath, Sir John Hay having rendered valuable service to theUniversity as a Member of the Senate during the last twentyyears.
251. In the month of February, at a convocation of electors,the Hon. Edmund Barton, M.A., M.L.A., was elected a Fellowof the Senate in the room of the Hon. Sir William Macleay,deceased.
252. In the month of March, at a convocation of electors, theHon. Mr. Justice Charles James Manning, M.A., was elected aFellow of the Senate in the room of the Hon. Sir John Hay,deceased.
253. In the month of February, Mr. H. C. Russell, B.A., re-signed the office of Vice-Chancellor in consequence of pressure ofother duties ; in accepting the resignation the Senate placed uponrecord a sense of its regret at the loss of his services as Vice-Chancellor. At a special meeting held in the same month theHon. A. Eenwick, B.A., M.D., M.L.C., was elected, andconsented to fill the position during the remaining period ofMr. Eussell's term of office.
At the annual election in April to the office of Vice-Chancellor the Hon. A. Eenwick, B.A., M.D., M.L.C , waselected, but in consequence of his appointment as ExecutiveCommissioner at the Chicago World's Fair and his proposedabsence from the colony, in the month of July he resigned. Hisresignation was accepted with regret, and leave of absence frommeetings of the Senate for a period of twelve months wasgranted, and at the same meeting the Senate elected His HonorJudge Backhouse, M.A., to the office of Vice-Chancellor for
the remainder of the Vice-Chancellor's term of one year.
2A
402 REPORT OF THE
254. In the month of March leave of absence from themeetings of the Senate from the 1st of April, for a period oftwelve months, was granted to the Hon. H. N. MacLaurin,M.D., M.L.C., in consequence of his proposed visit to Europe.
255. In the month of May leave of absence for a period oftwelve months was granted to the Hon. P. Faucett, in conse-quence of his proposed absence from the Colony. Mr. Faucettin the same month resigned his seat as ex-officio member of theCouncil of the Women's College, and the Senate appointed Mr.C. B. Stephen, M.A., in his room.
256. The Hon. Peter Faucett, a valued member of the Senate,■was appointed an additional delegate to represent the Universityof Sydney at the Tercentenary Celebrations at Dublin University.
257. Leave of absence has been granted to Professor Mac-Callum, Professor of Modern Literature, for the year 1893, toenable him to visit Europe. During his abseuce the duties ofhis office will be performed by Mr. A. W. Jose (late of BalliolCollege, Oxford) and Dr. Trechmann and Dr. Max, the presentLecturers in the Department of Modern Literature in thisUniversity.
258. To fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of MissHelen P. Phillips, Tutor to the Women Students, Miss Jane F.Russell, M.A., who graduated with Honours in Classics andMathematics in her B.A. course in 1886, was elected in "themonth of July.
259. In the month of February a communication was receivedfrom Professor Thorpe, of the Eoyal School of Mines, and Pro-fessor Ramsay, of University College, London, notifying theselection and appointment, in accordance with authority givenin September, 1891, of Mr. James Alexander Schofield, Associateof the Royal School of Mines, to the Demonstratorship inChemistry in the room of Mr. F. B. Guthrie, resigned.
260. In the same month Mr. J. Morton, M.B., Ch.M., wasreappointed Demonstrator in Anatomy to the end of the year.
261. In the month of March, Mr. L. F. Armstrong, B.A.,LL.B., was reappointed Curator of the Nicholson Museum for aperiod of one year.
262. In the month of July the Professors of Biology andGeology were reappointed a committee of management for theMacleay Museum for a period of one year.
SENATE OF THE UNIVERSITY. 403
263. In the month of November the biennial election to theoffices of Dean of the Faculty of Medicine and Dean of theFaulty of Science resulted in the re-election of Professor Stuartand Professor Liversidge respectively.
264. In the month of June the University Auditor, Mr. F.Kirkpatrick, Under Secretary for Finance and Trade, resignedon account of pressure of other duties. Mr. John 0. Dibbs waselected in the month of November, for a period of two years, tofill the vacancy thus caused.
265. In the month of April a letter was received from Pro-fessor Haswell, urging the appointment of a Demonstrator inBiology to assist him in the work of his department. It wasresolved to comply with the request, and Professors Howes andScott, of the Royal College of Science, South Kensington, wereappointed a Committee to select a Demonstrator at a salaryof £350 per annum. In the month of September the Senatereceived a letter from these gentlemen, notifying the selectionby them of Mr. James P. Hill for the office. That gentlemanentered upon his duties in October.
266. In the month of June Mr. Sydney Jamieson, M.B.,Ch.M., was appointed Curator of the Museum of Normal andMorbid Anatomy, at a salary of £100 per annum.
267. In the month of August application was made byProfessor T. W. E. David, Professor of Geology, for the servicesof a Demonstrator, in order to assist him in the work of hisdepartment, which had rapidly increased. The Senate resolvedto comply with the request, and from the increase in lecture feesto provide a salary of £350 for the Demonstrator ; and ProfessorJudd, of the Eoyal School of Mines, South Kensington, and theHon. Sir Saul Samuel, K.C.M.G., Agent-General for New South"Wales were requested to select a suitable candidate. In Octoberthe Senate was notified of the appointment of Mr. "W. F. Smeethto the office.
268. In the month of March the Senate considered thequestion of the appointments necessary for the teaching of Miningand Metallurgy in accordance with the curriculum for the Degreein Mining Engineering, and appointed Professor W. O. RobertsAusten, C.B., F.R.S., Chemist of the Royal Mint aDd Professorof Metallurgy, Royal School of Mines, and Professor Thorpe,B.Sc, F.R.S., etc., Professor of Chemistry, Royal School
404 REPORT OF THE
of Mines, London, to select and appoint a gentleman to fillthe office of Lecturer in Metallurgy and Demonstrator inAssaying and Chemistry under the Challis Fund, and at asalary of £450 per annum. Application was also made tothe Department of Mines that, by way of commencement ofspecial instruction in Mining, the services of Mr. E. F.Pittman, Government Geologist, should be placed at thedisposal of the University for the purpose of delivering a courseof sixty lectures in Mining during 1893, and upon payment tohim, from the Challis Fund, of an honorarium of £150, to whichthe Secretary of Mines and Agriculture assented. Mr. Pittmanhas accepted the appointment, and commences his lectures inLent Term, 1893.
In the month of July a communication was received fromProfessor Roberts Austen and Professor Thorpe, notifying theselection of Mr. Savannah J. Speak to the office of Lecturer inMetallurgy and Demonstrator in Assaying and Chemistry ; andMr. Speak entered upon his duties in the same month.
269.In the month of December the Senate resolved that,as the University had established a full curriculum in Mining,and was urgently in need of apparatus and diagrams and addi-tional accommodation for the Department of Geology andMineralogy, applications be made to the Government that, fromthe unexpended vote of £10,000 for the establishment of aSchool of Mines, sums of £1,300 and £8,000 respectively mightbe provided. The applications have been granted, and it isunderstood that plans for the necessary alterations and enlarge-ment of buildings are in course of preparation.
270.In order to carry out the resolutions passed in regard toex officio memberships, the Senate in the month of June amendedthe by-law, and declared that the following were the selectionsof branches of learning, the Professors in which shall be ex-officiomembers of the Senate for a period of two years—that is to say,Greek, Law, Physiology, and Chemistry.
271.In the month of July the Chancellor submitted to theSenate a draft Bill further to amend the Sydney University In-corporation Act, together with an explanatory memorandum onthe subject which he had prepared, which Bill he had basedprincipally on the resolutions, passed by Convocation and by theSenate from time to time, and in which certain original proposi-tions were also introduced by him. The Bill and memorandum
SENATE ÜF THE UNIVERSITY. 405
were referred to a Committee, consisting of the Chancellor, theVice-Chancellor, the Hon. Sir William "Windeyer, J., ProfessorLiversidge, the Hon. E E. O'Connor, Mr. H. C. Eussell, theHon. Mr. Justice Manning, Mr. Alexander Oliver, Mr. F. E.Eogers, and Mr. C. B. Stephen, to consider and report thereon.
In the month of August the Committee presented its report,and the Senate subsequently proceeded to consider the clauses ofthe Bill seriatim. The discussion of the Bill, though extendedover several ordinary and special meetings of the Senate, is notyet concluded.
43. The Senate has had under consideration the questionraised by the Minister of Public Instruction in regard to theteaching of electrical science at the University and at theTechnical College, in order that there shall not be any over-lapping of the work undertaken in both institutions, and thereport of Professor Threlfall, who had been authorised to conferwith the authorities of the Technical College, and in the monthof April appointed a Select Committee, consisting of the Chan-cellor, the Vice-Chancellor, and Mr. Eussell, to consider the realnature of the co-operation proposals of the Technical Branch ofthe Department of Public Instruction with the University, andto report to the Senate. The Committee was also empowered tointerview the Minister with reference thereto. The report waspresented to the Senate in July, and it was ordered that thefollowing resolutions should be sent to the Minister of PublicInstruction for his consideration and approval—
1. That, having regard to the vital importance which electrical
engineering is certain to acquire, it is very desirable that theUniversity should impart the necessary instruction in it aedgive direction to original research in electrical science.
2. That it is expedient that this institution, as being the country's
principal seat of learning, should be solely charged with allthe higher teaching in this subject, by means of its Professorof Physics and of an efficient laboratory and advanced ap-paratus, and that it is undesirable that public instruction in itshould be duplicated.
3. That it is desirable that the Technical College should abandon
so much of its scheme for electrical engineering as relates toits proposed third year in that subject, and that such of itsstudents as shall, after their second year in the College, havereached a standard qualifying them for the third year olassesunder the University curriculum should be admitted to thoseclasses without matriculation.
406 PORT OF THE
4. That such students shall be subject to University Examinationsin common with the University's ordinary students, and shallin case of success therein be entitled to certificates from theUniversity to that effect.
6. But inasmuch as the University does not at present possess socomplete a laboratory, and such advanced apparatus as itsthird year course of study in this subject demands, provisionshould be made for the purpose.
6. That in the event of the Technical College deciding to abandonso much of its scheme as it comprises in its third year, it besuggested that the provision already made by Parliament for alaboratory and apparatus adapted only to such third year, may,with the authority of the Government and Parliament bediverted from the Technical College to the University ; or thatso much thereof as may be necessary for completing the Uni-versity's existing laboratory and apparatus may be so applied'.
272.The subject of Modern History has been added to thosein which candidates for the Degree of M.A. may elect to beexamined.
273.Amendments have been made in the by-laws of theFaculty of Medicine, by which some subjects in the First, Second,Third, and Fourth Years of the course for the Degree of.M.B.,Ch.M., are transposed, and under which examinations are to beheld at the end of each year of the course.
274.An University Extension Board, with fuller powers thanthose previously possessed by the University Extension LecturesCommittee, was created under by-laws passed in the month ofAugust, which are as follows :—
Chapter 25 by-law :—1. There shall be a Board, to be called the University Extension
Board, consisting of not less than ten nor more than twelvepersons, of whom four at least shall be members of the Senate,and four at least shall be members of the teaching staff, andnot less than two shall be persons not being members of theSenate or of the teaching staff. The Board shall be appointedannually by the Senate, all members being re-eligible, and anyvacancies which occur during the year shall be filled up by theSenate for the remainder of the year.
2. The Board shall, at its first meeting after its appointment in
each year, elect a Chairman for the year, and may recommendto the Senate tbe appointment of a Secretary, the tenure ofwhose office and the amount of whose salary (if any) shall cedetermined by the Senate, The Chairman shall convenemeetings of the Board, and three members shall form aquorum.
SENATE OP THE UNIVERSITY. 407
3. All action taken by the Board shall be subject to the by-laws
and to any directions which may be given by the Senate.
4. The Board shall, from time to time, recommend to the Senate the
c names of certain persons to be authorised for employment asUniversity Extension Lecturers, and the Senate shall, at itsdiscretion, authorise the employment of such persons to deliverlectures under the direction of the Board.
5. The Board may appoint any persons, whose employment as
Lecturers has been authorised by the Senate, to deliver suchcourses of lectures, and to hold such classes and examina-tions on such subjects, and at such times and places, as theBoard may see fit.
6. The Board shall determine the tenure of office of the Lecturers,
the duties to be performed by them, the fees and charges to bepaid for the lectures, classes and examinations, and the modeand time of payment of the fees and charges.
7. The payments to be made to the Lecturers shall be determined
by the Board, in accordance with regulations, as to the rate ofpayment to be laid down by the Senate. *-
8. The Board shall make all other arrangements requisite for the
delivery of lectures and the holding of classes and examina-tions, and may award such certificates as it shall think fit.
9. The fees received, together with any Government grant, dona-
tions, and such sums as may from time to time be assigned forthe purpose by the Senate shall be the fund for the payment ofLecturers and other expenses. The fund shall be deposited ina Bank in the name of the University Extension Board, and allpayments from the fund shall be made by cheques, signedby the Chairman or two other Members of the Board, and bythe Secretary.
10. The Board shall, in the month of December in each year, laybefore the Senate a report of its proceedings of that year, witha statement of its finances.
Under selections since made by the Senate, the Board asat present constituted is composed of twelve persons, of whomfour are members of the Senate, four are members of theTeaching Staff, and four who are not members of the TeachingStaff nor of the Senate, viz. :—The Vice-Chancellor (His HonorJudge Backhouse), Mr. H. C. Eussell, B.A., Dr. P. SydneyJones, the Hon. Sir William "Windeyer, Professor Scott,Professor Anderson, Professor Wood, Professor David, Mr.A. W. Jose, Mr. J. H. Carruthers, M.L.A., Mr. G. BoyceAllen, B.A., and Mr. Herbert Goodere.
408 REPORT OF THE
47. Amendments have been made in the by-laws by whichthe Professorial Board has fuller powers in regard to mattersconcerning the discipline, studies and examinations affecting thestudents of more than one Faculty.
48 Candidates for the Degree of Master of Engineeringare now required to have attained the standard for Honours inthe professional subjects of the Examination for the Degree ofB.Ε., before being admitted to the examination in one of sevenbranches of engineering enumerated.
Amendments have also been made in the by-laws relating tothe course for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Miningand Metallurgy.
49. By-laws for the regulation of the Finances of theUniversity have been made and approved.ΰ
60. In the month of May the Senate resolved that a sum of
£100 should be devoted to the purchase of plaster casts of rare
Egyptian relics in the British Museum under the selection of
Sir Chas. Nicholson and for the Museum bearing his name.
275.The Senate, upon application of the Minister of PublicInstruction, resolved to exempt State Bursars to the number ofthirty in each year, from the payment of the fees for the Juniorand Senior Public Examinations.
276.Representations have been made to the Eoyal Collegeof Physicians, London, and the Eoyal f'ollege of Surgeons,England, in order that Graduates of this University (and otherAustralian Universities) may be placed upon the same footingas Graduates of the Universities of the United Kingdom inregard to admission to the Final Examination of the L.B.C.P.and M.E.C.S. of the respective Colleges.
277.Representations have been made to the Judges of theSupreme Court with a view of obtaining from them for thefuture a recognition of the LL.B. Degree as an equivalent forthe Final Solicitor's Examination.
278.It has been resolved that Physiology shall be includedas a subject of the Junior Public Examination.
SENATE OF THE UNIVERSITY. 409
279. The need of further and more suitable accommodationfor a library has been brought under the notice of the Ministerof Public Instruction during the year, and he has been requestedto propose to Parliament a vote of £25,000 towards the erection•of a building to be known as the Fisher Library—the Senaterenewing its proposal to give a similar amount from the fundleft by the late Thomas Fisher for Library purposes.
280. The Senate has, in response to the invitation of the'Commissioners of the Chicago Exposition, forwarded certainexhibits from the Macleay Museum and the Chemical and Phy-sical Laboratories, and has also caused large photographs ofthe exterior and interior of the University Buildings to beprepared and sent.
' 57. In the month of March the Senate nominated Mr. S. H.Barraclough, a Third Year Student in Engineering, who hadtaken first-class Honors in the Final Examination for theB. E. Degree, for the Science Scholarship offered by HerMajesty's Commissioners for the Royal Exhibition of 1851. Heproceeded at once to America, and is at present studying at■Cornell University.
281. At the same meeting the Senate awarded the JamesXing of Irrawang Travelling Scholarship, of £150 for twoyears, to Mr. C. J. Brennan, B.A., who had distinguished him-self in Classics and Philosophy throughout his B.A. course, andwho had passed his examination for the M.A. Degree withHonors in Philosophy. He shortly proceeded to Germany toprosecute special studies.
282. It having been pointed out by the Chancellor to Mrs.Frazer and the Trustees of the Will of the Hon. J. Frazer thatthe benefaction of £2,000 under the will of the late Hon. J.Frazer, towards the foundation of a Chair in Ancient andModern History, had been received after the Chair of Historyhad been fully established under the Challis Fund, and that itseemed therefore to be expedient to apply the fund to Scholar-ships in History, a letter was received in June from the Trusteesstating that Mrs. Frazer (with whom the question practicallyrested) desired that the amount of the bequest should be devotedto the foundation of one Scholarship (not a travelling one) inHistory. The Senate resolved to comply with the request, andconditions of award have been drawn up in regard thereto.
410 EEPORT OF THE
60. In the month of July the Architect's plans for the pro-posed College for Women were submitted by the College Council^and approved.
61.. On the representations of the Council of the Women'sCollege, the Senate joined with the Council in its application tathe Minister of Public Instruction for an exchange of buildingsites between the Training College and the College for Women.The Minister acquiesced in the proposed exchange, and theboundaries of the respective sites have been fixed by mutualaccord and by the Senate's authority. The site for the Women's-College will take a frontage to Bligh Street, and that for thecontemplated Training College, when established as a Collegewithin the University, will be adjoining it, and be made-accessible by a new road of 50 ft. in width, to which the Councilof St. Andrew's College bas contributed 17 ft. on conditions-which have been accepted.
62. In the month of December the seat of the Hon. E. E^O'Connor, M.A., M.L.C., was declared vacant under By-law 8,Chap. II. A convocation of electors has been calif d for4th February, 1893, for the purpose of electing a Fellow to fillthe vacancy on the Senate.
P.S.—Mr. O'Connor was re-elected on the 4th February,,without opposition.
BENEFACTIONS.63.
(a) The nomination to a Science Scholarship of the value of £150per annum, offered by Her Majesty's Commissioners of theRoyal Exhibition of 1851, on the same terms aR previously.
(i) In the month of June a bust of Robert Brown, the Botanist;was received from Lady Macleay in the name of the late SirGeorge Macleay.
(c) In the month of September, the sum of £11,400, being theamount (less legacy duty) bequeathed by the late Hon. Sir-William Macleay for the establishment and maintenance of aProfessorship or Lectureship in Bacteriology was received, andit was referred to the Faculties of Medicine and Science to-report to the Senate upon the teaching of the subject in terms-and conditions of the will and memorandum therein referred to-
SENATE OP THE UNIVERSITY. 41t
(d) In the month of Decemher, a sum of £75 was received from. the Executors of the "Will of the late Rev. R. Collie for thefoundation of an annual prize in Botany, to he called " TheCollie Prize."
64. The annual statements of receipts and expenditure,duly certified by the Auditor, Mr. J. C. Dibbs, and also a state-ment showing the conditions of the various private foundationsof the University at 31st of December are appended to thisreport. In the case of the Challis Fund, all temporary excessesof income beyond normal rates are placed in reserve to meetcasualties, and to equalise income, prospectively, for a scale ofexpenditure, permanently fixed by appointments under theFund, and also to provide for the quinquennial increases ofsalary to which the Challis Professors will be entitled in Heu offees, and for other incidental purposes.
EOBEET A. DALLEN,Acting Registrar.
412 RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE OF THE UNIVERSITY
GENERAL ACCOUNT.RECEIPTS. £ s. d. £ s. d.
Balance in Commercial Bank, Slst December, 1891 ....................... 2,688 10 0Received from the Government of New South "Wales :—
,, ,, the Statutory Annual Endow-ment ................................. 6,000 0 0„ ,, the Additional Endowment ... 8,9CO 0 0
,, ,, towards expenses of EveningLectures................................ 2,000 0.0
,, „ for purchase of Scientific Appa-ratus .................................. 500 0 0
,, „ for purchase of Scientific Appa-ratus for Department ofPhysics ............................. 125. 0 0
,, .,, for purchase of Scientific Appa-ratus for Department ofChemistry ...................... 125 0 0
,, ,, for purchase of Scientific Appa-ratus for Medical School ... 200 0 0,, „ for Machinery, &c, for Engi-neering School........................................................................... 1,250 0 0----------18,100 0 0,, Lecture Fees, after paying Professors.......................... 6,204 16 9,, Matriculation Fees .................................................... 655 15 6„ DegreeFees.......................................... 638 0 0., Civil Service Examination Fees, after paying Expenses 67 14 0„ Testing Fees .....................:................. 8111 1---------- 7,647 17 4,, Pasturage............................................................................................. 100 0. 0,," from the Department of Agriculture for the use of the Chemical
Department ........................................................................................ 90 0 0,, on account of William Hilton Hovell Lectureship in Geology and
Physical Geography, interest on Investir· ents and Rents ofProperties (amount transferred from Private Foundationsaccount)............................................................................................. 80 8 2
,, on account of Macleay Curatorship, for payment of salary of Curatorof the Macleay Museum (transferred from Private Foundations
account)...................................................................................... SOO 0 0 .„ for issue of duplicate certificates.......................... 3 3 0
£29,209 18 6
JOHN C. DIBBS, Auditor.
STATEMENT of Receipts and Expenditure on account of the Junior
RECEIPTS. £ s. d.Received Fees from Candidates for the Junior and Senior Public Examinations £2,887 7 0
£2,887 7 0
JOHN C. DIBBS, Auditor.
OF SYDNEY FOR YEAR ENDING 31ST DECEMBER, 1892. 413
GENERAL ACCOUNT.EXPE NDITuKE.
£ 8
ι. d
£ s. d.18,626 3 11776 9163 0819 5
56 6 823 5 134 12 827 0 010 1 82 0 05 0 053 11 012 0 07 ê 723 9 11 1 64 2 512 4 0 3,700
3 IO372 1 β862 0 28,729 10 4799 β 2137 0 Paid Salaries.....................................................................................
,, Examiners' Fee................................................·........................„ Printing and Stationery, including University Calendar...,, Advertising .......................................... ..................................,, Repairs and Alterations (including additions to Biological \
and Geological Laboratories) and Furniture and Fittings /„ Fuel and Lighting.......................................,, Fire Insurance Premiums.........................................................„ Repairing Tapestry......................................,, Rent of University Chambers ................. ...........................,, Supervision" and Attendance at Examinations........................,, Grant to University Union.......................................................,, Grant to University Cricket Club.............................................„ for Photographs for Chicago Exposition ...,, Liveries.....................................................................................,, Cleaning ..............................................................................,, Passage-money of Demonstrators from England, and
expenses in connection with appointments.........................,, Architect's Fees.........................................................................,, Bank Charges, Exchanges, &c..................................................,, Miscellaneous Charges.............................................................
„ Library—Periodicals and Binding ,, Grounds—Asphalting paths, &c..........................,, Scientific Apparatus.............................................,, Maintenance of Scientific Departments...............,, University Prizes .................................................,, University Scholarship....................................... .„ Organ-tuning ............................-.
Balance in Commercial Bank, 31st December, 1892 .
£29,209 18 6"
ROBERT A. DALLEN, Accountant.
and Senior Public Examinations, for the year ending 31st December, 1892.
EXPBNDITUBE. £ S. d.Paid Fees to Examiners and all other Expenses in connection with the
Examinations ................................................................................................ 2,776 14 3Balance carried forward ...................................................................................... 110 12 9-
£2,887 7 0ROBERT A. DALLEN, Aocountant.
§v-
414 RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE OF THE UNIVERSITY
Pr.PRIVATE FOUNDATIONS ACCOUNT.
RECEIPTS. £ s. d.Balance in Commercial Bank, 31st December, 1891..................................................................... 463 13 7Received from the executors of the will of the late Hon. Sir William Macleay,
M.L.C., for the foundation of a Professorship or Lectureship mBacteriology...................................................................................................... 11,400 0 0
,, from the executors of the will of the late Rev. R. Collie, F.L.S., forthe establishment of an annual prize in Botany ............................................ 75 0 0
,, from Her Majesty's Commissioners of the Exhibition of 1851 firsthalf-yearly instalment of Science Scholarship.........................................-....... 75 0 0„ from Professor Scott, M. A., for prize for proficiency in the Examina-tion of the University Extension Course—Subject, ""Work and"Wages............................................................................................................... 3 0 0
,, from Professor Haswell, M.A., for prize for proficiency in Zoology ...................4 4 0„ from W. C. "Wilkinson, Esq., M.D., for prize forproficiency in Patho-logy ....................................................................................................................................... 5 19 0,, from Professor Anderson, M.A., for a Gold Medal for an Essay on
some Philosophical subject, for Graduates....................................................... 10 0 0,, from Professor Anderson, M.A-, for prizes for proficiency in the
Examinations of the University Extension Courses- Subjects,"Study of Logic" and "Socialism".................................................................... 12 0 0
,, from Professor Anderson, M.A., for class prizes in Logic and MentalPhilosophy, Second and Third Year students.................................................... 10 0 0„ from Professor MacCallum, M.A., for prizes for Class Essays inEnglish, for First-, Second and Third Year students........................................". 10 0 0
,, from Thomas Dixson, Esq., M.B., Ch.M., for prize for proficiency inMateria Medica................................................................................................. 3 5 6
,, from the following, to defray the cost of Stained Glass Windows, tobe placed in the Medical School Building—
George Bennett, Esq., M-D................................................. £140 0 0P. Sydney Jones, Esq., M.D................................................. 220 0 0Mrs. A. Renwick.................................................................. 202 0 0-------■■- - 562 0 0„ from the following, to defray the cost of Busts of eminent medicalmen, to be placed in the Medical School Building —A. Murray Oram, Esq., M.D................................................ £7 0 4J. C. Cox, Esq., M.D............................................................. 7 7 10-----------14 8 2
,, Principal sums of Mortgage on account of the following—"Wentworth Fellowship....................................................... £30 0 0Lithgow Scholarship ........................................................... 60 0 0Nicholson Medal...................„............................................. 30 0 0Hunter-Baillie Bursary, No. 2 ........................................... 240 0 0Hovell Lectureship............................................................... 322 12 1Walker Bursaries ............................................................. 100 0 0Struth Exhibition ................................................................. 300 0 0FisherEstate.......................................................................... 1,472 0 0---------- 2,554 12 1
.,, Principal sums of Fixed Deposits from the Banks on account of thefollowing— '
Levey Scholarship ............................................................... £25 0 0Deas-Thomson Scholarships................................................ 25 0 0John Harris Window............................................................. 125 0 0FisherEstate.......................................................................... 250 0 0
---------- 425 0 0
Carried forward...............................£15,628 2 4
OP SYDNEY FOR YEAR ENDING 31ST DECEMBER, 1892. 415
PRIVATE FOUNDATIONS ACCOUNT.EXPENDITURE. £ s. d.
Paid to Banks for Fixed Deposits, on account of the following—Barker Scholarships ........................................ £50 O OWentworth Fellowship..................................... 125 O OLithgow Scholarship....................................... 85 O ONicholson Medal ............................................. 40 O OW. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 3..................... 26 0 0Hunter-Baillie Bursary, No. 2 ....................... 250 0 0Watt Exhibitions..................................,........... 75 0 0Hovell Lectureship........................................... 300 0 0Strath Exhibition .......................................... 300 0 0Fisher Estate (Building Account).................... 2,175 0 0Caird Scholarship............................................. 75 0 0Council of Education Scholarship .................. 25 0 0Frazer Scholarship........................................... 50 0 0Macleay Curatorship.......................................11,400 0 0ColliePrize ...................................................... 75 0 0-----------15,050 0 0
.,, for Mortgage on account of Watt Exhibitions (Balance)............................ 32 0 0
.,, the following sums for Scholarships, Bursaries, Prizes, &c, on account ofthe following—
Levey Scholarship .......................................... £50 0 0Barker Scholarships ..................................... 100 0 0Deas-Thomson Scholarships............................ 100 0 0Cooper Scholarships .................................... 150 0 0Salting Exhibition ........................................... 25 0 0Lithgow Scholarship ....·.................................. 50 0 0John Fairfax Prizes.............................. ........... 30 0 0Alexander Bursary........................................... 50 0 0Levev and Alexander Bursary......................... .50 0 0West Prize........................................................ 10 0 0E. M. Frazer Bursary .................................. 50 0 0J. E. Frazer Bursary......................................... 60 0 0"W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 1.................... 50 0 0W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 2..................... 50 0 0Burdekin Bursary ......................................... 50 0 0Hunter-Baillie Bursary, No. 1 ........................ 50 0 0Hunter-Kaillie Bursary, No. 2 .............. ....... 60 0 0Watt Exhibitions.............................................. 120 0 0Renwick Scholarship............:......................... 50 0 0Bowman-Cameron Scholarship ................ 50 0 0Hovell Lectureship (amount transferred to
General Account)...................................... 80 8 2George Allen Scholarship................................ 50 0 0Freemasons' Scholarship ................................. 50 0 0JamesAitken Bursary .................................... 50 0 0Thomas Walker Bursaries ........................... 326 0 0G. Wigram Allen Scholarship.......................... 50 0 0Struth Exhibition ......................................... 50 0 0Norbert Quirk Memorial Prize ..................... 6 0 0Badham Bursary.............................................. 50 0 0Slade Foundation ........................................ 10 0 0James King of Irrawang Travelling Scholar-
ship ........................................................... 100 0 0Macleay Curatorship (Amount transferred to
General Account)...................................... 300 0 0John Harris Scholarship ................................ 50 0 0Exhibition of 1851 Science Scholarship........... 150 0 0Horner Exhibition............................................ 10 0 0
2,516 8 2-------Carried forward........................£15,082 0 O
416 RECEIPTS A ND EXPENDITUBE OF THE UNIVERSITY
Br.· ΡΕΠΑΤΕ FOUNDATIONS ACCOUNT-Coníi/iueii.
RECEIPTS. £ ■ s· cl..Brought forward........................ 15,628 2
Received Interest onDebentures, Fixed Deposits, and Mortgages, and Bents ofProperties on account of the following Private Foundations—
Levey Scholarship ................................................ £51 5 0Barker Scholarships ............................................ 212 3 6Deas-Thomson Scholarships .............................. 140 10 7Wentworth Prize Medal ...................................... 21 6 0Cooper Scholarships .......................................... 223 15 11Salting Exhibition................................................... 35 8 0Wentworth Fellowship............................................ 77 8 11Lithgow Scholarship .............................................. 89 13 2Nicholson Medal..................................................... 23 15 6
. Belmore Medal..................................................... 21 0 0John Fairfax Prizes.................................................. 31 5 0Alexander Bursary.................................................. 52 12 6Levey and Alexander Bursary ............................ 54 0 0John West Prize....................................................... 10 14 3E. M. Frazer Bursary .......................................... 59 5 OJ. E. Frazer Bursary..................................:............. 55 16 0W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 1............................. £0 0 0W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 2............................. 60 0 0W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 3............................. 36 11 8Burdekin Bursary ................................................... 63 0 0Hunter-Baillie Bursary, No. 1 .............................. 68 10 0Hunter-Baillie Bursary, No. 2 ............................... 78 4 9Watt Exhibitions ................·............................... 175 16 8Renwick Scholarship............................................... '65 5 0Bowman-Cameron Scholarship ............................. 60 0 0Hovell Lectureship.................................................. 80 8 2George Allen Scholarship....................................... 62 15 0Freemasons' Scholarship ........................................ 69 7 6Raphael Prize ......................................................... 3 5 0James Aitken Bursary ............................................. 54 0 0Thomas Walker-Bursaries ............................. ........ 270 15 0G. Wigram Allen Scholarship................................. 75 0 0Struth Exhibition ............... ................................. 81 7 10Fisher Estate............................................................ 714 18 7Fisher Estate (Building Account)............................ 1,044 19 10Norbert Quirk Memorial Prize ............................. 7 10 0SmithPrize .......................................................... 2 10 0Badham Bursary...................................................... 50 0 0Slade Foundation.................................................... 14 16 0Caird Scholarship.................................................... 61 13 »James King of Irrawang Travelling Scholarship 171 2 6Macleay Curatorship ............................................../ 300 0 0John Harris Scholarship ......................................... 25 0 0John Harris Window................................................ 5 0 2Horner Exhibition................................................... 10 0 0Council of Education Scholarship .......................... 16 1 3Frazer Scholarship.................................................. 106 12 6Grahame Prize Medal.............................................. 2 10 0-------·- - 4,974 18 0-
Total...........................................................£20,603 0 4
JOHN C. DIBBS, Auditor.
OP SYDNEY POR YEAR ENDING 31ST DECEMBER, 1892. 417
PRIVATE FOUNDATIONS ACCOUNT— Continued.EXPENDITURE - £ s. d.
Brought forward................................ 15,082 O O
Paid the following sums for Scholarships, Bursaries, Prizes, &c., on accountof the following (continued)— £•2,516 8 2
Grahame Prize Medal....................................... 6 0 0Haswell Prize................................................... 2 2 0Wilkinson Prize .............................................. 5 19 0Anderson Prize Medal .................................. 10 0 0MacCallum Prize.............................................. 15 0 0Anderson Prizes .............................................. 13 3 0DixsonPrize...................................................... 3 8 0Wilson Prize..................................................... 10 0 0DavidPrize .................................................... 10 0 0---------- 2 591 0 2
,, for Books, Fisher Library............................................................................. 1,453 8 1„ for Busts of Eminent Medical Men, for the Medical School Building......................................................................... 23 19 1,, for Stained Glass Windows for the Medical School Building..................... 699 6 2,, for Eepairs and other expenses of Property, on account of the
following—Barker Scholarships ........................................ £35 8 3Deas-Thomson Scholarships............................ 60 1 10Cooper Scholarships ....................................... 35 8 3Fisher Estate ................................................. 9 12 11---------- 140 11 3
Balance in Commercial Bank, 31st December, 1S92.............................................. 612 16 7
Total...............................................................£20,603 0 4
ROBERT A. DALLEN, Accountant.2B
418 RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
Pr.CHALLIS FUND ACCOUNT.
RECEIPTS.£ s.
d.Received principal sums of fixed deposits .. .. .. 63,375 0 0
,, principal sums of mortgages .. .. .. .. 13,350 0 0„ interest on debentures, fixed deposits, and mort-
gages .................................................11,467 2 9
,, from the Challis Trustees, interest on GuaranteeFund after payment of Australian annuityand expenses .. .. .. .. .. 1,138 8 7
Transfer of fixed deposit to Challis Fund Special ReserveFund.............................................................. .. 3,500 0 0
Balance due Commercial Bank, 31st December, 1892 .. 5,243 14 3
£98,074 ó 7
CHALLIS FUND, SPECIAL RESERVE FUND.
£ a. d.Transfer from Challis Fund Account for providing quin-quennial increases to Professors and for equalisingincome from investments .. .. .. .. .. 3,571 17 11
£3,571 17 11
JOHN C. DIBBS, Auditor.
SYDNEY FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31ST DECEMBER, 1892. 419
CHALLIS PUND ACCOUNT.
EXPENDITURE.£ s.
d.Balance due Commercial Bank, 31st December, 1S91.. 6,556 16 8Paid mortgage investments .. .... .. .. 80,000 0 0
„ on account of Challis Statue .. .. ■. .. 190 0 0,, for Salaries .. ■ ;. .. .... .. .. 7,618 16 4,, interest on overdraft and other expenses .. .. 136 14 S
Transfer to Special Reserve Fund, interest over 4 per cent,on investments, for providing quinquennial increasesto Professors and for equalising income from invest-ments ........................................................................3,571 17 11
£98,074 5 7
CHALLIS FUND, SPECIAL RESERVE FUND.£ s. d.
Transfer from Challis Fund Account—Fixed deposit .. 3,500 0 0Balance ............. .. .. .................... 71 17 11
£3,571 17 11
ROBERT A. DALLEN, Accountant.
420 ANALYSIS OP PRIVATE FOUNDATIONS
Investment?.
Ledger Account,Cr. Balance. Mortgages. Buildingsand Land. Fixed Deposite. Debentures.
£ 8. d. £ £ & d. £ s. d.1,024 18 6 • . . . 1,000 02,138 0 1,120 225 0 750 'θ 02,056 7 1,036 100 0 900 0 0
501 3 3 .... • . . · 125 0 350 0 0%331 12 8 1,120 125 0 1,050 0 0742 16 10 20 0 710 0 0
1,595 16 ""7O 735 0 8UO 0 01.89S 8 2 140 935 0 - 800 0
473 1 2 70 85 0 300 0 0462 15 8 .... 340 0 100 7 3534 17 7 50 0 500 0 0
1,075 13 25 0 1,050 0 01,090 17 6 1,100 0 0
214 2 8 15 0 200 0 01,242 6 25 0 1,200 0 1,144 3 .. .. 1,145 0 1,000 0 1,000 0 01,000 0 1,000 0
744 9 4 725"¿' 01,080 0 20 0 1,050 0 01,162 16 50 0 1,150 0 01,272 2 ' ' 560 490 0 190 0 03,543 2 10 232 2,910 0 450 0 01,148 8 .... 1,025 0 100 0 0
975 0 0 1,000 0 6,022 12 1 ' ' '7Ό0 4,400 900 01,116 15 10 > . . . 975 0 ιοό'ο 01,264 11 10 .... 1,000 0 250 0 0
71 7 9 65 01,041 0 0 1,10ό"o 05,283 10 5,025 0 375 0 01,517 13 7 500 200 0 775 0 01,204 13 10 700 375 0 100 0 0
10,545 19 4,880 700 4,950 025,772 14 10 ■ · 3,230 22,195 0
156 16 6 150 0109 3 10 100 0998 1 3 1,000 0304 10 1 295 0
1,369 1 9 1,175 0 12c 0 04,301 10 4,225 05,940 0 0 6,000 0
951 12 10 1,000 0210 0 0 200 0335 14 7 335 0
2,196 6 0 2,140 095 3 1 100 0
11,400 0 0 11,400 075 0 0 75 0 0 . * ·
2IS,23l ó 9 149,400 52,475 0 1S,60Ó 0 03,571 17 11 3,500 0
334,540 3 6
160,482 8,376 128,880 0
0 i 38,320 7 331st December, 1892.
CASH BALANCES AT 31ST DECEMBER, 1892. 421
Private Foundations. Dr.Cash Balance.
Cr.Cash Balance.
Levey Scholarship ............................Barker Scholarships ..........................Deas-Thomson Scholarships..................Wentworth Prize Medal ...............Cooper Scholarships .........................Salting Exhibition..................................Wentworth'Fellowship...........................Lithgow Scholarship..............................Nicholson Medal....................................Earl Belmore Medal ..........................John Fairfax Prizes ............................Alexander Bursary.................................Levey and Alexander Bursary................West Prize .........................................E. M. Frazer Bursary .......................J. E. Frazer Bursary................................W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 1 ..W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 2 ..W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 3Burdekin Bursary ..............................Hunter-Baillie Bursary, No. 1................Hunter-Baillie Bursary, No. 2................J. B. Watt Exhibitions............................Renwick Scholarship.............................Bowman-Cameron Scholarship.............Hovell Lectureship.................................George Allen Scholarship......................Freemasons' Scholarship ...................J. G. Raphael Prize ............................James Aitken Bursary .......................Thomas Walker Bursaries......................G. Wigram Allen Scholarship................Struth Exhibition ...............................Fisher Estate .....................................Fisher Estate (Building Account) ..Norbert Quirk Prize ............................Smith Prize ............................................Badham Bursary....................................Slade Foundation ...............................Caird Scholarship ............................James King of Irrawang ScholarshipMacleay Curatorship..............................John Harris Scholarship.........................Horner Exhibition..................................Council of Education Scholarship ...Frazer Scholarship.................................Grahame Prize Medal............................Macleay Lectureship .............................Collie Prize .........................................ChallisFund............................................Challis Fimd- -Special Reserve Fund
£ s. d
15 2 5
9 2 60 17 4Ö 16 1
137"o 4
4817 225 0
0
590 0
116 0
60 048 2
10 00 14 7
56 04 16 1
1-----
5,243* 14
3 -----71 17 1
5,680 10
5 1,152 6
8
ROBERT A. DALLEN, Accountant.
UNIVERSITY CLUBS, ETC.
SYDNEY UNIVEESITY UNION.
The object of the Union is the promotion of the mentalculture of its members by Debates, Readings, and such othermeans as may be determined upon. The meetings are heldweekly on Fridays, at the University, or other place as arrangedby the Executive Committee. The Professors, Lecturers, andExaminers of the Sj'dney University are ex officio Honorarj'members. All Graduates, Undergraduates, Superior Officers,and all Graduates and Undergraduates of British and ColonialUniversities, are eligible for ordinary membership. Exceptin the case of members of other Universities, the formality·of an election is dispensed with. Subscription, 5s. per annum.Life Member's subscription, £i 10s.
OFFICE BEARERS FOE 1893.
PRESIDENT—J. B. Peden, B.A.
HON. SECRETARY—L. Eobjohns.
HON. TREASURER—A. H. Garnsey.
COMMITTEE—W. N. Dove, B-A., P. S. Boyce, B.A., AV. J.Rooney, B.A.
SYDNEY UNIVEESITY MEDICAL SOCIETY.
The objects of this Society, which was founded in 1885, arethe intellectual and social improvement of its members, bylectures, essays, and discussions, in any branch of MedicalScience, and by any other means calculated to advance theobjects of the Society.
The meetings are held monthly, in the Clinical Theatre,Prince Alfred Hospital, on Friday evenings, at 7.45.
UNIVERSITY CLUBS, ETC. 423
All teachers in the Faculty of Medicine are honorary mem-bers, ex officio. All Students of Medicine, or qualified MedicalPractitioners, whose qualifications are recognised by the Uni-versity of Sydney, are eligible for ordinary membership.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1893.HONORARY PRESIDENT—Cecil Purser, B.Α., Μ.Β., Ch.M.PRESIDENT—E.. G. Craig.VICE-PRESIDENTS—M. O'G. Hughes, B.A.,B.Sc; E. J. Spark.HON. SECRETARY—J. W- Jackson.HON. TREASURER—G. R. P. Hall, B.Sc.HON. LIBRARIAN—J. L. M. McCreádie.COUNCIL—C. L. Handcock, B. A , W. B. Studdy, W. P. Dixon.
SYDNEY UNIVEESITY SPORTS UNION.The Union has been formed by the
amalgamation of theexisting Football, Cricket, Boat, Athletic, and Tennis Clubs.Such other (lubs as may from time to time be approved by theCommittee shall be admitted.
Membership is open to Graduates of this University and ofother recognised Universities, and members of the Universitywho have matriculated in accordance with the by-laws.
Annual Subscription—For Undergraduates attending· lec-tures, £2 2s.; Honorary Members, £1 Is.; all others, £3 3s.Life Active Members, £15 15s. ; Life Honorary Members,£10 10s.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1S93.PATRON—His Excellency the Eight Hon. Sir
Robert Duff>P.C., G.C.M.G.
PRESIDENT—The Hon. Sir W. M. Manning, LL.D.,K.C.M.G., M.L.C., Chancellor.
VICE-PRESIDENTS—Professor Anderson, Professor Wood,Professor Scott, the Very Rev. Dr. O'Brien, John Harris, Esq.,J. F. McManamey, BA, H. E. Barff, M.A., J. T. Walker,W. A. Conlon, BA., J. L. Williams, B.A.
HON. GRADUATE TREASURERS—T. de C. Armstrong, BA.,C. T. Russell, B.A.
HON. UNDERGRADUATE TREASURERS—F. H. B. Gaden, D. S.Edwards.
HON. SECRETARY—N. de H. Rowland.
424 TJNTVERSITY CLUBS, ETC.
TJNIVEKSITY BOAT CLUB.
All members of the Sports Union are members of theBoat Club.
The boatslied of the Club stands on the western side ofWoolloomooloo Bay, next to the Corporation Baths.
OFFICE BEAKERS FOR 1893.
PATRON—His Excellency the Eight Hon. Sir Robert Duff,P.C., G-CM G.
PRESIDENT—The Hon. Sir William Manning, LL.D.,K.C.M.G , M.L.C., Chancellor.
VICE-PRESIDENTS—Professor Scott, T. Rolin, M.A., JohnHan-is, H. E. Barff, M.A., A C. Millard, B.A., W. P. Manning,Hon. H. E. Kater, M.L.C , A. Consett Stephen, G. E Eich.,M.A., A. MacCormick, M.D.
TRUSTEES—E. Smith, M.A., Professor Scott, M.A.c. CAPTAIN—V. B. MacDemiott, B.A.
VICE-CAPTAIN— N. F. White.HON. SECEETART—A. F. Pain.HON. TREASURER—C. H. Helsham, B.A.COMMITTEE—H Cox, B A., W. A. Cordon, B.A., E. H.
Scott, E. H. Burkitt, W. H. Palmer, H. B. Rowlands.AUDITORS—H. G. Trenchard, T. Eoseby, B.A.DELEGATES TO SPORTS UNION—C. H. Helsham, B.A., E.
H. Scott.DELEGATES TO ROWING ASSOCIATION—H. Cox, B.A., W. H.
Palmer, C. H. Helsham, B.A.
UNIVERSITY CEICKET CLUB.This Club was established in the year 1865. All members
of the Sports Union are members of the Cricket Club. TheSenate has granted to the Club the use of that portion of theUniversity grounds known as the " Oval." A considerable sumof money has been spent upon this ground, and it needs only apavilion to be one of the best grounds in the colony. Practice iscarried on froni October to April (inclusive) on the Oval.
ITNn7ERSITY CLUBS, ETC. 42δ
Ten matches have been played between this University andthat of Melbourne. Of these seven have been won by Sydney.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1892-3.
PRESIDENT—H. M. Faithfull, M.A.VICE-PRESIDENTS—Professor Wood ; Theo.
Powell, M.A. ;E. C. Allen, B.A. ; Bichard Teece, F.I.A.
DIRECTOR OP THE OVAL—Theo. Powell, M.A.COMMITTEE—J. S. Cargill, B.A. ; S. L. Eudder,
B.A. ;H. H. Terry ; J. Leslie Williams, B.A. ; H. P. Abbott, B.A. ;E. H. Eobison, W. D. Merewether, N. F. White.
HON. SECRETARY—A. H. Garnsey.ASSISTANT HON. SECRETARIES—S. L. Eudder,
B.A. ; S. J,,Johnston.
HON. TREASURER—H. D. Wood, B.A.DELEGATES TO S. U. SPORTS UNION—J. L.
Williams, B.A. ;H. D. Wood, B.A.
DELEGATES TO N.S.W. CRICKET ASSOCIATION COMMITTEE—Theo. Powell, M.A. ; G. F. Evans, D. O'Eeilly.
UNIVEESITY TENNIS CLUB.
The Club was established in September, 1885. Allmembers of the Sports Union are also members of the TennisClub.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1893.
PRESIDENT—Professor G. Arnold Wood.VICE-PRESIDENTS—His Honor Judge
Backhouse, ProfessorAnderson ; H. E. Barff, M.A. ; F. W. Doak, B.A. ; M. O'G.Hughes, B.A., B.Sc
COMMITTEE—H. P. Abbott, B.A. ; H. H. Kater, A. H.Garnsey, T. W. K. Waldron, B.A.
DELEGATES TO SYDNEY UNIVERSITY SPORTS UNION—H. F.Maxwell, A. H. Garnsey.
HON. TREASURER—H. F. Maxwell.HON. SECRETARY—W. D. M. Merewether.
426 UNIVERSITY CLUBS, ETC.
LADIES' TENNIS OLUB.
OFFICE BEABERS FOR 1S93-4.
PRESIDENT—Lady Manning.VICE-PRESIDENTS—;Mi's. Gurney, Mrs. David.COMMITTEE—Ruth Bowmaker, B.A. ; Ellen
Lenthali, B.A. ;Millicent V. Elliott, Winifred Purcell, Eleanor M. Whitfeld.
HON. TREASURER—May Daly.HON. SECRETARY—Gertrude A. Boseby.
UNIVERSITY ATHLETIC CLUB.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1893.
PATRON^—His Excellency the Right Hon. Sir Robert Duff,P.C., G.C.M.G. '
PRESIDENT—Professor Anderson.* VICE-PRESIDENTS—Prof essor Wood, Dr.
W. Caniac Wilkin-son, John Harris, G. E. Evans.
COMMITTEE—S. L. Eudder, B.A. ; P. H. Mills, B.A. ; F. Ii.
de B. Lopez, W. L. Walker, H. B. Eowlands, H. D. Wood,B:A. ; F. H. B. Gaden.
HON. TREASURER—E. Bowman.HON. SECRETARIES—W. J. Eooney, B.A. ; D. S. Edwards.DELEGATES TO N.S.W. AMATEUR ATHLETIC
ASSOCIATION—W. J. Eooney, B.A. ; D. S. Edwards.
DELEGATES TO SYDNEY UNIVERSITY SPORTS UNION—W. J. Eooney, B.A. ; E. Bowman.
UNIVEBSITY FOOTBALL CLUB.
This Club was formed in 1863. Matches are played everySaturday and Wednesday during the season, which lasts fromApril tül September. All members of the Sports Union aremembers of the Football Club.
UNIVERSITY CLUBS, ETC. 427
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1893.PRESIDENT—The Hon. Sir William M. Manning, Knt.,
LL.D., K.C.M.G., M.L.C. (Chancellor). ""VICE-PRESIDENTS—H. E. Barff, M.A. ; Dr. L. E. P. NeUl,
B. A. ; H. H. Lee ; J. F. Macmanamey, B. A.ΌΟΜΜΙΊΤΕΕ—H. P. Abbott, B.A. ; W. A. Conlon, B.A. ;
Jno. F. Macmanamey, B.A. ; T. O'Sullivan.JOINT HON. SÉCRÉTÂMES—R. M. Kinross, B.A. ; T%
O'Sullivan.HON. SECRETARY, 2ND TEAM—B. Fitzpatrick.HON. SECRETARY, 3RD TEAM—H. H. Terry.HON. SECRETARY, 4TH TEAM—N. de H. Rowland.DELEGATES TO N. S. WALES R. F. UNION—H. Dalrymple
Wood, B.A. ; R. M. Kinross, B.A.HON. TREASURER—A. H. Uther, B.A., LL.B.DELE&ATES TO SYDNEY UNIVERSITY SPORTS UNION—N. F.
White ; A. H. Uther, B.A., LL.B.SELECTION COMMITTEE, 1ST TEAM—J. F. McManamey, B.A. ;
J. N. Henderson ; H. Palmer Abbott, B.A.SELECTION COMMITTEE, 2ND TEAM—N. F. White, W. A.
Conlon, B. A1, G. G. Old.SELECTION COMMITTEE, 3RD TEAM—H. H. Terry, T. O'Sulli-
van, J. L. Brown.SELECTION COMMITTEE, 4TH TEAM— J. Mair, L. O. Martin,
B.A. ; R. Old.
UNIVERSITY WOMEN'S SOCIETY.The object of this Society is to help anyone requiring and
deserving help, as far as lies in the power of the Society. AUwomen members of the University of Sydney are eligible formembership. Honorary members may be admitted by consentof a general meeting. Subscription, Is. 6d. per term.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1893.PRESIDENT—Lady Manning.VICE PRESIDENTS—Mrs. Bowden-Sniith, Mrs. David, Mrs.
Martin, Lady Winde3rer, Mrs. Wolstenholme.
428 UNIVERSITY CLUBS, ETC.
ACTING HON. SECRETARY—Carrie Lomer, M. A..^HON. TREASURER—Agnes E. L. Bennett.
REPRESENTATIVES—Theodosia A. Britton, B.A.; Ruth Bow-maker, B. A.; Annie A. Studdy, BA.; Florence Seidon, GeorginaJ. Harriott.
COMMITTEE—Beatrice R. Elliott, Edith J. Howe, LouisaMacdonald, M.A.; Alice Pritchard, Lizzie Proctor, B.A. ; JaneF. Russell, M.A.; Isola F. Thompson, M.A. .
UNIVERSITY DRAMATIC SOCIETY.This Society was founded at the end of 1889¡ and has at
present about 120 members. The subscription is 10s. per annumfor both active and subscribing members. The former hâve theprivilege of acting, and receiving tickets for all entertainments ;the latter obtaiu tickets only. Membership is open to all ladyand gentlemen Graduates and Undergraduates attending lectures.The object of the Society is to give dramatic performances as ameans of developing the histrionic and rhetorical abilities of itsmembers. A coach has been engaged, who gives dramaticinstruction at the rehearsals.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1893.PRESIDENT—Professor David.
VICE-PRESIDENTS—Professor Wood ; The Hon. Sir WilliamWindeyer, M.A., LL.D. ; H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.S., C.M.G.TREASURER—H. W. Weigall.SECRETARIES—A. B. Davies, W. A. Windeyer, B.A.
COMMITTEE—Margaret E. Maynard, J. H. D. Brearley,J. Le Gay Brereton, J. P. Jones, Jennie B. Uther, C. N. Meli.
SYDNEY UNIVERSITY ASSOCIATION.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1893.
PRESIDENT—M. O'G. Hughes, B.A.VICE-PRESIDENTS—J. B. Peden, B.Á. ; P. H. Mills, B.A. ;
J. W. Jackson.
UNIVERSITY CLUBS, ETC. 429
COMMITTEE—J. F. Flashnian, B A. ; G. F. Eutter, B.A. ;W. A. Conlon, B.A. ; W. J. E. Davies, B.A. ; D. S. Edwards,C. N. Meli, J. Finney, N. F. White, H. S. Osborne, N. de H.Eowland, H. Dennis, F. H. B. Gaden, E. M. Mitchell, G. W.Waddell, T. J. Hughes, W. Eichler.
HON. TREASURER—A. H. Garnsey.HON. SECRETARIES—J. MacPherson, B.A. ; H. F. Maxwell.
SYDNEY UNIVEESITY WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION.
This Association was founded in May, 1892, with the aimof bringing all women Graduates and Undergraduates togetherfrom time to time for social and intellectual purposes, and oftaking cognizance of all matters affecting their well-being.
OFFICE BEARERS FOR 1892-3.PRESIDENT—Miss Macdonald, M.A.HON. SECRETARY—Miss W. Purcell.HON. TREASURER—Miss M. C. Dimond.COMMITTEE—Miss Booth, B.A. ; Miss Bowmaker, B.A. ;
Miss D. Harris, Miss J. F. Eussell, M.A.
OFFICE BEAKERS FOR 1893-4.PRESIDENT—Miss J. F. Eussell, M.A.HON. SECRETARY—Miss Winifred Purcell.HON. TREASURER—Miss Ethel Maynard.COMMITTEE—Miss Bowmaker, B.A. ; Miss Britton, B.A. ;
Miss Dimond, B.A. ; and Miss Macdonald, M.A.
APPENDIX
EXAMINATION PAPERS.DECEMBER, 1892.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
FIEST YEAE EXAMINATION.
LATIN PEOSE COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.TIME, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
1. Translate into Latin—283. Let us see to which of the two the place was more-
suitable for an ambush.284. No one would have disbelieved him if he had denied
it,seeing that everj'bod}' wishes his acquittal, though heconfesses it.
285. The other day, in a full meeting of the Senate, a memberwas found to assert that MiIo was armed.
286. M. Cato declared that slaves who had defended theirmaster's life deserved not only their freedom, but everykind of reward.
287. But the Eoman Senate, as after Trasimene and afterCannœ, was once more worth}' of itself. When theterrible news of Hannibal's first approach came, they hadbeen disposed to recall the whole of their armies to thedefence of the capital ; a measure of precaution whichwould have fulfilled Hannibal's highest hopes and savedthe beleaguered Capua. But fresh confidence came.They recalled only Eulvius, who managed to reach Bonieby the Appian, just before Hannibal reached the Anio bythe Latin Way. Two legions which had lately been gottogether in the country around Borne, when they were
a
ií. FIEST TEAK IN ARTS.
joined by the army -which had just arrived, gave the citya respectable garrison, and Hannibal made no attack—heprobably never intended to make one—oa the city itself.
2. Translate into English—At Pompeius cognitis his rebus, quae erant Oriei atque
Apolloniae gestae, Dyrrhachio timens, diurnis eo noc-turnisque itineribus contenait. Simul Caesar appropin-quare dicebatur, tantusque terror incidit eius exercitui,quod properans noctem diei coniunxerat neque iter inter-miserat, ut paene omnes ex Epiro finitimisque regionibussigna relinquerent, complures arma proicerent ac fugaesimile iter videretur. Sed cum prope Dyrrhachium Pom-peius constitisset castraque nietari iussisset, perterritoetiam turn exercitu princeps Labienus procedit iuratquese eum non deserturum eundemque casum subiturum,quemcumque ei fortuna tribuisset. Hoc idem reliquiiurant legati ; tribuni militum centurionesque sequuntur,atque idem omnis exercitus iurat. Caesar praeoccupatoitinere ad DjTrhachium finem properandi facit castraquead numen Apsum ponit in finibus Apolloniatium, utcastellis vigiliisque bene meritae civitates tutae essent,ibique reliquarum ex Italia legionum adventum exspec-tare et sub pellibus hiemare constituit.
LATIN AUTHORS.
TTME, THEEE HOUES.
PASS.
288. Translate into English extracts from Cicero pro Milone.
289. Translate and explain—290. Uteretur eadem confessione T. Armins qua Aha!a, qua
Nasica, qua Opimius, qua Marius, qua nosrnet ipsi.291. Cum senatus ei commiserit ut videret ne quid
respublicadetrimenti caperet.
(¢) Comitiis in campo quotiens potestas fuit ! Cum ille insaepta ruisset, gladios destringendos, lapides jaciendoscuravisset.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION.
Ui.
(d) Illud Cassianum, "cui bono fuerit," in his personisvaleat.
292. Translate into English extracts from Virgil, iEneid I., II.
293. Translate, with short notes on the underlined words—294. Exarsere ignes animo ; subit ira cadentem
Ulcisci patriam et sceleratas sumere poenas.
295. Inde domum, si forte pedem, si forte tulisset, me refero(c) Nunc terras ordine longo
Aut capere aut captas jam despéctare videntur.(d) Si genus humanuni et mortalia tenmitis arma,
At sperate déos memores fandi atque nefandi.
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
TIME, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
1. Translate—Mira. Si ταΰτα Αύσανδρος άθροίσας τους συμμάχους (κέλΐυσι
βουλΐΰ(σθαι π(ρ\ των αιχμάλωτων, ίνταϋθα δη κατηγορίαι¿γίγνοντο ττολλαϊ των Αθηναίων, a TÍ ηδη παρενα/ομήκΐσανκαι α (ψηφισμένοι ήσαν ττοιϋν, ίΐ κρατήσίίαν τη ναυμαχία, τηνδ(£ιάν χείρα άποκόπτίΐν των ζωγρηθέντων -πάντων, κα\ δτιXaySóvTcs δυο τριήρεις, Κ,ορινθίαν καΐ Άνδρίαν, τους άνδρας¿ζ αυτών ττάντας κατακρημνίσιιαν' Φιλοκλης δ' ην στρατηγόςτων Αθηναίων, Ss τούτους διίφθΐΐρΐν. (XIy(το δί και άλλαπολλά, και ϊδοξεν άποκτΐίναι των αιχμάλωτων όσοι ήσαν'Αθηναίοι πλην Άδαμάντου, ότι μόνος ήναντιώθη èv τι} εκκλησίατω Trepl της απότομης των χειρών ψηφίσματι' -ήτιάθη μέντοιυπό τίνων προδοΰναι τάς ναΐις. Α,ΰσανδρος δί Φιλοκλέα πρώτονίρωτησας, ος τους Άνδρίους και Κορίνθιους κατίκρημνισΐ, τί¿ίη ¿¿ios παθέίν αρζάμα/ος eis "Ελληνας παρανομέιν, απί-σφαξΐν.
2. Translate into Greek—Xenophon asked Seuthes what use he intended to make of
the army, and he replied as follows : " Maesades was myfather; he once ruled over three tribes of Thracians.
FIRST TEAR IN ABTS.
But he was driven out of the country, and later on diedof sickness, leaving me to be brought up at the court ofMedocus, the present king. But I, when I had grown upto manhood, could not endure to live at another's board.So I begged him to give me as niany men as he could,that I might wreak mischief on those who had driven usforth from our land ; that thus I might cease to Uve independence upon another man, like a dog watching hismaster's hand. In answer to rny petition, he gave methe men and the horses which you see, and now I livewith these, pillaging my own ancestral land. But if 3OUwould join me, I think, with the help of heaven, wemight easily recover nry kingdom. That is what I wantof vou."
GREEK AUTHORS.
TIME, THKEE HOUES.
PASS.
296. Translate into English extracts from Herodotus VI.
297. Translate and write short notes on the following—(α) 'Επί £vpav yàp ακμής ίχίται ημίν τα ττρήγματα, oVöpes
*IOJV€Ç, η είναι cXewepoicri η οουλοισι, και τουτοισι ωςδρηπέττ]σι.
(ί) TIpIv των ττρότίρον αδικημάτων δούναι δικαϊ των Ις Αθηναίουςύβρισαν.
(¢) *Ην γαρ ισταμένου του μηνός ίΐνάτη, έΊνάτη δβ ουκ ¿¿eXeúaea-#αι ίφασαν μη οΰ ιτληρεος έόντος τοί κύκλου.
3. Explain the following forms, and give the Attic equivalents—Έ^ανδρα7τοδΐ£θνται — τπρικατίατο—ίμΐωυτω—(αί ΐττποι) τετάφα-ται—σννίστίωτας.
4. Translate into English extracts from Euripides, Iphigenia inTauris.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION.
5. Translate and explain—(ffi) Οϋ τάν "Αργή μέλπονσ' Ήραν
ovo ίστοΓς h' κα\\ίφθόγγοι.ςκίρκίδι Παλλάδος 'ATÖIOOS £ΐκώκαι Τιτάνων 7Γ0ΐ/αλλουσ\
(¿) Γνώ/χα δ' oîç /nèv άκαιρος όλ-βου, TOtç δ' etc μίσον ηκ€ΐ.
(c) ΙΦ. αρ' αν Tt /not φράσείας ών ¿γώ θ ¿Χω;OP. ώϊ γ ¿ν τταρίρ-γω της ίμής Βνσπραξίας
((Z) ΙΦ. οΐσθά ννν α μοι -γενίσθω; ΘΟ. σον το σήμαιναν ToSe.
6. Mark the metre of the following lines--298. Aa/?€tv τ άγαλμα θεάς, 5 φασιν ivOáhe.299. %vyyovov άμον κατακλαιοαενα.300. Se Trapos η σ αναστενάζω yo'otç.((Z) Μυσαρά γαρ τα τοιάδ' εστίν, ev yt /ο^δίυ'βις ττόλιν.
ENGLISH.
TIJTE, THBEE HODES.
Xot more th'in EIGHT questions to be attempted.
PASS.
1. Enumerate and characterise («) the direct and (¿) the in-direct contributions of Latin to the English language.
2. Illustrate from the pronouns («) how words receive new formsfor number and case, (b) how genders are dropped andconfused, and (c) how classes of words are interchanged.
3. Write Grimm's Law (in revised form, if 3'ou know it), so thatit states the first letter change, and give illustrations.
4. Explain the following quotations—(«■) EuI of te time he hadde the bord bigonne
Aboven alle naciouns in Pruce. ■(I) A poire of bedes gauded al with grene.
vi. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
( c ) In love-dayes ther coude he muchel helpe.{d) So greet a purchasour was no-wher noon
Al was fee simple to him in effect.(<?) He rood up-on a rouncy, as he couthe.(/) Whether that he payde, or took by taille
Algat he waited so in his achatThat he was ay biforn and in good stat.
5. What pilgrims mentioned in the prologue have no story
assigned to them ? Can you explain these omissions ?
301. Describe the appearance and character of the Knight.
302. " The fate of Cordelia is unjust and unprovoked, it
merelyharrows the feelings."
Discuss this statement.
8. Compare and contrast the misfortunes of Lear and of
Gloucester.
9. Explain the following quotations—(a) I profess
Myself an enemy to all other joysWhich the most precious square of sense possesses.
303. Old men are babes again, and must be usedWith checks as flatteries when they are seen abused.
304. Thou zed, thou unnecessary letter.305. For his particular, I'll receive him gladly,
But not one follower.306. Mark the high noises and thyself bewray
When false opinion, whose wrong thought defiles theeIn thy just proof repeals and reconciles thee.
(/) The good-years shall devour them, flesh and fellEre they shall make us weep.
10. Distinguish between the versification of King Lear and ofthe Prologue to the Canterbury Tales as to (i.) the use ofrhyme, (ii.) the practice with regard to accent, (iii.) in-fringements upon ordinary rule, (iv.) poetic effectgenerally.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. vu.
FRENCH AUTHORS.
TIME, THEEE HOUES.
PASS.
307. Translate into English extracts from Racine, Andromaque.
308. Mention shortly Racine's dramatic works. "What circum-
stance led to the composition of his two last dramas ? Inwhat respects do they differ from his former pieces ?
309. Translate into English extracts from La Fontaine's Fables.
310. Translate into English an extract from J. Sandeau, Mlle de
la Seiglière.
FRENCH COMPOSITION, GRAMMAR, AND UNSEENTRANSLATION.
TIME, THEEE HOUBS.
PASS.
1. Translate into French—There stood the burgomaster, a tall, haggard,
imposingfigure, with -dark visage, and a tranquil but commandingeye. He waved his broad-leaved felt hat for silence, andthen exclaimed, in language which has been almost literallypreserved: "What would ye, my friends? Why do yemurmur that we do not break our vows, and surrender thecity to the Spaniards ? a fate more horrible than the agonywhich she now endures. I tell you I have made an oathto hold the city, and may God give me strength to keepmy oath ! I can die but once ; whether by your hands,the enemy's, or by the hand of God. My own fate isindifferent to me, not so that of the city intrusted to my
. care. I know that we shall starve if not soon relieved ;but starvation is preferable to the dishonoured death,which is the only alternative. Tour menaces move menot ; my life is at your disposal ; here is my sword, plungeit in my breast, and divide my flesh among you. Takemy body to appease your hunger, but expect no surrenderso long as I remain alive."
TlU. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
2. Criticise and correct, according to the rules of Modern French
Grammar, the following sentences from Andromaqiie andLe Fontaine's Fables.
311. On craint qu'il n'essuyât les larnies de sa mère.
312. N'est-ce pas à vos yeux un spectacle assez douxQue la veuve d'Hector pleurante à vos genoux ?
313. Et qui ne se serait comme moi déclaréeSur la foi d'une amour si saintement jurée ?
314. C'est ,l'acheter trop cher que l'acheter d'un bienSans qui les autres ne sont rien.
315. Phèdre était si succint qu'aucuns l'en ont blâmé.
316. L'âne d'un jardinier se plaignait au destinDe ce qu'on le faisait lever devant l'aurore.
317. Patience et longueur de tempsFont plus que force ni que rage.
318. Un quart voleur survient, qui les accorde netEn se saisissant du baudet.
319. Celui-ci, fort surpris d'entendre ce langage,Comme il était venu s'en retourna chez soi.
(10) De ces dards mis ensemble un seul ne s'éclata.
3. Translate (at sight)—
PABIS LE SOIR.
C'est l'heure où Paris se montre dans toute sa beauté.Pendant la journée, le plâtre des façades fatigue l'œil parsa blancheur monotone, les chariots pesamment chargésfont trembler les pavés sous leurs roues colossales, la fouleempressée se croise et se heurte, uniquement occupée dene point manquer l'instant des affaires ; l'aspect de la villeentière a quelque chose d'âpre, d'inquiet et de haletant ;mais dès que les étoiles se lèvent, tout change ; les blanchesmaisons s'éteignent dans une ombre vaporeuse ; onn'entend plus que le roulement des voitures qui courent àquelque fête ; on ne voit que passants flâneurs ou joyeux;le travail a fait place aux loisirs. Maintenant chacun
DECEMBEE EXAMIXATION. IX.
respire de cette course ardente à travers les occupations dujour ; ce qui reste de force est donné au plaisir ! Voiciles bals qui éclairent leurs péristyles, les spectacles quis'ouvrent, les boutiques de friandises qui se dressent lelong des promenades, les crieurs de journaux qui fontbriller leur lanterne. Paris a décidément déposé la plume,le mètre et le tablier ; après la journée livrée au travail,il veut la soirée pour jouir ; comme les maîtres de ïhèbes,il a remis au lendemain les affaires sérieuses.
4. Translate into French—The late Lord M. was born in the first year of the 19th
century.
He took his B.A. degree at Cambridge.
He made his maiden speech in the House of Commons in1830.
He was returned to Parliament for Leeds, and afterwardssat for Edinburg.
The Speaker was in the chair.
Parliament met early in the year.
He laid a bill on the table of the House.
GERMAN AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HODBS.
PASS.
1. Translate into English extracts from Uhland, Ernst Herzog
von Schwaben.
2. Translate into English extracts from Schiller's Prosa.S. Give a brief account of the historical events and
persons onwhich the play and character of Ernst Herzog vonSchwaben are founded.
χ. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
GERMAN COMPOSITION, GRAMMAR AND UNSEENTRANSLATION.
TIME, THEKE HOUES.
PASS.
t. Translate into German—
DEATH OF WAT TYLER.
Wat and his men rode about the city. Next morning theKing, with a small train of some sixt}' gentlemen, amongwhom was Walworth the Mayor, rode into Smithfield,and saw Wat and his people at a little distance. Watsaid to his men, "There is the King. I will go speakwith him and tell him what we want." Straightway Watrode up to him, and began to talk. "King," said Wat,"dost thou see all my men there?" "AJi!" said theKing, "why?" "Because," said Watt, "they are allat niy command, and have, sworn to do whatever I bidthem." Some declared afterwards that as Wat said this,he laid his hand on the King's bridle. Others declared thathe was seen to pla}r with his own dagger. I think myselfthat he just spoke to the King like a rough angry manas he was, and did nothing more. At any rate he wasexpecting no attack, and prepared for no resistance, whenWalworth the Mayor, did the not very valiant deed ofdrawing a short sword and stabbing him to the throat ;he dropped from his horse, and one of the King's peoplespeedily finished him. So fell Wat Tjder.
2. Grammar—i. Explain the words in italics, and substitute the more
modern forms—320. Zween Herren reiten mit Gefolg heran.321. Was soll mir der einzle Mann?322. Einst war er Herzog, es erbannt mich sein.323. Die ihm der Erzbischof von Mailand beut.324. Wohl bin ich mürbe worden.(J") Yollkommen klar bin ich mir dess bewusst.
ii. Point out the force of the following inseparable verbalprefixes, and give examples—be, ent, er, ver.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION.
325. How are Proper Names of Persons declined? Are theyinflected in any other case but the Genitive? Giveexamples.
326. Give the etymology or history of the following words—Vogt, Brief, Fähnrich, Gift, Adler, Kerker, Herzog,Söldner, Verliese, erhaben.
3. Translate—(a) ÄaSpar (Strumpf »car ein furjer, bicf er SDîcnfd) mit einem breiten,
fetten a3ollmonbagefid;t unb gutmütig taäjenben Qtugen,· bencn©taut unb «Sorge fremb ju fein fdjienen. Sr >oar ηίφί nur fett,fonbern and; fdjlafrig unb faul, unb iljni fteleti bafjer biearbeiten bei £aufeâ, Αοφιι unb !.8acfeit, baâ ©triefen ber -Jîefce¿um eigenen gifdjfang unb juin 5Berfaufe, αιιφ ein großer Streitber ïBeftellung it)reâ fleinen fyelbeâ anleint, ©anj ba§ ©egenttyeiirear fein ©efabrte; lang unb fjager, mit füf)ner >§a6ic(;tsnafe unbfdjarfen klugen, war er ala ber tiiätigfte unb gCiicf[tctjfte iyifct;er,ber unternet)inenï)fte Äletterer nad) aSogeln unb Saunen, berfieifjigfte Selbarbeitcr auf ben 3nfeln unb batet als ber gelbgicrigfte•eänbler auf beut sDiarfte ju jtirfieaíí tefannt; aber ba feineSBaaren gut, unb fein ©anbei frei yon Setrug rear, fo íjanbelteSeber gern mit φιη, unb QBiIm Qralfe (fo nannten it;n feineÄanbSteute), unb Äaepar ©trumpf, mit rcetdjem elfterer tro§feiner .§abfud;t gern feinen fc^voer errungenen ©ereinn tfteilte,Ratten nid;t nur eine gute ölatyrung, fonbern roaren αιιφ aufgutem SSege, einen gegriffen ©rab oon9Sot)I[;atent}eit ju erlangen.
(i) ©infam? ©infam? 9tein, baâ tun id> nidjt !Senn bie ©eifter meiner Hüten,!Die in ferner «§cimatfj blieben,©ie umfd;ioebeu mid;.
©lücflid;? ©lücflid;? »Hein, baâ Bin id) ηίφί!Senn bei ftitt geineinten Cremen,"BUi)V ίφ ftetê ein tjeimlid; Seinenϋΐαά) ber >*5cimatt) t)in.
traurig ? traurig ? Sîein, baS bin ίφ ηίφΐ !2>enn ίφ iceijj, bafâ in ©ebanfen■¡Dieine Steuern mid; umranfenUnb mir na(;c ftnb.
<§offenb ? «èojfenb ? 3a, baâ ift mein ©inn !ßinjt mit ben geliebten 2BeinenSBiebcrum ιηίφ ju bereuten,5)aê erfüllt mein Jgtvb !
311. FIRST TEAR IN ARTS.
ARITHMETIC AND ALOEBRA.
TIJIE, THREE HOXTES.
PASS.
1. Of two sons, one receives £343 4s. Od. more than the other.
They invest their shares at 3h% and 4£% compoundinterest, respective^', and in two years their capital is thesame. Find the whole sum divided between them.
2. The importer's profit on certain articles is 8i%, and the
retail trader's 13¿%. An ad valorem duty is now imposed,and both importer and tradesman continue to make thesame profit as before on their whole outlay. The priceof goods which used to cost the importer £1200 is raised£263 17s. 9d. to the consumer : find the duty.
3. What length of iron pipe, of which the internal and
external diameters are 5f and 6| inches, respectively, canbe made from 480 tons of iron, if a cubic foot of ironweigh 446-40 lbs. ?
4. Explain and justify the statementa c_acbX(l~bd'
6. Simplifyy' + a'-* 8 a' + a 8 -/ + g' + .y'-z'
ΐΚ^-^Χ*-2) ^(ί/-ζ)(ί/-:ν) ri/(z-x){z—ff)'
6. Solve the equations/■ χ b + c—a c + a — b a + b.—e _~1 ¿?—(b + c)z + bc a? — {e + a)c + ae ¿3-(a + b)j; + tib~ '(ii.) 7x + ii/=l, ι
*y + 15=0; ((iii.) 14.«3-5^/-13.ίΓ + 22=0, (
3^ + 5¾/-4/ + 12=0. i
7. Shew that every quadratic equation has two, and only two,
roots.What is the condition that these should be equal ?
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xiii.
P
8. What do you mean by χι ?
Shew, carefully, that χι χ x~*=% ?» ■Simplify
s/ !3+ x/(9-/-)| + /{3- y/{9-p*) \ ·9. Define " ratio " and " proportion."
If four quantities be in continued proportion, shew that thesum of the first and third is to the second as the sum of'the second and fourth is to the third.
10. Find the fourth term of an H.P. of which the first term isunity and the seventh term is 2.Find the sum of an A.P. of 23 terms of which the seventh,term is 7 and the seventeenth is —6.
11. The recurring part of a recurring decimal forms a geometricalprogression : hence evaluate 3-1297.
GEOMETRY AND MENSURATION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
1. If one side of a triangle be produced the exterior angle is.greater than either of the interior opposite angles.
2. Define parallel straight lines, and give the axiom relating toparallel straight lines. What other axioms have beenproposed to be substituted for this axiom ?Prove that if a straight line falls upon two parallel straightlines it makes the alternate angles equal to one another, &c.,using either Euclid's axiom or one of the other proposed,axioms.
3. In any right-angled triangle the square which is describedupon the side subtending the right angle is equal to thesquares described upon the sides which contain the right,angle.
XiV. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
If from the middle point of one of the sides of a right-angled triangle, a perpendicular be drawn to the hypo-thenuse, the difference of the squares on the segmentsinto which it is divided is equal to the square on theother side.
4. If a straight line AB be bisected in C and produced to D,
shew that the rectangle contained by AD and BD,together with the square on CB, shall be equal to thesquare on CD.Shew also that the square on AD is equal to the square onBD together with four times the rectangle contained byAC and CD.
5. Describe a square that shall be equal to a given rectilineal
figure.β. Equal straight lines in á circle are
equally distant from thecentre, and conversely those which are equally distantfrom the centre, are equal to one another.
7. Through a given point draw a straight line in such a
manner that the chord intersected on it by a given circlemay be of a given length.
8. Inscribe an equilateral and equiangular pentagon in a given
circle.Shew that, if the angular points of the pentagon sodescribed be joined, the joining lines are parallel to sidesof the pentagon.
9. If a straight line drawn through the vertex of a triangle
divides the base externally in the ratio of the sides, theexterior angle at the vertex is bisected by the straightline.
10. If in similar triangles, from any two equal angles two straight
lines be drawn, making equal angles with the homologoussides and terminated by the opposite sides, these lineswill have the same ratio as the sides on which they fall,and will also divide those sides proportionally.
11. ABCD is a rectangular field whose sides measure respectively
3 and 4 chains. A fence in the form of an arc of a circlewrhose radius is 5 chains joins the opposite angles A andC. Find the areas of the two parts into which the field isdivided by this fence.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xv.
TRIGONOMETRY.
TIME, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
1. Prove the equations ------=—= - where D, G and 0 are theu 180 200 ir
measures of the same angle when a degree, a grade and aradian respectively are the units.
The three angles of a triangle are 5x°, 7x°, 8z°. Expressthem (i.) in grades, (ii.) in radians.
2. Define supplement, complement and angle of elevation.Prove geometrically that
tan (270° + A)= -cot A=-tan (270°-A).3. Shew that cos (A + B)=cos A cos B — sin A sin B, and also
. , -a „ A + B A-Bcos A + cos B=2 cos—¿— cos —-—.
Simplify cos - cos ——cos 3a cos a.Δ Jt
4. Prove the identities. (i.) Sec2ö(l +sec 20) = 2sec 20
,.. > Sin2a—sin2e , , ι , a\(ii.) —----.—£-_=£ tan (α + ϋ)v ; Sm2a-sm2/3 v ^'(iii.)Tan30=3tang - tan8<? .v ' l-8tan'-0
5. Solve the equations(i. ) Sin 50+sin 30+sin 0=0
(ii.) Tanf- + 0) + tanf|-0) = 2tan20.
6. Write down all the angles between —225° and 1000° whichhave their sines the same in magnitude, irrespective ofsign, as 45° : also all the angles having the sametangent, both in magnitude and sign, as 120°.
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
7. In any triangle ABC prove thatA /(S-I)Is-c)
sin 2A + sin B sin C sin 2B -f- sin C sin A«'" + ¿c b- + ca
8. Shew how to solve the triangle when two sides and theincluded angle are given.
Solve the triangle having given A—45° and b:c=\ /3 +1: Λ/6.
9. Twenty feet from the foot of a tower the angle of elevationof the top is three times the angle of elevation from apoint one hundred feet away ; shew that the height ofthe tower is — feet.
CHEMISTRY (NON-METALS) .
TIME, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
1. Give a short account of hydrobromic acid, including its
preparation, principal properties and reactions.
2. How would you prove the presence of carbon in carbondioxide ? How can the composition of carbon dioxide byvolume be determined synthetically ?
3. What are the principal forms in which silica is met with innature ? How is soluble silica prepared ?
4. Show that a combustible substance may be made a supporterof combustion.
5. Why are the elements, nitrogen, phosphorus and arsenic
classed together?
6. What is meant by an element being in the nascent condition?Cite experiments of the action of elements in this state.
(*)
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. XVU.
7. Prepare a tabular statement of the oxygen compounds of
chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Give the names andformulie, and state whether the compound is a solid,liquid or gas.
8. How is ammonia prepared commercially ? Where and under
what conditions are ammonia compounds met with innature ?
PHYSICS.
TIMK, THEEE HOUBS.
PASS.
1. Define "Force," and explain how two forces may be
compared.
2. Describe the appearance presented by a sheet of mica in
plane polarised light, stating the changes that occurduring the rotation of the analyser.
3. Describe the phenomena observed in the shadow of a pin on
a screen a long way off, the source of light being apoint.
4. Describe and explain either a galvanometer or an electro-
meter.
5. Describe the spectrum of white light. What changes are
produced in it by interposing a sheet of (a) red glass and(b) green glass ?
6. Explain the principles underlying the construction of a
Dynamo.
7. Define " a degree " of temperature, and explain how you
would construct an instrument for finding whether twotemperatures are the same or not.
xvui. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
PHYSIOGRAPHY.
ΤΓΜΈ, THFtFB HOTTBS.
PASS.
1. By what means has the thickness of the earth's atmosphere
been determined ?
2. Account for the fact that out of the total dissolved mineral
matter in sea-water sodium chloride forms 77-70 per cent,and carbonate of lime less than 1 per cent., whereas outof the total mineral matter carried in solution by riversinto the ocean 42-90 per cent, is carbonate of lime, andonly 2· 20 percent, sodium chloride.
3. Upon what conditions does the climate of any locality
depend ?
4. Explain the following terms or expressions—Continental
Shelf ; Tuscarora Deep ; Nebulee ; the Inner Planets.
5. What are the chief deposits now accumulating on the floor of
the ocean ?
327. Explain some of the theories as to the origin of mountains ?
328. What is the meaning of Mill's statement that "half of
Australia is made up of areas of internal drainage " ?Illustrate your answer with a sketch.
8. Define the meaning of the term Sea-level. What evidence is
there to show that the level of the sea is subject to localdistortion ?
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. XlX.
SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN
TRANSLATION.
TIME, THHEE HOURS.
PASS.
1. Translate into English—Hac legatione Romam relata, positis
omnium aliarum rerumcuris patres, fetialibus ad res repetendas missis belloque,quia non redderentur, sollemni more indicto, decreveruntut primo quoque tempore de ea re ad populum ferretur ;iussuque populi cónsules ambo cum duobus exercitibusab urbe profecti, Valerius in Campaniam, Cornelius inSamnium, ille ad montem Gaurum, hic ad Saticulamcastra ponunt. Priori Valerio Samnitium legiones (eonamque omnem belli molem inclinaturam censebant)occurrunt ; simulin Campanos stimulabat ira tarn promptosnunc ad ferenda, nunc ad accersenda adversus se auxilia.Ut vero castra Romana viderunt, ferociter pro se quisquesignum duces poseeré, affirmare, eadem fortuna RomanumCampano laturum opem, qua Campanus Sidicino tulerit.Valerius levibus certaminibus tentandi hostis causa haudita multos moratus dies, signum pugnae proposuit, paucissuos adhortatus, ne novum bellum eos novusque hostisterreret.
2. Translate into Latin—In Cœsar's absence Clodius had become
the leader of thepopular party. At the time now spoken of he was acandidate for the Praetorship, while his enemy MiIo soughtto be Consul. In the January of 52 B.C. MIIO was travel-ling with his wife and family, attended by an armedretinue, along the Appian road to Lanuvium, where heheld a municipal office. Near Bovillse he met Clodiusriding, with a small number of attendants also armed.
XX. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
A quarrel arose among the servants ; Clodius mingled inthe fray, and being wounded took refuge in a tavern.MiIo, determined not to suffer for an imperfect act ofviolence, surrounded the house, drew forth his woundedenemy, and left him dead upon the road. The body wascarried to Borne and exposed in the Forum. A dreadfulriot arose. The houses of MiIo and other Senatorial chiefswere assaulted, but they were strongly built, and thepopulace was beaten off. But the furniture of the Senate-House was seized to make a funeral pile for the deceaseddemagogue, and the Curia itself was burnt to the ground.Every day witnessed a fresh riot, till the Senate com-missioned Pompey to restore order. This was done ; andit is probable that he would have been appointed Dictatorat once, had not Cœsar been in Cisalpine Gaul, watchingfor a false move of the party opposed to him.
LATIN AUTHORS.
TIKB, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
1. Translate into English extracts fi-om Horace, Satires, and
Cicero, Philippics I and II.2. Translate the following passages and comment on the under-
lined words—(a) ' ' Quid faceres cum
Sic mutilus minitaris"(b) " Coena ministratur pueris tribus."(¢) ' ' Peream male si non
Optimum erat."329. " Stoice, post damnum sic vendas omnia pluris."330. Atque utinam, patres
conscripti, Kalendis Sextilibusadesse potuissem. ™
(/) Neque ego hoc ab omnibus eis desidero, qui sententiamconsular! loco dicunt.
(g) Ecce Dolabellae Comitiorum dies ; sortitio praerogativae ;quiescit. °~
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xxi.
ROMAN HISTORT.
TIME, ONB HOtTB AND A HALF.
PASS.
331. What were the chief causes of the Social War ?
332. Give an account of the constitution of Sulla and of the suc-cessive steps taken to overthrow it.
333. Describe the career of Cato.
334. Describe the constitution and functions of the comitia
centuriata.
335. Relate the circumstances which led to the passing of theGabinian and Manilian laws. What were the powersconferred by those laws upon Poinpey, and how far werethey unprecedented ?
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
TIME, THKEE HOURS
PASS.
1. Translate into Greek—Towards the close of the winter, a Greek of Cyzicus, named
Apollophanes, brought about an interview betweenAgesilaus and Pharnabazus. Agesilaus, with the Thirty,having arrived first at the appointed place, sat downwithout ceremony on the grass. When the Satrap came,his attendants prepared to spread some rich carpets forhim ; but Pharnabazus, observing how the Spartans wereseated, was ashamed to avail himself of such luxuries,and sat down on the grass \>y the side of Agesilaus. Hethen began to reproach the Greeks with their treatmentof one who had alwaj's been their faithful ally. "Youhave reduced me so low," he said, "that I have scarcelya dinner except from your leavings. My residences, myparks and hunting-grounds, the charm of niy Ufe, are allburnt or. destroyed. Pray tell me if this is gratitude."The Spartans seemed struck with shame ; and Agesilaus,after a long pause, answered that this war with the
xxii. SECOND YEAK IN AETS.
Persian king compelled them to act as they had done ;that towards himself personally they had the mostfriendly feelings and invited him to join their alliance.
2. Translate into English—Και ψηφισαμένων αυτών Αλκιβιάδη κάθοδον και άδειαν, ττλεΰσα.·;
ó ©ρασνβουλος ως τον Ύίσσαφερνην κατηγεν ες την ~2,άμον τονΆλκιβιάδην, νομίζων μόνην σωτηρίαν ε'ι Ύίσσαφερνην αΰτοΐςμεταστησειεν αττο ΐίελοποννησίων. γενομένης δε εκκλησίας τηντε Ιδίαν ξυμφορα,ν της φνγης επητιάσατο και άνωλοφνρατο οΑλκιβιάδης, και περί πολιτικών 7τολλά ειπών ες ελπίδας αυτούςον μικράς των μελλόντων καθιστή, καϊ υπερβάλλων έμεγάλννετην εαντον ονναμιν παρά τω Τισσαφερνει, ίνα οι Τ€ οίκοι τηνολιγαρχίαν ¡έχοντες </>ο/3οΐντο αυτόν και γάλλοι' αϊ £ννωμοσίαιδιαλνθειεν, και οι ¿ν τη Ί,άμω τιμιωτεράν τε αΰτον àyoïev καιαυτοί επι πλειον θαρσοίεν, οι τε πολέμιοι τω Τισσαφερνει ωςμάλιστα διαβαλλοιντο και άπο των νπαρχονσων ελπίδων εκπιπ-TOiev' ίπισχνεΐτο δ' ουν τάδε μέγιστα επικομπων ό Αλκιβιάδης,ώς Τισσαφέρνης αΰτ<1 νπεδεζατο η μην, εως αν τι των εαντοΰλείπηται, ην Άθηναίοις πιστενση, μη άπορησειν αΰτουΐ τροφής,οΰδ' ην δεη τελεντωντα την έαντον στρωμνην ε$αργνρωσαι.
GREEK AUTHORS.
TIME, THEEE HOUES.
PASS.
336. Translate into English extracts from Thucydides VI.
337. Translate into English extracts from Sophocles, Electra.
338. Translate the following and comment on the
underlinedwords—
(fi) Oi yáp σε μη γήρα τε και χρόνω μακρωγνωσ' οΰδ' ΰττοτιτευσουσιν ώδ' ηνθισμενον.
(i) TiV ά« '.τάκεις ώδ' άκόρεστον ο'ιμωγαντον 7τάλαι εκ δολερας άθεωταταματρος άλόντ απάταις 'Αγαμέμνονα ;
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. XXUl.
(¢) ΗΛ. ¿κ τον φίλων πεισθεΐσα; τω τοντ' ηρεσΐν;XP. ¿κ δάματός τον ννκτ4ρον, δοκυν ίμοί.
{(£) "Opa τιοασα róVSe τον νόμον βροτοίςμί) ττημα σανττι κα.1 μετάγνοιαν τίθης.
(e) 'Έμναίΐΐ τί μοιif/vjçg σΰνηθΐς όμμα, φιΧτάτον βροτωνπάντων Ό ρέστου τοΰο' èpâv τίκμηριον.
GREEK HISTORY.
TIME, ONE HOUE AND A HALF.
PASS.
1. Give an account of the Council of the Areopagus, and explain
the significance of the curtailment of its powers.
339. Describe the character and effect of the Spartan training.340. Describe the external policy of Athens under the guidance of
Pericles.4. State shortly the arguments for and against the sending of
the great Athenian expedition to Sicily, as presented byThucydides.
5. Describe the aims and actions of the opponents of democracy
at Athens during the last eleven years of the Pelopon-nesian War.
ENGLISH I.
TTME, THREE HOUES.
Only BiOHT questions to be attempted of which {.if EIGHT are taken) Question 11
must be one.
PASS.
1. " The Utopia is not only a treatise in social philosophy, butour first narrative of imaginary travel, and has much ofthe verisimilitude of Eobinson Crusoe."Explain and illustrate this statement.
XXlV. SECOND YEAK IN ARTS.
2. Trace the history of the Faust legend from the time of the
real Wittenberg magician till its adoption by Marlowe.
3. Discuss the difference between Marlowe's Faustus and
Goethe's Faust, with special reference to the raising ofHelena.
4. "As You Like It may be regarded as the perfection of
pastoral poetry, and the only instance in which thepastoral is not conventional."Discuss and explain this saying.
5. " Young Fortinbras and Laertes are in positions in some
respects analogous to that of Hamlet, and in theirconduct we see what he might have done."Explain and illustrate the meaning of this criticism.
6. Briefly characterise the following persons, (a) Jaques,
(δ) Polonius, and (c) Paulina.
7. Is it true that the jealousy of Leontes is " abrupt, un-
natural, and motiveless"?
8. Compare the Utopia and the New Atlantis, and show how
the one reflects the ideal of the humanists, and the otherthe new scientific movement.
9. Contrast L'Allégro and Il Penseroso in arrangement and tone.
Does Milton indicate a preference for one or other ideal ?
10. Give abrief account of the Life and "Works of each of the
following poets—Donne, Drummond and Wither.
11. Explain the following passages—(a) (My parents) have left me but a bare
pension, and thatis thirty meals a day and ten bevers.
(¿) Almain rutters with their horsemen's staves.(c) But who, O, who had seen the mobled queen.(d) So far he topp'd my
thoughtThat I, in forgery of shapes and tricks,Came short of what he did.
(e) The fair, the chaste, the unexpressive she.(J) The bonny priser of the humorous duke.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION.
(g) Thou art a cowardWhich hoxes honesty behind.
(h) The white sheet bleaching on the hedge . . . .Doth set my prigging tooth on edge.
(i) The Cynosure of neighbouring eyes.(j) All in a robe of darkest grain.
ENGLISH II.
TIME, THBEE HODB9.
jVo* more than EIGHT questions to be attempted.
PASS.
1. In what way is Chaucer's metre an indication of the date ofhis poetry ?
2. Give some account of the alliterative poetry of the 14thCentury.
3. Discuss Wiklif's claims to be considered the father of Englishprose.
4. Characterise the collective miracles of York, Wakefield, andChester respectively.
■5. Describe the distinctive position of Wyat and Surrey in thehistory of English poetry.
6. Enumerate the chief translators of the Elizabethan period,and estimate the importance of their translations.
7. Tell what you know of Sidney's Areopagus.
5. Sketch briefly the history of the profession of actors, fromthe dawn of the modern drama till the appearance ofShakespeare.
9. What inferences in regard to Shakespeare's life have beendrawn from his Sonnets ?
10. Sketch briefly the history of the Drama from Ben Jonson toShirley.
XXVl. SECOND TEAR IN AKTS.
FRENCH COMPOSITION, GRAMMAR, AND
UNSEEN
TRANSLATION.
TIME, THEEE HOURS.
PASS.
1. Translate into French—There was a silence both in the city and in the
field for afew moments, and then followed a low sound at a distancelike the wind playing with the branches in June. Itbecame louder and stronger ; and presently a little cloudappeared in the west. Darker and darker grew the sky,more and more fearful grew the sound ; and in a fewshort minutes the heaven was black with millions of flies.But the swarm passed over the city and settled on thecamp of the Persians. Then you might have seen thehorses stung into fury, dashing from their masters andgalloping over the plain ; the elephants with their trunksraised in the air, their broad ears flapping like sails, andtheir tails scourging their sides, rushing madly throughthe ranks, bearing down men and standards and tentsbefore them, bellowing for pain and carrying destructionright and left. You might have seen the soldiers rollingon the ground to crush their tormentors, or tearing offtheir armour in agony. And within an hour the tentsand the scattered helmets and shields of the flying werethe only traces of the great army that had eo lately, in allits pomp and glory, surrounded the city.
2. Examine the following sentences ; point out any arcaihsms,
or correct according to the rules of modern Erenchgrammar ; and state the rules, if any—
(a) Je vous dis que mon fils n'a rien fait de plus sageQu'en recueillant chez soi ce dévot personnage.
(i) Bien souvent le prochain en a sa bonne part,Et l'on y sait médire et du tiers et du quart.
(¢) Qu'est-ce qu'on fait céans ? comme est-ce qu'on s'yporte ?
(d) Ces gens, dis je, qu'on voit d'une ardeur non commune,Par le chemin du ciel courir à leur fortune ;Qui, brûlants et priants, demandent chaque jour,Et prêchent la retraite au milieu de la cour.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. XXVU.
(e) Qu'on me traite partout du plus grand des faquins,S'il est aucun respect ni pouvoir qui m'arrête . . .
(/) Et leur langue indiscrète, en qui l'on se confie,Déshonore l'autel où leur cœur sacrifie.
{g) Pour la forme il faudra, s'il vous plaît, qu'on m'apporte,Avant que se coucher, les clefs de votre porte.
(A) Pour tous les gens de bien j'ai de grandes tendresses,Et ne me suis voulu, monsieur, charger des piècesQue pour vous obliger et vous faire plaisir.
3. Translate (at sight)—(a) Le sacre de Reims fut le triomphe du duc de
Bourgogne ;le roi n'y brilla que par l'humilité. Le duc, du haut de soncheval et dominant la foule de ses pages, de ses archers,"avoit la mine d'un empereur;" le roi, pauvre figure etpauvrement vêtu, allait devant, comme pour l'annoncer.H semblait être là pour faire valoir, par le contraste, cettepompe orgueilleuse. On démêlait à peine les noblesBourguignons, les gras Flamands, enterrés qu'ils étaient,hommes et chevaux, dans leurs épais velours, sous leurspierreries, sous leur pesante orfèvrerie massive. En tête,à la première entrée, sonnaient des sonnettes d'argent aucol des bêtes de somme, habillées elles-mêmes de veloursaux armes du duc; ses bannières flottaient sur centquarante chariots magnifiques qui portaient la vaisselled'or, l'argenterie, l'argent à' jeter au peuple, et jusqu'auvin de Beaune qui devait se boire à la fête. Dans lecortège figurait, marchant et vivant, le banquet du sacre :petits moutons d' Ardennes, gros bœufs de Plandre ; lajoyeuse et barbare pompe flamande sentait quelque peusa kermesse.
J. MICHELET.
IMMORTALITÉ.(b) Le chêne dans sa chute écrase le roseau,
Le torrent dans sa course entraîne l'herbe folle ;Le passé prend la vie, et le vent la parole,La mort prend tout : l'espoir, et le nid et l'oiseau.L'astre s'éteint, la voix expire sur les lèvres,Quelqu'un ou quelque chose à tout instant s'en va.Ce qui brûlait le cœur, ce que l'âme rêva,Tout s'efface: les pleurs, les sourires, les fièvres.
xxviii. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
Et cependant l'amour triomphe de l'oubli ;La matière, que rien ne détruit, se transforme ;Le gland semé d'hier devient le chêne énorme,TJn monde nouveau sort d'un monde enseveli.Comme l'arbre, renaît le passé feuille à feuille,Comme l'oiseau, le cœur retrouve sa chanson ;L'âme a son rêve encore et le champ sa moisson,Car ce que l'homme perd, c'est Dieu qui le recueille.
LOUISE SIEFEBT.
FRENCH AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
341. Translate into English extracts from Delavigne, Louis XI.
342. Translate into English extracts from T. Gautier, Scenes of
Travel.
343. Translate into English extracts from
Molière, Le Tartuffe.
344. Le Tartuffe " est le pas le plus hardi
et le plus étonnantqu'ait jamais fait l'art de la comédie."
"WLy is this ? Tell, in brief, the history of the piece.
GERMAN COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
TIJTB, THKEE HOOTS.
PASS.
1. Translate into German—One hundred and fifty j'ears after the reign of
Hóndrius,the gravest historian of the times describes the wondersof a remote isle, -whose eastern and western parts aredivided by an antique wall, the boundary of life anddeath, or more properly of truth and fiction. The east isa fair country, inhabited by a civilised people, the air ishealthy, the waters are pure and plentiful, and the earthyields her regular and fruitful- increase. In the west,beyond the wall, the air is infectious and
mortal: theground is covered with serpents, and this dreary solitudeis the region of departed spirits, who are transported
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. XXlX.
from the opposite shores in substantial boats and byliving rowers. Some families of fishermen, the sub-jects of the Franks, are excused from tribute inconsideration of the mysterious office which is per-formed by these Charons of the ocean. Each in histurn is summoned, at the hour of midnight, to hear thevoices, and even the names, of the ghosts ; he is sensibleof their weight : and he feels himself impelled by anunknown, but irresistible power. Aiter this dream offancy we read with astonishment that the name of thisisland is Brittia : that it lies in the ocean, over against themouth of the Rhine, and less than thirty miles from thecontinent, and that it is possessed by three nations, thaFisians, the Angles, and the Britons.
GIBBON.
2. Translate (at sight)—3u ber ©aftftube jutu roteen Gñtgeí rear eS uni
biefe (Stuitbe leer,rete beim aucb bie ©äffen in tiefer 9caámuttag§nu)e lagen, alimein ©efafitt fyinburcbraffelte. Ser 2Birtf) aber fjatte fid) tapferfein ®d)(äfd)en abgebrochen unb ju mir gefefet, auet) bei ©etegen=Ijeit reabrgettonimen, ein böfücl;e3 ©iaâ mit ¿u trinfen. Ûlafymancherlei Anega=, ©taatâ» unb (Srntegefpräcben faut er auf baö·ÜJceuefte «DIU 3abr, eine greffe -gocfejeit ber sSi'irgenitetfter§toc6termit bent <sof)ne bcS {jiefigen grüßten ÄaufntannS, beffeit nabeltmir, reie icb bem 3Strt^ 31t feiner ntd)t geringen Sefriebigung.fagett fonnte, bureb bie 2)iannigfaltigfeit ber auSgefteftten^robucteunb eine ftattlict)e @piegeifdjei6e, bie einige im Ort, im 2}orüber=fahren aufgefallen rear. „2>aS junge SJJaar ift geftern tierreift,"fagte ber ffiirtb. „φα3 ift ja bie ieidjtfinnige neue 2)îobe, roätircnb-eê fonft für baê Sßefte galt, bett (Sjjeftanb im eignen SJleft αιψι=fangen. -Da bleibt ntcbt-3 übrig, reetm bag íebtge junge 3JoIf nichtum fein Sänjcben fommen foíí, aie eine üftadjljocljjeit, reie fíe íjeittQíbenb brüten bum JSrautoater gehalten reirb. 5)ie tneifteumeiner Qlbenbgäfte ftitb jrear geiabett, aber tef) fafjre bennoa) uictptfcbiecfyt babei," fügte er pfiffig fjinju. „3Kan bort bie «Diufif überbett üDiarft i)er beutttd; genug, unb retr laffett bie Çenfter auf. @öreirb auf ben 5fljcnb uoíl reerben im roteen (Sngel, aber ein$[äfed)eit am genfter foíí 3bnen aufgehoben fein. 3Bäre je^t.
ηοφ ein (©φορρίειη gefällig?"
3. Give a brief sketch, in German, of the plot of Egmont.
xxx. SECONB YEAR IN ARTS.
GERMAN AUTHORS.TDiIE, THEEE HOUES.
PASS.
345. Translate into English extracts from Goethe, Egmont.
346. Translate into English extracts from A. Chamisso, Peter
Schlemihl.
3. Translate into English extracts from Schiller, WallensteinsLager.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.
TIME, THEEE HOUES.
Not more than EIGHT questions to be attempted.
PASS.
FIEST PAPEE.
1. State the logical character of the following propositions—Girls are shy.Not every student has common sense.A little knowledge is a dangerous thing.
2. Draw as many immediate inferences as you can from one ofthe foregoing propositions.
3. "Write a short note on each of the following:—(a) The copula in formal logic does not involve the notion
of time.(i) The method of indirect reduction is founded on the
principle of contradiction.
4. ' ' Every définition per genus et differentiam suggests a division
by dichotomy, and conversely, every such divisionsupplies us with a definition of that kind." Explain andillustrate.
.5. Distinguish Definition from Description. Define Barrister,Money, Socialism.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xxxi.
6. Prove that a particular premiss necessitates a particularconclusion.
7. Explain the following:—Relative Term; Dilemma; Dictumde omni et nuïlo.
347. Upon what does the value of analogy depend ?
348. What do you understand b}r a "working hypothesis." Explain
and illustrate the use of hypothesis in «science.
349. Describe the method of residues, and give an example.
350. Examine each of the following arguments—(a) He must be a socialist, for all socialists hold these
opinions.(J) The power of the vote should be in proportion to the
amount of the public burden borne by the voter. This isthe principle upon which every private business isconducted.
(c) The recently disclosed political corruption in Canada isanother proof of the inefficiency of democratic govern-ment.
SECOND PAPEB.
Not mure than EIGHT questions to Ie attempted.
351. How would you distinguish Sensation from Perception ?.
352. Can you separate the sphere of Psychology from that ofPhysiology ? What is the subject matter of PhysiologicalPsychology ?
3. Examine the use of the phrase brain-product as applied tomind.
4. " Mind is nothing but a collection or bundle of different per-ceptions which succeed each other with inconceivablerapidity, and are in a perpetual flux and movement."Examine this statement.
5. " Errors of the senses are to be attributed, not to the sensesthemselves, but to the reason." Explain and illustrate
xxxii. SECOND TEAR IN ARTS.
353. Describe the activity of mind known as attention.
354. " Memory consists in the revival of past states of mind."Discuss this definition.
8. "The expectation of the future is the memory of the past."What psychological truth underlies this remark ?
9. How would you distinguish different kinds or degrees ofImagination ?
355. Define Judgment, and explain and illustrate your definition.
356. How does the fact of self-consciousness alter the working ofthe " natural appetite " ?
12. How would you distinguish Emotion from Passion ?
LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY.
TIME, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
1. State and prove the rules relating to the characteristics ofcommon logarithms.
How many figures are there in 2351 ?
2. If every logarithm given in the tables were doubled, shewthat the results would still be the logarithms of the samenumbers but with .a different base, and find the base.
3. Find to the nearest penny the compound interest on a sumof £1725 invested at 4£% per annum for 13 years.
4. Find the sum which must be paid by a man on his 30thbirthday to purchase an annuity of JE150, the firstpayment of which is to be on his 61st birthday, andwhich is to continue for 20 years, compound interest beingcomputed at the rate of 6 % per annum.
357. Given 5=125-34, ¢=213-61 and A=37° IV, find B and C.
358. C is a point visible from each of two points A and B, whichare 400 yards apart. I walk from A and from B in
DECEMBER EXAMINATION, xyjciii.
direct lines away from C to D and E. AD=300 yards,BE = 450 yards, BD=575 yards and AE=750 yards, findAC.
7. Prove that, if A, B, C, D are four points on the circumferenceof a circle taken in order and, if cot AB + cot AD=2 cot AC,then sin AB : sin BC: : sin AD : sin DC.
8. Prove that in any triangleι \ A b2 + c2—a2
(a) cos A= - -.'¿be
(b) 2(a cos A + J cos B + c cos C)=a cos (B-C) + 5 cos (C-A) + c cos (A-B).
, . n A , B1 C . TT-A 7Γ-Β w-C(c) Cos — + cos — + cos -v = 4 cos — — cos —:—cos-------
2 2 2 4 4 49. Find an expression for the radius of the inscribed circle of a
triangle.Prove that the area of inscribed circle : area of the
A B Ctriangle : '.ir : cot — cot — cot —·¿1 ¿Ι Δ10. Prove that the perimeter of the triangle formed by joining
the feet of perpendiculars drawn on the sides from theopposite angles=4B sin A sin B sin C.
11. If in a triangle A=2B=4C then «=4s sin-^.
STATICS.
TIME, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
1. Define Force and Line of Action of a Force : shew thatforces may be represented exactly by straight lines.
2. Enunciate the " Parallelogram of Forces."Forces 7, 8 and 9 act at a point, and their directions are
equally inclined to each other : find their resultant inmagnitude and direction.
c
XXXlV. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
8. If any number of forces act at a point, the algebraical sumof their resolved parts in any given direction is equal tothe resolved part of their resultant in that direction.
Hence shew that if the resolved parts along Oa; and Oy ofone force P1 of a system acting at 0 be X1, Y1, then theresultant makes with Ox an angle whose tangent is2Y--2X.
4. Define the Moment of a Force about a Point, and shew that
if the algebraical sum of the moments of two forces abouta point is zero, that point is on the resultant.
5. Find the magnitude and line of action of two parallel like
forces.Two boys have to carry a weight of 112
lbs. between themby means of a uniform pole 6 feet long and 7 lbs. weight :at what point must the weight be suspended from thepole in order that one boy may carry twice as much asthe other ?
6. What is the "Centre of Parallel Forces"? Shewthatits
position is independent of the direction of the forces.
If parallel forces act at the angular points of a triangle, andtheir magnitudes are proportional to the lengths of theopposite sides : shew that their centre is the centre of theinscribed circle.
7. Having given the weight and centre of gravity of a body,
and the weight and centre of gravity of a portion of thesame body, find the centre of gravity of the remainder.
ABC is a uniform lamina in the shape of an equilateraltriangle, and a line DE is drawn perpendicular to theside AC so that the area of ADE is two-ninths the areaof ABC. Find the distance of the centre of gravity ofthe remainder DEBC from the side AC.
8. Describe the Danish· steelyard, and explain the method of
graduating it.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. XXXV.
9. Find the conditions of equilibrium of a particle weight W,resting on a smooth plane inclined at angle α to thehorizon, and partly supported by a string of tension T,whose direction makes an angle β with the horizon.
If a=-=/3, and W=81bs., find the pressure on the plane6
10. Find the condition of equilibrium of a system of pulleys in
which each string is attached to the weight.If there are five moveable pulleys, each of weight one
pound, and the weight is 70 lbs., find the power.
HYDROSTATICS.TIME, THEEE HOTTKS.
PASS.
1. Define a " fluid " and "pressure at a point."If a quantity of fluid be in equilibrium, and
the pressureat any point be increased without disturbing equilibrium,shew that the pressure at any other point is increased bythe same amount, whatever the shape of the containingvessel.
2. Two gravitating fluids of different densities are contained in
the same vessel. She\v that the surface of separation ishorizontal.Two fluids of density 1 and ^/3, respectively, fill, each, aquadrant of a tube in the shape of a circle in a verticalplane : find the inclination of the bounding diameter tothe horizontal.
3. Find the whole pressure on an area immersed in homogene-
ous fluid.Find the whole pressure on the surface of a cone of heightλ and semi-vertical angle a, if the vertex be immersedat depth d and the axis make an angle β with the vertical.
4. Define the centre of pressure of a plane area.Given the centres of pressure of the whole
area and a partof it, together with their areas and the depths of theircentres of gravity, find the centre of pressure of theremaining part;
XXXVl. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
5. Find the conditions of equilibrium of a rigid body floating
freely in heavy fluid.A uniform rod, mass m and density p, is supported with halfits length immersed in fluid of density σ by verticalstrings attached to each end : find the tensions in thestrings.
6. Describe any form of hydrometer. -The apparent weight of a mass of metal
in water is 39 lbs.,and its apparent weight in fluid of s.g. 8 is 27 lbs. : findits weight in air.
7. State the. laws connecting the density of a gas with the
pressure and temperature, and sketch the experimentalproofs of them.
8. Explain the action of an air pump.If the volume of the receiver of an air
pump be 1027J cub. in.,and that of the cylinder 36 cub. in., and if a barometertube of cross section \ sq. in. and height 37 in. open intothe receiver, find the height to which the mercury willrise in the tube after one stroke of· the piston, the heightof the barometer being 30 in.
9. Describe the common pump.What would be the effect of boring a
hole into the cylinderanywhere between the upper and lower limits of the strokeof the piston ?
HISTORY.
TIME, THBEE HOUES.
Not more than EIGHT questions to be
answered.
PASS.
1. Explain the most important results of the victory of Koman
Christianity at the Synod of Whitby.2. Illustrate the relations between Church and State during
the Middle Ages by an examination of the controversybetween St. Anselm and Henry I.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. XXXVU.
3. Explain the nature of the work done by the Franciscans in
England. In what respects did their aims differ fromthose of the older monastic orders ?
4. Examine the policy of Edward I. towards France, Wales,
and Scotland, as illustrating his personal character andpolitical aims.
359. Discuss the causes of the Peasant Revolt of 1381.360. Compare the personal characters of the Yorkist Kings with
those of the Lancastrians. How do you account for thechange ?
7. " The Protestant Reformation was an episode of the
Renascence."Discuss this statement.
8. Account, for Queen Mary's success in restoring Roman
Catholicism in England.9. Explain Queen Elizabeth's ecclesiastical policy.
10. In what respect may Elizabeth's foreign policy be dis-
tinguished from that of Burleigh ? Explain the views ofboth.
11. Discuss Elizabeth's treatment of Mary Queen of Scots,(a) at the time of Mary's flight into England, and(i) at the time of her execution.
CHEMISTRY.The same paper as that set in the First Year of Science.
GEOLOGY.The same paper as that set in the Second Year of Science.
ZOOLOGY.The same paper as that set in the First Year of Medicine.
PRACTICAL ZOOLOGY.TIME, THEEE HOUES.
XXXVlU. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
BOTANY.TIME, THREE HOUBS.
Illustrate your answers by means of drawings.
PASS.
361. Describe the structure and life history of Marsilca.362. Give an account of the Eust Fungi (Uredinem).363. Give an account of the structure and development of the
ovule of an Angiospenn.4. Describe the minute structure of a typical vegetable cell, with
the principal phenomena in its development and multipli-cation.
364. Give an account of the phenomena of Heliotropism.365. Explain the following : cladode, hybrid, saprophyte, klino-
stat, oophyte, zoogonidium.
PRACTICAL BOTANY.
TIME, THBEE HOUES.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. XXXlX.
THIED YEAH EXAMINATION.
LATIN COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
TIME, THBEE BOUBS.
PASS.1. Translate into English—
Danda est tarnen omnibus aliqua remissio ; non solum, quianulla res est, quae perferre. possit continuum laborem,atque ea quoque, quae sensu et anima carent, ut servarevim suam possint, velut alterna quiete retenduntur : sedquod Studium discendi volúntate, quae cogí non potest,constat. Itaque et virium plus afferunt ad discendumrenovati ac recentes, et acriorem animum, qui fere neces-sitatibus répugnât. Nee me offenderit lusus in pueris :est et hoc signum alacritatis ; neque ilium tristem semperquedemissum sperare possum erectae circa studia mentis fore,quum in hoc quoque, maxime naturali aetatibus illis,ímpetu iaceat. Modus tarnen sit remissionibus, ne autodium studiorum faciant negatae, aut otii consuetudinemnimiae. Sunt etiam nonnulli acuendis puerorum ingeniisnon inutiles lusus, quum positis invicem cuiusque generisquaestiunculis aemulantur. Mores quoque se interludendum simplicius detegunt : modo nulla videatur aetastarn infirma, quae non protinus, quid rectum pravumquesit, discat ; turn vel maxime formanda, quum simulandinescia est, et praecipientibus facillime cedit. Frangasenim citius, quam corrigas, quae in pravum induruerunt.Protinus ergo, ne quid cupide, ne quid improbe, ne quidimpotenter faciat, monendus est puer ; habendumque inanimo semper illud Virgilianum—Adéo in tenería consuesceremultum est.
2. Translate into Latin—With so great and terrible a war on their hands, a
com-mander was needed under whom there might be a hope ofsuccess, a commander at once able and trustworthy.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
Such, an one they had ready at hand in the man whomthey had chosen to command as general, but who hadbeen driven by unworthy colleagues to lay down an officewhich he could no longer hold with honour. Let thatman, Dionysios son. of Hermokrates, be at once placed atthe head of affairs ; let him be general with full powers,free and untrammelled by colleagues, to do all that mightbe needed for the welfare of the state. So had Syracusedone in earlier times when her existence had beenthreatened by the same enemy. It was under the com-mand of Gelon as general with full powers that the greatsalvation of Himera had been won ; let the same trust beplaced in Dionysios. and a new deliverance would followworthy of the old.
LATIN AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE H0UB8.
PASS.
366. Translate into English extracts from Tacitus, Annals, I., II.
367. Translate and write explanatory notes on the following—(a) Nee patrum cognitionibus satiatus, judiciis adsidebat in
cornu tribunalis, ne prœtorem curidi depelleret ; multaqueeo coram adversus ambitum et potentium preces constituta.Sed dum veritati consulitur, libertas corrumpebatur.
(i) Achaiam ac Macedonian!, onera deprecantes, levari inpraesens proconsular! imperio tradique Caesari placuit.
368. Exin ventum Elephantinen ac Syenen, claustra olimEomani imperii, quod nunc rubrum ad mare patescit.
369. Saevitiam annonae incusante plebe, statuit frumentopretium quod emptor penderet, binosque nummos se addi-turum in singulos modios.
370. Translate into English extracts from Juvenal.371. Translate and explain—
(a) Non possum ferre, Quirites,Graecam urbeni ; quamvis quota portio faecis Achaei ?Jam pridem Syr us in Tiberim defluxit Orontes.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xli.
(J) Hoc satius, quam si dicas sub judice 'vidi'Quod non vidisti ; f aciant équités Asiani[Quamquam et Cappadoces f aciant equitesque Bithyni,]Altera quos nudo traducit Gallia talo.
372. Nullum numen habes, si sit prudentia ; nos teNos facimus, Fortuna, deam caeloque locamus.
373. Nam cum sis conviva mihi proniissus, habebisEuandrum, venies Tirynthius aut minor illoHospes, et ipse tarnen contingens sanguine caelum,Alter aquis, alter flammis ad sidera missus.
GENERAL PAPER—LATIN.
TIME, ONE HOUE AND A HAlF.
PASS.
1. Describe the position and functions of the Senate under the
earlier principes.2. Describe and account for the influence of Stoicism under the
early Empire.3. What advantages did the provinces derive from the imperial
rule?4. Compare the earlier and the later part of the principate of
Tiberius.5. Give an account of Seneca.
GREEK COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
TIME, THBEE HOUES.
PASS.1. Translate—
E;moi7 oe ό άνθρωπο': θΐίας μίτίο~χΐ μοίρα';, πρώτον μα> δια τίρ/του θ(ον σνγγένααν ζωών μόνον θεούς ¿νόμισα, και orc^íípeíβωμονς τΐ ιδρνεσθαι και αγάλματα θέων" tîreiTa φωνην καιονόματα ταχύ 8ιτ)ρθρώσατο τι} τίχνΎ), και οΐκήσας και ίσθήταςκαι ύποδότεκ και στρωμνάς και τά$ ¿κ γης τροφο.% ίνρΐτο.ούτω or¡ παρισκίνασμίνοι κατ αρχάς άνθρωποι ¿κονν σποράδην,
xlii. THERD YEAR IN AKTS.
πόλεις Sc ουκ ήσαν. άπώλΧνντο ονν νπο των θηρίων δια τοTTaVTa)(TJ αυτών ασθενέστεροι είναι, και η δημιουργική τέχνηαντοΐς προς μεν τροφην Ίκανη βοηθός ην, προς δε τον τωνθηρίων πόλεμον ενδεής' πολιτικην γαρ τεχνην ονπω είχον, ηςμέρος πολεμική, εζήτονν δη άθροίζεσθαι και σώζεσθαικτίζοντες πόλεις, ότ ονν άθροισθεΐεν, ήδίκονν αλλήλους, areοΰκ έχοντες την πολιτικήν τεχνην, ώστε πάλιν σκεδανννμενοιδιεφθείροντο. Zcùç Ow δειο-aç περί τω γένει ημών, μη άπόλοιτοπαν, Έρμήν πέμπει άγοντα εις άνθρωπονς αιδώ τε και δίκην, ΐν'εΐεν πόλεων κόσμοι τε και θεσμοί, φίλιας σνναγωγοί. ¿ρωτά.ονν Έρμης Αία, TiVa ονν τρόπον 8οίη δίκην και αιδώ άνθρώποις.πότερον ¿>ς αί τέχναι νΐνίμηνται, ούτω και τανταΐ νείμω; νενε-ynTjvTai δε ώδε' εις έχων Ίατρικην πολλοίς ικανοί ΐδιώταΐΐ, και οιάλλοι δημιονργοί. και δίκην δή και αιδώ ούτω θω εν τοιςάνθρωποις, η επι πάντας νείμω; Επί πάντας, ίφη ó Ζενς, καιπάντες μίτεχόντων' ου γαρ αν ycvoivTO πόλεις, ει ολίγοι αΰτωνμετεχοιεν ωσπερ άλλων τεχνών, κα.1 νόμον γε θες παρ' εμοντον μη δννάμενον αϊδοΰΐ και δίκης μετεχειν κτείνειν ως νόσονπόλεως.
2. Translate into Greek—A man should always consider how much he has more than
he wants. I am wonderfully pleased with the replywhich Aristippus made to one who condoled with him onthe loss of a farm. "Why," said he, "I have threefarms still, and you have but one ; so that I ought ratherto be afflicted for you, than you for me." On thecontrary, foolish men are more apt to consider what theyhave lost than what the}' possess ; and to fix their eyesupon those who are richer than themselves, rather thanon those who are under greater difficulties. All the realpleasures and conveniences of life lie in a narrowcompass ; but it is the humour of mankind to be alwayslooking forward, and straining after one who has got thestart of them in wealth and honour. For this reason, asthere are none can be properly called rich, who havenot more than they want ; there are few rich men in anyof the politer nations but among the middle sort ofpeople, who keep their wishes within their fortunes, andhave more wealth than the}' know how to enjoy. Personsof a higher rank live in a kind of splendid poverty, andare perpetually wanting, because, instead of acquiescingin the solid pleasures of life, they endeavour to outvie oneanother in shadows and appearances.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xliii.
GREEK AUTHORS.
TIMB, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
1. Translate into English extracts from Plato, Republic, Booksi. to rv.
2. Explain the terms έργον, φνσις, σωφροσύνη, θνμοειδες, αρμονία,
as used by Plato in the Republic.3. Translate and explain —
(«) O? ye παμπόνηροι καϊ τελεως άδικοι τελεως είσί και πράττειναδύνατοι.
(¿) ΓιγίΈται τοίννν, ην δ' έγώ, πόλις, ¿is εγωμαι, επειδή τυγχάνει■ημών (έκαστος ουκ αντάρκης, άλλα πολλών ενδεής.
(c) *Ω θανμάσιε, μη οίον δαν ή/χάς ούτω κάλους οφθαλμούς■γράφειν, ώστε μηδ' οφθαλμούς φαίνεσθαι, μηδ' αν ταλλα μέρη,άλλ' αθρει eî τα προσήκοντα εκάστοις αποδίδοντες το όλονκαλόν -rroioC/Aev.
(¿) Και τους ¿Χλονς πολίτας, προς ο ης πεφνκε, προς τοντο Ινα.προς εν εκαστον έργον δεί κομίζειν, όπως αν εν το αΰτοΰ επιτη-δευων έκαστος μη πολλοί, άλλα είς γίγνηται, και οΰτω δηζύμπασα η πόλις μία φνηται, άλλα μη πολλαί.
4 Translate into English extracts from Aeschylus, Agamemnon.5. Translate and comment on—
((?) Ίλιω δε κί)δοΐ όρθ-ώννμον τελεσσίφρωνμηνις ηλασεν.(¿) κα! πεπτωκότι
τρίτην επενδιδωμι, του κατά χθονοςΑιδου νεκρών σωτηρος εύκταιαν χάριν.
(c) 'Αλλ' εμον ¿κ τοΐιδ' ερνος άερθεντην ίτολυκλαυτόν τ Ίφιγενει'ανά£ια δράσας ά£ια πάο-χωνμηδέν εν Αιδου μεγαλαυχειτω,ζιφοδηλήτω0ανάτα> τισαΐ άπερ ηρζεν.
xliv. ■ THIRD TEAR IN ARTS.
GENERAL PAPER-GREEK.
TISTE, ONE HOUR AJfD A HALF.
PASS.
1. Ή μεν δικαιοσύνη και το δίκαιον αλλότριοι/ ά-γαθον τω OWi, του
κρείττονος Tt καΐ άρχοντος ζνμφέρον, οικεία δε τσί πειθομ,ένοιTE και ínrqpe.TOvvTO's βλάβη, η δε αδικία τουναντίον. Explainthis statement. On what grounds does Thrasyniachusmaintain it ? And what reasons does Socrates give for hisrejection of it?
2. Explain and discuss the analogy between the constitution of
the State and that of the individual soul, as stated in theRepublic.
3. State and discuss the theory of the origin of justice put
forward by Glancon in the second book of the Republic.
4. Oíos τυγχάνει ó θεός ων, âti δψτον αττοδοτεον. How does Plato
apply this principle in his criticism of the traditionalmythology ?
5. Describe the character of Clytaemnestra in the Agamemnon.
ENGLISH I.
TIME, THEEE HOUBS.
Not more than NINE questions to be attempted.
PASS.
1. " Cymbeline, in its beauties and defects, is a characteristic
product of Shakespeare's third period."Explain this statement.
2. " Herrick's finest lyrics express the transitoriness as well as
the joy of life, but this does not turn his thoughts todevotion, and his religious pieces are almost alwaysconceited and incongruous."Illustrate and discuss this criticism.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xlv.
3. " Milton's Cornus sets forth one of his fundamental convic-tions, but, philosophical though the poem is, it is keptwithin the slight framework of the Masque."Explain this remark.
4. Sum up Milton's argument that the Censorship " will beprimely to the discouragement of all learning and thestop to Truth."
5. Illustrate the statement that the " Samson Agonistes has morehuman interest than Milton's other poem on account ofits biographical character."
. Describe the character of Jaffier.7. Compare and contrast the Yenice Preserved with a Shakes-
pearian tragedy.374. Give Dryden's allegoric description of the various sects.375. Comment on the following quotations—
376. When the bones of King Arthur were digged up, the oldrace might think they beheld therein some originals ofthemselves : unto these of our urns none here can pretendrelation, and can only behold the relicks of those personswho, in their life giving laws unto their predecessors,after long obscurity, now lie at their mercies.
377. All urns contained not single ashes ; without confusedburnings they affectionately compounded their ashes.
378. The Platonicks rejected not a due care of the gravethough they put their ashes to unreasonable expectationsin their tedious term of return and long set revolution.
379. Twenty-seven names make up the first story, and therecorded names ever since contain not one living century.
380. Discuss the authorship of the three parts of Henry VI.381. Compare the characters of Faulconbridge and Prince Hal.382. Discuss Shakespeare's way of treating the Chronicles in his
Histories, with special reference to Henry IV.
13. Tell what you know of the historical drama before and afterShakespeare.
xlvi. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
ENGLISH II.
TIME, THEEE HOUES.
Not more than NINK questions to be attempted·
PASS.
383. Sketch shortly the life and literary career of Ben Jonson.384. Describe briefly the various groups of dramatic writers from
the beginning of the 17th century till the closing of thetheatres.
385. Discuss Bacon's place as a thinker.386. What does Addison mean by Mixed Wit, and what writers
in the 17th century were conspicuous for employing it ?
5. Enumerate and briefly characterise the prose writers of the
middle of the century.6. Describe the heroic plays of the Eestoration period, and
state what was their exact connection with the Frenchdrama.
7. Describe the satiric literature of the latter half of the 17th
century.8. "At the Eestoration Puritanism inspired the two writers of
highest imaginative power, but the Puritanism of Miltonis a different thing from the Puritanism of Bunyan."Discuss and explain this statement.
9. Enumerate and characterise the chief groups of Dryden's
writings.10. Tell what you know of any six of the following works : The
Changeling, The Shepherd's Hunting, The Anatomy ofMelancholy, The Temple, Pepys's Diary, The GentlemanDancing-Master, Short View of the Immorality and Pro-faneness of the English Stage, Dissertation upon theEpistles of Phalaris.
11. Discuss Milton's choice of the subject and form of "Paradise
Lost."
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xlvii.
FRENCH AUTHORS.TTME, THKEE HOUBS.
PASS.
1. Translate into English extracts from Montesquieu, Considéra-tions sur la Grandeur et la Décadence des Romains.
387. Translate into English extracts from Corneille, Nicomède.
388. What is the · character of Voltaires's criticism of Nicomède'i
Was it just, as a whole, and on individual passages ?
389. Translate into English extracts from Piron, La Métromanie.
390. Translate into English extracts from E. About, Les Mariagesde Paris.
FRENCH COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
TIME, THREE HOUBS.
PASS.
1. Translate into French—CHARACTER OF CHARLES II.
It is creditable to Charles's temper that, ill as he thought ofhis species, he never became a misanthrope. He saw littlein men but what was hateful. Yet he did not hate them.Nay, he was so far humane that it was highly disagree-able to him to see their sufferings, or to hear their com-plaints. This, however, is a sort of humanity which,though amiable and laudable in a private man, whosepower to help or hurt is bounded by a narrow circle, hasin princes often been rather a vice than a virtue. Morethan one well-disposed ruler has given up whole provincesto rapine and oppression, merely from a wish to see nonebut happy faces round his own board and in his ownwalks. No man is fit to govern great secieties whohesitates about disobliging the few who have access tohim for the sake of the many whom he will never see.The facility of Charles was such as has perhaps never beenfound in any man of equal sense.
xlviii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
He was a slave' without being a dupe. Worthless men andwomen, to the very bottom of whose hearts he saw, andwhom he knew to be destitute of affection for him and un-deserving of his confidence, could easily wheedle him outof titles, places, domains, state-secrets and pardons. Hebestowed much ; yet he neither enjoyed the pleasure noracquired the fame of beneficence. He never gave spon-taneously ; but it was painful to him to refuse. The con-sequence was, that his bounty generally went, not to thosewho deserved it best, nor even to those whom he likedbest, but to the most shameless and importunate suitorwho could obtain an audience.
2. Translate at sight—Si vous ne regardez que les sommets de la
société, l'instinctsocial dont parle sans cesse M. Brownell, s'y épanouitdans toute sa fleur. "Nature et culture, dit de même M.Hillebrand, ont fait du Français l'être le plus achevé quel'humanité connaisse." Π possède toutes les qualités quirendent la vie élégante et facile : gaîté d'esprit, philo-sophie enjouée, contraire à la morosité habituelle desSeptentrionaux, besoin d'une perpétuelle excitation dudehors, large tolérance pour les idées et pour lespersonnes, relations aisées, égoïsme tempéré, amour-propre qui veut plaire plutôt que s'imposer, et se tourneen 'amabilité, amitié discrète, sans trop d'intimité, quifait ouvrir le salon, non la maison, car une amitiéexclusive nuirait à la sociabilité ; bref, une facilité derelations également éloignée de la raideur britannique, dela morgue allemande, de l'obséquiosité italienne, de larudesse américaine.
M. Brownell ne peut assez admirer la conversation, la gaîté,la malice raffinée d'un salon parisien. La France, oùs'est fondé 1' ordre des silencieux trappistes, représenteaux étrangers la nation jaseuse par excellence. Cetteconversation parisienne les étonne comme quelque chosed'unique. Glisser légèrement sans appu}rer, s'arrêter surla pente d'un développement qui exigerait trop d'atten-tion, tournerait au monologue et finirait par ennuyer,passer des idées les plus générales aux plus gracieuses
médisances, railler et complimenter, élever des idoles pourles cribler de traits ruoqueurs, voilà qui est parisien.Quelle dépense, dans nos salons, d'esprit délicat, sans
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. xlix.
autre avantage que l'amusement de l'heure présente !Mais que reste-t-il de la fusée brillante et rapide une foistirée, de la bulle de savon irisée qui éclate au premiersouffle?
J. BOURDEAU.
3. Translate (at sight)—ELEVATION·.
Au-dessus des étangs, au-dessus des vallées,Des montagnes, des bois, des nuages, des raers,Par delà le soleil, par delà les éthers,Par delà des confins des sphères étoilées,Mon esprit, tu te meus avec agilité,Et, comme un bon nageur qui se pâme dans l'onde,Tu sillonnes gaîment l'immensité profondeAvec une indicible et mâle volupté.Envole-toi bien loin de ces miasmes morbidesVa te purifier dans l'air supérieur,Et bois, comme une pure et divine liqueur,Le feu clair qui remplit les espaces limpides.Derrière les ennuis et les vastes chagrinsQui chargent de leur poids l'existence brumeuse,Heureux celui qui peut d'une aile vigoureuseS'élancer vers les champs lumineux et sereins !Celui dont les pensers, comme les alouettes,Vers les cieux le matin prennent un libre essor,—Qui plane sur la vie et comprend sans effortLe langage des fleurs et des choses muettes !
C. BAUDELAIRE.
GERMAN AUTHORS.
TUTE, THEBE HOTJKS.
PASS.
391. Translate into English extracts from Grillparzer, Sappho.
392. Translate into English (with explanations) extracts from
Lessing, Laokoon.d
1. THIED TEAE, IN AETS.
3. Translate into English an extract from H. Kleist, Michael
Kohlhaas.4. Translate into English an extract from Kotzebue, Die
deutschen Kleinstädter.
GERMAN COMPOSITION AND UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
TEiIE, THHEE HOUES.
PASS.I. Translate into German—
I purpose to write the history of England from the accessionof King James the Second, down to a time which iswithin the memory of men still living. I shall recountthe errors which, in a few months alienated a loyal gentryand priesthood from the House of Stuart. I shall tracethe course of that revolution which terminated the longstruggle between our sovereigns and their parliaments,and bound up together the rights of the people and thetitle of the reigning dynasty. I shall relate how the newsettlement was, during many troubled years, successfullydefended against foreign and domestic enemies; how, underthat settlement, the authority of law and the security ofproperty were found to be compatible with a liberty ofdiscussion and of individual action never before known :how from the auspicious union of order and freedom, spranga prosperity of which the annals of human affairs hadfurnished no example ; how our country from a stateof ignominious vassalage, rapidly rose to the place ofumpire among European powers ; how her opulence andher martial glory grew together; how a gigantic com-merce gave birth to a maritime power, compared withwhich every other maritime power, ancient or modern,sinks into insignificance; how Scotland, after ages ofenmity, was at length united to England, not merely bylegal bonds, but by indissoluble bonds of interest andaffection; how, in America, the British colonies rapidlybecame far mightier and wealthier than the realms whichCortes and Pizarro had added to the dominions of Charlesthe Fifth ; how, in Asia, British adventurers founded anEmpire not less splendid and more durable than that ofAlexander.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION.
II. Translate (at sight}— ,Dcicfyts ijt bemütíjigenber aie bas ©efi'tCjI eincê Sgnoranten in ber
©cfcbidjte, nickte ftâglicûer ate feine ¿age, wenn er über maiimmer für !Dinge im φπυαί= ober öffentlidjen Sefcen urtbeifen foil.Äein Sud), fein 3eitungS6Îatt »ceig er mit 33erftänbnifj unbShiëcn jii tefen ; allenti)alben irrt er im ©unfein ; i6m ift bie©egemcart ein 9tätt)fel, unb bie ßufunft ööfitg tierfd)(offen ;93orurti)eile atier Qtrt, bcr '©rjieijung unb beS @tanbe§, beê ÖrtSunb ber 3^1; ijetnmen feine @eifteâti)âtigfeit ; baë ©enjöbnticöfterceifj er nidjt 51t beuten, unb baê 5lufjergen>ö(jn[id)e benimmt itmtbie Raffung. 9Bie überlegen ftebt einem folcb/en Sener gegenüber,ber mit ber ©efcbicbte öertraut ift ?—33or feinen SSlicfen ift einetueite unb freie Qluêftd)t geöffnet ; öon erhabener (Stelle überfcl)auter bie ííngetegenbeiten ber äJcenfcfyen, unb ibr S6un unb treiben.Äcin ©reignijj fann ibn befremben benn feineê ift if)m neu. @rentbecft bie geheimen itriebräber, unb erratb, bie nsafjrfct/einiid^enfolgen ber £agcêbegeben£)eiten ; benn bie 23erg«ngenf)eit entbältben ©cbtüffet jur ©egetvrcart unb ben ©ptegel ber 3ufunft. (Srweift Qltlem bie gebüfyrenbe ©teile an, begt lveber fùr'ê 5llte nod?fi'ir'S 91 eue, für'β @int)eiinifd;e nod) für'e ¡yrembe eine parteiifdje 93or=ticte, unb läßt fid) ηίφt burd? poiitifrtjeS unb ηίφt burd) religiofeSSlenbrcerf täufdjen. iîcin befferer Sßürger, fein aufrichtigerer©otteôoere^rer ift, alé (Sr,—benn er erfennt in bem Staat bieSebingung ber -Cumanität, unb bie ©ottbeit erfcfjeint itjin in berSeitimg ber menfcblidjen @cbicffale, bie llnftcrblicbfeit in berallgemeinen -Jlljnung ber 93ölfer :—aber er icirb gleichgültiger fürpo(itifd)e unb religiöfe formen, loeldje mir einjelnen Orten unbßeiten angehören, unb tolerant gegen 3ene, uicldje biefelten ewigen3Baf)r£)eiten in iierfduebenem ©crcanbe oerefyren.
K. v. EOTTECK.
DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS.
TIME, THEKE HOUBS.
PASS.
1. What is meant by the limiting value of a function ?Find by first principles
Lt. fl+-Yand Lt. î-=i.*-«>\ χ) χ=\χ—1
Ui. THIRD YEAR IN ABTS.
2. Prove that, if s is a function of y, and y a function of x,,, d% dz dii
then—=— χ -f.ax ay dx
Differentiate e log cos ( a sin -J and Λ / "*"-a;
with regard to x, and af tan-1 (log a;) with regard to cos-1«.3. If y=e"* X where X is any function of x, prove
thatdrydx"
Hence, or otherwise, find the value of -^- where y=axxe.
4. Assuming that/(ζ) can be expanded in a convergent seriesof positive integral powers of x, determine the form of theexpansion.Expand sin χ in ascending powers of x, and prove that
0*«»*_1+Λ.+«*_^ ....2 3
5. Prove that the sub tangent to the curve y=ax is of constantlength.
6. Define an asymptote, and discuss the process for finding theasymptotes of a curve whose equation is expressed incartesian coordinates.Find the asymptote of the curve
y*—Za!ty+2?=Q,and trace the curve.
7. If the vertical angle and area of a triangle are given, findwhen its base is a minimum.
8. Evaluate the following—
a; + «-
DECEMBER EXAMINATION.
lüi.
9. Prove that / Έ sin" Í¡&=— / Έ sin ""2 xdx, and evaluate/ 0 ■ " / 0
the above integral.
IU. Shew that the area of a plane curve= I ydx taken between
proper limits, and find the area of a loop of the curvey\a—x)= x\a + x).
11. Find by integration the surface of the zone of a sphere cutoff between two parallel planes.
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY AND DYNAMICS.TIME, THEBE HOUBS.
PASS.1. Shew how to change from one set of rectangular axes to
another, the origin being unaltered.Transform the equation
43^ + 30¾/+ 59/= 170to axes 3x + 5y=0 and 5x—3y=0.
2. Obtain the equation to a straight line in the formg —*i _ y— ?A —r
cos θ sin θFind the inscribed and escribed centres of the triangle
whose sides are the lines2^ + 3=0, 3y + 4=0 and ix+3^—5=0,
and draw a figure distinguishing them from one another.3. Find the general equation to a circle in oblique coordinates.
Shew that the common chord of the circles»2+y2 + 2a; + 8y-4=0and z2+y2—x + 2y—1=0subtends a right angle at the origin.
4. Find the equation to the tangent to the parabola ya=4«a; atthe point (am2, 2am).Deduce the equation to the polar of a point with respect tothe same parabola.
Uv. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
5. Define the eccentric angle of a point on an ellipse, and find
the equation to the chord joining two points.If C be the centre of an ellipse, and the tangent at P beparalled to CQ, then the tangent at Q is paralled to CP.
6. Find the polar equation of a conic referred to the focus as
pole.7. Enunciate Newton's laws of motion, and from the second
of them deduce the equation P=»»/.Assuming the parallelogram of velocities, deduce that offorces.
8. If a particle move with uniform acceleration in a straight
line, shew the «=—Í2í, where s is the space passed over¿i
in time t, and « and ν are the initial and final velocities,respectively.
A particle of mass m is initially at rest, and at the beginning
of every second receives an impulse I ; find the initialvelocity and the acceleration of a particle which shallstart from the same position, and, moving with uniformacceleration, shall be level with the first particle at theend of every second.
9. Find the range of a projectile on an inclined plane through
the point of projection.A balloon ascends with an acceleration of 18 foot-secondunits, and after it has risen for 10 seconds a body isthrown out horizontally with a velocity of 24 feet asecond : how far from the starting point ot the balloonwill it strike the ground ?
10. Discuss the oblique collision of two spheres.
A particle is projected from the foot of an inclined plane soas to strike it at right angles, and, after striking the planea second time, to return to the point of projection : findthe coefficient of elasticity.
11. Construct a simple harmonic motion, given the absolute
force and the velocity at any point.12. Ka force be represented by 154 when a foot, a pound, and a
second are the units of length, mass and time, respectively,what will be its measure when a mile, a ton, and 8 minutesare the units ?
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. Iv.
SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY AND ASTRONOMY.
TIME, THEEE KOUES.
PASS.
1. Prove the formula cos a=cos b cos c + sin I sin c cos A.If the triangle ABC is isosceles, and each of the equal sides
is double the base BG, shew that. A . asin jr-=i sec a sec -.
2. Investigate the formula expressing the sine and cosine ofhalf an angle of a spherical triangle in terms of the sides.
A T\ OIf e + J + c = 7T shew that sin—=cos — cos—sin a.
2 2 23. Indicate the method you would adopt to solve a spherical
triangle (right angled at C) having given a side a and theopposite angle A.
Shew that there will in general be two triangles satisfyingthe conditions, or there may be only one if « = A, andthe solution is indeterminate if a=k=Î.
4. What is meant by spherical excess? Shew that the area of aspherical triangle is the spherical excess E multiplied bythe square of the radius of the sphere.
If E=π, prove that cos2-+cos'-+cos2-=1.° ¿1 ¿ Jl
5. Solve the triangle given ¢==135° 49' 20", J=144° 37' 15" andc= 60° 4' 54".
6. What is meant by "Dip?" Investigate the formulaDip in minutes= \/Ax Ό6
where A is the height of the observer in feet, the radiusof the earth being taken as 4000 miles, and π as 3|.
7. Explain what is meant by mean, apparent and sidereal
time, illustrating by a figure ; and given the siderealtime(12h. 10m. lOsec.) and the mean sun's R.A. at meannoon (Ih. 42m. 14-5 sec), find the mean time.
IW. THIRD TEAR IN ARTS.
8. Describe any means of finding the latitude (i.) of a place on
land, (ii.) of the position at noon of a ship at sea.How would you allow for the motion of the ship when-thelatitude of the ship is calculated from two observationsof the altitude of the sun and the elapsed time?
9. In longitude 61° 25' E. the observed meridian altitude of the
sun's lower limb on a certain day was 51° 17' 45", findthe latitude of the place, having given
Sun's Declination at Greenwich noon same day 12° 58' 2b".Hourly Increase in Declination -5I-I".Sun's semidiameter 16' 13-5//.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.
Λ7οί more than SEVEN questions to be
attempted.
PASS.FIEST PAPEK.
TIME, THEEE HOURS.
1. Is it possible to find any law of development in the history
of philosophy ?393. Describe the philosophic aim and method of Socrates.394. What was the relation of Plato's j)hilosophy to contemporary
Greek life and thought ?395. What is Dimlism ? Was Plato a dualist ?396. Describe the Platonic conception of Justice.397. State Aristotle's definition of Happiness, and compare the
Aristotelian with the Stoic ideal.7. Nihil in intellectu quod non prius in sensu. Does this state-
ment adequately represent Aristotle's psychologicalposition ?
8. "Live according to nature " : "Live according to reason."
Are these two maxims irreconcilable ?9. Compare the pleasure of Epicureanism with the " end " of
modem Hedonism.10. " The ancient sceptics made a dogma of
doubt." Explainand illustrate.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. Mi.
SECOND PAPEB.
TIME, THREE HOUES.
Not more than SEVEN questions to be attempted.
1. "The Reformation was an episode of the Renaissance."Discuss this remark.
2. What do you understand by transcendent explanations ofexperience ? Illustrate from the history of philosophy.
3. What were the general characteristics of medieval as con-trasted with post-reformation thought ?
4. " The Eighteenth Century was a Seeulum RationaM&ticum."Explain and illustrate.
5. Is the qualitative identity of pleasures necessary to consistentHedonism ?
6. How does Hume explain the origin of moral ideas ? Pointout any inconsistencies in his argument.
7. Discuss the conception of Freedom as "liberty of indiffer-ence."
8. How did Kant reach his conception of Society as a "Kingdomof ends " ?
9. What do you understand by the distinction between Egoismand Altruism.
398. Discuss the ethical value of the " Sense of Honour."399. "Socialism holds that co-operation, not competition, is the
true principle of social life." " Socialism is an extensionof the family principle beyond its proper sphere."Comment on these remarks.
1. HISTORY.TIME, THEEE HOUBS.
Not more than SEVEN questions to be answered.
PASS.
How did Strafford justify his support of the royal preroga-tive ?
Explain the nature of the controversy between ArchbishopLaud and the Church of England Puritans.
Mii. THIRD TEAE IN ARTS.
3. Discuss the political situation at the death of Strafford, andaccount for the subsequent growth of the royalist party.
4. Show the chief points of difference between the views ofCromwell, Milton, and Bunyan respectively, considered asrepresentatives of Puritanism.
5. " The great triumph of Whig principles that was achievedat the Bevolution (of 1688) was much less due to anygeneral social, or intellectual development than to thefollies of a single sovereign, and the abilities of a smallgroup of statesmen."Examine this statement.
400. Explain the historical importance of the Treaty of Utrecht.401. Compare the Methodist movement of the 18th century with
the Puritan movement of the 17th.8. Explain the political views advocated b3' Bolingbroke under
the Georges, and show their historical importance.9. " The explanation of that second hundred years' war between
England and Prance, which fills the eighteenth century, isthat they were rival candidates for the possession of theNew World."Explain this statement.
10. "It is impossible to repair one's house in the hurricaneseason."Explain Pitt's poLky from 1783 to 1793, and show how itwas affected by the French Revolution.
11. " Only Tories can carry great changes in England."Examine this statement, illustrating the nature of political
progress in England during the present century.
GEOLOGT AND PAL^ONTOLOGT.
The same paper as that set in the Third Year of Science.
BOTANT.
The same paper as that set in the Second Year of Science.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lix.
PRACTICAL BOTANY.TOtE, THREE HOUES.
PHTSICS.PIEST PAPEB.
The same paper as that set in the Second Year of En-gineering on Electricity.
PHYSICS II.—SPECIAL PAPER.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
1. Describe Fresnel's interference experiment with a biprism.
Shew how it can be used to give a value of the wavelength of a definite kind of light.
2. Explain how you would proceed so as to see interference
bands by Lloyd's single mirror method. Describe minutelythe appearance presented.
3. Given a truly plane surface, how would you determine
optically the "figure " of a glass surface ?4. "If light consist of undulations in an elastic medium, it
should diverge in every direction from each new centre ofdisturbance, and so, like sound, bend round interposedobstacles and obliterate all shadow." Describe and ex-plain any experiments which meet this criticism.
5. How do you explain the variations in the apparent colour of
an absorbing medium when different thicknesses areused ?
6. Describe Huygheus' wave surface in uniaxal crystals. Draw
the refracted rays :—(1) When the optic axis is perpen-dicular to the plane of incidence, (2) when the optic axisis in the plane of incidence.
7. Describe and explain the phenomena seen when a parallel
beam of plane polarised light is analysed after passingthrough a thin plate of a crystal. Explain how it is thatcomplementary colours are seen on turning the AnalysingNicol through 90°.
Ix. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
FIEST TEAE EXAMINATION:
ZOOLOGY.TIME, THEEE HODBS.
Illustrate your answers by means of diagrams.
PASS.
402. Give an account of the Hadiolana.403. Describe the ambulacral sj^stem of a Starfish, and compare it
■with that of a Holothurian.3. Give an account of the digestive, circulatorv, excretory and
reproductive organs of the Leech.4. Describe the respiratory apparatus of a Eay, a Lancelet, and an
Ascidian.404. Describe the alimentary canal of the Lobster.405. Give a general account of the order Eodentia.406. Describe the structure of the skull, including the visceral
arches, of the Frog, and compare with that of the Eay.
PRACTICAL ZOOLOGY.TIME, TKEElS HOUES.
BOTANY.TIME, THEEE HOUBS.
Illustrate your answers by means of drawings.
PASS.
407. Give a general account of the Siplwneae.408. Give an account of the general structure and physiology
of the Fungi ; and mention the distinctive characteristicsof the Zygomycetes.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. Ixi.
3. Describe the processes of assimilation and constructive meta-bolism in the plant.
4. Give a description of the reproductive structures in Marchantía,and compare them with those of a Moss.
5. In what forms are reserve materials stored in the plant?mention the parts in which their accumulation takes place,and how they become utilised in the economy of the plant.
6. What are the distinctive characteristics of the· epidermalsystem of tissues ; how are they developed, and to whatstructures do they give rise ?
7. Give an account of the various modifications of the parts ofhigher plants which appear to be specially connected withcross-fertilisation.
PKACTICAL BOTANY.
TIME, THEEE HOURS.
CHEMISTRY—(NON-METAXS) .
The same paper as that set in the First Year in Arts.
CHEMISTRY—(METALS).
TIME, THREE HOURS.
1. What is the action of dilute nitric acid on tin, zinc, copper,and silver ? Give equations in each case.
2. Distinguish between normal, acid and basic salts. Give
instances.3. What are principal natural sources of zinc? How is it
extracted from them ?4. What chemical changes take place when the following are
heated on charcoal with sodium carbonate? viz :—(a) Mercury sulphide.(J) Antimon}-sulphide.409. Calcium sulphate.410. Iron arsenide.
lxii. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
"Why is hydrogen sulphide passed through an acid solution toprecipitate the metals of Group 2, and -why is the nitratefrom this evaporated to dryness and sometimes ignited?
What are the principal impurities in cast iron? How are theyremoved in making wrought iron and steel ?
Compare the chemical properties of lead and thallium.Give an account of the six systems of axes in crystals.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.PASS—THREE HOTOS.HONOURS—Fora Horas.
PHYSICS.ΤΓ5ΙΕ, THREE HOURS.
6ix questions only to be attempted.
PASS.1. Describe the apparatus used, and mention all the measure-
ments you would make in determining the refractiveindex of a prism.Or,Define specific heat, and describe accurately the method offinding either the specific heat of a solid \>y the method ofmixture, or the specific heat of a liquid by the method ofcooling.
2. Explain the meaning of the term "magnetic induction" asapplied to a closed iron ring, and shew how a change ofinduction can be detected.
•3. Give an exact account of any non-polarising voltaic cell,directing attention particularly (1) to the means adoptedfor the prevention of polarisation, (2) to the chemicalchange taking place in the cell in relation to the current,(3) to the cell regarded as a heat engine.
4. Give an account of the fundamental phenomena of electro-static induction, bringing each point out clearly by thedescription of an appropriate experiment.
.5. Explain how you would find the resistance of a galvanometer.
6.
7.
BECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxiii.
6. Give an account of the experiments necessary to establish
the laws of the induction of electric currents. Describeand explain any machine whose action depends on theapplication of these laws.
7. Shew by an account of a suitable experiment that the
"deviating" and "dispersing" powers of different siib-stances are not always proportional to each other.
8. Shew how the undulatory theory of light gives an explana-
tion of the formation of images. What is the ultimatelimit to the perfection of such images ?
9. "What is the current doctrine as to the physical cause of
" quality " in tone.10. Give an account of the phenomena of resonance in acoustics.
PRACTICAL PHYSICS.
The Examination in this subject is satisfactorily replacedby assigning marks to students for the work done duringterm.
PHYSICS.
TIME, THREE HOUBS.
HONOURS AND SCHOLARSHIP.
1. If V is the velocity of the bob of a pendulum at the middle
of an oscillation, and A is the vertical distance it rises atthe end of a vibration above its position of equilibrium,shew by the principle of the conservation of energy thatV= v'2ffh '■ and compare this velocity with that of a bodyfalling freely through a height A.
2. Explain exactly how you would proceed to compare two masses
by weighing, stating the theoretical principles underlyingthe method.
3. Give an account of an air thermometer, exjilaining how you
would use it to compare two temperatures.
lxiv. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
4. Shew that the undulatorj' theory of light indicates that nocombination of optical appliances can possibly cause theoptical image of a mathematical point to be a point.With the above limitation prove that for any two infini-tesimal areas it is always possible to construct a mirrorwhich will cause all the radiant energy leaving one area toconcentrate on the other—assuming a perfect reflectingsurface.
5. Compare the achiOmatism obtained by the use of a correctedobjective with the so-called achromatism of a compoundeye piece.
6. Describe the experiment of the production of electric currentsby the rotation of a disc between two opposite magneticpoles, giving a diagram of the arrangement. Deduce thetrue condition for the production of voltage by magneto-electric induction, and shew how the ordinary statementof the law comes in as a special case for closed circuits ;also why no current is produced by moving a coil in itsplane of winding in a magnetic field.
7. Give a detailed account of the temporarj' magnetisation ofiron, shewing how the magnetic induction may bemeasured in practice.
8. Explain by a mechanical theory of electricity why the oscil-latory discharge of a Leyden jar is a thing rather to beexpected. What use has been made of this phenomenonby Hertz?
9. Describe some practical method of drawing a simple harmoniccurve, and shew what are the necessary conditions for thesynthesis of a circular motion from two simple harmonicmotions.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxv
SECOND MEDICAL EXAMINATION.
(UNDER AMEIST)ED BY-LAWS.)
PHYSIOLOGY.
TIME, THHEE HOUES.
1. Describe the nature of peristaltic action as occurring in the
small intestines. What are the circumstances whichappear to influence its intensity ?
2. Give a complete account of the physiology of the depressor
nerve.3. " One cranial nerve is especially concerned with respiration."
Write a short account of the nature of the influenceswhich appear to be exerted through the nerve in question.
4. What tracts of conduction have been made out along the
spinal cord of man, and how have they been differen-tiated ?
5. (i.) What is known concerning the development of visual
sensations within the central nervous system ?(ii.) Distinguish (a) between visual sensations and
visualperceptions ; (b) between absolute blindness and Psychicalblindness.
6. Trace the history of the ovum, and its immediate con-
nections from the time of its first appearance up to thetime of-its expulsion from the ovary.
ANATOMY.TIME, THEEE HOtTES.
411. Give a systematic description of the orbital cavity of the skull.412. Give an account of the naked-ejre anatomy of the urethra in
the male. Describe the dissection required to expose thatcanal in its entire extent, stating what structures wouldbe met with in such a dissection.
3. State the origin, course, relations and distribution of the
obturator nerve.4. Give a description of the anatomy of the olfactory nerve-
apparatus, both central and peripheral.e
lxvi. FACULTY OFMEDICINE.
5. Describe (1) the structure, both naked-eye and microscopic,
and (2) the relations, of the thyroid gland.6. Describe the distinctive anatomical features of the circulatory
system of the foetus shortly before birth.
CHKMISTRT—(CAEBON COMPOUNDS),TIME, THEEE HOUES.
413. How are carbon compounds classified ? Give f ormuke.414. What do you understand by the terms hydrolysis and saponi-
fication ? Give examples of each.3. How may urea be obtained artificially ? What is the action of
nitrous acid on urea ?4. A substance on analysis gives C 40 %, H 6-6 %, and O 53-3 %.
What is its empirical formula? How would 3'ou obtain itsmolecular and constitutional forniuke ?
5. What are the differences between the nitrils and the car-
bamines ? Give reactions for the preparation of both.
6. Give the graphic formulœ of benzene, diphenyl, naphthalene,
anthracene, and of the di, tri and tetra derivatives ofbenzene.
7. Give two or more general processes for the preparation of the
aromatic group of monobasic acids.8. What do you know about alizarin and its uses? How is it
prepared artificially ?
DECEMBER EXAMINATION lxvii.
SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION.
(UNDER OLD BY-LAWS.)
PHYSIOLOGY.
TISIE, THEEE HOURS.
Not more than FIVE questions to ie attempted,
1. Describe the changes to which fat is subjected in the ali-
mentary canal, and the manner in which it passes intothe blood-stream.How is the fat of the body formed?
2. "Urea is the chief product of the disintegration of proteid
food; it is formed in the tissues: it is discharged into theblood; it is separated from the blood by the action ofthe renal epithelium."State the evidence on which these several propositions rest.
3. Give an account of—415. The physiology of the membrana tympani;
416. the ossicula auditûs ;417. the muscles of the middle ear.
4. Describe .the manner in which the curve of blood pressure is
influenced by the movements of respiration.
5. What are the structural relationships of the cerebellum and
the other parts of the central nervous system ?To what extent is it possible to assign special
functions tothis organ?
6. Make a diagram, with such explanatory references as may be
necessary, showing the relation of the structures met within a meridianal section through the corneo-scleroticjunction and the Iris.
lxviii. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
ANATOMY.
TIME, THHEE HOUES.
The FIBST FOUE questions must be answered, and ONE of the LAST TWO.
1. Describe the os sacrum and give a short account of its
development.
418. Give a full account of the anatomy of the shoulder joint.
419. State the precise situation, connections and relations of theliver.
4. You are required to expose the external plantar artery
throughout its entire extent:—Give practical directionsfor performing this dissection, step by step, stating thevarious structures necessarily exposed, and their mutualrelations.
5. Describe the spinal accessory nerve from its "deep origin" toits ultimate peripheral distribution, including its com-munications with other nerves.
6. Give an account of the anatomy of the internal ear,
including both the bony and the membranous labyrinths.
GENERAL PATHOLOGY.
TIME, THEEE HOUBS.
1. Describe fully the nature and extent of compensation thatoccurs in the heart in the various forms of valvulardefects.
420. Give an account of the causation of Thrombosis.
421. Give an account of dropsical fluid and contrast this fluidwith (1) inflammatory transudation fluid; (-2) cerebro-spinal fluid; (3) ovarian fluid, and (4) hydatid fluid.
422. Briefly describe the varieties of Sarcoma.
423. Discuss fully the aetiology of Leprosy, and describe generallythe nature and usual seats of the lesions.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. Ix ix.
SPECIAL PATHOLOGY.TIME, THEEE HOUES.
1. Describe the changes that occur in the Spleen (1) in
Ague, (2) in Typhoid Fever, and (3) in Pneumonia andSepticaemia.
2. Give the aetiology and pathological anatomy of emphysema
of the lungs.3. Describe the intestinal lesions of Asiatic Cholera and
Dysentery,4. Describe a gumma of the Liver.
SPECIAL QUESTION FOE. PRIZE-Discuss fully the nature of Fever.
MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.TIMK, THEEE HOUES.
Describe the effects upon the skin which may be observedduring the administration of iodide of potassium, arsenic,silver, antipyrin and chloral respectively, stating thedosage which is liable to produce them.
Hemlock : State the order, genus and species of this drug.What are the parte in officinal (B.P.) use, with theiractive principles and preparations ? State the usual dosesof the latter and the factors which affect the usefulness ofthe drug.
Compare the actions of physostigmine, atropine, muscarineand morphine upon the eye and heart respectively.
Scurvy : Describe the medicinal and dietetic treatment of thisdisease.Write out a prescription in Latin fully, suitable for obsti-nate constipation, and containing crotón oil. [The direc-tions for use must be given in English.]
Chloride of sodium and sulphide of potassium : Explain anycurative effects which maybe expected from these when em-ployed in baths. What special factors give the therapeuticvalue to sea bathing ? and state the chief indicationsand contraindications to its use.
lxx. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
THIHD PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION.
MEDICINE.TIME, THREE HOUBS.
1. Describe a severe case of Measles. State the various compli-cations and sequelae which niay accompany or follow thatdisease, and give the general principles of treatment.
2. Give an account of Pulmonary Emphysema, stating the causeswhich are likely to lead to that condition, and the signsand sjTnptoms by which JOU would recognise it. "Whatare the complications and sequelœ which occasionallyattend severe cases ?
3. What circumstances would be likely to give rise to dilatationof the stomach ? Bj' what signs and symptoms wouldyou recognise that condition, and what treatment wouldbe appropriate for its relief ?
4. What is the (Etiology of Cirrhosis of the Kidney ; at whatage is it most frequently met with ; in what condition isthe urine usually found ; and what symptoms are apt tomanifest themselves during the progress of the disease ?
5. Give the symptoms and treatment of a well defined case ofChorea.
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF SURGERY.TIME, THBEE HOUES.
1. State what conditions may necessitate the operation of
Cholecystotomy, how you would propose to carry out theoperation, and what difficulties you might meet with.
2. Describe fully the etiology and pathology of acute Suppura-tive Arthritis. How may the disease terminate ? Mentionthe symptoms and treatment of a case of acute suppura-tive arthritis of the knee.
3. What do you mean by Eetention of urine ?Tabulate its causes and results. Describe fully the treat-
ment of "Eetention " from hypertrophy of the prostate.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxxi.
4. Explain the theory and aims of antiseptic surgery, and statehow you would endeavour to accomplish the lastmentioned before, during and after a capital operation.
MIDWIFERY AND DISEASES OF WOMEN.
TIME, THBEE HOUES.
N.B.—FIVE questions must be answered,
1. Describe the symptoms of protracted labour fi-om (a) cervical
rigidity, (J) hypertrophic elongation of the cervix, (c)agglutination of the margins of the os uteri, and (d) carci-noma uteri, with a brief outline. of treatment of eachclass.
2. Wherein does pregnancy differ from (a) ascites, (V) obesity,
(c) hydatids, (d) uterine fibroids, or (e) ovarian disease ?
3. Give a brief outline of the symptoms and treatment of
powerless labour arising from (a) exhausting disease,(J) the influence of climate, (¢) intestinal or vesical dis-orders, (d) excess of liquor amuii, (e) obliquity andanteversion of the uterus.
4. GKve a brief outline of the dangers and difficulties sometimes
met with in the delivery of twins, and the treatment youwould adopt.
5. Describe minutely the third stage of labour from the delivery
of the child to the expulsion of the placenta and firmcontraction of the uterus. Enumerate the casualtiesincidental to this stage.
6. Describe the causes, symptoms, pathological changes and
treatment of pelvic peritonitis (perimetritis) in the non-pregnant state.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE AND PUBLIC HEALTH.
TIME, THBEE HOUBS.
1. In order to avoid risk of diffusing air from main sewersthrough sewered dwellings, it is essential that the house-sewer should be out of aerial connection with main sewers.How may this be secured, and what are the applianceswhich effect it called?.
. Ixxii. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
2. Name the seven principal zymotic diseases. Mention brieflythe several preventive measures suitable to them, and theleading etiological characteristics of the diseases on whichthey are based.
8. Define the meaning of disinfectant, antiseptic, deodorant.4. Vaccination : (a) Mention conditions of the subject which
contraindícate the operation as long as they are present ;(b) describe the normal course of a vaccine vesicle ;(¢) what variations from the normal course unfit a vesiclefor use as a source of lymph ?
5. Differentiate ground air, subsoil water, ground-water. Mayground-air be safely admitted to dwellings ? If necessary,how can it be prevented ?
6. Under what conditions may instantaneous post mortem rigiditycome on ?
7. Give the signs and symptoms of poisoning by Datura
Stramonium.424. At what age do the first temporary molars appear ?425. Calculate, by de Chaumont's formula, the amount of fresh
air which must be supplied per hour to each occupant ofa room.
10. What is measly pork? Mention the danger incurred whenused for food by man.
OPTHALMIC MEDICINE AND SURGERY.
TIME, TKEEE HOUBS.
1. Enumerate the principal mydriatics and myotics, and the chiefuses of eachMention their possible dangers, and the precautions youwould observe in employing them.
2. Mention some of the ordinary results, immediate and remote,of corneal ulceration, giving the symptoms, signsprognosis and treatment in each case.
3. Describe the ophthalmoscopic appearances of (a) primary,(b) post-neuritic atrophy. What considerations wouldinfluence your prognosis in each case?
DECEMBER EXAMINATION lxxiii.
4. Describe fully the ophthalmoscopic signs of death in the
fundus oculi.5. What is the nature of light ? How are rays of light travelling
through the air broken up when they fall upon a plate ofglass ? What do you mean by catoptrics and dioptrics ?
6. Explain how refraction takes place in the eye. What do yo\i
mean by the optic axis, the visual line, the nodal pointand the angle "o "?
lxxiv. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.
BOTANY (as in the First Year of Medicine).
PRACTICAL. Three Hours. .
CHEMISTRY (as in the First Year of Medicine).
PRACTICAL. Pass—Three
Hours.
Honours—Six Hours. .
MATHEMATICS (as in the First Year of Arts).
PHYSICS (as in the First Year of Medicine).
PHYSIOGRAPHY (as in the First Year of Arts).
ZOOLOGY (as in the First Year of Medicine).
PRACTICAL. Three Hours. ■
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxxv.
SECOND YEAE EXAMINATION.
MATHEMATICS.
The same papers as those set in the Second Year of
Arts
CHEMISTET- (METALS).
TIME, THREE HOUES.
1. Give the equations for the reactions which occur when
chlorine is passed into a (a) cold dilute solution of potash(δ) into a hot saturated solution of potash.
2. Draw up a tabular statement of the results which should be
obtained in the preliminary examination of a mixturecontaining sodium, potassium, cadmium, calcium, copper,sulphur, iodine, cyanogen, fluorine and chlorine.
426. What is red lead? How is it manufactured?427. What is an alloy? Give examples of fusible alloys?428. Describe a dry process for the extraction of silver from
copper ores.6. What chemical reactions take place during the preparation of
cobalt and nickel from their ores by the wet method?
7. Give instances of the change in properties brought about in
copper by the presence of small quantities of impurities.
8. What are the principal laws of electrolysis relating- to
metallic compounds?
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.TIME, FOUE HOUES.
ZOOLOGY.
TTTVTP, THREE HOUR?.
Illustrate your answers by means of drawings.
1. Give an account of the histology of the Sponges ; and describethe leading modifications observable in the canal system.
Ixxvi. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
429. Give a general account of the Nemerteans.
430. Describe the external features, the alimentary canal, nervousand excretory systems of the Gephyrea.
4. Give a detailed account of the embiyonic development of aninsect. In what points does the development of Peripatusagree with this?
5. Describe the structure and development of Balanoglossus, anddiscuss its affinities.
<6. Give a general account of the " Mesozoa."
PRACTICAL ZOOLOGY.TIME, THREE HOUEJ.
BOTANY.ΤΓΜΕ, THBEE HOUES.
Illustrate your answers Oy mens of drawings.
431. Give a general sketch of the Myxomycètes.
432. Describe the structure and life-history of Selaginella.
433. Give a detailed account of the mechanism by means of whichthe movements of mature organs in higher plants arebrought about.
4. Mention the principal groups' of unorganised ferments thatoccur in the vegetable kingdom, and give an account ofthe functions which they discharge in the economy of theplant.
434. Give a general account of the phenomena of Geotropism.
435. Describe the process of secondary thickening in stems androots of Angiospemis.
PRACTICAL BOTANY.TIME, THEEE HOURS.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxxvii.
ADVANCED BIOLOGY—(FOK MEDICAL STUDENTS).
TIS[E, THREE HOUES.
Illustrate your answers by means of drawings.
436. Describe the development of any fibrous Sponge.437. Give an account of the structure and development of the-
Holothurians.438. Describe the development of the Scorpions.439. Give an account of the embryology of the Polychaeta.440. Describe the early stages in the development of the cranial
and spinal nerves in the Fowl.6. Mention the leading characteristic features of the pectoral.
arch and fore limb of Echidna, of 'the South American-Ant Eater, and of a Ruminant.
7. Give an account of the embryology of the Teleostei.
ADVANCED BIOLOGY—PRACTICAL.
TIME, SIX HOHES.
PHYSIOLOGY.
TIME, THREE HOUES.
Not more than t'WV. questions to be attempted.
1. Show how the respiratory movements affect the blood pressure·(a) normally (5) in asphyxia. (In connection with thelatter, you are expected to explain the exact mode inwhich the parts controlling the blood pressure areattacked.
2. A piece of ordinary butchers' meat is ingested into the·
stomach—show precisely(a) how it is there rendered soluble ;(V) how its constituents are thence absorbed ;(c) what becomes of them up to the time of their excretion,,
and in what form they are excreted.
Ixxviii. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
3. Animal heat—(a) What is its source in the body and how is it liberated?(i) What is its topographical distribution within the body?(c) What part does the nervous system play
in the main-tenance of a temperature constant in spite of varyingsurrounding temperature.
4. Muscular action—(«) What are the accompaniments of a
contraction of stripedmuscle?
441. Wherein does contraction of striped differ from that ofnon-striped muscle?
442. What is it exactly that happens when an electricalstimulus is applied to muscular tissue ?
5. Nerve fibres—(«) Describe the structure of grey and of
white nervefibres.
(¿) What is the relation of nerve fibres to nerve cells ?(c) What is an "ascending current" in a nerve
fibre, andwhat is " ascending degeneration " in nerve fibres ? Howmay the latter be experimentally produced ?
6. Vision—(a) What is meant by "direct vision " ?(J) What are the "associated" and what the "conjugate"
movements of the eyeballs?(c) What is diplopia ? and explain exactly how it arises.
GEOLOGY.
TESTE, THEEE HOUES.
Not more than EIGHT questions to be
attempted.
PASS AND HONOUES.
What are the principal varieties of Carbon or of Carbonatesoccurring as mineral masses, or as constituents of rocks?
In what form do the following minerals crystallise, to whatsystem of crystallisation do they belong, and what is thenature of their cleavage, if any—Gold, barytes, augite,muscovite mica, apatite, marcasite, garnet, analcime,sulphur, nepheline?
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxxix.
3. What is the chemical composition of the following minerals,
and in what rocks do they occur as essential constituents—Nepheline, olivine, chlorite, and primary quartz ?
4. Explain how the metallic contents of fissure veins may be
introduced into them by "lateral secretion."5. What evidences are there of glaciation during any geological
period in Australia?6. Explain exactly what is meant by the expressions—"Zone
of compression"; "zone of no strain"; "contractingzone"; and "fluid or potentially fluid nucleus," asapplied to the structure of the earth. Illustrate youranswer with sketches.
443. How may earthquakes originate ?444. What was probably the relative distribution of land and
water over the area of what is now Australia during theCretaceous Period ?
9. What evidence is there to show that the coast lines of
Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand are undergoingelevation or depression, as the case may be, at thepresent time ?
10. Name five typical fossils belonging to each of the followingformations—Carboniferous Limestone, Lias, Chalk, Eocene,and the Red Crag.
GEOLOGY.DEAS-THOMSON SCHOLARSHIP.
1. Write a short account of meteorites, giving Australian
examples, if possible, and tracing the relation betweenmeteorites and the ultra-basic rocks of the earth.
2. Why are there no volcanic equivalents of the ultra-basic
rocks ?3. Are sediments ever altered back into eruptive rocks? Quote
the evidence for and against this proposition.4. It has been asserted that the Desert Sandstone of Queensland
belongs to the same geological horizon as the Hawkes-bury Sandstone of New South Wales.Prove that this statement is erroneous.
lxxx. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
5. Upon what evidence, stratigraphical or palseontological, is theline of division between the Mesozoic and Palceozoicrocks respectively in New South Wales drawn at the top ofthe Newcastle-Bulli Coal measures, and at the base ofthe Hawkesbury Series?
6. Is there any evidence to show that the climate of Australia inthe past has at any time been different from what it isat present?
7. Explain the exact process of formation of beds of gypsum,rock salt and carnallite in lake basins undergoing evapora-tion ; and show how such beds may become interstratifiedwith deposits of red clay, etc.Illustrate your answer with sketches.
8. To what families, orders, etc., do the following fossils belongiand what is their range in geological time—Productus,Conularia, Diplograptus, Hipparion; Sequoia, Protannu-laria, Ancyloceras, Goniatites, Schizodus, Eoscorpius?
DECEMBEE EXAMINATION. lxxxi.
THIED TEAR EXAMINATION.
CHEMISTRY-(INOEOANIC).
TIME, THREE HOUBS.
1. By what wet and dry reactions would you recognise the
pressure of selenium, free sulphur, a sulphide, a sulphite,and a sulphate in a mixture ?
445. Write out a scheme for the quantitative analysis of a felspar.446. How would you prepare a standard solution of iodine, and for
what volumetric purpose can it be used ?447. What do you understand by dissociation. Give examples.448. What are the principal matters taken into consideration in
determining the atomic weights of the metallic elements ?6. Briefly state some of the advances which have been made in
Chemistry by aid of the spectroscope.449. Upon what conditions does the luminosity of flame depend?450. What are principal sources of cobalt and nickel ? How are
they extracted?
CHEMISTRT—(CAEBON COMPOUNDS),
TIME, THEEE HOUBS.
1. What are the most important oxidising agents used in organicchemistry ?
2. Classify the terpenes, and give an account of their principalcompounds.
451. How can indigo be produced synthetically ?452. Give an account of the two varieties of lactic acid. Why is
carbonic acid regarded as belonging to the lactic series ?5. Classify the phenols according to the number of OH groups
present. How do they differ from the normal aromaticalcohols ?
6. Give graphic formulae for typical azo- and diazo- benzenederivatives. State how they are prepared.
lxxxii. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
7. Compare the physical and chemical properties of dextrose andlévulose.
8. Give an account of the ethyl bases and the method of pre-paring them.
CHEMISTRY—(HISTOET AND PHILOSOPHY).TIME, THEEE HOtTES.
1. Give an account of the chemical teaching of Paracelsus andhis followers.
453. "What are the principal points in Stahl's phlogiston theory ?454. Mention the more striking discoveries of Black, Cavendish,
Priestley and Scheele.455. Explain Gerhardt's system of types.456. What connection is there between the action of chemical
compounds upon polarized light and the arrangement oftheir atoms in space ?
6. In what manner does the temperature of solidification assistin the determination of the molecular weights of sub-stances ?
457. Give a brief history of the chemistry of ordinary fermentation.458. What was the nature of Frankland's work upon the organo-
metallic bodies, and what effect had it upon chemicaltheory ?
PALAEONTOLOGY AND GEOLOGY.TIME, THEEE HOTTES,
PASS AND HONOURS.
EIGHT questions should be attempted, but Question 10 must not be omitted.
1. Describe briefly six of the most important genera amongstthe Rugose Corals.
2. State concisely what is known of the geological history ofvolcanic action in Eastern Australia during the PalœozoicEra.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxxxiii.
3. Write a short description of the principal families of Grapto-
lites, illustrating your answer with sketches.4. Is there any evidence, palœontological, biological, etc., to
show that Australia may have been united at any time inthe past with (1) Tasmania, (2) New Guinea, (3) LordHowe Island, (4) New Zealand, and (5) South America?
5. What direct or indirect evidence is now available as to the
geological antiquity of man in Australia ?6. What are the chief distinguishing characteristics between
the Palaeocrinoids and the Neocrinoids ? Quote examples,and illustrate your answer with sketches.
7. State briefly what you know about the Order Arcacea and
their range in Geological time.8. To what families do the following belong, and what are their
distinguishing characteristics — Exogyra ; Spondylus ;Aphanaia ; Ophileta ; Tremanotus ; Tentaculites ; CIy-menia ; Orthis ; Lingula ; Peutamerus ?
9. What evidence exists in Australian rocks as to the presence
during any particular geological period of ErrantAnnelids ?
10. To what families, order, etc., do the following belong, andwhat is their range in geological time—PurisiphoniaClarkei ; Fusulinà ; Estheria ; Pentremites ; Dictyonenia ;Arch£eoc3rathus ; Clypeaster ; Turrilepas ; Agnostus ;Pterygotus ; Protolycosa ; Cellepora ?
MATHEMATICS.
The same papers as those set in the Faculty of
Arts.
MINERALOGY.
PASS AND HONOURS.
1. Describe briefly the Mesozoic and Tertiary Coal-measures ofAustralia.
lxxxiv. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
2. Explain the mode of occurrence of diamonds in New SouthWales and in South Africa respectively. What theorieshave been advanced to account for the origin of thediamond?
3. The axes of crystals are generally stated to be imaginarylines. Instance examples of crystalline minerals in whichthe crystallographic axes coincide with the directions ofgrowth in the crystals.
4. What are " enclosures " in crystals, and to what extent maythe ultimate chemical composition of minerals be affectedby them ? Quote examples.
5. What is the chemical composition and system of ciystaUisationof the following minerals—Celestine ; Spinel ; Tridymite ;Leucite ; Zircon ; Tourmaline ; Natrolite ; Spodumene ;Anorthite ; Antimonite ?
6. Describe concisely the principal varieties of lead ore, givingtheir chemical. composition, system of crystallisation andgeneral characteristics.
7. From the decomposition of what minerals, occurring chiefly ineruptive rocks, might deposits be formed of lime, magne-site, rock salt and carnallite ?
8. Explain the mode of occurrence of alumstone at Bullah-delah.New South Wales; and describe the various reactionswhich may convert a rock, originally trachyte, into alum-stone.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxxxv.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
FIEST YEAE EXAMINATION.CHEMISTRY {as in the First Year of Medicine).
PRACTICAL. Pass—Four Hours.
Honours—Six Hours.MATHEMATICS (as in the First Year of Arts).PHYSICS (as in the First Year of Medicine).PHYSIOGRAPHY (as in the First Year of Arts).
SECOND YEAE EXAMINATION.MATHEMATICS (as in the Second Year of Arts).GEOLOGY (as in the Second Year of Science).CHEMISTRY—METALS (as in the Second Year of Science).
CHEM1STRY—(GENEEAI, INORGANIC),TIME, THREE HOUBS.
1. What is Nessler's solution, how is it prepared, and for what
is it used ?2. What are the differences between mortar and cement? Upon
what chemical changes does their use depend ?3. What are the principal impurities in natural waters ? Why are
certain impurities objectionable in water used for steamboilers ? How would you detect their presence ?
4. What are the principal natural sources of cobalt and nickel?
How are the metals extracted ?5. By what tests would you recognise the presence of titanium
molybdenum, fluorine, gold, and platinum ?
lxxxvi. DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
6. How would you proceed to make a complete quantitativeanalysis of chrome iron ?
7. What are the principal differences between grey cast iron,white cast iron, wrought iron, and steel? How do theybehave when moistened with dilute acids ?
8. What is meant by valency? Give examples of varying
valency.
PHYSICS.
TIMK, THEEE HOUES.
PASS, HONOURS AND SCHOLARSHIP:
1. Define " moment of inertia."A thin circular hoop of 50 cm radius has a mass of 1000
grms: it is supported as a wheel on a shaft by arms whosemoment of inertia may be neglected together with thatof the shaft. Find the angular acceleration when asteady force of 10000 dynes is applied to the axle bjr
pulling a string wound on a drum on the shaft. Thediameter of the drum is 50 cm. For how long a time willthe string require to be pulled to make the hoop revolve600 times a minute ? What will be the kinetic energy ofrevolution in this case in foot pounds ?
given 1 foot= 30-48 cm.1 pound=453-6 gnns.
2. Explain exactly what you mean by the term " a perfectlyelastic body," illustrating your answer by a discussion ofthe actual elastic properties of matter. What isMaxwell's theory of "residual" or '''sub-permanent"effect ?
3. Give a detailed account with necessarj' sketches of Eegnault'sobservations either on the expansion of gases, or on thepressure-temperature relation of saturated steam.
4. Prove that the area traced out on a steam engine diagramgives a measure of the work done per stroke.
5. Describe and criticise Meyer's method of determining thevalue of the mechanical equivalent of heat.
DECEMBER EXAMINATION. lxxxvii.
6. What is meant by the term " regelation " as applied to ice ?How do you account for the fact that the melting point ofice is lowered by pressure while that of sulphur is raised ?
SECOND PAPEB.
TIME, THREE HOUES.
PASS, HONOURS AND SCHOLARSHIP.
1. Give an account of the reasons which led Faraday to considerthat the glass of a Leyden jar is the seat of the energy ofelectrification. How would you map out the field so as todivide it into compartments containing equal quantities ofenergy ?
2. Describe and explain exactly Maxwell's induction model,
giving a sketch and tracing the analogies for two circuitsas far as possible. Use the model to prove that in atransformer eddy currents must always tend to reduce theinduction in the iron, the secondary circuit being supposedopen.
3. Give a statement of the necessary experiments required toestablish the action of an infinitely long 'straight currenton a magnetic pole. Deduce the law of action for an" element" of the wire.
4. Prove that when a ballistic galvanometer is included in acircuit through which a change of Induction takes placein a time short compared with the time of swing of theneedle of the galvanometer, the first elongation of theneedle is proportional to the change of the Induction.The ballistic galvanometer formula may be assumed.
5. Describe and explain exactly some method for finding thecapacity of a condenser with great accuracy. For whatpurposes is such an experiment of importance ?
g. Give an account of the thermo-electric properties of metals.7· How would you determine- the absolute voltage of a Clark
cell?
lxxxvüi DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
THIRD YEAE EXAMINATION.
GEOLOGY (as in the Third Year of Science).
MINERALOGY (as in the Third Year of Science).
MATHEMATICS (as in the third Year of Arts).
NOTE.—The papers in the Professional subjects, Second and ThirdYears, are set in March.
EXAMINATIONSIN CONNECTION WITH THE SCHEME
FOR UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
SYDJsruY.
SOCIALISM.
LECTURER—PROFESSOR ANDERSON, M.A.
TIME, THEEB HOUES.
{Not more than EIGHT questions to he attempted.)
1. How does State Socialism differ from former socialistic
theories of the State?2. What is meant by the "domestic system" of industry? Is
it possible to restore it?3. "Everyman knows his own interest best, and will pursue
it." Is there any ambiguity in this remark? Whatdeductions did Adam Smith draw from it ?
4. How far has the State interfered with the "natural distribu-tion of wealth" in («) England or (J) New South Wales?
5. Distinguish the following—(a) Socialism in its ordinary
acceptation, (¿) collectivism, (¢) communism.6. Discuss any one of the following objections to State
Socialism—(a) That it contains a real danger to freedom.(J) That it is opposed to democratic principles.(¢) That it would diminish production.
7. "The existing State is a mingling of various types of
organisation: the Socialist State will contain only onetype."Explain and illustrate.
xc. UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
459. Discuss the "surplus-value" theory of Karl Marx.460. "Prom the time spent in labour is to be calculated the value
of the product."Is this possible ?
10. How do you account for the frequent failure of schemes ofco-operative production?
11. Discuss any one of the following "ways out" of the un-employed difficulty—
{a) The Labour Bureau,(δ) Village Settlements,(c) Government Relief Works.
12. Upon what principles would 3011 advocate or oppose Statecontrol of monopolies ?
13. "What do you understand by the "natural lights" of
idividuals?
. "WORK AND WAGES.LECTURER—PROFESSOR SCOTT.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
Kot more than EIGHT questions are to be answered.
1. "Economic self-interest works for the general good." Howfar, and under what conditions, is this true? Give andaccount for instances to the contrarjr.
2. Explain precisely the nature of that service, payment forwhich is called interest.
3. Account for the growth of the "big-business system," anddiscuss its social effects.
4. "While the part that Nature plays in production conforms tothe law of diminishing return, the part that Man playsconforms to the law of increasing return." (Marshall.)Explain this.
5. Explain and illustrate (by a diagram or otherwise) the
settlement of price in a market, with free competitionamong buyers and among sellers.
6. "The desirability or utility of a thing to a person is com-monly measured by the monej' price that he will pay forit." Comment ou this.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
7. Mention the chief causes which prevent the "net ad-
vantages" of different occupations from being equalisedby competition ; and give examples.
8. What are the causes of the tendency of rents and land-values to rise in a progressive community? Notice andaccount for exceptions.
9. What is to be said for and against " distribution in pro-portion to efficiency " ? How far, and why, does actualdistribution differ from this ?
10. " With every growth of Trade Unionism the pressure onunprotected bodies of workmen grows greater." Is thisnecessarily true ? So far as it is true, to what causes isit due ?
11. Discuss the effect on the interest of the workers produced byany change (e.g., improved machinery, or development offoreign commerce) which enables a given result to beattained with a smaller amount of labour.
12. " When the rich diminish their expendí ture, the poor die ofhunger." (Montesquieu.)
"Saving, not spending, makes work for the workmen."(Courtney.)
Discuss these statements.
13. " It matters little, ultimately, how much a labourer is paidfor making anything ; but it matters fearfully what thething is which he is compelled to make." (Euskin.)
Discuss this.
14. Comment on the following :—(a) " He is the best business man, who contrives to pay the
highest wages."
(J) " That man is richest who has fewest wants."
461. "Each of us is in the hands of a blind fate,—a powernot ourselves that makes for Production."
462. "Take care of the producers, and the consumers may beleft to take care of themselves."
XClI. UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
GREEK LIFE AND ART.
LECTCBER—MISS MACDONALD, M.A.
TIME, THKEB HOURS.
Not more than EIGHT questions are to be answered.
1. Explain and illustrate the use of existing remains of the art
of the Greeks as a means of increasing our knowledge oftheir histoiy.
2. "Art is an imitation of nature." How far, and in what sense
is this true of the best Greek sculpture?463. Explain the origin of the tragic drama.464. Describe the Pnyx, and give a short account of the procedure
of the Assembly which met there, and the nature of thebusiness transacted by it.
5. Give an account of the myth of the Contest of Poseidon and
Athena, or that of the Birth of Athena; and mentionand describe artistic representations of it.
6. Describe the frieze running round the celia of the Parthenon,and give an account of the festival which it commemo-rates.7·. Describe and account for the colouring of archaic statues.8. Describe some of the objects which have been found in Greek
tombs, and explain the reasons for which they were placedthere.
9. Describe the Homeric notions on the state of man after
death. What other notions on the subject were currentin the 5th century B.C. ?
10. Write short notes on the following—{a) the Little Daedala:(J) the Anthesteria:[c) the Eiresione:[d) the Propylaea:[e) the Choragic Monument of Lysicrates.
11. State, discuss, and illustrate some one of the theories which
haye been put forward in explanation of the origin andsignificance of Greek religious myths.
12. Describe the relation of Greek art to Greek religion.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION. xciii.
ST. LEONARDS.
THE IDYLLS OF THE KING, AND THE DEVELOPMENT OFTHE ARTHURIAN LEGEND.
LECTURER—PROFESSOR SIACCALLUM.
TIME, THREE HOTTES.
465. Explain the relation of the historical to the mythical Arthur.466. What is the substance of Geoffrey's account of Arthur, and
what additions did Wace and Layamon make to it ?3. How do the later Arthurian romances of the Middle Ages
differ from the earlier ones ?4. Describe the character of Malory's compilation. Contrast his
treatment with that of Tennyson.5. How would you explain the neglect of Arthurian subjects
on the Elizabethan stage ? Describe the tragedy ofHughes.
6 Tell what you know of Heber's Morte d' Arthur, of Lyulph'sTale in Triermain, and of Hawker's San-graal.
7. Is there any change in Tennyson's treatment of the earlierand of the later Idylls ?
8. What does Tennyson mean by the quest of the Grail?
WOOLLARRA.
SOME LEADERS OF MODERN THOUGHT.
LECTURER—MR. A. W. JOSE.
TIME, THEEE HOUES.
Not more than EIGHT questions are to be attempted.
1. "Faith in machinery is our besetting danger." (Arnold.)Explain and illustrate this.
467. Indicate the special excellences of Carlyle as a historian.468. Describe and explain the attitude of Carlyle towards
Democracy.4. "Good art represents, but does not imitate." Exrjlain this.
XClV. UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
5. "Wise consumption is a far more difficult art than wise pro-
duction." State the principles of right consumption orspending as laid down by Euskin.Or, state and discuss Euskin's teaching about wages.
6. " The populace think that your rejection of popular standards
is a rejection of all standards." How might Emerson'sdoctrine of self-reliance be defended against thisconstruction ?
7. "Now, and for us, it is a time to Hellénise, and to praise
knowing, for we have Hebraised too much, and haveover-valued doing." (Arnold.) Explain and discuss this.
8. "The great thing is to find our lest self, and to seek to
affirm nothing but that." (Arnold.) Explain this.
9. " The conflict of a tender conscience with the world." Ex-
plain and illustrate this as a statement of Clough'sposition.
469. Describe Kingsley's treatment of social problems.470. "A soul's history,—little else is worth study." What is
Browning's method of writing such a history ? Illustratefrom some one of his poems.
471. Describe and illustrate Browning's "optimism."472. Comment shortly on the following: —
{a) "Work is worship."473. "Whoso would be a man must be a non-conformist."474. "Ah, but a man's art should exceed his grasp!"475. "Heroism feels and never
reasons, and therefore isalwa3's right."
476. "Mights do, in the long-run, mean Eights."
PAERAMATTA.SOME LEADERS OF MODERN THOUGHT.
LECTUEKE—ME. A. W. JOSE.
Not mort than EIGHT questions are to be answered.
1. Discuss the social effects of the modem development ofmachinery.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION. xcv.
2. "The history of the world is fundamentally nothing morethan the biography of great men." Explain and discussthis statement of the attitude of Cariyle as a historian.
3. " The nexus of cash-pa3Tnent." What does Carlyle say ofthis?
4. " All effectual advancement towards the true felicit}'of thehuman race must be by individual, not public effort."(Buskin.) Discuss this.
5. " Good art always consists of two things : first, the observa-tion of fact ; secondly, the manifesting of human designand authority in the way the fact is told." (Ruskin.)Explain and illustrate this.
477. State and discuss Buskin's views on ivages.478. "No law can be sacred to me but that of my own nature."
Explain the doctrine of Emerson summed up in thesewords.
8. " Ma}' I not do what I like ?" How is this question dealtwith by any one of the authors you .have been reading ?
9. "What distinguishes culture is, that it is possessed by thescientific passion as ivell as by the passion of doing good."(Arnold.) Explain this.
479. Describe the attitude of Kingsley as a social reformer.480. Give an account and criticism of any one of Browning's
dramatic poems.12. Comment shortly on the following—
(a,) "It is his Restraint which is honourable to man, not hisLiberty."
481. In our modem industry "we manufacture everythingexcept men.".
482. " Thou, heaven's consummate cup, what needst thou withearth's wheel ?"
(d) " God's works—paint any one, and count it crimeTo let a truth slip. Don't object ' His works' Are here already ; nature is complete :' Suppose you reproduce her—(which you can't)' There's no advantage ! you must beat her, then.' "
(e) " Society everywhere is in a conspiracy against the man-hood of every one of its members."
xcvi. UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
CROYDON.THE PURITAN REVOLUTION.
I.F.cTUREH—PROFESSOR WOOD, Β.Δ.
TIME, THEEE HOTJES. -
Not more than EIOHT questions to he answered.
483. Explain Charles I.'s idea of sovereignty.484. "The Church of England Puritans were essentially con-
servatives both in Church and State."Discuss and illustrate the importance which the Puritansattached to Statutes and Precedents.
3. "The question of Tonnage and Poundage was the question
of the sovereignty of England."Explain this statement.
4. Show the constitutional importance of485. the dismissal of Chief Justice
Coke;or
486. of the Five Knights' case.5. Discuss the distinctive views of
487. the Presbyterians;or
488. the Independents.6. Explain the position of the Latitudinarians, and sketch the
history of their party during the 17th century.
7. "The lost Archangel, the Satan of the Apostacy."
(MACAULAY.)Discuss the justice of this criticism of Strafford.5\ Compare the religious views of Laud and of Milton.9. Discuss the political situation at the death of Strafford and
account for the subsequent growth of the royalist party.
10. Cromwell has been called " a conservative revolutionist."
Discuss this, and illustrate it bj' tracing Cromwell's policybetween thebattle of Naseby and the execution of theKing.
11. "In the revolution of 1688 Puritanism did the work of civil
liberty which it had failed to do in that of 1642."Discuss this statement.
12. "The whole historj' of English progress since the Restora-
tion on its moral and spiritual sides, has been the historyof Puritanism."Discuss this statement.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.MAECH, 1893.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
FIEST YEAE EXAMINATION.
NOTE.—The time allowed for each paper is three hours, except where otherwisestated,
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
HONOURS.
The same paper as that set in the Second Year.
LATIN AUTHORS.
HONOURS.
489. Translate into English selections from Livy, Book XXX.490. Translate and explain—
(a) Censuerunt patres, ut cónsules inter se compararentsortirenturve, uter Bruttios adversus Hannibalem, uterEtruriam ac Ligures provinciam haberet.
(δ) Per eosdem forte dies-cum Laelius et Masinissa quintodecumo ferme die in Numidiam pervenissent, Maesulii,regnum paternum Masinissae, laeti ut ad regem duidesideratum concessere.
3. Translate into English—(a) Ergo insperata tandem tellure potiti
Lustramurque Iovi votisque incendimus aras,Actiaque lfiacis celebramus litora ludis.
9
XCVlU FIRST TEAR IN ARTS.
Exercent patrias oleo labente palaestraeIs'udati socii ; iuvat evasisse tot urbesArgolicas mediosque fugam tenuisse per hostis.Interea magnum sol cireumvolvitur annum,Et glacialis hiemps aquilonibus asperat undas.Aere cavo clipeum, magni gestamcn Abantis,Postibus adversis figo, et rem carmine signo :AENEAS HAEC DE DANAIS VICTORIBUS ARMA.Linquere tum portus iubeo et considere transtris.Certatim socii feriunt mare et aequora verrunt.Protinus aërias Phaeacum abscondimus arces,Litoraque Epiri legimus portuque subimusChaonio et celsam Buthroti accedimus urbem.
(b) Postquam omnem laeti consessum oculosque suorumLustravere in equis, signum clamore paratisEpy tides longe dédit insonuitque flagello.Olli discurrere pares, atque agmina terniDiductis solvere choris, rursusque vocatiConvertere vias investaque tela tulere.Inde alios ineùnt cursus aliosque recursusAdversi spatiis, alternosque orbibus orbisImpediunt, pugnaeque cient eimulacra sub armis ;Et nunc terga fuga nudant, nunc spicula vertuntInfensi, facta pariter nunc pace feruntur.
(¢) Quisque suos patimur Manes ; exinde per amplumMittimur Elysium, et pauci laeta arva tenemus ;Donec longa dies, perfecto temporis orbe,Concretam exemit labem, purumque relinquitAetherium sensum atque aurai simplicis ignem,Has omnis, ubi mille rotam volvere per annos,Lethaeum ad fluvium deus evocat agmine magno,Scilicet immemores supera ut convexa revisantBursus et incipiant in corpora velle revertí.
4. Translate and comment on—(a) Extremam Lane oro veniam—miserere
sororis—;Quam mihi cum dederis, cumulatam morte remittam.
(J) Verum anceps pugnae fueret fortuna.—Fuisset ;Quem metui moritura? Faces in castra tulissem,Inplessemque foros flammis, natumque patremqueCum genere exstinxem, memet super ipsa dedissem.
MARCH EXAMINATION. XClX.
(c) Spatia et si plura supersint.Transeat elapsus prior, ambiguumque relinquat.
(d) Nee non Threicius longa cum veste sacerdosObloquitur numeris Septem discriminia vocum,Iamque eadem digitis, iam pectine puisât eburno.
5. Compare the constitution of Carthage with that of Home at
the time of the Second Punic War.6. What authorities did Livy chiefly employ in his history of the
Second Punic War ?
LATIN TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
HONOURS.
The same paper as that set in the Second Year.
GREEK AUTHORS.HONOURS.
491. Translate passages from Demosthenes de Falsa Legatione.492. cHv (sc. την είρήνην) δεδοικα μεν, ω άνδρες ΡίθηναΖοι, δε'δοικα
μη λελήθαμεν ωσπερ οι δανειζόμενοι επί ττολλώ άγοντες" τογαρ ασφαλές αυτής και το βέβαιον ούτοι προυδοσαν, Φωκεας καιΠυλας.Explain this charge.
3. Translate and explain—(α) Και τανθ' οτι αληθή λέγω, πρώτον μεν αυτός εγώ
συγγραψά-μενος και καταστήσας έμαυτον νπεΰθννον μαρτυρήσω, είτα τωνάλλων πρέσβεων εκαστον καλώ, και δυοίν θάτερον, η μαρτνρεινη εζόμνυσθαι αναγκάσω.
(¿) Που δ' άλες; που τράπεζα; που σπονδαί; ταΰτα γαρ τραγωδεΐπίριιων, ωσπερ ούχι τους άδικοΐντας τούτων οντάς προδότας,άλλα Toíis τα δίκαια ποιούνται
(c) Ούχ οράτε ως εναργές ω άνδρες Αθηναίοι και σαφές παρά-δειγμα οι ταλαίπωροι γεγόνασιν Όλννθιοι;
(.'Z) Φτ^ο"α5 καταβαίνειν εις Πειραιά δεΐν ήδη και χρήματ είσφερεινκαι τα θεωρικά στρατιωτικά ττοιείν.
c FIRST XEAK IN AKTS.
493. Translate into English passages from Sophocles, Antigone.494. Translate, with short notes—
To τ έπειτα και το μέλλονκαι το πριν επάρκεσανομός OO ουοεν ερπΐΐθνατων βιότω πάμπολις Ικτος άτας. [παμπολν γ' Jebb.]ά γαρ δη πολνπλα-γκτος ελπίςπολλοίς μίν ονασις άνδρώΐ',7τολλοΓΐ δ' απάτα κονφονόων Ερώτων'είδότι δ' ούδεν έρπει,πρίν πνρΐ θερμω πόδα τις προσανση.σοφία, γαρ εκ τονκλεινόν έπος πεφανται,το κακόν δοκέΐν ποτ' ΐσθλοντωδ' ίμμεν οτω φράιαςθΐος αγα προς αταν'πράσσΐΐ δ' όλί-γιστον χρόνον ίκτος ατας.
6. Translate and comment on—(ß) Εάν δ' άθαπτον, και προς οιωνών δέμας
και προς κννων εδεστον αίκισθέντ' Ιδέΐν.
495. TeaV, Zev, δΐΛΌίσιν τις ανδρών νπερβασία κατάσχοι;496. Φορβής τοσούτοι/ ώς άγος μόνον προθάς,
όπως μίασμα πασ νπίκφνγτ) πόλις.497. Tt γάρ σε μαλθάσσοιμ αν ων is νστερον
ψεΰσται φανονμεθ' ;(e)* Αγετε μ ίκποδων,
τον ονκ οντά μάλλον f¡ μηδένα.
GREEK TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
HONOURS.
The same paper as that set in the Second Year.
GREEK PROSE.
HONOURS.
The same paper as that set in the Second Year.
MARCH EXAMINATION. ci.
FRENCH AUTHORS. -HONOURS.
1. Translate, with explanatory notes, extracts from Sainte-Beuve,Causeries du Lundi.
2. Eeproduce, shortly, the substance of Sainte-Beuve's Causerieon Rabelais.
3. Translate and explain short. extracts from the Causeries duLundi.
4. Mention the principal works of Sainte-Beuve. What are thecharacteristic features of his criticism?
5. Translate and explain extracts from Molière, Les Précieuses!Ridicules.
6. Was the influence of the Hôtel de Rambouillet and the
Précieuses on society and literature a good or bad one?Characterise the "langageprécieux."
FRENCH COMPOSITION, &o.
HONOURS.
1. Translate into French Prose—I would not have a slave to till my ground,To carry me, to fan me while I sleep,And tremble when I wake, for all the wealthThat sinews bought and sold have ever earned.No ! I would rather be myself a slave,And wear the bonds, than fasten them on him.We have no slaves at home—then why abroad ?And they themselves, once ferried o'er the waveThat parts us, are emancipate and loose.Slaves cannot breathe in England ; if their lungsReceive our air, that moment they are free ;They touch our country, and their shackles fall.
2. Translate (at sight)—FRAGMENT.
Sur les flancs d'un coteau riant et pittoresque,Au fond du vieux Quercy* se dresse gigantesque
*Quercy, a small place in South France.
FIRST TEAR IN ARTS.
Un antique manoir par le temps respecté.Les tours ont conservé leur sombre majesté,Et jamais du maçon la truelle brutaleNe racla de ses murs la mousse féodale.Au loin, l'on aperçoit le miroir transparentD'un neuve au sinueux et rapide courant.De sombres peupliers, bataillons immobiles,Gardent depuis cent ans ses bords frais et tranquilles,Exhalant en avril l'odeur des fenaisons.Dans un coin du tableau, quelques blanches moissonsSemblent escalader la côte ; un presbytère,Sous les treillis en fleur, se cache avec mystère.Parfois le cri d'appel des robustes meuniers,Les grelots des mulets, le chant des mariniersFont retentir gaîment l'écho de ces rivages,Et mugir les grands bœufs au fond des pâturages.
3. Historical Grammar—(a) " The French language is a Latin language ; Celtic
words have remained in it ; Germanic words have beenadded to it; but the Latin words are the languageitself."
Discuss and illustrate the above.(¿) How do you recognise French words of other than
French, e.g., of Picard origin ?498. What is Littré's account of the origin of the adverbial
s,as in. jadis ?
499. Derive the following words, and state the phonetic lawswhich they illustrate — Fait, nombre, couleur, époux,pèlerin, aube, guêpe, rage, espérer, lierre, pâtre, aimé, aimée.
500. Explain the expressions "living conjugations."and "deadconjugations." Show that the ordinary division of Frenchverbs into four conjugations is arbitrary and unscientific.
{/) Give a history of the inflexions of the Present Subjunc-tive tense. Does aime correctly represent Latin amet ?
[g) How are the French ordinal numerals formed ? Mentionexpressions in which the older forms of ordinals comingdirect from Latin have survived.
MARCH EXAMINATION.
GERMAN AUTHORS.
HONOURS.
501. Translate extracts from Goethe, Torquato Tasso.502. Translate extracts from Ballads of Uhland, Schiller, and Goethe.503. Parse the underlined words in (2) giving the genitive singular
and nominative plural of the nouns, and the principalparts of the verbs.
4. Contrast the characters of Antonio, Alphonso and Tasso.
GERMAN COMPOSITION, &c.
HONOURS.
1. Translate into English—%n anbern älforgen mar ÜDÍarianenS erftcr ©ébattre eine (Miärung
mit iï)rem SSater. ©ie $fiict)t, ftct? feinem SBiííen ju fügen, roarit)r in ben «Kämpfen biefer 91ací)t fiar gercorben, öortjer aber rooiïtefte öerfudjen, ob Sitten unb S^ränen oietieic^t fein -§erj rührenfönnten. Ue6er bie S'urcf/t, mit rcelct)er fte it)m feit langer %titnat)ete, erfjofc fte t)eutc ber (Scfcmierj unb ba§ ©efüt)I, fie Çanbie fürbie fjeiügfte 5íngeíegenf)eít tt)ree £e6enë. 93Ia§ unb gitternb tratfte ju tijm ins ßiminer, fte ^atte fcebadjtfam ü&eriegt, roaê fiefagen icottte, bort; ber erfte Sttcf in fein ©eftct)t änberte Qtïïeê.JDÎitieibig, ja järtlic^, roie fie eê fttf? nie erinnerte, fat) er fíe an,unb fie tag in feinen auêgetireiteten îlrmen unb meinte t)eifjeStjränen, rcetct/e bie ¿kriegten SSorte auS tfjrem ©ebac^tnipvoegnntfekn. „(5§ ift mir ietb, mein armeg Jîtnb, eê ift mirkrjiicr/ leib," fagte er, „ aier e§ fann ηίφί fein ! Uekrjeugc biefy,bajj bie Stete bie tmfyrfte ift, bie ju betnem Sefien feI6ft einenϊιιψη (Samierj für bi¿t) toaljít."
2. Translate into German—You will not forgive me if I do not say something of
Hanover ; I cannot tell you that the town is either largeor magnificent. The Opera House, which was built bythe late Elector, is much finer that that of Vienna. I wasvery sorry that the ill weather did not permit me to seeHerrnhausen in all its beauty; but, in spite of the snow,I thought the gardens very fine. I was particularlysurprised at the vast number of orange trees, much
ClV. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
larger than I have ever seen in England, though thisclimate is certainly colder. But I had more reason towonder that night at the King's table, to see a present froma gentleman of this country of two large baskets full of ripeoranges and lemons of various sorts, many of which werequite new to me. Upon enquiry I learnt that they havebrought their stoves to such perfection, they lengthentheir summer as long as they please, giving to everyplant the degree of heat it would receive from the sun inits native soil.
3. Describe the various ways in which language is affected by
analogy.4. Describe the changes in the area over which German is
spoken from the earliest times till the present day.
5. Explain historically the underlined letters in <§5fe, ffiägen
Sogen, -Cerjene, Saaten.6. Explain the vowel variation in trennen, trannte ; trage, trägft ;
neunte, nintmft. 504. When and how has Latin chiefly influenced German ?505. Explain the derivation and original meaning of entroeber, ater,
ffeoftotb, -geinft, -gomtutg, Jtaifenc órtí).
ALGEBRA.HONOURS.
1. Eliminate x, y, % between the equations—
x+y—z=ax~+y—s-=oa ̂+ y3—E8Z=C3
2. If the biquadratic equation axi + bx3+cx2+dx+e=0 has a
pair of equal roots in, shew that m is also a root of theequation lax*+ 3^+2^:+^=0.
3. Solve the equations
(ii.)ax!yz—(y+z) = by2zz+s—x=cz2xy—(x+y) = 0.
MARCH EXAMINATION. cv.
4. What is meant by a complex quantity, modulus of a com-plex quantity?Shew that the modulus of the product of any number ofcomplex quantities, real or complex, is the product oftheir moduli.
5. Enunciate and prove the Binomial Theorem for a positiveintegral exponent.
The value β of a temporary annuity for » years is 1 —--------------------------------------------------------------------------------—
iwhere i, the rate of interest per pound per annum, isrequired to be found. It is known that i is not verydifferent from a given value x\ shew that a closerapproximation to the value of * is
! fll-fl1 ̂ a____?_ , >
11-
ι, (I+»)"where (¾= —^—'——
χ
6. Enunciate and prove the exponential theorem, and expande**up to the term in «4.
7. Define a recurring series and find the sum to η terms of sucha series.
Sum to η terms the series whose rth term is [Ir- I)V.8. Prove that an infinite series of positive terms is divergent if
from and after any fixed term the ratio of each term tothe preceding term is greater than or equal to unity.
Examine the following series
,· \ 5 . 5"6 . 5'6"7 , .(1° 7 + 7-8*+7-^r+ · · ·
9. Every periodic continued fraction is equal to one of the rootsof a quadratic equation with rational coefficients.
FIRST YEAE IN ARTS.
10. If there be two events which cannot both happen, then theprobability that one or the other may happen is the sumof their respective probabilities.There are two independent events A and B, the pro-babilities of happening of which are a and b. A thirdevent 0 must happen if A and B both happen, must failif A and B both fail, and if one or other of A and Bhappen the chance that C will happen is one-third.Find the probability that C will happen.
11. The product of two determinants is the determinant whoseconstituents are the sums of the products of the consti-tuents in any row of one by the corresponding constituentsin any row of the other.Shew that
«!«•2 +M2+^1¾«¿+b2+c£
CtJ)2C2
GEOMETRY AND TRIGONOMETRY.HONOURS.
1. P is any point on the circle circumscribing the triangleABC, and POQ. is the diameter through P. Prove thatthe line joining the feet of perpendiculars from P on thesides of the triangle is inclined to POQ, at an angle whichis less by two right angles than half the sum of theangles POA, POB, POO, taken one way round, andthat it is parallel to each of the three lines formed bydrawing through Q a chord parallel to a side of thetriangle and joining its other extremity to the oppositeangular point.
2. Three circles which all pass through the same point 0 inter-sect again in A, B, C. Through A a straight line isdrawn meeting the circles AOB, AOO in D and E.The straight lines DB, EC meet the circle BOC in P andG. Prove that for all positions of the line DAE, EGalways touches a circle concentric with the circle BOO.
(I1U3-̂ l1I3 +C1C3
a,a3+b2b3+c2cs
«s2+*32+«f
CK+K+CC-(I1Ci2+bA +C1C2
Cl1Cl3 +^b3 +C1C3
MARCH EXAMINATION. cvii.
3. What is meant by the centres of similitude of two circles?How may their positions be found ? C is the externalcentre of similitude of two circles, the straight lineCDO'BAO passes through the centres 0', 0 of the circles,and meets them in the points D, B, A, andCEFGH is anystraight line meeting the circles in E, F and G, H respec-tively ; prove that tue rect. GC.FC=rect. ACBC.
By the aid of this proposition, or otherwise, describe acircle to pass through a given point and touch two givencircles.
4. Define harmonic ratio and prove the harmonic properties ofthe complete quadrilateral.
5. If two straight lines are perpendicular to the same planethey are parallel to one another.
6. If α+/?+γ+δ=τΓ, prove that tan α + tan β + tan γ+tan δ=tan α tan β tan γ tan δ (cot a+cot /3+cot γ+cot δ).
7. Find the radii of the inscribed and escribed circles of atriangle in terms of its sides.
If r be the radius of the circle which touches BC externallyand AB, AC produced, shew that
Vs
8. If ΛΓ cos α cos/3+œ (sin a+sin/3)+ 1 = 0,and X2COSjS cos-y+x (sin/3+siny) + l = 0,prove that a? cos γ cos a+œ (sin γ+sin a)+ 1 =0.
9. Sum the series506.Sin 0+£ sin 20 + ½ sin 30+ .... to infinity.
507.----------------------------------------------Tan-^+tan-1—~+ . . . tan"1----------------------------------------------~--------- . . . tov ; T 1+3.4T \+{f--\y-
n terms.
10. Prove that sin 0=0—^1 + ^------------β1 04
coso= i— 27+4T------------
cviii. . FIRST YEAK IN ARTS.
11. Prove that -------:-----JL-----is approximately unalteredsin y sin %
simultaneous small increments x' y s' of χ, y, s if
= y' = *'tanjcosy+coss) sin * sinz'
GEOMETRICAL AND ANALYTICAL CONICS.
HONOURS.
1. If a tangent be drawn to a parabola at a point P, and PMbe drawn perpendicular to the directrix, the tangentbisects at right angles the straight line joining M to thefocus.The tangent at a point P of a parabola meets the tangents atthe extremities of the latus rectum in Q and E.. Shewthat perpendiculars at Q and R to these latter tangentsmeet at a point in the latus rectum whose distance fromthe focus is equal to the ordinate of P.
2. In an ellipse, if CD be conjugate to CP, and PG be thenormal at P, shew that PG.CA=CD.CB.
3. If POP', QOQ' be two chords of a central conic meetingin 0, shew that PO.OP' is to QO.OQ' as the squares ofthe diameters parallel to these chords.
CP and CD are conjugate diameters of an ellipse. A chordthrough P cuts ClJ in R, and the ellipse in Q. Shewthat PR.PQ is equal to twice the square of the semi-diameter parallel to PQ.
4. If P be any point on a hyperbola and a circle be inscribed inthe triangle SPH, S and H being the foci, shew that thecentre of the circle lies on the tangent at the vertex tothat branch of the hyperbola on which P lies.
5. Express the area of a triangle in terms of the coordinatesof its angular points.
O is a fixed point, X and Y points on the axis of χ and yrespectively. If the area of the triangle OXT be con-stant find the locus of the middle point of XY.
MARCH EXAMINATION. ClX.
6. The straight lines joining the origin to the common points of
x+y=k and ar+y*-\-2cc-\-3y=() are perpendicular to eachother ; find the value of k.
7. Find the equation of the polar of the point whose coordinates
are x' ij with respect to the circle whose equation isa?+y~a\Two circles cut one another orthogonally at the points(0,k) and (0, —i). The polars with respect to these circlesof any point in the axis of y meet the axis of a; in P and Q,.Shew that OP.OQ,=£2 ; O being the origin.
8. Find the equation of the parabola referred to any diameter
and the tangent at the extremity of that diameter asaxes.
ABC is an equilateral triangle each of whose sides is equalto a. A parabola is drawn having AB as tangent at Band BC as diameter, the latus rectum being equal to 4«.The parabola meets AC in P and Q. Shew thatCP.CQ=^2.
à9. Two points are taken, a quadrant apart, on a fixed circle con-
centric with a given central conic. Shew that the locusof the intersection of the polars with respect to this conicof these two points is another conic.
10. Find the equation of the tangent at any point of thehyperbola whose equation is xy=Jc-.
CX. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
SECOND YEAE EXAMINATION.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
HONOURS.
Translate into Latin Prose—The problem, indeed, admitted of no
peaceable solution.To restrain the free cultivation of Italy by the assignmentof lands to a few thousand free proprietors was a chimera.To leave the soil to the cultivation of slaves was to per-petuate and intensify a plague-spot which could not failto issue in the corruption ■ of the whole body. But theemancipation of the servile caste and the abolition ofslavery were ideas entirely beyond the scope of thepolitical reasoning of the ancients. Plato and Aristotlehad attempted to defend the principle of slavery, butsince their time it had been thought better to accept it as afact and a necessity, but make no pretence of justifying it.The outbreak of the slaves in Sicily at this moment mightserve to enhance the anxiety of Tiberius Gracchus, butthe mass of his countrymen drew from it no politicallesson whatever. They regarded their slaves as theiractual enemies hardly less than the Gauls or the Cartha-ginians, and they resented their revolt and nerved them-selves to repress it with the same determination withwhich they would have asserted their empire against theattack of a foreign invader. Often, indeed, had theRoman master been thus attacked by the slaves of hisown household. The law had armed him with fullauthority to control and punish them, and this authorityhe still maintained by ever-increasing severity.
MARCH EXAMINATION.
LATIN TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
HONOURS. .
Translate into English—(«) Utque habuit ripas Sicoris, camposque reliquit,
Primum cana salix madefacto vimine parvamTexitur in puppim, caesoque inducta juvencoVectoris patiens tumidum superenatat.amnen.Sic Venetus stagnante Pado, fusoque BritannusNavigat Océano : sic cum tenet omnia Nilus,Conseritur bibula Memphitis cymba papyro.His ratibus trajeeta manus festinat utrinqueSuccisum curvare nemus : fluviique ferocisIncrementa timens, non primis robora ripisImposuit : medios pontem distendit in agros.Ac ne quid Sicoris repetitis audeat undis,Spargitur in sulcos, et scisso gurgite rivisDat pœnas majoris aquae. Postquam omnia fatisCsesaris ire videt, celsam Petrejus IlerdamDeserit : et noti diffisus viribus orbis,Indómitos quaerit populos, et semper in armaMartis amore feros, et tendit in ultima mundi.
(b) Si pro me patriam ferro flammisque petistis,Nunc pugnate truces, gladiosque exolvite culpa.Nulla manus belli, mutato judice, pura est.Non mihi res agitur, sed vos, ut libera sitis,Turba, precor, gentes ut jus habeatis in omnes.Ipse ego privatse cupidus me reddere vitse,Plebeiaque toga modicum componere civem :Omnia dum vobis liceant, nihil esse recuso.Invidia regnata mea. nec sanguine multoSpem mundi petitis : Graiis delecta JuventusGymnasiis aderit, studioque ignava palaestrae,Et viv arma f erens, et inistae dissona turbseBarbaries ; non illa tubas, non agmine motoOlamorem latura suum. civilia paucaeBella manus facient : pugnae pars magna levabitHis orbem populis, Eomanumque obteret hostem.Ite per ignavas gentes famosaque regna,Et primo fern motu prosternite mundum :Sitque palam, quas tot duxit Pompeius in urbemOurribus, unius gentes non esse triumphi,
CXU. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
508. Huius Staieni persona, populo iam nota atque perspecta,ab nulla turpi suspicione abhorrebat : suppressam esseab eo pecuniain, quam pro reo pronuntiasset, qui erantin concione, non intelligebant. Ñeque enim docebantur.Versatam esse in indicio mentionem pecuniae sentiebant :innocentem reum condemnatum esse audiebant : Staienisententia condemnation videbant : non gratis id ab eofactum esse, quod hominem norant, iudicabant. Similisin Bulbo, in Gutta, in aliis nonnullis suspicio consistebat.Itaque confíteor, (licet enim iam impune, hoc praesertimin loco, confiteri,) quod Oppianici non modo vita, sedetiam nomen ante illud tempus populo ignotum fuisset :indignissimum porro videretur, circumventum esse inno-centem pecunia : banc deinde suspicionem augeret Staieniimprobitas, et nonnullorum eius simüium iudicumturpitudo: causam autem ageret L. Quintius, homo quumsumma potestate praeditus, tum ad inflammandos ánimosmultitudinis accommodatus : summam illi iudicio invidiaminfamiamque esse conflatam. Atque in hanc flammamrecentem C. Iunium, qui illi quaestioni praefuerat,iniectum esse memini, et ilium hominem aedificium, iampraetorem opinionibus bominum constitutum, non dis-ceptatione dicendi, sed clamore hominum, de foro atqueadeo de civitate esse sublatum.
509. Confecerunt me infirmitates meorum, mortes etiam, etquidem iuvenum. solacia duo nequáquam paria tantodolori, solacia tarnen : unum facilitas manumittendi ;videor enim non omnino inmaturos perdidisse quos iamliberos perdidi : alterum, quod permitió servis quoquequasi testamenta faceré eaque ut legitima custodio,mandant rogantque quod visum ; pareo ut iussus :dividunt, donant, relinquunt, dumtaxat intra domum :nam servis res publica quaedam et quasi civitas domusest. sed quamquam bis solaciis adquiescam, debilitar,et frangor eadem illa humanitate, quae me ut hoc ipsumpermitterem induxit. non ideo tarnen velim durior fieri,nec ignoro alios eius modi casus nihil amplius vocarequam damnum eoque sibi magnos homines et sapientes
videri. qui an magni sapientesque sint nescio, hominesnon sunt, hominis est enim adfici dolore, sentiré,resistero tarnen et solacia admitiere, non solaciis nonegere. verum de his plura fortasse quam debui, sedpauciora quam volui. est enim quaedam etiam dolendivoluptas, praesertim si in amici sinu defleas, apud quemlacrimis tuis vel laus sit parata vel venia, vale.
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxiii.
LATIN AUTHORS.
HONOURS.
1. Translate, with explanatory notes, extracts from Cicero's
Letters.2. Translate and comment on—
(a) Quorum malevolentissimis obtrectationibus nos scitode vetere illa nostra dinturnaque sententia prope jam essedepulsos, non nos quidem ut nostrae dignitatis simusobliti, sed ut habeamus rationem aliquando etiam salutis.
(δ) Appius dixit iia senatu sese, si licitum esset legem curiatamferre sortiturum esse cum collega provincias; si curiatalex non esset, se comparaturum cum collega tibique suc-cessurum; legem curiatam consuli ferri opus esse, necessenon esse ; se, quoniam ex senatus consulto provinciamhaberet, lege Cornelia Imperium habiturum, quoad inurbem introisset.
3. Translate, with explanatory notes, extracts from PlautusCaptivi and Trinummus.
4. Translate and comment on—(«) Non aliter, quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum
Eemigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit,Atque ilium in praeceps prono rapit alveus amni.
510. Sunt alii [modi] quos ipse via sibi repperit usus.511. Haec loca non tauri spirantes naribus ignem
Iñvertere satis immanis dentibus hydri.512. Non secus ac patriis acer Eomanus in armis
Iniusto sub fasce viam cum carpit, et hostiAnte exspectatum positis stat in agmine castris.
ROMAN HISTORY.
HONOURS.
TIMF, ONE HOUE AND A HALF.
1. Explain the legal question at issue between Cœsar and theSenate.
2. "We cannot fail to perceive that, in spite of his earnestnessand lofty patriotism, the legislation of C. Gracchus wasfatally pervaded by conflicting aims." Comment on thisstatement.
h
CXlV. SECOND YEAR IN AETS.
513. Give an account of the legislation of Ai. Livius Drusus.514. Describe Caesar's treatment of the provinces.515. Describe the constitution of a Municipium in the time of Cicero.
GREEK HISTORY.
HONOURS.
TIME, ONE HOUE AND Δ HiLF.
1. Sketch the political history of Syracuse during the 5th
century, B.C.2. Discuss the purpose and working of the institution of appoint-
ment to office by lot in democratic Athens.3. Explain and illustrate the meaning and associations of the
word νόμος (1) to a Spartan, (2) to an Athenian.
4. 'Ei/ Si τοΐς Βικαστηρίοις oi) τοΰ δικαίου αυτοΐς μέλει μάλλον η του
αντο'ις συμφέροντος. " Xenophon " Respublica Ath.
In what ways, and to what extent, was the administrationof justice at Athens perverted by self-interest?
5. Describe and illustrate the character of the innovation inthought and art represented by the drama of Euripides ascontrasted with that of .Aeschylus and Sophocles.
GREEK PROSE.
HONOURS.
Translate into Greek—Hitherto I have spoken in general to all
Englishmen ; now,I address my discourse particularly to those that certainlybest deserve that name, ourselves, that have fought, how-ever unfortunately, for our liberties under this tyrant ;and in the end, cozened by his oaths and tears, havepurchased nothing but our slavery with the price of ourblood. To us particularly it belongs to bring this monsterto justice, whom he hath made the instruments of hisvillainy, and sharers in the curse and detestation that isdue to himself from all good men. Others only have theirliberty to vindicate, we our liberty and our honour. We
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxv.
engaged to the people with him, and to the people for him,and from our hands they may justly expect a satisfactionof punishment, being they cannot have that of perform-ance. What the people at present endure, and posterityshall suffer, will be all laid at our doors : for only weunder God have the power to pull down this Dagon whichwe have set up. And if we do it not, all mankind willrepute us approvers of all the villainies he hath done, andauthors of all to come. Shall we that would not endure aking attempting tyranny, shall we suffer a professedtyrant ? We that resisted the lion assailing us, shall wesubmit to the wolf tearing us ? If there be no remedy tobe found, we have great reason to exclaim: "We wishwe had rather endured thee, 0 Charles, than" have beencondemned to this mean tyrant ; not that we desire anykind of slavery, but that the quality of the master some-thing graces the condition of the slave."
GREEK AUTHORS.
HONOURS.
1. The same questions on Sophocles, Antigone, as those set forthe First Year.
516. Translate passages from Thucydides, Book VII.517. Translate and explain—
(«) Tij τ« ιτρότΐρον αμαθία. των κυβερνητών δοκονστ] ίιναι, ταάντίπρωρόν ξυγκρονσαι, μάλιστ' αν αυτοί χρήσασθαι' ·π\ίΙστονyàp èv αΰτω σχησΐΐν' την yàp άνάκρουσιν οΰκ Ισίσοαι TOÎSΑθηναίοι1: ΐ£ωθουμέ\>οι<; αΧΧοσεη ¿s την γην, και ταντην δι' ολίγουκαι es ολίγον, κατ' αυτό το στρατόπίδον το Ιαντων.
(A) Toîs Sc ναΰταις παραινώ . . . μη ίκπεπλήχθαι, . . . ¿κείνηνTÍ την ηοονην Ινθυμέΐσθαι <Ls άέ,ία εστί διασώσασθαι, οι τεωΐAôijvaîoi νομιζόμενοι και μη ÔVTCÇ υμών TiJsTe φωνής τι} επιστήμηκαϊ των τρόπων -nj μιμήσα ίθανμάζεσθε κατά την Ελλάδα, καιτί}ς άρχί}ΐ T)Js ήμίτερας ουκ ΐλασσον κατά το ώφΐλΐίσθαι es τε τοφοβερον Toîs UHTJKOOIS και το μη άδικεΐσοαι μΐΤΐίχΐΤΐ.
3. Describe and illustrate by a plan the night attack onEpipolae.
cxvi. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
GREEK TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
HONOURS.
Translate—1. *Ω πεπον, ei μεν yàp πόλεμον περί τόνδε φνγοντε
ale), δη μέλλοιμεν άγηρω τ' αθάνατοι Teeo-o-eo-θ', οντε κεν αντος èv\ πρώτοισι μαχοίμηνούτε Ke σε στίλλοιμι μάχην ές κυδιάνειραν'νυν δ'—εμπης γαρ κηρες εφεστάσιν θανάτοιομνρίαι, ας οϋκ εστί φυγείν βροτον οΰδ' νπαΧΰζαι—ιομεν, ηε τω ενχος ορέζομεν, ηε τις ημΐν.
2.Εγώ δε Ίίαδμείων ye προστάταις λέγω,
ην μητις άλλος τόνδε συνθάπτειν θέλη,εγώ σφε θάψω, κάνα κίνδννον βάλω,θάψασ' άοελφον τον ¿μόν' οΰδ' αίσχΰνομαιεχονσ" άπιστον τήνδ' άναρχίαν πάλει.δεινον το κοινον σπλάγχνον, ον πεφύκαμενμητρός ταλαίνης καπό δυστηνον πατρός.TOiyàp θέλουσ άκοντι κοινωνεί κακών,ψυχή, θανόντι ζώσα, σνγγόνω φρενί.τούτον δε σάρκας ονδε κοιλογάστορες
λύκοι σπάσονται' μη δοκησάτω τινί'τάφον γαρ αντω και κατασκαφας εγώ,γνντ; TTep ούσα, τωδε μηχανησομαικόλπω φέρουσα βύσσινου πεπλώματος,καυτή καλύψω' μηδέ τω δόξη πάλιν'θάρσει' παρέσται μηχανή δραστήριος.3.
Άνδρες Πελοττονι/^σιοι, άπα μεν οίας χώρας ηκομεν, ότι αεί διατο ενψνχον ελευθέρας, και ότι Δωριής μέλλετε "Ιωσι /ιω^εσοαιων ε'ιώθατε κρείσσονς είναι, άρκείτω βραχίως δεδηλωμένον τηνδε επιχείρησιν ω τρόπω διανοονμαι ποιείσθαι διδάζω, ίνα μη τωτο κατ' ολίγον και μη απαντάς κινδυνεύειν ενδεές φαινόμενονάτολμίαν παράσχΎ/. τους γαρ εναντίους εικάζω καταφρονήσειTe ημών και ουκ αν ελπίσαντας ως αν επεξελθοι τις αντοϊς εςμάχην, άναβηναί τε προς το χωρίον και νυν ατάκτως κατά. θίαντετραμμένους όλιγωρεΐν. όστις δε τάς τοιαύτας αμαρτίας τωνεναντίων κάλλιστα ιδων και άμα προς την ίαυτοΰ δνναμιν τηνεπιχείρησιν ποιείται μη άπο τον προφανούς μάλλον και άντιπα-ραταχθεντος η εκ τον προς το παρόν ζνμφεροντος, πλέίστ αν
MARCH EXAMINATION, cxvii.
ορθοΐτο' και τα κλέμματα ταύτα καλλίστων δό£αν έχει α τονπολέμιον μαΚιστ αν Tis άπατ?^σα5 TOUS ψιλούς μίγιστ ανώφελησειεν.4. Παρά πάντα δε ταΐτ' εκείνο ?τι ακούσατε μον. ουκ ενι τούτονεχειν καλώς τον νόμον, Ss περί των παρεληλνθότων και τωνμελλόντων ταύτα λέγει, "μηδέν' εΐναί" φησ' "ατελή πληντων άφ Αρμοδίου και Άριστογείτονος." καλώς. " μηδέ τολοιπόν èfeîvai δοΰναι." μηδ' αν τοιούτοι τίνες γένωνται, Αεπ-τίνη; ει τα προ του κατεμέμφου, τι; μη και τα μέλλοντ' ηδείς;ότι νη Δια πόρρω τοΰ τι τοιοΰτ' έλπίζειν ννν έσμέν. καιείημέν γ', ώ άνδρες 'Αθηναίοι, άλλα χρι; γ' άνορώπου? ¿Wasτοιαύτα και λέγειν και νομοθετείν, oís μηδεϊς αν νεμεσησαι, καιτάγαρά yu.èv προσδοκάν και TOÎS oeoîs ευχεσθαι διδόναι, πάντα δ'άνθρωπιν' ηγείσθαι, ουδέ yàp αν Αακεδαιμόνιοί 7τοτ' ^λτησανeis τοιαύτα πράγματ' αφίζεσθαι, ουδέ γ' ίσως 2νρακόσιοι, τοπάλαι δημοκρατοΰμενοι κοΧ φόρους Καρχηδονίους πραττόμενοι,και πάντων των πφι αυτούς άρχοντες και ναυμαχία, νενικηκότεςημάς, νφ ενός -γραμματέως, ως φασι, τυραννησεσθαι. οΰδε γ'ο νΰν ων Διονύσιος ηλπισεν Sv ποτ Ισως πλοίω στρογγΰλω καϊστρατιώταις ολίγοις Δίων' ελθόντ' ¿φ' αυτόν εκβαλειν τοντριήρεις πολλάς και ξένους και πόλεις κεκτημένον. άλλ' όΐμαιτο μέλλον άδηλον πάσιν άνθρωποις, και μικροί καιροί μεγάλωνπραγμάτων αίτιοι γίγνονται. διό δει μετριάζειν εν Tais ευπραξίαιςκαι προορωμένους το μέλλον φαίνεσθαι.
ENGLISH I.
HONOUES.
1. Translate into modern English extracts from Sweet's Anglo-Saxon Primer.2.
(a) Parse the underlined words in the above passages.(5) Decline throughout se ieldra sunu, an göd fréond.(¢) Conjugate in the present and past indicative and
subjunctive the verbs faran and sécan.(d) Translate into Anglo-Saxon—
In this year the first Danish ships came to England, andthe reave rode to see whence they were ; but the Daneswould not go with him to the "King, and when he soughtto drive them, they slew him.
cxviii. SECOND YEAK IN AKTS.
3: Translate (at sight)—Seo óoer bóc is Exodus geháten, Se Moyses áwrát be ftâm
miclum tácnum and be 8áni tyn wituni Se wurdon <5ágefmnode ofer Pharao öone cyning and ofer his folceöurh Sene œlmihtigan God on Moyses timan. Se wearSácmned, swá swá ús eyft Seos bóc, and his bróíSer Aaron,Anirames sunu, on Pharaones dffîge, Gode swífte dyre,swíSe mihtige menn on manegum wundrum. Da woldeGod habban 8œt foie of Sam lande Abrahames cynnes rfttó heora earde. Ac se Pharao nolde Sœt foie fram himláetan, áer öan Se God bim sende swiölice ógan, tyn cynnawita, for his teónráedenne, and Moyses Öa siftöan öaetmanncynn geláedde of Pharaones ¿Aeówte œfter feo werhund geárum, siftSan Iacob Eider corn mid Sam Ebreiscancynne.
ENGLISH II.HONOUBS.
1. Translate into modern English extracts from Skeat's Specimensof English Literature from A.D. 1394 to A.D. 1579. _
518. Name and describe the poems from which these extracts are made.519. Tell what you know of the following works—The London
IJckpeny, The Passetime of Pleasure, Phyllyp Sparowe, TheGonemour, The Menarche, The Steel Glas.
4. Translate into modern English extracts from Pollard's Eng-lish Miracle Plays.
5. Give the plot of Mary Magdalene, The Castell of Perseverance,
The Parioner and the Ir ere, Thersytes.6. Compare the various religious plays, especially the Broome
play and the Chester play, in their treatment of theSacrifice of Isaac.
7. Discuss the humour of the Miracle Plays, and illustrate itfrom such passages as you have read.
FRENCH I.HONOURS.
1. Translate and explain extracts from La Rochefoucauld'sMaximes.
MAKCH EXAMINATION cxix.
2. Examine the accusation of cynicism brought against LaEochefoucauld.
520. Translate extracts from Racine, Athalie.521. Translate into English extracts from A. de Musset, On ne badine
pas avec l'Amour and Fantasio.
FRENCH II.
HONOURS.
1. Translate into English—Ala cour, à la ville, mêmes passions, mêmes faiblesses, mêmes
petitesses, mêmes travers d'esprit, mêmes brouilleries dansles familles et entre les proches, mêmes envies, mêmesantipathies. Partout des brus et des belles-mères, desmaris et des femmes, des divorces, des ruptures, et demauvais raccommodements ; partout des humeurs, descolères, des partialités, des rapports, et ce qu'on appellede mauvais discours. Avec de bons yeux on voit sanspeine la petite ville, la rue Saint-Denis, comme trans-portées à Versailles ou à Fontainebleau. Ici l'on croit sehaïr avec plus de fierté et de hauteur, et peut-être avecplus de dignité : on se nuit réciproquement avec plusd'habileté et de finesse ; les colères sont plus éloquentes,et l'on se dit des injures plus poliment et en meilleurstermes ; l'on n'y blesse point la pureté de la langue ; l'onn'y offense que les hommes ou que leur réputation : tousles dehors du vice y sont spécieux, mais le fond, encoreune fois, y est le même que dans les conditions les plusravalées ; tout le bas, tout le faible et tout l'indigne s'ytrouvent. Ces hommes si grands ou par leur naissance,ou par leur faveur, ou par leurs dignités, ces têtes si forteset si habiles, ces femmes si polies et si spirituelles, tousméprisent le peuple, et ils sont peuple.
2. Translate into French—It has sometimes been pretended that the French Revolution
burst out like a volcano, without any previous -warning,only to alarm and destroy ; or was one of those comet-likeappearances the approach of which no one can tell till theshock and conflagration are felt. What is the real state
CXX. SECOND YEAR IN AKTS.
of the case? There was not one of those abuses andgrievances which the rough grasp of the Revolutionshook to air, that had not been the butt of ridicule, thetheme of indignant invective, the subject of serious repro-bation for near a century. They had been held upwithout ceasing and without answer to the derision of thegay, the scorn of the wise, the sorrow of the good. Themost witty, the most eloquent, the most profound writerswere unanimous in their wish to remove or reform theseabuses, and the most dispassionate and well-informedpart of the community joined in the sentiment : it wasonly the self-interested or grossly ignorant that clung tothem.
3. "Write a short essay in French on the characteristics of the
17th century as illustrated in its literature.
522. Estimate the literary importance of Balzac and Malherbe.523. Sketch the literary career of Corneille, and point out his
relations with the earlier and later drama in France.
6. " The criticisms of Lessing and of Rousseau on La Fontaine's
Fables to some extent destroy each other."Explain this statement.
7. Voltaire says of Athalie—" Je demande de quel droit Joad arme ses
lévites contre lareine, à laquelle il a fait serment de fidélité. De queldroit trompe-t-il Athalie en lui promettant un trésor ?De quel droit fait-il massacrer sa reine ? Etait-il permisà Joad de conspirer contre elle et de la tuer? Il était sonsujet ; et certainement dans nos mœurs et dans nos lois,il n'est pas plus permis à Joad de faire assassiner la reine,qu'il n'eut été permis à l'archevêque de Cantorbéryd'assassiner Elizabeth, parce qu'elle avait fait condamnerMarie Stuart."
Translate and examine this criticism.
GERMAN I.
HONOtTKS.
1. Translate extracts from Goethe, Emilia Galotti.2. What faults have critics found in the plot of Emilia Galotti ?
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxxi.
524. Translate extracts from Herder, Der Cid.525. Discuss the relation of Herder to his sources in the Cid.
GERMAN II.HONOURS.
1. Translate into German—The habit of dragging the ludicrous into
topics where thechief interest is of a different or even opposite kind, is asign not of endowment but of deficiency. The art ofspoiling is . within reach of the dullest faculty : thecoarsest clown, with a hammer in his hand, might chipthe nose off every statue and bust in the Vatican, andstand grinning at the effect of his work. Because wit isan exquisite product of high powers, we are not thereforeforced to admit the sadly confused inference of the mono-tonous jester that he is establishing his superiority overevery less facetious person, and over every topic on whichhe is ignorant and insensible, by being uneasy until hehas distorted it in the small cracked mirror which hecarries about with him as joking apparatus. Will fineart, will exquisite humour, prosper the more through theturning of all things indiscriminately into food for aluttonous laughter, an idle craving without
sense ofavours ?
2. Translate (at sight)Ser Äöniggiteutenant tnoïjmte nod) immer in
unferm «§aufe. (Srt)atte fein Setragen in nickte geânbert, fefonberê gegen unS;allein e8 mar merflid), unb ber ©ebatter 2)otmetfcf? mttjjte es unenod) beuttidjer ju machen, bajj er fein 9(mt nidt)t meijr mit ber•Çeiterfeit, nid)t met)r mit bem ©fer öennattete trie anfange,o6gieid) immer mit berfelfcen 9ied)tfd)affeiu)ett unb Xreue. (SeinSÖefen unb Setragen, bag eÇer einen ©panier ai» einen fjranjofenanfünbigte, feine Saunen, bie bocb mitunter (Sinftuf auf ein©efdjäft Ratten, feine Unfeicgfamfcit gegen bie Umftänbe, feineSfteijBariett gegen Qtïïeê, iraê feine ífSerfon ober (Sljarafterkrüt)rte, biefeS jufammen mod)te il)n bod) jmoeiten mit feinen23orgefeijten in Sonfüct Bringen. <§ieju tant nod), bafí er ineinem ©uetl, meldjeê ftd) im ©djauftüeí entsonnen fyatte, öernmn=bet «urbe unb man bem ,ßonigglieutenant ü6el naljm, bajj er
t
cxxii. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
fetBft eine »ertönte ¿ganWung ate ofcerftcr SJMijeimeifler begangen.%fícg biefeâ niodjtc, trie gefagt, baju beitragen, bafj er in fld;gejogner leite unb fyier unb ba pietteid;t rceniger energifd; öerfuljr.
526. What are the merits and defects of Klopstock's " Messias " ?527. Briefly sketch the life of Lessing.528. Tell what you know of the following works, QtgatÇon, (Stimmen
ber SSöifcr in fiebern, Sie Oíñuder, ©aöigo.6. Give the history of Goethe's composition of Srauft.
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.
HONOURS.
1. Prove the ordinary harmonic properties of a complete
quadrilateral.ABCD is a quadrilateral ; LM the external diagonal ; Nthe intersection of the other two diagonals ; LN, MN cutthe sides of ABGD in four points. Prove that the linejoining any two of these four points passes through theintersection of two diagonals of ABCD.
2. Find the equation to the polar of a given point with respectto the parabola y2=4ax.If the polar touches the circle of which the latus rectum isa diameter, prove that the pole lies on a rectangularhyperbola.
3. What is the eccentric angle of a point on an ellipse ? CP,CD are conjugate semi-diameters of the ellipse -+2- = 1 ;
CP is produced to P' so that CF=?w χ CP, and CQ isproduced so that CQ'=w χ CQ ; prove that the locus ofthe middle point of PQ' is the ellipseor ,if _m- + nr
ά! Ψ 4 'If a chord of a hyperbola be produced both ways to meet
the asymptotes, the produced portions ■ will be equal toone another.
Find the polar equation to a conic, and shew that in anyconic the semi-latus rectum is a harmonic mean betweenthe segments of any focal chord.
MARCH EXAMINATION. oxx m.
6. If OPQ, Opq be lines drawn through a point O to meet a
given conic in P, Q. and ^>, q respectively, prove that theratio OP.OQ: op.oq is independent of the position of O,provided the directions of the chords are constant.OPQRS is a variable radius, drawn through the origin O tomeet a fixed straight line in P, and a fixed conic in Qand E, and S is such a point on the line that OP.OS=0Q.0E. If the conic be TJ2+U1+U0= O, and the line beV1-T-V0=O, prove that tbe locus of S is the ConicU.2V0 + UoV1=0.
7. Give a short list of the principal geometrical properties of
a figure which will hold for its orthogonal projection.Two fixed ellipses are touched by a movable ellipse, allthree being similar and similarly situated; prove thatthe locus of the centre of the moving ellipse is a conic,the centre of which is midway between the centres ofthe two fixed ellipses.
8. Find the co-ordinates of the centre of a conic which is repre-
sented by the general equation of the second degree, andfind the conditions that the conic may be (i.) a parabola,(ii.) two straight lines, (iii.) two parallel straight lines.·
9. Write down the general equation to a conic touching the
axis of χ at the origin.Prove that all chords which subtend a right angle at afixed point on a conic pass through a fixed point on thenormal at that point.
10. Hence deduce by the method of reciprocal polars (or other-wise prove) the following theorem—If two tangents to an ellipse intercept on a fixed tangent aportion which always subtends a right angle at a fixedpoint inside the ellipse, the two tangents intersect on afixed straight line.
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS.HONOURS.
1. Differentiate the expression «'""i'"*7*1 : and shew by a geome-trical construction that if
. _, dy 1«=sin x, -T-=—I--------
cxxiv. SECOND YEAK IN ARTS.
529. If y=tan (tan x), shew that
530. Shew how to evaluate expressions of the form
when indeterminate.Find the value when x=0, of the expression
2 cot 2xβ cotx
4. If TO=/(x, y) and a; and y be connected by the relation</>(#, y)=0, then
8/ δφ_δ/ δψf& δα; 8y 8y Sicdx δ</>
ByA frustum of a right circular cone is of height A,and the radii of its two ends are R and r. If V be thevolume of the frustum, then
«ZV τ 7 /τ> Ν 2(E,2+4Er+»-)—A2''-=^.(E-0 ^¿¡B_^ ,if the height h, and the curved surface of the frustumbe maintained constant.
5. The normal at the point P of an ellipse meets the axes inL and M : if C be the centre, find for what position of Pthe product CL.CM is a maximum.
6. Shew that if φ be the angle between the radius vector toany point on a curve and the tangent at that point, thenin polar co-ordinates
tan φ=»·—.dr
Pind the length of the perpendicular from the pole on atangent to the curve
r^^eos^+^sin2^7. Give a brief account of the method of finding the nature of
double points on curves ; and examine the nature of anydouble points that may exist on the curve ¡c8—2eœ2+«s2a;—%2=0.
MARCH EXAMINATION CXXV.
8. Shew that the envelope of a family of curves represented by
the equation/ (cc, y, «)=0, where α is a variable para-meter, is to be obtained by eliminating a between theequations
/(», y, a)=0,
jaf(x, y, «)=0.Find the envelope of a system of circles
whose centres alllie on the axis of x, and whose radii are proportional tothe square roots of the distances of their centres from, theorigin.
9. Find the value of the radius of curvature at any point of a
curve in Cartesian co-ordinates.Find the curvature at the origin of the curve
ax + 2f+3xy+ 1-=0.b
MECHANICS AND HYDROSTATICS.HONOURS.
1. ABCD .... is a regular polygon inscribed in a circle.
P is any point. Forces represented in direction andmagnitude by PA, PB, PC .... act on a particle at P.Find their resultant.
2. Shew that if a number of forces, whose lines of action are
all in one plane, act on a rigid body, there will beequilibrium provided that the algebraical sum of theirmoments about one given point in the plane, and thesums of their resolved parts in two given directions arerespectively zero.
A weight W hangs from a point A by two equal strings oflength I. A circular disc of radius a and weight w isplaced between the strings so that disc and strings are inone vertical plane. If α be the inclination to the verticalof the upper parts of the strings, β of the lower, shewthatC-^=J^.
COS α W+ wAnother equation is required before α and β
can be deter-mined : find it.
CXXVl. SECOND YEAE, IN AKTS.
3. Find the centre of gravity of a portion of a spherical surface
cut off by a plane.4. Shew that when one body is about to slip on another, the
direction of the reaction between the two bodies makesan angle tan ~ιμ with the common normal to the twosurfaces, μ being the coefficient of friction.
A rod BC is hinged at B so as to move freely in a vertica
plane about B. At a point A, at a height h verticallyabove B, is fastened a string of length Z, the other endbeing attached to a ring which slides on the rod : if μ bethe coefficient of friction, shew that there will beequilibrium when the ring is anywhere between a certainpair of positions on the rod, whose distance apart is
2Iu.v Find also the tension of the string.
Vl+/A"5. If a particle be projected at a given elevation, shew that
the angle' at which it strikes a given inclined plane throughthe point of projection is independent of the velocity ofprojection.
6. If two spheres of masses M and m are moving in the same
direction with velocities V and v, of which V is thegreater, and impinge directly on each other, find themotion of each after impact, the coefficient of elasticitybeing e.A perfectly elastic particle is dropped into a hemisphericalbowl whose rim is in a horizontal plane and whose centreis C. If P be the point where it strikes, and CP makean angle α with the vertical, then unless the heightfrom which the particle is dropped is greater than
-----Ή + sin a)------- tjje particle will not clear the bowl at
4 sin 2a(l— 2 sin a)the first rebound.Examine the particular case when a= 30°.
7. Shew that the accleration of a particle, moving with velocity
ν in a circle of radius r, is — towards the centre.
rA smooth wire is bent into the form of an ellipse having
the minor axis half the size of the major axis, and a beadslides freely on it. The ellipse is held with an axis
vertical, and the bead is projected along the wire from a
MARCH EXAMINATION. CXXVIl.
certain point P with a certain velocity. If the pressureof the bead on the wire at the highest point be zero, nomatter whether it be the major or the minor axis that isvertical, find the position of P on the wire.
8. Shew that the pressure at any point of a fluid depends only
on the depth below the surface.Of two cylindrical cups, each closed at one end by a planesurface perpendicular to the axis of the cup, one fitsloosely within the other. The larger is filled with waterand the smaller pushed in, closed end first, so as to dis-place some of the water. The whole is then inverted andheld by the outer cup. It is then found that the smallercup is sucked up into the larger. Shew that this canonly happen ii the smaller cup has been pushed into thelarger, at least so far as to displace its own weight ofwater.
9. A cylinder closed at both ends, and standing vertically, is
filled half-full through a small opening at the top.This is closed and a small hole opened at the bottom. Ifhalf the water runs out find the height of the cylinderin terms of the height of the water barometer.
HISTOEY.
HONOURS.Not more than SEVEN questions to be answered»
531. State concisely the causes which led to the union of England.532. To what extent did feudalism exist in England before the
Norman Conquest ?3. Briefly sketch the course of the conflict between the Crown
and the feudal barons, from 1066 to 1216.4. Trace the growth of the Jury system, and show its relation
to the growth of Parliament.5. Compare the Magnum Concilium of 1215 with the Parlia-
ment of 1295. How is the change tobe accounted for ?
6. Compare the character of the 14th century with that of the
13th, in respect to constitutional progress.
CXXVlIl. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
7. " Tantum debet dominus tenenti, quantum tenens domino,
praeter solam reverentiam."Comment on this characteristic of feudalism.
8. Explain Fortescue's views as to the English Constitution,
and show their historical interest.9. Examine the nature of the Tudor despotism, and explain
why it did not become the permanent constitution ofEngland.
10. Compare the reformation in England with the reformation inScotland, and explain the constitutional results in bothcountries.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.HONOURS.
Not more than SEVEN questions to be attempted.
FIE8T PAPER.
1. Discuss the relation of Connotation and Denotation in the case
of proper names.2. How far is it true to say that modern science adopts Hume's
account of the relation between cause and effect ?
533. Examine Mill's use of the phrase "unconditional antecedence."534. How does Mill try to establish the principle of the Uniformity
of Nature ? Examine his argument.5. Discuss Mill's views with regard to the limits which exist to
the explanation of laws of nature.6. " Mill's canons are merely experimental generalisations, and
not laws, and they are all but different expressions of onecanon." Discuss this statement.
7. Illustrate from your reading of Mill, the ambiguity of the
word "Law."8. Explain the nature of analogical evidence, and compare it
with inductive evidence.9. Write a note on two of the following—
(a) Cessante causa, cessât et effectue.(J) "A synthetic judgment as soon as it is
made, is at onceanalytic."
MARCH EXAMINATION. CXXlX,
535. "Nature as a mechanical system is not teleological."536. "The only possible real cause is
one which is not itselfthe effect of something external to itself."
SECOND PAPEH.
Not more than SEVEN questions to be attempted.
1. Explain and discuss HofEding's statement that the empirical
problem in psychology is independent of the metaphysical.
537. Examine the phrase "unconscious cerebration."538. Is it possible for psychology to become an exact science?539. Explain HofEding's use of the following—Complex percept,
free idea, law of totality.5. State the "local sign" theory, and discuss its bearing on the
question of the apprehension of space.6. "Philosophy progresses by antagonism and reconciliation."
Explain and illustrate.7. What is a Category? "What is meant by the description of
philosophy as "criticism of categories" ?8. "To thine own self be true;
And it must follow as the night the day ;Thou canst not then be false to any man."How so? What do you understand by "self"?
9. Write a note on each of the following—(«) "In the physical world, memory can be
spoken of onlyfiguratively."
(J) "The animal organism becomes a whole in a strictersense than that of the plant."
OXXX. THIRD TEAR IN ARTS.
THIRD YEAR EXAMINATION.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
HONOURS.
Translate into Latin—The same Homer, who pleased at Athens and
Rome twothousand years ago, is still admired at Paris and atLondon. All the changes of climate, government,religion, and language, have not been able to obscurehis glory. Authority or prejudice may give a temporaryvogue to a bad poet or orator ; but his reputation willnever be durable or general. When his compositionsare examined by posterity or by foreigners, the enchant-ment is dissipated, and his faults appear in their truecolours. On the contrary, a real genius, the longer hisworks endure, and the more wide they are spread, themore sincere is the admiration which he meets with.Envy and jealousy have too much place in a narrowcircle ; and even familiar acquaintance with his personmay diminish the applause due to his performances : butwhen these obstructions are removed, the beauties whichare naturally fitted to excite agreeable sentiments,immediately display their energy ; and while the worldendures, they maintain their authority over the minds ofmen. It appears then, that, amidst all the variety andcaprice of taste, there are certain general principles ofapprobation or blame, whose influence a careful eye maytrace in all operations of the mind. Some particularforms or qualities, from the original structure of theinternal fabric, are calculated to please, and others todisplease ; and if they fail of their effect in any particularinstance, it is from some apparent defect or imperfectionin the organ. A man in a fever would not insist on hispalate as able to decide concerning flavours ; nor would one,affected with the jaundice, pretend to give a verdict withregard to colours. In each creature, there is a sound anda defective state ; and the former alone can be supposedto afford us a true standard of taste and
sentiment.
MARCH EXAMINATION.
LATIN AUTHORS.
HONOURS.
1.Translate extracts from Tacitus, Annals III-VI.
2. Translate and comment on—540. L. Ennium, equitem Eomanum, maiestatis postulatum,
quod effigiem principie promiscum ad usum argentivertisset, recipi Caesar inter reos vetuit, palam aspernanteAteio Capitoné quasi per liberiatem : non enim deberéeripi patribus vim statuendi.
541. At frumenta et pecuniae vectigales, cetera publicorumfructuum societatibus equitum Eomanorum agitabantur.
542. Bona Sejani ablata aerario ut in flscum cogerentur,tamquam refer ret.
(d) Sed Tiberius, vim principatus sibi firmans, imaginemantiquitatis senatui praebebat, postulata provinciarum addisquisitionem patrum mittendo.
543. Translate extracts from Lucretius.
544. Translate and explain—(a) Tactus enim leti satis esset causa profecto,
quippe ubi nulla forent aeterno corpore quorumcontextum vis deberet dissolvere quaeque.
(S) Nam quaecumque cluent, aut his coniuncta duabusrebus ea invenies aut horum éventa videbis.
(c) Semper in adsiduo motu res quaeque gerunturpartibus e cunctis infernaque suppeditanturex infinito cita corpora material.
(d) Cum praesertim hie sit natura factus, ut ipsasponte sua forte ofïensando semina reruinmultimodis temeré in cassum frustraque coactatandem colarunt ea quae conjecta repentemagnarum rerum fièrent exordia semper.
5. "To Nature the imagination of Lucretius attributes not onlylife, but creative and regulative power." Comment onthis.
CXXXl.
OXXXU. THIKD YEAR IN ARTS.
LATIN UNSEEN TRANSLATION.
HONOURS.
Translate—(a) Ante tarnen Pharias victor quam tangat
arenas,Pompeio raptirn tumulum Fortunae paravit,Ne jaceat nullo, vel ne meliore sepulcro.E latebris pavidus decurrit ad aequora Cordus.Quœstor ab Idalio Cinyrsese littore CypriInfaustus Magni fuerat comes, ille per umbrasAusus ferre gradum, victum pietate timoremCompuKt, ut mediis qusesitum corpus in undisDuceret ad terram, traheretque ad littora Magnum.Lucis mcesta parum per densas Cynthia nubesPrsebebat ; cano sed discolor œquore truncusConspicitur. tenet ille ducem complexibus arctisEripiente mari : nunc victus pondere tantoExpectat fluctus, pelagoque juvante cadaverImpellit. postquam sicco jam littore sedit,Incubuit Magno, lacrymasque effudit in omneVulnus, et ad superos, obscuraque sidera fatur :
Non pretiosa petit cumulato ture sepulcraPompeius, Fortuna, tuus : non pinguis ad astraTJt ferat e membris Eoos fumus odores,"Ut Romana suum gestent pia colla parentem,Prseferat ut veteres feralis pompa triumphos,TJt resonent cantu tristi fora, totus ut ignemProjectis mœrens exercitus ambiat armis.
(J) Tum quis non artis scripta ac monumenta volutansvoces tristificas chartis promebat Etruscis ?omnes civilem generosa stirpe profectamvitare ingentem cladem pestemque monebant,vel legum exitium constanti voce ferebant,templa deumque adeo flammis urbemque iubebanteripere et stragem horribilem caedemque vereri :atque haec fixa gravi fato ac fundata teneri,ni prius excelsum ad columen formata decoresancta Iovis species claros spectaret in ortus.tum fore ut occultos populus sanctusque senatuscerneré conatus posset, si solis|ad ortumconversa, inde patrum sedes populique videret.haec tardata diu species multumque morata
MARCH EXAMINATION. CXXXlU.
consule te tandem celsa est in sede locata,atque una fixi ac signati temporis horaIuppiter excelsa clarabat sceptra columna,et clades patriae flamma ferroque paratavocibus Allobrogum patribus populoque patebat.
545. Sed a Caesare perfecto demum scelere magnitudo eiusintellecta est. reliquo noctis modo per silentium defixus,saepius pavore exsurgens et mentis inops lucem opperie-batur tamquam exitium adlaturam. atque eum auctoreBurro prima centurionum tribunorumque adulatio adspem firmavit, prensantium manum gratantiumque quoddiscrimen inprovisum et matris facinus evasisset. amicidehinc adire templa, et coepto exemplo próxima Cam-paniae municipia victimis et legationibus laetitiam testari :ipse diversa simulatione maestus et quasi incolumitatisuae infensus ac morti parentis inlacrimans. Quiatarnen non, ut hominum vultus, ita locorum facièsmutantur, obversabaturque maris illius et litorum gravisaspectus (et erant qui crederent sonitum tubae collibuscircum editis planctusque túmulo matris audiri), Neapo-Ii m concessit literasque ad senatum misit, quarum summaerat repertum cum ferro percussorem Agerinum, exintimis Agrippinae libertis, et luisse earn poenas con-scientia, quasi scelus paravisset.
546. Fusis Auruncis victor tot intra paucos dies bellisRomanus promissa consulis fidemque senatus expectabat,cum Appius et Ínsita superbia animo et ut collegae vanamfaceret fidem, quam asperrime poterat, ius de creditispecuniis dicere. deinceps et, qui ante nexi fuerant,creditoribus tradebantur et nectebantur alii. quod ubicui militi inciderat, eollegam appellabat. concursus adServilium fiebat ; illius promissa iactabant ; illi expro-brabant sua quisque belli mérita cicatrieesque acceptas,postulabant, ut aut referret ad senatum, aut ut auxilioesset consul civibus suis, imperator militibus. movebantconsulem haec, sed tergiversari res cogebat : adeo inalteram causam non collega solum praeceps erat, sedomnis factio nobilium. ita medium se gerendo necplebis vitavit odium nec apud patres gratiam iniit.patres niollem consulem et ambitiosum rati, plebesfallacem ; brevique apparuit adaequasse eum Appii
odium, certamen consulibus inciderat, uter dedicaret
CXXXlV. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
Hercuri aedem. senatus a se rem ad populum reiecit :utri eorum dedicatio iussu populi data esset, eumpraeesse annonae, mercatorum collegium instituere, sol-lemnia pro pontífice iussit suscipere. populus dedica-tionem aedis dat M. Laetorio, primi pili centurioni, quodfacile appareret non tarn ad honorem eius, cui curatioaltior fastigio suo data esset, factum quam ad consiliumignominiam.
GENERAL PAPER—LATIN.ONE AND A-HAI1F HOtJES.
HONOURS.
1. Describe the effects of the practice of recitation and declama-
tion upon the style of the writers of the silver age.
2. What were the political sympathies of Tacitus? How did
they affect his impartiality as an historian ?3. Give a concise account of the condition of Spain under the
Empire.4. "The long peace and the uniform government of the Romans
introduced a slow and secret poison into the vitals of theEmpire."Discuss this statement.
5. At the end of the second century, we find the two orders,
the senatorial and the equestrian, sharply distinguished.Each has its own privileges ; the careers appropriate toeach aré different, and the passage from one to the otheris difficult and rarely made."Explain this.
GREEK PROSE.
HONOURS.
Translate into Greek—But neither, on the other hand, must the
friends of cultureexpect to take the believers in action by storm, or to bevisibly and speedily important, and to rule and cut afigure in the world. Aristotle says that those for whomalone ideas and the pursuit of the intelligible law ofthings can, in general, have much attraction, are princi-
MARCH EXAMINATION. CXXXV.
pally the young, filled with generous spirit and with apassion for perfection ; but the mass of mankind, hesays, follow seeming goods for real, bestowing hardly athought upon true sweetness and light ;—' and to Úeirlives,' he adds mournfully, ' who can give another and abetter rhythm ? ' But, although those chiefly attractedby sweetness and light will probably always be theyoung and enthusiastic, and culture must not hope totake the mass of mankind by storm, yet we will not there-fore, for our own day and for our own people, admit andrest in the desponding sentence of Aristotle. For is notthis the right crown of the long discipline of Hebraism,and the due fruit of mankind's centuries of painfulschooling in self-conquest, and the just reward, above all,of the strenuous energy of our nation and kindred indealing honestly with itself and walking steadfastlyaccording to the best light it knows,—that when in thefulness of time it has reason and beauty offered to it,and the law of things as they really are, it should at lastwalk by this true light with the same staunchness andzeal with which it formerly walked by its imperfectlight? And thus man's two great natural forces,Hebraism and Hellenism, will no longer be dissociatedand rival, but will be a joint force of right thinking andstrong doing to carry him on towards perfection. This iswhat the lovers of culture may perhaps dare to augur forsuch a nation as ours.
GENERAL PAPER—GREEK.
ONE AND A-HALF HOURS.
HONOURS.
1. How far is Plato in accord with, and in what does he differ
from, the spirit of modern democracy ?2. Explain the purpose for which Plato's Socrates advocates the
suppression of the family relations, and discuss theefficacy of the means proposed to the end he has in view.
3. Explain the place and purpose of the mathematical sciences
in Plato's scheme of the higher education.
cxxxvi. THIRD YEAJR IN ARTS.
4. Explain and discuss the grounds of Plato's rejection of thepoets in Book X. of the Republic.
5. Explain the allegory of the Cave in Book Vu. of the
Republic.
GREEK AUTHORS.
HONOURS.
547. Translate passages from Plato's Republic.548. Translate and explain—
(a) Οι μεν πον, ην o εγώ, φιληκοοι και φιλοθεάμονες τάς τε καλάςφωνάς ασπάζονται και χρόας και σχήματα και πάντα τα εκ τωντοιοντων δημιουργούμενα, αύτοΰ Se τον καλοί αδύνατος αντων ηδιάνοια την φνσιν Ίδέιν Tt και άσπάσασθαι.
(ο) Τοΰτο τοι'ννν το την αληθειαν παρέχον TOÎS γιγνωσκομένοις καιτω γιγνώσκοντι την δνναμιν άποδιδον τψ> τον αγαθού ιδίαν φάθιείναι.
(c) 'Ev πάλει r¡ ηκιστα πρόθνμοι άρχειν ο'ι μέλλοντες αρξειν,ταντην άριστα και άστασιαο-τότατα ανάγκη οίκεΐσθαι.
((ΐ) Και η τνραννονμενη άρα ψνχη ηκιστα ποιήσει α αν βονληθτβ'ως 7repï όλης ειπείν ψυχής.
(e) Ζωγράφος δη, κλινοποιός, θεός, τρέΐς ούτοι επίσταται τρισϊνεϊδεσι κλινών.
549. Translate, -with short explanatory notes, passages from Pindar.550. Translate and comment on—
(ι?) ^οφος 6 ττολλά εΐοώς φνά'μαθόντες δε λάβροιπαγγλωσσία., κόρακες ως, άκραντα γαρυετονΔΙΟΪ προς όρνιχα θείον.
(A) "Οτρυνον νΰν εταίρους,ΑΙνεα, πρώτον μεν "Ηραν ΐίαρθενίαν κελαδησαι,γνωναί τ επειτ, άρχαίον όνειδος άλαθεσινλόγοις (I φενγομεν, Έοιωτίαν υν.
(c) "Ay' Ιπατ' Αίτνας /?ασιλ€ΐ φίλιον εξενρωμεν νμνοντω πόλιν κείναν θεοδμάτω σνν ελευθερίαΎλλιδο? στάο/Aaî "Ιέρων ¿ν νόμοις εκτισσ.
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxxxvii.
(d) Των δ' εκαστοί ¿ροΰει,τυχών κεν άρπαλεαν σχε'#οι φροντίδα, τάν παρ ποδός'τα ο είς ενιαυτον άτεκμαρτον προνοησαι.
5. Describe and illustrate the aristocratic sentiment of Pindar.
GREEK TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.HONOURS.Translate—
1. ΠΕΙ. Ω φίλε Προμηθεν.ΠΡ. Παυ£ 7ταΪ£, μη βόα.ΠΕΙ. Tt yap εστί ;ΠΡ. 2ιγα, μη κάλει μον τοΰνο/Λα"
άπο γαρ όλεΐ μ', ει μ' ένοάδ' ó Ζεν>5 όφεται.'Αλλ' Γνα φράσω σοι πάντα τανω πράγματα.τουτί λαβών μον το σκιάδειον νπερεχεάνωθεν, ώς αν μη μ' όρώσιν οί οεοι.
ΠΕΙ. Ίου ΙΟΙ/ευ γ' επενόησας αντο και προμηθικώς.ιπόδυθι ταχύ δη, κατά θαρρησας λέγε'
ΠΡ. Ακουε δη vw.ΠΕΙ. Ώς άκονοντος λέγε.ΠΡ. Άττόλωλεν ο Ζευς.ΠΕΙ. Τίηνίκ άττ' άπώΧετο ;Π P. 'Ef ουτερ νμίίς ωκίσατε τον άερα.
Θυει γαρ ουδείς ουδέν ανθρώπων ετιθεοΐσιν, ουδέ κνίσα μηρίων άποάνηλθεν ώς ημάς απ' εκείνον τον χρονον,αλλ ώσπερεϊ ®εσμοφορίοις νηστενομενάνευ θυηλών' οί δε βάρβαροι θεοίπεινώντες ώσπερ 'Ιλλυριοί κεκριγότεςεπιστρατενσειν φάσ' άνωθεν τω Διι,ει μη παρέζει τάμπόρι' άνεω-γμένα,ιν' είσάγοιτο σπλάγχνα κατατετμημένα.
ΠΕΙ. Εΐσίν γαρ έτεροι βάρβαροι θεοί τίνεςάνωθεν νμών;
ΠΡ. Οϋ γαρ εΐσι βάρβαροι,όθεν ó πατρώος εστίν 'Έξηκεστίδη;
2. Πλουΐ σφαλερος το ζην' χειμαζόμενοι γαρ εν αυτάιτολλάκι vaxnryáiv πταίομεν οικτρότερα"
cxxxviii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
την δε Ύύχην βιότοιο κυβερνητειραν έχοντεςως ¿Vi του ττελάγους αμφίβολοι πλέομεν,
οί μεν επ' ενπλοίην, ο'ι S' έμπαλιν' άλλ' άμα πάντεςits ένα τον κατά γης ορμον άπερχόμεθα.
3. %Ω. Κ,ινδυνενουσιν οι εν δικαστηρίοις και τοις τοιοντοις εκ νέωνκυλινδονμενοι προς TOUS εν φιλοσοφία, και TjJ τοιαδε διατριβήτεθραμμένους J)S οϊκεται προς ελευθέρους τεθράφθαι.
ΘΕΟ. UrJ 8ή;2Ω. Ht Tots μεν, τοντο ο συ είπες, αεί πάρεστι σχολή, και TOUSXóyous εν ειρήνη επι σχολής ποιούνται, ωσπερ ημείς νυνί τρίτονηδη λόγον εκ λόγου μεταλαμβάνομεν, ούτω κάκεΐνοι, εάν aûroùsó επελθων τον προκείμενου μάλλον, καθάπερ ημάς, άρέση' καιδώ μακρών η βραχέων μέλει ονοεν λέγειν, αν μόνον τνχωσι τουοντος. οί δΕ εν ασχολία, τε αεί λέ-γουσι' κατεπείγει yàp ύδωρρέον, και ουκ εγχωρεί περί ου αν έπιθυμήσωσι τους λόγους ποιεΐσ-θαι, άλλ ανάγκην ίχων ο αντίδικος εφέστηκε και νπογραφηνπαραναγνγνωσκομένην, ων έκτος ου ρητέον' (r¡v άντωμοσίανκαλοΰσιν') ο'ι δε λόγοι άεϊ περί ομοδοΰλου προς δεσπότην καθη-μενον, Iv χειρί τίνα δίκην έχοντα, και οι αγώνες ουδέποτετην <χλλω5 άλλ' act την περί αυτού' πολλάκις δε και περί ψυχήςο δρόμος' ωστ εζ απάντων τούτων έντονοι καϊ δριμείς γίγνονται,επισταμένοι τον δεσπότην λόγω τε θωπεΰσαι και έργω χαρίσασ-θαι, σμικροί δε και ουκ ορθοί τάς ψυχάς. την γαρ αύξην και τοευθΰ τε καί το ελεύθερον η εκ νέων δουλεία άφηρηται, άναγκά-ζόυσα πράττειν σκολιά, μεγάλους κινδύνους και φόβους ετιάπαλαΐς ψυχαΐς ίπιβάλλουσα, ους οΰ δυνάμενοι μετά. του δικαίουκαϊ αληθούς υποφέρων, ευθύς επί το ψευδός τε και το αλλήλουςάνταδικείν τρεπόμενοι πολλά κάμπτονται καί σνγκλώνται, ωσθ'υγιές ουδέν έχοντες της διανοίας εις άνδρας ίκ μειρακίων τελαι-τωσι, δεινοί τε και σοφοί γεγονότες, ως οίονται.4. "Ητοι κυκεων καί άντε/Αττλοκ?; καί σκεδασμός' η ενωσις καίTcí^is καί πρόνοια, ει μεν ονν τα πρότερα, τί καϊ επιθυμώ είκαίωσνγκρίμ&τι καί φυρμω τοιούτω ενδιατρίβειν; τί δέ μοι καιμέλει άλλου Tivos η τον όπως ποτέ "ala γίνεσθαι;" τί δε καίταράσσομαι; η$ει γαρ επ' εμέ δ σκεδασμος, δ τι αν ποιώ.Et Se θάτερά εστί, σέβω καί ευσταθώ, καί θαρρώ τω διοικονντι.
ENGLISH I.
HONOURS.
1. Translate into modern English extracts from Beowulf.
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxxxix.
551. Translate and explain extracts from Beowulf.552. Translate into Anglo-Saxon—
Remember, thou glorious son of Halfdane, now that I amready for the adventure, what we twain bespoke of you,that if I should lose my life in thy need, thou shouldstever be as father to me after my departure. Be thouguardian to my kindred thegns, to my comrades in arms,if death take me : so, too, dear Hrothgar, send toHrgelar the treasures which thou gavest me. Then maythe son of Hrethel, Prince of the Geats, perceive by thegold, when he gazeth on the hord, that I found andenjoyed while I might a low no niggard in dealing ofrings. And do thou give Unferth some ancient swordhard of edge and fair in ornament : with his weapon Inow shall achieve glory, or else death will take me.
4. Tell what you know of Ingold, Ongenthéord, Ecgtheów,
Sigemund, Finn, Breca.
ENGLISH II.HONOUES.
1. Translate into modern EngKsh extracts from William of
Palerne.2. Tell briefly the story of William of Palerne, and discuss its
origin and authorship.3. Compare the measure of Beowulf and the measure of
William.553. Shortly sketch the history of the poem of Beowulf.554. How have the circumstances of its origin interfered with the
epic character of Beowulf?
FRENCH I.
HONOURS.
555. Translate into English extracts from Sénancour, Obermann.556. Sketch shortly the career of Sénancour, and describe his
intellectual position.
cxl. THIRD TEAR IN ARTS.
557. Translate into English extracts from André Chénier, Poésies.558. " The tragedy of Ghénier's fate and the tardy rediscovery of
his writings have added a romantic interest to his poetry."Discuss this.
5. Translate (at sight)—U tique avait déjà réclamé plusieurs fois les
secours deCarthage. Mais Hannon ne voulait point partir tant quele dernier écrou manquait aux machines de guerre. Dperdit encore trois lunes à équiper les cent douze élé-phants qui logeaient dans les remparts ; c'étaient lesvainqueurs de Eégulus ; le peuple les chérissait ; on nepouvait trop bien agir envers ces vieux amis. Hannon fitrefondre les plaques d'airain dont on garnissait leur" poitrail, dorer leurs défenses, élargir leurs tours, et tail-ler dans la pourpre la plus belle des caparaçons bordésde franges très-lourdes. Enfin, comme on appelait leursconducteurs des Indiens (d'après les premiers, sansdoute, venus des Indes), il ordonna que tous fussent cos-tumés à la mode indienne, c'est-à-dire avec un bourreletblanc autour des tempes et un petit caleçon de byssusqui formait, par ses plis transversaux, comme les deuxvalves d'une coquille appliquée sur les hanches.
FRENCH.
HONOURS.
1. Translate into French—The men quickly lighted their fires and began
cooking theirrations ; a couple of stones or a few bricks formed theirfield stoves, and their whole cooking apparatus consistedof the one tin can which they carried with them. Thisserves for both boiling the water for coffee, and formaking their meat into a thick soup, which they seem toprefer to roasted food. As soon as it got dark each manlay down to sleep, wrapped in his cloak, with his knap-sack for a pillow, and the muffled figures lay as regularlyin the bivouac as they stood in the ranks on parade. Theofficers lay separate in groups of two or three, and inrear of the battalion the horses were picketed, andchamped at their bits uneasily all night long, and seldom
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxli.
seemed to lie down. When a village was occupied, a rushwas made to secure mattresses, but these were only usedby the luxurious. The men as a rule preferred straw,and if they could get plenty of it were quite content tosleep in the open air.
2. Translate (remarking on the grammar or etymology of the
words underlined) extracts from Joinville, Histoire deSaint-Louis.
3. Turn literally into Modern French a passage from Joinville.4.
(i.) Mention some of the oldest of the Chansons de geste. Inwhat respects do they differ from the later (national)epic poems ?
(ii.) Describe the gradual buildingup, upon its slight historicalfoundations, of—
(a) a poem like the Chanson de Roland,(J) a geste like that of Garin de Monglane.
(iii.) "L'épopée déroule tous ses épisodes devant une triaderoyale composée uniformément de Pépin, Charles, Louis."Explain and illustrate this.
(iv.) Indicate the subject of the following poems : — Chansondes Saunes, Renaud de Montauban (or Quatre Fils Aimori),Raoul de Cambrai, Ami et Amile, Roman de la Rose.
(v.) " Le moyen âge n'a jamais eu conscience de ce qui ledistinguait profondément de l'antiquité." Discuss andillustrate this.
(vi.) (a) Grive a short account of the beginnings of historicalwritings in the " langue vulgaire."
(J) Tell shortly what you know, from his writings, ofthe life of Joinville. and describe his character astherein revealed.
GERJIAN I.HONOURS.
559. Translate extracts from Schiller und Goethe, Briefwechsel.560. State shortly Schiller's opinions in regard to his own genius
and Goethe's.
cxlii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
3. Translate passages frem "Wieland, Oberon, and note any
peculiarities in the diction.4. What were Wieland's sources for his Oberon, and how does
he differ from them ?5. Translate (at sight)—
3m S5eí)ingericljte.@iaf Dtto. 3Bir CRic^ter beg tjofjen iieimtictyen ©eticóte, bie
icir, bie itfcifcf;en (gdjergen ©otteg, ffioriäufer ber geflügelten<6eere, bie er in feinen SSolfen tnuftert, ben Çrrtel auffliegen, baico er, in ber -§öi)te ber ©ruft gteict) einem 3)coId)e berfrodjien,som Qlrm meltiictyer ©erecfytigfeit nicf)t nufgefunben njerben ïann :nur rufen ©id), ifjcooaib Sriebeüorn, etjrfamer unb öieifcefatmterSSaffenfdjmieb auS >ÇeiÎ6ronn auf, ©eine JHage anjulmngen gegengriebrt^ ©raf Sßetter öom (Straft ; beim bort, auf ben erften9hif ber Reuigen 9M)iuc öon beg íkCmíjeroIbS -@anb breimal mitbem ©riff beS @erictytgfcfnt>ertg an bie Sttjore feiner Surg, !Deinem©cfud) gemäjj, ift er erfdjienen unb fragt, mag ©u irittft ?
ïfjeotiatb. 31)r íjoljen, Zeitigen unb geljcimmjjttoïïcit Ferren ! <@ätteer, auf ben id) ftage, ftd) 6ei mir auerüften taffen—fefeet in <Sii6er,yon Jîo:pf feig jii Sufj, ober in fctiroarjen ©taíjí, (Schienen,©djnalten unb Sftinge öon ©otb; unb ^ätte nacrer, wenn ici)gefrrocfjen : >§err, oejaljlt mid) ! geantwortet : S^eotalb ! 3Bagnutíft Su ? 3d) Hn ©ir nicfytê frt)uíbig ; ober rcäre er ijor bie<sd}ranfen meiner D6rigfeit getreten, unb tyätte meine (Stire, mitber 3il,19e *>er ©drangen—ober loare er auê bem ©unict mitter=nächtlicher SBätber Î)erauggeÎ)ïod)en unb fyätte mein Sefcen mit©dneert unb ©oíd) angegriffen : fo rcaijr mir ©ott ijelfe ! id)giaufee, id) ijätte nicfyt öor ©ιιφ gcflagt.
GERMAN II.
HONOURS.
1. Translate into German—There is no doubt that Schiller definitely determined the
province of Art, when he said that it consisted, not indreaming of an unreal, fantastic world, but in discerningthe ideal in the real world, in seeing in the accidental themanifestation of the eternal. The question is whetherhe and his time were right in seeing the dignity of manpreserved in Art alone, because in Art alone man was
MAECH EXAMINATION. cxliii.
free and active, his own master, and yet working uponthe outer world. A second and secondary question iswhether they did not entirely misunderstand Greece,where State and City formed the basis of the wholenational existence, and by no means only a disagreeablenecessity. Finally there is always the Mephistophelianobjection : What, if you had seen Greece near ? Wouldyou not have found things somewhat different from whatthey seem to you in the haze of distance ? One thing,however, is certain : the standpoint of Schiller remainedthat of the whole age in its greatest representatives.The weak side of it is obvious ; and cruel reality stirredup Germany, proving to her harshly enough that themuch despised State was the necessary ground uponwhich alone man can devote himself with dignity andsecurity to bis aesthetic perfection.
2. Translate extracts from Hartmann von Aue, Der arme
Heinrich.3. Remark on the grammar of the words underlined in the
above passages, giving the principal parts of the verbs,and the declension of the nouns and pronouns.
4. Old German Literature—(i.) Give a short account of the Ufe and works
of Hartmannvon Aue.
What is the metre which he employs in his narrative forms ?(ii.) Mention and characterise the poetical
productions inGerman of the 9th century.
(iii.) Discuss the composition of the Nibelungenlied; delineatethe characters of Hagen and Kxiemhilde, and trace themythic background of this epic in Siegfried and-Brunhilde.
(iv.) Mention the chief Minnesänger and their works. Charac-terise the Lyric Poetry of the 12th and 13th centuries.
MECHANICS AND NEWTON.
HONOURS.1. State the principle of virtual work, and prove it
for the caseof a free rigid body.
oxliv. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
A hemispherical bowl is placed with its rim in a horizontalplane. At a point O in the rim is hingeda uniform rodOA, able to move freely in a vertical plane through C,the centre of the bowl. At A is hinged another rod AB,of the same dimensions as the first. The end B rests onthe smooth interior surface of the bowl. Shew that, ifthere be equilibrium, and if I be the length of each rod,r the radius of the bowl, φ the angle AOB, a the anglemade by AC with the horizontal, then α and φ are deter-mined by the equations
I cos φ=τ sin α )tan 2a= —2 tan 2φ. ]
2. If a system of forces be reduced to a couple G about an axis
through a certain point, and a force E whose directionpasses through the point, shew how to find the positionof the central axis.OABCD is a pyramid on a square base ABCD : all theedges of the pyramid are of the same length. Equalforces act along OA, OC, BO, DO, AD, DC, CB and AB.Find the position of the central axis.
3. Shew that the whole tension at any point of a catenary is
equal to the weight of a length of string equal to thedistance of the point from the directrix.One end of a string of length I is fastened to the highestpoint of a smooth sphere of radius r ; the other is fastenedto a point in the same horizontal plane as the first end,and at a distance h from it. Write down the equationswhose solution determines the form of the curve whichthe string takes.
4. Find the velocity and acceleration with which, at any time,
two points in the rim of a uniformly moving carriagewheel approach each other in a horizontal direction.
5. The matter in a thin uniform circular ring attracts with a
force proportional to the seventh power of the distance.A particle is placed near the centre of the ring and re-leased. Shew that in general it will oscillate in a smallarc of a parabola, the plane containing the arc beingperpendicular to the plane of the ring, and the axis of theparabola being in the plane of the ring, and passingthrough the centre.
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxlv.
6. It is required to throw a shot with given velocity so as to
strike at right angles an inclined plane through the pointof projection. Shew how to find, by a geometric con-struction, the proper angle of projection.Shew that in the case of a projectile, moving in a parabola,the rate of change, at any point, of the direction of motionis inversely proportional to the distance of the point fromthe directrix.
7. A particle being acted on by a central attraction, it is required
to determine the polar equation of the path.If a particle is describing an elliptic orbit about a focus, anda diameter PCP' divides the orbit into two parts, one ofwhich is described in half the time in which the other is
described, then the eccentric angle of P si sin-1 —, e being
6ethe eccentricity of the orbit.
8. State and prove Newton's first Lemma test.In the triangle ABC, O is the centre of the
inscribed circle,and ON, OM are perpendiculars on BA, AC respectively.If B and C remain fixed, while A approaches C along thefixed direction AC, find the ultimate direction, of NM.
9. State and prove Newton's tenth Lemma test.In the case of a particle oscillating in a
straight line under acentral force whose attraction is directly as the distance,devise a means of representing, by diagram, the potentialand kinetic energies that the particle possesses at anymoment, and also the fact that the sum of these energiesis constant. Prove, by Newton's methods, that yourmode of representation is correct.
SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY AND ASTRONOMY.HONOURS.
1. If, at the angular points of a spherical triangle, planes bedrawn to touch the sphere, and these planes meet in P,then the line joining P to the centre cuts the sphericalsurface at the centre of the circumscribed circle of thetriangle. Further, if three small circles be drawn onthesphere, touching each other and having as centres theangular points of the triangle, then the line joining the
cxlvi. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
point, in which the planes of these circles meet, to thecentre of the sphere cuts the spherical surface at thecentre of the inscribed circle of the triangle.
Shew that the arcs drawn from the vertices of a sphericaltriangle perpendicular to the opposite sides are con-current.
If BE and CF be perpendiculars on the opposite sides inthe triangle ABO shew thatcos FE cos BE cos CF=cos h cos c+sin b sin c cos 3A.
Shew that in any spherical triangle. A-B . c . a—I Csm--------sin-=sin-----------cos —
2 2 2 2If ¢=-, shew that sin2 — cos2 —+ cos2— sin2 —= cos2 -.
2 2 2 2 2 2Shew that the tangent of the angular radius of the circumcircle
of the colunar triangle on the side BC of the triangleABC is
„ . a h c2 sm— cos— cos -
2 2 2^/sin s sin (s—a) sin (s—b) sin («—c)
If 0' be the centre of this circumcircle, shew that the angle0' CB (or 0' BC) is half the supplement of the sphericalexcess of the triangle ABC.
Given the sides of a spherical triangle, shew how to determinethe angles of the chordal triangles.
Describe the method of mounting an equatorial telescope, andstate the principal uses of the instrument.
In a place of latitude λ, at the vernal equinox, two starshaving the same celestial longitude rise together. Atwhat time of day do they rise, and what is their longitude ?
Shew how to graduate a sun-dial whose face is horizontal.If the sun-dial after being properly graduated and mountedsettles somewhat, so that the face makes a small angle Sowith the horizontal plaue, the line of intersection of thetwo planes being North and South, show that the conse-quent error in time is
tasin NS cos PSNW--------sin FS
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxlvii.
where P is the pole on the celestial sphere, S the sun andN the North point.
If, again, the line of intersection of the two planes be Eastand West, the error is
s/, cos SV cos VSP• δο------sCTS------
where P and S are the same as before and V is the footof the perpendicular from S on the meridian.
9. Find the effect of the parallax of a heavenly body on itsdeclination and hour-angle.
SOLID GEOMETRY AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.
HONOURS.
1. Find the equations of the line which cuts each of the lines
x—α___y—β___χ—γI m η
χ—α___y—β____ζ—γI πι η
at a distance β from their point of intersection.
2. Two planes pass, one through each of the straight lines
-----=: + _?!_ = _. The angles these planes make withcos α sm α 0the plane of xy are θ and Θ'. What constant relationmust subsist between θ and & if the locus of the lineof intersection of the planes is a circular cone whose axisis the axis of a;?
3. Shew that in general six normals can be drawn to a conicoid
from any given point.Shew that all points on an ellipsoid, at which the length of
#3
the normal measured to the plane of xy is -=, lie on one
or other of two planes passing through the axis of y.
á. Shew that there are two systems of generating lines on ahyperbolic paraboloid, and that each generator of the onesystem meets every generator of the other.
cxlviii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
Two generators at a point P on a hyperbolic paraboloidmeet the plane xy in Q and R. K the difference betweenthe distances of Q and R from the plane yz be constant,shew that P lies on a certain hyperbolic cylinder.
5. Enveloping cones are drawn from a fixed point to a set of
similar, similarly situated and concentric ellipsoids, andthat particular cone and ellipsoid are selected for whichthe ellipse of contact has a maximum area. Shew thatany plane through the fixed point and the common centreof the set of ellipsoids cuts this cone in two generatorswhich are parallel to a pair of conjugate diameters of theellipse in which the plane cuts the ellipsoid.
6. Find the differential equation of all circles touching both
(rectangular) axes of coordinates.
7. What is the geometrical signification of the homogeneousness
of a differential equation?Solve the equation
x3 -^=^2/+^/+2/3-
8. Shew that the general equation of the orthogonal trajectories
of the straight line —:—-+-¥——α, θ being a variablesin θ cos θparameter, is to be obtained by eliminating^ between theequations
• , _ a sin3 φx=c sin φ Η-----^-¡-U
y=. —χ cot φ + a cos φ.
9. Solve the differential equationsα Ϊ dy—3:g2+yy'> dx 3if—x
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxlix.
DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS.HONOURS.
1. If φ be the angle between the radius vector and the tangent
to a curve, shew that tan φ=τ-1-.dr
O is a fixed point, E a point on a fixed curve. RO is pro-duced to P. If E be moved round the fixed curve, andROP be kept of constant length, P traces a second curve.If ROP be any particular position of the moving line,and tangents to the curves at R and P meet in S, and SMbe drawn perpendicular to RP shew that EM=OP.
2. If x=r tan φ, y=rsec φ, change the independent variablesχ and y to r and φ in the expression -^—^-.
br.by
3. Shew that the osculating circle has contact of the third orderwith the curve
©Mi)at points on the curve where
(ÏÏ4 z2
asbz4. Eliminate (1) the transcendental functions, (2) the constants,
from the equationy =A log sin (x+a).
5. Explain why, under certain circumstances, the method of un-determined multipliers is advantageous in finding theenvelope of a line whose equation includes variableparameters.
Find the envelope of the line5+5=1,
a bwhere (Λ—a) (k—l)=P\ h, h and I being constants.
6. Find the integrals of1 log χ
χ log x' (!+log*)2'
2^-1
cl. THIRD YEAR ΓΝ ARTS.
7. A solid is formed by one complete revolution of a circle of
varying size about a fixed axis in its own plane. Thecentre is at a distance r from the axis, and the radius ofthe circle is equal to ~, where θ is the angle turned
through. Find the centre of gravity of the solid.
8. Find an expression for the area of the Polar Reciprocal of
any curve, in terms of quantities connected with thatcurve.Find the area of that portion of the polar reciprocal, withrespect to a circle of radius a, of the curve 2r2=«3+^2,which is included between radii vectores whose lengthsare a and 2a.
9. Transform the integral
o ardz dyfrom rectangular to polar coordinates.
HISTORY.
HONOURS.
Not more than six questions to be answered.
' ' The work of the great popular leaders of that day (the
17th century) was a work of restoration not of change."Examine this statement.
Explain Cromwell's constitutional ideals. How far did hesucceed in his endeavour to realise them ?
Compare the revolution of 1688 with the Puritan Revolutionof the earlier part of the century. Show the historicalconnection between the two movements.
Briefly sketch the growth of the Cabinet system to the timeof Walpole.
" The Whigs are what they always were (except by the ableuse of opportunities) by far the weakest party in thiscountry." (Burke, 1777).
Examine this statement.
/:/;
MARCH EXAMINATION. cli.
6. Discuss the constitutional aspect of England's quarrel with
her American colonies.7. Compare the constitutional ideas, aims and methods of
Charles I. and of George III.8. How do you explain the absence of revolutions in England
in the present century ?9 Discuss the causes of the movement for
political reformwhich led to the Act of 1832. Why was this Act notaccepted as final ?
10. "The constitution of England under Queen Victoria is thevery constitution under which the Confessor ruled, andwhich the Conqueror swore to obey."
Examine this statement.
LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.
HONOURS.
Not more than six questions to be attempted.
FIRST PAPER.
1. Compare Plato's doctrine of Keminscence with the theory of
"Innate Ideas."561. Discuss the place of the Idea of the Good in Plato's system.562. From Plato's Kepüblic state his views with regard to—
(«) The functions of government.(b) The nature of the "social unit."
4. What distinction does Berkeley draw between "idea," and
"notion"? How does the distinction affect the questionof Berkeley's "Idealism"?
5. State precisely Hume's position with regard to Personal
Identity, and examine the question as to whether it can bemade the basis of a theory of knowledge.
6. What do you understand by the relativity of knowledge?
Account for the ambiguous use of the phrase.7. "The senses do not give us the law of causality, yet we judge
that material phenomena are connected by the law ofcausality." How do you account for the necessity involvedin our causal judgments?
clii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
8. State and examine Spencer's view of the origin of a prioriprinciples.
LOQIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY.HONOURS.SECOND PAPER.
jVoi more than six questions to be attempted.
1. Progress consists in continual differentiation and integration.Examine Spencer's application to man's moral history.
2. How are pleasures and pains related to welfare? Discuss theethical significance of these relations.
3. How does Spencer interpret "good" and "highly-evolved"as applied to conduct? Discuss his position.
4. "If the maxim 'live for self' is wrong, so also is the maxim'live for others.'" Examine with special reference toSpencer's criticism of the greatest happiness principle.
5. How does Mill attempt to reconcile the theory that the end ispleasure with the fact that to seek pleasure per se issuicidal? Examine his argument.
6. What precisely does Green mean by calling the individual a"free cause"? Show the connection with his doctrine ofa universal consciousness.
7. "A fact consisting of mere feeling is a contradiction." StateGreen's views with regard to the relation of feeling andknowing.
563. How does Green modify the Kantian Idealism?564. Write a note on each of the following—
565. "Hedonism ceases to be Hedonism when its principle isuniversalized. ' '
566. "Self-sacrifice is no less primordial than self-pre-servation."
567. "Conduct is a whole, and, in a sense, it is an organicwhole."
MARCH EXAMINATION. cliii.
FACULTY OF LAW.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION.
NOTE.—!TAe tinte allowed for each paper is three- hours, except where otherwise
stated.
JURISPRUDENCE AND THE THEORY OF LEGISLATION.
( Candidates are not to attempt more than TEN questions.)
I. Compare the nature and ends of Formal Jurisprudence with
those of Censorial Jurisprudence or the Theory of Legis-lation. Explain the relation of each to the professionalstudy of Law.
II. Discuss (a) the desirability and (J) the feasibility of codifying
English Law.III. Sketch the origin and development in Western Europe of
either(a) the Feudal system, or(J) the principle of Primogeniture.
IV. Examine briefly, but critically, Austin's account of Positive
Law, its nature, sanctions and the modes by which itcomes into existence.
"V. Illustrât and eaccount for the extreme formalism of earlylaw.
VI. Write a short explanatory note on each of the following : —
Act ; will ; motive ; property ; possession ; servitude.
VII. Examine the juridical nature of the right involved in,
or growing out of, each of the following—A trademark; a trust; a legal presumption ; an assault ; a libel ;an injury to a passenger arising from the negligence of arailway company.
VIII. Criticise or justify on Utilitarian principles, the followinginstitutions or principles:—
(a) Private property in land ;(¿) Unrestricted liberty of testation ;
cliv. FACULTY OF LAW.
568. Prescription as a title to property ;569. Substitutive satisfaction ;570. State aid to religion.
IX. State and illustrate the tests by which Bentham would
determine the goodness or badness of different kinds ofpunishments.
X. Under what conditions should (a) insanity, (i) necessity, and
(¢) mistake of fact, be recognised as grounds of non-liability ?
XI. Estimate, on Bentham's principles, the evil involved in the
following acts : —(a) Embezzlement,(i) Infanticide.571. Extortion by a public official.572. Eobbery with violence.
ROMAN LAW.
I. Translate, and explain or comment briefly on five of thefollowing passages :—
(a) Latinos autem Junianos et omnem quse circa eos fueritobservantiam alia constitutione . . . correximus . . .et omnes libertos nullo nee aetatis manumissi needominii manumissoris nee in manumissionis mododiscrimine habito, sicuti antea observabatur, civitateEomana donavimus : multis additis modis, per quospossit libertas servís cum civitate Romana, quae sola inpraesenti est, praestari.
(i) Dicitur, per extraneam personam nihil adquirí potestexcepta possession e, de ea eaim quaeritur.
573. Sed Papinianus seribit bonis vacantibus fisco nondumnuntiatis bona fide emptorem sibi traditam rem ex hisbonis usucapere posse.
574. Stipulationes aliae judiciales sunt, aliae praetori»aliae conventionales, aliae communes tarn, praetorianquam judiciales.
575. In ceteris quoque omnibus animalibus, item in omni-bus rebus quae anima carent damnum injuria datumhac parte vindicatur.
(/) Erat olim et alius modus civilis adquisitionis per jusaccreseendi.
MAKCH EXAMINATION. civ.
II. By what methods and to what extent did the Praetors
influence or modify Roman Law ? Contrast the action ofthe Praetors, with that of the Roman jurists and theEnglish Chancellors.
III. Distinguish the nature and causes of the different kinds of
capitis minutio. Did capitis minutio minima involve adownward step in status ?
IV. Examine the principal changes made by Justinian in the
law relating to Usucapió and Longi temporis possessio.Give a short statement of the law as he left it.
V. A paterfamilias, in the time of Justinian, is desirous of
making his will. Describe briefly (a) the limit withinwhich he can exercise his power of testation, (J) the formsthat he will have to observe, and (c) position of the heresinstitutus when the will takes effect.
VI. Explain the nature and causes of correality and solidarity.VII. Discuss the following cases, stating the principles involved,
and the remedies available :—(¢¢) Titius employs Maevius to make a coat,
and supplieshim with the cloth. Maevius sells the cloth to Gaius,who takes it bona fide.
(¾) Titius sells an indoor slave to Maevius. Titius subse-quently sends him on horseback to Maevius' farm, butthe slave being unable to ride, falls into a river and isdrowned. Maevius refuses to pay the price.
576. Titius lets land to Maevius for two years. Before ayear has elapsed Titius sells the land to Gaius, who there-upon claims it from Maevius. Maevius refuses to give itup.
577. Stichus, the slave of Titius, insults a lady who is thedaughter of Maevius and the wife of Gaius.
578. Titius commissions Maevius to purchase an estate on hisbehalf from Gaius. Maevius does so, but it afterwardstHrns out that Gaius had no title.
VIU. Explain and illustrate the application in Roman Law ofthe following maxims—(a) Res inter alios acta, aliis neque nocere neque prodesse.(¿) Nemo potest alteri stipulari.
IX. Roman Contracts have been divided into Formal, Equitable,and Contracts for Valuable Consideration.Explain and, if necessary, criticise this arrangement.
elvi. FACULTY OF LAW.
X. Write a short explanatory note on any six of the following :—TJniversitas rerum ; cretio ; dies cedens ; fidei commissum;arcarium nomen ; naturalis obligatio ; novatio ; culpa ;mora; obligatio quasi ex delicto.
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW.
I. "Three guiding principles become apparent. They are
first, the legislative sovereignty of Parliament ; secondly,the universal supremacy . . . of the ordinary law ; andthirdly, the dependence in the last resort of the conven-tions upon the law of the constitution."Explain and illustrate this statement, pointing out how farthe first and second of these principles favour andconfirm each other.
II. Within what limits, if at all, does English Law recognise a
general right of meeting in public places ? What are therights of the Crown or its servants in dealing with anunlawful assembly ?
III. Examine briefly the general constitutional relations that
prevail between Great Britain, and (a) the Colony of NewSouth Wales, and (δ) the Empire of India.
IV. Trace briefly the history of the introduction of Trial by
Jury, and its application to civil and criminal cases, either(a) in England or (¿) in New South Wales.
V. Write a short explanatory note as to the purport and effect
of each of the following statutes :—(a) The Habeas Corpus Acts (31 Car. II., c. 2 and 56.
Geo. III., c. 100).(J) The Boyal Marriage Act (12 Geo. III., c. 2).(c) The Constitution Act Amendment Act of 1884.
VI. Compare the system of government that prevailed in New
South Wales at, or about the following dates:—(a) 1800,(¿) 1850, and (c) 1870.
VII. A dissolution of Parliament takes place in New South
Wales. Give an outline of the various steps and pro-ceedings that will have to be taken with a view to the
MARCH EXAMINATION. clvii.
assembling of a new Parliament, from the date of thedissolution down to the recommencement of legislativework.
VIII. What is the present state of Parliamentary Privilege inNew South Wales ? What was decided in the cases ofTaylor v. Barton (7 N.S. W. E. 30), and Toohey v. Mel-ville (13 N.S.W. E., 132) ?
IX. Examine briefly the various checks and safeguards thatexist in New South Wales, for securing the propercollection, appropriation and expenditure of the publicrevenue.
X. By what means can (a) a Eesponsible Minister, (5) a Per-manent Civil Servant, and (c) a Judge of the SupremeCourt, in New South Wales, be removed from his office?
INTERNATIONAL LAW.
I. Trace briefly the rise and development of Modern Inter-national Law. How far was there any approach to aLaw of Nations at the follow dates: B.C. 250; A.D. 250;A.D. 1250?
II. Examine the present international status, or thé presentposition in relation to international affairs, of the follow-ing:—
(a) The Pashalic of Egypt,(¾) The Eepublic of Switzerland,(c) The Principality of Bulgaria,{d) The Primacy of the six Great Powers of Europe.
LTI. Write a short account of the dispute between GreatBritain and France, on the subject of the NewfoundlandFisheries; stating the different points in dispute, and theprinciples involved.
IV. Define and explain what is meant by Domicile. For whatpurposes is Domicile important in Public InternationalLaw ?
«lviii. FACULTY OF LAW.
V. What will be the effect of War (a) upon treaties previouslyentered into between the belligerents; (i) upon agree-ments already existing, or subsequently entered into,between their respective subjects?
VI. By what rules is the distribution of (a) Prize, and (A)Booty, regulated, especially as between persons claimingon the ground of Joint Capture ?
VII. Examine the various applications, in International Law ofthe Doctrine of Postliminy.
VIII. Describe briefly the duties of a Neutral State, {a) inrespect of the construction, outfit, or augmentation offorce of belligerent cruisers in Neutral territory, and (δ)in respect to loans or contributions of money made by itssubjects to either belligerent ?
IX. " Le congrès tenu à Paris, en 1856, a eu la gloire de faireentrer ces principes dans la loi des nations." Whatprinciples are here referred to, and by what authorityand to what extent do they enter into the law of Nations ?
X. Write a short explanatory note on five of the followingsubjects :—
(a) Analogues of Contraband,(J) Pacific blockade,(c) Visit and Search,((¿) Expatriation,(e) The Balance of Power,(/) Piracy jure gentium.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clix.
FINAL EXAMINATION.
REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY.
I. State the rights of a husband in the choses in action
of his wife,distinguishing between legal and equitable assets.
II. Discuss the following case—In January, 1890, A makes and
registers a post-nuptial settlement, comprising (a) a free-hold farm in New South Wales, and (i) the sheep andstock thereon, in favour of his wife and children " inconsideration of natural love and affection." In July inthe same year he sells the land to B, and the sheep andstock to C, in both cases for valuable consideration :Would it make any difference if, (a) the sales only, or (J)both the settlement and sales, had been made in 1892 ?
III. What is the extent of the liability of a shareholder in a
Company (a) limited by shares, (¿) limited by guarantee ?What are the conditions, other than payment in cashessential to the validity of an issue of fully paid shares ?,
IV. Explain the following terms :—Maritime lien ; demonstrativ
legacy ; stoppage in transitu ; negotiable instrument emerger ; shifting use ; consolidation of securities.
V. State shortly the rights which are conferred in New South
Wales by(a) The issue of Letters Patent for an invention.(i) Registration of copyright of a book.What remedies has a patentee for
infringement of hispatent ?
VI. State shortly what changes in the law were effected by the
Wills Act, in respect of the following matters—(a) The credibility of witnesses to a will,(A) The lapse of a devise in tail,(¢) The construction of the words " dying without issue."
VII. In what ways may a mortgagee become the absolute
owner of the mortgaged land ? Is the position of amortgagee of land under the Heal Property Act differentin this respect from that of a mortgagee of land heldunder an ordinary title ?
clx. FACULTY OF LAW.
VIII. In what way and by virtue of what statute may an estatetail be barred in New South "Wales ?
IX. Discuss the effect of following limitations—579. Conveyance " by A unto and to the use of B and his
heirsin trust for C, a bastard, and his heirs." C having diedintestate and unmarried after the execution of the con-veyance.
580. Conveyance to A for life, and after his death to B forlife, and after his death to the heirs of the body of A.
581. Conveyance to A for life, and after his death to the heirsofB.
X. What is a rent-charge ? and what estates may be held in arent-charge ?
XI. What are the rights of a tenant for life of land in NewSouth Wales in respect of (a) leasing, and (5) sale of thesettled land ?
THE LAW OF CONTRACT.
I. Examine carefully the rules applicable to contracts enteredinto by Corporations (a) in respect to the form, and (i) inrespect to the scope of the contract.
Π. Examine the conditions necessary to the validity of acontract for the Sale of Goods. When does the propertyin the goods pass to the vendee ? What rights remain inthe vendor after the property has passed ?
III. State in logical order, and in the form of rules, theprinciples of English Law with regard to contracts madeby letter sent through the post. Cite authority for eachrule.
IV. Trace briefly the history of the law on the subject of wager-ing contracts. What is the present law on the subjectof wagers, and contracts entered into in connection withwagers ? Cite authority.
V. A takes shares in a Company upon the faith of certain state-ments made by the directors in a prospectus. Thesestatements are untrue in fact, but when made they werebelieved by the directors to be true, although not upon
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxi.
any reasonable ground. What remedies will A have (1)against the directors personally, (2) against the Company,(a) before, and (5) after liquidation ?
VI. Explain and illustrate the distinction between assignabilityand negotiability.
VII. Examine the rights and liabilities of an undisclosedprincipal upon a contract made by his agent.State your conclusions briefly in the form of rules, with theauthority for each rule appended.
VIII. "Write a short explanatory note on any three of the follow-ing, in relation to the law of contract—
(a) Warranty.(J) Executed consideration.582. The Action of Assumpsit.583. Liquidated damages.
IX. Discuss any three of the following cases, stating the principlesinvolved—
(a) A undertakes to erect certain machinery on B's premisesat specific prices for particular portions, the price to bepaid upon the completion of the entire work. After aconsiderable portion of the machinery has been erected,the premises, together with the machinery and materials,are destroyed by an accidental fire.
(J) A sells and delivers goods to B under the belief,fraudulently induced by B, that he is dealing with anotherperson of similar name and of good credit. B havingobtained the goods, sells them to O, who takes bona fideand for value. A seeks to recover the goods from C.
(¢) A agrees to supply B with 1200 tons of coal, 100 tons tobe delivered on the first of each month. A having failedto deliver the first instalment within seven days of thetime agreed upon, B rescinds the contract and refuses toaccept any further delivery.
(¿) A promises to marry B and also to pay for her trousseau.B, on the faith of this, at once purchases a trousseau. Achanges his mind, refuses to marry B, and soon after-wards dies.
I
clxii. FACULTY OF LAW.
X. Examine briefly the application of any two of the followingjudicial maxims in the law of contract—(a) Ex nudo facto non oritur actio.(J) In pari delicto potior est conditio defendentis.(c) Vigilantibus non dormientibus subveniunt jura.
THE LAW OF TORTS AND CRIMINAL LAW.
I. Sketch briefly the principles of the Common Law on the sub-
ject of an employer's liability for the acts of his servant,584. in respect to injuries suffered by a stranger, and585. in respect to injuries suffered by a fellow servant.
How far has the latter been affected by Statute ?
II. Write a short explanatory note on any three of the follow-
ing, in relation to the law of Torts :—586. Conversion.587. Slander of Title.588. Privileged communication.589. Malicious prosecution.
III. What are the liabilities of a common carrier for loss or
damage in respect to goods entrusted to him ? Howmuch depends on Common Law, and how much onStatute ?
IV. Enumerate and explain the various grounds upon which
law will justify or excuse acts of interference by one manwith the. lands or goods of another.
V. Discuss the following cases, stating the principles involved:—
(a) A, whilst walking on the roadway, is knocked down bya horse and cart driven by B. A might have avoidedthis had he been walking on the footpath. At the sametime B, also, by using ordinary care might have keptclear of A and avoided the accident.
(¾) A and B are engaged in a certain trade which theydesire to keep in their own hands. C commences tocompete with them. A and B then enter into an agree-ment (which is in restraint of trade), under which theyoffer exceptionally favourable terms to any persons who
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxiii.
will deal with them in consideration of the latter under-taking not to deal with C or other competitors. This hasthe effect of driving C out of the market and of destroyingO's business, as, indeed, was intended by A and B. Has0 any, and, if so, what, remedy against A and B?
(¢) A proposes to go to Katoomba. Arriving late, hesucceeds in jumping into a carriage, but without a ticket.Before the train stops, a collision takes place owing tothe negligence of a pointsman, whereby A is severelyinjured.
I. How far does English law recognise—(a) infancy, (J) cover-
ture, and (e) necessity, as grounds of exemption fromcriminal responsibility ?
II. Define Burglary, and state in what manner the Common
Law on this subject has been modified by the CriminalLaw Amendment Act.
III. Discuss the following cases :—(a) A, a married man, promises to marry B
(who believeshim to be a bachelor) if she will give him £10, which sheaccordingly does.
(¾) A agrees to buy a horse from B, and, with intent todefraud, writes out in B's presence a cheque in paymentthereof, which he signs in a fictitious name.
(c) A, a carrier, receives goods for transmission to B. C,one of A's servants, fraudulently removes the goods fromone department to another, and labels them with thename X, a confederate, to whom he designs that theyshall be transmitted. This having been discovered, thegoods, with the consent of A, are nevertheless trans-mitted to X, and are taken in by him under circumstanceswhich clearly indicate a criminal intention on his part.Can X be convicted of receiving stolen property, thegoods of A ?
IV. State the provisions of the Criminal Law Amendment Act
relating to : —590. Bigamy.591. Aggravated assaults by a husband on his wife.(¢) Restitution of stolen property.
clxir. FACULTY OF LAW.
V. How far are (¢) dying declarations, (J) depositions of adeceased witness, and (c) confessions, admissible in evi-dence in criminal cases.
PROCEDURE, PLEADINGS AND EVIDENCE.
I. Explain the principles upon which .admissions (a) of a party
to the action, or (5) of a third person, will be received asevidence of facts.
II. If alterations appear upon the face of a Will, Deed, or
Bill of Exchange, when produced in evidence, is there any,and if so what, presumption as to the time when the alter-ations or erasures were made, in the absence of evidenceon the subject?
ILT. In what cases and under what conditions is SecondaryEvidence admissible (a) of a contract in writing, (b) oforal testimony given on oath by a witness in a judicialproceeding prior to that in which the evidence is tendered?
IY. Describe the various steps in pleading in an action-at-law.Distinguish between issues of fact and of law, and ex-plain how such issues are respectively determined.
V. Explain the rule " omnia prcesumuntur contra spoliatorem," and
give examples of its application.VI. What is the general rule respecting the party on whom the
burden of proof lies in a judicial inquiry, and what arethe exceptions to that rule?
YH. How far, and in what manner, is a party to an action atliberty to discredit his own witness ?
YlIl. Explain what is meant by the following terms (1) Plea inabatement, (2) Plea puis da/rein continuance, (3) Newassignment, (4) Joinder of issue.
LX. What must be proved by a lessor in order to enable him toobtain a verdict when he sues the lessee in ejectment fornon-payment of rent ?
X. Under what conditions are equitable pleas allowed in acommon law action ? Give examples of good equitablepleas.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxv.
XI. A payee of a promissory note sues the maker ; the maker
alleges that the note was given as the purchase money ofland which the plaintiff refused to convey. Draw thenecessary pleadings to show the matter in issue betweenthe parties.
XII. A plaintiff issues a writ specially endorsed against two
defendants. Both defendants are served, but one onlyappears to the writ : what courses of proceeding are opento the plaintiff ?
EQUITY AND EQUITY PROCEDURE.
I. Explain briefly the following expressions:—Cy près, Pre-
sumption of advancement, Demurrer, Eevivor, Eestraintof anticipation, Contribution betwen co-sureties, Con-structive notice, Marshalling the securities, Hotchpot.
II. State, and illustrate by examples, the three rules by which
it is determined whether precatory words are to be con-strued as creating a binding trust.
III. How far are trustees and executors liable for the acts and
defaults of their co-trustees and co-executors respectively?
IV. Discuss the equities as between B and C in the following
case—A was tenant in tail of " Blackacre " and
owner in fee of" Whiteacre." His only children are two daughters,B and C ; A by his will devised " Blackacre " to B and" Whiteacre " to C.
V. Under what circumstances may a trustee purchase the trust
estate from his cestui que trust ? Is there any exceptionunder the law of this Colony, to the rule that a trusteeshall not be allowed remuneration for his trouble ?
VI. Upon what general principle does the Court of Equity
decree specific performance of contracts ? Examine theprobability of success of B in a suit for specific perform-ance of each of the following agreements :—
(a) A agrees with B to build B a house for £2000.(¾) A agrees with B to enter into partnership
with him as asolicitor.
(¢) A agrees to sell B the racehorse "Glenloth."
lxvi. FACULTY OE LAW.
VII: Explain and illustrate the maxim—"Equity acts in per·sonam."
VIII. What jurisdiction has the Court of Equity in New SouthWales to try a case, involving a legal cause of action, asdistinguished from an equitable right ?
IX. What course is open to a plaintiff in an Equity suit, in case(a) The defendant fails to enter an appearance ?(¾) The defendant refuses to obey
an injunction whichthe plaintiff has obtained against him ?And what course is open to a defendant in case theplaintiff, after the statement of defence is filed, takes nofurther step in the suit?
X. What is meant by " appropriation of payments " ? A owes
B two separate sums of £100 each, for the payment ofthe second of which X is surety; A pays £100 to B. IsX discharged of his suretyship ?
XI. How does a Court of Equity regard the payment of com-
mission by the vendor of property to an agent employedby the purchaser for the purpose of buying the property ?
BANKBTTPTCY, PROBATE AND DIVORCE.
I. Examine the application of the doctrine of reputed owner-
ship under the Bankruptcy Act of 1887.II. State the conditions essential to the validity of a composition
or scheme of arrangement.III. How does the Bankruptcy Act alter the method of proceed-
ing in order to set aside a voluntary or fraudulent con-veyance made by a bankrupt before the act of bank-ruptcy ?
IV. Under what circumstances is a creditor who has issued
execution against the debtor, or has attached a debt dueto the debtor, entitled to retain the benefit of theexecution or attachment against the official assignee ortrustee, when the debtor has become bankrupt after suchexecution or attachment?
V. Examine the doctrine of revival as applied to matrimonial
causes.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxii.
VI. State the principles on which damages against a co-respon-dent in a divorce suit are assessed, and the functions ofthe judge and jury respectively in relation thereto. Isevidence of the co-respondent's means admissible in proofof such damages, and will an agreement between thepetitioner and the co-respondent in relation to suchdamages be recognised by the Court '?
VII. Explain the different steps in a contested will suit, from thelodging of the caveat to final judgment.
VIII.Describe the essential conditions of testamentary capacity.Discuss the following case—In March, 1890, A died,
leaving a will made in the previous January, by whichhe disposed of his property amongst his wife andchildren, excluding, however, one son, who had incurredhis displeasure by following the profession of an actor,but against whom he had otherwise no complaint. A alsoleft a legacy of £1000 to the Queen. A remained to thelast a person of good general business habits, but fromthe year 1887 he had suffered from a delusion that hewas a member of the Eoyal Family. Would you say thatthere is sufficient ground for contesting the validity of thewill?
IX. When and in what form will probate be granted of acodicil when the will cannot be found, and it is impracti-cable to prove the contents or substance of the will ?
clxviii. FACULTY OF MEDICINE. .
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
THIED PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION.
PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE.
TIME THKEE HOUBS.
The first and last questions and any THREE others must be attempted, but not more thanfive altogether.
1. In recommending or discountenancing the marriage of a
person who has been insane, or in whose family insanityexists, what are the chief points to be remembered ?
2. Give a recognised classification of mental disease, mentioningthe grounds on which it is based.
3. Give briefly a description of General Paralysis of the Insane,and its general pathology. Mention the varieties of thisdisease.
4. Describe an attack of Acute Mania, giving prognosis and treat-ment, and state how you would distinguish it from menin-gitis.
5. Give the varieties of Mental Stupor with their characteristics,prognosis and treatment.
6. Distinguish between hallucination and illusion, and definebriefly insane delusion, larvated epilepsy, and so-calledmonomania.
7. What are the chief points to be considered in detennining thequestion whether a patient is a proper person to be de-tained under care and treatment, and to be observed ingiving the medical certificates for admission into anasylum ? Correct and criticise the accompanying faultycertificate.
MARCH EXAMINATION. cbrix.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGFNEEKING.
FIEST YEAR EXAMINATION.
NOTE.—The time allowed for each j>afier is three hoars, except where otherwisestated.
DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRICAL DRAWING.
Only six questions to be attempted.
1. Draw the epycycloid and hypocycloid, having given thediameter of the generating and directing circles 2 inchesand 5 inches respectively.
2. Represent an oblique plane by its traces, and draw a lineperpendicular to the plane through a given point withoutthe plane. Find the true length of the perpendicularbetween the given point and the plane.
3. Show how to find the shortest distance between two straightlines which do not meet in space, assuming all necessarydata.
■ 4. Show how to find the angle contained between two givenoblique planes.
5. Draw the plan and elevation of a hexagonal pyramid whenthe plane of the base is inclined at 45° and one edge ofthe base inclined at 20°.
€. Show how to determine the centre and the radius of asphere containing four points, not in the same plane,assuming all necessary data.
7. Arrange a right cone and an oblique plane intersecting it,and find the plan elevation and true form of the section.
8. Draw the shadow cast by a cylinder of light on a sphere ifthe direction of the axis of the cylinder is inclined at 45°in plan and elevation. Show also the plan and elevationof the circle separating the light from the shade, and thetraces of the plane containing it.
clxx. FIRST TEAR ENGINEERING.
9. Project one complete turn of a helical spring of the fol-lowing dimensions—Outside diameter of spring 4 inches,pitch 2 inches, made of steel rod, one inch square.
10. Show how to draw the Perspective of the interior of the
room in which you are sitting, assuming all necessarydata.
11. Make an isometric drawing of an ordinary rectangular box
with the lid partly open.
APPLIED MECHANICS.Only six questions to be attempted.
PASS AND HONOURS.
1. Define the terms limit of elasticity, yield point, modulus
rupture, modulus of elasticity.A beam of cast-iron. 1-inch wide and 2 inches deep is sup-ported at points 3 feet apart, and loaded in the centreuntil it breaks. If the breaking load is 3,000 pounds,find the modulus of rupture ?
2. Is the equation M=/-= strictly true under all circumstances ?
Give, the usual proof of this equation, stating clearlywhat assumptions are made ?
3. Determine the moment of resistance of a steel rolled girder
of the following dimensions—Extreme depth, 10 inches.Width of flanges, 5 inches.Thickness of flanges, |-inch.Thickness of Web, ¿--inch.
If the girder is supported at each end of a span of10 feet, and loaded with a uniformly distributed load,calculate its breaking load.
4. How is the shearing stress distributed over the depth of a
solid rectangular beam, subjected to bending stress froma uniformly distributed load? What is its maximumintensity ? Find the ratio of depth to span in a beam ofiron-bark timber in order that the resistance to thedirect stresses, due to bending, may equal the horizontalshearing resistance.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxxi.
5. Investigate the bending moments, shearing stresses, andrepresent the results graphically in the followingcases—
(a) A beam supported at each end, and loaded unsymetricallywith a concentrated load.
(J) The same beam supported at ends and loaded with auniformly distributed load extending over the middle
half of its length,(c) The same beam supported at two points distant one-fifth of its length from each end, and loaded uniformly
throughout its whole length.6. Describe fully the tests which you would specify to govern
the supply of materials in the following cases :—(a) Steel for bridges and boilers.(J) Cast-iron in columns.(¢) Steel in tyres and axles of locomotives.
7. Describe fully how you would proceed in order to determinethe limit and modulus of elasticity in a piece of mildsteel ? What instruments would you use, and whatprecautions would you take in order to obtain accurateresults ?
8. Make a sketch plan, elevation, and cross section of anordinary timber viaduct of 24 feet span suitable for NewSouth Wales Government Eailways.
9. Referring to the foregoing question show how to designthe main beams.
10. Define the terms primitive, statical and vibrating strength,and give the ordinary values for good wrought iron andmild steel.
Determine the safe working stress in the following cases—(a) Steady load.(¾) Load varying from 1 to 3.(¢) Load varying from a tension of 2 to a compression of
3 tons.11. What is meant by the funicular pologon ? Show how it is
drawn. Explain Culman's Principle, and illustrate itwith reference to a beam supported at each end andloaded in the centre.
12. Design a steel plate web girder of 30 feet span to carrya uniformly distributed load which varies in intensityfrom 1 to 3, its maximum value being 1 ton per foot run.
clxxii. SECOND YEAR ENGINEERING.
SECOND YEAE EXAMINATION.
SURVEYING.
Not more than six questions are to be attempted, in which 2 and 8 must be included,
1. Describe the various methods of "chaining," and calculatethe " sag-correction" for a length of 6 chains of riband,weighing in all 3 lbs., the applied tension being 20 lbs.
2. Detail the adjustments of a transit-theodolite. Explain howin ordinary practice errors of adjustment and constructionare eliminated from the measures of vertical and hori-zontal angles, and state what error of adjustment cannotbe so eliminated.
3. Show how to set out a circular and a parabolic curve, andcalculate to a first approximation the position of the centreof a circular arc of 10 chains radius, connected by a cubicparabola (curve of adjustment) of 3 chains length.
4. Balance the latitudes and departures of the traverse here-under, and compute the area by double longitudes.(Decimals may be rejected in the multiplications, and thearea is to be given in acres, roods and perches.)
Latitudes.line. Length. North.
South.1234
250-607-5650·350-3
139-7607-5637-7108-7
Departures.East. West.
207.30
125-3333-0
Show how to obtain the volume of a roadway cutting withsides of regular slope ; also compute the total volumeabove the horizontal plane through A in the sketch planhereunder. The heights above a common datum aregiven at each corner, and each rectangle is 15 feet by20 feet.
MAKCH EXAMINATION.
12-7 13-2 12-5 6-4A11-5 12-3 10-0
10-7 92 8-7
8·1\ 8-4 ' 8-2
7^2\ 8-2
clxxiiL
6. Explain the principles of telemetry, and state fully the
theory of the use of the ordinary and anallatic telescopesin telenietric operations.
7. In the sketch hereunder the figure ABOD contains 40 acres,
exclusive of the area of the road. The length of theline AB is 20 chains, CD is parallel ; the tangents of theangles α and β are respectively 215 and 0*75, and thecosecant of γ is 1-09. What is the vertical distancebetween AB and CD ?
Write an essay on one of the following subjects (givingformulae)—
(as) Discharge of water through orifices and over weirs.(b) Flow of water through pipes, taking into
considerationhead, resistance at entry of pipe, friction, bends, &c.
7-3
20 Chains
•clxxiv. SECOND YEAR ENGINEERING.
(¢) Flow in channels and rivers, shewing how to design achannel to carry a given quantity per second, the slopebeing known.
(d) The gauging of streams and rivers, explaining thevarious forms of current meters, and the modes of ratingand using them.
9. Describe the principles upon which a levelling and contour-ing survey are conducted.
10. How would you determine the capacity of a natural
reservoir ? Give formulae.11. Indicate what missing elements of the survey of an area of
land may be supplied from the data of the survey.Illustrate geometrically or analytically, and give formulae.
12. Write an essay on plane table and topographical survey-ing, and indicate the various problems in the orientationof the table that may be required in practice.
APPLIED MECHANICS.MECHANISM AND MACHINBEY.
OhIt/ six questions to be attempted.
PASS.
1. Define the terms virtual centre, permanent centre, centrode.axode, higher and lower pairing of elements ; and provethat if three bodies (a, b and c) have plane motion, theirthree virtual centres—Qab, Qbc, O»«—are three pointsupon one straight line.
2. Find the six virtual centres for the ordinary slider-crankmechanism, and construct the diagram of the velocity ofthe cross-head for a uniform motion of the crank pin inan ordinary stationary engine, assuming all necessarydata.
■3. State the essential conditions to be fulfilled by the forms orprofiles of wheel teeth.Mention any curves which you consider suitable for wheelteeth, and give reasons. Give one method for approxi-mating to the curves used in the teeth of an ordinaryspeer wheel and pinion.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxxv.
What is meant by an epicyclic wheel train ? Give someexamples of the practical use of these trains inmachinery.
Explain fully how the acceleration of the reciprocating partsof an engine influences the tangintial crank-pin pressure,and compare a steam engine with a water engine in thisrespect.
Make a sketch of the Hartnell governor, and show how toarrange it so as to control the expansion value of a steamengine. Show that this governor may be made practicallyisochronous.
Describe and investigate Watt's approximate straight-linemotion; also Peancellier's exact straight-line motion.Show how to apply the former to an ordinary beamengine.
Describe by means of sketches an ordinary slotting machine.Describe by means of sketches an ordinary wharf crane
worked by hydraulic power.Explain the method of finding the diameters of the lifting
and slewing rams.Write a brief account of the machinery used at the Sydney
Hydraulic Power Company's Works.Sketch the accumulators, and give description of the stuffing
boxes and packing employed.Mention some precautions which must be
observed whenpumping against a heavy water pressure. In what partof the abovementioned plant are air vessels situated
Why are these vessels not used in high-pressure mains ?
APPLIED MECHANICS.PEIME MOVEBS.
Only six questions to be attempted.
PASS.
Describe fully any good form of turbine with which you areacquainted.
Illustrate your answer by means of sketches.
clxxvi. SECOND YEAR ENGINEERING.
2. Describe any good form of hot-air engine, explain the
cycle of changes, and draw the probable indicatordiagram.
3. Construct a Zeuner diagram for a common slide valve of a
steam engine, having given lead, the port opening for agiven position of the crank, and the position where theexhaust is open and closed. Deduce the indicatordiagram from the valve diagram, and make a sketch ofthe valve, showing ports and laps.
4. Explain briefly the Stephenson, Gooch and Allan link
motions.5. Describe and sketch any form of Corliss valve gear with
which you are acquainted.What are the advantages of this form of gear.
6. Describe the Otto gas engine. Sketch and explain the
indicator diagram obtained by such engines, showing theeffect of the richness of the -mixture of gas and air.
7. Describe by means of sketches Priestman's petroleum
engine, and explain why gas and petroleum engines givea better duty than steam engines.
8. Make a sketch through a cylinder and valve chest, showing
details of an engine similar to the low pressure experi-mental engine in the University.
9. Describe and sketch any form of dynamometer with which
you are acquainted—(a) For absorption(J) For transmission.
10. Make sketches showing the construction of an ordinary
locomotive boiler, giving full particulars as to staying offlat surfaces. Enumerate the principal fittings.
11. Explain fully the principal causes for the presence of water
in the cylinders of a steam engine. What methods areadopted for reducing the losses resulting from the causesreferred to ? Illustrate your answer by sketching typicalindicator diagrams.
12. Describe by means of sketches an ordinary jet condenser, °
and explain the methods of carrying out the system ofcondensation adopted in modern marine engines.
13. Write an essay on the experimental engine in the Engi-
neering Laboratory.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxxvii.
APPLIED MECHANICS.
MECHANISM, MACHINEKT, AND PBIME MOVEES.
Only six questions to be attempted.
HONOURS.
1. Explain the function of a fly-wheel in a reciprocating
engine. Calculate the weight of the fly-wheel for asingle cylinder steam-engine so that the angular velocitymay not vary more than three (3) per cent, when the en-gine is developing twenty (20) I.H.P., and running atseventy-five (75) revolutions per minute, steam being cutoff at quarter stroke, and pressure in boiler 60 lbs.
Shew the method you adopt, and send in all the calculationsemployed to find the necessary details.
2. Give a sketch to scale, shewing the leading dimensions of
the fly-wheel in the last question, assuming the radius ofrim as equal to twice the calculated length of stroke, andthe wheel of cast-iron. Calculate the bursting velocity ofthe wheel, and if you think it should be cast in more thanone piece give details of the joints.
3. Give a sketch of "Watt's pendulum governor, and of some
improvement by which it can be rendered more sensitive.Explain geometrically how these improvements alter theconditions of the governor. What is an astatic governor ?Prove that if the locus of the CG. of the revolving weightbe a paraboloid, the governor is astatic.
4. The thrust shaft of a screw propeller makes one hundred
(100) revolutions per minute, and exerts a pressure ofthirty thousand (30,000) pounds on the thrust block, thediameter of shaft is twelve (12) inches, and it is of steel.Calculate the number and dimensions of collars, seventy(70) pounds per square inch being the limit of averagepressure. Explain the advantage of using a journal withseveral collars. Calculate the H.P. lost through frictionin this journal and compare it with what would be lost ina single collar sufficiently large to take the whole pres-sure.
clxxviii. SECOND YEAH ENGINEERING.
5. Compare the fluctuations of discharge from a three-throw
single-acting pump, driven from a shaft on which threecranks are set at equal angles (120°) apart, with thefluctuations of discharge from a double-acting ' duplex 'pump, driven direct from two steam cylinders in a similarmanner to the Worthington Pump, And explain therelative advantages of each type of pump.
Shew all calculations or diagrams.Sketch Hooke's Universal Joint, and show how
to find itsvirtual axes, and determine the position of the drivenlinks from that of the driving links.
6. In each of the pumps given above, find the length and area
of section of steel plunger rods, assuming the stroke astwo (2) feet long and the discharge as one thousand(1,000) gallons per minute against a pressure of onehundred (100) lbs. per square inch.
Plunger speed not to exceed 200 feet per minute.
7. Explain how the indicator diagram from a steam-engine is
affected by re-evaporation in the cylinder.Assuming an adiabatic expansion, show how to calculatethe average steam pressure.
S. Make a sketch of Joy's valve gear, and find the necessaryvirtual centres in order to determine the driving effortfrom the known valve resistance.
Contrast the action of Joy's gear with Stephenson's in regardto distribution of steam at different grades of expansion.
9. Explain the meaning of the term " Conic Crank Train,"and prove that if any three bodies A, B and C havespheric motion, their three virtual axes Qab, Qac and Qbeare three lines in one plane.
10. Compare the efficiencies of the simple and compound engine,assuming the liquifaction the same at the best ratio ofexpansion, which is five (5) in the simple engine, andseven (7) in the compound engine, while in the latter5 per cent, of the work is lost by wire drawing betweenthe cylinders. Back pressure and boiler pressure inboth cases three (3) pounds and eighty-four (84) lbsrespectively.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxxix.
11. It is required to utilise a waterfall eighty feet high, havingan average dry weather flow of one hundred (100) cubicfeet per minute. Give a drawing of the water-wheelyou would employ, show how you would calculate itsefficiency, and what power you would expect to obtainfrom the water-wheel.
BAILWAT ENGINEERING-.
The same paper as that set in the Third Year of Engineering.
clxxx. THIED YEAR ENGINEEEINa.
THIED YEAE EXAMINATION.
SUEVEYING.¿?ot more than six questions to be attempted, in which 1 and 6 must be included.
1. Write an essay on practical barometric and thermometrichypsometry, giving formulée : and criticise the aneroidbarometer as an instrument for the measurement ofatmospheric pressures.
2. How can the direction of the meridian be obtained by astro-nomical observations ? Give a brief account of the rela-tive advantages of different methods.
3. Explain how, in altazimuth observations for meridian, youwould eliminate (a) the effect of error on the assumedlatitude of the place of observation, (¿) instrumentalerrors of adjustment or construction, and (c) errors ofobservation.
4. Sketch out and explain three different methods of deter-mining longitude, and state how difference of astro-nomical longitude may be accurately compared withdifferences of longitude geodetically determined.
5. Briefly sketch the elements of the rigorous reduction of alunar distance, and explain the influence of the moon'sazimuth on the correction for parallax.
6. State what you know of the figure of the earth : Explainthe geodetic, the curve of alignment, and the plane curveon the terrestrial surface : and indicate their relation toquestions of practical geodesy.
7. Sketch but the general features of a scheme of triangulation,including the measure of the base or bases, and showhow Lengendre's theorem is applied to the reduction ofthe co-ordinates of the stations.
8. How are latitudes and longitudes geodetically reduced on aspheroidal earth.
9. Explain the relation of geodetical levelling to the results ofobservations of zenith distances between trigonometricalstations, and indicate how the latter are used to determinedifferences of height.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clsxxi.
10. How do the questions of back-bearing and convergenceenter into comparisons between astronomical and geodeticobservations, and how is convergence applied in thecorrection of the angle work of ordinary traverse-survey '?Give an example and formulae.
11. Describe the general features of tidal observing in an
estuary ; show how you would reduce soundings takentherein ; explain the nature of and the difference betweenthe vulgar and corrected establishments of the place ;and indicate the nature and cause of the diurnal inequalityin the height of the tides.
12. How may the survey of a coast be effected from a vessel ;give an account of the elements of such a survey ; andstate how the danger of failure of the three-point-methodmay be avoided.
MATERIALS ANI) STRUCTURES.Only Six questions to be attempted.
FIRST PASS PAPER.
1. Investigate the equations of slope and deflection in a beamof rectangular section supported at each end and loadeduniformly, and find the. greatest deflection in a 12-inchX 12-inch beam of ironbark of 20 feet span loaded witha distributed load of one ton per foot run, assumingE=2,500,000 pounds per square inch.
2. A lattice girder consists of 10 panels, and has a doublesystem of triangulation of 45°. Compute the stressesunder loads of 10 tons on each upper, and 5 on each,lower intersection, and check your results by graphicstatics.
3. Compute, and also determine graphically, the stresses on theabove girder with loads of 10 tons on the upper inter-sections for one-half the span, and 5 for the other halfspan.
4. What is meant by an eye-bar? Give an account of thevarious experiments that have been made to determinethe best proportions of eye-bars and their pins, anddesign a steel eye-bar having an ultimate statical
clxxxii. THIRD TEAE ENGINEERING.
strength of 200 tons. Indicate the best mode of arrang-ing a series of eye-bars on a pin in an American trussbridge.
5. Make an outline drawing of a roof consisting of horizontaltie, sloping rafters, central vertical, and two strutsextending from the foot of the central vertical to thecentre of each rafter, the height being one-third of thespan. Determine the stresses—
(«) With a load of 10 at the centre of each rafter and atthe ridge ;
(i) With a normal wind pressure of 10 at the centre of onerafter and 5 at the ridge ;
(¢) With the above loads in combination.
6. A suspension bridge consists of a chain of parabolic form,numerous vertical suspension rods, and a stiffening girderhinged at the ends and centr-e. Determine the tension ofthe chain at the ends and centre, and the state of stress inthe stiffening girder^—(a) When loaded uniformly throughout;(i) When loaded from one end to the centre.
7. What is meant by the Schwedler Method of designing rivetedjoints? Design and compute the strength and efficiencyof a riveted joint, connecting a tension diagonal, 8 incheswâde and A inch thick, with the trough-shaped top chordof a large lattice girder.
8. The holding-down bolts of a large crane are made of wroughtiron 3£ inches square. Design the ends of this bolt, oneend having a screw and nut, and the other a cottar, givingall necessary calculations.
9. Write a specification of tests to govern the supply of thefollowing materials —
(a) Portland cement for harbour work.(¿) Steel for railway bridges and boilers.(¢) Steel for tyres and axles.(d) Cast iron for columns and girders.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxxxiii.
MATERIALS AND
STRUCTURES.
Only six questions to be attempted.
SECOND PASS PAPER.
1. Show how to design a plate web girder deck bridge of
40 feet span to carry a single line of way on the N.S."Wales railways.
Make all necessary calculations and a sketch plan elevationand cross section of the bridge.
2. Referring to the above question, show how to design brick
abutments for the bridge, if the height of the under sideof the main girders is 25 feet above the foundations,which consist of rock, over which is 5 feet of stiff clay.Write a specification for the supply of the materials inthe abutments.
3. Give the common and botanical names of the most important
N.S. Wales timbers used by Engineers. Under whatcircumstances should each of them be employed, and towhat defects are they most liable ?
4. Make a sketch plan elevation and cross section of a com-
pound beam viaduct suitable for the N.S. Walesrailways. Show how to determine the sizes of the boltsand wedges.
5. Make a sketch diagram of a steel trestle pier of a bridge
100 feet high on a rock foundation, supporting spans of60 feet for a single line of way ; and determine thestresses due to dead and live load, also for a horizontalwind pressure of 30 pounds per square foot.
6. Show how to design a retaining wall 50 feet high on a stiff
clay foundation, making all necessary calculations,assuming the angle of stability of the material I^ to 1.
7. Referring to the foregoing question, make a sketch of the
wall showing backing und drainage, and write a specifi-cation for the supply of the materials, and the building ofthe wall.
8. Show how to design an arched bridge of brickwork in
cement mortar, having given the span 40 feet, rise 10 feet,live load 2 tons per foot run on a double line of way.
clxxxiv. THIED TEAR ENGINEERING.
9. Explain fully how you would determine the thickness ofpiers and abutments in a railway viaduct consisting ofseveral spans constructed with three hinged arched ribs,assuming all necessary data.
10. Discuss fully the conditions of stability of a hemisphericaldome surrounding a cylindrical tower and carrying aheavy central lantern.
MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES.
Only FIVE questions to be attempted.
HONOURS.
1. Investigate the equations of slope and deflection in a rect-
angular beam, supported at each end and loaded with aconcentrated load not in the centre.A beam of ironbark, 12 inches square and 20 feet span, isloaded with 10 tons, concentrated at a distance of 5 feetfrom the right support ; find the maximum deflection,assuming E= 2,500,000 pounds per square inch.
2. Explain the concentrated load system as applied to determine
the maximum stresses in trusses.Make a sketch of a Pratt-truss of seven panels for a singleline of railway, and determine the stresses in the chordsand web of the middle panel when the truss is traversedby one of the heaviest N. S. Wales consolidation engines.
3. Explain fully how you would proceed in order to determine
the stresses in an arched rib hinged at the springingwhen subject to live and dead loads, also for changes oftemperature.
4. Investigate the equations of bending moments, shearing
stresses, slope and deflection in a continuous girdersubjected to concentrated loads, and apply it to deter-mine the stresses and deflection in a continuous girder oftwo spans, each 20 feet, when loaded with concentratedloads of 30 tons, spaced along the girders so as to divideeach span into four equal parts.
5. Investigate the general formula for determining the hori-
zontal thrust produced by earth against the back of aretaining wall, and deduce from it the thrust—
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxxxv.
592. When the surface of the ground is horizontal ;593. When the surcharge is partial.;(¢) When the surcharge is infinite.
6. Investigate a formula for determining the strength of a long
column when the point of application of the load does notcoincide with the axis of the column, and apply it todesign a steel column 30 feet long to carry safely a loadof 30 tons, applied at a distance of 3 inches from thecentre of gravity of the section of the column. If theload varies from 30 tons compression to 10 tons tension,how would you determine the safe working stress, anddesign the column ?
7. Investigate the equations of bending moments and shearing
stresses in the stiffening girder of the North SydneySuspension Bridge, assuming all necessary data.
β. Write a brief essay on wind pressure, and show how todesign the upper and lower system of bracing, also thesway and portal bracing in an American truss bridgecarrying a single line of railway. How would youprovide for compressive stress in the bottom chord ?
9. Design a concrete dam 100 feet high on a rock foundation,and write a specification for the supply of materials, themixing of the concrete, and the building' of the dam.
RAILWAY ENGINEERING.Not more than FIYE questions to be attempted.
1. Calculate the resistances on the straight, and for grades of
1 in 30, 1 in 40 and 1 in 60 at 15 miles an hour, and statewhat loads a heavy consolidation engine, such as theBaldwin, weighing 97 tons, would be able to haul upthese inclines.
2. State what is meant by compensation for curvature, and
shew how you would apply it.
■3. Describe in detail the process of driving any tunnel withwhich you are acquainted or of which you have read anaccount.
olxxxvi. THIRD YEAR ENGINEERING.
4. Write an essay on the comparative- value of timber (iron-bark), concrete, brick and iron or steel for structures,having due regard to first cost, maintenance, repairs andline.
Illustrate by example of a public overbridge in a railwaycutting of hard material with slopes of 1 to 1.
5. Describe the recently imported Baldwin passenger and
consolidation engines, and contrast them with Englishgoods and passenger engines.
6. Make a sketch, plan, section, and end view of an ordinarybogie truck, and contrast its action in going round asharp curve with that of an ordinary English carriagewith rigid wheel base.
7. Make a sketch of the cross section of a single main line ofrailway in New South Wales, shewing gauge, section,•weight of rails, sleepers, ballast, formation level, anddrainage. Shew how you would connect the rails at theirends, and the arrangement of points and crossings.
8. Describe the Westinghouse brake as fixed to the New SouthWales passenger stock.
9. Write an essay on one of the following subjects —594. The American system of railway location
contrastedwith the English system.
595. The block system of working railways, and the inter-locking of signals and points.
596. The Abt and EeIl systems of working steep inclines.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.
HYDRAULIC AND RAILWAY ENGINEERING.
Not more than FIVE questions to be attempted.
HONOURS.
1. Give a transverse section with full dimensions in any suit-able materials of a quay wall in a tidal river.
The depth in front of wall to be 28 feet at low water, therange of tide 5 feet 6 inches, and the top of coping-4 feet 6 inches above high water.
MAIlCH EXAMINATION. clxxxvii.
The longitudinal section on the line of the wall shows thebottom to be 28 feet below L.W., and borings taken on.the same line show the rock at 34 feet.
Construct the line of resistance graphically in the wall youdesign.
2. How would you determine the volume of water passing
into an estuary on a tide ?3. State the conditions under which sand bars are formed
which encumber most of the tidal harbours of the shores·of New South Wales, and enumerate the works generallyapplicable to river improvements.
4. Write a short description of Mr. Stoney's method of con-
structing quay walls with concrete blocks.5. Write an essay on pile-driving, giving the various methods.
which have been adopted for driving piles, and theformula for calculating their safe bearing pressure.
6. A filter bed is required to filter 350,000 gallons of water per
day. Make a sketch plan elevation and section of thefilter bed, showing the method of construction, and writea specification for the work.
7. Describe fully the various steps you would take, and the
plant you would use in order to line a tunnel with cement,concrete. Write a specification for the supply of thomaterials and the mixing of the concrete.
8. A railway, 50 miles long with 15-chain curves, is estimated.
to cost £12,000 per mile. By sharpening the curves to10 chains a saving of £2000 per mile in earth-works and.culverts may be effected, but the line is lengthened6 miles.
The annual cost of maintenance is £60 per mile, the trainexpenses 4s. per mile, in each case neglecting the effectof curvature, and the receipts 6s. per mile. Show therelative advantages of the two routes, assuming fivetrains per day in each direction.
9. A railway 50 miles long, with a ruling grade of 1 in 50, is
estimated to cost £10,000 per mile. By lengthening theline 6 miles and increasing the cost to £11,000 per mile,the ruling grade can be reduced to 1 in 60. Assuming;the expenses and receipts for the 1 in 50 grade as given
clxxxviii. THIRD YEAE ENGINEERING.
in the last question, show the relative advantages of thetwo routes and the methods of grading for 5 trains perday as before.
10. Write an essay on the separate system as applied to thesewerage of country towns.
ARCHITECTURE I.
597. Describe the general character of an Egyptian Temple.598. Sketch and describe the orders as used by the Greeks and
Romans, and define the differences.3. Trace the development of Romanesque and Byzantine archi-
tecture from Roman, and describe the typical features ofeach style.
4. Sketch and describe a two-light traeeried window, a porch,and a nave column, all of the 13th century.
5. Describe the special characteristics of Elizabethan archi-
tecture.6. Describe the differences between Italian Renaissance and the
Roman from which it was derived.
ARCHITECTURE II.
1. Sketch and describe the different modes of forming founda-tions on soft clay soil.
2. Write the clauses of a speeiGcation providing for good brick-work in plain walling, in mortar and in cement.
3. How are walls built to prevent the penetration of rain andthe rising of damp ?
4. Sketch and describe the timbering in the floors and roof of athree-stor}' brick warehouse, 50 ft. by 30 ft. insidemeasurements, the roof hipped and surrounded by aparapet wall.
5. Specify the plumbing required in the gutters, hips and
ridges of such a roof.6. Describe good four-coat painted work, and the constituents of
each coat.
MARCH EXAMINATION. clxxxix.
MATRICULATION EXAMINATION.NOTE.—The time allowed for each paper is three hours, except where otherwise
stated.
LATIN.
PASS.
599. Translate extracts from Cicero, Pro Murena.
600. Translate the following passages and explain the allusions—(a) L Luculli vero res tantae exstiterunt, ut ñeque niaius
r?bellum commemorari possit ñeque maiore consilio etvirtute gestum.
(V) Itaque cum te, Servi, remissiorem in petendo putarent,Catilinam et spe et cupiditate inflammatum vidèrent,orones, qui illam ab re publica pestem depellere cupiebantad Murenam se statim contulerunt.
3. Translate—Marcellus, postquam in castra reditum est, contionem adeo
saevam atque acerbam apud milites habuit, ut proelioper diem totum infeliciter tolerato tristior iis irati ducisoratio esset. " dis immortalibus, ut in tali re, laudesgratesque " inquit "ago, quod victor hostis cum tantopavore incidentibus vobis in vallum portasque non ipsacastra est adgressus : deseruissetis profecto eodem terror»castra, quo omisistis pugnam. qui pavor hic, qui terror,quae repente, qui et cum quibus pugnaretis, oblivioánimos cepit ? nempe idem sunt hi hostes, quos vincendoet victos sequendo priorem aestatem absumpsistis, quibusdies noctesque fugientibus per hos dies institistis, quoslevibus proeliis fatigastis, quos hesterno die nee iterfaceré nec castra poneré passi estis.
4. Translate into Latín—{a) Cicero says that it was their skill in warfare that gained
for the Koman people imperishable renown.
■cxo. MATRICULATION—PASS.
(J) The Stoics thought that the wise alone were rich, eventhough they were in the utmost poverty.
601. Do you not think that it is the part of a good man to becompassionate ?
602. When Agathocles, tyrant of Syracuse, died, his mercen-ary troops were disbanded, and a portion of them, on theirway back to Campania, their native country, treacherouslyseized Messana. They expelled or slew the male in-habitants,, divided among themselves their wives andchildren, and, calling themselves the children of Mamers,or Mars, they proceeded to justify their name by plunder-ing all the surrounding country. Such atrocious deedscould not be overlooked b}r the Carthaginians. Still lesscould they be overlooked by the young Bang Hiero, whohad lately obtained the throne of Syracuse. He laidsiege to the town. Thereupon, the Mamertine councilswere divided. One party was for surrendering the placeto the Carthaginians, the other was for calling in theKomans.
GREEK.
PASS.
603. Translate extracts from Xenophon, Anabasis, Book IH.604. When did the expedition of the Ten Thousand take place?
Describe the extent and mode of government of thePersian Empire at the time.
3. Translate into Greek—(a) Though he said that he was a friend to the Greeks, he
has put our officers to death,(i) If you shew yourselves brave men, be assured that the
rest of the soldiers will try to imitate you.605. I think we had better not let
them know that we wish togo home, but make preparations for settling here.
606. Why should the Greeks be poor, when it is in theirpower to take all the wealth of the Persians ?
607. If I were not Alexander, I should wish to be Diogenes.
4. Translate—Άλλ' £χ€Τ£ μεν μΐ οΰτε φενγοντα λα/3όι>τ« ούτε
άπο&ιδράσκοντα.■ην δέ ποιτηα-ητί α Xiyere, *στ€ οτι άνδρα άττοκτενΐΖτΐ ττολλά
MARCH EXAMINATION. CXOl.
μεν δη προ νμων άγρνπνησαντα, πολλά Sc σνν νμίν πονη-σαντα και κινδννεύσαντα, και τρόπαια βαρβάρων πολλά δη σνννμ'ιν στησάμενον, όπως δέ γε μηδενΐ των Έλλ.·ηνων πολέμιοιγένοισθε, παν όσον εγώ εδννάμην πράξαντα. και γαρ ονν ννννμίν εζεστι πορενεσθαι mrg αν ελησθε και κατά γην και κατάοάλατταν. νμείς δε, δτΐ πολλή νμίν ενπορία φαίνεται, καιπλεΐτε ένθα δη επεθνμεΐτε πάλαι, ηγεμόνες δέ ^κουσι Αακε-δαιμόνιοι, ννν 8η καιρός νμίν δοκεΐ είναι ώς τάχιστα ¿μεκατακανείν; οΰ μην οτε y ε εν τοις δεινοΐς · η μεν, άλλα καϊπάτερα έμε εκαλεΐτε και αεί ώς ενεργετον μεμνησεσθαινπισχνεΐτε.
FRENCH.PASS.1. Translate into English extracts from Guizot, Edouard III.:2.-
608. Parse the underlined verbs in the above, and conjugatethe future indicative of jeter and protéger, the presentsubjunctive of permit and défit, and the conditional ofobtinrent and purent.
609. What is the rule for the agreement of the past participle,when conjugated -with avoir. Illustrate each of yourstatements with a short example.
610. State with examples the rule for the gender of theadjective preceding or following gens.
611. Form adverbs from the words tardif, vaillant, doux, andverbs from the words moindre, grand, cher.
■3. Translate into English (at sight)—La nature semblait avoir doué Ferdinand et
Isabelle deformes, de qualités et de perfections du corps et del'âme diverses, mais presque égales, comme pour com-pléter l'un par l'autre le règne de prestige, de conquête,de civilisation et de prospérité qu'elle leur destinait.Ferdinand, un peu plus âgé qu'Isabelle, était un guerrieraccompli et un politique consommé. Avant l'âge oùl'homme apprend par la triste expérience à connaîtreles hommes, il les devinait. Son seul défaut était unecertaine incrédulité et une certaine froideur qui viennent
cxcii. MATRICULATION—PASS.
de la défiance et qui ferment le cœur à l'enthousiasmeet à la magnanimité. Mais ces deux vertus qui luimanquaient à un certain degré étaient compensées dansses conseils par la tendresse d'âme et par l'abondance decœur et de génie d'Isabelle. Elle inspirait, il exécutait.L'une trouvait sa récompense dans la renommée de sonépoux, l'autre sa gloire dans l'admiration et dans l'amourde sa femme.
4. Translate into French—612. Edward 111. marched against Caen, and on the 26th of
July the terror of the citizens delivered this importanttown into the hands of the English. The king wasenraged by the discovery of a treaty in which theNormans proposed to undertake the conquest of England,and had it not been for the remonstrances of Harcourt,to which in the end he 3delded, he would have massacredthe inhabitants and burned the city.
613. I fear that the subject of our conversation of yesterdaymay escape your memory, so write to remind you thatyou have promised to tell me the books I should study.
614. If you care to call, I shall be at home from 11 to-morrowmorning till 3 in the afternoon.
{In the above sentences write the numbers in fuit.)
GERMAN.PASS.
615. Translate extracts from Hoffmann, Meister Martin.
616. (a) Parse the words underlined in the text, and give theprincipal parts of the verbs.
617. Put down the different tenses of the passive voice oft)egen (first person singular only).
618. Enumerate the past present verbs (praeterito presentía),and explain why they are so called.
619. Qiuf bie 5)outcn. Why is it not auf ben φαιιδεη ? Mentionthe other prepositions which take two cases.
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxciii.
(¢) What is the gender of the words jîraft, @er)att,5<Süffigíeit,!Proportion? Give the second meaning and gender of©etjatt. Mention the different feminine suffixes orterminations of nouns.
3. Translate into German—(a) I have long known the facts he has told us ; but I did
not know him before.
(¾) He is said to have done his duty well.
(¢) Eead this letter and tell me what you think of it.
(d) We dine at a quarter past six o'clock.
(«) I have bought seven pounds of tea, and two dozenbottles of red wine.
(/) When I returned I found nobody at home.
(g) A dog was crossing a brook with a bone in his mouth.He saw his own image in the water, and mistook it foranother dog carrying another bone. Not content withthat he himself possessed, the greedy creature snatchedat the prize which he saw below. In doing so he, ofcourse, dropped the real bone, which fell into the brookand was lost.
The greedy, grasping at more than they have, often losewhat they might in peace have enjoyed.
4. Translate (at sight)—3n einigen 5líbent>e^irfen bon Sßieinont unb ©aboben, in roeldjen bie
®eroof)ner jcrflreiit aU -Çtrten njot)neit, t)errfc(jt eine fct)önc fromme(Sitte. SSenn im £t)ate fdjon ftmftermß eingebogen tft, unb baë(Sonnenlicht nur nod) bie ©tbfet ber fdjneefcebeci ten 3Berge kleuct)=tet, bann nimmt ber £irte, ber auf bem r)öcr)ften Steile ber Qttben=reiben tett, fein QfÍBÍjorn unb ruft buret) baêfetfce rote buret; ein©bracfjrofyr : „Síofcet ©ott ten .§errn !" Qltle benacry6arten -Çirtenrciebertjoten ber 3Reit)e nact) ben <Scr)aff, fo rote fie ttjn bernefcmett,unb fo ertönt eine 33iertetftunbc tang bon fjelê ^u Sretê, bon £iefe^u ïiefe, fier) in immer roeitere Cerne bertierenb, baâ ®φο : „£o6etben >§errn !" (Sine feierliche (Stiïïe folgt ben teèten £öncn be땧ornê unb bann fatten äffe Wirten mit ent6töf tern Raubte unbfrommer 2inbacr)t auf bie jîniee nieber.
. η
cxciv. MATRICULATION—PASS.
ARITHMETIC.
PASS.
620. Express 218,750 pounds troy in avoirdupois weight.621. A syndicate consisting of 17 persons purchases 35 acres 1 rood
24 perches of land at £112 17s. 6d. per acre. They thenerect machinery on the land at a cost of £2099 lis. 6d.,and divide the total cost equally among them. How muchdoes each share amount to ?
3. Express 1£ feet as a decimal of a quarter of a mile, and findthe value of -45 of 4s. 2d. + -4 of 3s. 2d.+f of 2s. Hd.
4. Multiply 11-037 by 2-645 and extract the square root of theproduct correct to five places of decimals.
Simplify—
11 2--iT3i 6i01^ 4f-3|J6. A closed box 5 feet 6 inches long, 3 feet 9 inches wide,
and I foot 8 inches deep in its external dimensions, ismade of wood 1£ inches thick. Find its internal surfaceand the cost of lining it with zinc at 3£d. per square foot.
7. Define true discount and bankers' discount. How much
does a debtor profit who pays a debt of £117 6s. 8d. 213days before it is due, if the creditor allows him bankers'discount instead of true discount, interest being computedat the rate of C per cent, per annum ?
8. A man invests £500 at the beginning of each year at 4£ percent, compound interest. Find how much he has at theend of the fifth year.
9. A wine merchant mixes 100 gallons of whisky, at 33 shillingsa gallon, with 56 gallons of an inferior quality, at 18shillings a gallon. Find how much water he must addto the mixture so as to be able to sell it at 28 shillings agallon, and realise a profit of 83^ per cent, on his outlay.
10. What is the difference in the income obtained by investing£2475, in bank shares at £112¾- per £25 share (whichpay a dividend at the rate of 16£ per cent, per annum),and government 4 per cent funded stock at £103£ ?
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxcv.
11. If A can just give B 22 yards, and B can just give C 12 yards,
in a race of 440 yards, how much can A give C in a raceof 100 yards, it is being assumed that the pace of eachrunner is invariable ?
12. At noon on Monday one clock is half a minute fast, and
another is two minutes slow. If the former loses at therate of 10 seconds a day, and the latter gains at the rateof 24 seconds a day, when will they be together, and howfast or slow will they then be ?
ALaEBRA.
PASS.
1. What is meant in Algebra by the words Sign, Power, Index,
Term?If χ =1-2, and y = 1·3, find the numerical value of(3*2-2^-y2)(*+y).
622. Simplify(2s-y)(a+y-z)+(2y-s)(y+8-a;) + (2z-a;)(s+a;-y).
623. Reduce to its lowest terms9 « s +6g 2 J-12aJ 2 -8J 3 18«3 + 9«2J —5ei2—2J8'
4. Simplify1 1 , a , a a
3«2
—------+ "2----iH------:3 + -5-;— + -=-.χ χ—α χ—a ax—ar χ-ή-αχ χ"
5. Use the formula a2—b2=(a + b)(a—J) to calculate the
numerical value of (11-80937)2—(7-80937)2. Also provethat the difference of any two numbers multiplied by thedifference of their squares is equal to the sum of the twonumbers multiplied by the square of their difference.
6. Find factors for the denominators, and simplify
11(3:+2) lls+12 ™ lLg-80 6z2 + 7z-3 12s2—13:r + 3+8ir + 6z—9'
cxcvi. MATRICULATION—PASS.
7. Solve(i.) x-2{x— 3(^-4)} =2í,--3¡4(a;-5)-a;},... i 3z + 7y — 2=11+4^,W (2y-3(z+17)=4f.
8. Explain the reason for each step of the process which youwould use to solve a quadratic equation, using as anexample
2zr=3z + 5.9. A has £ 11, B has more ; B gives half of his own money to A,
who spends £5, and then gives one-seventh of what hehas left back again to B. If they now have equalamounts, what are those amounts?
10. Solve the quadratic equation(a — l·) z2 + az + b = 0.
11. A and B walk towards one another, starting from oppositeends of a road 7f miles in length. At first they eachwalk at the rate of 3 miles per hour, but after a time Aquickens his pace to 3£ miles per hour, and half-an-hourlater he meets B who has not changed his pace. Wheredo they meet, and when did A change his pace ?
GEOMETRY.
PASS.
1. Define the terms—Plane superficies, diameter, rectangle,gnomon, axiom, reductio ad absurdum.
2. On the same base and on the same side of it there cannotbe two triangles having their sides terminated at oneextremity of the base equal to one another, and likewisethose terminated at the other extremity equal to oneanother.
3. If two triangles have two angles of the one equal to twoangles of the other, each to each, and the sides adjacentto the equal angles in each triangle equal to one another,then shall the other sides be equal, each to each, and alsothe third angle of the one equal to the third angle of theother.'
MARCH EXAMINATION. cxovn.
4. If the same straight line bisect the base and the vertical
angle of a triangle, shew that the triangle is isosceles.
5. To a given straight line apply a parallelogram which shall
be equal to a given triangle, and have one of its anglesequal to a given rectilineal angle.
6. If a straight line be divided into two equal parts, and also
into two unequal parts, the rectangle contained by theunequal parts, together with the square on the linebetween the points of section, is equal to the square onhalf the line.
7. Divide a straight line into two parts, such that the differ-
ence of their squares shall be equal to a given square.What limitation is there to the magnitude of this givensquare ?
8. In any triangle the square on the side subtending an acute
angle is less than the squares on the sides containing thatangle by twice the rectangle contained by either of thesesides and the straight line intercepted between theperpendicular on it from the opposite angle and theacute angle.
9. One circle cannot touch another at more points than one,
whether it touch it on the inside or outside.10. Draw a tangent to a given circle from a given external
point.11. On a given straight line describe a segment of a circle con-
taining an angle equal to a given rectilineal angle.
12. If AB and CD are two parallel chords in the same circle,
prove that the arcs AC and BD are equal.
LATIN TRANSLATION.HONOURS.Translate into English—
1. Ingenium misera quia fortunatius artecredit et excludit sanos Helicone poetasDemocritus ; bona pars non ungues poneré curat,non barbam ; secreta petit loca, balnea vitat.nanciscetur enim pretium nomenque poetaesi tribus Anticyris caput insanabile nunquam
CXCVUl. MATRICULATION—HONOURS.
tonsori Licino commiserit. 0 ego laevus,qui purgor bilem sub verni temporis horam !non alius faceret meliora poemata. verumnil tanti est : ergo fungar vice cotis, acutumreddere quae ferrum valet, exsors ipsa secandi :munus et officium, nil scribens ipse, docebo,unde parentur opes, quid alat formetque poetam,quid deceat, quid non ; quo virtus, quo ferat error.
scribendi recte sapere est et principium et fons.rem tibi Socraticae poterunt ostendere chartae,verbaque provisam rem non invita sequentur.qui didicit, patriae quid debeat et quid amicis ;quo sit amore parens, quo frater amandus et hospes ;quod sit conscripti, quod judicis officium ; quaepartes in bellum missi ducis : ille prefectoreddere personae seit convenientia cuique.respicere exemplar vitae morumque iubebodoctum imitatorem et vivas hinc ducere voces.
2. lam Tarquinii ad Lartem Porsinnam, Clusinum regem,perfugerant. ibi miscendo consilium precesque nuncorabant, ne se, oriundos ex Etruscis, eiusdem sanguinisnominisque, egen'es exulare pateretur, nunc monebantetiam, ne orientem morem pellendi reges inultum sineret.satis libertatem ipsam habere dulcedinis. nisi, quanta vicivitates earn expetant, tanta régna reges defendant,aequari summa infiráis ; nihil excelsum, nihil, quod supracetera emineat, in civitatibus fore ; adesse finem regnis,rei inter déos hominesque pulcherrimae. Porsinna cumregem esse Eomae tum Etruscae gentis regem amplumTuscis ratus Romam infesto exercitu venit. non umquamalias ante tantus terror senatum invasit : adeo valida restum Clusina erat magnumque Porsinnae nomen. neehostes modo timehant, sed suosmet ipsi cive?, ne Romanaplebs metu perculsa reeeptis in urbem regibus vel cumServitute pacem aeeiperet. multa igitur blandimentaplebi per id tempus ab seuatu data, annonae in primishabita cura, et ad frumentum conparandum missi alii inVolscos, alii Cumas, salis quoque vendendi arbitrium,quia inpenso pretio venibat, in publicum omni sumpturecepto ademptuin privatis ; portoriisque et tributo plebesliberata, ut divites eonferrent, qui oneri ferendo essent :pauperes satis stipendii penderé, si !iberos educerent.
MARCH EXAMINATION. OXOlX.
3. Quae cum Cotta dixisset, turn Velléius ' ne ego ' inquit' incautus, qui cum Académico et eodem rhetore congrediconatus sim : nam neqe indisertum Academicum perti-muissem nee sine ista philosophia rhetorem quamviseloquentem ; ñeque enim ilumine conturbor inaniuniverborum nee suhtilitate sententiarum, si orationis estsiccitas : tu autem, Cotta, utraque re valuisti : coronatibi et iudices defuerunt. sed ad ista alias, nunc Luci-lium, si ipsi commodum est, audiamus.' tum Baibus :' eundem equidem mallem audire Cottam, dum, quaeloquentia falsos déos sustulit, eadem veros inducat ; estenim et philosophi et pontificis et Cottae de dis immorta-libus habere non errantem et vagam, ut Academici, sed,ut nostri, stabilem certamque sententiam ; nam contraEpicurum satis superque dictum est. sed aveo audire,tu ipf=e, Cotta, quid sentías.' ' an ' inquit ' oblitus es,quid initio dixerim, facilius me, talibus praesertim derebus, quid non sentirem quam quid sentirern possedicere ? quod si haberem aliquid, quod liqueret, tarnente vicissim audire vellem, cum ipse tarn multa dixissem.'tum Baibus : ' geram tibi morem et agam quam brevis-sume potero ; etenim convictis Epicuri erroribus longa demea disputatione detracta oratio est.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
HONOURS.Translate into Latin—
When Caesar rose into the Senate, his powers as a speakerbecame strikingly remarkable. Cicero, who often heardhim, and was not a favourable judge, said that there wasa pregnancy in his sentences and a dignity in his mannerwhich no orator in Rome could approach. But he neverspoke to court popularity ; his aim from first to last wasbetter government, the prevention of bribery and extor-tion, and the distribution among deserving citizens ofsome portion of the public land which the rich were steal-ing. The Julian laws, which excited the indignation ofthe aristocracy, had no other objects thau these ; and hadthey been observed they would have saved the Constitu-
tion. The obstinacy of faction and the civil war which
CC. MATRICULATION—HONU URS.
grew out of it obliged him to extend his horizon, to con-template more radical reforms—a large extension of theprivileges of citizenship, with the introduction of theprovincial nobility into the Senate, and the transfer of theadministration from the Senate and annually electedmagistrates to the permanent chief of the army. But hisobjects throughout were purely practical. The purposeof government he conceived to be the execution of justice;and a constitutional liberty under which justice was madeimpossible did not appear to him to be liberty at all. Thepracticality which showed itself in his general aimsappeared also in his mode of working. Caesar, it wasobserved, when anything was to be done, selected theman who was best able to do it, not caring particularlywho or what he might be in other respects.
GENERAL PAPER—LATIN.
TIME, ONE HOUE AND Δ HALF.
HONOURS.
1. "The Latin Literature which has come down to us consists
almost exclusively of works fashioned on Greek models."
624. Describe the mode of conducting a Roman criminal trial.625. Explain the mode of election and the powers of the tribuni
plebis.626. Sketch the career of Pompey.627. " The germ of the iEneid is to be sought in the national idea
and sentiment, in the imperial position of Home, in hermarvellous destiny : the actions and sufferings of thecharacters were to be only secondary objects of interest."Comment on this.
GREEK TRANSLATION.
HONOURS.Translate—
1. TH, και xnróSpa. ΐδών ττροσίφωνΐα>''Έκτορα oîov'" ασσον W, ώ? κεν θάσσον ¿λέθρον ττύραθ ΐκηαι.Τον δ' ον ταρβησαί προσέφη κορνθαίολος Εκτωρ"" ΊΙηλέίδη, μη STJ μ Ιπίΐσσί ye νηπνηον ω?
MARCH EXAMINATION.
ελπεο δειδίζεσθαι, «reí σάφα οΐδα και αΰτο5ημεν κερτομίας ηδ' αΐσυλα μυθησασθαι.οΐδα δ' οτι crû μεν έσθλός, έγω δε σέθεν πολν χειρών.αλλ' η TOt μεν ταΰτα θέων εν γούνασι κεΐται,at κέ σε χειρότερο·; περ ¿ων άπο θνμον ελωριαιδουρι βαλων, έπεϊ η και Èjuàv βέλος ο£\> πάροιθεν."
2. Ουδέν τνράννον δυσμενέστερον πόλει,οττου το ρ-έν πριίιτιστον ουκ είσΐν νόμοικοινοί, κρατεί δ' etc τον νόμον κεκτημένοςairos Trap' αϋτο, και τόδ' ουκέτ' εστ' Ίσον.γεγραμμένων Si των νόμων ο τ' ασθενήςο πλούσιος τε την δικτιν ϊσην έχει,νίκα. δ' ο μείων τον μέ-γαν δικαι' έχων.τονλενθερον δ' εκείνο' TtS θέλει πόλειχρηστόν Tt βοΰλευμ' είς μέσονφέρειν έχων;και τανθ' ο χρηζων λαμπρός εσθ', ó μη θέλωνσινα. τί τούτων εστ' Ισαίτερον πάλει;και μην όπον y ε δήμος αΰθέντης χθονός,ΰποΰσιν άστόίς τ^δεται vcavíats'άνηρ δε βασιλείς εχθρόν ηγείται τάδεκαι τους αρίστους ους αν ηγηται φρονεΐνκτείνει, δεδοικώς της τυραννιδος πέρι.S.
Ουδέν δεινον ούδ ελεεινον Μίΐδίας πείσεται, αν ίσα κτησηται τοιςπολλοίς ίμων, ους νυν υβρίζει και πτωχούς αποκαλεί, a Si νΰνπεριόντ' αΰτον ΰβρίζειν επαίρει, περιαιρεθη. ούδ' ούτοι S-ήπουταίο' υμών ε'ισι δι'καιοι δεΓσοαι, "μη κατά τους νόμους 8ικάσητε, ωάνδρες δικασται' μη βοηθησητε τω πεπονθότι δεινά' μη εϋορ-KCtTC- ημίν δότε την χάριν ταΰτην.'' ταΰτα γαρ, αν τι δε'ωνται7Tcpt τούτου, δετ^σονται, καν μη ταΰτα λέγωσι τα ρήματα, αλλ'εΐπερ εισι φίλοι, και δ«νον εί μη πλουτησει Μειδιάς ηγούνται, etcrîμεν eis τα ααλιστ αύτοι 7Γλούο"ΐοι, και καλώς ττοιοίσι, χρήματα δ'αύτω τταρ εαυτών δόντων, ΐν' υμεις μεν εφ* οΐς είσηλθετε όμωμο-κότες δικαίως ψηφίσησθε, ούτοι δέ παρ1 αυτών τάς χάριτας, μημετά της υμετέρας αισχύνης, ποιωνται. εί δ' ούτοι χρηματ' έχον-τες μη πρόοιντ' αν, πως νμίν καλόν τον ορκον προέσθαι ;
4. Ψυθμίζομεν ονν τάς γνωμας αυτών νόμους τε τους κοινούς εκ8ι8άσ-κοντες, όι δημοσία 7τάσι πρόκεινται άναγινώσκαν μ.εγάλοις γράμ-μασιν άναγεγ ραμμένοι, κελεΰοντες α τε χρη 7Γ0ΐεΐν και ων απέχεσ-θαι, και αγαθών ανδρών συνονσίαις, παρ' ων λέγειν τα δέονταέκμανθάνουσι και πράττειν τα δίκαια και εκ τοΰ ίσου άλλ^λοΐ5
ecu. MATRICULATION—HONOURS.
σνμττοΚιτΐίκσθαι και μη Ιφίεσθαι των αισχρών και ¿ρέγεσθαι τωνκάλων, βίαιον Se μηδέν ττοκΐν. ο'ι Si ôVSpeç ούτοι σοφισταί καιφιλόσοφοι προς -ημών ονομάζονται, και μέντοι και es το θίατρονσυνάγοντΐί αντονς δημοσία, παιδεΰομεν νττο κωμωδίαι? και τραγω~8«uç άρετάΐ Te ανδρών τταλαιώι/ και κακία? θίωμά/ον;, ώΐ τωνμεν άποτρίποιντο, ίττ Ικίΐνα δ\ σπίνδοιεν.
GREEK COMPOSITION.
HONOURS.Translate into Greek—
Political freedom is possible only where justice is in theseat of authority, where all orders and degrees work inharmony with the organic laws which man neither madenor can alter,—where the unwise are directed by thewise, and those who are trusted with power use it for thecommon good. A country so governed is a free country,be the form of the constitution what it may. A countrynot so governed is in bondage, be its suffrage never souniversal. Where justice is supreme, no subject isforbidden anything which he has a right to do or todesire ; and therefore it is that political changes, revolu-tions, transfers of power from one order to another, fromkings to aristocracies, from aristocracies to peoples, are in.themselves no necessary indications of political or moraladvance. They mean merely that those in authority areno longer fitted to be trusted with exclusive power. Theymean that those high persons are either ignorant, and soincapable, or have forgotten the public good in their ownpleasures, ambitions or superstitions ; that they haveceased to be the representatives of any superior wisdom or·deeper moral insight, and may therefore justly bedeprived of privileges which they abuse for their ownadvantage and for public mischief.
GENERAL PAPER—GREEK.
TIME, ONE HODE AND A HALF.
HONOURS.
1. Give an account of the political and social condition of the=early Greeks as presented in the Homeric poems.
MARCH EXAMINATION. coiii.
628. Describe the Spartan constitution.629. What was the policy advocated by Demosthenes, and how do
you account for its failure ?i. Describe the life and teaching of Socrates.5. What conclusions as to the relationship between the Greeks
and other races can be drawn from the comparative studyof language ? Explain and illustrate the method bywhich these conclusions are reached.
FKENCH.HONOURS.1. Translate at sight—
Par une belle matinée, me voilà en route. J'avais trentelieues de gorges, défilés et sierras à traverser. Les pay-sages de Salvator Rosa sont des jardins potagers en com-paraison de ces sierras d'Andalousie. Point de chemin.Nous allions de sentier en sentier. De trois en troislieues on rencontre un berger. Mon guide, qui se perdait,appelait de loin : " Chevalier ! est-ce le chemin de Castro ?"Le chevalier en guenilles, sans répondre, montrait de sonbâton un côté de l'horizon désert. Nous nous remettionsdans cette direction et nous continuions à chevaucher. Jefus frappé d'abord de l'exquise politesse du peu de gensque nous rencontrâmes. Je vis bien que cette politessevenait de l'effroyable peur que les passants se font deloin l'un à l'autre. Dis à Henri que ses pistolets bienluisants et apparents à mon arçon m'ont attiré une énormeconsidération dans ces sierras, et que c'est à cela quej'attribue de n'avoir pas été attaqué. Le fait est que jecompris que bien embossé dans mon manteau, je pouvaistrès bien passer de loin pour un brigand en chasse ; queje faisais au moins autant de peur aux autres qu'ils pou-vaient m'en faire, et d'après cette observation, voiciquelle fut ma tactique. Quand une créature humainese dessinait à l'horizon (et dans ces solitudes, tout êtrehumain est un danger), je me lançais au grand trot et augalop au-devant du paladin. Souvent le paladin setrouvait être un ânier ou un muletier, qui alors de trèsloin me tirait un grand coup de chapeau, en l'accom-pagnant d'un : " Chevalier, allez avec Dieu !"
eciv. MATRICULATION—HONOURS
(J) LA VOIX D'UN EOTANT D'UTST AN.
Que dit ü ? Cro3'ez-vous qu'il parle ? J'en suis sûr. .Mais à qui parle-t-il ? A quelqu'un dans l'azur ;A ce que nous nommons les esprits ; à l'espace,Au doux battement d'aile invisible qui passe,A l'ombre, au vent, peut-être au petit frère mort.L'enfant apporte un peu de ce ciel dont il sort ;Il ignore, ü arrive ; homme, tu le recueilles.Il a le tremblement des herbes et des feuilles.La j aserie avant le langage est la fleurQui précède le fruit, moins beau qu'elle, et meilleur,Si c'est être meilleur, qu'être plus nécessaire.L'enfant candide, au seuil de l'humaine misère,!Regarde cet étrange et redoutable lieu,Ne comprend pas, s'étonne, et, n'y voyant pas Dieu,Balbutie, humble voix confiante et touchante ;Ce qui pleure finit par être ce qui chante :Ses premiers mots ont peur comme ses premiers pas.Puis il espère.
2. Translate into French—Some ships, of which the foremost was called Nicholas of the
Toiver, pursued and overtook Suffolk's vessel, and he waspresently transferred to the Nicholas in a small boat.When he came on board, the master saluted him withthe words " Welcome, traitor !" and sent to know if theshipnien meant to take part with the Duke, which they atonce disowned all intention of doing. The Duke wasthen informed that he must die, but was allowed thewhole of the next day and night to confess himself andprepare for the event. On Monday, the second of May,the rovers consummated their design. In sight of all hismen Suffolk was dragged out of the Nicholas into a boatin which an axe and block were prepared. One of thecrew, an Irish churl, then bad him lay down his head,telling him in cruel mockery that he should be fairlydealt with and die upon a sword. A rusty sword wasbrought out accordingly, and with nearly half a dozenstrokes the fellow clumsily cut off his head. He was thenstripped of his gown and doublet, and his body wasbrought to land and thrown on the sands at Dover.
MARCH EXAMINATION.
GERMAN.HONOURS.
I. Translate into German—630. Fortunate are those who only
consider a book for theutility and pleasure they may derive from its possession.Those students who, though they know much, still thirstto know more, may require this vast sea of Looks ; yet inthat sea they may suffer many shipwrecks. Greatcollections of books are subject to certain accidentsbesides the damp, the worms and the rats ; one not lesscommon is that of the borrowers, not to say a word of thepurloiners. ,
631. Daylight was just breaking when the troops arrivedwithin a thousand yards of the enemy's lines. Anothershort halt was made to enable the fighting line to beformed, and the last preparations to be completed. Aperfect silence still reigned over the plain, and it wasdifficult to believe that some fourteen thousand menstood in a semi-circle round the enemy's lines ready todash forward at the low sand-heaps in their front, behindwhich twice as many men slumbered unsuspicious of theirpresence.
II. Translate into English—(a) 3a, in einem geiotffen (Sinne iff eS unwibertegticf; watr, bap wir
ber mofaifcfyen ^Religion einen großen. Xf)Ul ber -2(ufiteming banfen,beren wir iiiiS tjeuttgeS SagS erfreuen. -Denn buret) fíe würbeeine fofttare Sßatjrfyeit, wetdje bie fid) feI6ft uBetlafjene Sßernunfterft naef) einer tangfamen (gntwiefetung würbe gefunben Baten, bie£ef)re »DU bem einigen ©Ott, uortiiiiftg unter bem 3SoKe öertreitet,unb als ein ©egenftanb beö tituben @tauten§ fo lange unter bentfei=Ben erhalten, tie fte cnbücf) in ben tefiern ,Stopfen ju einem SSersnunfttegriff reifen tonnte. Saburcfi würben einem großen Xbeilbeê SKenfc^engefc^Ieefjtë af(e bie traurigen Srrwege ettfpart, woraufber ©taute an aSielgötterei jutefet futren muß, unb bie í)etraifd)eSJerfaffung erijiett ben auSfctJieß'enben SJorjug, baß bie Meligiouber SEßetfen mit ber JBotfSretigion nicfjt in ¿irectem 5ßiberfyrud)eftanb, wie eê bod? tei ben aufgegärten <§eiben ber CaCt war. 5iu8biefem ©tanbrninft tetrad)tet, muß un» bie Nation ber >§eträeraté ein wiá;tigea umverfalfjiftoriffya QMf erfcfjeinen, unb atfeS99öfe, welches man biefem SSotfe naetjufagen gewotnt i ft, alleSemüfjungen witjiger Äöpfe, cS 311 öerfteinem, werben une nict)ttjnbern, gerecht gegen baffet6e ju fe^n.
ccvi. MATRICULATION—HONOURS.
(¾) DlE UNtFEBERVTINDLICHE FLOTTE.
Unglückliche—blick' hin auf diese feuerwerfenden
Kolossen,rilick' hin und ahne Deines Ruhmes Fall !Bang schaut auf Dich der Erdenball,Und aller freien Männer Herzen schlagen,Und alle guten schönen Seelen klagenTeilnehmend Deines Ruhmes Fall.Gott, der Allmäch'tge, sah herab,Sah Deines Feindes stolze Löwenflaggen wehen,Sah drohend offen Dein gewisses Grab—Soll, sprach er, soll mein Albion vergehen,Erlöschen meiner Helden Stamm,Der Unterdrückung letzter FelsendammZusammenstürzen, die TyrannenwehreVernichtet sein von dieser Hemisphcäre ?Nie, rief er, soll der Freiheit Paradies,Der Menschenwürde starker Schirm verschwinden !Gott, der Allmächt'ge, blies,—Und die Armada flog nach allen Winden.
GENERAL MODERN LANGXTAGE PAPER.
HONOURS.A. French—
632. What is the function of the French accents ? Givesome general rules for their use, and place the properaccents (if any) on the following words—ü&raer, il mené,vous menâtes, vous meniez, vous mèneriez, donne-je, allègre,allégresse, aveuglement (subst.), aveuglement (adv.), fete,degenere (p.p.), sur (prep.), sur (adj.).
633. Give rules for the agreement of the Past Participle whenfollowed by an Infinitive (" the lady I have heard sing,"
. " the song I have heard sung," etc.).634. Derive the following words —
Aujourd'hui, désormais,cMtif, étoile, fromage, lendemain, malheur, oreille, pèlerin,rossignol, seigneur, voyage.
635. Give a short account of anj' of the following—
(a) Froissart, Malherbe, Vaugelas, J.-J. RousseauBéranger, Thiers, Alphonse Daudet.
(ι) Chanson de Roland, Pantagruel, Le Lutrin, Zaïre,Corinne, Les Méditations, Causeries du Lundi.
MAECH EXAMINATION. ccvii.
5. "En vain contre le Cid un ministre se ligue,Tout Paris pour Chimène a les yeux de Sodrigue."
Eelate the circumstances to which these lines refer.6. Mention the writers who contributed most to the move-
ment of ideas which led to the French Revolution.B. German—
1. What is " Umlaut " ? Enumerate the instances in whichit takes placé in German.
636. What parts of the verb may express the meaning and beused instead of the Imperative in German? Giveillustrations.
637. Give a short account of" Das Geset% der Lautverschiebung''1(Grimm's Law) in so far as it concerns German.
638. Give a short account of any of the following—(a) Walter von der Vogelweide, Hans Sachs,Gottsched,
Bürger, Herder, Jakob and Wilhelm Grimm, Cha-misso, Georg Ebers.
(i) Das Nibelungenlied, Der Messias, Werter's Leiden,Die Bäuber, Leier und Schwert, Die Beisebilder,Soll und Haben.
639. What part did Luther take in the formation of theGerman literary language ?
640. What is meant by the Eomantic movement in Germanliterature ?
ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA.HONOURS.
1. What is a fraction ? Prove that a fraction is not altered ifnumerator and denominator are both multiplied by thesame number.
2. If the whole surface of a cube is 7 square inches, find thesolid content in cubic inches, correct to three decimalplaces,
3. Find a formula for the present value of an annuity consistingof 10 annual payments of £100, the first being payable
ccYiii. MATRICULATION—HONOURS.
in one year from the present time, assuming that thecurrent rate of interest will be 5 per cent, per annum forthe next 5 years, and afterwards 4 per cent.
4. Prove that, in extracting the square root of a number, whenmore than half the required digits have been found, therest may be obtained by division.
Solve the equations6xi-5xs-S8xl
\ *2+6y-l-V6y(F^2(^-1) + 2^/33,= 10.
(iii). a ,,2 Sxs y
- xy%y
I xy+x=i,(iv.) lyz+y= —1,
( &ε + Ζ = —6.Find the number of permutations of η things taken r together,
and find the sum of all five-digit numbers.
Resolve a3+i3+c3—3abc into three simple factors, and, callingthese factors x, y, s, prove that
r'+i/'+z3—3xys=27abc.
aar + bx + c=0,bx2+cx+a=0,
are two equations with real coefficients. Prove thatif they have one root (and only one) in common thena + b+c=0, and in that case find the common root.
If a sum of money, less than £12, be written down in£ s. d., and if a new sum of money be written by inter-changing the £ figures with the d. figures ; further, if athird sum be formed by taking the difference of the twoformer, and a fourth sum by interchanging £ and d. inthe third; prove that the third and fourth sums added
(i·)
(ii.)
5z+6=0.1)=14.
MAECH EXAMINATION. CClX.
together give £12 18s. Hd. ^ Also extend this theorem toa system of money—still called £ s. d., for simplicity—in which ls.=^d., and £l=qs. shewing that the finalresult in this case is £p (q—2)s. (p—l)d.
10. Find the sum of the squares of the first η natural numbers.There are two series in A.P., each consisting of 2»+lterms, a and b are the middle terms, d and e are the commondifferences. If corresponding terms be multiplied to-gether, find the sum of the 2«+l products; also if allnon-corresponding terms be multiplied together, provethat the sum of the products is
2«(2M+1) J ab—n-+±äe \
aEOMETRY AND GEOMETRICAL
CONICS.
HONOURS.
1. If U be a point in the base BC of a triangle ABC,
such that»2.BD=ra.CD, shew that
m.A.B2+n.AG2—m.BO2+ti.GO2+(m+n).AJ)2.Hence find the length of the bisector AE of the
verticalangle A in terms of the lengths of the sides.
2. Given in magnitude and position the bases of two triangles
having a common vertex and also the sum of theirareas, shew that the locus of the common vertex is astraight line.
3. Draw a common tangent to two circles which touch one
another, so that the centres of the two circles may bothlie on one side of the tangent.
Shew that the square on the intercept of this tangentbetween the points of contact is equal to the rectanglecontained by the diameters of the circles.
4. In any triangle the rectangle under the sides is equal to
the rectangle under the perpendicular from the vertexon the base, and the diameter of the circumscribingcircle.
o
CCX. MATRICULATION—HONOURS.
5. Perpendiculars are drawn from a point on the circumference
of a circle to the sides of an inscribed quadrilateral.Shew that the rectangle contained by the perpendicularson two opposite sides is equal to the rectangle containedby the other two perpendiculars.
6. If one of two parallel straight lines be perpendicular to a
plane, the other is also perpendicular to the same plane.
7. Perpendiculars are drawn from a point to a plane, and to a
straight line lying in that plane. Prove that the straightline joining the feet of these perpendiculars is perpen-dicular to the former straight line.
8. Define the terms focus, directrix, eccentricity, diameter,
asymptote.9. The straight lines joining the extremities of two focal
chords of a conic intersect on the directrix.10. Prove that in the parabola QY2=4SP.PV.
Given a chord of a parabola and the point where thediameter of the chord meets the curve, find the focusand directrix.
11. The feet of the focal perpendiculars on any tangent to an
ellipse lie on the auxiliary circle : and the semi-axis-minor is a mean proportional between the lengths ofthe perpendiculars.
12. Find the locus of the point of intersection of perpendicular
tangents to a conic.13.' If CP, CD are conjugate chords of an ellipse, and
PN, DRare the ordinates of P and D, prove thatPN-DR : CNCR=CB2 : CA2.
If CQ is conjugate to the normal at P, then CP is alsoconjugate to the normal at Q.
TRIGONOMETRY.HONOURS.
1. Explain what is meant by the circular measure of an angle.The perimeter of a sector of a circle is equal to the peri-meter of an equilateral triangle inscribed in the circle.Find the angle of the sector in sexagesimal measure.
MARCH EXAMINATION. ccxi.
2. Define sine and tangent, and construct geometrically a
triangle two of whose angles have given sines. Howmany such triangles are there for a pair of given values?
3. Prove geometrically thatcos (A—B)=cos A cos B+sin A sin B.
Deduce the formula for sin (A+B).4. Prove that
641. (1+cot 0+tan0)(sin0-0080) = -?^^-^^.' cosec- θ sec- 0
642. When A+B+C=180°sin3Asin(B—C)+sin3Bsin(C—A) + sin3Csin(A—B)=O,
(3) sin-'l + 2tan-1-=cos-1—.^ ' ΊϊΤ 3 3255. Find an expression for all angles which have the same
tangent as a.Find all the angles which satisfy the equations
643. sin0+cot0=cosec0,644. tan 0 tan 20+tan 20 tan 30+tan 30 tan 0=1.
6. Shew that in any triangle
(1) -----r=--------=—-=diameter of the circumcircle,sin A sin Ji sin O
■ (2) area=. *+*+'"4(cot A+cot B+cot C)'
7. Shew how to find the distance between two inaccessiblepoints on a horizontal plane.
C and D are two points on the further bank of a straightriver, whose banks are parallel. Two points A and B,100 yards apart, are taken on the nearer bank. Theangles CAB, DAB, CBA are respectively equal to 105°,30° and 45°. Find CD, and the breadth of the rivercorrect to one foot.
8. Find an expression for the radius of the circle inscribed in agiven triangle.
Shew that the radius of the circum-circle of the triangleformed by joining the centres of the escribed circles of atriangle is double that of the circumcircle of the originaltriangle.
MATRICULATION—HONOURS.
9. If χ sin θ—y cos O= \/ar +y2,, COs2O . ein20 1
and —j^— +¡i¿ a? ot?+y-'
shew that -,+^= 1.α- ο-ΙΟ. Enunciate De Moivre's Theorem, and prove it when η is apositive integer.
Prove that
(sino+Λ/ — 1COS0)"=(— 1) 2 (sin»(9+Λ/ — Icos»6).11. Prove that
cos»0=cos"0-^^cos"-20sin20+ . . . .;
and find the last term on the right-hand side of theequation in the case when η is odd.
MARCH EXAMINATION. ccxiii.
ENTRANCE EXAMINATION FOR THEFACULTIES OF
o
SCIENCE AND MEDICINE.
LATIN.PASS.
645. Translate into English extracts from Cicero pro Murena.646. Translate and write short explanatory notes on the following—
(a) Atqui si diligenter, quid Mithridates potuerit et quideffecerit et qui vir fuerit, consideraris, omnibus regibus,quibuscum populus Romanus bellum gessit, hunc regemnimirum antepones.
(i) Omnia, quae per hoc triennium agitata sunt, iam ab eotempore, quo a L Catilina et Cn Pisone initum consiliumsenatus iiiterfieiendi scitis esse, in hos dies, in hos menses,in hoc tempus erumpunt.
647. Translate into English extracts from Virgil's JEneid, Book II.648. Translate the following, and write short notes on the under-
lined words—(a) Et si fata deum, si mens non laeva fuisset,Impulerat ferro Argolicas foedare latebras.(¿) Obstipuere animis, gelidusque per ima cucurrit
Ossa tremor, cui fata parent, quern poseat Apollo.(c) Inde domum, si forte pedem, si forte tulisset,
Me refero.5. Translate—
Caesar in earn spem venerat, se sine pugna et sine vulneresuorum rem conficere posse, quod re frumentaria adver-sarios interclusisset. Cur etiam secundo proelio aliquosex suis amitteret ? cur vulnerari pateretur optime dese méritos milites ? cur denique fortunam periclitaretur ?praesertim cum non minus esset imperatoris consilio
coxiv. ENTEANCE SCIENCE AND MEDICINE.
superare quam gladio. Movebatur etiam misericordiacivium, quos interficiendos videbat : quibus salvis atqueincolumibus rem obtinere malebat. Hoc consiliumCaesaris plerisque non probabatur ; milites vero palanainter se loquebantur, quoniam talis occasio victoriaedimitteretur, etiam cum vellet Caesar, sese non esse pugna-turos. IHe in sua sententia persévérât et paulum ex eoloco degreditur, ut timorem adversariis minuat.
6. Translate into Latin—After the battle Sulla wintered in Thessalv, where he built
a fleet, being tired of waiting for Lucullus. At Deliumhe met Archelaus and each urged the other to turntraitor, Archelaus promising that Mithridates would aidSulla against Cinna ; Sulla advising Archelaus todethrone Mithridates. It was a curious way of showingthe respect which they entertained for each other'sability ; but Sulla was too scornful of Asiatic aid, andArchelaus, too loyal to listen to such suggestions.However, when Archelaus fell ill afterwards, Sulla was soattentive to him that it was suspected that Archelaus hadbeen playing into his hands all along. It was a mostunlikely suspicion ; for nothing was more natural thanthat now, when Sulla was making terms with Mithridatesand going to meet Fimbria, he should wish to makeArchelaus his friend.
FRENCH.
PASS.
1. Translate into English extracts from Gruizot, Edouard III;and La Fontaine, Select Fables.
2.—(a) Parse the underlined verbs in the above, and conjugatethe future indicative of jeter and protéger, the presentsubjunctive of permit and défit, and the conditional ofobtinrent and purent.
(b) What is the rule for the agreement of the past participle,when conjugated with avoir. Illustrate each of yourstatements with a short example.
MARCH EXAMINATION. CCXV.
649. State with examples the rule for the gender of theadjective preceding or following gens.
650. Form adverbs from the words tardif, vaillant, doux, andverbs from the words moindre, grand, cher.
3. Translate into English (at sight)—La nature semblait avoir doué Ferdinand et
Isabelle deformes, de qualités et de perfections du corps et del'âme diverses, mais presque égales, comme pour com-pléter l'un par l'autre le règne de prestige, de conquête,de civilisation et de prospérité qu'elle leur destinait.Ferdinand, un peu plus âgé qu'Isabelle, était un guerrieraccompli et un politique consommé. Avant l'âge oùl'homme apprend par la triste expérience à connaîtreles hommes, il les devinait. Son seul défaut était unecertaine incrédulité et une certaine froideur qui viennentde la défiance et qui ferment le cœur à l'enthousiasmeet à la magnanimité. Mais ces deux vertus qui luimanquaient à un certain degré étaient compensées dansses conseils par la tendresse d'âme et par l'abondance decœur et de génie d'Isabelle. Elle inspirait, il exécutait.L'une trouvait sa récompense dans la renommée de sonépoux, l'autre sa gloire dans l'admiration et dans l'amourde sa femme.
4, Translate into French—651. Edward III. marched against
Caen, and on the 26th ofJuly the terror of the citizens delivered this importanttown into the hands of the English. The king wasenraged by the discovery of a treaty in which theNormans proposed to undertake the conquest of England,and had it not been for the remonstrances of Harcourt,to which in the end he yielded, he would have massacredthe inhabitants and burned the city.
652. I fear that the subject of our conversation of yesterdaymay escape your memory, so write to remind you thatyou have promised to tell me the books I should study.
653. If you care to call, I shall be at home from 11 to-morrowmorning till 3 in the afternoon.
In the above sentences write the numbers in full. )
COXTÍ. ENTRANCE SCIENCE AND MEDICINE.
ARITHMETIC.PASS.
1. Find correct to six places the value of4 f- _L _L _L "\
U-3.5s"t"5.55-7lT7+ · · -)~/ 1 _ 1 1 1 N\239 3.2398+5.2395 7.239' + " " ')
2. A clock was exactly right at 4 p.m. 21st December, 1892,and indicated Oh. 4 m. 53 sec. at noon on 22nd February,1893. What was its average rate of gaining per day?
654. Reduce 5-13095238 to a vulgar fraction in its lowest terms.655. Find to the nearest penny the value of a pint of fluid worth
7 francs a litre, if a litre is ·22 gallons and £1 is 24-49francs.
5. Find the value of 160 acres 3 roods 16 poles at £203 18s. 6d.an acre.
6. A mixture of coffee and chicory is worth Is. 8d. a pound:the chicory is two-sevenths of the mixture and is worth5d. a pound; what is the price per pound of pure coffee ?
7. Of an estate, -27 is left to the widow, -0714285 to each ofsix daughters, and the remainder to two sons, so that theelder has twice what the younger has. If the estate isworth £11,642 8s., find the value of the share of each.
8. Find the compound interest on £112 10s. for 5 years at 3$per cent, per annum.
9. Express 95 miles in kilometres, having given a metre equalto 1-094 yards.
10. A ladder 65 feet long, placed with its foot 33 feet from awall, reaches within 7 feet of the top. How much nearerthe wall must the foot of the ladder be brought so thatit may just reach the top ?
11. A sheet of iron in the shape of a quadrilateral has two ofits opposite sides parallel and of lengths 3 feet and 6 feetrespectively, and a third side, perpendicular to theseparallel sides, of length 4 feet, and its thickness is £-inch.If iron is 8 times as heavy as water, bulk for bulk, findthe weight of the sheet of iron, having given that a cubicfoot of water weighs 62£ lbs.
MARCH EXAMINATION. ccxvii.
12. The squares of the times of revolution of planets round thesun are proportional to the cubes of their mean distancesfrom the sun. If the mean distances of Venus, Earthand Mars are as -72 : 1 : 1-52, and the time of revolutionof the earth is 365-2422 days, find the times of revolutionof Venus and Mars.
13. The product of 213-428571 aud 29-810237 is required to asmany places as the product is reliable, it being knownthat the first decimal is the value correct to six places of adecimal of a larger number of places. Shew that theproduct when found is only reliable to four places ofdecimals, and find it.
Will this product to four places be affected if the secondfactor is also correct to six places only ?
ALGEBRA.
PASS.
1. Enunciate and prove the rule for finding the highest
common divisor of two or more algebraical expressions.
2. Solve the equations—(i.) */¿+i+V¿^= Λ/8"!+ v̂ 2α(ii.) ^+"1+1-^^+9+3 A
y ν/χ '*(y+l)!=86(y» + ¥).
3. Prove that—
a\b—c) + o-(c—a)+c-(a—b)
4. Shew how to transform a number, whole or fractional
from one scale of notation to another.In what scale of notation will a number which is double of
one hundred and forty-five be expressed by the samedigits ?
ooxviii. ENTRANCE SCIENCE ÄND MEDICINE.
5. Define Arithmetical Progression, and shew how to sum oneto η terms in which the first term and common differenceare given.
Insert η arithmetical means between a and b, and find thesum of the squares of the means so inserted.
6. Describe the method of proof called mathematical induction.Employ it to prove that—
P + 2S + 3S+ , _ +?ί3=(1+2 + 3+ . . . +ηγ.
7. Find the number of permutations of η things taken rtogether.
Out of 13 consonants and 5 vowels how many words of fourletters can be formed, having 2 different vowels at thetwo ends and 2 consonants, the same or different, in themiddle ?
8. Prove that every even power of an odd number when
divided by 8 leaves 1 for a remainder.9. Prove the binomial theorem for a positive integral index.
Write down the rth coefficient in {a—bxf"*1.Shew that the coefficient of the middle term of (1 +x)-" is
equal to the sum of the coefficients of the two middleterms of (I+*)2'-1.
10. Define a logarithm, and prove the rules for the multiplica-tion and division of numbers by means of logarithms.Given log 2=-3010300; log 3=-4771213, find χ from theequation 2*+2r-l=10.
GEOMETEY.PASS.
1. Draw a straight line from a given point equal to a givenstraight line.
2. Parallelograms on the same base and between the sameparallels are equal to each other.
3. Describe a parallelogram equal in area to a given parallelo-gram, but having its sides double the sides of the givenparallelogram.
MARCH EXAMINATION. OCXlX.
4. If a straight line be divided into two equal and also into two
unequal parts, the squares on the unequal parts aretogether double, etc. Complete this enunciation, andprove the proposition.
5. Also the following—If, from a point without a circle, two
straight lines be drawn, one of which touches the circleand the other cuts it, etc.
6. A circle touches another circle, and it also touches a radius
of the latter circle at the middle point of that radius.Prove that the radii of the circles are as 3 to 8.
7. AOC, BOD are two chords of a circle, and the angle AOB is
η times the angle BOC. Prove that the sum of the arcsAB and CD is η times the sum of the arcs BC and DA.
8. Triangles and parallelograms of the same altitude are to one
another as their bases. ·
9. Three concurrent straight lines are drawn through the
angular points of a triangle to meet the opposite sides;prove that the product of the three ratios of the side-seg-ments is unity.
10. Shew how to bisect a given triangle by a straight line drawnthrough a point given on one side of it.
CCXX. M. A. EXAMINATION.
M.A. EXAMINATION.
NOTE.—The time allowed for each fiafier is three hours, except where otherwise
stated.
HISTOET OF EOME.PIEST PAPER.
CICERO'S LETTERS.Translate passages from Cicero's letters, -with
notes explainingthe allusions.
SECOND ΡΔΡΕΒ.
TACITUS' ANNALS.
Translate passages from the Annals of Tacitus, with notesexplaining the allusions.
THIED PAPEE.
GENERAL QUESTIONS.1. Explain the political purposes for which the powers of the
tribunate were mainly employed in different periods of theEoman Eepublic.
656. Contrast the political ideas of Cicero and Csesar.657. Trace the history of land occupation in Italy during the last
century of the Eepublic.4. Explain the nature and extent of the self-government per-
mitted by Eome to the more favoured communities in theprovinces.
5. To what extent can the failure of the Eoman Eepublic be
ascribed to defects in the constitutional machinery ?
6. Trace and illustrate the growth of Hellenism among the
Eoman aristocracy.7. " The true work of the Empire was the elevation of the un-
privileged classes.·' Discuss this statement.
MARCH EXAMINATION. COXXl.
8. " The accession of the Antonines meant the coming into power
of that society, the just indignation of which Tacitus hashanded down to us—a society of wise men formed by theleaguing together of all those who had been revolted bythe despotism of the first Caesars." Comment on this.
9. Describe the spirit and tendency of the developments of
Roman Law which took place under the Antonines.
10. Describe and account for the attitude of the Roman Govern-ment towards Christianity down to the death of MarcusAureKus.
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY.POLITICAL ECONOMT I.
1. " It is scarcely an unmeaning coincidence that the same year
which saw the publication of the ' Wealth of Nations *witnessed the Declaration of American Independence, b}-which it was formally affirmed that all men are ' bynature equal and free.' "Show the connexion between Adam Smith's economicdoctrines and the political philosophy of his time.
2. " Adam Smith's vindication of Free Trade is based on the one
hand on the conclusions he had drawn from the considera-tion of the division of labour, and on the other on theconception he had formed of the functions of money."Explain this.
3. " Consumption is the sole end and purpose of production ;
and the interest of the producer ought to be attended to,,only so far as it may be necessary for promoting that ofthe consumer. But in the mercantile system, the interestof the consumer is almost constantly sacrificed to that ofthe producer ; and it seems to consider production, andnot consumption, as the ultimate end and object of allindustry and commerce." Explain and discuss this.
4. " The colony of a civilised nation which takes possession
either of a wasted country, or one so thinly inhabited thatthe natives easily give place to the new settlers, advances,more rapidly to wealth and greatness than any otherhuman society." . Is this true ? And why ?
5. " The monopoly of the colony trade, like all the other mean
and malignant expedients of the
mercantile system,,
■ccxxii. H.A. EXAMINATION.
¡sdepresses the industry of all other countries, but chieflythat of the colonies, without in the least increasing, buton the contrary diminishing, that of the country in whosefavour it is established."
Describe the colonial policy of England criticised by AdamSmith, and discuss its effects.
6. State Adam Smith's Canons of Taxation, and discuss their
application to (1) a graduated income-tax, (2) a tax onthe unimproved value of land.
7. Comment on the following—(a) "Labour is the real measure of the
exchangeable valueof all commodities."
(S) " Every improvement in the circumstances of the societytends either directly or indirectly to raise the real rent ofland."
■(c) " What is annually saved is as regularly consumed aswhat is annually spent, and in nearly the same time too ;but it is consumed by a different set of people."
■(d) "The private interests and passions of individualsnaturally dispose them to turn their stock towardsthe employments which in ordinary cases are mostadvantageous to the society."
(«) "If a nation could be separated from all the world, itwould be of no consequence how much or how littlemoney circulated in it."
POLITICAL ECONOMY II.
1. " Value is determined by cost of production."
"Value is determined by marginal utility."In what sense, and with what limitations, is each of thesestatements true ?
2. Explain the effect of Banks in increasing the production of
wealth..3. " The employer advances wages to the workman."
"The workman advances his services to the employer."Discuss these statements.
MARCH EXAMINATION. CCXXlU.
4. " A greater number of people cannot, in any given state
of civilisation, be collectively so well provided for as asmaller. . . It is in vain to say, that all mouths which theincrease of mankind calls into existence bring with them. hands. The new mouths require as much food as the oldones, and the hands do not produce as much."Explain and discuss this.
5. State and discuss some of the arguments that have been
urged against the institution of private ownership ofland.
6. "It would be possible for the State to guarantee employment
at ample wages to all who are born."What limitations must be attached to this statement ?
658. State, explain, and discuss Eicardo's Theory of Eent.
659. "The produce of a country exchanges for the produce of
other countries at such values as are required in order thatthe whole of her exports may exactly pay for the wholeof her imports."
Explain this, and account for exceptions.
9. Comment on the following—(a) " The principle of private property has
never yet had afair trial in any country."
(J) "While it is true that the labourers are at a dis-advantage compared with those whose predecessors had'saved, it is also true that the labourers are far better offthan if those predecessors had not saved."
(e) "The cost of labour is frequently at its highest whenwages are lowest."
660. "Interest in the reward of abstinence."
661. "A general over-supply is an impossibility."
(/) ' ' Speculators have a highly useful office in the economyof society."
coxxiv. M.A. EXAMINATION.
POLITICAIi ECONOMY III.
SUBJECT FOR AN ESSAY.
The influence of Trades Unions on wages and constancy ofemployment.
Or,The social effects of the improvements in machinery introduced
during the present century.
W. E. SMITH, Printer to the University, Bridge Street, Sydney. 3?